national police - bureau of police research and development › writereaddata › userfiles › file...

NANANANANATIONAL POLICETIONAL POLICETIONAL POLICETIONAL POLICETIONAL POLICERESEARCH REPOSITORRESEARCH REPOSITORRESEARCH REPOSITORRESEARCH REPOSITORRESEARCH REPOSITORYYYYY

RRRRResearesearesearesearesearch Sch Sch Sch Sch Stttttudiesudiesudiesudiesudieson Pon Pon Pon Pon Policolicolicolicolice and Pe and Pe and Pe and Pe and Prison Isrison Isrison Isrison Isrison Issuessuessuessuessues

[ 1[ 1[ 1[ 1[ 199999777770 - 2016 ]0 - 2016 ]0 - 2016 ]0 - 2016 ]0 - 2016 ]

Bureau of Police Research & DevelopmentPromoting Good Practices and Standards

Research Studies on Police and Prison Issues (1970-2016) Compendium

For detailed study report, please contact BPR&D Library, www.bprd.nic.in

© 2017, BPR&D, New Delhi

Fourth Revised and Updated Edition

Published by Bureau of Police Research & Development, Ministry of Home Affairs, NH-8, Mahipalpur,New Delhi, India

and designed by Ambassador, New Delhi.

ISBN 978-81-910608-3-6

Contents (Chronological) v

Contents (Chronological)Part - I : Research Projects

1. Analysis of the Police Arrangements in India (1970) A Gupta 1

2. Adequacy of Police Arrangements during Communal Disturbances (1971) DN Kaveshwar 2(Report on Thane and Aurangabad District)

3. Adequacy of Police Arrangements during Communal Disturbances (1971) PC Kakkar 3(Report on Meerut District)

4. Enforcement of Arms Act/Explosives Act (1971-73) BPR&D 4

5. Juvenile Aid Police Units (1972) KS Shukla and PD Malviya 4

6. Job Analysis Study at Police Stations and Traffic National Productivity Council 6Departments of Delhi and Bombay (1972)

7. Toxicological Effects of the C.S. Gas – Report A Gupta, SH Zaidi, SK Sinha, LP Agarwal, 8of the Committee on the Use of CS in TSM for Riot Lt. Col. VK Rao, I Bhooshana Rao,Control Purposes under Indian Conditions (1973) RG Deolalika and PP Mahurkar

8. Theft of Copper Wire (1973) P & T Deptt and State Police 9

9. Reluctance of the Public to Aid the Police in the Detection FTR Colaso and KS Shukla 10of Crime and Crime Reporting at Police Stations (1973)

10. Organisation and System of Policing of Medium-Size Cities (1973) Mohit Bhattacharya 15

11. Adequacy of Police Arrangements in Tribal Districts (1973) Mahmood Bin Muhammad 20

12. Democratic Decentralisation and its Impact on Rural Crime (1973) BPR&D 22

13. Causes of Increase in Crime in Delhi (1974) A Gupta, Mahmood Bin Muhammad, 23 RK Ohri and FTR Colaso

14. Need, Structure and Functions of Crime-Prevention A Gupta and GP Joshi 25Units in the Police (1974)

15. Women Police in India (1974) Mahmood Bin Muhammad and KS Shukla 27

16. Traffic Enforcement by Police Authorities in Kanpur (1974) Central Road Research Institute 29

17. Law & Order (A Trend Report) (1974) S Venugopal Rao 31

18. Security and Law & Order Problems in the Mahmood Bin Mohammad, 32Collieries of Bihar (1974) FTR Colaso and KS Shukla

19. Automobile Thefts and Deficiencies in the TGL Iyer, FTR Colaso 34Existing Law & Procedure (1975) and SC Mazumdar

20. The Bihar Police (1975) S Venugopal Rao 35

21. Prosecution at the Sessions Level (1975) DC Pandey and Subodh Markandya 37

vi Contents (Chronological)

22. Use of Fire Arms in Riot Control (1975) GP Joshi 39

23. Cost Effectiveness of Home Guards in Relation KK Dave and PP Mahurkar 40to that of Armed Police (1975)

24. Crime Involving Use of Firearms and Explosives (1975) S Venugopal Rao and TR Kalra 41

25. Police Fatalities (1975) S Venugopal Rao 42

26. A Scheme for the Motor Transport Workshop (Delhi Police) (1975) BPR&D 43

27. Institutional Building of the Delhi Police (1975) GPJoshi 44

28. Survey of Research in Forensic Science (1975) M Jauhari 46

29. Top Management in the Police – Kuldeep Mathur and Mohit Bhattacharya 49Case Study of a State Police Organisation (1976)

30. Police Personnel: Recourse to Courts in S Venugopal Rao, GP Joshi and Prem Chand 50Administrative and Disciplinary Matters (1976)

31. Fleet Management for the Police (1976) SS Yechury and M Mison Mathew 51

32. Enforcement of Untouchability (Offences) Act, 1955 – TGL Iyer and Surat Misra 52A Survey (1976)

33. Economisation of Manpower through Modernisation – ML Bhanot 54A Case Study of Delhi Police (1976)

34. Performance Appraisal in the Police (SHO Level) (1977) GP Joshi 55

35. Kidnapping of Children in Greater Mumbai (1977) BPR&D 57

36. Rural Policing in India - The Perspective and Prospective (1977) ML Bhanot 58

37. Technical (Armed Police) Batallions of Haryana State (1977) ML Bhanot and TR Kalra 59

38. Private Investigating Agency and Security Services in India – A Study (1977) TGL Iyer 61

39. Some Aspects of Horse Racing in India (1977) BPR&D 62

40. Beat Patrolling in Urban Areas (1977) National Productivity Council 63

41. Adequacy of Police and Allied Arrangements in Some Industrial ML Bhanot 65Areas of Delhi, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – A Sample Survey (1978)

42. Criminality Amongst Women in India ML Bhanot and Surat Misra 67(A Study of Female Offenders & Convicts) (1978)

43. Review of Facilities Available for Traffic Law TGL Iyer, M Mison Mathew and PS Sambyal 69Enforcement in Big Cities (1978 )

44. Utilisation Potential of Home Guards (1978) ML Bhanot and GP Joshi 70

45. Some Aspects of the Utilisation and Welfare of Manpower ML Bhanot and GP Joshi 72in Police Stations: A Sample Survey of the Police Station of Delhi (1978)

46. Compensation to Victims of Crime (1978) SD Gokhale, Aanjali N Bagwe, M Muralidharan 73

Contents (Chronological) vii

47. Some Aspects of the Utilisation and Welfare of Manpower in ML Bhanot and BL Vohra 74Armed Police Battalions – A Sample Survey of theIst Battalion of the Delhi Armed Police (1978)

48. The Problem of Atrocities on Harijans in Bihar : BL Vohra, GP Joshi, Vinod Tuli 76A Sample Survey in the Districts of Rohtas, and ML BhanotBhojpur and Begusarai (1979)

49. Image of the Police in India (1979) Indian Institute of Public Opinion 79

50. Political and Administrative Manipulation of Police (1979) KN Prasad 81

51. Public Complaints in Selected Urban Police Stations of Delhi (1980) Surat Misra and JC Arora 83

52. Committee on Review of Arms Act, 1959 HRK Talwar, OP Bhutani,KS Dhillon, 85and the Arms Rules, 1962 (1980) JS Anand, Rajinder Lal and Virender Rai

53. Incidence of Suicides in Delhi (1980) Surat Misra and JC Arora 85

54. Release of Arrested Persons on Bail and Misuse of the System (1980) DC Pande 87

55. Bihar Military Police (BMP) (1981) HRK Talwar, KC Sinha, 90RN Aggarwal, RP Misra and B Varma

56. The System of Functional Division of Work in the Sample Police Stations of BPR&D 91Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Punjab (1981)

57. Cost of Criminal Justice System in India (1981) GP Joshi 93

58. Pradeshik Armed Constabulary of Uttar Pradesh (1981) BPR&D 94

59. Madhya Pradesh Special Armed Force (1982) HRK Talwar, KC Sinha, 95 RN Aggarwal and RP Misra

60. Crime Against Women (1982) Surat Misra and JC Arora 97

61. Requirements of the Police Force in Andaman and Gautam Kaul and GP Joshi 100Nicobar Islands (1984)

62. Bogus/Professional Sureties (1984) BPR&D 102

63. System of Service of Summons (1984) Gautam Kaul and Vinod Tuli 104

64. Compensation to Victims of Crime – Case Studies of Bombay, Calcutta and Delhi (1985) 106

65. Security Arrangements in Banks (1986) BPR&D 108

66. Analysis and Prevention of Road Accidents in S Raghava Chari, KMB Nath, KVS Rao 109Hyderabad and Secunderabad (1986) and V Srinivas

67. Unnatural Deaths of Married Women with Special Reference DN Gautam and BV Trivedi 110to Dowry Deaths: A Sample Study of Delhi (1986)

68. Welfare Facilities Available to Police Personnel in the Country (1986) GP Joshi and JC Arora 111

69. Report of Jari (Orissa) Incidents (1987) BPR&D 112

70. Bank Frauds – A Study (1988 ) GP Joshi and NP Gupta 113

viii Contents (Chronological)

71. Recruitment in the Police (A Sample Survey GP Joshi and JC Arora 115of Policing and Procedures) (1988)

72. Failure of Prosecution in Cases of Heinous Crime (1989) GP Joshi and HP Singh 117

73. Cost of Criminal Justice System in India (1989) GP Joshi 119

74. Crime in India in 2000 A.D. – Some Projections (1989) GP Joshi and JK Sharma 120

75. Police Fatalities in India (1990) GP Joshi and BS Bedi 122

76. Promotion Prospects of Constabulary in the Police (1990) GP Joshi, PPP Sharma, 123BS Bedi and JK Sharma

77. Handbook of Law for Police Officers (1991) CV Narasimhan 124

78. Functioning of Motor Accident Claims Tribunals (1991) GP Joshi, BS Bedi and T Chakraborty 124

79. Development and Crime (1992) BPR&D 126

80. Evaluation of the Role of SPOs in the Prevention of Crime and Institute of Public Opinion 127Maintenance of Law and Order in Delhi (1993)

81. Social Security Schemes & Welfare Facilities Available to Police JC Arora 129Personnel in the Country (1993)

82. Victims of Some Violent Crimes: A Study in Victimology (1993) GS Bajpai 130

83. Stress, Health and Performance: A Study of Police Organisation RC Tripathi, RK Naidu, 133in Uttar Prdesh (1993) K Thapa and SN Biswas

84. The Evaluation of the Role of SPOs in the Prevention Indian Institute of Public Opinion 135of Crime and Maintenace of Law and Order in Delhi (1993)

85. Functioning of the ‘Crime Against Women Cells’ GP Joshi, NP Gupta and T Chakraborty 137in the Police Forces in States/Union Territories (1993)

86. Career Planning of Personnel of Different Ranks JN Saksena, Arun Bhagat, Ashok Patel, 140in the Para Military Forces (1993) TN Mishra, TR Kakkar, BL Vohra and Surender Shah

87. Coastal Patrolling in Goa (1995) SC Yadav and SB Singh 141

88. Survey of Research in Foresnic Science (1995) M Jauhari 141

89. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (Status Report on Assam Police) (1995) BPR&D 147

90. Armed Police Requirements of the Union Territories of GS Pandher, Sudhir Kumar, 148Lakshadweep, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Havelli AK Kathuria, EM Sharma(1995) and ML Verma

91. Community Policing and Concept of Applications (1995) GP Joshi and GS Bajpai 150

92. Decline in Professionalism in Indian Police – Causes and Anil Kumar Saxena 152Suggested Remedial Actions (1995)

93. Formation of Criminal Gangs in Metro Cities (1995) VK Saraf 155

Contents (Chronological) ix

94. Effective Policing of the National Capital Jayatilak Guha Roy and Yatish Mishra 157Territory and Adjoining Areas (1995)

95. Police Housing in States (1996) GS Pandher and JC Arora 162

96. Strengthening of Police Stations in Chandigarh (1996) BPR&D 163

97. Police Morale Issues and Remedies (1996) BPR&D 164

98. Policing in the North Eastern States of India GS Pandher and NP Gupta 166(Status Report on Tripura Police) (1996)

99. Mental Health Problems among Police Personnel – SM Channabasavanna 168An Epidemiological Study (1996)

100. Policing in the North Eastern States of India GS Pandher and NP Gupta 170(Status Report of Meghalaya Police) (1997)

101. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (Nagaland) (1997) GS Pandher, 171NP Gupta and BR Mitra

102. Policing in the North Eastern States of India BPR&D 173(Status Report on Mizoram Police) (1997)

103. Recruitment in the Police-Policies and Procedures in the States (1997) BPR&D 174

104. Police Housing in the States – Status Paper (1997) BPR&D 175

105. Towards a More People Friendly and Economic Court Procedure (1998) Anindita Mukhopadhyay 176

106. Communal Peace in Aligarh (UP) and Bhivandi (Maharashtra) NK Shinghal 177during December, 1992 and January 1993 (1998)

107. Recruitment Policy and Programs for State Police Organizations (1998) OP Minocha, 179Jyatilak Guah Roy and Yatish Misra

108. Professionalism in Indian Police at the Cutting Edge Level Subhash Joshi and 180(SHO Level) (1998) Anil K Saxena

109. Bio-psycho-social Study of Habitual Criminals (1998) NIMHANS 183

110. Professionalism in Indian Police at the Cutting Edge Level RC Agarwal and 184(SO/SHO Level) – Public Perception in Uttar Pradesh (2000) HS Balwaria

111. Norms for Allocation of Manpower and Subsidiary Resources to VK Saraf 188Police Stations in India (The Maharashtra Case) (2000)

112. Improving the Organisation and Management of the Law Enforcement Shankar Sen, 191System in India (An Evaluation Report) (2000) DK Giri, Nivedita Pradhan and

Sanjeev Kumar Sharma

113. Categorisation of Police Stations (2001) NK Singhal 194

114. Professionalism in the Constabulary: A Challenge Girdhari Nayak and AK Saxena 196to Police Leadership (2001)

115. Police Public Interface (2001) GP Joshi 203

x Contents (Chronological)

116. Community Participation in Law Enforcement System (2001) PRIA 215

117. Training Policemen of the Future (2001) Vijay Rama Rao 224

118. Establishing Success Criteria and Baselines for Performance in Relation SS Vaidyanathan and 234to Social Skills, Transparency and Responsiveness of Indian Police (2001) Ravi Kumar

119. Baseline for Minimum Equipment and Supply Standards for PS Bawa 238Different Categories of Police Stations (2001)

120. Working and Living Conditions for Policemen (2001) DR Singh 242

121. Prison Administration and Connected Aspects (Regarding Vocational KN Kapoor 244Training for Wage Earnings) (2001)

122. The Impact of Frequency of Transfers on Efficiency and SK Jha, PV Ramana, 247Effectiveness of Superintendents of Police (2002) BP Routray and Animesh Roul

123. Impact of Media on Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Crime (2002) BPR&D 248

124. Restructuring of BPR&D (2002) BPR&D 250

125. Crimes Against Women – Role of Section 498-A IPC in States of NK Singhal 251Delhi and Haryana (2002)

126. Manpower Requirement of Goa Police (2002) BPR&D 253

127. Towards Total E-governance (Enablement of the 254Bureau of Police Research and Development) (2002)

128. National Expert Committee on Women Prisoners MZ Khan and 255(Implementation of Recommendations Made by the BV TrivediCommittee Headed by Justice Krishna Iyer) (2002)

129. United Nations Standard Minimum Rules (2002) MZ Khan and BV Trivedi 256(Implementation of Recommendations)

130. Creating a Functional Positive Police-Politician Interface for SN Pradhan 257

Public Order Maintenance (2003)

131. Shortage of Manpower in CFSLs/FSLs (Causes and Solutions) (2003) S Sanyal 260

132. Punishment before Verdict R Thilagaraj 262(Prison Conditions of Undertrial Prisoners in Tamil Nadu) (2003)

133. Model Prison Manual AK Sinha and BV Trivedi 264(for the Superintendence and Management of Prisons) (2003)

134. All India Committee on Jail Reforms (1980-83) (Implementation of MZ Khan and 266Recommendations made by the Committee headed by Justice AN Mulla) (2003) BV Trivedi

135. Cost of Investigation (2004) L Kailasam 267

136. Estimation of the Quantities and Impact of Influx of Small Arms 268and Explosives in India (2004)

Contents (Chronological) xi

137. Key Performance Indicators for Prison Organization (2004) Upneet Lalli 271

138. Mega City Policing – A Model Perspective Plan (2005) Sanjay Baniwal and Lalit Das 273

139. Forensic Science in Criminal Justice Administration (2005) Amiya K Samanta 274

140. Stress Management in the CPMFs (2005) SR Mehra, Sharda Prasad, RC Arora 276

141. Deaths in Judicial Custody (Causes and Remedies) (2005) Deepti Shrivastava 277

142. Compensation to the Victims of Crime (2005) RC Arora and BV Trivedi 279

143. Pendency of Cases in the Subordinate Courts (2006) RC Arora and BV Trivedi 283

144. Tenure of District Superintendents of Police in India RC Arora, SN Gupta 284(During the Years 2000-2004) (2006) and KK Meena

145. Modalities to Reduce Undertrial Prisoners in Prisons (2006) Upneet Lalli 285

146. Psychological Impact of Vipasana (2006) Vivekanand College, Delhi University 287

147. Performance Indicators of Police Stations in New Delhi (2007) JS Sodhi, K Raghavan, 288S.P Chauhan and Vinod Dumblekar

148. Insurgency and Special Challenges to Policing in India’s Northeast Ajay Sahni and 290(A Case Study of the Tripura Police) (2007) Bibhu Prasad Routray

149. How Secure or Insecure are Women in the City of Delhi (2007) Isha Singh, Jeetender Kumar, 292Megha Chauhan, Niharika Gambhir,

Priyanka Bharihoke, Rashmi Raghav and Rohit Bhatnagar

150. Premature Release of Prisoners (Streamlining the System SP Srivastava 294of Prisons in Uttar Pradesh) (2007)

151. Open-Air Jails in India (Critical Study) (2007) MZ Khan 297

152. Comparative Rate of Imprisonment in Different Countries (2007) RC Arora and BV Trivedi 300

153. A Pilot Study on Registration of First Information Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai 302Reports by Police in a Metropolitan City (2007)

154. Prisons and law in India (2007) R.C. Arora & Dr. B.V. Trivedi 303

155. National Policy on Prison Reforms and Correctional Administration (2007) BPR&D 308

156. Impact of Vocational Training on Reformation Dr. Deepti Shrivastava 310and Rehabilitation of Prisoners (2007)

157. Streamlining of Visiting System in prison (2008) S.P. Singh Pundhir 311

158. Custodial Deaths in India: An Analysis (2008) R.C. Arora & Dr. B.V.Trivedi 313

159. Determining the Age of a Juvenile: A Controversial approach (2008) Debdatta Das 314

160. Rising Crimes Against Elderly People And Dr. S.N.Yadav 315Responsibility of Police In Metros (2009)

161. Psychological Influences in Crime: A Comparative Study of Low Dr. Sandeep Singh 316And High Crime Profile Villages of District Hisar (Haryana) (2008-09)

xii Contents (Chronological)

162. Induction of Women in The Central Police Forces - Their Impact on S. Banerjee 319The Forces and The Early Retirement Scheme (2009)

163. Witness in The Criminal Justice Process: A Study of Hostility and Dr. G.S.Bajpai 321 Problems Associated with Witness (2009)

164. The Status of Families of Police Officers Amity Institute of Behavioural (Health) and 322(Constables) of Uttar Pradesh (2009) Allied Sciences, Amity University, (UP)

165. Status Appraisal of Judicial Pronouncement Dr. Deepti Shrivastava 324Regarding Women Prisoners and their Accompanied Children (2009)

166. Identification of Best Prison Practices (2009) Dr. Upneet Lalli 326

167. International Study on Crimes Against Sankar Sen, A.K. Sharma 329Women and Death of Women in Custody (2009) Jayasree Ahuja

168. Research/Case Study on "Indian Copyright Act, 1957 Rajinder Bhatia 331- State of Disposal of Copyright Cases in Uttar Pradesh (2009)

169. Influence of Emotional Intelligence Work Identification and Shah Alam 333Occupational Stress on Female Police Personnel of Kashmir Valley (2010)

170. Community Crime Prevention Programmes in the City of Chennai: Dr. S. Ramdoss 335An Evaluation (2010)

171. Democratic System, Administrative Culture and Dr. Anupama Sharma 336Police Administration (2010)

172. Follow up Study of Released Offenders on their Dr. Deepti Shrivastava 342Reformation & Rehabilitation (2010)

173. Recruitment Procedure for non-gazetted Ranks in Satyendra Garg 343Police Forces in India (2011)

174. Impact of Psycho-Social Factors on Performance: An Analysis Dr. Beulah Shekar 347of Police Officers in Tamil Nadu (2011)

175. A Comparative Sociology Analysis of the Job-stress, Dr. Sudeshna Mukherjee 348Vulnerability & Subsequent Security need for women inGarment Industries & ITES in the Silicon Valley of India---Bangalore (2011)

176. Practical Viability of Separating Law and Order Duties from Vineet Kapoor 349Crime Investigation Duties in Police (2011)

177. Genesis and Spread of Maoist Violence and Appropriate State D.M. Mitra 351Strategy to handle it (2011)

178. Development of an Instrument for Performance Appraisal of Prof. (Dr.) Abha Singh 353the Police Personnel (2011)

179. Social, Economic and Political Dynamics in Extremist Affected Areas (2011) Wasbir Hussain 355

180. Development of Performance Indices for Prison Staff (2011) V K Kulshrestha and 358Prof. M Z Khan

Contents (Chronological) xiii

181. Problem in the Criminal Investigation with Eeference to Increasing Dr. K.V.K. Santhy 368 Acquittals: A study of Criminal Law and Practice in Andhra Pradesh (2012)

182. Police Performance in Extremist Affected Areas: Anuradha Dutta and 372An Introspective Understanding from North-East India (2012) Dr. V. Veera Raghvan

183. Status of Probation, Parole, Leave and their Dr. Sankar Sarolia and 377Impact on the Overcrowding in Indian Prison (2013) S.P.Singh Pundhir

184. National Requirement of Manpower for Police for 8 hours shift (2014) Kamal Kumar 379

185. Fatigue in Police Personel: Causes and Remedies (2016) Dr. A.K.Gadpayle 385

186. Impact of Welfare Schemes of Central Police Organisations Pramod S. Phalnikar 387on Subjective Welbeing of cisf and itbp Personnel (2016)

187. Local Self Governance and Policing: A study on two Dr. Sony Kunjappan 391Grama Panchayats of Trhissur District, Kerala (2016)

188. Ethics in Police and Social Change (2016) Dr. Sunil Giri 393

189. Identification of Specific Measures for Community Participation in Rohit Chaoudhary 395strengthening Internal Security (2016)

190. Non-Registration of Crimes: Problems & Solutions (2016) Dr. Arvind Tiwari 397

Part - II : Doctoral Workunder the Govt. of India Fellowship Scheme in Criminology and Police Science

191. A Study on the Role of Pimps and Clients in Prostitution and R. Aparajitha 401their Interaction with Prostitutes (1987)

192. Dermatoglyphics Among Female Prisoners (1989) Gurvinder Kaur Anand 402

193. Criminalization Of Social Movement And Its Counter Forces: Gauri Shankar Dwivedi 403A Criminal-Sociological Study With Special ReferenceTo Naxalism In Gaya District (1990)

194. Wife Abuse: A Study on the Influencing Factors and its Consequences (1991) Sumithra Sundar 405

195. Crime Against Women In Orissa With Special Reference Amiya Kumar Jena 406To Dowry Deaths In Kandrapara (1991)

196. Socio-Psychological Impact On The Role Of Police In Rashmi Sharma 407The Changing Society (1991)

197. Drug Addiction And Criminal Behaviour (1992) Jayashree Singh 409

198. Gang Delinquency On Indian Railways (1993) Sanjay 410

199. A Comparative Study Of Personality And Intra-Familial Renu Goenka 411Relations Of Delinquents & Non-Delinquents BelongingTo Different Socio-Economic Groups (1993)

xiv Contents (Chronological)

200. A Sociological Study of Violence against Women (1993) Suchitra Vedant 412

201. Impact Of Correctional Programmes On Female Prisoners (1993) P.T. Uma Maheshwari 414

202. vijk/h efgykvksa dk lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u lquhrk oekZ 415(vkxjk vkSj esjB ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa) (1993)

203. Women Police in Criminal Justice Administration: Role Conflicts Latha Krishnamurthi 417and Tensions: A Socio-psychological Analysis (1993)

204. Women Criminals In Tamil Nadu (1994) A.Thomas William 418

205. Role Of The Police In A Changing Society (1995) Aparna Srivastava 420

206. Socio-Psychological Factors Leading To Women Criminality (1995) Pushpa Wadhwani 421

207. Psychological Correlates of Rape Victimization (1995) S.Usharani 423

208. Stress And Coping: A Case Of Orissa Police (1995) P.K. Mishra 424

209. An Investigative Study On Police Training Programmes Mukesh Kumar Chaurasia 425On Non-Gazetted Officers In Madhya Pradesh (1995)

210. Post Treatment Adjustment Problems And Relapse In Drug Addiction: Preeti Pande 428An Empirical Study (1996)

211. Environmental Tensions, Communal Riots And Anupam Sharma 429Role Of Police As Crisis Manager (1997)

212. Police Personnel's Plight (A Study In The Service Conditions Shiv Kant Yadav 430Of The Supervisory And Grass Root Functionaries At Meerut) (1997)

213. A study of Personality Correlates of Women Heroin-Addicts (1998) Sadia Habib 431

214. Role of Social Support in Environmental Perception and Attitude Neeti Rana 433towards life among Female Prisoners (1998)

215. Ekfgyk iqfyl &,d lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (1998) 'k'kkad 'ks[kj Bkdqj 434

216. State Police Personnel In Himachal Pradesh-An Ecological Perspective (1999) Rajesh Kumar 437

217. Evaluation Of The Treatment For Drug Addicts In Chennai (1999) Annette Mathews 438

218. Rotten Apples Or A Rotten Barrel? - Testing Competing Prasanna Gettu 440Theories Of Police Corruption (1999)

219. A Correctional Study Of Stress, Coping Skills, General Well Being Sunita Siwach 441And Job Outcome Amongst Police Personnel (2000)

220. Women Policing in India : A Sociological Study of their Status and Alka Sahoo 443Role in a Changing Urban Society (2001)

221. Youth in Hardcore Crime in Mumbai: A Developmental Perspective (2002) Sumita Sarkar 444

222. Psycho Physiological Correlates of Criminal Behaviour (2003) Dinesh Singh 445

223. Role of Police in Protection of Human Rights With reference to Minorities Sandeep Tyagi 446and Oppressed Sections Of the Society (A case study of Eastern Delhi) (2005)

Contents (Chronological) xv

224. Police and Women's Rights: A Sociological Enquiry with Sudeshna Roy 447Special Reference to select Districts in Karnataka (2005)

225. jktLFkku esa iqfyl iz'kklu >qu>quw ftyk iqfyl laxBu lR;ukjk;.k pkoyk 448ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa (2005)

226. Moral Values, Frustration & Social Deprivation Among Lolitha John 450Juvenile Delinquents (2006)

227. Police, Populations and Human Rights: An interface Study in Shilpi Gupta 452Cross-Cultural Perspective (2006)

228. Hkkjrh; jktuhfr dh uwru çofÙk;ksa ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa jktuhfrd jkds'k dqekj flag jkBkSj 453vijk/hdj.k dh leL;k dk fo'ys"k.k (2006)

229. Partnership for Peace: A Study of Police-Public Interface (2007) Suvashisa Rana 454

230. Habitual Criminals and their Treatment: A Comparative Study Satish S. Badiger 456of Reformation and Rehabilitation Programmes in Dharwad& Belgaum Districts, Karnataka State (2007)

231. ekuo vf/dkj vkSj vijk/ U;k; ç'kkludehZ nf"Vdks.k ,oa fØ;kUo;u (2007) nhid dqekj HkV~V 457

232. Police Administration and Work Culture with reference to Police- Manoj Kumar Tripathi 460People Interface in Urban Settings (A Case Study of Meerut, UP) (2007)

233. Policy, Police and Crime: An Evaluative Study of Crime Policy & Police Ashok Kumar Das 462Action in the Tribal Districts of Orissa (2008)

234. Problems and Prospects of Women Prisoners in Orissa: A Sociological Pragyan Bharti 464insight from the Perspective of Prison Administration and Prison inmates (2008)

235. Hitech Crime: A study of economic aspects of cyber crimes its Tej Singh Keshwal 465detection with special reference to Jabalpur urban areas (2008)

236. Perception of Victims of Violent Crimes towards Police - A. Enoch 466A Norm to evaluate Police Performance (2008)

237. Women and Crime: A Sociological Study of Convicts in Patiala Jail (2008) Roop Kamal Kaur 467

238. Causes of Juvenile Delinquency in Tamilnadu: A Sociological Analysis (2009) K. Alagusundaram 468

239. A Victim of Crime and Compensation Laws (2009) P.G. Phani Raj 469

240. Police and Human Rights in India - A case study of Delhi Police, Pradip Kumar Parida 4711993-2002 (2009)

241. NRrhlx<+ esa efgyk iqfyl dh izfLFkfr ,oa Hkwfedk fcykliqj fgekfyuh voLFkh 472laHkkx ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa (2009)

242. Study of Crime News in the media: Determinatnts of Crime News Lata Sharma 473and its Impact (2010)

xvi Contents (Chronological)

243. Assertiveness at Work: Human Relations Skill Training among recruit Rainy John 475Police Constables - A Kerala Experience (2010)

244. Police-Public Interaction in Coastal Orissa: A Socio- Sujata Bhatt 477Psychological Analysis from the viewpoints of CommonPeople, Police Personnel, Political Elites and Legal Expert (2010)

245. fo/kusrj cky vijk/ dk lekt'kkL=k % okjk.klh uxj ij oh jhrk 479vk/kfjr ,d lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (2010)

246. Sexual Abuse of Children: A Socialogical Study in Delhi Metropolis (2011) Hunny Matiyani 481

247. Human Rights Violations of Rape Victims: A Socialogical Study Vibha Hetu 483in Delhi City (2011)

248. Victimology of Terrorism: An Analysis of Compensation to the Victims R. Anil Kumar 485of Mumbai Bomb Blasts in the Post Babri Masjid Demolition period (2012)

249. Narcotic Drugs and Money Laundering: A Study on Illicit Drug Trade J. Sasi Kumar 489Among Opium Cultivators in India (2012)

250. A Study of Burnout in Relatng to Occupational Stress, Self Efficacy, Neeti Bawa 491Hardiness and Coping Strategis among Police Officials (2012)

251. Suicidal Tendencies among Farmers of Dharwad District - Purnanand N. Sangalad 493A Study (2012)

252. Structures for Dealing with National Security in India with particular S. Sreejith 495reference to Combating Terrorism - A Study (2012)

253. Cyber Crime Victimization: A Situational Analysis of Victims M.D. Utthiranayagam 499in Tamil Nadu (2012)

254. Computer Mediated Interpersonal Crimes: A Study of Cyber R. Sivakumar 501Bullying among College Students in Cosmopolitan Cities (2013)

255. Familial and Personality Correlates of Juvenila Delinquency (2013) Tanusree Moitra 503

256. iqfyl ifCyd bUVjiQsl (m0iz0 esa iqfyl cy dk vè;;u & Jherh vuhrk eqn~xy 505vyhx<+ ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa) (2013)

257. Ekfgyk iqfyl % Hkwfedk fuoZgu vkSj dk;Z lUrqf"V (2013) IkzfrHkk nwcs 506

258. Impact Analysis of Prison Reforms with Special Reference Ashish Chaddha 509to Uttar Pradesh (2014)

259. Morale and Motivational Issues in Police Personnel: Chaitanya Pradeep 510A Study of Andhra Pradesh Police (2014)

260. Impact of Job-related and Self-related Variables upon turnover Mallika Dasgupta 512Intention and Sense of Subjective Well-being among Personnelof Paramilitary Forces (2014)

261. A Study of the Factors Leading Juveniles to be in Conflict with D. Murugesan 514the Law in Tamil Nadu: Sociological Perspective (2014)

Contents (Chronological) xvii

262. Problems of Abuse of Women Prisoners’ Rights in India with Renu Sharma 516Special Reference to Punjab (2014)

263. Spatial Dynamics of Murder in 6 cities of Tamil Nadu: Vijo Varghese Vincent 517A Geographical Information System (GIS) Approach (2014)

264. Psychological Efficacy of Training Programme in Rajasthan Police Sunita Sharma 520(with special reference to trainee constables (2015)

265. ¶cky vijk/ esa ehfM;k dh Hkwfedk dk Jherh Jqfr ;kno 522,d vijk/'kkL=kh; vè;;u¸ (2015)

266. Crimes Among the Tea Garden Communities in Assam: Md Abdul Mutalib 524A Sociological Study (2016)

267. Women Offenders in Andhra Pradesh - A Sociological Study (2016) N. Katama Raju 526

xviii Contents (Subject-wise)

Contents (Subject-wise)

Sl. No. Title of Report Report PageNo. No.

A. Police Resource Management

1. Analysis of the Police Arrangements in India (1970) A Gupta 1 1

2. Cost Effectiveness of Home Guards in Relation KK Dave and PP Mahurkar 23 40to that of Armed Police (1975)

3. A Scheme for the Motor Transport Workshop (Delhi Police) (1975) BPR&D 26 43

4. Fleet Management for the Police (1976) SS Yechury and M Mison Mathew 31 51

5. Economisation of Manpower through Modernisation – ML Bhanot 33 54A Case Study of Delhi Police (1976)

6. Rural Policing in India - The Perspective and Prospective (1977) ML Bhanot 36 58

7. Utilisation Potential of Home Guards (1978) ML Bhanot and GP Joshi 44 70

8. Cost of Criminal Justice System in India (1981) GP Joshi 57 93

9. Pradeshik Armed Constabulary of Uttar Pradesh (1981) BPR&D 58 94

10. Recruitment in the Police (A Sample Survey GP Joshi and JC Arora 71 115of Policing and Procedures) (1988)

11. Cost of Criminal Justice System in India (1989) GP Joshi 73 119

12. Women Police in Criminal Justice Administration: Role Latha Krishnamurthi 201 413Conflicts and Tensions: A Socio-psychological Analysis (1993)

13. An Investigative Study On Police Training Programmes Mukesh Kumar Chaurasia 207 421On Non-Gazetted Officers In Madhya Pradesh (1995)

14. Coastal Patrolling in Goa (1995) SC Yadav and SB Singh 87 141

15. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (Status Report BPR&D 89 147on Assam Police) (1995)

16. Armed Police Requirements of the Union Territories of GS Pandher, Sudhir Kumar, 90 148Lakshadweep, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Havelli AK Kathuria, EM Sharma(1995) and ML Verma

17. Policing in the North Eastern States of India GS Pandher and NP Gupta 98 166(Status Report on Tripura Police) (1996)

18. Policing in the North Eastern States of India GS Pandher and NP Gupta 100 170(Status Report of Meghalaya Police) (1997)

Contents (Subject-wise) xix

19. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (Nagaland) (1997) GS Pandher, 101 171NP Gupta and BR Mitra

20. Policing in the North Eastern States of India BPR&D 102 173(Status Report on Mizoram Police) (1997)

21. Ekfgyk iqfyl &,d lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (1998) 'k'kkad 'ks[kj Bkdqj 213 430

22. Communal Peace in Aligarh (UP) and Bhivandi (Maharashtra) NK Shinghal 106 177during December, 1992 and January 1993 (1998)

23. Norms for Allocation of Manpower and Subsidiary Resources to VK Saraf 111 188Police Stations in India (The Maharashtra Case) (2000)

24. Baseline for Minimum Equipment and Supply Standards for PS Bawa 119 238Different Categories of Police Stations (2001)

25. Manpower Requirement of Goa Police (2002) BPR&D 126 253

26. Towards Total E-governance (Enablement of the 127 254Bureau of Police Research and Development) (2002)

27. Shortage of Manpower in CFSLs/FSLs (Causes and Solutions) (2003) S Sanyal 131 260

28. Cost of Investigation (2004) L Kailasam 135 267

29. Mega City Policing – A Model Perspective Plan (2005) Sanjay Baniwal and Lalit Das 138 273

30. Forensic Science in Criminal Justice Administration (2005) Amiya K Samanta 139 274

31. Tenure of District Superintendents of Police in India RC Arora, SN Gupta 144 284(During the Years 2000-2004) (2006) and KK Meena

32. Performance Indicators of Police Stations in New Delhi (2007) JS Sodhi, K Raghavan, 147 288S.P Chauhan and Vinod Dumblekar

33. Perception of Victims of Violent Crimes towards Police - A. Enoch 234 462A Norm to evaluate Police Performance (2008)

34. Assertiveness at Work: Human Relations Skill Training among recruit Rainy John 241 471Police Constables - A Kerala Experience (2010)

35. Influence of Emotional Intelligence Work Identification and Shah Alam 169 333Occupational Stress on Female Police Personnel of Kashmir Valley (2010)

36. Impact of Psycho-Social Factors on Performance: An Analysis Dr. Beulah Shekar 174 347of Police Officers in Tamil Nadu (2011)

37. Development of an Instrument for Performance Appraisal of Prof. (Dr.) Abha Singh 178 353the Police Personnel (2011)

Sl. No. Title of Report Report Page

No. No.

xx Contents (Subject-wise)

38. A Study of Burnout in Relatng to Occupational Stress, Self Efficacy, Neeti Bawa 248 487Hardiness and Coping Strategis among Police Officials (2012)

39. Ekfgyk iqfyl % Hkwfedk fuoZgu vkSj dk;Z lUrqf"V (2013) IkzfrHkk nwcs 255 502

40. Morale and Motivational Issues in Police Personnel: Chaitanya Pradeep 257 506A Study of Andhra Pradesh Police (2014)

41. Impact of Job-related and Self-related Variables upon turnover Mallika Dasgupta 258 508Intention and Sense of Subjective Well-being among Personnelof Paramilitary Forces (2014)

42. Psychological Efficacy of Training Programme in Rajasthan Police Sunita Sharma 262 516(with special reference to trainee constables (2015)

43. Fatigue in Police Personel: Causes and Remedies (2016) Dr. A.K.Gadpayle 185 385

44. Ethics in Police and Social Change (2016) Dr. Sunil Giri 188 393

B. Police Functioning (Law & Order)

45. Adequacy of Police Arrangements during Communal Disturbances (1971)DN Kaveshwar 2 2(Report on Thane and Aurangabad District)

46. Adequacy of Police Arrangements during Communal Disturbances (1971)PC Kakkar 3 3(Report on Meerut District)

47. Law & Order (A Trend Report) (1974) S Venugopal Rao 17 31

48. Security and Law & Order Problems in the Mahmood Bin Mohammad, 18 32Collieries of Bihar (1974) FTR Colaso and KS Shukla

49. Automobile Thefts and Deficiencies in the TGL Iyer, FTR Colaso 19 34Existing Law & Procedure (1975) and SC Mazumdar

50. Use of Fire Arms in Riot Control (1975) GP Joshi 22 39

51. Report of Jari (Orissa) Incidents (1987) BPR&D 69 112

52. Socio-Psychological Impact On The Role Of Police In Rashmi Sharma 194 403The Changing Society (1991)

53. Evaluation of the Role of SPOs in the Prevention of Institute of Public Opinion 80 127Crime and Maintenance of Law and Order in Delhi (1993)

54. Social Security Schemes & Welfare Facilities Available to Police JC Arora 81 129Personnel in the Country (1993)

55. The Evaluation of the Role of SPOs in the PreventionIndian Institute of Public Opinion 84 135of Crime and Maintenace of Law and Order in Delhi (1993)


No. No.

Contents (Subject-wise) xxi

56. Role Of The Police In A Changing Society (1995) Aparna Srivastava 203 416

57. Environmental Tensions, Communal Riots And Anupam Sharma 209 425Role Of Police As Crisis Manager (1997)

58. Creating a Functional Positive Police-Politician Interface for SN Pradhan 130 257Public Order Maintenance (2003)

59. Role of Police in Protection of Human Rights With reference Sandeep Tyagi 221 442to Minorities and Oppressed Sections Of the Society(A case study of Eastern Delhi) (2005)

60. Police, Populations and Human Rights: An interface Study in Shilpi Gupta 225 448Cross-Cultural Perspective (2006)

61. Insurgency and Special Challenges to Policing in India’s Northeast Ajay Sahni and 148 290(A Case Study of the Tripura Police) (2007) Bibhu Prasad Routray

62. How Secure or Insecure are Women Isha Singh, Jeetender Kumar, 149 292in the City of Delhi (2007) Megha Chauhan, Niharika Gambhir,

Priyanka Bharihoke, Rashmi Raghav and Rohit Bhatnagar

63. Problem in the Criminal Investigation with Eeference Dr. K.V.K. Santhy 181 368to Increasing Acquittals: A study of Criminal Law and Practicein Andhra Pradesh (2012)

64. National Requirement of Manpower for Police for 8 hours shift (2014) Kamal Kumar 184 379

C. Police Functioning (Organisational)

65. Juvenile Aid Police Units (1972) KS Shukla and PD Malviya 5 4

66. Job Analysis Study at Police Stations and Traffic National Productivity Council 6 6Departments of Delhi and Bombay (1972)

67. Toxicological Effects of the C.S. Gas – A Gupta, SH Zaidi, SK Sinha, LP Agarwal, 7 8Report of the Committee on the Lt. Col. VK Rao, I Bhooshana Rao,Use of CS in TSM for Riot (1973) RG Deolalika and PP Mahurkar

68. Organisation and System of Policing of Medium-Size Cities (1973)Mohit Bhattacharya 10 15

69. Adequacy of Police Arrangements in Tribal Districts (1973) Mahmood Bin Muhammad 11 20

70. Need, Structure and Functions of Crime-Prevention A Gupta and GP Joshi 14 25Units in the Police (1974)

71. Women Police in India (1974) Mahmood Bin Muhammad and KS Shukla 15 27

72. The Bihar Police (1975) S Venugopal Rao 20 35


No. No.

xxii Contents (Subject-wise)

73. Police Fatalities (1975) S Venugopal Rao 25 42

74. Institutional Building of the Delhi Police (1975) GPJoshi 27 44

75. Top Management in the Police – Kuldeep Mathur and Mohit Bhattacharya 29 49Case Study of a State Police Organisation (1976)

76. Police Personnel: Recourse to Courts S Venugopal Rao, GP Joshi and Prem Chand 30 50in Administrative and Disciplinary Matters (1976)

77. Performance Appraisal in the Police (SHO Level) (1977) GP Joshi 34 55

78. Technical (Armed Police) Batallions of Haryana State (1977) ML Bhanot and TR Kalra 37 59

79. Beat Patrolling in Urban Areas (1977) National Productivity Council 40 63

80. Adequacy of Police and Allied Arrangements in Some Industrial ML Bhanot 41 65Areas of Delhi, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – A Sample Survey (1978)

81. Some Aspects of the Utilisation and Welfare of Manpower ML Bhanot and GP Joshi 45 72in Police Stations: A Sample Survey of the Police Station of Delhi (1978)

82. Some Aspects of the Utilisation and Welfare of Manpower ML Bhanot and 47 74in Armed Police Battalions – A Sample Survey of the BL VohraIst Battalion of the Delhi Armed Police (1978)

83. The Problem of Atrocities on Harijans in Bihar : BL Vohra, GP Joshi, Vinod Tuli 48 76A Sample Survey in the Districts of Rohtas, and ML BhanotBhojpur and Begusarai (1979)

84. Political and Administrative Manipulation of Police (1979) KN Prasad 50 81

85. Bihar Military Police (BMP) (1981) HRK Talwar, KC Sinha, 55 90RN Aggarwal, RP Misra and B Varma

86. The System of Functional Division of Work in the Sample Police Stations of BPR&D 56 91Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Punjab (1981)

87. Madhya Pradesh Special Armed Force (1982) HRK Talwar, KC Sinha, 59 95 RN Aggarwal and RP Misra

88. Requirements of the Police Force in Andaman and Gautam Kaul and GP Joshi 61 100Nicobar Islands (1984)

89. Security Arrangements in Banks (1986) BPR&D 65 108

90. Welfare Facilities Available to Police Personnel GP Joshi and JC Arora 68 111in the Country (1986)

91. Handbook of Law for Police Officers (1991) CV Narasimhan 77 124


No. No.

Contents (Subject-wise) xxiii

92. Functioning of Motor Accident Claims Tribunals (1991) GP Joshi, BS Bedi 78 124 and T Chakraborty

93. Strengthening of Police Stations in Chandigarh (1996) BPR&D 96 163

94. Police Personnel's Plight (A Study In The Service Conditions Shiv Kant Yadav 210 426Of The Supervisory And Grass Root Functionaries At Meerut) (1997)

95. State Police Personnel In Himachal Pradesh- Rajesh Kumar 214 433An Ecological Perspective (1999)

96. Rotten Apples Or A Rotten Barrel? - Testing Competing Prasanna Gettu 216 436Theories Of Police Corruption (1999)

97. A Correctional Study Of Stress, Coping Skills, General Well Being Sunita Siwach 217 437And Job Outcome Amongst Police Personnel (2000)

98. Women Policing in India : A Sociological Study of their Status and Alka Sahoo 218 439Role in a Changing Urban Society (2001)

99. Restructuring of BPR&D (2002) BPR&D 124 250

100. jktLFkku esa iqfyl iz'kklu >qu>quw ftyk iqfyl laxBu lR;ukjk;.k pkoyk 223 444ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa (2005)

101. Police and Human Rights in India - A case study of Delhi Police,Pradip Kumar Parida 238 4671993-2002 (2009)

102. NRrhlx<+ esa efgyk iqfyl dh izfLFkfr ,oa Hkwfedk fcykliqj fgekfyuh voLFkh 239 468laHkkx ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa (2009)

103. Induction of Women in The Central Police Forces - Their Impact on S. Banerjee 162 319The Forces and The Early Retirement Scheme (2009)

104. The Status of Families of Police Officers Amity Institute of Behavioural (Health) 164 322(Constables) of Uttar Pradesh (2009) and Allied Sciences, Amity University, (UP)

105. Democratic System, Administrative Culture and Dr. Anupama Sharma 171 336Police Administration (2010)

106. Recruitment Procedure for non-gazetted Ranks in Satyendra Garg 173 343Police Forces in India (2011)

107. Practical Viability of Separating Law and Order Duties from Vineet Kapoor 176 349Crime Investigation Duties in Police (2011)

108. Impact of Welfare Schemes of Central Police Organisations Pramod S. Phalnikar 186 387on Subjective Well being of CISF and ITBP Personnel (2016)


No. No.

xxiv Contents (Subject-wise)

109. Local Self Governance and Policing: A study on two Dr. Sony Kunjappan 187 391Grama Panchayats of Trhissur District, Kerala (2016)

D. Police Functioning (Legal)

110. Enforcement of Arms Act/Explosives Act (1971-73) BPR&D 4 4Control Purposes under Indian Conditions (1973) RG Deolalika and PP Mahurkar

111. Prosecution at the Sessions Level (1975) DC Pandey and Subodh Markandya 21 37

112. Enforcement of Untouchability (Offences) Act, 1955 – TGL Iyer and Surat Misra 32 52A Survey (1976)

113. Compensation to Victims of Crime (1978) SD Gokhale, 46 73Aanjali N Bagwe, M Muralidharan

114. Committee on Review of Arms Act, 1959 HRK Talwar, OP Bhutani,KS Dhillon, 52 85and the Arms Rules, 1962 (1980) JS Anand, Rajinder Lal and Virender Rai

115. Release of Arrested Persons on Bail and Misuse of the System (1980) DC Pande 54 87

116. Bogus/Professional Sureties (1984) BPR&D 62 102

117. System of Service of Summons (1984) Gautam Kaul and Vinod Tuli 63 104

118. Compensation to Victims of Crime – Case Studies of Bombay, Calcutta and Delhi (1985) 64 106

119. Failure of Prosecution in Cases of Heinous Crime (1989) GP Joshi and HP Singh 75 122

120. Promotion Prospects of Constabulary in the Police (1990) GP Joshi, PPP Sharma, 76 123BS Bedi and JK Sharma

121. Functioning of the ‘Crime Against GP Joshi, NP Gupta and T Chakraborty 85 137Women Cells’ in the Police Forces in States/Union Territories (1993)

122. Career Planning of Personnel of Different Ranks JN Saksena, Arun Bhagat, 86 140in the Para Military Forces (1993) Ashok Patel, TN Mishra, TR Kakkar,

BL Vohra and Surender Shah

123. Decline in Professionalism in Indian Police – Causes and Anil Kumar Saxena 92 152Suggested Remedial Actions (1995)

124. Effective Policing of the National Capital Jayatilak Guha Roy and Yatish Mishra 94 157Territory and Adjoining Areas (1995)

125. Police Housing in States (1996) GS Pandher and JC Arora 95 162

126. Police Morale Issues and Remedies (1996) BPR&D 97 164


No. No.

Contents (Subject-wise) xxv

127. Recruitment in the Police-Policies and Procedures in the States (1997) BPR&D 103 174

128. Police Housing in the States – Status Paper (1997) BPR&D 104 175

129. Recruitment Policy and Programs for State Police Organizations (1998) OP Minocha, 107 179Jyatilak Guah Roy and Yatish Misra

130. Professionalism in Indian Police at the Cutting Edge Level Subhash Joshi and 108 180(SHO Level) (1998) Anil K Saxena

131. Professionalism in Indian Police at the Cutting Edge Level RC Agarwal and 110 184(SO/SHO Level) – Public Perception in Uttar Pradesh (2000) HS Balwaria

132. Improving the Organisation and Management of the Law Enforcement Shankar Sen, 112 191System in India (An Evaluation Report) (2000) DK Giri, Nivedita Pradhan and

Sanjeev Kumar Sharma

133. Categorisation of Police Stations (2001) NK Singhal 113 194

134. Professionalism in the Constabulary: A Challenge Girdhari Nayak and AK Saxena 114 196to Police Leadership (2001)

135. Training Policemen of the Future (2001) Vijay Rama Rao 117 224

136. Establishing Success Criteria and Baselines for SS Vaidyanathan and 118 234Performance in Relation to Social Skills, Transparency Ravi Kumarand Responsiveness of Indian Police (2001)

137. Working and Living Conditions for Policemen (2001) DR Singh 120 242

138. The Impact of Frequency of Transfers on Efficiency and SK Jha, PV Ramana, 122 247Effectiveness of Superintendents of Police (2002) BP Routray and Animesh Roul

139. Police and Women's Rights: A Sociological Enquiry with Sudeshna Roy 222 443Special Reference to select Districts in Karnataka (2005)

140. ekuo vf/dkj vkSj vijk/ U;k; ç'kkludehZ nf"Vdks.k nhid dqekj HkV~V 229 453,oa fØ;kUo;u (2007)

141. A Pilot Study on Registration of First Information Tata Institute of Social 153 302Reports by Police in a Metropolitan City (2007) Sciences, Mumbai

142. Police and Crime: An Evaluative Study of Crime Policy & Police Ashok Kumar Das 231 458Action in the Tribal Districts of Orissa (2008)

143. Witness in The Criminal Justice Process: A Study of Hostility and Dr. G.S.Bajpai 163 321 Problems Associated with Witness (2009)

144. International Study on Crimes Against Sankar Sen, A.K. Sharma 167 329Women and Death of Women in Custody (2009) Jayasree Ahuja


No. No.

xxvi Contents (Subject-wise)

145. Identification of Specific Measures for Community Rohit Chaoudhary 189 395Participation in strengthening Internal Security (2016)

146. Non-Registration of Crimes: Problems & Solutions (2016) Dr. Arvind Tiwari 190 397

E. Crime Criminal Study

147. Theft of Copper Wire (1973) P & T Deptt and State Police 8 9

148. Democratic Decentralisation and its Impact on Rural Crime (1973) BPR&D 12 22

149. Causes of Increase in Crime in Delhi (1974) A Gupta, Mahmood Bin Muhammad, 13 23 RK Ohri and FTR Colaso

150. Crime Involving Use of Firearms and Explosives (1975) S Venugopal Rao and TR Kalra 24 41

151. Kidnapping of Children in Greater Mumbai (1977) BPR&D 35 57

152. Criminality Amongst Women in India ML Bhanot and Surat Misra 42 67(A Study of Female Offenders & Convicts) (1978)

153. Image of the Police in India (1979) Indian Institute of Public Opinion 49 79

154. Incidence of Suicides in Delhi (1980) Surat Misra and JC Arora 53 85

155. Crime Against Women (1982) Surat Misra and JC Arora 60 97

156. A Study on the Role of Pimps and Clients in Prostitution and R. Aparajitha 189 397their Interaction with Prostitutes (1987)

157. Bank Frauds – A Study (1988 ) GP Joshi and NP Gupta 70 113

158. Crime in India in 2000 A.D. – Some Projections (1989) GP Joshi and JK Sharma 74 120

159. Criminalization Of Social Movement And Its Counter Gauri Shankar Dwivedi 191 399Forces: A Criminal-Sociological Study With SpecialReference To Naxalism In Gaya District (1990)

160. Wife Abuse: A Study on the Influencing Factors and its Sumithra Sundar 192 401Consequences (1991)

161. Crime Against Women In Orissa With Special Reference Amiya Kumar Jena 193 402To Dowry Deaths In Kandrapara (1991)

162. Drug Addiction And Criminal Behaviour (1992) Jayashree Singh 195 405

163. Development and Crime (1992) BPR&D 79 126

164. Victims of Some Violent Crimes: A Study in Victimology (1993) GS Bajpai 82 130

165. Gang Delinquency On Indian Railways (1993) Sanjay 196 406


No. No.

Contents (Subject-wise) xxvii

166. A Comparative Study Of Personality And Intra-Familial Renu Goenka 197 407Relations Of Delinquents & Non-Delinquents BelongingTo Different Socio-Economic Groups (1993)

167. A Sociological Study of Violence against Women (1993) Suchitra Vedant 198 408

168. Women Criminals In Tamil Nadu (1994) A.Thomas William 202 414

169. Socio-Psychological Factors Leading To Women Pushpa Wadhwani 204 417Criminality (1995)

170. Psychological Correlates of Rape Victimization (1995) S.Usharani 205 419

171. Formation of Criminal Gangs in Metro Cities (1995) VK Saraf 93 155

172. Post Treatment Adjustment Problems And Relapse In Preeti Pande 208 424Drug Addiction: An Empirical Study (1996)

173. A study of Personality Correlates of Women Heroin-Addicts (1998) Sadia Habib 211 427

174. Bio-psycho-social Study of Habitual Criminals (1998) NIMHANS 109 183

175. Evaluation Of The Treatment For Drug Addicts In Chennai (1999) Annette Mathews 215 434

176. Youth in Hardcore Crime in Mumbai: A Developmental Sumita Sarkar 219 440Perspective (2002)

177. Impact of Media on Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Crime (2002) BPR&D 123 248

178. Crimes Against Women – Role of Section 498-A IPC in States of NK Singhal 125 251Delhi and Haryana (2002)

179. Psycho Physiological Correlates of Criminal Behaviour (2003) Dinesh Singh 220 441

180. Estimation of the Quantities and Impact of Influx of Small Arms 136 268and Explosives in India (2004)

181. Moral Values, Frustration & Social Deprivation Among Lolitha John 224 446Juvenile Delinquents (2006)

182. Hitech Crime: A study of economic aspects of cyber crimes its Tej Singh Keshwal 233 461detection with special reference to Jabalpur urban areas (2008)

183. Determining the Age of a Juvenile: A Controversial approach (2008) Debdatta Das 159 314

184. Rising Crimes Against Elderly People And Dr. S.N.Yadav 160 315Responsibility of Police In Metros (2009)

185. Psychological Influences in Crime: A Comparative Study of Dr. Sandeep Singh 161 316Low And High Crime Profile Villages of District Hisar (Haryana) (2009)


No. No.

xxviii Contents (Subject-wise)

186. Causes of Juvenile Delinquency in Tamilnadu: K. Alagusundaram 236 464A Sociological Analysis (2009)

187. A Victim of Crime and Compensation Laws (2009) P.G. Phani Raj 237 465

188. Study of Crime News in the media: Determinatnts of Crime News Lata Sharma 240 469and its Impact (2010)

188. fo/kusrj cky vijk/ dk lekt'kkL=k % okjk.klh uxj ij oh jhrk 243 475vk/kfjr ,d lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (2010)

190. A Comparative Sociology Analysis of the Job-stress, Dr. Sudeshna Mukherjee 175 348Vulnerability & Subsequent Security need for women inGarment Industries & ITES in the Silicon Valley of India---Bangalore (2011)

191. Genesis and Spread of Maoist Violence and Appropriate State D.M. Mitra 177 351Strategy to handle it (2011)

192. Social, Economic and Political Dynamics in Extremist Wasbir Hussain 179 355Affected Areas (2011)

193. Sexual Abuse of Children: A Socialogical Study in Hunny Matiyani 244 477Delhi Metropolis (2011)

194. Human Rights Violations of Rape Victims: A Socialogical Study Vibha Hetu 245 479in Delhi City (2011)

195. Victimology of Terrorism: An Analysis of Compensation to R. Anil Kumar 246 481the Victims of Mumbai Bomb Blasts in the Post Babri Masjid Demolition period (2012)

196. Narcotic Drugs and Money Laundering: A Study on Illicit J. Sasi Kumar 247 484Drug Trade Among Opium Cultivators in India (2012)

197. Suicidal Tendencies among Farmers of Dharwad District - Purnanand N. Sangalad 249 489A Study (2012)

198. Structures for Dealing with National Security in India with particular S. Sreejith 250 491reference to Combating Terrorism - A Study (2012)

199. Cyber Crime Victimization: A Situational Analysis of Victims M.D. Utthiranayagam 251 495in Tamil Nadu (2012)

200. Police Performance in Extremist Affected Areas: An Anuradha Dutta and 182 372Introspective Understanding from North-East India (2012) Dr. V. Veera Raghvan

201. Computer Mediated Interpersonal Crimes: A Study of Cyber R. Sivakumar 252 497Bullying among College Students in Cosmopolitan Cities (2013)

202. Familial and Personality Correlates of Juvenila Delinquency (2013) Tanusree Moitra 253 499


No. No.

Contents (Subject-wise) xxix

203. A Study of the Factors Leading Juveniles to be in Conflict with D. Murugesan 259 510the Law in Tamil Nadu: Sociological Perspective (2014)

204. Spatial Dynamics of Murder in 6 cities of Tamil Nadu: Vijo Varghese Vincent 261 513A Geographical Information System (gis) Approach (2014)

205. ¶cky vijk/ esa ehfM;k dh Hkwfedk dk Jherh Jqfr ;kno 263 518,d vijk/'kkL=kh; vè;;u¸ (2015)

206. Crimes Among the Tea Garden Communities in Assam: Md Abdul Mutalib 264 520A Sociological Study (2016)

207. Women Offenders in Andhra Pradesh - A Sociological Study (2016) N. Katama Raju 265 522

F. Police-Public Relationship

208. Reluctance of the Public to Aid the Police in the FTR Colaso and KS Shukla 9 10Detection of Crime and Crime Reporting at Police Stations (1973)

209. Review of Facilities Available for Traffic Law TGL Iyer, M Mison Mathew 43 69Enforcement in Big Cities (1978 ) and PS Sambyal

210. Public Complaints in Selected Urban Police Stations of Delhi (1980) Surat Misra 51 83and JC Arora

211. Unnatural Deaths of Married Women with Special DN Gautam and BV Trivedi 67 110Reference to Dowry Deaths: A Sample Study of Delhi (1986)

212. Community Policing and Concept of Applications (1995) GP Joshi and GS Bajpai 91 150

213. Police Public Interface (2001) GP Joshi 115 203

214. Community Participation in Law Enforcement System (2001) PRIA 116 215

215. Partnership for Peace: A Study of Police-Public Interface (2007) Suvashisa Rana 227 450

216. Police Administration and Work Culture with reference Manoj Kumar Tripathi 230 456to Police-People Interface in Urban Settings (A Case Study of Meerut, UP) (2007)

217. Police-Public Interaction in Coastal Orissa: A Socio- Sujata Bhatt 242 473Psychological Analysis from the viewpoints of CommonPeople, Police Personnel, Political Elites and Legal Expert (2010)

218. Community Crime Prevention Programmes in the City of Chennai: Dr. S. Ramdoss 170 335An Evaluation (2010)

219. iqfyl ifCyd bUVjiQsl (m0iz0 esa iqfyl cy dk vè;;u & Jherh vuhrk eqn~xy 254 501vyhx<+ ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa) (2013)


No. No.

xxx Contents (Subject-wise)

G. Traffic Policing

220. Traffic Enforcement by Police Authorities Central Road Research Institute 16 29in Kanpur (1974)

221. Analysis and Prevention of Road Accidents inS Raghava Chari, KMB Nath, KVS Rao 66 109Hyderabad and Secunderabad (1986) and V Srinivas

H. Prison Administration

222. Dermatoglyphics Among Female Prisoners (1989) Gurvinder Kaur Anand 190 398

223. Impact Of Correctional Programmes On Female Prisoners (1993) P.T. Uma Maheshwari 199 410

224. vijk/h efgykvksa dk lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u lquhrk oekZ 200 411(vkxjk vkSj esjB ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa) (1993)

225. Role of Social Support in Environmental Perception and Attitude Neeti Rana 212 429towards life among Female Prisoners (1998)

226. Prison Administration and Connected Aspects (Regarding Vocational KN Kapoor 121 244Training for Wage Earnings) (2001)

227. National Expert Committee on Women Prisoners MZ Khan and 128 255(Implementation of Recommendations Made by the BV TrivediCommittee Headed by Justice Krishna Iyer) (2002)

228. United Nations Standard Minimum Rules (2002) MZ Khan and BV Trivedi 129 256(Implementation of Recommendations)

229. Punishment before Verdict R Thilagaraj 132 262(Prison Conditions of Undertrial Prisoners in Tamil Nadu) (2003)

230. Model Prison Manual AK Sinha and BV Trivedi 133 264(for the Superintendence and Management of Prisons) (2003)

231. All India Committee on Jail Reforms (1980-83) (Implementation of MZ Khan and 134 266Recommendations made by the Committee headed BV Trivediby Justice AN Mulla) (2003)

232. Key Performance Indicators for Prison Organization (2004) Upneet Lalli 137 271

233. Deaths in Judicial Custody (Causes and Remedies) (2005) Deepti Shrivastava 141 277

234. Compensation to the Victims of Crime (2005) RC Arora and BV Trivedi 142 279

235. Modalities to Reduce Undertrial Prisoners in Prisons (2006) Upneet Lalli 145 285


No. No.

Contents (Subject-wise) xxxi

236. Psychological Impact of Vipasana (2006) Vivekanand College, Delhi University 146 287

237. Premature Release of Prisoners (Streamlining the System SP Srivastava 150 294of Prisons in Uttar Pradesh) (2007)

238. Open-Air Jails in India (Critical Study) (2007) MZ Khan 151 297

239. Comparative Rate of Imprisonment in Different Countries (2007) RC Arora and 152 300BV Trivedi

240. Prisons and law in India (2007) R.C. Arora & Dr. B.V. Trivedi 154 303

241. National Policy on Prison Reforms and Correctional Administration (2007) BPR&D 155 308

242. Impact of Vocational Training on Reformation Dr. Deepti Shrivastava 156 310and Rehabilitation of Prisoners (2007)

243. Habitual Criminals and their Treatment: A Comparative Study Satish S. Badiger 228 452of Reformation and Rehabilitation Programmes in Dharwad& Belgaum Districts, Karnataka State (2007)

244. Problems and Prospects of Women Prisoners in Orissa: Pragyan Bharti 232 460A Sociological insight from the Perspective of PrisonAdministration and Prison inmates (2008)

245. Women and Crime: A Sociological Study of Convicts Roop Kamal Kaur 235 463in Patiala Jail (2008)

246. Streamlining of Visiting System in prison (2008) S.P. Singh Pundhir 157 311

247. Custodial Deaths in India: An Analysis (2008) R.C. Arora & Dr. B.V.Trivedi 158 313

248. Status Appraisal of Judicial Pronouncement Regarding Dr. Deepti Shrivastava 165 324Women Prisoners and their Accompanied Children (2009)

249. Identification of Best Prison Practices (2009) Dr. Upneet Lalli 166 326

250. Follow up Study of Released Offenders on their Dr. Deepti Shrivastava 172 342Reformation & Rehabilitation (2010)

251. Development of Performance Indices for Prison Staff (2011) V K Kulshrestha and 180 358Prof. M Z Khan

252. Status of Probation, Parole, Leave and their Dr. Sankar Sarolia and 183 377Impact on the Overcrowding in Indian Prison (2013) S.P.Singh Pundhir

253. Impact Analysis of Prison Reforms with Special Reference Ashish Chaddha 256 505to Uttar Pradesh (2014)


No. No.

xxxii Contents (Subject-wise)


No. No.

I. Health

254. Stress, Health and Performance: RC Tripathi, RK Naidu, 83 133A Study of Police Organisation in Uttar Prdesh (1993) K Thapa and SN Biswas

255. Stress And Coping: A Case Of Orissa Police (1995) P.K. Mishra 206 420

256. Mental Health Problems among Police Personnel – SM Channabasavanna 99 168An Epidemiological Study (1996)

257. Stress Management in the CPMFs (2005) SR Mehra, Sharda Prasad, RC Arora 140 276

258. Problems of Abuse of Women Prisoners’ Rights in India with Renu Sharma 260 512Special Reference to Punjab (2014)

J. Miscellaneous

259. Survey of Research in Forensic Science (1975) M Jauhari 28 46

260. Private Investigating Agency and Security Services in India – A Study (1977) TGL Iyer 38 61

261. Some Aspects of Horse Racing in India (1977) BPR&D 39 62

262. Police Fatalities in India (1990) GP Joshi and BS Bedi 75 122

263. Survey of Research in Foresnic Science (1995) M Jauhari 88 141

264. Towards a More People Friendly and Economic Anindita Mukhopadhyay 105 176Court Procedure (1998)

265. Pendency of Cases in the Subordinate Courts (2006) RC Arora and BV Trivedi 143 283

266. Hkkjrh; jktuhfr dh uwru çofÙk;ksa ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa jkds'k dqekj flag jkBkSj 226 449jktuhfrd vijk/hdj.k dh leL;k dk fo'ys"k.k (2006)

267. Research/Case Study on "Indian Copyright Act, 1957 Rajinder Bhatia 168 331- State of Disposal of Copyright Cases in Uttar Pradesh (2009)

Contents (Subject-wise) xxxiii

C O M P E N D I U M[PART - I]

Research Projects

RESEARCHSTUDIES

ON POLICE AND PRISON ISSUES(1970 –2016)

xxxiv Contents (Subject-wise)

1

Research Studies (1970 – 2016) - Compendium

Objectives

To make an assessment of the required increasein human and material resources of the policeforces of States and Union Territories withreference to increase in violence, crime andpopulation during the period 1963 to 1969.

Prognosis

A review of violence in Indian society was madeby the ‘Research & Policy Division’ of theMHA, which indicated that during the period1961 to 1963, there was a rise in violent crimelike murder, dacoity, robbery and rioting whichwas disproportionate to the increase inpopulation.

The review also indicated that while the 8 bigcities accounted for only 3.7 per cent of thepopulation of the country, their share of totalcrime was 10.7 per cent.

This survey also made projections of likelyoccurrence of violent crime during the next sevenyears. Hence, this study to review the existingstatus of policing in the states and unionterritories.

Methodology

Analysis of crime data published in Crime in Indiaand examination of statistical data relating tomanpower and material resources with the Policein the States.

Important Findings1. There was no gradual rise in crime in the

states, figures of crime rose and dipped fromyear to year.

2. The statistics of total cognizable crime do notnecessarily indicate the exact state of crimesituation.

3. The average geographical area of policestations in the States was very high.

4. Average expenditure on Police in the Statewas 5.42% of the total revenue.

5. The availability of vehicles and communica-tion equipment was poor.

6. Services of forensic scientists were not avail-able in all States.

Recommendations

1. Increase in manpower for Civil Police inMadhya Pradesh, Orissa, Uttar Pradesh andPondicherry.

2. Increase in Armed Police in Rajasthan.

3. Increase in motor transport holdings forGujarat, Rajasthan, Punjab, Tamil Nadu,Orissa, Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh,Manipur and Tripura.

4. Expansion of wireless and telephonecommunication in all States.

5. Setting up of Forensic Science Laboratoriesin States where they did not exist.

1. Analysis of the Police Arrangements in India (1970)A Gupta*

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

2


2. Adequacy of Police Arrangements during CommunalDisturbances (1971)(Report on Thane and Aurangabad District)

DN Kaveshwar*

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).

Objective

To study the adequacy or otherwise of policearrangements in Thane and Aurangabad Districtof Maharashtra.

Prognosis

An analysis of communal disturbances in thecountry between 1965-1970 revealed that Thanewas one among the six most affected districts inthe country.

Methodology

A study of demographic composition of urbanand rural areas and detailed examination andanalysis of all communal incidents that took placein the district during this period, analysis of policeresponse to those incidents, and follow-up action(including prosecution of cases) taken up by thePolice.

Important Findings

1. There was concentration of minority popula-tion in small urban pockets namely Bhiwandi,Kalyan and Thane.

2. Villages adjoining these towns were suscep-tible to communal trouble.

3. Major communal outbreaks were due tosocio-political causes.

4. No preparation, in anticipation of trouble, bymajority community.

5. Rabid communalists act as ‘agent provoca-teur’.

6. Minority community responds by preparingitself against an anticipated attack.

Recommendations

1. Formation and activisation of PeaceCommittees.

2. Preparation of an elaborate Communal RiotScheme at Distt. & P.S. level.

3. Deployment of Armed Reserves at the firstsign of trouble-equipped with riot gear.

4. An increase in the strength of Civil Police.

5. Good communication network.

6. Improving Intelligence collection.

7. Prosecution of cases in Courts to be takenup seriously.

8. Proper documentation and analysis ofprevious incidents.

3


3. Adequacy of Police Arrangements during CommunalDisturbances (1971)(Report on Meerut District)

PC Kakkar*

* Deputy Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).

ObjectiveTo study the adequacy or otherwise of policearrangements in Meerut District of Uttar Pradesh.

PrognosisAn analysis of communal disturbances in thecountry between 1965-1970 revealed that Meerutwas one among the six most affected districts inthe country. Hence this in-house study byBPR&D upon direction from MHA.

MethodologyA study of demographic composition of urbanand rural areas and detailed examination andanalysis of all communal incidents that took placein the district during this period, analysis of policeresponse to those incidents, and follow-up action(including prosecution of cases) taken up by thePolice.

Important Findings1. There was concentration of minority

population in small urban pockets of Meerut.2. Villages adjoining this town were susceptible

to communal trouble.

3. Major communal outbreaks were due tosocio-political causes.

4. No preparation, in anticipation of trouble, bymajority community.

5. Rabid communalists act as ‘agentprovocateur’.

6. Minority community responds by preparingitself against an anticipated attack.

7. Visits by dignitaries, who had nothing to dowith the administration of law and order, area set back and are misused by vestedinterests.

Recommendations1. Formation and activisation of Peace

Committees.2. Preparation of an elaborate Communal Riot

Scheme at Distt. & P.S. level.3. Deployment of Armed Reserves at the first

sign of trouble-equipped with riot gear.4. An increase in the strength of Civil Police.5. Good communication network.6. Improving Intelligence collection.7. Prosecution of cases in Courts to be taken

up seriously.8. Proper documentation and analysis of

previous incidents.

9. Special training to be given to subordinatestaff in handling of communal disturbances.

4


These studies were conducted by this Bureau atthe instance of Government of India, Ministry ofHome Affairs. The Reports of these Studies werepresented to the Government with appropriate

recommendations to tackle the specific problems.The reports were categorised as secret hence thesereports are not being summarised for thisCompendium.

Part I : Leakage of Potassium Chlorate to Unlawful ElementsPart II : Leakage of Arsenic Di-Sulphide to Unlawful ElementsPart III : Leakage of Picric Acid to Unlawful ElementsPart IV : Leakage of High Explosives to Unlawful ElementsPart V : Illicit Manufacture of Fire-armsPart VI : Forcible Seizure of Fire-arms

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).** BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).

5. Juvenile Aid Police Units (1972)KS Shukla and PD Malviya**

4. Enforcement of Arms Act/ Explosives Act (1971-73)*

Objective

This Study was taken up with a view to clarifyingthe role of the police in relation to young deviantsand to determine what specialist services need tobe introduced in the police forces to deal withpotential and actual juvenile delinquents and whatwould be the most effective organisation for suchservices.

Prognosis

Though at the time this study was taken up,juvenile delinquency had not assumed serious

proportions, the trend towards an increase wasvisible in the last few years. In 1965, a Seminaron “Juvenile Delinquency : Role of the Police”was held in New Delhi and a Committee was setup to examine the question of improvement incollection and analysis of statistics on juveniledelinquents.

Methodology1. Collection of information on the following

with the help of a questionnaire :• Nature of Juvenile registration.• Organisational structure of Juvenile Aid

Police Units.• The manner of liaison between Juvenile Aid

Police Units and other agencies.

5


• The work done by Juvenile Aid PoliceUnits.

2. Studying the functioning of similar units inAustralia, Japan, West Germany, France, UKand USA.

3. Interviewing the supervisory staff working inJuvenile Aid Police Units.

4. Interface with social scientists.5. Analysis of data on crimes involving juveniles.

Important Findings1. Juveniles were responsible for 2.7% of the

total IPC Crime during the period 1960-70.2. During this decade, incidents of juvenile

crime went up by 35%.3. The largest number of juveniles of all age

groups, were apprehended for miscellaneousoffences.

4. Delinquents of the age group of 12-16 yearswere mainly involved in ordinary thefts.

5. A major chunk of juveniles of age group 16-21 years were involved in offences under theGambling Act and Excise Act offences. Theirinvolvement in violent crime and sex offenceswas also marked out.

Recommendations1. The Police comes in contact with juveniles

more often. The manner in which the policehandles at the point of first contact,determines their subsequent behaviour andattitude towards law and authority.

2. The prime function of the Police should bedetection of pre-delinquency and crimogenicsituations and bringing these to the notice ofparents etc. The location of destitute andneglected children and their referral toinstitutional care, organisation of recreational

activities for children living in high delinquencyareas should also be undertaken by police.Trained workers should also be associated inthese activities by the police.

3. Police officers of all levels should understandthe crucial significance of the first contactbetween them and juveniles and adopt apractice of handling them with kindness andunderstanding.

4. Once the juvenile gets involved with formalcriminal justice system, subsequentrehabilitation efforts will have little success.

5. No rehabilitation effort can succeed unless thepolice shows an understanding of therehabilitation process.

6. Police can render useful service througheducative publicity about the dangers ofexploitation or victimisation by adults.

7. It is essential that Police re-orients its outlooktowards this problem.

8. There must be network of ObservationHomes, Remand Homes, Juvenile Courts andAfter Care Homes in major towns.

9. It is necessary to establish specialised unitsin all large cities with a population of one lakhor more.

10. Officers posted to such units should be vestedwith legal powers of investigation and withdiscretion in law to let the juvenile off withwarning instead of prosecuting him.

11. Staff of such Unit should be adequately trainedand intellectually equipped to deal withrebellious children.

12. Police should organise coordination with otheragencies working in this field and should securethe involvement of local people also.

13. Survey of patterns of juvenile delinquencyshould be carried out by the Police ResearchUnits.

6


* National Productivity Council, New Delhi.

6. Job Analysis Study at Police Stations and TrafficDepartments of Delhi and Bombay* (1972)

Objective

This study was commissioned by the BPR&D,with the object of having a quantitative analysisof the work done by Police personnel in the ranksof SI, ASI, Head constable and Constable in urbanand rural Police Stations of Delhi and Mumbaiand the Traffic Departments of two cities. Theresearchers were required to carry outclassification and analysis of work of personnelof the ranks mentioned above and analysis of thetime spent by them on the various componentsof their work. On the basis of such analysis, theresearchers were expected to pinpoint the areas,which needed to be strengthened by propertraining and development.

Sample Police Stations

The selection of Police Stations for the purposeof the study was done by Director, BPR&D inconsultation with the respective InspectorsGeneral of Police in such a way that takentogether the three Police Stations becamerepresentative of the functioning of the PoliceStations in the two Metropolitan cities.

The following Police Stations, in addition totraffic stations, were selected for the study :At Delhi : Defence Colony, Lahori Gate

and MehrauliAt Mumbai : Azad Maidan, Bhoiwada and

Padgha

Methodology

For the purpose of this study, the team of NationalProductivity Council, the consultants, adopted thefollowing approach :1. Preliminary discussions with the officers of

the concerned Police Stations.2. Collection of data from past records.3. Collection of data through questionnaire.4. Interview with police personnel of the ranks

under study.

5. Survey of available literature including Reportsof Tamil Nadu Police Commission, KhoslaCommission Report on Delhi Police and theReport of the Working Group to theAdministrative Reforms Commission on thePolice Administration.

Important Findings1. While the jobs vary widely, all the personnel

are given the same training in police trainingschools or police training colleges. The resultis that for some jobs the training falls verymuch short of the requirement.

2. It is necessary that each job is treatedseparately and requirements are worked outfor it. Specialised training is needed for jobslike traffic, wireless, M.T. etc.

3. In Bombay, the deployment was almost fixed.The number of persons deployed for a jobdepended on volume of work.

7


4. A fixed pattern of deployment is always betterfrom the point of view of development ofskill, efficiency, smooth working and jobsatisfaction.

5. Beat patrolling is done in addition to normal dutyat many places.This renders it ineffective.

6. Every Police Station and traffic branch hasto deploy a considerable manpower onbandobast arrangements. For these jobs, thereis no additional staff provided.

7. A reserve force may be created in a city totake care of such occasions which areroutine rather than exception. Police stationsmay have only a skeleton staff speciallydeputed for this work to do liaison withreserve force. Such an arrangement willmake police more efficient.

8. The calibre of the persons recruited is not upto the mark to discharge the functions ofpolice effectively and efficiently e.g.courteous behaviour, offering help to needyones, sympathy towards aggrieved party,proper expression (written, oral) etc.

9. Majority of the senior constabulary staffpossesses very low education, which createsdifficulties in carrying out day to day job anddealing with public.

10. From the deployment analysis it is observedthat both Sub Inspectors and Constables inpolice station spend upto 40% of time onspecial arrangements and emergency dutiesand beat patrolling.

11. The clerical work in Police Stations done byHead Constables and Constables on an averagefor 40% and 15% respectively while in trafficoffice 40% of the total manpower is employedfor clerical work.

12. Analysis of time spent on various elements ofwork :

Observations and Recommendations1. The deployment of crime analysis indicated the

number of personnel of different categoriesdeployed on various elements of work and thetime spent by them on each. But the analysisdid not indicate whether the persons on thesejobs were deployed effectively.

2. Since the analysis of effective utilisation is notfeasible given the nature of police work, moreemphasis should be left for creating suchconditions in the organisation as would helpachieve better utilisation of manpower.

3. The following were identified as the areas forstrengthening and improvement:

• Training.

• Developing standard procedures andmethods of work.

• Determining the optimum strength ofpersonnel required for carrying outdifferent jobs for prevention and detectionof crime, maintenance of law & order,clerical functions and technical functions.

• Development of proper attitudes amongpersonnel for carrying out the jobsassigned to them with a greater degree ofinvolvement.

• Establishing sound public relations foreducating the people about complexities ofpolice work and the importance of publicco-operation to police work.

8


7. Toxicological Effects of the C.S. Gas (1973)Report of the Committee on the Use of CS in TSM forRiot Control Purposes under Indian Conditions

A Gupta*, SH Zaidi**, SK Sinha***, LP Agarwal†, Lt. Col. VK Rao‡

I Bhooshana Rao£, RG Deolalikar§, PP Mahurkar§§

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi, Chairman.* Director, Industrial Toxicology Research Centre, Lucknow, Member.

*** Director, Explosive Research & Development Lab., Pashan, Pune, Member.† Chief Organiser & Professor of Opthamology, Dr Rajinder Prasad Institute of Opthalmic Sciences, A.I.I.M.S., New

Delhi, Member.‡ Asstt. Director, ARDE, Min. of Defence, Pune, Member.£ Laxmi Niwas, 77-A, East Maredpalli, Secunderabad, Member.§ General Manager, Ordnance Factory, Chanda, Member.

§§ Assistant Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi, Member Secretary.

Objectives1. To study the use of CS gas in tear smoke

material under Indian conditions for riotcontrol purposes.

2. To study the effects of CS gas on theaffected persons.

MethodologyData was collected from experiments under Indianconditions done at various places.

Areas of StudyThe field studies were conducted at Bombay,Calcutta, Madras, Delhi, Kanpur and Ahmedabad.

Recommendations

The recommendations made by the group to MHAhas been graded as “Secret” and this report isavailable for reference in the BPR&D Library.

9


8. Theft of Copper Wire* (1973)FTR Colaso and KS Shukla

Objectives

To find out the extent of thefts of copper wireof P&T Department on the following routes :

1. Delhi – Agra railway alignment

2. Lakhisarai – Jamalpur railway alignment

3. Surat – Baroda C-8 route

4. Allahabad – Rewa C-8 route

To examine the causes and suggest remedialmeasures.

Methodology

The Survey conducted on the above routes, hadprovided representative samples of various typesof problems encountered by the police and theP&T Department.

Findings and Recommendations

1. Prompt in reporting.

2. Better communication with Police Stations.

3. Liberalising the import of copper andreplacement of copper wire by aluminiumwire and copper weld (steel coated withcopper).

* The Survey was conducted jointly by the Staff of P&TDepartment and the State Police.

4. Amendment of Telegraph Wire (unlawfulpossession) Act to make the first offencepunishable with imprisonment andconfiscation of vehicles used for thecommission of copper thefts.

5. Need for a separate security force for theP&T Department to combat menace ofcopper wire thefts.

6. Creation of special squads and cells in theDistricts and in the State CID.

7. Introducing patrolling in sensitive areas bypolice and to arrange surprise and burkingpatrols in the worst affected areas co-ordinately by police and the P&T Department.

8. Testing of lines at regular intervals by TrunkExchanges to detect faults in the Trunk lines.

9. Mounting of surveillance.

10. Preservation of cut-ends of wire and thesame to be made available by the repairingparty to the investigating officer.

11. Visit by Circle Inspector/Police Officer in theaffected places should be made compulsory.

12. Maintenance of records pertaining to suchcrimes and criminals.

13. The stolen copper wire exhibited during thetrials should not be disposed of by the Courtsand should be given to P&T Department aftertrial.

10


9. Reluctance of the Public to Aid the Police in the Detectionof Crime and Crime Reporting at Police Stations (1973)FTR Colaso and KS Shukla


Assessment of the ProblemThe primary functions of police are prevention anddetection of crime. In the performance of it, co-operation of the public is essential. Such supportis at present lacking. Some of the known reasonsfor this lack of support are :1. Reluctance of the police to register complaints.2. Improper behaviour with and treatment of

public by police.3. Corrupt and irregular practices.4. Harassment of complainants and witnesses

during proceedings.

This study proposed to ascertain, by empiricalmeans of public opinion survey in some States,the extent to which the above factors are actuallyresponsible for reluctance of the public to aid thePolice.

Scope and Methodology

1. With a view to identifying the areas of conflictbetween public and police, the study coveredthe following aspects:• Identify areas that have a role in interface

between police and public.• Views and opinions of the public regarding

police practices when they come intocontact with them.

• Whether the views and opinions expressedby different people are uniformallydistributed or there are inter-regionaldifferences.

2. For eliciting views of the public, aquestionnaire/interview schedule was preparedto cover :• complainants in crime reporting.

• witnesses in legal process.

• general public (those who have not comeinto close contact with the Police).

• Police Officers.

3. The study being mainly exploratory, the areawas limited to Bihar, Rajasthan, AndhraPradesh and Tamil Nadu and UT of Delhi.

4. To enable adequate light being thrown ondifferences between urban and rural areas,samples were chosen from towns/cities andvillages as under :

• City with a population of 5 lacs or more.

• District Hqrs. in semi-rural areas.• Small Tehsil Hqrs. with Judicial

Magistrate’s Court.• Villages in which police stations were

located.

11


• Villages with a Panchayat and situated 15miles or more from nearest police station.

• Similarly situated villages without thePanchayat.

5. The subject population was divided in theabove manner to ascertain whether :• Those living in rural and urban areas were

equally responsive to police request forassistance.

• There is any rural/urban differentiation inresponse of the public.

Limitations of the Study

The chief limitations of the study are:

1. considering the size of the population of theStates covered, the sample is small;

2. scientific methods of sample selection couldnot be strictly adhered to because of themobility of the sample, availability of fieldpersonnel and willingness of the respondentsto reply to the questionnaire; and

3. the findings have validity only in respect ofStates to which they relate.

Important Findings

Complainants

1. Majority of complainants were in the age-group of 25 years or more, they came fromurban areas and from the higher educatedgroups. The majority also belonged to lowerand middle income groups (Rs. 150 to Rs.750 per month). Leaders in public life werefewer, as complainants.

2. 59.1% were appreciative of police behaviour,34.3% felt that police were indifferent and6.1% were found to be hostile to the police.In the case of Bihar, Delhi, rural areas,uneducated classes, lower income grouppeople, SC/ST people and MunicipalCouncillors, the percentage of people whofound the police inefficient and hostile, werehigher.

3. 87% of the respondents said that their reportwere recorded in the first instance while therest said that this was done after two or threevisits. The complaints of delayed registrationwere higher in the case of Tamil Nadu, Delhi,in case of people in the income group ofRs. 500/- and below, and members of SC/ST.

4. 35.7% of the respondents had to wait for halfan hour to two hours for recording ofcomplaints. This was higher in the case ofcomplainants from Bihar and Rajasthan, otherrural areas, uneducated classes, Muslims andmembers of SC/ST.

5. Majority of respondents reported courteoustreatment by police. 31.3% complained ofderogatory treatment and indifference. Suchcomplainants were high in respect ofrespondents from Bihar, rural areas, Sikhcommunity, SC/ST and Municipal Councillors.

6. 20% of the respondents felt that attitude ofthe Police was governed by their respondentsstatus whereas 7.8% felt that it was governedby the status of accused/suspect.

7. Majority of respondents felt that there was nodelay on the part of the police in commencingaction.

8. 20% of the respondents stated that police didnot call them to the Police Station forinvestigation. 16.3% were called to the PoliceStation twice, 7.0% were called thrice and

12


5.9% were called more than three times.9. About 40% of the respondents went to the

Police Station accompanied by anotherperson. The percentage of politicians, publicofficials and friends of police officers,accompanying complainants to police stations,was 1.9, 4.3 and 1.3% respectively.

10. Only 8.8% of the respondents stated that policedemanded irregular gratification for recordingtheir reports. This percentage was higher inrespect of people from Tamil Nadu, Bihar,Rajasthan rural areas, low income groups,uneducated classes, SC/ST and members ofPanchayat and Municipal Councillors.

11. Of all the respondents required to go toCourts for further proceedings, 34% had togo once, 29.2% twice, 3.8% thrice and36.8% on more than three occasions. Only12.4% of them were paid allowances forattending Court.

12. 76.4% respondents felt that their social statushas not been impaired due to theirinvolvement in police and court proceedings.

13. 38.9% respondents were satisfied with theoutcome of the reporting of the case.

Witnesses

1. Majority of witnesses belonged to the monthly-income group of Rs. 150/- to Rs. 750/-.

2. 48% of witnesses offered to assist the Policein detecting crime. This percentage washigher from Rajasthan, urban areas, educatedclass people having monthly income ofRs. 500/- and members of Panchayat andMunicipal Councils.14.1% of respondents helped the Police asinformers. This percentage was large in the

case of Andhra Pradesh, urban areas andeducated class.6.2% of respondents helped the Police bygiving suggestions. The percentage in thiscategory was higher in Tamil Nadu andAndhra Pradesh.

3. 60% of the respondents stated that Policeshowed appreciation of their help. Only 6%intimated that the Police were hostile.

4. Majority of the witnesses stated that Policetook prompt action.

5. 7.9% of respondents found the Police abusiveand arrogant, 31.6% said that the policemenwere so sometimes only, and 13.1% said thatthe police were not abusive or arrogant.23.4% of respondents felt that corruption wasrampant in Constables and Head Constables,29.7% said it was limited to Sub Inspectorsand 17.9% said that it was rampant in allranks.

6. Almost 50% of the witnesses who went tothe Police Station were kept waiting for a longtime.

7. 53.4% of respondents stated that they havebeen treated courteously while 27.8% saidthat they were treated indifferently.

8. 20% of the respondents said that they werethreatened by the police. Only a smallpercentage of respondents said that witnesseshave to pay host to the investigating party.

9. Only 13% of the witnesses complained ofharassment/intimidation by the accusedperson. 51.3% of the witnesses felt that nouseful purpose was served in helping thepolice in investigation.

10. Only 20% of the respondents were willing tobe a witness again.

13


General Public

1. 67.2% of the respondents stated that they willgo to the Police if they or their friends wereaffected by crime.

2. The main reasons for respondents not willingto go to the Police Stations are :• The persons who go to Police Station to

lodge report have to wait for anunreasonably long period of time.

• The criminals would take vengeanceagainst respondents if they reported thecrime and acted as witnesses.

• The Police would not entertain a report ifit is against a person of high status oragainst a person with whom they havegood relationship.

• The Police records reports only frominfluential persons and not from ordinarypersons.

• The Police does not act promptly on anyinformation/evidence furnished to themwith the result that its usefulness is lost.

• The Police are corrupt and would shieldthe true criminals, even if the respondentstry to aid in the detection of crime.

• Persons who go to the Police arefrequently called to the Police Station.

• The Police would not entertain a reportconcerning a minor crime.

• The Police demands gratification forrecording the report.

• The respondents might be obliged toaccompany the Police from place to place,or be called to the Police Station repeatedly.

• The Police manhandles suspects and therespondents would not like to be a partyto it.

• Persons who go to the Police, arerepeatedly summoned by the Court.

• The Police machinery is so ineffective thatthere would be no point in going tothem.

3. Majority of the respondents were aware thatthe criminal gets encouraged, if crimes arenot reported.

Police Officers

1. 80.8% felt that public co-operates only sometimes in detection of crime.

2. In their opinion, the public does not co-operate because of :• Disinclination to get involved with the

Police and Court proceedings.• Lack of civic sense in the public.• Fear of reprisals from the criminals or

goondas.• Factional and partisan sympathies.• General distrust of the Police.

3. Majority of the respondents were of the viewthat the control of the police over criminalselements is attenuated due to :• Political interference.• Lack of transport, communications and

other facilities for the police.• The inadequate strength of the police force• Corruption within the police.

4. Vast majority of the respondents (83.4%) feltthat Police powers for arrest are inadequate.

Recommendations1. Police officers should distinguish between

service and servility and between courtesyand softness. They must be firm but also

14


courteous avoiding as far as possible givingan appearance of rudeness. The police shouldtry their utmost not to give an impression ofindifference or hostility when a person goesto the police station. The gestures of theofficer should be pleasing and not officious,haughty, aloof or condenscending.

2. A person who goes to the police station witha complaint or for giving information shouldbe attended to as promptly as possible.

3. It is necessary that a copy of the FIR shouldbe given to the complainant as soon as thecase is registered.

4. Test complaints should be made by superiorofficers to ensure the registration of all cases.

5. It is very necessary that all cognizable offencesreported, are duly registered. It should be madeclear that SHOs will not be penalised for theincreased number of cases or low percentageof detection. In short, less emphasis shouldbe placed on statistics to judge the efficiencyor otherwise of the SHOs.

6. Making complaints/witnesses comerepeatedly to the police station should beavoided as far as possible. If any additionalinformation is required, the Police Officershould go to the residence of complainant/witness.

7. When any complaint is made at a PoliceStation, they should register the same, evenif they genuinely believe that the offence wascommitted outside their jurisdiction. Theymay transfer the case to the concerned policestation, later.

8. Additional staff should be posted for attendingto the complaints if the number of complaintsreceived is very high to ensure prompthandling thereof.

9. A complainant or witness who enquires aboutthe progress of an investigation should beinformed to the extent possible.

10. Members of the public, under nocircumstances should be made to feel thatwhen a complaint is made against a policeofficer, no serious action will be taken againsthim. It would also be desirable to inform aperson about the action taken on hiscomplaint.

11. Complainants or witnesses who are in fear ofreprisals by criminals should be givenadequate protection.

12. While dealing with the members of the public,the police should avoid arrogant behaviourand an over-bearing attitude.

13. Efforts should be made to eliminate delays incourt by evolving systematic procedures bythe Judicial Department.

14. Witnesses appearing in the court should beadequately compensated for their time assoon as the witness finishes tendering hisevidence.

15. The police should positively demonstrate thatthey do not discriminate between persons onthe basis of their social, economic, educationaland political status.

16. Dissatisfaction of complainants regarding theultimate outcome of the case reported bythem, could to a large extent be reduced byeducating the members of the public aboutcorrect functions and procedures.

17. There should also be a greater contact withthe students by participation in their activitiessuch as instructing and helping in youth orsporting clubs or other such organisations.

18. It would be desirable to establish a localPublic Relations Advisory Committee in each

15


District where representatives of the publiccould express their problems vis-à-vis thepolice and the police officers in turn could tryto solve the problems or explain thedifficulties and limitations which they have insolving the problems.

19. Efforts should be made to contact the generalpublic through various mass media about thenecessity for crime reporting and the harmfulconsequences of non-reporting of crime.

20. The status and quality of the police officers,particularly, the lower ranks of Constables to SubInspectors, who come into contact most withthe public, should be improved by the authorities,to create a better image of the police.

21. Regular efforts should be made by thesuperior officers to impress on thesubordinate ranks in the police the importanceof good police public relations which can beachieved mainly by greater tact, courtesy,integrity and a spirit of service.

22. It is desirable that all the police officers,particularly of the rank of Sub Inspector andabove, should maintain close contact with therespectable citizens in their respectivejurisdictions so that they could enlist theircooperation at all times and obtain theconfidence of the public to enable them tofunction more effectively.

10. Organisation and System of Policing of Medium-Size Cities(1973)Mohit Bhattacharya*

* IIPA, MHA, New Delhi.

ObjectTo examine and explain the urban challenge toPolice Administration and suggest reorganisationof City Police Administration to render it as a fitagency for urban policing.

Methodology1. Field Studies and first hand collection of field

data.2. Answers to Questionnaire3. Public documents

4. Interviews5. Secondary hand sources like books/journals

Cities Studied

Bhopal, Coimbatore, Ernakulam, Jaipur, Kanpur,Lucknow, Ludhiana, Trivendram, Ahmedabad,Bangalore, Calcutta, Greater Bombay, Hyderabad,Madras, Nagpur and Pune.

Recommendations

1. If the police has to win public confidence, the

16


Growth of Crime in the Sample Citties and their States — (Contd)

State/City Total Cognizable Crime Percentage Variation1965 1969

D. Uttar Pradesh 217,768 223,587 +2.71. Lucknow City 4,064 4,811 +18.42. Kanpur City 8,326 9,248 +11.1

E. Tamil Nadu State 54,597 6,263 +14.71. Coimbatore City 1,369 8,824 –39.8

F. Madhya Pradesh State 30,177 34,995 +16.01. Bhopal City 1,717 2,018 +17.5

Percentage Variation of Cognizable Crimes in the Comissionerate Cities (1965 and 1969)

S.No. Cities 1965 1969 Percentage Variation

1. Ahmedabad 3,363 3,578 8.392. Bangalore 4,176 8,051 92.79

3. Bombay 26,791 25,289 –5.614. Calcutta 2,030 10,801 –48.645. Delhi 16,216 16,254 0.23

6. Hyderabad 2,805 3,593 28.097. Madras 7,010 11,707 67.00

Important FindingsGrowth of Crime in the Sample Cities and their States

State/City Total Cognizable Crime Percentage Variation1965 1969

A. Rajasthan State 30,177 34,996 +15.971. Jaipur City 1,729 2,019 +16.77

B. Punjab State 79,424 48,016 –39.51. Ludhiana City 1,617 1329 –17.8

C. Kerala State 33,325 33,405 +.21. Trivandrum City 1,731 2,078 +20.02. Ernakulam City 1,328 1,579 +18.9

(Contd.)

17


Sample Cities: Clearance & Conviction Rates : 1969

S.No City True Cases in which Clearance Cases Conviction Cases chargesheet rate* convicted rate**

was laid(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

1. Ludhiana 4,040 3,492 86.4 1,951 48.292. Jaipur 1,834 977 53.2 386 21.043. Trivendram 2,078 1,591 76.5 576 27.714. Ernakulam 1,289 698 54.1 379 29.405. Bhopal 886 886 100.0 373 42.16. Kanpur 4,873 1,251 25.6 861 17.77. Coimbatore 1,040 675 64.9 599 57.6

* Percentage of (b) to (a) and ** Percentage of (d) to (a)

Sample Cities : Strength of Police Forces : 1969

S.No. City Total Force Estimated Proportion ofPopulation People to(in lakhs) Policemen

1. Ludhiana 380 4.5 1,184 : 12. Jaipur 3,468 6.1 176 : 13. Lucknow 1,490 8.0 537 : 14. Kanpur 1,407 12.7 903 : 15. Bhopal 1,557 4.4 283 : 16. Coimbatore 356 3.4 955 : 17. Trivandrum 2,023 4.0 198 : 18. Ernakulam 1,781 5.9 331 : 1

Average Population Served, Area Covered, Number of Officers and Men per Station : 1969

City No. of Police Average Average Average no. of Average no. Stations population area per P.S. officers per of men

served per P.S. (in Sq.Km.) Police Station per PoliceStation

Trivandrum 8 45,966 33.40 1.9 66.0Ludhiana 5 80,000 5.00 2.6 90.4Bhopal 9 49,158 57.00 11.3 161.6Coimbatore 7 51,025 16.80 2.6 35.3Ernakulam 10 45,777 23.14 2.0 64.9Kanpur 9 100,000 14.84 13.3 135.5Lucknow 14 55,745 10.51 10.9 91.6Jaipur 8 76,643 14.60 13.0 108.1

18


legal distinction between cognizable and non-cognizable offences, which stands in the wayof prompt action on complaints, needs to bere-examined.

2. The jurisdiction of a city police district shouldbe delineated so as to consist of the core cityarea and its neighbouring urban rural tractwhich is closely connected with the urbancore, economically and physically.

3. The district system has a built-in tendencytoward indecision, delay and vacillation.Police powers per se which are presentlyvested in the District Magistrate, should begiven to the Police Chief of the cities.

4. The mechanism for ensuring popularaccountability of the city police force, asdistinct from bureaucratic accountability, canbe through a permanent statutory City PoliceAuthority consisting of the Mayors andPresidents of Municipal Authorities fallingwithin the jurisdiction of a city police district,the Chairman of the involved Zila Parishad,the Chairmen of Panchayat Samitis includedin the police district, the District Magistrateor his nominee, the President of the local BarCouncil and a few important local public mento be nominated by the Government.

5. The City Police Chief must have a PlanningCell, consisting of a few hand picked superiorstaff, to study the city Police problemscontinuously, try out new methods ofpolicing, evaluate the existing techniques andkeep a constant watch on operations with aview to achieving newer and better policingsystems.

6. The manpower requirements of City PoliceForces have to be more rigorously andscientifically estimated keeping in view the

manifold demands on the Police in the urbansituation.

7. A Field Operations Directorate of theheadquarters just below the City Police Chiefwhich, will direct and keep in constant touchwith all ground level operations in relation tocriminal investigation, order maintenanceincluding patrol duties and traffic regulations.

8. It is of utmost importance that the PoliceStation is placed under the charge of anofficer with rich experience, considerableleadership qualities and sound managerialability. No officer below the rank of anInspector should be posted as Station HouseOfficer of a City Police Station.

9. The present practice of withdrawing men andofficers from normal police work should stopforthwith. For all non-Police Stationoperations, a separate contingent ofspecialised force should be raised. Thepresent Armed Police in every State which isgenerally kept separate from the ordinary civilpolice could be trained to deal with theemergent situations tactfully.

10. Mere separation of the two types of staff –law & order, and investigation – cannot solvethe problem. The criminal investigation staffhas to be separated in the police force all alongthe line. Because of the flexibility of theorganisation in England, the English systemmay well be tried out in our country.

11. In cities like Lucknow, Kanpur and Jaipur,organisation of a specialised Central TrafficPlanning and Control Room should be seriouslyconsidered. Motorised traffic police wouldhave to be introduced in at least more populouscities to keep watch on the road hogs.

12. A specialised Burglary and Theft Squad can

19


be constituted in each city and itsperformance watched carefully. Kanpur mightneed a Homicide Squad and all the northerncities in the sample, including Bhopal, couldthink of forming specialised squads to dealwith kidnapping and abduction.

13. The city patrol organisation is very poorlymanned and managed. It is possible to evolvea system of beat policing like the Unit BeatSystem in England, which will yieldsatisfactory results in police communityrelations, reduction in crime rate and increasein detection rates.

14. A team of work study specialists should beinvited to undertake a thorough examinationof the organisation and internal managementof Police Station work in order to rationalisethe work procedure and evolve standardisedforms/designs for easy and expeditiousreporting.

15. Imaginative thought should be given to the layout of police stations to provide amenities forthe Station Staff and comfort of the incomingpublic.

16. If it is accepted that federal recruitment ofsuperior police officers is sound in principle,the desirable course would be to stop directrecruitment of the Deputy Superintendents ofPolice at the State level.

17. It is possible to evolve a standardisedpersonnel structure as follows :

18. Instead of having numerous direct entrypoints in the police service, it is suggested thatonly two such points of entry – one at the

Level Ranks

Operational 1. Constable2. Chief Constable3. Sub Inspector

Middle Management 1. Inspector2. Chief Inspector

Senior Management 1. Deputy Superintendent2. Superintendent

3. Chief Superintendent

level of the IPS and another at the level ofconstable should be kept.

19. With the formation of a separate detectivebranch on the English model, training fordetective staff has to be thought of. It maybe advisable to set up regional detectivetraining institutions financed jointly by theGovernment of India and the participatingStates.

20. Owing to rising traffic management problemsin bigger cities, specialised courses in trafficplanning and management should beorganised.

21. Training to be effective and meaningful,should be made an integral part of the policyon career development of police personnel.

20


* Deputy Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

11. Adequacy of Police Arrangements in Tribal Districts(1973)Mahmood Bin Muhammad*

Object

To assess the adequacy of the existing policearrangements in certain tribal areas in the countryand to suggest measures needed to streamline andstrengthen these.

Methodology

The study is based on data furnished by theconcerned States in reply to a Questionnaire.Additional information was gathered by personalvisits and discussions with senior police & tribalofficers and from certain documents on tribalproblem published by Government agencies andpolice officers.

Study of general features of the district, itspolice set up including manpower, transport andcommunication, and the various problems facedby them.

Sample Districts1. Vishakhapatnam North (Srikakulam) (A.P.)2. Khammam (A.P.)3. Bastar (M.P.)4. Sundergarh (Orissa)5. Dhulia (Maharashtra)

Recommendations1. Strengthening of the Civil Police Force in the

rural Police Stations.

2. Rationalisation of the jurisdictions of thePolice Stations.

3. Recommendations of the Conference of IsGPheld in 1958 :

• Area of a Police Station should be 75 sq.miles.

• Population should be between 50,000 and60,000.

• There should be one S.I. and one A.S.I.or H.C. for every 60 registered cognizablecases.

• For every 60 cases or a fraction thereof,one additional S.I. should be provided.

• Where the area exceeds the limit laiddown, one additional Sub Inspector shouldbe provided.

• One constable for each InvestigatingOfficer, 3 for Station watch duty and oneASI/HC and one constable for writer duty.

• For village visits there should be 10constables.

• Where the Police Station has more than 16constables, there should be an additionalASI/HC.

21


4. Police Stations be categorised as Heavy,Medium and Light with following staff :

SI ASI HCs PCsHeavy 1 1 4 24Medium 1 1 3 18Light 1 — 2 12

5. It is essential to lay down a minimum“emergency strength” for each district ArmedReserve.

6. For anti-extremist operations like those carriedout in Srikakulam district, Special ArmedForces are required.

7. The strength of the Tear Gas Squad attachedto the district Armed Reserve should normallybe 1 S.I., 2 H.Cs. and 12 Constables.

8. Provide every Police Station and importantOutpost in tribal areas with telephone andwireless connections.

9. Only an officer who has a genuine liking andsympathy for the tribals and their way of life,and is capable of enlisting their voluntarycooperation in the enforcement of law, andwho has a missionary zeal and is physicallyfit and well-trained, can be successful in tribaldistricts.

10. Provide minimum incentives for the policepersonnel serving in these areas. Housing,medical and educational facilities should begiven top priority.

11. Special medical facilities by way of free

medicines, separate wards etc. should beprovided for the policemen and their familiesin Government hospitals in the district.Policemen should also be compensated bygrant of a suitable medical allowance.

12. Officers and men posted to tribal areas shouldlearn the concerned tribal language.

13. Recruiting local tribals to the police force inimportant tribal districts deserves immediateconsideration.

14. Smuggling of foodgrains appears to haveassumed serious proportions in some of thetribal districts. The formation of a SpecialVigilance Cell at the State level (preferably inthe Civil Supplies Department of theGovernment) headed by a Superintendent ofPolice and creation of a greater number ofbarriers and checkposts can be adopted tocheck such smuggling.

15. The depredations committed by members ofthe denotified tribes can be tackled by aprogramme of “intensive checking”.

16. Border meetings of senior Police Officersworking in tribal regions may be heldfrequently.

17. There is need for a well-organised andefficient intelligence set up in tribal districts.In important tribal districts, full time Gazettedpolice officers be appointed to head theintelligence units.

22


* An in-house study conducted by BPR&D with the helpof TISS and IGP, Maharashtra.

12. Democratic Decentralisation and its Impact on RuralCrime* (1973)

Object

To study the effect of democratic decentralisationunder the Zila Parishad Act in Maharashtra onRural Crime.

Methodology1. Study of crime data for the last 16 years – 8

years prior to coming into force of ZilaParishad Act and 8 years subsequent to it(1955 to 1962 and 1963 to 1970).

2 Carry out the study in respect ofrepresentative areas in three main regions ofthe State i.e. Vidarbha, Marathwada andWestern Maharashtra (i.e. Akola, Aurangabadand Nasik).

3. Study incidence of crime likemisappropriation, cheating, criminal breach oftrust.

Important Findings

1. It is seen that the incidence of offences ofmisappropriation and criminal breach of trusthas increased considerably in all the threetalukas after the implementation of the ZilaParishad Act in 1962.

2. The most popular modus operandi adoptedin the commission of the offences was

through forgery of documents. This took theform of preparing false records, falseaccounts, production of bogus receipts,bogus vouchers, bogus bills, false entries inregisters by erasing or over-writing theentries etc.

3. Incomplete handing over of charge gave riseto some offences.

4. Misappropriation of cash in hand or undercontrol was another source of crime. Thistook the form of withdrawal of money frompost office saving’s bank, cooperative banksand commercial banks and using the sameillegally.

5. Another way of misusing the cash is whenthe amount due is collected but not creditedfully and partly misappropriated.

6. In the overall picture, members of themanaging committees of co-operativesocieties were found to be highest in numberamong offenders.

Conclusions1. In all the areas under study the incidence of

crime during the period beforedecentralisation was far too small comparedto crime registered in the period after 1962.

2. Persons holding charge of these institutionsseem to have misused power for their ownpersonal gains.

3. Grampanchayats and Cooperative Societiesfigure more or less equal in the crime reportedto the police.

23


4. 227 persons were in all involved in crime.More than half happened to be officebearers such as Chairman, Sarpanch orSecretary.

5. Straight misappropriation of funds appearsto be a favourite method. The secondfavourite method was forging ofdocuments.

6. In half of the cases, the crime has beendiscovered during audit of the accounts.

7. Crime by persons associated with electedbodies under the scheme is not in any wayalarming. The same unfortunately cannot besaid of crime by persons holding offices incooperative societies.

13. Causes of Increase in Crime in Delhi (1974)A Gupta*, Mahmood Bin Muhammad**, RK Ohri & FTR Colaso***

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.** Deputy Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

*** Assistant Directors, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

Objectives

1. To study increase in crime with specialreference to cases of theft, burglary, robberyand dacoity, and examine whether these arebeing committed by habitual criminals orcasual delinquents.

2. To assess the effectiveness of preventive roleof the police by way of street presence,patrolling and surveillance of bad characters.

Methodology1. Study of crime data for the years from 1968

to 1973.

2. Study of crime data for other MetropolitanCities.

3. Collection of data on under-trials and convictsthrough a questionnaire.

Important FindingsThe reasons for increase in crime in Delhi were:

1. Urbanization

2. Correct registration of cases

3. Inadequate and ineffective patrolling

4. Insufficient surveillance over bad characters

5. Absence of social defence and crime preven-tion units

6. Defunctory Investigation

Recommendations

1. The system of maintaining a record ofprevious convictions needs improvement.

2. In-depth studies be made into the relationshipbetween sociological, economic, cultural andpsychological factors responsible for theincrease of crime.

3. Existing staff should pay intensive attentionto the crime prone areas.

24


4. The system of Dog Patrols should beintroduced in most sensitive areas.

5. A sustained drive should be launched fortracing missing history-sheeters, proclaimedoffenders and other bad characters.

6. Coordinated efforts may be made inconsultation with the District Magistrate andthe District & Sessions Judge to ensure thatbail bonds are accepted only after getting thesureties verified through the police.

7. Intelligence cells may be created in eachdistrict with a staff of 1 Inspector, 4 SIs, 5HCs and 5 Constables. This staff may besanctioned for the five districts in Delhi.

8. A separate Crime Prevention Unit should beset up in the Delhi Police.

9. The system of functional distribution of workbetween the law and order wing and theinvestigation wing is needed.

10. The power to investigate cases should begiven to Head Constables.

11. The set up of the Crime Branch be re-organised by the creation of Homicide Squad,Fraud Squad etc.

12. The existing practice of obtaining orders of theSDPO or the S.P. before finalising aninvestigation with a charge sheet or a finalreport leads to unnecessary delays and detractsfrom the responsibility of the investigatingofficer. Orders of the SDPO/SP be obtainedonly in specified categories of cases.

13. Outposts should be sanctioned in areas likeShahdara and Wazirpur in North District,Karol Bagh, Tilak Nagar and Rajouri Gardenin Central District and Connaught Place inNew Delhi District.

14. It would be desirable if the entire set up ofPolice Stations in Delhi is re-examined indetail after decisions have been taken withregard to basic changes in the systems of beatpatrolling and crime investigation.

15. Future expansion of the police force shouldbe aimed at strengthening the Police Stations.

16. It is imperative that a district reserve isprovided to every S.P.

17. It may be advisable to raise a voluntary forceof Special Police Officers for Delhi.

18. In order to ensure effective supervisionproportion of officers to lower ranks may beraised.

19. The Commissioner of Police system shouldbe introduced in Delhi as early as possible.

20 The Commissioner of Police, Delhi, should beplaced directly under the control of the HomeMinistry.

21 One Chief Prosecutor should be provided forevery Police District and one Prosecutorshould be sanctioned for every Court.

22. The number of Courts in Delhi needs to beincreased consistently with the requirementsof the prevailing crime situation.

23. Every possible step should be taken to reducethe inconvenience to the witnesses onappearance in Courts for providing evidencefor the prosecution.

24. A sustained campaign for establishing betterpublic relations should be launched, albeit ina low key.

25. It should be possible for the senior officersof the Delhi Police to devise a suitable systemfor improving their relations with the Press.

25


ObjectiveTo replace traditional concept of crime preventionin police by the modern concept, which is moredynamic and broad based.

Important Findings

1. Despite successfully harnessing development inthe field of science and technology as aid to lawenforcement, crime has continued to rise.

2. In addition to volume, the pattern of crimehas also changed due to changes in theeconomic scenario and growth of intricatefinancial transactions. Such crime cannot becontrolled by traditional crime preventionstrategy.

3. The image of the police in the minds of thepublic is not good. As a result, the police failsto secure the cooperation of public in its fightagaist crime and disorder.

Recommendations

1. Planning of Crime prevention strategy mustbe undertaken at the level of the CentralGovernment in the BPR&D. The strategyshould include:• Preparing crime prevention strategy for

the country as a whole within the overallsocio-economic framework of planning.

• Harnessing the efforts, resources andcooperation of various nationalorganisations and institutions in the fightagainst crime and disorder.

• Preparing guidelines for action to befollowed by crime prevention units in theStates.

• Increasing publicity about crime preventionby utilising national channels or massmedia, like the All India Radio, thetelevision, the audio visual publicitydepartment, and newspapers havingcountrywide circulation.

• Suggest guidelines on which crimeprevention training should be organised.

• Prepare specific national crime preventionprogrammes.

• Building up and maintaining a crimeprevention index as a repository ofinformation about preventive and securitymethods, services and hardware.

2. Separate Crime Prevention Bureau should beset in every State in the office of DIG – Police(Crime & Railways). The Bureau should havetwo divisions namely (I) Publicity andCommunity Relations Division; and (II) YouthServices Division.

The Charter of Publicity and CommunityRelations Division should be:

• Enlisting the support and cooperation of thecommunity in the fight against crime.

14. Need, Structure and Functions of Crime-Prevention Unitsin the Police (1974)A Gupta and GP Joshi*


26


• Designing practical preventive andcommunity relations programmes to befollowed by the whole force.

• Improving the understanding of thecommunity about the role, policies andprogrammes of the police.

• Organising a sustained programme ofpublicity about crime prevention using allmass media agencies, so as to break publicapathy and indifference.

• Organising crime prevention exhibitions,preparing films, slides, posters, leaflets,warning notices etc.

• Organising crime prevention talks.• Collecting and maintaining information

about crime prevention methods andservices, and advising the State Policeforce accordingly.

• Preparing periodical reports about the workdone in the field of crime prevention andpointing out specific areas in which theefforts of the Police force should bechannelised.

• Evaluating periodically the results ofspecific crime prevention and communityrelations programmes and policies andsuggesting suitable amendments in the lightof experience.

The Task of the Youth Services Divisionshould be :

• Planning and promoting youth activities insports, athletics and other field whichpromote, responsible youth behaviour.

• Organising youth clubs and welfareservices for needy students in collaborationwith philanthropic and other suitablevoluntary organistions.

• Keeping in close touch with the leadingmembers of the student communitythrough the local senior police officers andfield crime prevention officers.

• Spreading awareness in the force about theneed to have better relations with thestudents and suggesting ways and meansin which these can be built up or promoted.

• Organising talks and lectures in schoolsand colleges on subjects pertaining to lawenforcement.

• Guiding the work of the Police Juvenile AidUnits existing in the State within theframework of the functions enumerated.

Training in Crime Prevention

There should be Crime Prevention Centre in everydistrict to carry out the following functions :

• Implementing the directives of the CrimePrevention Bureau.

• Harnessing local efforts and resources byorganising Crime Prevention Panels orAssociations of citizens.

• Advising the Bureau about the needs of thelocal areas and the measures which wouldbe appropriate to meet the requirements.

• Studying crime and liaising with the localpolice in the application of crimeprevention methods.

• Keeping track of vulnerable persons,property, groups and areas and ensuringaction by the police and the public toremove or reduce crime risk.

• Listening to the genuine grievances of thepublic and initiating action for theirredressal.

27


Objectives

1. To review the growth and development ofwomen police in this country.

2. To examine the functions and role of womenpolice in various fields of work.

Methodology

The team for the purpose of study adopted thefollowing approach:

1. Collection of data from past record.

2. Collection of data through interviews andquestionnaire.

3. Survey of available literature including reportsand State Manuals.

Functions of the Women Police

In principle, women police officers have thesame task as their male counterparts. Legally,there is no distinction between the duties of apolice woman and a policeman. In practice,however, the police women are frequently usedfor certain ‘specialised’ or select tasks for whichthey are considered to be more suited by naturethan men.

The main duties performed by the womenpolice in India are :

15. Women Police in India (1974)Mahmood Bin Muhammad and KS Shukla*

1. Helping in investigation of offences involvingwomen and children.

2. Assistance to local police in tracing missingwomen and children, keeping watch overplaces of ill fame, recovering minor girlsfrom brothels and escorting them to rescuehomes.

3. Arrest, search and escort of womenoffenders.

4. Work relating to women passengers at airportsand search of their persons and belongings.

5. Collection of intelligence.

6. Interrogation of juveniles, women offenders,under trials and witnesses; interrogation ofjuvenile victims of sexual offences.

7. Dealing with women agitators, satyagrahisand labour trouble in which women areinvolved.

8. Guiding women passengers at big railwaystations and important bus stands.

9. VIP and other security duties.

Recommendations1. The foregoing analysis of the functions of

women police brings out clearly that womenpolice have to play a positive role in severalareas of law enforcement.

2. Women police units, as necessary adjuncts tothe police system in general, should bedesigned to meet challenges of tomorrow.* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).

28


3. The recruitment of women at the level ofconstables in large number with inadequateeducational and cultural qualification, does notconform to the expectations and goals of theorganisation. The educational requirementwould have to be correspondingly raised andsuitable training programmes designed withadequate emphasis on sociological role ofwomen police.

4. Women police should be physically andpsychologically trained to cope with mobupsurges and agitations in a humane yeteffective manner in every police force.Besides, they should also be trained tocarryout sensitive tasks relating tointerrogation and investigation of offencesinvolving women and children.

5. Another important feature which calls forcareful examination, is the mode ofdeployment of women police units. Thelocation and form of supervisory control will

have to be firmly delineated instead ofdispersing them in ones or twos in individualpolice stations, it would be desirable to postthem in sizeable groups and achieve a fairdegree of centralisation in command, controland operation.

6. An exclusive Woman Police Station may notbe the ideal answer, as these small units arerequired to work in close collaboration withthe regular police and will almost at all timesbe needing their support.

7. Establishment of police lines for women.

8. A woman police officer of the rank ofSuperintendent of Police or Assistant/DeputySupdt. of Police should be posted at StatePolice Hqrs. who could be entrusted with theresponsibility of overseeing the work ofwomen police, without in any way interferingwith the functional and operational control ofthe local officers.

29


* Central Road Research Institute, New Delhi.

16. Traffic Enforcement by Police Authorities in Kanpur*(1974)

Objectives

1. To observe violations of traffic laws andregulations committed by motorists, trucksand other motor vehicles, cyclists, cycle-rickshaws and other slow moving vehiclesduring different hours of day;

2. To scrutinize from the police records as tohow many of the violations were actuallydetected by the police and the manner thosewere dealt with;

3. To derive relationships between trafficviolations and various factors such astraffic volume, accidents and classificationof roads/road intersections, and also toestablish an “enforcement index” forKanpur city; and

4. To make suitable recommendations for im-proving the efficiency of traffic enforcementby the police authorities in Kanpur.

Methodology

1. Stratified Random Sampling of Traffic.

2. Traffic Counts.

3. Study of Data on Traffic Violations.

4. Study of Road Accidents’ Data.

Important Findings

1. Trucks and buses were highest offenders fortraffic laws among motor vehicles.

2. Cyclists were highest offenders among slow-moving vehicles.

3. The percentage of cycles not fitted with bells,back-reflectors, white painted mudguards andheadlights was very high.

4. The yearly average, of accidents was 533 outof which 67 were fatal.

5. Of the above, 411 accidents were on carriageways and 122 at intersections.

6. HTVs were involved in 45 out of 67 fatalaccidents.

7. Pedestrians and cyclists accounted for 70.5%of victims.

8. Roads in Kanpur city are very poorlymaintained and road signs, lane markings,pedestrian crossings etc. are not givenimportance.

9. Intersections are uncontrolled. There are veryfew signalised intersections.

10. No suitable parking arrangements.

11. The movement of traffic in the city ishaphzard.

30


12. The Enforcement Index for Kanpur City is0.6609 = (No. of Policemen × ConvictionRate)/(Total No. of fatal and injuryaccidents).

Conclusions and Recommendations

1. Segregation of slow moving traffic frommotor vehicles on all arterial roads.

2. Pedestrian crossings should be properlydemarcated.

3. Side-walks should be provided on both sidesof the road.

4. Road intersection improvements should betaken up with the help of traffic engineeringexperts.

5. Parking facilities both off-street and on-street,should be provided in busy areas.

6. Traffic regulatory measures such as roadsigns, road markings, entry control and oneway street should be introduced.

7. Traffic education squad should be set up.

8. Traffic Training Parks for children beprovided. School safety patrols should bestarted.

9. The Traffic Police Department in Kanpurshould be headed by an officer of the rankof Dy. S.P.

10. The strength of traffic police be increased.

11. The traffic police should be equipped withpatrol cars, wireless sets, salvage vehiclesand radar speedometers.

12. A system of selective enforcement has to bechalked out.

13. There should be an accident investigationsquad in the traffic police.

14. To deal with traffic violations, mobile courtsshould be established; and

15. A Traffic Advisory committee should beconstituted.

31


Objective

To indicate the trend of growing violence,highlight areas of conflict and confrontation andpinpoint the inadequacies of law & ordermachinery.

Area of Study

All States and Union Territories.

Recommendations

1. The Police should take steps and adopt properstrategy to face the situation created byunemployment, shortage of food and essentialcommodities and related politicaldevelopments.

2. Well equipped Control Rooms with necessarymodern facilities should be established inselected areas and towns for increasing themobility of the striking forces and improvingthe intelligence set up.

3. A determined effort should be made to re-

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

17. Law & Order (1974)(A Trend Report)

S Venugopal Rao*

orient the attitudes of the Police particularlyat the constabulary level and at the PoliceStation level.

4. A new policy should be adopted at least todivert a share of modernisation funds toimprove the existing institutions and thequality of training in Police Training Schools.

5. The infiltration of subversion and leftistelements into security forces calls for extravigilance. The police and intelligence units atthe Central and State level should be gearedup to meet this challenge.

6. The tendency to increase only the armedpolice strength in some states is resulting indistortions and development of civil police isneglected.

7. The long spells of duty and the psychologicaltensions, to which the policemen aresubjected by the protracted agitations, tellheavily on the morale of the police forces.

8. There is need for proper assessment of therequirements of women police at differentplaces in the country and for a reappraisal oftheir recruitment and training programme.

32


18. Security and Law & Order Problems in the Collieries ofBihar (1974)Mahmood bin Mohammad, FTR Colaso and KS Shukla*

* Bureau of Police Research and Development, MHA,New Delhi.

Objectives

1. To bring into focus the developing law &order situation in the coal fields.

2. To examine the adequacy of the policearrangements to cope with it and, as part offorward planning, to consider measures thatcan be taken to strengthen such arrangementsduring crises.

Methodology

The scope of the present study is confined to theDhanbad District which is typical of the situationprevailing in almost all the coal fields in Bihar. Thefindings of this study are applicable to the othercoal fields with suitable modifications to suit localconditions.

For the purpose of study, the team adoptedthe following approach:1. Collection of data from past records.2. Preliminary discussions with the officers of

the concerned police stations.

3. Collection of data through questionnaire.

Important Findings

1. The trade union activities in the coal mine

areas have increased after the nationalisationof coal mines in 1972.

2. Many of the labour leaders are reported tohave collected large sum of money fromlabourers by coercion. It is alleged thatsubstantial part of the collection is used forpurchase of illegal arms and ammunition aswell as to hire goondas with the ulteriormotive of controlling the labour.

3. Due to criminalisation of labour politicssignificant rise in cases of manhandling,assault and rioting was noticed during 1974.Upto September 1974, 83 cases of rioting, 11cases of assault on the officials and workers,and 7 cases of gherao were reported.

4. There is large scale theft and pilferage of coalfrom the mines by workers of coal dealers.

5. Six cases of theft of detonators andexplosives had occurred by night in variouscollieries (upto September 1974).

6. No specific instances of unauthorised miningwas cited. However, it appears that petty collieryowners in collusion with security staff indulgeinto illegal mining in some selected areas.

7. General complaint of Bharat Coking CoalLimited has been that the DistrictAdministration in general, and local police inparticular, have not been very helpful inmaintaining law and order.

8. For the last one year 1600 cases werepending in respect of vacation of un-

33


authorised occupation by the people who arenot employees of BCCL.

Adequacy of Police Arrangements

1. A Chief Security Officer of the rank of DIGon deputation from Bihar is in over all chargeof the security arrangements in coal field area.The District has 16 police stations and 28outposts of which 12 police stations and 15outposts are located in Dhanbad field areas.

2. For dealing with law and order problem,Central Industrial Security Force, BiharMilitary Police, Home Guards and Watch &Ward Staff are posted in the area.

3. The important handicaps of the police inDhanbad District, apart from the meagrestrength are:• There is no Control Room in the district.• Only one of the two Circle Hqrs. have

been provided with a jeep for transport.There is no transport at any police station.

• Disposal of court cases is very slow.Altogether, 6941 IPC cases are pending fortrial some of which are pending for morethan 15 years.

• Out of 113 cases of rioting and othercases of agitation reported in 1973 and 83cases reported upto August in 1974,involving labour, as many as 37 cases of1973 and 68 cases of 1974 are pendinginvestigation. Many cases are pending forwant of reports from the experts,particularly in the cases involvingexplosives and firearms.

Recommendations

1. There is an immediate need for theestablishment of a Police Control Room at the

District Police Hqrs. The Control Room hasto be backed by a telecommunicationnetwork. Existing telecommunication systembetween the collieries and law and orderagencies is poor and it should be improvedby BCCL for instant communication with lawand order and security agencies.

2. The number of police stations and outposts,their staff strength and mobility needaugmentation.

3. An officer in the rank of Additional Supdt. OfPolice should be appointed to deal exclusivelywith the law and order problems in the coalfields.

4. The present watch & ward staff has to beproperly trained and equipped.

5. The intelligence system in the coal mines needsto be further strengthened and streamlined.

6. There is a need for setting up of SpecialCourts to dispose of long pending cases.

7. There are large number of licensed andunlicensed fire arms which are some timefreely used in confrontation. Periodicalcombing operation, when properly plannedwill go in a long way in recovery ofunauthorised arms. The issue of new licenceneeds to be tightened.

8. The replacement of the Home Guards by theCISF, must be done immediately in propermanner.

9. The District Administration should startsystematic and concerted action to preventunauthorised mining, illegal construction andother forms of encroachments.

10. A detailed and comprehensive scheme shouldbe drawn up for addressing security and law& order problems in the area.

34


19. Automobile Thefts and Deficiencies in the Existing Law& Procedure (1975)TGL Iyer, FTR Colaso and SC Mazumdar*


ObjectiveTo suggest improvements and changes in thesystem of registration and transfer of motorvehicles, to prevent automobile thieves andmiddlemen from disposing off stolen cars undercover of new registration numbers.

Methodology

Case Study

Area of StudyEight Metropolitan cities which have higherproportion of vehicle thefts in the country i.e.Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta, Bangalore, Madras,Ahmedabad, Kanpur and Hyderabad.

Recommendations1. A National Central Office should be set up for

checking the sale and purchase of secondhand cars and verifying the transactions.

2. A State Motor Vehicles Bureau to exercisecontrol over Registering Authorities whosestamps & seals should be approved by thisBureau and their specimen preserved alongwith the specimen signatures of all theRegistering Authorities, as is done in Banks.

3. Suitable amendment in the Motor Vehicles Act

(Clause (1) of Section 24 and Form G of theFirst Schedule under Section 24(2) forestablishing the identity of the owner of avehicle. His signature or thumb impressionmust be obtained at the time of applying forRegistration.

4. In the case of new vehicles, the dealer shouldcertify to the Registering Authority on eachsale letter that the particulars mentioned inForm E are correct.

5. The rules relating to the issue of a duplicatecertificate of Registration should be uniformin all States.

6. If a Certificate of Registration is lost ordestroyed, the owner or such person as maybe in temporary charge of the vehicle shallfill in Form CRLD in duplicate and send it tothe nearest Registering Authority.

7. On receipt of this application in the FormCRLD, the signature of the owner should beverified with a signature on the E Form andthen only the duplicate certificate should beissued.

8. In case the vehicle is registered with another,the authority receiving the CRLD Form shallsend, within seven days, one copy of the formto the original Registering Authority.

9. The original Registering Authority aftermaking enquiries and checking up with thepolice or other authorities and aftercomparing the signature with signature on the

35


E Form. Issue a duplicate certificate ofRegistration stamped duplicate in red andsend it to the registered owner’s addressunder registered post under intimation to theauthority marking the reference.

10. The existing CRLD Form relating to the lossor destruction of a Certificate of Registrationshould be replaced and the new form shouldbe adopted uniformly in all the States.

11. The transferee shall, within 30 days of thetransfer, report the transfer to the RegisteringAuthority in whose jurisdiction he resides, andshall forward the Certificate of Registrationto that Registering Authority together with theprescribed fee and a copy of the prescribedform received by him from the transferor, inorder that the particulars of the transfer of

ownership may be entered in the Certificateof Registration.

12. The paper used in the Certificate ofRegistration should be standardised in all theStates and should be of such sensitivity soas to show up the slightest alteration ormodification in the writing by chemical,mechanical or any other means. The use ofspecial types of ink would also be preferablydone.

13. A Card Indexing System from which it willbe possible to collect the ownershipparticulars from the registration number aswell as the engine and chassis numbershould be developed and introduced inplace of the unsatisfactory file indexingsystem used in the Registration Offices atpresent.

20. The Bihar Police (1975)S Venugopal Rao*

* Director, Bureau of Police Research & Development,MHA, New Delhi.

ObjectivesTo deal with police as a distinctive system,identify the qualitative and quantitative deficienciesand suggest suitable organisational changes, whichcan help to improve the system.

The study is merely a reappraisal of thesystem with reference to the existing needs so thatnecessary changes could be effected in a smoothmanner.

MethodologyThe Study was conducted on the basis of up-to-date information relating to the various facets ofBihar Police.

Organisational Profile

Bihar Police comprises 52,177 officers and men.It is headed by a Director General of Police &IGP in whom the police administration of the statevests.

The Director General has under him one

36


additional IGP, 16 DIsG, 53 SsP (in the Districtsand in the Police Headquarters) and 15Commandants in the Bihar Military Police. He isassisted by one DIG-in-Charge of Administrationand 3 AIsG to look after the Administration(provisioning, housing, budget, financial matters,transport and communications).

Bihar State consists of 7 Police Ranges whichare Co-terminus with Revenue Commissioners’jurisdiction. There are 39 Police Districts of which32 are co-terminus with the Revenue Districts, 3are individual Police Districts and remaining 4 areRailway Police Districts.

There are 69 Sub Divisions, 149 Circlesincluding 10 Circles of the Railway Police. Thereare 669 Police Stations and 421 Police Outposts.An important feature of Bihar Police is that civilpolicemen are not provided with arms.

Recommendations1. Greater attention should be paid to the

development of Civil Police so that they areable to carry out primary functions of thepolice with requisite degree of understanding,technical skills and professional competence.

2. There is need for improving the level ofpolicing. The constabulary should consist ofmen educated at least upto Matriculation. Theilliterate and semi-literate constables below aparticular age should be transferred to BiharMilitary Police (BMP) and the District ArmedPolice.

3. Recruitment procedure at various levelsshould be streamlined. Consideration of caste,creed, colour, community, political pressure,and corrupt practices should not bedevil thisprocess.

4. The entire procedure for promotions at

various levels should also be brought up-to-date. Promotion examination should be heldregularly and the approved lists maintained ona uniform basis so that there is no elementof discrimination.

5. The training facilities in Bihar are totallyinadequate. There is an immediate need forestablishment of at least one more TrainingSchool in addition to the existing one at NathNagar.

6. Members of the force should be sent to basictraining immediately on recruitment.

7. The living conditions in the training institutionsshould be vastly improved to enable newrecruits to feel a sense of pride in the careerchosen by them and develop self-esteem.

8. A Training School for Armed Constabularyshould be established.

9. A series of in-service training courses shouldbe introduced both at the Police TrainingCollege and the Police Training Schools fordifferent levels for constant exposure to newideas and developments.

10. The choice of the staff at the Police Trainingbe made by systematic planning.

11. A comprehensive Social Security Planincluding a Group Insurance Scheme shouldbe introduced.

12. The acute lack of housing for theconstabulary has to be made good bysystematic planning and comprehensivemonetary outlay.

13. The administrative set up dealing with allpersonnel matters should be strengthened inthe Police Hqrs. to avoid delays andprotracted correspondence.

37


14. The information system is primitive and hasto be modernised. Preliminary steps forcomputerisation of crime records should beinitiated.

15. There should be a Director of Prosecutionsto provide legal assistance to the DirectorGeneral. There should be Law Officers tohandle all law related matters and to supervisethe quality of prosecution at the district level.

16. A Research Cell should be established at thePolice Hqrs. for scientific planning andgrowth.

17. There should be a rational distribution of thePolice Station jurisdiction. The number ofPolice Stations can be increased and policestations’ jurisdiction redefined andnotified.

18. Important Police Stations should be headedby Inspectors.

19. The introduction of Police CommissionerSystem may be considered for the cities ofPatna and Jamshedpur.

20. While existing system of districtadministration need not be disturbed, theSupdt. of Police should be given theassistance of an Additional Supdt. of Policein heavy or difficult districts.

21. The District Armed Police should be mergedand brought under the control of the Supdt.of Police.

22. The system of inspections, which have beenneglected for some years, should bestrengthened.

21. Prosecution at the Sessions Level (1975)DC Pandey* and Subodh Markandya**

* Assistant Research Professor, Indian Law Institute.** Advocate, Supreme Court.

Objective

To focus attention on the present state of theprosecuting agencies at the Sessions level, witha view to delineating and identifying the areas ofshortcomings and inadequacies in order torestructure the system.

Methodology

1. Information was collected through a

questionnaire sent to some selected states(Andhra Pradesh, Haryana, Madhya Pradesh,Maharashtra, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh and Delhi).

2. Analysis of statistics and directional study offifty judicial records of the Sessions cases inDelhi.

3. Study of the Fourteenth Report of the LawCommission.

4. Interviews with prosecutors and opinionanalysis.

5. Study the recommendations contained in theReports of the Working Group (A.R.C.) onPolice Administration and various Policecommissions).

38


Important Findings1. Generally, there is lack of clear understanding

as to the factors germane to the jobrequirements of the public prosecutors.

2. The present pattern of selection of the publicprosecutors at the District level isunsatisfactory.

3. Engagement of the public prosecutors on tenurebasis and on payment of fee on daily basis hasled to neglect and indifference on the part ofthe public prosecutors. It has been aggravatedby (I) the lure of private practice, (II) absenceof review and supervision of public prosecutorswork, and (III) lack of accountability.

4. The efficiency of the public prosecutors isretarded by lack of basic necessities likelibrary and supporting staff.

5. The lack of contact, coordination and liaisonbetween the public prosecutors and the policehas an adverse impact on the entire system.

6. The level of examination-in-chief and cross-examination by the Public Prosecutor is poorand the defence benefits from it.

7. Preparation of cases by the Public Prosecutorneeds improvement.

8. While the Defence Counsel, almost invariably,visits the scene of occurrence to acquainthimself with the situation, the PublicProsecutor never does so except when theCourt makes a local inspection.

9. The Public Prosecutors advice to file anappeal at times is not acted upon.

10. The present procedure of the Public Prosecutorsubmitting his opinion to the DistrictMagistrate, who in turn forwards it along withhis report, to the State Government, iscumbersome and time consuming.

Recommendations1. The factors germane to the job requirement

of the Public Prosecutors need clearerunderstanding.

2. The present system of selection of PublicProsecutor calls for improvement and change.

3. The Public Prosecutors should be providedbasic amenities like library and staff.

4. The lack of coordination, contact and liaisonbetween the Public Prosecutor and Policeneeds improvement as it has adverse effecton the system.

5. The grounding of the Public Prosecutors inthe principles of criminal jurisprudence andthe level of examination-in-chief and cross-examination require improvement.

6. The Public Prosecutor must be a full timegovernment servant without any right toprivate practice, either civil or criminal.

7. The selection should be made by the StatePublic Service Commission with LawSecretary/Legal Remembrancer as a co-optedmember.

8. After recruitment, the Public Prosecutorsshould be put through a short term orientationcourse in the Police Training College toacquaint them with the police procedures,investigation techniques and forensic science.

9. Close liaison between investigation and PublicProsecutor should be established.

10. At the state level there should be a Directorof Prosecution under the Home Department,responsible for conducting prosecution in allthe Sessions cases.

39


Objective

To study the use of fire arms in riot control.

Methodology

The following three types of reports have beenstudied for analysis :

1. Judicial Enquiry Commission Reports – 9incidents.

2. Magisterial Enquiry Reports – 15 incidents.

3. Departmental Enquiry Reports – 28 incidents.

Recommendations

1. Instead of imposing a blanket ban on firingin the air, it should be left to the discretionof the officer on the spot.

2. Importance should be given to devise,development and introduction of new non-lethal but effective weapons in the armouryof the police.

3. There is urgent need to experiment with CSgas in actual situations. Massive use of CNTear Gas has not proved effective.

4. Tear gas in adequate quantities should be keptat all sensitive points and training in the useof tear gas should be imparted to the men.


5. Adequate deployment of trained manpower atthe right place and at the right time, isimportant in controlling riots. Riot Policeshould not be deployed in small groups andexposed to mob fury thereby reducing theireffectiveness to handle the situations withoutthe use of fire arms.

6. This study has revealed a few incidents inwhich delay in responding to the emergingtrouble was one of the factors responsible forthe failure of the police to control it.

7. Every police party deployed to control a riotshould be headed by a responsible officer.

8. The officer on the spot is the best judge ofthe situation. He must be entrusted with theresponsibility and power to take effectiveaction.

9. Good intelligence is vital for the success ofriot control operations. Collection ofintelligence and its correct appreciationthereof must be accorded priority in theplanning of riot-control operations.

10. A thorough understanding on the part of thepolice of various forces, which underlie ariotous situation and the ability to invent andemploy new ideas and methods is a must.

11. Training in this field must be a continuousprocess. Personnel should be regularly deputedto various training courses and exposed tonew ideas, methods, tactics and equipment ofriot control.

22. Use of Fire Arms in Riot Control (1975)GP Joshi*

40


Objective

To examine cost benefit of the Home Guards incomparison to the Armed Police and to identifythose functions of the Armed Police which canbe entrusted to the Home Guards.

Methodology

Study of available records and informationsupplied by the police and the Home guardsorganisations of the two sample States viz.Madhya Pradesh and Bihar.

Important Findings

During the course of the study, following pointsemerged :

1. The annual budget for the Madhya PradeshSpecial Armed Force for their 23 battalionsis Rs. 8,04,30,000 and that of the HomeGuards for their 106 sanctioned companiesis Rs. 2,29,52,000. The annual budget of theBihar Military Police for their 13 battalions isRs. 5,87,39,400 and that of the Home Guardsin Bihar for their 702 companies is Rs.2,00,87,000.

The marked variation in budget of the

* Director (Training), Bureau of Police Research &Development, MHA, New Delhi.

** Assistant Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

23. Cost Effectiveness of Home Guards in Relation to thatof Armed Police (1975)KK Dave* and PP Mahurkar**

Home Guards of the two states would appearto be mainly due to number and duration ofcall outs.

2. In Madhya Pradesh, the per capita cost perday comes to Rs. 7.51 for Home Guards andRs. 11.03 for the Armed Police and in Biharper capita cost per day comes to Rs. 3.58 forthe Home Guards and Rs. 36.61 for the ArmedPolice.

3. In the Home Guards there is practically noexpenditure on Transport. Whenevernecessary, the requirement is made goodeither by the police or by the DistrictMagistrate who can requisition vehicles.Thearmed police, however, has to be selfsufficient in transport and considerableexpenditure is incurred on maintenance.

4. The requirement of residential accommoda-tion for the Home Guards is nil and the re-quirement of administrative buildings is verysmall and is met by the police at many places.

5. The Home Guards being a voluntary force,its degree of accountability cannot be sameas that of Armed Police. In situationsinvolving conflict with public the greater useof Home Guards may be tacticallyadvantageous, but it would not be advisableto give the firearms for mob dispersal andguard duties to them.

6. Since the Home Guards generally lack localknowledge and are not used to regular public

41


functions, it is necessary that they should notbe left completely on their own, particularlywhen deployed on mobile duty related to law& order.

7. The duration of training of Home Guards ismuch shorter than that of Armed Police andthe functions entrusted to them are simpler.

8. One major limitation in the use of HomeGuards is that during harvesting season theresponse to call out is not good.

9. Generally the response to call out in urbanareas is poor as there are better employmentopportunities.

Recommendations

1. Use of Home Guards for assisting the civilpolice on special occasions like festivals,

exhibitions, elections, law & order and onmobile duties should be increased.

2. They should not be used as static guards.However, they can be used for selective guardand escort duties to relieve police in anemergency.

3. The Home Guards called out should not bekept on duty indefinitely and for very longperiods.

4. The number of Home Guards called outshould not exceed 50% of the target fixed fora district or else it would not prove effective.

5. The scheme of Home Guards calls for areview in urban areas, where response isgenerally poor.

6. Home Guards can provide a useful base forrecruitment to the police. They also have thepotential for filling the gap in rural policingto a certain extent.

24. Crime Involving Use of Firearms and Explosives (1975)S Venugopal Rao and TR Kalra*


ObjectivesThe study analyses the incidence of violence inwhich firearms and explosives were used in theyear 1972-74 and to what extent investigativeprocedures have been streamlined to trace thesources of supply and effectively restrict theavailability of such weapons.

MethodologyCollection of data on a questionnaire.

Area of StudyWhole country.

Recommendations

1. The study has categorically indicated thatthere is a trend of increasing use of firearmsand explosives in criminal offences.

2. The incidence of crime involving the use offirearms is the highest in U.P., Bihar, WestBengal, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab andRajasthan. The position in regard to Uttar

42


Pradesh and Bihar is serious and calls forurgent efforts to prevent anti-social elementsfrom having access to firearms.

3. The use of firearms has considerablyincreased in Orissa, Union Territory of Delhi,Gujarat, Nagaland, Maharashtra, Rajasthan andHaryana.

4. The two States which have shownremarkable reduction in the use of firearmsare Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal, althoughin the latter, the incidence of crime involvinguse of firearms continue to be heavy.

5. The use of firearms in offences of robberyhas registered a steep increase (46.7%) andas far as explosives are concerned, theirincreasing use has come to notice both inregard to robbery (42.6%) and rioting.

6. There has been disturbing increase in thenumber of persons killed and injured as aresult of firearms and explosives.

7. The maximum number of firearms used inviolent offences were found to be unlicensedand majority of which were country madefirearms.

8. Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal are theStates where the use of unlicensed fire armsis predominant.

9. It is noticed that the investigating officershave not been able to trace the sources ofsupply of unlicensed arms.

10. The situation calls for sustained investigationsin reported offences and a more vigorousenforcement of the Arms Act and ExplosiveSubstances Act.

* Director, Bureau of Police Research & Development,MHA, New Delhi.

25. Police Fatalities (1975)S Venugopal Rao*

Objectives

The study is intended to highlight thecircumstances in which policemen lose their livesin the course of their duty including accidents sothat the operational risks and hazards can beidentified and reduced through precautionarystrategies and training.

Methodology

The study is based on data pertaining to policefatalities during the period 1964-1973 and detailedanalysis of data for the year 1973. Data wasdrawn from 12 states ad 2 Central PoliceOrganisations.

Observations and Recommendations

1. There is pressing need to devise SafetyEducation and initiate accident preventionprogrammes in the Police.

2. There is a need for developing among allpolicemen the requisite skills of self defence

43


through intensive training in techniques ofunarmed combat.

3. The majority of the policemen were killeddue to extremist violence and violent crimelike dacoity etc. Remaining facilitiesoccurred in the course of routine duties ofinvestigation and riot control etc.

4. The number of policemen killed by theircolleagues due to some provocation/altercation, reflects poorly on discipline andmorale. Frequent rotation of duty, change ofenvironment and recreational facilities can helpreduce such incidences.

5. Another feature is the large number of deathsof policemen in accidents involving policevehicles and careless handling of weapons andexplosives. It reflects on the standards ofdriving, maintenance and state of vehicles, andshows negligence, and lack of elementaryprecautions.

6. Policemen, as compared to members of otherprofessions, face a high degree ofprofessional hazards and separate rules shouldbe framed in for providing extra-ordinarypensionary benefits to the families ofpolicemen killed in line of duty.

Recommendations

1. The Report recommends the setting up of afull-fledged Motor Workshop for Delhi Policeheaded by a Manager who should be aMechanical Engineer in the pay scale of aSuperintendent of Police to be assisted by173 other personnel in different ranks.

2. The Report also recommends four MobileWorkshops and two break-down vehicles tobe manned by 20 personnel. The Workshopis supposed to maintain/repair a fleet of 611vehicles including 196 motor cycles.

26. A Scheme for the Motor Transport Workshop (DelhiPolice)* (1975)

*An in-house study of BPR&D

44


*An in-house study of BPR&D

27. Institutional Building of the Delhi Police (1975)GPJoshi*

Objectives

To study the importance of good, adequate, welldesigned and suitability located police buildings ininfluencing the quality and efficiency of policework and operations as well as the morale of theforce.

Recommendations(i) The existing ban on expenditure should be

lifted in respect of land and buildingsrequired for Delhi Police.

(ii) Land earmarked for the Police should beacquired without any further delay, sincethis is a basic pre-requisite to anyconstruction programme. The fundsrequired for this purpose should besanctioned and provided.

(iii) A crash progrmme of construction forthe Delhi Police Buildings should beundertaken. The entire constructionprogramme should be covered in phaseafter drawing up a list of priority projects.The projects which stand sanctioned orin respect of which preliminaries havebeen completed may be accorded a higherpriority in the construction programme.The funds required for the purposeannually should be sanctioned andprovided.

(iv) A separate Division should be created in thePWD to deal exclusively with the worksrelating to the construction andmaintenance of police buildings. ThisDivision should work in close collaborationwith the IGP, Delhi.

(v) Plans of police buildings should bestandardized.

While designing a police stationbuilding, provision must be made for thefollowing:

(a) Reception-cum-Enquiry Room.

(b) Station Writer’s Room.

(c) Station House Officer’s Room.

(d) Rooms for Investigating Officers atthe rate of one room for twoInvestigating Officers.

(e) Interrogation Room.

(f) Record and Officer.

(g) Property Room/Malkhana.

(h) Armoury/Strong Room.

(i) Male Lock-up.

(j) Wireless Room.

(k) Off-duty Room.

(l) Garrages, as per requirements.

(m) Visiting Investigating Officers Room.

45


A godown for Malkhana should bemandatory for all police stations. PoliceBuildings should not only be functionallyuseful but also aesthetically pleasing.Design of Police Buildings should cater tothe future needs (volume and variety) aswell.

(vi) At present, the IGP Delhi, is notempowered to sanction anyexpenditure even on minor repairs.

(vii) A Committee should be constitutedunder the Ministry of Home Affairs,with the IGP, Delhi, the Dy.Commissioner, Delhi, the SeniorArchitect and the representatives ofPWD, DDA and Delhi Administrationand the Ministry of Works, Housingand Urban Development as members.This Committee should have thefollowing objectives:

(a) To streamline the proceduresand formalities with a view toeliminating delays in acquiringland and constructing buildingsfor Delhi Police.

(b) To co-ordinate the activities ofvarious departments concernedwith the acquisition of landand construction of policebuildings.

(c) To plan in advance therequirements of land andbuildings for Delhi Police in thefuture and to suggest suitablemeasures to meet therequirements.

(d) To suggest standardized plansof police buildings.

(e) To ensure that the crashprogramme of construction isundertaken and executedwithout any hindrance.

46


28. Survey of Research in Forensic Science (1975)M Jauhari*

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

A complete picture of the research work done andpublished in Indian and foreign journals in the fieldof forensic science by Indian forensic scientistshave been compiled in this study report.

Compiled work is divided in two parts i.e.Survey of Research Work in Forensic Science;and Salient Features of the Research Workcompleted.

Work of different branches of forensicscience i.e. Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Ballistics,Finger Print, Documents and Photography havebeen compiled in this report.

Overview of the ResearchesBiology

The spectrum of researches in the field of Biologyin the forensic sciences include, blood, semen,hair, textile, fibers, skeletal remains, wood,starches, pollens, poisonous plants, vegetabledebris, etc. Some notable observations in differentfields are given below.

• Hairs of different anatomical sites of humanbody have been studied forhistomorphological variations andquantitative microscopical and statisticalanalysis.

• Research work on hairs of animals, bothwild and domesticated, has also been foundnotable. The pattern of study has beensimilar to that of the human hair.

• Research work on blood and bloodstainscontributed the most convenientconfirmatory spectroscopical tests fordetection of blood and provides sfacilitiesof detection at the crime scene.Commendable progress has been made inthe identification of blood from stainesmixed with interfering substances. Actualproblems faced in the detection of bloodfrom partially washed clothings have alsobeen brought out very well.

• Contributions in the field of forensicserology are found to be of laudableinterest. Focus has been centered aroundthe methods of determination of speciesorigin of blood as well as onphytoagglutinin studies.

• The techniques of identification of skull byphotographic superimposition has alsobeen enriched by notable contributions. Thework of soft tissue depths over variousregions of face in cadavers of Indian originhas been found to be of great significancein this context.

• Research work on semen and seminalstaines are also very exhaustive incoverage.

• The bulk of research work done in the fieldof forensic botany is also found to beoriginal and significant.

• With a view to identifying soil on the basisof biological materials, nematode populationin soil has also been taken intoconsideration.

47


Physics

A forensic analyst is very often required to givean opinion regarding the commonness of originof two or more samples. One of the methods toarrive at such a conclusion is to study the traceelement composition of samples by spetro-chemical analysis. The results of some studieshave also shown the usefulness of semi-quantitative analysis in establishing commonnessof origin of two samples:

• examination and comparison of paper isinvolved in many forensic investigations.Authentic paper samples collected from 13leading paper manufacturers of India havebeen examined for their floroscence,elemental compostition, percentagetransmission of light and specks andspots.

• The use of radiology in the identificationof forged currency notes has also beendemonstrated.

• The problem of determining thecommoness of origin of two pieces of tele-graphic wires has been tackled by havingrecourse to qualitative spectrographic analy-sis and neutron activation analysis.

Chemistry

Research in the field of forensic chemistry hasbeen carried out mostly keeping in view theproblems encountered during the course ofexamination of case exhibits:

• detection and quantification of alcohol inbody fluids such as blood and urine, andadultration of alcohol have been carried outto a great extent.

• Use of insecticides, both for homicidal andsuicidal purposes, has been studied by

various methods of isolation both bypreferential solvent extraction andabsorbent column chromatography.

• The mineral oils have been studied fromtwo angles – adulteration and the use inarson including homicidal and suicidalburning.

• Extensive TLC studies and TLC combinedwith spectrophotometric studies have beenmade with almost all the brands of inksincluding the ballpoint refills with a viewto identifying the brand used.

• Methods have been developed to detectdeath due to snake-bites by the study ofthe tissue extracts at the site of snake-bites.

Ballistics

In India the work of a firearm expert is not onlyconfined to identification problems alone but alsoto the various other aspects relating to thereconstruction of shooting incident. Research inthe field of ballistics is, therefore, found to covernot only the identification aspect but also thatrelating to internal, external and terminal andwound ballistics. Both the basic and applied sidesof the subjects have been developed.

Documents, Fingerprints and Photography

During the past years, new ideas in the field ofthe document examination have been put forwardby research workers in India. Methods have beensuggested for the analysis of forged signaturesand suggestions have been made to protectsignatures against forgery. In order to decipherhidden writings, new solvents have been proposedin addition to photo masking.

• In the field of footprint examination,

48


research work has also not lagged behind.In so far as the comparison of sunkenfoot impressions are concerned, theimportance of ridges has been clearlydemonstrated. A significant correlation hasbeen found between the length of foot andthe height of a person.

• Certain new concepts have been found toget admittance in the field of fingerprints.

• There is more and more use of identity kitby the police force specially in the Westerncountries for identifying criminals. Aneffort has been made to develop anindigenous identity kit for use in India.

In the last part of the book ‘Potential Areasof Research – A Projection for Future’ is givenwhich is very useful for new researchers in thisfield.

Ballistics

• Wound ballistics with special referenceto casualty criteria and development ofinanimate experimental models.

• Determination of time of firing.• Application of neutron activation

analysis and atomic absorptiontechnique to firearm problems such asestimation of range of firing,identification of shooter etc.

• Study of improvised firearms.

Biology

• Grouping of blood-stains under the MNand Rh systems.

• Analysis of bloodstains on the basis ofserum protein groups and polymorphicenzyme types by modern biochemicalmethods.

• Collection of data on changes due toage and sex in bones and teeth amongIndian population for applications incriminal investigation.

• Use of plant lectins in determining intra-species specificity.

• Fluorescent antibody technique for thedetermination of blood groups in hardtissues like nail, tooth, hair, etc.

• Study of histologial and Histochemialchanges in various tissues after deathwith a view to fixing the time of death.

• Pharmacognostic study of someindigenous vegetable poisons.

• Studies on hair of Indian animals.

Chemistry

• Determination of country of origin ofopium and cannabis.

• Standardization of methods fordetecting adulteration in mobil oil,petrol, diesel etc.

• Standardization of methods for thetoxicological analysis of visceras forpoisons commonly encountered inhomicide, suicide and cattle poisoningin India.

• Standardization of methods forqualitative and quantitative estimation ofethanol and methanol in cases involvingillicit liquor, drunken driving, liquorpoisoning, etc.

Physics

• Physical analysis of glass, fibres, paintand metals by various instrumentaltechniques to obtain in basic data forstatistical evaluation of results obtainedwith case exhibits.

49


• Application of X-Ray defractionanalysis and differential thermal analysisfor study of soils, fibres, paints,plastics etc.

Document Examination

• Physico chemical studies on paper andink with a view to determining their age.

• Classification of typewriter makes ofIndian origin/available in India.

• Compilation of the dictionary depicting

the actual characteristic features foundin writing (letters and their combinationetc. of various Indian languages andenglish as found from the actualexamination) and their evaluation andanalysis etc.

ConclusionThis survey would not only serve as a usefulreference work but also help internationalizing andcoordinating research effort in the years to come.

29. Top Management in the Police – (1976)Case Study of a State Police Organisation

Kuldeep Mathur and Mohit Bhattacharya*

*Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi andsponsored by the BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

ObjectiveTo study structure and functioning of ‘TopManagement’ in the police organistion and suggestmeasures on its possible re-organisation.

Methodology1. Collection of data on a questionnaire.2. Survey of available records.3. Discussion with senior officers.

Recommendations1. Top Management should evolve scientific

indicators of police output, which could justify

objectively the scale of organisation andamount of financial investment.

2 To start with planning for the entireorganisation has to be done by the topmanagement keeping in view the overallobjectives of the organisation.

3. The Inspector General’s office should beconsidered as a Directorate essentially toengage in policy implementation.

4. There is need to consider delegation of someof the powers of the IGP to Range DIsG sothat he is not loaded with directresponsibilities that can as well as be takenover by the DIsG.

5. The layout of top level tasks should bechanged and IG should dissect the total taskspackage into the following four sub systemsincluding their constituent element:

50


• Law & Order Maintenance Sub System(LOMS).

• Crime Investigation Sub System (CIS).• Personnel Administration Sub System

(PAS).• Support Services Sub System (SSS).

6. That the different support services for crimework such as Forensic Science Laboratory,the Finger Print Bureau, the Computer Centreshould be treated as a sub system with itsown management structure.

7. I.G. has an important managerialresponsibility, which can be successfullydischarged by a combination of autonomousfunctioning of sub units and their integratedworking under single leadership.

8. Any tendency to push up decision making

from one unit to another has to be carefullywatched and undesirable buck passing warnedand prevented.

9. The inter-relation between different activitieslike crime work, law & order management,special branch etc. have to be examined andallocations of men, material and funds plannedto get maximum results out of the resourcesutilised.

10. In the matter of redressal of citizensgrievances and to institutionalise the policepublic relationship, a Committee withMinister in-charge of Police as Chairman andthe IGP as Secretary should be constituted.Its membership can be drawn from a cross-section of the public for making it broadbased and it can meet at regular intervals.

30. Police Personnel: Recourse to Courts inAdministrative and Disciplinary Matters (1976)S Venugopal Rao, GP Joshi and Prem Chand*


ObjectiveTo find out the unhealthy impact of recourse toCourts by police personnel in administrative anddisciplinary matters.

MethodologyThe Study is based on data collected from threeStates and one Union Territory i.e. Uttar Pradesh,Punjab, Haryana and Delhi.

Sample SizeThe sample consists of 945 cases of policepersonnel of different ranks during 1970-74.

Important Findings1. Most of the policemen who went to the

Courts belonged to lower ranks and theirgrievances pertained to administrative anddisciplinary matters.

2. The number of senior officers going to courtswas a significant portion of their total

51


strength. Their grievances were confined toadministrative matters.

3. The percentage of success achieved by non-gazetted ranks was higher than that ofgazetted ranks.

4. About 43% decisions of the Courts went infavour of police personnel.

5. The correct procedure as laid down in PoliceManuals is not always followed by theenquiry officers in departmental proceedings,which are ultimately quashed by Courts.

6. In case existing rules and regulations are notadequate/suitable to meet the requirements ofthe organisation, action should be initiated toget them amended.

7. Excessive zeal is shown by the departmentin some cases to proceed against itspersonnel without any effort to find out ifthere is a prima facie case.

Recommendations1. To instill confidence in the mind of the

employees that their grievances are not beingtreated in a casual or indifferent manner.

2. Leadership can play a vital role. Some of thetraditional and formal procedures, whichblock upward communication of grievancesof lower ranks, need be revised.

3. Lower ranks should be encouraged toventilate their grievance personally before theofficers who should examine the case anddecide it impartially.

4. Police department should considerestablishing a suitable machinery in the formof a “Grievance Committee”, which may beauthorised to enquire into all the grievancesrelating to administrative and disciplinarymatters.

5. If the committee comes to a conclusion thatthe grievances of the petitioner is genuine, orthat there is enough prima facie evidence insupport of his claim, it should have the au-thority to direct the department to reconsiderits decision within a specific time.

31. Fleet Management for the Police (1976)SS Yechury* and M Mison Mathew**

* Controller of Transport, Ministry of Health & FamilyPlanning, Govt. of India, MHA, New Delhi.

** Senior Scientific Officer (T), BPR&D, MHA, NewDelhi.

Objective

To identify the problems in the operation of PoliceTransport fleet in India and suggest measures forintroducing modern management techniques.

Methodology


2. Collection of data through past records.

Sample Size and Area

The States of Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra and

52


Madhya Pradesh, the Central Reserve PoliceForce, and Delhi.

Recommendations

1. For proper maintenance of police vehiclesthere should be a well-equipped CentralWorkshop in each State/UT. Basic Mainte-nance Units should also be opened in the Dis-tricts and in respective Ranges, depending ontheir location and span of control.

2. Proper attention should be paid to periodicservicing of vehicles and proper tuning ofengines.

3. The existing government owned repair

facilities could be fully utilised for repair ofthe police vehicles.

4. A proper Fleet Management Policy should beadopted for :• Standardisation of the type of vehicle.• Rationalisation of deployment of vehicles

in different areas.• Operative training at all levels.• Material Management Policy to supply

spares needed.• Proper and well defined scrapping, disposal

and replacement policy.

5. Integrated repair facilities for all Governmentvehicles at District levels.

32. Enforcement of Untouchability (Offences) Act, 1955 – ASurvey (1976)TGL Iyer* and Surat Misra**

* Deputy Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.** Junior Analyst, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

Objectives

1. To make a critical analysis of cases registeredunder the Untouchability (Offences) Act,1955.

2. To identify the vulnerable areas and suggestremedies to strengthen them.

3. To study police attitudes in the implementationof the Act, identify areas presentingdifficulties in investigation and suggestremedies to remove them either through

improved methods or amendments ofprocedures.

Methodology

The study was conducted through interviews ofofficials/non-officials individually and in groups,and by examination of sample cases.


A sample survey was undertaken in the districtsof Kanpur and Lucknow in Uttar Pradesh coveringthe following police stations and villages :

53


Babupurva (Distt. Kanpur)Maharajpur (Distt. Kanpur)Alambagh (Distt. Lucknow)

Villages : 1. Rooma, 2. Prempur, 3. Lalpurva, 4.Maharajpur, 5. Sarasul, 6. Villages in Distt. Kanpur.

Important Findings

1. Investigation of cases is superficial.

2. Evidence was not evaluated before the casewas sent to Court.

3. Relevant documents were not produced inCourt.

4. Investigating Officers did not appear in theCourt on the date of evidence.

5. Versions given by witnesses were oftencontradictory.

6. There is lack of interest and involvement bythe prosecuting agency in presenting thecases in Court.

Recommendations

1. Special Courts should be set up to cut downdelay in trial of cases.

2. These cases should be Special Report casesand Gazetted Officers incharge of the areashould visit the scene of crime.

3. A time limit of 15 days should be laid downfor completing investigation.

4. To bring about social awareness andattitudinal transformation and for eradicatinguntouchability, the Social Welfare

Department should design special socialprogrammes. Enforcement machinery couldadd strength to the programme by activecollaboration.

5. Adequate supervision of cases to ensure thatthe police personnel dealing with the problemfeel responsible for the enforcement of theAct.

6. In Police Stations, where the problem ispredominant, the strength of the staff shouldbe raised and they be provided with a vehicle.

7. In States where social tension of this natureis high, there should be a Cell under a DIGat the State level, and a Dy.S.P. and staff atthe range level.

8. The staff of this cell should be carefullyselected and should have motivation forrendering selfless service to the weakersections.

9. The Committee on Police Training, whiledesigning the syllabi of various trainingcourses for different ranks, should layconsiderable stress on the development ofappropriate attitudes towards the weakersections and under-privileged classes ofsociety.

10. The Government should issue an appeal to theelected representatives of the people includingthose of State and local bodies, to provideassistance to the police in handling thesecases and problems.

11. Police should strengthen its intelligencenetwork so that prompt action could be takenon information of rising tension betweencommunities.

54



33. Economisation of Manpower through Modernisation(1976)A Case Study of Delhi Police

ML Bhanot*

ObjectiveTo find out the extent to which manpower canbe economised through modernisation of police,particularly with increased mobility and theadvisability of linking future manpowerrequirements of the Delhi Police with the growthof population.

Methodology1. Collection of data from past records.2. Collection of data through discussions/

interviews with Delhi Police Officers.


The data was collected from five police stationsof Delhi viz. Parliament Street, Darya Ganj, MotiNagar, R K Puram and Delhi Cantt.

Recommendations

1. A new system called “Unit Beat Policing”which is a combination of foot and mobilepatrolling should be introduced foreconomising the use of manpower, and forfostering better police-public relations.

2. Police must be provided with better scientificaids, better transport and bettercommunications so that it can respondeffectively to its law enforcement needs.

3. An intelligent combination of the facilities ofcommunication and mobility will help them toquickly answer the distress calls from thepublic.

4. The strength of police stations should be fixedtaking into consideration factors like area,population, its geographic situation, thecomposition of population, crime and law &order problems.

5. For creating new police stations and policeposts, it should be examined as per thestrength fixed by the Delhi Police Commissionfor police station of a particular type.However, the classification of beats will haveto be flexible and may need revisionperiodically depending on the operation offactors.

6. It is possible to effect some economy, firstlyby scrutiny of such deployments by theSDPO and secondly, by the use of mixtureof Home Guards and policemen on dutiesinvolving crowd control. It will help ineliminating excessive or unnecessarydiversions of manpower.

55


34. Performance Appraisal in the Police (SHO Level) (1977)

GP Joshi*

Objective

To enquire into various problems relating to theappraisal of performance in the Police andsuggest measures to develop a proper and soundsystem of performance appraisal in theorganisation.

Methodology

By analysing the existing position the author hasderived the conclusion.

AreaAll the States of India.

Recommendations1. There is need for replacing the trait oriented

approach by performance centered approachand the appraisal should be based on recordedfacts.

2. To evaluate the performance of the officersin charge of Police Stations, a combinationof the following three techniques may beadopted:• Self appraisal method.• Critical incidents method.• Graphic rating method.

3. An element of self-appraisal in the evaluation

should be introduced in developing theparticipation of subordinate police officer inthe evaluation programme.

4. The evaluation report at present is written atthe end of the year and no record is keptabout the performance of the employees.TheReporting Officer is either to evaluate on thebasis of his overall impression about theratee’s general behaviour and performance orto fall upon his memory. The absence of arecord also allows the subjective element togain an upper hand and mar the objective ofthe appraisal report.

Reporting Officer should build up andmaintain for each subordinate officer a runningrecord of all the critical incidents indicating hisgood or poor performance and it should beensured that only observed performanceshould be recorded and entries in the recordare attested by Reviewing Officer.

5. Four weeks time should be fixed for the rateeto represent against any adverse mark in theappraisal report.

6. The representation should be examined by theReporting and Reviewing Officer and finaldecision should be taken by the DIG.

7. There is no provision in the rules of most ofthe States/UTs that representation should bedisposed off within prescribed time limit. Thetime limit prescribed by the Government ofGujarat i.e. a period of six weeks from thedate of submission of the representationshould prove adequate and need to befollowed by all.* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).

56


8. The practice of the District Magistrate eitherreviewing the appraisal report or otherwiseincorporating his remarks in the report whichis prevalent in many States/UTs should bedone away with. The inclusion of an outsideauthority in the process not only provesdetrimental to the maintenance of morale anddiscipline within the organisation but alsoviolates the basic and fundamental postulatesof a just and effective performance evaluationsystem.

9. All the States/UTs which are at presentfollowing the practice of treating the appraisalreport as confidential document andcommunicating only the adverse entries in thereport, may adopt an open system, where theentire report, after it has been written by theReporting Officer, is reviewed by theReviewing Officer and is shown to theconcerned employee. This will deter reportingofficials from making irresponsible or ill-considered remarks and compel them to beconsiderate in their assessment. An exampleis Kerala, where the report is shown to theofficer concerned, under rule 192 (1) of

Kerala Police Manual 1969. It should befollowed by all.

10. Confidential reports in respect of officer in-charge of Police Stations should be writtenby Deputy Superintendent of Police andreviewed by Superintendent of Police. Thiswill help in removing remoteness in terms ofthe distance between the subordinates whoseperformance is being assessed and theauthorities who are seating in judgement overhim.

11. Formal in-service courses of short durationshould be organised in the Central or in theState Police Training Institutes for impartingtraining in all aspects of performanceevaluation at the level of Superintendent ofPolice and Dy.Supdt. of Police.

12. Under the existing system, the results ofappraisal remain mostly unutilised to serve itsmain purpose of promoting strength andremoving weaknesses noticed in theperformance of SHOs. The appraisal recordof these officers must be consulted andscrutinised regularly to determine theirspecific training requirements.

57


Objectives

1. To study the causes of kidnapping.

2. To study the socio-economic background ofthe kidnapped child and the kidnapper.

3. To evaluate the administrative procedures inthe cases of kidnapping.

4. To obtain the perception of the key personnelin the field about the problem of kidnapping.

Methodology

• By interviews.• By questionnaire.• By checking the records of remand home,

Umerkhedi (Maharashtra).

Sample Size

The sample of 44 cases was selected by stratifiedrandom sampling procedure.

Age and sex break up of the sample is as under:

Age Group Sex TotalMale Female

4-9 Years 3 5 810-12 years 3 8 1113-17 years 8 17 25

Total 14 30 44

Out of the above, only 36 could beinterviewed.

Important Findings

1. 72% of the victims were girls and 60% ofthose girls were between 13 to 17 years ofage.

2. In 90% of the cases level of education wasprimary or below.

3. They were evenly divided between rural andurban areas.

4. The majority belonged to lower economicclasses.

5. 16% of the 19 kidnapped were in the agegroup 16-35 (twelve of them below in the agegroup of 16-25).

6. 12 kidnappers were from the rural area andtheir educational level was primary and below.

Recommendations

Following preventive measures may prove usefulin the prevention of kidnapping:

1. Vigilance by Police.

2. Alerting school children and parents.

3. Publicity to the dangers of kidnapping and themethod used by kidnappers to lure potentialvictims.

4. A campaign should be started to createcommunity awareness about the problem andparticularly about the need for public vigilance

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi in collaboration with theResearch & Documentation Centre in Social Welfare andDevelopment, Bombay.

35. Kidnapping of Children in Greater Bombay* (1977)

58


for circumventing the kidnappers andrescuing the victims.

5. Identifying the vulnerable groups andindividuals with a view to provide supportiveservices.

6. Counselling of young girls.

7. Sex education in schools and communities.

8. Establishing Missing Persons’ Bureaux.

9. Provision of vocational training and assistancein developing self-employement schemes or

other employment opportunities for theunemployed youth in the community.

10. Provision of counselling and supportiveservices in the slum areas, and to the lowincome group.

11. Provision of supervised recreational facilitiesto the children as well as the youth in slumcommunities.

12. An emphasis on the role of the voluntaryagencies in dealing with problem.


36. Rural Policing in India (1977)The Perspective and Prospective

ML Bhanot*

Objective

To project the basic considerations, which shouldbe taken into account to plan policing for ruralareas.

Methodology

Information was gathered by:

1. Questionnaire.

2. Study of records.

3. Interviews and discussion with some seniorpolice officers.

AreasFive Rural Police Stations, one each fromMaharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Punjab, UttarPradesh and Bihar, were taken up for collectionof basic data.

Recommendations1. For providing the primary and basic help to

the villagers in matters concerning security oflife and property, the administrative and othersteps should be initiated with a view torevitalising and reactivating the traditional ruralpolice agency where it exists.

2. Village Headman and chowkidar should bemade more efficient by improving thetraining, status, enhancing the remunerationand by keeping him under proper supervision.

59


3. In every District, a Committee consisting ofsub Divisional Magistrate and the SubDivisional Police Officer should beconstituted to process applications and selectcandidates for appointment as Village HeadMan and Chowkidars.

4. It is necessary to associate the Station HouseOfficer with the work because ultimately they(village headman & chawkidar) have to be inmore frequent contact with him and his staffin the course of performance of their duties.

5. Candidates for appointment should be in theage group of 25-60. The lower age limit maybe relaxed in consideration of heredity.

6. Village Headman should be middle class passand chowkidar should be educated uptoprimary stage in a school. Illiterate personsshould not be employed.

7. Candidates appointed by heredity should begiven preference, as it is a matter of pride andan important motivating factor in rural areas.

8. Regarding chowkidars it will be moreconducive in the longer run if his appointmentis made by the District Superintendent ofPolice. By vesting powers of appointment andcontrol in him, the District Superintendent ofPolice with the help of large body ofpolicemen can supervise and control thechowkidars spread in far-flung areas.

9. The Village Headman should be debarred fromseeking election to any elected office forpreserving his impartiality.

10. The District Magistrate on a report from theSuperintendent of Police or from the RevenueOfficer should recommend awards orpunishment.

11. New appointments should be put to trainingprogramme drawn up jointly by DistrictMagistrate and Superintendent of Police atPolice Station. Similarly, training should beprovided to existing incumbent to brush uptheir knowledge.

* Bureau of Police Research & Development, MHA,New Delhi.

37. Technical (Armed Police) Batallions of Haryana State (1977)ML Bhanot and TR Kalra*

Background

In the year 1973, the Government of Haryanaraised a Technical Armed Police Bn. (6 companiesfor Electricity and 2 companies for Transport) forpressing into service in the event of strike in theHaryana Electricity Board and the TransportDepartment.

Objective

To see the feasibility of raising a Technical ArmedBn. in a state and its utility in the event of partialor total disruption of work on account of strikesin the Electricity or Transport departments.

MethodologyInformation and data was collected through a

60


questionnaire as well as by discussions with seniorofficers of Haryana Government and Police.

Important Findings1. This is bound to prove a good step towards

better police-public relations.2. It will enable the Government to deal

effectively with situations arising out ofstrikes and attempts at sabotage, intimidationof loyal workers, protection of costlymachinery, and smooth running of means ofcommunication.

3. Since the recurring expenditure on thebattalion is to be borne by the Haryana StateElectricity Board and the TransportDepartment, there will not be much extraburden on the limited budget of the police.

4. The training of armed policemen with theTransport Department will also help thepolice.• In the proper maintenance and running of

their own fleet.• In setting up motor workshop of their

own; and• In effecting substantial economy in

expenditure on maintenance of fleet.

Recommendations1. The Haryana experiment of raising technically

trained Armed Police Bns., whose personelcan be drafted to perform police duties duringnormal times and can be utilised to runessential services during strikes is an

economical and appropriate step in the rightdirection and may be recommended to otherState Governments/U.T. Administrations.

2. The State Governments should draw up, inconsultation with IsGP, actual EmergencySchemes which should be rehearsedperiodically. The Technical Policemen maybe put on duties earmarked for them in theschemes. The scheme should define whatduties the Technical Companies will performin the event of partial or total strike.

3. There is a danger that such personnel, afteracquiring technical jobs, might start desertingthe police department. This can be preventedeither by making it obligatory through bondsto serve the police department for a minimumperiod of five years and by the offer ofsuitable special pay.

4. The Haryana practice of filling supervisoryposts of the Technical Bns. by promotion inpreference to direct recruitment will resultinto promotion opportunities for lowersubordinates.

5. The personnel of Technical Bns. should beprovided all facilities as given to policepersonnel especially in matters of housing andspecial pay as technical personnel.

6. The deployment of trained personnel ofTechnical Bns. in normal times or using themfor guarding, patrolling, vigilance duties inthese installations will have a salutory effectand will also strengthen anti-sabotagemeasures.

61


Objective

To find out the utility of these organisations andto regulate their operation and activities so thatoverlapping of functions between them and policeis prevented.

Methodology

1. Collection of data from States/UnionTerritories.

2. Collection of data from private security/detective agencies through a questionnaire/interviews.

Important Findings

1. There is no law to regulate the operations andactivities of the private detective and securityagencies in the country. All the operators inthe field operate in their own way.

2. No specific qualifications are required to starta detective security agency.

3. They lack facilities for training SecurityGuards or Watchman.

4. No screening is done for recruitment ofemployees.

5. There is exploitation of human resources.The Companies enter into contract withprivate detective and security agencies andthereby escape liability with regard toProvident Fund, Employees Insurance, leave,medical and labour benefits. The securityagencies keep on rotating them from companyto company with the result they cannot claimany privilege as part of the company.

Recommendations

1. Law should be framed to regulate theoperation and activities of the private detectiveand security agencies in India.

2. Company Act, 1956 should be similarlyamended so that there is a legal provision tocompel these agencies to get themselvesregistered.

3. There should be a simple procedure forlicensing, giving the licensing authorities anaccess to the records of detective and securityagencies, suspension or cancellation of thelicence issued under the certain conditions.

4. Since the private detective agencies areengaged in the protection of personnel,property and prevention of crime, they shouldbe considered within the scope of lawenforcement.

38. Private Investigating Agency and Security Services inIndia – A Study (1977)TGL Iyer*

* Bureau of Police Research & Development, MHA,New Delhi.

62


ObjectiveThe objectives of the study are the followings:

• Management of turf clubs

• Conduct of horse racing in India

• Corrupt practices in horse racing

• Laws relating to horse racing

MethodologyThe study includes case studies of four turf clubs,namely, the Royal Calcutta Turf, the RoyalWestern India Turf, The Madras Race Club, theBangalore Turf Club.

The study has made analysis into:

• Committee on management and board ofstewards

• Income and expenditure

• Organisation and conduct of racing

• Horses and jockeys

• Penalties for corrupt practices

• Disputes, objects and appeals

• Law and order disturbances in the racecourses

• Betting and Betting tax

• Horse breeding and auction sales

• Law relating to horse racing

• Malpractices

Recommendations

• The present study has revealed an appallinglack of any effective legislation to control orservicing in the concerned states. Whateverlegislation has been enacted by some stategovernments in this field, it has been donemore out of a desire to earn revenue ratherthan to regulate and develop horse racing onsound and proper lines. There is no effectivelegislation in any other states to curb practiceswhich are being indulged in various playersinvolved in the game. The suggestion is toamend the existing legislation like GamingActs, Racecourses Licensing Acts byenacting a new law on uniform lines by allthe concerned states.

• The subject of horse racing is in the statelist. The central government may ask theLaw Ministry to prepare a Model Draft Bill,in consultation with the State Governmentsand circulate for suitable action with suchchanges or modifications as the localconditions may warrant.

• The amendment of the new legislation inthe State should provide the provisions tomanage the affairs of the club. Thenominees of the government cannot beappointed in the Board of Stewards.

• An Appellate authority can be constitutedto improve the confidence of public.*Bureau Police Research and Development, MHA, New

Delhi

39. Some Aspects of Horse Racing in India* (1977)

63


40. Beat Patrolling in Urban Areas* (1977)

*National Productivity Council, MHA, New Delhi

Objectives

1. A critical examination of the existing systemof beat patrolling with particular reference tobeat structure, scheduling, supervision andcheck, and manpower employed.

2. Designing an alternative system of beatpatrolling with a view to achieving optimumutilisation of manpower.

3. An analytical comparison of the two systemsin theory. The approach has been that of asystem analysis taking into account allaspects of beat patrolling.


Three Police Stations each of North and SouthDistricts of Delhi comprised the sample, namely:1. Kotwali.2. Lahori Gate.3. Kashmere Gate.

4. R K Puram.5. Rajendra Nagar.

6. Delhi Cantonment.

Important Findings

1. Ambiguity in defining the objectives andfunctions of beat patrol.

2. Absence of any scientific criteria fordetermining the total number of beats.

3. System does not ensure posting of beatconstables on a more permanent basis.There is no functional division betweenpatrol work and other police functions.

4. An ever-widening gap is existing between therequired and actual strength deployed forbeat patrol making the existing systemperfunctory.

5. The absence of a need based criteria.

6. No uniformity regarding the number of beatshifts and absence of a round-the-clock beatpatrol.

• Two sources of many malpractices relatingto horse racing can be ascribed to theinstitution of bookmakers. The concernedstate governments in this country may alsoconsider the abolition of this institution.

• In India horse racing is more or less a

source of diversion and amusement and anoutlet for gambling instincts of a privilegedfew belonging to the monied and richclasses. It has never been patronised by themasses in this country and has not acquiredthe dimension of a popular sport in the sensein which it has in some foreign countries.

64


7. No functional relationship between the areaof some beats and duration of a beat shiftand capacity of patrolmen to walk.

8. No communication system between thepatrolmen and his respective police station.

9. Perfunctory supervision – absence of a welldefined system of briefing and debriefing.

10. Absence of an intensive training programmeon objectives and techniques of beat patrol.

11. Poor community relationship preventing anyinter-action between the patrolmen and thebeat residents.

Recommendations

1. Clear distinction between objectives andfunctions of beat patrol should be made.Each function should have a specific workcontent in it and must be quantifiable.

2. Fixed point duties should become an integralpart of beat functions.

3. Division of total police strength into beatforce and force required for other policefunctions.

4. For beat patrol personnel, educationalqualifications should be High School/HigherSecondary.

5. An intensive pre-induction training should begiven to all patrolmen on objective andfunctions of beat patrol and beat patroltechniques.

6. Develop an effective two waycommunication system between patrolmanon duty and police station and police stationand the control room.

7. A composite criteria based on variables likepopulation, area and crime rate should beused in determining the total number of beatsin each police station.

8. Need based criteria, taking into considerationsuch factors as the type of problem, areasof problem, the time of the problem and thelocation of the problem in each beat shouldbe used in deploying patrolmen to aparticular beat in a particular shift.

9. Beat patrolling should be done round theclock in four hourly shifts.

10. A well established and regular system ofbriefing of and debriefing from beatconstables should exist.

11. Rigorous supervision and strict adherence tothe disc system. The ratio betweensupervisory personnel and beat force shouldbe : one Head constable for every two beatsand one ASI/SI for every two headconstables.

12. D&M Study to streamline record keeping andretrieval of information at the police stations.

13. Deliberate efforts be made to apprise thepublic about the objectives of beat patrol toenlist their cooperation.

14. Possibilities of establishing “Public RelationBooths” in important beats.

65


Objectives

1. Whether the law enforcement and alliedmachinery in these areas is adequately gearedto meet problems arising out of labour unrest;

2. Whether means of collection, communicationand exchange of labour intelligence aresatisfactory; and

3. Whether there is scope for improvement inthe communication of information relating tocases of labour unrest to the CentralGovernment.

Methodology

1. Collection of data through a questionnaire andits analysis.

2. Field visits.3. Discussions with senior officers.


1. The rivalry between the major All India TradeUnions (INTUC, AITUC, CITU & BMS),affiliated to different political parties is a causeof perpetual tension and conflict.

2. With the fall of Congress Government,

INTUC lost its official patronage. This hasbeen followed by a slow realignment ofindustrial workers to other Trade Unions. Ithas added an edge to tensions and conflict.

3. The existing manpower resources of policestations in the industrial areas are inadequate.

4. Additional police staff should be sanctionedfor all the police stations of Delhi, Haryanaand U.P. so that the normal police work is notfrequently interrupted and the ability of thelocal police to tackle law and order situationsin the industrial areas is improved.

5. For a group of adjacent police stations, astriking reserve for each group comprising aSub Inspector, 3 HCs and 30 Constables witha vehicle and a half section of tear smokeSquad should be stationed.

6. The proposals of the Police Department forupgrading some of the Police Posts like thoseat Naraina and Seemapuri in Delhi and PolicePost City Ballabhgarh in Haryana and PolicePost Noida in U.P. to full-fledged PoliceStations need to be examined expeditiously.

7. Whenever a new industrial complex isplanned, provision of land and building forPolice Station should be mandatory.

8. Every Police Station in an industrial area mustbe equipped with adequate motor transport.

41. Adequacy of Police and Allied Arrangements in SomeIndustrial Areas of Delhi, Haryana and Uttar Pradesh – ASample Survey (1978)ML Bhanot*

*Dy. Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

66


It must have at least one light and one heavyvehicle.

9. Local police must manifest an attitude ofcomplete impartiality. It is necessary that thepolice posted in such areas do not depend forany of their requirements on industrial units.

10. It seems necessary to make Contingency Planfor each industrial complex. The Plan shouldlay down complete details about the modalitiesof handling serious cases of rioting resultingfrom labour unrest.

11. In areas with large concentration of industrialworkers, the local intelligence units under theS.P. should be headed by an officer of therank of Inspector, assisted by a minimumstaff of 2 SIs/ASIs, 4 HCs and 8 Constables.

12. Specific instructions are issued by the DIGto pass on information of urgent andemergent nature to the SHO, SDPO and theDistrict S.P. immediately and endorse extractsof their daily report dealing with labour unrestto the District S.P. The best thing would befor the officer in-charge of Intelligence Unitto lodge a report in the General Diary of theconcerned Police Station about suchinformation.

13. Existing instructions provide the seniormostofficer in-charge of IB Unit in industrial areastelephonically or verbally informing hiscounterparts in that area in case anyinformation requiring urgent attention comesto his notice. IB may consider re-iteratingthese instructions.

14. Since wireless facilities are available at all thePolice Stations, information about break down

of law and order in a particular industrialcomplex should be passed on to adjoiningareas of the same district.

15. Telephonic message should also be conveyedfrom the affected police station to PoliceStations exercising control over adjoiningindustrial areas.

16. A wireless message should be flashed to DIGRange. DIG Range should alert other districts.The State Control Room should inform theState Government.

17. In case the IGP of the affected State feels itis necessary, he should issue a wirelessmessage to the control room of adjoiningState.

18. Senior officers of the adjoining areas shouldhold frequent cooperation meetings. Inaddition to exchange of information onindustrial front, other matters pertaining tocrime and criminals can also be discussedin such meetings.

19. Meetings between the officers of the LabourDepartment, the police and the Magistrateshould be held at least once a month.

20. Steps should be taken by the DeputyCommissioner in each industrial area toconstitute Labour-Management LiaisonCommittee (LMLC) in which representativesof important labour unions, management andmanufacturers and officers of the LabourDepartment should be included. DeputyCommissioner should be the Chairman. TheDistrict SP, SDM, SDPO and the SHO of thearea should also be its members.

67


Objective

To throw light on the nature and pattern of femalecriminality in India with reference to theirinvolvement in IPC cases and thereby help reorientpolicies and programmes intended to handleproblems emerging out of criminality amongstwomen.

Prognosis

Till recently women were largely invisible in thetheatre of crime. When they did appear they wereportrayed in such a way which marginalised theirrole. There is a tendency even on the part of thevictims, to protect women offenders. The societyin India, also, doesn’t look approvingly of effortson the part of individuals to bring women to facethe process of law for certain crimes reportedlycommitted by them.

Sample Size and AreaA sample of 641 female convicts was taken forstudy.

The sample was chosen from the Central Jailof Delhi; Nari Bandi Niketan, Lucknow; NariCentral Jail, Allahabad and Distt. Jails of

Fatehgarh, Mathura and Kanpur. The other set ofstatistics of women offenders was taken fromPolice records. (The scope of study has beenlimited to only Indian Penal Code (IPC) crimes).

Important Findings1. It has been found that Maharashtra reported

the highest number of arrest of women incrimes followed by West Bengal. Among UTs,Pondicherry tops the list followed by Delhi.

2. Theft constituted the most frequent crimecommitted by women. In 1975, 21.80% ofTotal arrest of women was for theft.

3. The percentage of arrest of women in murdercases is higher in India than in other countries.

4. More and more women are being arrested forinvolvement in white-collar crimes and inheinous crimes like dacoity and robbery.

5. Crime amongst female juveniles increased ata slower rate than amongst women of andabove the age of 21 years.

6. Female crime per lakh of female populationincreased in India and in many other countriesincluding the U.S.A., West Germany, Japan,Ireland and Scot land.

42. Criminality Amongst Women in India (1978)(A Study of Female Offenders & Convicts)

ML Bhanot* and Surat Misra**

*Dy. Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.**Research Officer, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

68


7. A majority of criminals belong to urban areas.

8. Majority of women criminals undergoingsentence were illiterate.

9. Married women were more involved in crimesthan un-married women. A large number ofwomen criminals were found to be housewives and engaged in either agriculture orworking as labourers.

Recommendations1. Because of increasing number of women

criminals, in the years to come, theinstructions in some of the Police Manualsregarding matters like detention of women inPolice lock ups, their hand cuffing,interrogation etc. may require amplification (orincorporation in the Police Manuals, wherethey don’t exist.) This will help us give definiteshape to some of the procedures and practicesso that no resentment is generated in themind of the public with regard to behaviourof police towards women suspects.

2. Police should modernise the maintenance ofrecords of female criminals and the mode oftheir surveillance as it is difficult to follow thesame system of surveillance in respect ofwomen criminals, as is followed for men.

3. The Department of Social Welfare shouldundertake special programmes for womenundertrials with a view to tackle problemsconnected with protection and rehabilitationof the deviant female. Besides, various non-Govt. and voluntary organisations should beengaged in this task and their activitiescoordinated.

4. Jail administration should also receive clearinstructions to deal with women convicts.Procedures relating to their accommodation,food, privacy, remission, interview etc.should be redefined. The possibility ofassociating experts with efforts of the JailAdministration to re-integrate the womenconvicts with their milieu on release shouldalso be considered.

69


Objective

To review the existing facilities available for trafficenforcement in major cities with a view toanalysing the various problems connected with theenforcement of traffic laws and regulations.

MethodologyCollection of data on a set of proformae on:

1. Manpower availability in the various branchesof traffic police.

2. Volume of traffic violations pending cases,cases convicted, staffing pattern in courts andthe number of fatal and injury accidents forthe year 1972, 1973 and 1974.

3. Traffic control equipment available with thetraffic police for the effective enforcement oftraffic laws and regulations.

4. Traffic Engineering aspects to assess theextent to which this factor can contribute tobetter traffic enforcement by the police.

Sample Size and AreaTwenty-two cities with a population of above 5lakh were selected as samples for this Study.

Recommendations1. For reducing the pendency of cases, there

should be adequate number of Traffic Courts.

2. More Mobile Courts should be introduced.

3. The enforcement agency could beempowered to prosecute and collect fine onthe spot, in respect of petty traffic offences.

4. The law should prescribe, in addition to amaximum punishment, a minimumpunishment as well.

5. Adequate number of police personnel, dulytrained in traffic duties should be madeavailable for better enforcement.

6. A Central Traffic Institute should beestablished to give advanced training to thepolice officers in traffic control. Similarly,Regional Traffic Institutions should also beestablished.

7. For exercising better control over traffic,separate traffic branches should be openedwithin police department in all the cities of thecountry.

8. The enforcement agencies should be providedwith different traffic control devices.

9. There should be stringent inspection ofvehicle before fitness certificates are issued.Vehicle inspection and Testing Stations beestablished by the Government to work on aself supporting basis, by charging a fee.

10. The vehicle manufacturers should be

43. Review of Facilities Available for Traffic LawEnforcement in Big Cities (1978 )TGL Iyer, M Mison Mathew and PS Sambyal*

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi, (In-house Study).

70


persuaded to equip their vehicle with seatbelts, collapsible steering and padded dashboards so as to reduce the degree of injuriesin case of accident.

11. Education of road users should be a regularfeature of Traffic Enforcement Programme.The Traffic Safety Education Plan should

begin with educating the children at the schoollevel.

12. Mass media like newspapers, radio &television, wall posters, slogans, lectures,debates, seminars, quiz programmes andpractical demonstrations could be effectivelyused for traffic education.


44. Utilisation Potential of Home Guards (1978)ML Bhanot and GP Joshi*

ObjectiveTo find out the utilisation potential of the HomeGuards Organisation.

BackgroundThe Home Guards are basically a volunteerorganisation with members drawn from the publicwho, besides attending normal avocations, placetheir spare time at the disposal of the authorities.The volunteers are enrolled under the HomeGuards Acts of the concerned States/UnionTerritories and are imparted training to renderrequired services to the community as and whencalled.

Methodology


2. Discussion with senior officers.

3. Survey of available records.


The following States were selected for the purposeof study: Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh,Maharashtra, Punjab, Delhi.

Main Duties and Functions ofHome Guards

1. To render assistance in the maintenance oflaw and order.

2. Security duties, including patrolling andguarding of Railway Stations and Tracks,bridges, airfields, protected and prohibitedplaces and areas, vital installations refugeecamps, etc.

3. Regulation of crowds at fairs, festivals andother large gatherings.

71


4. Maintenance and provision of essentialsupplies and services, particularly whensmooth flow of such supplies or services isdisrupted due to strikes.

5. Control and regulation of traffic on roads.

6. Protection of polling booths and otherassistance to ensure peaceful polling duringelections.

7. Providing relief and assistance during floods,fires, cyclones, etc.

8. Performance of civil defence duties duringemergencies.

9. Anti-smuggling duties.

The data received has revealed that the HomeGuards have also been employed on:

1. Verification of ration cards.

2. Preservation of wild life.

3. Construction for roads and huts.

4. Census of homeless people.

5. Checks to find out excessive use of electricityin shops, restaurants and other public places.

6. Regulating queues at bus stands, bookingwindows at railway stations and at otherplaces.

7. Policing at Examination Halls.

Recommendations

1. There are deficiencies in their strength,organisational structure, training andequipment. It is towards the removal of thedeficiencies in the organisation that allefforts must be directed. Steps should be

taken by the States/UTs to harness this vastreservoir of manpower in consultation withthe police.

2. The Home Guards Acts or Rules of variousStates/UTs recognise the prevention of crimeas an important duty of Home Guards. Since,it is a part time organisation, it is essentialto ensure that people join the Home Guardsand respond to the call out notices willinglyand voluntarily.

3. An attempt to use this organisation forcombating terrorism, insurgency will beagainst the doctrine underlying theorganisation.

4. Since the volunteers are already employed inother avocations or professions and they,therefore, cannot and should not be called outfor longer periods.

5. Another duty in which they can be used is tocollect and communicate intelligence. In thisfield, they can play a very significantpreventive role. Early communication of suchinformation pertaining to crime and law andorder would enable the authorities concernedto take suitable preventive measures. Asystem of suitable incentives or rewardscould be introduced to motivate them to dothis type of work.

6. A structural deficiency from which therural wing of Home Guards continues tosuffer needs mention. While the urbanwing has been provided with a nucleus ofpermanent as well as honorary staff incommand and control appointments atdifferent levels, the rural wing has no suchcommand structure.

72


Objectives

1. To find out if the manpower available at thePolice Stations in the rank of Head Constablesand Constables is properly utilised.

2. To find out if the hours of work and someconditions of their service are wholesome.

Methodology

This pilot study was confined to two PoliceStations of Delhi viz. Mandir Marg (Urban)and Mehrauli (Semi-Urban). Informationrequired for the study was collected througha questionnaire and from existing records ofthe Police Stations.

Important Findings

1. No rigid advanced planning is possible inrespect of deployment of men on police jobs.

2. Utilisation of staff in respect of some corepolice duties like beat patrolling and fixed pointduties can be planned in advance.

Recommendations

1. A centralised order identifying various dutiesat Police Stations should be framed with strict

instructions to implement it. Progress shouldbe monitored by a Gazetted Officer.

2. A complete and correct record of manpowerutilisation must be built up and maintainedsystematically in every Police Station. Thiswill prove useful for manpower planning,supervision and allocation of duties.

3. Immediate steps should be taken to providefamily accommodation to all members ofpolice force within the jurisdiction of thePolice Stations to which they are posted.

4. The living conditions in the barracks in PoliceStations need to be improved so that the mendo not undergo any physical inconvenienceand discomfort in the absence of basicamenities.

5. Constabulary in Police Stations should beutilised for core police jobs rather thanscriptory work and process servicing.

6. The educated constabulary should be postedto urban areas to ensure better utilisation ofmanpower and improvement in the quality ofservice rendered to the community.

7. Every Police-man must be allowed to have atleast a day off in a week.

8. It is asserted that granting of leave topolicemen should be planned and shouldensure that Police Station is not denuded ofmanpower at any point of time.* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study).

45. Some Aspects of the Utilisation and Welfare of Manpowerin Police Stations (1978)A Sample Survey of the Police Station of Delhi

ML Bhanot and GP Joshi*

73


Objective

To comprehensively review the extent ofcompensation to victims of crime in India andabroad

Methodology

Study of literature, research material, consultants,Indian and foreign correspondents, officials in theMinistry of Law, Delhi Police, Maharashtra etc.

Important Findings

1. The compensation to victims has startedgaining importance with theme of 1971International Criminal Law Association.

2. Asian countries have also begun their studiesin this area led by China.

46. Compensation to Victims of Crime (1978)SD Gokhale, Aanjali N Bagwe, M Muralidharan*

3. The extent of compensation, proceduresvaries from country to country. Eachcountry has its own Victim CompensationSchemes, details of which are available in thepaper.

Recommendations

1. Since Government renders every possibleprotection to criminal offenders, it is unfairif the victims are not entitled to equalprotection.

2. Government should bear the responsibility forsecurity of its law abiding citizens and shouldtherefore, bear equally the obligation ofcompensation to victims of crime.

3. The Government benefits from fines andearnings of convicts and therefore, shouldcompensate victims out of these benefits.

* Research and Documentation Centre in Social Welfareand Development, Bombay (Sponsored by BPR&D,MHA, New Delhi ).

74


47. Some Aspects of the Utilisation and Welfare of Manpowerin Armed Police Battalions (1978)A Sample Survey of the Ist Battalion of the Delhi Armed Police

ML Bhanot and BL Vohra*

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

Objectives

1. To find out if the manpower available in theDelhi Armed Police in the rank of HeadConstable and Constable is properly utilised.

2. To find out if men enjoy adequate facilities,such as accommodation, rest, medicalattention, etc.


Designed as a pilot study, it is confined to one ofthe five-armed police battalions of the Delhi Policeto answer a few basic questions consideredimportant.

The study was confined to the rank of HeadConstable and Constable as they constitute thebulk of the force in an armed police battalion. Itis the manner in which they are utilised and thefacilities provided to them, which largelydetermine, the state of discipline and morale in anarmed police battalion.

The information required for the survey wascollected through a questionnaire.

Profile of the 1st Battalion

The Ist battalion is located at Kingsway Camp

D.A.P. Complex. It has a sanctioned strength ofa Commandant, 3 Assistant Commandants, 9Inspectors, 31 Sub Inspectors, 10 Assistant Sub-Inspectors, 200 Head Constables and 900Constables. There was a modest shortage of 3Head Constables and 9 Constables due tovacancies caused by resignation, retirement,transfer, etc.

Nature of Duties

“Its real role will be confined to (1) providingArmed Police for the protection of VIPs, (2)providing Standing Guards and Escorts, and (3)dealing with the law and order situations as maytake place in the city of Delhi itself. Its role,therefore, is purely similar to that of a DistrictArmed Police in any District in India.”

Overall Deployment1. IGP’s reserve including parade & PT.2. Training.3. Static Guards.4. Escorts-Government as well as Private.5. Duties at the Parliament House.6. Re-inforcement to the Districts.7. Teargas Duties.8. Motor Transport Duties.9. VIP Security.

75


10. Armoury and Kot.11. Office Duties.12. Lines Duties.

Important Findings1. Deployment of manpower on some static

guards is not covered by sanction of theGovernment.

2. A large number of Head Constables andConstables are deployed on performing officeduties.

3. The deployment of manpower on lines dutiesis atleast 2.01 times the sanctioned strength.

4. The incidence of leave is as high as 20.3% -much higher than the total contingencyreserve provided to the Bn.

5. Too many Head Constables were found onstand-by duty in the lines.

6. The existing system of planning fordeployment was found to be conducive toproper utilisation of manpower resourcesin so far as requisitions for additionalmanpower from the Armed Bn. areconcerned.

7. There is scope to save manpower bywithdrawal from unsanctioned duties and byrationalising the system of leave.

8. The need for the Inspector General of Policeto keep a Company of the Armed Police inreserve in a central place cannot be over-emphasized.

9. The extent of family accommodation providedto the constabulary is woefully inadequate.

10. The situation regarding barrackaccommodation was found to be veryunsatisfactory.

11. The facilities for bathrooms and lavatories inthe Bn. Hqrs. as well as in the New Kotwalibuiling were found very unsatisfactory.

12. All the three cook houses for the men in theBn. Hqrs. are improvised and unsuited forhealthy and hygienic cooking.

13. The pressure on the C.G.H.S. dispensarylocated in the D.P. Lines must be reduced toenable the men to get medical treatmentwithout inconvenience.

14. One recreation hall for about 30/35 personsis not enough to meet the requirements of asmany as 5 Bns. situated in the DAP complex.

Suggestions1. If deployment of manpower as static guard

is likely to be of a permanent or semipermanent nature it would be advisable toregularise the same.

2. If the existing sanction of Constables foroffice duties is not enough more manpowershould be got sanctioned.

3. It should be possible to reduce thedeployment of manpower on police lines.

4. There is need to overhaul the present systemof sending men on leave and regulate thesame in such a manner that the prescribedscale of leave is not ordinarily exceeded.

5. Head Constables should be deputed with theConstables to ensure proper co-ordination andsupervision.

6. The reserve of Inspector General of Policeshould be designated Company wise.

7. 100 % family accommodation should beavailable as recommended by the Delhi PoliceCommission.

76


8. Immediate steps are necessary to undertakeconstruction of additional barracks andimprove the bathroom facilities.

9. The facilities of the cook houses needs to beimproved.

10. There is need to set apart two Pickups to

dispatch food to be constabulary which isdeputed to perform duty outside the Bn. Hqrs.

11. Take off the non police Governmentemployees attached to the Dispensary locatedin the DP lines.

12. Constructions of Recreation Halls.

48. The Problem of Atrocities on Harijans in Bihar (1979)A Sample Survey in the Districts of Rohtas, Bhojpur and Begusarai

BL Vohra*, GP Joshi*, Vinod Tuli* and ML Bhanot**

*Assistant Directors, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi**Deputy Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

Objective

This survey was undertaken at the instance of theMinistry of Home Affairs in the context of reportsof atrocities on Harijans in some areas of Bihar.It was intended to sample the magnitude of theproblem and the measures taken to deal with it inthe districts of Rohtas, Bhojpur and Begusarai andto recommend measures to protect the Harijansfrom the highhandedness of other castes.

Nature and Magnitude of the ProblemBihar has about 84 lakhs of Harijans constituting14% of its population. Most of the Harijans arelandless labourers. Land is preponderantly ownedby the upper caste Hindus and backward classes.Their total dependence on agricultural wages hasbeen responsible for their traditional exploitationby the landowners. In all the three districts, theland owners come from the upper castes and the

economically advanced backward classes. TheHarijans and Scheduled Castes/Tribes constitutethe main segment of the landless. The distributionof land under the Bihar Land Reforms (Fixationof Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land)Act has not been effective and uniform. Landdisputes and caste and family feuds havegenerated a state of perpetual socio-economictension and also, touched off a vicious chainreaction of vendetta and revenge.

Growing awareness among the Harijansabout their rights and privileges and the publicitygiven to the determination of the government toprotect their rights have raised their expectations.The unavoidable gap between their risingexpectations and the actual achievements isanother source of provocation. As a result ofthese developments the rural scene has undergonea qualitative change. The social stratification hasacquired the character of a state of perpetualconfrontation between large farmers on one sideand the small farmers and landless labourers onthe other.

77


Trends

That most of the crimes against Harijans arecommitted in broad day light is an indication oftheir social insecurity and the aggressive attitudeof the upper castes and backward classes.Another implication is a positive trend towardsopen and organized defiance of authority anddisrespect for the rule of law.

Causative Factors

1. Activities of political extremists.

2. Socio economic causes.

3. Awareness among Harijans.

4. Lack of futuristic projections.

5. Inadequate Police Stations in areas speciallyprone to atrocities against harijans.

Existing Arrangments toDeal with the Problem

State Level : At the State level, a Special Cell hasbeen set up in the Home Department. It is headedby an officer of the rank of Special Secretary toGovernment.

State C.I.D : The State CID has set up a SpecialCell under a whole-time Deputy Inspector-Generalof Police known as D.I.G. Harijan Grievance Cellhereinafter referred to as Harijan Cell. He isassisted by a Deputy Superintendent of Police and7 Inspectors in addition to some supportingministerial staff.

The District Level : The State Government hasalso set up a Harijan Cell in each District.

The State Government has made specialarrangements at all levels to protect the Harijansfrom their exploitation by the high caste andbackward classes. But despite these arrangements,incidence or atrocities continue to be reported,mainly because of adverse socio-economicclimate, poverty and illiteracy of the Harijans andtheir inability to muster energetic political andadministrative support.

Important Findings

1. The survey has revealed that all three districtsreported cases of atrocity against Harijan.Among the causes, land dispute largelycontributed to these crimes.

2. The sources of the conflict and tension are in-adequate land reforms, ineffective enforcementof the Minimum Wages Act, continuance ofbonded labour, rural indebtedness and socialdisabilities of the Harijans.

3. The survey reveals that not all crimes reportedby Harijans against non-Harijans compriseatrocities against Harijans.

4. In dealing with this problem preventive actionhas a very important role to play especiallywhen the resources of the local police are notadequate even for completing investigationsin such cases expeditiously.

5. The present system of collection ofintelligence about atrocities against Harijans isweak and deficient.

6. Inordinate delay in the disposal of these caseshas many sinister implications. It underminesthe confidence of the weaker sections in thejudicial system; encourages the accusedpersons to continue with their criminalactivities.

78


7. The recent decision of the State Governmentof providing arms at government expense toHarijans in the selected villages has not foundfavour with the police and the administrativeauthorities on grounds of unsafe dwellings ofthe Harijans and also the depleted strength ofpolice at rural police stations which remainunarmed and without the complement ofarmed police force.

8. The police alone is not capable of dealing withthis problem on account of its social,economic and political facets. These crimesare mere manifestation of deep-rooted socio-economic and political maladies.

9. The Gram Panchayat can be profitably usedas an institution of management and mediationfor dealing with disputes between Harijans andnon-Harijans.

Suggestions

1. Instead of creating more Harijan PoliceStations in some selected district of Bihar, allPolice Stations prone to crime against Harijansshould be strengthened by increasing thestrength. Large Police stations should bebifurcated.

2. The resources of the Police Stations beaugmented.

3. Each district should draw a specialcontingency plan for dealing with thisproblem.

4. In district prone to atrocities against Harijans,a district cell with one Inspector andsupporting staff should be created, forcollection of intelligence.

5. Statistics of preventive action taken to dealwith this problem should be separatelymentioned. Delays in the disposal of theseproceeding should be reviewed every monthby the S.P.

6. There is need to setup special courts in thedistricts for cases of atrocities against theHarijans.

7. Committees of Police-Public Cooperation havebeen set up at district and police station levelswith a view to promote communal harmony,maintenance of law and order and police-public cooperation and to take measures toprevent commission of general crime againstHarijans.

8. For the eradication of these maladies a multi-pronged attack has to be launched by variousadministrative agencies which must have fulland unreserved support of the politicalexecutive.

79


Objectives

The Survey was designed to find answers to twomain questions :

1. Is a policeman in the Indian milieu consideredto be dishonest professionally? If yes, whatshould be done to improve his image in thepublic mind.

2. Is there misuse of power by Sub Inspectorsof Police and Station House Officers and ifso, what should be done to check andeliminate the scope of such misuse.

Methodology

The study is based on data furnished by the con-cerned States in a reply to a few questionnaires.The sample consists of 4000 interviews in all,with 1000 interviews in each of the four selectedregions as under:

* Indian Institute of Public Opinion, New Delhi

49. Image of the Police in India* (1979)

City/Distt Complaints and Witnesses General Public Grand (Non-complainants) Total

Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total

Delhi 375 125 500 375 125 500 1000Ballia (U.P.) 125 375 500 125 375 500 1000Ramnad (T.N.) 125 375 500 125 375 500 1000Ranchi 375 125 500 375 125 500 1000Total 1,000 1,000 2,000 1,000 1,000 2,000 4,000

The sample of complainants and witness wasselected at random from the First InformationReport (FIR) registers of the Police Stations ineach of the four regions.

In case of the General Public i.e. non-complainants sample, the pre-determinedcategory-wise distribution of respondents wasdone for urban and rural areas separately.

Important Findings

1. An overwhelming majority of respondents(82%) think that the police do not dischargetheir duties in a straight forward and impartialmanner. The odium seems to have struck tolower ranks upto Inspector.

2. Higher ranks by and large are regardedfavourable by the people.

3. The attitude/behaviour of these ranks uptoSub Inspector dealing with public is describedby a large majority either as threatening or

80


rude. The higher ranks are consideredsympathetic in their dealings with public.

4. Police, in the discharge of duties, does notbother about people’s rights and privilegesunder the law.

5. ‘Corruption Factor’ being responsible for thepoor image to have acquired deep roots inpublic mind. The handicaps and disincentivese.g. adverse working/living conditions, lowscales of pay/remuneration were also foundbeing responsible for the poor image of thelower ranks.

6. Seventy-One per cent of the people share theview that the police indulge in discriminatorytreatment against weaker sections of thesociety and 80% people believed that policeshow partiality towards the rich and influentialpeople.

7. They protect or shield goondas or criminalelements in the community, which damagesthe reputation.

8. Political interference figured far morepromptly than all other factors in people’sreckoning.

9. The lack of supervisory control over the workof lower subordinates is the main cause ofmal-practices the police indulge into.

Recommendations1. Large portion of respondents (81%) holds the

view that police men who discharge theirduties in an honest and straight forward

manner should be suitably rewarded and givenwide publicity.

2. Strict measures needs to be taken to weed outundesirable elements from the Police Force.

3. Vigorous campaign should be launched toestablish rapport between the police shouldand public. Public should to be educated aboutthe role of the police and the need for constantPolice-public cooperation. This will help toremove public impression that are not basedon facts. Some public voluntary organisationshould be more frequently associated with thepolice work.

4. There is need for redefining and strengthen-ing the responsibility of senior officers forsupervision and control of lower ranks. Thiswould minimize the opportunity of mis-use ofpowers by the Police.

5. Proper training should be arranged at theentry level into service. The spirit of servicetowards the people should be inculcated in allpolice ranks.

6. Pay scales and service conditions ofPolicemen should be improved and this wouldminimise the propensity for misuse of powersby the police.

7. Measures legal or otherwise should bedevised to check and eliminate the handicapthat vitiates the performance of the police.This will help to reduce the politicalinterference and mis-use of power by thepolice.

81


* Director (Training), BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

50. Political and Administrative Manipulation of Police (1979)KN Prasad*

Objectives

1. To study the political and administrativemanipulation of the Police and examine allaspects of this deep rooted and widespreadmalady in perspective.

2. To suggest suitable remedial measures.

Important Findings

1. No conscious effort has been made afterindependence to divorce the police from itspast orders.

2. Whenever administration has been faced witha difficult law and order problem, theemphasis has remained on the role of Policeto maintain order rather than enforce the law.

3. The present predicament of Police is that theyhave been exposed to a two pronged pressurevertically from the Administration and laterallyfrom the politicians.

4. Police has come to notice for givingprotection to anti-social elements whoseassistance is needed by politicians for politicalpurposes.

5. There is no provision for making the policeaccountable to community and to law. Theview of Mahatma Gandhi that the community

should be encouraged to exercise restrain onthe authority is of great importance.

6. There is hardly a Police Station which doesnot have intermediaries collaborating withunscrupulous policemen for the sole purposeof subverting the law.

7. The vesting of the administration of the StatePolice in the I.G. in accordance with section4 of Police Act, has been reduced to a myth.The superintendence of the State Governmentextends from ordering postings and transferof all ranks to the issue of a detailedinstructions in operational matters.

8. The intelligence agencies in States, though anintegral part of the State Police, have beenfound most vulnerable to exploitation. Thetemptation to misuse this unit of police forpolitical purposes has increased enormously.

Recommendations

1. There is urgent need for a self-regulatorycode of Police Conduct and Ethics to enablepolice officers to restrict all kinds of unlawfulpressure. This Code should be enforcedthrough administrative order and incorporatedin the Police Act and the State Police Manuals.

2. The plea of abject obedience due to fear ofvictimisation should not be accepted as adefence. Any one carrying out illegal orirregular orders should be held to bepersonally liable for legal or departmentalaction.

82


3. Any policeman asked by a political departmentor other administrative agency to carry outan oral order must record it in writing.

4. The Inspector General of Police should berecognised the Principal Advisor to theGovernment on all matters relating to policeadministration and the supervisory control ofthe government should be restricted to policyguidelines.

5. The selection for, and tenure of, all sensitiveand key police posts should be divorced ofpolitical consideration.The tendency offrequency and whimsical changes of policeofficers should be curbed through firmadministrative order.

6. The evaluation of Police performance shouldbe based on adherence to the rule of law andnot on he use of expediency.

7. The use of police for jobs like collection offoodgrains, levy, fulfilling targets of smallsavings, demolition of unauthorised structuresand family planning programmes etc. shouldbe discouraged.

8. A small Committee should be formed toexamine the existing administrativeinstructions issued by the Central and StateGovernments and such orders andinstructions, which are not in conformity withthe spirit of Sections 3 & 4 of the Police Actshould be withdrawn. A model compilation

of these instructions may then be circulatedto the State Governments for theirconcurrence and acceptance.

9. A legal provision may be made forestablishing the institution of public complaintsbody, as in U.K., in order to ensure that majorpublic complaints are expeditiously enquiredinto by a Judicial Officer of the rank ofSessions Judge.

10. Police officers of all ranks must be accessibleto everyone needing police assistance.Supervisory police officers must ensure thatthe network of touts and intermediaries,operating at the level of police station, isdestroyed.

11. A Vigilance Cell with flying squads should beattached to the State Police Headquarters topay surprise visits to the police station toensure that records are properly and regularlymaintained and policemen do not resort tomal-practices and irregularities.

12. The State Intelligence agency should be madeaccountable to IGP and its charter defined sothat its misuse is curbed through effectiveAdministrative instructions.

13. Supervisory officers should ensure inparticular that instructions regarding the issueof copies of complaints to the complainants,use of handcuffing and judicious use ofdiscretion regarding arrest and grant of bail,are strictly followed.

83


51. Public Complaints in Selected Urban Police Stations ofDelhi (1980)Surat Misra* and JC Arora**

*Research Officer, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi**Senior Investigator, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

ObjectiveThis study was undertaken by the Bureau inpursuance of a request received from the NationalPolice Commission, for making a sample surveyof complaints which were reported by the publicto the police for investigation, and in which thepolice cannot, under the existing law, takecognizance in the matter.

Public Complaints and the PoliceIt appears that a large number of complaintsaffecting the person or property or sometimes-minor breaches of peace are reported by thepublic to the Police. The facts and circumstancesvary. Since the police do not have the powerto investigate all such types of cases, thecomplainant is sometimes referred to the court.A law-abiding citizen who lodges a complaint atthe police station is always in quandary about thevariance in the legal procedures followed at thepolice stations.

Scope of Study1. To make a critical analysis of the complaints

received in selected urban police stations duringone week i.e. from 1st to 7th May, 1978;

2. To find out the nature of non-cognizablecomplaints and action taken thereon;

3. To measure the level of public satisfactionwith such action ; and

4. To point out the non-cognizable complaintsthat are of frequent occurrence.

Data Source

A questionnaire was designed and sent to theCommissioner of Police, Delhi, for onwardtransmission to the select Police Stations. The dataon cognizable and non-cognizable complaintsfrom 15 urban Police Stations in Delhi wascollected and checked from Crime Registers, DailyDiaries ‘A’ and ‘B’ and other relevant recordsmaintained at the Police Stations.

Important Findings

1. The study reveals that the trend of non-cognizable crime, is more or less the same inthe sample Police Stations and in the UnionTerritory of Delhi.

2. Majority of the complaints registered at thePolice Stations are non-cognizable in nature.

3. The non-cognizable complaints wereuniformly reported in all the areas such ascommercial/business areas/official complexes/posh localities/densely populated areas and alsoin slum areas.

4. A large number of Police Stations did not

84


maintain separate register for non-cognizablecomplaints inspite of departmental instructions.

5. Maximum number of complaints werereported in person (42.82%) at the policestations by the complainants followed bycomplaints (25.63%) received through higherofficers at the Police Stations.

6. Most of the non-cognizable complaints whichremained unattended, were received at thePolice Stations through higher officers or bypost/hand).

7. Non-cognizable complains of civil nature were48.08% whereas 33.47% were of criminalnature.

8. Nature of action taken in 12.70% of non-cognizable complaints was not available in thepolice station record after investigation wascarried out.

9. On an average 2.85 hours were spent by theInvestigating officer on a non-cognizablecomplaint.

10. A large number of non-cognizable complaints(48.90%) were disposed of within an hour.

11. Majority of the complainants (63.6%) werenot satisfied with the nature of action takenby police on their complaints.

Suggestions

1. There is a need for a change of attitude onthe part of police for better police-publicrelations.

2. There is a need for reorientation of trainingprogrammes for the policemen for improvingtheir response to public complaints.

3. In view of the provisions contained in Section155 of the Criminal Procedure Code, aseparate register for non-cognizable complaintshould be maintained in all Police Stations andall complaints by the public should invariablybe entered into this register.

4. An officer of the rank of Sub-Inspector tobe designated as ‘Public Relations Officer’should be posted in each Police Station,exclusively for registering non-cognizablecomplaints and for maintaining liaison with thepublic.

5. A small Advisory Committee for looking intopublic complaints at Police Station level maybe formed under the chairmanship of theAssistant Commissioner of Police havingjurisdiction over the Police Station.

6. Statistics in respect of non-cognizableoffences indicating the nature and action takenthereon, should be properly, maintained at thePolice Station and the District Headquarters.

7. There is a need for highlighting to the citizensawareness of the role of the police in relationto non-cognizable offences. This can bedone by giving publicity in cinema houses byshowing slides, by radio and TV talks andthrough write-ups in press. This work canbe entrusted to the PRO attached to thePolice Headquarters.

85


52. Committee on Review of Arms Act, 1959 and the ArmsRules, 1962 (1980)HRK Talwar*, OP Bhutani**, KS Dhillon***, JS Anand,Rajinder Lal‡ and Virender Rai£

A Committee was constituted by the Ministry of Home Affairs to suggest suitable recommendationsfor necessary amendment in the Act.

ObjectiveTo review the provisions of Arms Act 1959 and Arms Rule 1962 with a view to suggest suitablerecommendations for necessary amendment in the Act.

“The report of this Study was presented to the Government with appropriate recommendationsand the copy of the report is available with the Bureau”.

53. Incidence of Suicides in Delhi (1980)Surat Misra££ and JC Arora££

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi, Chairman.** DIG, Meerut, U.P., Member.

*** DIG, Gwalior, Member; (now Director, BPR&D).† DIG, CID, Anand, Member.‡ Legal Advisor, CBI, Member.£ DCP (Licensing), Delhi, Member.

££ BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi .

Genesis of the StudySuicides pose a problem to civilised societiesthroughout the world. The incidence of suicideand attempts to commit suicide have shown anincreasing trend.

As regards the social significance of thisproblem, each suicide tends to show that theindividual who committed suicide was not fully

integrated with the society. The essence of societyis the feeling of ‘togetherness’

As regards the socio-cultural aspects of thisproblem, it may be stated that every individual liveshis/her life in a particular environment. The word‘environment’ here does not denote merely thephysical surroundings within which an individuallives but the entire society in which his mental,spiritual and physical activities take place.

Classification of Suicide Act

Suicides can be classified in different ways. Thebest known classification of suicide is byDurkheim and the same is widely used by the

86


Sociologists, Criminologists and Anthropologists.The criterion of this classification is based on thedisturbances in the relationship between theindividual and the society.

Durkheim classified suicide into three types:

1. Egoistic suicide – Abnormal individualismweakened control of society.

2. Altruistic suicide – due to an excessive senseof duty to the community.

3. Anomic suicide – due to society’s failure tocontrol and regulate the behaviour of theindividuals.

Legal Concept

The purely legal concept of suicide is a matter,which does not admit of any learned discussionand accepts its character discussion and acceptsits character as a victimless crime.


The study has been conducted in the UnionTerritory of Delhi and is factual and limited in itscoverage. As far as the duration of the study isconcerned, statistically a period of five years(1973 to 1977) has been covered.

Methodology

A questionnaire was designed in the Bureau ofPolice Research & Development to elicitinformation from the police station records andanother questionnaire/schedule was prepared tocollect information from the persons attemptingsuicide or next of kin of those who havecommitted suicide.

Important Finding

1. As compared to all India and metropolitancities, the problem in the Union Territory ofDelhi was not found to be more acute.

2. The number of men committing suicides washigher than that of the women.

3. The ratio of women committing suicide tototal suicides has recorded an increase.

4. Maximum number of men and womencommitted suicide in their houses.

5. Both men and women in the age group upto19 and 20-24 years are more prone to commitsuicide.

6. In the months of April May, September andDecember higher incidence of suicides hasbeen reported.

7. Amongst the men, the highest number ofsuicides was reported from unmarried men.

8. Persons who have no proper schooling aremore prone to this social menace.

9. In urban areas the maximum number of mencommitted suicide by hanging, whereaswomen adopted fire as a most common modusoperandi. In rural areas, however, maximumnumber of men committed suicide by hangingand women by drowning.

10. Prolonged illness and quarrel with parents,mental illness, quarrel with parents-in-law/spouse are some of the major reasons forcommitting suicide.

11. Incidence of attempted suicide was moreamong married men and women as comparedto unmarred ones.

12. Illiterate and semi-literate persons put togethershowed the highest incidence of attemptedsuicide.

87


13. Among the persons who attempted suicide,maximum number were employed/selfemployed followed by dependent andunemployed.

14. 52.63% of the persons, who attempted suicide,adopted ‘poison’ as the modus operandi.

15. Men, who have attempted suicide due toharassment by women were more incomparison to women attempting suicide dueto provocation by men.

Observations

Self destruction is actually a cry of the distressedmind. It needs love and understanding but notpenalisation. Mental patients often suffer froman emotional hunger for warmth andunderstanding which cannot be met by the clinicalapproach in a hospital or even by a psychiatrist.Social workers with the help of psychiatrist canbring back such people to normalcy.

54. Release of Arrested Persons on Bail and Misuse of theSystem (1980)DC Pande*

* Associate Research Professor, Indian Law Institute,MHA, New Delhi

ObjectiveTo examine the existing system of bail and theextent to which this system has rendered itselfvulnerable to misuse.

PrognosisIndian Law Institute, New Delhi undertook thestudy at the instance of the National PoliceCommission.

Methodology1. The study is based on data collected from

Police Headquarters, Delhi and Delhi Courts.2. Survey of available records.

3. Interpretation of different provisions of lawrelating to Bail.

Area of StudyUnion Territory of Delhi.

Contents of Study

An in depth study has been made regarding theprinciples governing the bail, Police awarenessand attitude towards bail, granting bails for non-bailable cases. An analysis has been made to studythe present process of granting bails by the courtsand by the Police. Interesting study areas are,denial of bail by police, persons committing crimewhile on bail, bail in non-bailable cases,professional sureties, etc.

88


Important Observations

1. Administrative guidelines are necessary to begiven to the police in their exercise of powersto arrest.

2. The Magistrate should give their reasons ineach case, and the prosecution, if not satisfiedwith the reasons given, should appeal againstit.

3. In the Court of Sessions the reasoned ordersare to be found but the system seems to befailing on account of imposing a softcondition of requiring to furnish surety of lowamounts in serious cases. This condition iseasily met by the existence of a system ofprofessional sureties.

4. The exercise of Judicial discretion cannot befettered, but the need for verification ofsureties, their character and antecedents aswell as imposing conditions on them forsupervision and control of the releasedpersons be sought as a matter of practice andlaw. Working of Sections 444 and 446 of theCode of Criminal Procedure 1973 need to bestudied with a view to suggesting appropriateamendments as to the liability andresponsibility of a surety.

Conclusions

1. The practice to grant bail by the police ismarked with certain unusual features as muchas the discretion is affected to yieldexpeditious result of release through thepressure of influential recommendation orthrough some settlement of pecuniary gains.

2. In cognizable offences, bordered between thebailable and non-bailable one, grant of bail at

the police stations is preceded sometimes bythe practice of detaining a person in the lockup for over twenty four hours withoutcharges being registered against a person. Insuch cases the bail is available on extraneousconsiderations and the matter is then viewedso as to bring the charge within the fold ofbailable offence, which enables the policeofficer to exercise his discretion to grant ofbail.

3. Large number of persons apprehended aresemi-literate or illiterate with limited means ofincome and influence and are thus unable toavail of opportunities to communicate with afriend or relative to arrange for sureties. Suchpersons are brought before magistrate onnon-bailable charges.

4. The police ought to exercise arrest and bailpowers only after some investigation has beengone into a case. The fact that it is not doneso is borne out by the fact that majority ofaccused persons are finally discharged eitherbefore trial or after trial.

5. The absence of alternative bail processes byempowering the Police to issue notices toappear by summons or by written noticeserved at the time of arrest in cases of arrestwithout warrant has grossly burdened thesystem of release on bail to enable it tofunction effectively.

6. The frequent adjournment of cases in criminalcourts is also a factor to be reckoned withto assess the efficacy of the system of releaseon bail. This has adversely affected theadministration of criminal law and justice.

7. Delayed disposal of criminal cases togetherwith the person enlarged on bail affordsopportunity to an accused to approach and

89


influence the witnesses and also to exploit thegains of dismal memory of the vents narratedby a witness, after long lapse of time.

8. There is a complete absence of any standardto determine the amount of bail or toascertain the integrity and capacity of thesureties. In cases of theft or offences againstthe property where the alleged loss isascertainable in terms of money, the policepractice to determine the quantum of bailamount is equivalent to such loss.

9. A band of professional sureties whosequestionable reliability and adequacy to standas a surety is also well known to themagistracy, lawyers and the police has cometo stay as an integral part of the system ofrelease on bail in the subordinate courts ofDelhi.

10. No system of verifying the character orstatus of the surety or his property exists incourts. The screening of sureties by thepolice is more stringent than the courts whohave shown more laxity in the grant of bailand related matters.

11. The capacity, antecedents and characters ofthe sureties have not been questioned in theproceedings nor has prosecution for perjury

or the falsification of furnishing the bail bondshave been initiated. The professional suretiesappear simultaneously in many cases on thebasis of the one and the same property attimes non-existent.

12. The use of ration cards in the matter ofgranting bail by the courts for verification ofsureties is a convenient model of implementingthe basic rule that bail granted as a mater ofright and be withheld exceptionally.

13. The collusion of court officials, lawyers andprofessional sureties is evident. The forfeitureof bail bonds is a rare phenomenon in DelhiCourts and even if declared so are commonlyset aside.

14. In essence, a professional surety of animportant person lessens the burden of thecourt in enabling it to make its order executedand thus become effective; to unburden thetask of jail authorities who otherwise have totake up the person in its custody; and also toprovide relief to the person securing hisrelease from the custody. Whether or not thelaw of bail intends to be useful through theinstrument of professional surety, it has,indeed, been found a convenient workingmode for the application of law of bails in theDelhi Courts.

90


55. Bihar Military Police (BMP) (1981)HRK Talwar*, KC Sinha**, RN Aggarwal***,RP Misra†, B Varma‡

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi, Chairman.** Addl. IG, BMP, Bihar, Member.*** IG, PAC, U.P., Member.† Spl. IG, SAF, M.P., Member.‡ IG, CRPF, Delhi, Member.The Study Group was constituted by the Ministry ofHome Affairs.

Objective

To identify areas where there are deficiencies andshortcomings in the B.M.P. and to suggestmeasures which will result in the overall efficiencyand improvement in the performance of thisforce.

Methodology

1. Answer to questionnaire.

2. Interviews.

3. Survey of available literature/records.

Recommendations1. The force should be headed by an officer of

the rank of IGP with powers to deal with allmatters relating to the administration andoperation of the force.

2. No direct indent for force should be placedor entertained unless it has been approved bythe IGP, irrespective of the source from whichthe indent has originated.

3. BMP should be used only as a striking forceand its deployment on routine duties shouldbe scrupulously avoided.

4. A detachment of BMP should ordinarily bedeployed in Section strength under thecommand of a BMP Officer so that he is ableto supervise their work and welfare.

5. There is a tendency on the part of someDistrict Superintendents of Police to retaindetachments of BMP even after therequirements for which they are speciallycalled for. This tendency should be curbed.

6. Sub-rule (c) of Rule 3 of Bihar and OrissaMilitary Police should be amended so thatdisciplinary control and powers shouldinvariable vest in forces own officers.

7. The system of deputing BMP in smalldetachments to Police Stations should beavoided as it undermines the training anddiscipline of the force.

8. Direct recruitment in BMP is done only at theConstable level and qualification for theirrecruitment should be Matriculate withminimum age limit of 18 years.

9. In order to enable the force to have youngerleadership in the middle ranks, the BMPshould start direct recruitment of Jamadarsin age group of 21-24 years with B.A.qualification. However, age relaxation shouldbe given to SC/ST.

91


10. The age of superannuation in the BMP shouldbe enhanced from 55 to 58 years. The menshould first be transferred to the DistrictArmed Police on reaching 40 years of age andthen to the Civil Police in order to retain ayouthful profile of BMP.

11. BMP being an Armed Police Force shouldmaintain high standards of discipline and anyincident of indiscipline must be dealt withruthlessly. In no case should any outsideinterference be allowed to affect normalcourse of action.

12. Suitable mechanism should be devised throughwhich regular screening of men in differentranks could be done periodically to weed outthose who are found unfit or unsuitable,particularly from the category of men whohave completed 25 years of service.

13. A full-fledged well-equipped Training Centreshould be set up for BMP personnel. Thetraining syllabus should be recast and highlymotivated training instructors with specialincentives should be posted there.


56. The System of Functional Division of Work in the SamplePolice Stations of Tamil Nadu, Karnataka and Punjab*(1981)

Objectives

1. To examine if separation of law and orderwork from investigations is feasible at lowerand supervisory level.

2. To examine if the new system has contributedto expeditious and better investigation.

MethodologyCollection of data through the designedquestionnaire and also from the records maintainedby the following selected police stations:

LimitationSince the system of police functioning in threesample states differ, it was not possible to collectdata on uniform basis.

Important Findings1. The system has not met with required

success in the States of Tamil Nadu,Karnataka and Punjab because of flaws likelack of unified control and consequent lackof supervision by the officer-in-charge ofthe police station on the investigation work.

2. The supremacy of law and order branch overthe crime branch staff also causes heartburning among the staff of crime branch astheir counterpart in the law and order branchenjoy better facilities.

3. The staff of crime branch is not fully utilisedas it is always diverted for law and orderduties. This results in neglect of investigationwork and prevention of crime causing higherincidence of crime, lower rate of conviction

92


and an increase in the number of untraced orfalsely reported cases.

4. The staff available in the police stations workingon the basis of functional division of work isinadequate especially in the crime branch.

5. The required cooperation between the law andorder branch and the investigation branch isusually lacking.

6. The Sub Inspector, law & order branch usuallyfunctions as officer in charge of Police Stationsrelegating the Sr. Sub Inspector of theinvestigation branch to a subordinate position.

7. The First Information Reports are generallyrecorded by the law & order staff and theyare defective. Moreover, there is delay in theirtransmission which may cause loss of cluesand thus affect the quality of investigation.

8. Young and energetic officers are alwaysposted to the law & order branch leaving forinvestigation branch officers who are old.

9. Crime staff is handicapped for want oftransport. This affects quick movement of thestaff to scene of crime and for other duties.

Recommendations

1. In order to improve matters, it is necessaryto have a unified command under an officerof the rank of Inspector of Police who shouldfunction as SHO of the police stationfollowing the system of functional division of

work. The arrangement would ensure bettercooperation, coordination and equal treatmentto both the branches.

2. The system of recording of the FIRs by thelaw & order staff should be discontinued andthis work should be entrusted only to thedetective staff for facilitating proper recordingof the FIRs.

3. The staff for investigation is to be in plainclothes to prevent their deployment for law& order duties and that a plain clothesinvestigating officer would be more welcometo the people.

4. Since preventive and investigating functionsof the police are inter-related, completeseparation between them is not feasible at thepolice station level and not desirable at higherlevels. Complete separation can deprive boththese branches of their effectiveness.

5. In order to handle investigation ofcomplicated cases at the district and subdivisional level, it may perhaps be advisableto have separate specialised squads at thedistrict and sub-divisional level under Sr.Supdt. Of Police and Sub Divisional PoliceOfficer respectively. The squads can bedesigned as Homicide, Property Offences andMiscellaneous Squads etc.

6. Every Sub Division should have a CrimeInspector.

93


57. Cost of Criminal Justice System in India (1981)GP Joshi*

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study)

Shri G.P. Joshi undertook the study of “Cost ofCriminal Justice System in India’, during 1989 foranalyzing the financial cost of the Criminal JusticeSystem based on the statistics relating to theworking of Police, Courts and CorrectionalServices during the last three decades.

It is found that the revenue expenditure ofCriminal Justice System of both State and UnionGovernment is increasing day by day during theperiod of review. However, it was interestinglyfound that the percentage of expenditure onCriminal Justice System to the total combinedrevenue expenditure has been continuouslydeclining.

The study also analyses the expenditureincurred for all the three component of theCriminal Justice System. It is found that theNortheastern States are incurring a fairly goodproportion of their revenue expenditure on thepolice forces. The law and order situation in mostof Northeastern States has remained troubled fora long period, which might have necessitatedregular deployment of huge forces from outside.

Police ExpenditureThe study also found that the increase in the policeexpenditure could not be explained merely byreferring to the increase in police strength. It isalso found that the decline in value of money dueto high rate of inflation in the economy andincrease in the pay and allowances of employeeswould account for a major portion of the increasein police expenditure.

It is also found that police with their limitedresources of work force, particularly at the levelof the Investigating officers in the Police Stationsare finding it extremely difficult to cope with theincreasing incidence of crime. Certain areas likeEducation and Training of Police Forces, PoliceResearch Police Welfare etc are not beingaccorded due priority or importance as far asallocation of funds is concerned.

The study also found that there is no directrelationship between the size of the Force and theamount of expenditure incurred on the police bythe State Governments.

Expenditure on Administration ofJustice

Due to increase in the crimes, the workload ofCourts is also increasing and had resulted inaccumulation of pending cases and at the sametime the percentage of funds allocated for theAdministration of Justice is declining.

The report suggests to make serious effortsto dispose of all cases instituted during therelevant year but also to clear accumulatedbacklog which is possible by increasing numberof courts. It is also found that there is no directrelationship between the amount spent, numberof courts and the magnitude of problem ofpendency of cases.

Expenditure on Prison

The study found that maximum expenditure on

94


prison was incurred by UP, followed byMaharastra, Andhra Pradesh, Tamilnadu etc. Thestudy also reveals the percentage of recidivists tototal offenders showed a decline and actually, therecidivism is fluctuating during 1971-1983.

Conclusion

The report finally concludes that there is anurgent need to review, strengthen and improve

these three wings of the Criminal Justice System(Police, prosecution and courts) at the time ofallocating fund out of the budgetary resourcesfor different purposes.

Hence, it is rightly concluded that since thedevelopment activities require a suitableclimate of peace and stability to flourish foraccelerating the pace of development, theefficient and effective Criminal Justice Systemis indispensable.


58. Pradeshik Armed Constabulary of Uttar Pradesh (1981)*

Objectives1. To identifying short-comings in the Armed

Police Forces of these States with specialreference to their performance in dealing withcommunal riots and inter-caste clashes andto suggest remedial measures;

2. To study hesitancy on the part of the StatePolice Forces to open fire and reasonsoffered;

3. To study behaviour of the forces whichresults in to allegations about the loss of faithby the minority community or weakersections of the society in the impartiality andeffectiveness of the police forces;

4. To study the problems of leadership, if any,in the police forces while dealing withcommunal and other troubles and torecommend remedial measures to overcomethese weaknesses;

5. To study the utilization of State Armed Policeso that sufficient reserves are available in thecommunally sensitive areas to contain suchtrouble right in the beginning.

Methodology

A questionnaire was drawn and circulated to theheads of three Armed Police Forces of the Statesconcerned.

Recommendations

1. Every Company in a PAC Battalion should becommended by an officer of the rank of Dy.S.P./Asstt. Commandant who should have anInspector as his Second-in-Command.

2. A leave reserve of 15% must be sanctionedfor each non-gazetted rank, particularly inrespect of Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors.

3. The system of training suggested by GoreCommittee should be adopted by the PACwithout any delay.

95


4. The two months training is theminimum which should be given to everyman of the Armed constabulary of the state.Police Force and it should be ensured thatthis training is provided to all on a uniformbasis.

5. The PAC should be used judiciously andreturned to its headquarters immediately afterthe purpose for which it was called has beenserved.

6. Each battalion should have good transportfacilities such as heavy vehicles – 31, lightvehicles – 9, Motor Cycle – 1, Reserve –20% in respect of each category of vehicle.

7. The Recruit Training Centre should have thetransport of heavy vehicles – 2, light vehicles– 1 and ambulance –1.

8. Communication in the PAC should be providedupto platoon level.

9. The unit of PAC deployed frequently on anti-dacoit operations must be equipped with 7.62SL Rifles. These rifles may be authorized for20 companies of the PAC with the stipulationthat this weapon will not be used during lawand order disturbances.

10. Every company of the PAC should have asection armed with tear smoke equipment.

11. The PAC units should be equipped with lathisalso.

12. The operational strength of every ServiceCompany must be equipped with items ofprotective equipment like body-protectors,net-visors, cane-shields etc.

59. Madhya Pradesh Special Armed Force (1982)HRK Talwar*, KC Sinha**, RN Aggarwal*** and RP Misra†

* Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi** Addl. I.G., M.P.

*** I.G., PAC, U.P.† Special I.G., S.A.F. M.P. (In-house Study)

Objective

To identify shortcomings, if any, in the ArmedPolice Force of the State with special referenceto their performance in their dealing withcommunal riots and inter-caste clashes and tosuggest remedial measures in this regard.

Methodology


2. Field Studies and first hand collection of fielddata.

3. Interviews.

Conclusions and Recommendations1. The position of the Special I.G. SAF as Head

of the Force should be recognised and begiven all authority and powers of Head ofDepartment.

96


2. The head of the M.P. SAF must be assistedin the headquarters by a senior officer of therank of DIG.

3. The officer-men ratio in the force is poor andevery service company of M.P. SAF Bn.should be commanded by an officer of therank of Dy.S.P./Assistant Commandant, withan Inspector to work as his second inCommand.

4. Leave cum training reserve of 15% should besanctioned at the level of constables and of10% in respect of other non-gazetted ranksin the forces.

5. Minimum qualification for recruitment to therank of Constables in the police should beHigh School or Matriculation.

6. The upper age limit should be fixed at 20years, relaxable in the cases of candidatesbelonging to Scheduled Castes and ScheduledTribes.

7. Every company of M.P. SAF must be putthrough refresher course of two monthsduration so that they are kept in trim and fitcondition. Besides, specialised Trainingcourse must be organised for different ranksin the force.

8. The duties of M.P. SAF should be definedclearly and that it should be regarded as astriking reserve force to be used only duringemergencies. Their use for routine policework should be firmly prohibited.

9. Armed Police Reserves should be created indistricts as part of the District ExecutiveForce. If the State Government finds itdifficult to meet expenditure, it may even

consider disbandment of some battalions ofSAF to build up Armed Police Reserves. Butthe power of transferring personnel of non-gazetted ranks from SAF to district Policeshould vest in the IGP of the State.

10. The forces should not be ordinarily bedeployed below a Platoon level and in nocircumstances below a Section level.

11. The instructions of IGP. M.P. regarding thedeployment of SAF at different places mustbe meticulously complemented, by issue ofseparate orders the units from which theforce should be sent and their orders ofdeployment etc., by the Spl. IG, M.P., SAFrespectively.

12. SAF detachments should be used only for theduties for which they are detailed.

13. The programme of construction of familyquarters in SAF Units should receive highpriority.

14. The full fleet of sanctioned transport shouldbe provided to SAF.

15. The Committee recommends that everyCommander of a service Company should beprovided with a light vehicle to enable him todischarge his duties efficiently.

16. The SAF Units deployed on anti-dacoityoperations should be equipped with 7.62 SLRifles.

17. IGP may review the location of the SAFunits to ensure that reserves in adequatestrength are available near the communallysensitive areas to contain trouble right in thebeginning.

97


Objective

To find out the extent, nature and pattern ofcrimes being committed against women andsuggest preventive measures to curb it.

Methodology

The data for the Study was collected byquestionnaire and by a sample survey.

Size and Area

1. All States and Union Territories.

2. Sample survey was conducted in thefollowing places for data collection:• Hissar and Sirsa (Haryana).• Jaunsar Bawar (Dehradun) and Kanpur

(U.P.).• Bombay (Maharashtra).• Delhi.

Important Findings

1. Rape and SITA cases have increased at ahigher rate than the other crime. The numberof IPC cases increased by 33% in 1977 over1971, while during the same period, thenumber of rape cases have registered an


60. Crime Against Women (1982)Surat Misra and JC Arora*

increase of 63.2%. The cases reported underI&S laws have declined in 1977 by 7.3%,when compared with the figure of 1971,whereas SITA cases have increased by 79.8%during the same period.

2. The percentage of victims of rape was thehighest in the age group between 16-30 yearsin all the seven years (1971-1977), theaverage being 62.5%.

3. Crime against women constitutes only a smallproportion of the total crime reported to thepolice. On an average for every 100 cases ofcrime reported to the police during 1977-79,there were only 0.43 cases of crime againstwomen. In tribal area this ratio was 2.27, inagrarian area the same was 1.68 and in urbanarea it was 0.42.

4. The overall ratio of crime against women tototal crime had increased from 0.40 in 1977to 0.43 in 1978 and to 0.47 in 1979. In theurban areas, it increased from 0.38 in 1977 to0.41 in 1978 and further to 0.45 in 1979. Intribal belt it increased erratically from 0.69 in1977 to 4.59 in 1976 and declined to 2.04 in1979. In agrarian area the ratio had declinedin 1979 over the year 1977. The ratio in 1977was 1.63, 1.91 in1978 and 1.54 in 1979.

5. The major crime against women between1977-79 in order of reporting were SITA(37.2%, to the total crime reported againstwomen, followed by kidnapping/abduction(21.7%), molestation (14.2%), rape (8.6%),chain snatching (7.2%), murder (5.1%), and

98


enticing or taking away or detaining withcriminal intent a married women (3.9%).These offences together constitute about 98%of the total offences against women.

6. On the overall the rate of conviction in IPCcases to the total cases challaned had graduallydeclined from 18.9% in 1977 to 13.6% in1978 and further to 5.5% in 1979.

7. The majority (32.4%) of the accused wereawarded punishment between 3-4 years,13.2% accused awarded punishment between4-5 years, 8.8% accused between 1-2 years,7.4% accused between 5-6 years, 5.9%accused between 7-10 years, 1.5% between6-7 years.

8. Investigation of offences against women havetaken unduly longer time. Of 237 rape andkidnapping/abduction cases whereinvestigation was completed in 29.1% cases,investigation was completed within 3 months,in 35.9% between 3-6 months, in 24.5%cases between 6-12 months. In 10.5% casesit took more than one year to completeinvestigation. All the cases pendinginvestigation were over a year.

9. The scrutiny of cases by the prosecutionagency too had taken long time to put up thecase in Courts. Taking rape and kidnappingcases together, in 33.4% cases theprosecution took upto one month, in 16.9%cases 1-2 months, in the remaining 49.7%cases it took more than 2 months. Of thecases pending scrutiny 71.4% cases werepending over a year.

10. It has also been revealed that the maximumnumber of accused (40.9%) in rape caseswere in the age group of 20–30 years.Similarly young men in the age group of

20–30 years were the highest (62.8%) inkidnapping/abduction cases.

11. The majority of the accused involved in rapecases in the urban areas were labourers(32.1%), followed by those who had no work(9.2), Taxi driver/Tonga driver (6.7%). In theagrarian areas the highest percentage of theaccused were again labourers (43.8%),followed by agriculturists/landlords (33.3),and Government servants (10.4%). In tribalareas the businessmen were in the forefront(71.4%), followed by Government servants(28.6%).

Recommendations1. The prosecution branch and the system of

manning the investigating machinery in theState Civil Police should be reviewed to makeit more responsive to women victims ofatrocities.

2. The State/UTs should devise systems (suitableto their local needs and facilities) to postwomen Police/Investigating Officers dulytrained in social welfare work in urban orsemi-urban police stations.

3. Women victims of atrocities should not be putin the police stations premises at night. Rulesalready existing in Police Manuals and in theorders of the State IsGP should be strictlyenforced.

4. Police officers should record an F.I.R., if theythemselves receive an information about crimeagainst women. Written reports sent to PoliceStation by courier or mail from womenvictims should also be accepted as F.I.R. andnot kept for enquiry under Section 154 Cr.P.C.

99


5. The States/UTs should develop theirDepartments of Serology in their ForensicScience Laboratories for quicker results andeasy accessibility of Police Officers to thisfacility for women victims of atrocities,particularly in rape cases.

6. Crime against women, if not already beingtreated as “special report cases” should betermed as such for direct cognizance andattention of the senior supervisory officers.

7. All States/UTs should make uniform laws formaking crime cases of atrocities on womentriable by Sessions Judge. If there isdifficulty in having a day to day trial thenmore additional Sessions Judge Courts shouldbe established for speedy trial.

8. A time limit of 90 days should be fixedfor completion of the Police investigation,with a maximum period of further 30days for the scrutiny and filing of thecases by the prosecution agency in theCriminal Courts.

9. The trial of rape and kidnapping cases shouldpreferably be held in camera on an applicationbeing moved by the victim and the publicationof the proceedings of the Court should bekept confidential in such cases.

10. The maximum and minimum punishmentprescribed for the atrocities against womenunder the various sections of IPC should bereviewed so that it is raised upwards and itis recommended that death penalty or

transportation for life should be awarded forrape cases.

11. Rehabilitation Centres for the victims ofatrocities with proper hostel facilities at Stateexpenses should be set up in each State at theDivision level.

12. The presence of Social Psychiatrist (withoutbeing subject to any questioning orinterpretation by Defence) should be allowedduring the trial proceedings for assisting thevictim to tender her evidence or in overcomingany problems of emotional disturbances.

13. Police officers and District Revenue Officersshould be specially trained in SocialPsychology and in the treatment of victimsbefore being posted in sensitive areas.District Revenue Officers should also beimparted training in Tribal Administration toovercome the problem of prostitution in Tribalbelts in the country.

14. The State Industries Department and theSocial Welfare Board should develop localwork centres to remove the element ofextreme poverty and thereby wean away thelocal population from the merchants of evilwho look out for the victims.

15. Victims should be provided compensationfrom the funds made available out of the finesimposed on the accused and where theaccused is unable to pay a fine the victimshould be provided compensation from theState Exchequer.

100


Objectives

1. To cover all aspects relating to theorganisation and working of the Police Force,like deficiencies in its structure, strength andequipment, difficulties faced by policepersonnel posted in remote isolated areas andother matters pertaining to their welfare andmorale.

2. To review the role of Bush Police in the lightof changed circumstances, to deal withproblems of ab-original Tribes like the Jarwas.

Methodology

The data for the Study was collected:

1. From past records.

2. Preliminary discussion with the officers ofconcerned Police Stations.

3. Interview with Police personnel.

Civil Police

The Union Territory of Andaman & NicobarIslands has a total area of 8294 sq.kms. In all

* Bureau of Police Research & Development, MHA,New Delhi (In-house Study).

61. Requirements of the Police Force in Andaman & NicobarIslands (1984)Gautam Kaul and GP Joshi*

there are 321 islands out of which 37 areinhabited. The total population of territory,according to 1981 census was 1,88,741 (Urban– 49,634 and Rural – 1,39,107).

The administration of Police Force in the Islandvests in the Inspector General of Police, who isassisted by an officer of the rank of S.P. Theentire territory is divided into three sub-divisionswith headquarters at Port Blair, Maya Bunder andCar Nicobar. The Police Force in each of these subdivisions is headed by an officer of the rank of Dy.S.P. There are 11 police stations, a Central CrimeStation (a unit of CID) and 12 Outposts.

Recommendations

1. The study revealed that 60% of the total IPCcrime and 30% of the total crime under localand special laws is reported every year fromP.S. Aberdeen which is located in Port Blair.It was decided to concentrate mainly onassessing the requirements of this policestation.

2. The present rankwise sanctioned strength ofthis police is as follows:• Sub Inspector 3• A.S.Is. 2• Head Constables 9• Lance Head Consts. 3

101


• Police Constables 50• Follower-cook 01

3. The strength of the Police Station Was foundinadequate. Keeping some broad yardsticksformulated by the National Police Commissionand other expert bodies in view, a detailedrequirement of the staff was worked out.

Bush Police

The Bush Police force was raised by Britishersby recruiting some Andamanese with a view toassist the local administration in tracking andcapturing the escaped convicts in the Island andwere also used mainly as guides to show the localauthorities and the Police Officers paths andprobable hide-outs of the escaped convicts. AfterIndependence, they came to be utilised to affordprotection to the settlers from hostile activities ofthe members of an ab-original tribe of the Islandscalled Jarwas.

Recommendation

At present, the Bush Police personnel are manning

35 Police Posts. The location of most of thePosts is such that neither any medical noreducation facilities are available, with the resultthat the family members are not getting the basicand elementary facilities of modern life. So,priority should be attached to the requirements ofhousing for families of Bush Police personnel atselected places like Port Blair, Rangat and MayaBander and it should be carried out on an urgentbasis.

The Report also makes recommendationsabout:

1. Traffic Police

2. Special Branch

3. Foreigners’ Branch

4. Armed Police

5. Control Room

6. Police Canteen

7. Forensic Science Laboratory

8. Police Training Institute

9. Police Hospital

10. Marine Transport

102


62. Bogus/Professional Sureties (1984)


ObjectiveTo study how the system of bogus mercenarysureties has been thwarting the efforts of Policeinvestigators and defeating the ends of Justice.

Methodology1. Collection of data through questionnaire.2. Discussion and interviews of Police Officers.

(both gazetted or non-gazetted).3. Survey of available records.


The following States were selected for the purposeof Study:

1. Maharashtra

2. Tamil Nadu

3. Karnataka

4. Punjab

The Study has been confined to non-bailablecriminal offences under IPC for the year 1977-78.

Important Findings

1. Due to lack of time at the disposal of Courts,the matters relating to grant of bail to accusedpersons involved in non-bailable IPC cases,

seem to have been disposed off in amechanical way.

2. The release of large number of accused(62.7% in 1978) on bail particularly in non-bailable cases adds to the problems faced bythe police, as they continue to commit crimewhile on bail. This has an adverse effect onthe local law & order problems.

3. Data has revealed that there are persons whohave stood as sureties for two or moreaccused persons.

4. Surety amounts given in cases have beenfound meagre and these sureties are available.

5. Courts seem to confine themselves to theverification of solvancy of the personsoffering themselves as sureties and dueconsideration is not given for the verificationof genuineness of sureties.

6. The Court accepts sureties directly and doesnot make any reference to the effect that anamed advocate has identified the surety. Inmany cases surety papers and applications arenot kept in order or are traceable.

7. Evidence that has come forth by interviewreveal that professional sureties charge theirfee from the accused persons and the ratesvary from case to case, depending upon thegravity of the offence and financial ability ofthe accused.

Suggestions

1. The prosecution staff should be obliged by

103


law to keep an account of professional bailersto maintain a register and to raise objectionin the Courts whenever any professionalbailer is filing bail.

2. Sureties should give their photographs andfinger impression slips for systematic recordthereof to expose the professionals.

3. Necessary instructions may be incorporatedin the Police Regulations or Manuals that aSurety Register should be maintainedalphabetically in the Police Stations containingparticulars and antecedents of professionalsureties.

4. Action may be taken against professionalsureties under sections 446, 447 Cr.P.C. andagainst advocates who may be found to beemploying such sureties.

5. The acceptance of bail bonds offered by theprofessional sureties in spite of opposition bythe prosecution may be recorded in casediaries by I.O.

6. Sureties should be introduced by Advocateswho should vouch in writing for the solvancyand non-professional nature of surety.

7. The Court should also maintain an indexregister of all sureties, which will facilitate theCourt to find out whether this surety hadappeared in the Court earlier.

8. A mandatory provision should be incorporatedin the Cr.P.C. that in respect of offencespunishable with death or life imprisonment,when accused jumps bail, trial can beconducted by the Court in the absence of theaccused.

9. The District Judges should undertakeperiodical enquiries to review whether bail hadbeen granted by Courts on the basis of bogusor professional sureties and issueadministrative instructions.

10. Sureties should be heavily fined if they fail toproduce the accused for hearing afterreception of summons from the Court.

11. The alternative of insisting on cash depositsinstead of personal surety should be explored.

12. Stringent penalty should be incorporated inlaw to bind the sureties, if the persons towhom they stand sureties, abscond orotherwise are not available when called toappear before the Courts or other authorities.

13. Persons standing surety for more than 5persons should be declared as professionalsurety.

14. For curbing the practice of professionalsureties, the person who stands as surety forany accused for any specified amount shouldproduce solvancy certificate (mentioningname, other particulars of the accused andoffence) from the Tehsildar. When any caseof breach of bond comes to notice, the nameof surety should be included in a black listmaintained by the Court and the same becirculated to all the Courts in the District bythe Court concerned.

15. Wilful non-appearance of the accused andviolation of the conditions of bail bond maybe made an offence.

16. In cases, the accused jumps bail, he shouldnot be allowed to be released on bail againwhen apprehended till decision of the Courtin the case is decided.

17. Administrative and legislative measures needto be devised to impose conditions on thesureties to compel them to have a proper andeffective control and supervision over theaccused persons.

18. Sureties should give their photograph andfinger impression slips for systematic recordthereof to expose the professionals.

104


63. System of Service of Summons (1984)Gautam Kaul* and Vinod Tuli**

*BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study)**Assistant Director (Research), BPR&D, MHA, NewDelhi (In-house Study)

ObjectiveTo look for any alternative system of service ofsummons that might be available within thecountry and could be applied more efficiently.

Methodology1. Answer to questionnaire.

2. Public documents.3. Interviews.4. Field Studies and first hand collection of data.

Size and Area

1. Tamil Nadu.2. Orissa.3. Gujarat.4. Delhi.

Recommendations

1. Serving of Summons by Police• It was found that the system of service of

summons through a person from thePolice Department, finds overwhelmingfavour and suggest its continuance as a

system throughout the country untilmodern technology is able to solve theother related problems of bringing close thepublic institutions, the Courts and thepeople together.

• The system has been found quite effectivein order to ensure the presence of witnessand accused in Courts on an announceddate, in order to avoid the postponementsin the trials and speedily dispose the caseon trial.

• Most of the States in their Police Manualshave provided elaborate arrangements toensure proper execution of summons andwarrants.

• Physical service of summons by police hasmade it possible to trace the persons whomay not be available at the last address andfor which Courts have no means to verifythe address time and again. It also ensuresthat witnesses are traced and properlybriefed by Investigating Officer (I.O.) andtheir presence is also assured on due dateof appearance in the Court.

• Normally the summons are served byConstables exclusively allotted under theallocation for the said specific purpose.The Summons are also served by beatpolicemen if they happen to cover the area,where the summons are served.

• Such a service also assures the need toprotect the witness against any physicalharm in case the witness may have an

105


occasion to believe that he could be harmedif he is appearing in the Court unprotectedin any important manner.

• Police Stations are properly maintainingseparate register where all receipts andservice of summons & warrant dates areincorporated. However, there is a scopeof improvement in the register to showwhether the compliance or execution ofsummons was checked at the source ornot.

• Two yard sticks should be adoptedseparately for the service of summons:• For urban Police Station one constable

should be appointed for service ofeither 750 summons and 250 warrantsper year or one constable per groupof 3 beats.

• For the rural Police Station which haveto face the problem of surmountingthe obstacles of terrain and distances,the number of summons to be servedthrough the special staff will have tobe less i.e. one constable for theservice of either 400 summons and150 warrants per year or one constableper division in the Police Station.

2. Service of Summons throughProcess Server or Registered Post• The service of summons through process

server or registered post has not beenfound effective. It was found that thissuggested system has its inherentdrawback like submission of falsecompliance of the service, lack ofsupervision over the staff, inadequacy ofstaff and ever increasing workload.

• The cost of service of summons throughprocess server of court has been foundcostly by giving TA/DA to them for theeach journey. While as this is not done inthe case of Police who have evolved an AllIndia system of free travel on Governmenttransport within their States for such work.

• The system of service of summons shouldnot be condemned as useless and the Courtmay continue to relay on this process also,when they are given adequate time or thereis confusion regarding the identity of theInstitute or person to whom the processis made.

• The service of summons throughRegistered post has not been found aseffective as through the medium ofpersonal approach by a policeman.Persons have been found avoiding thereceipt of registered letter through postmananticipating the arrival of such a letter. Italso adds extra burden upon an alreadyoverburden clerks of the Court bymaintaining a summons register.

106


* The Research and Documentation Centre in SocialWelfare & Development, MHA, Bombay

64. Compensation to Victims of Crime (1985)Case Studies of Bombay, Calcutta and Delhi*

Objectives

The Survey was conducted with the followingobjectives:

1. To analyse the circumstances leading to thecrime and other details concerning the crimeincluding the role of the victims in the crime.

2. To assess the socio-economic andpsychological background of the direct/indirect victim (weaker section of the society,women, children and minority groups).

3. To review the reported damage (physical,financial and psychological).

4. To study the procedural difficultiesencountered by the victim concerning postcrime steps (such as medical aid, policereport, criminal/civil case).

5. To explore the hardships suffered by thevictims during the waiting period and theexpenses incurred.

6. To study details of legal proceedings, inrelation to delays and harassment to the victim.

7. To find out direct/indirect forms ofcompensation made available to the victimand/or his family vis-à-vis the provisions forcompensation.

8. To enquire into attitude and perception of thejudicial officers, police officers, lawyers,voluntary workers etc. on the general aspectsof the theme of the project.

Methodology


2. Field Studies and first hand collection of data.

3. Interviews.

In all 40 victims of crime were contactedduring the Survey from Calcutta and 50 caseseach from Mumbai and Delhi.

Cities covered : Delhi, Mumbai and Calcutta.

For the purpose of collection and analysis ofinformation, they were grouped into fourcategories as follows:

1. Victims of rash and negligent driving

2. Victims of bodily injury

3. Victims of crime against property

4. Victims of defamation

Recommendations

1. A separate Board or Tribunal, either under thePolice or Social Welfare Department should

107


be set up to analyse all the relevant materialand decide the question of compensation.

2. The Criminal Procedure Code should besuitably amended to make granting ofcompensation obligatory unless the Courtholds that in the circumstances of the case itwould be unjust to do so.

3. The police should furnish all the necessaryinformation to the victim before returning thevehicle.

4. There should be uniformity in the levels ofcompensation prescribed to victims ofaccidents involving different types of vehicles.

5. If the accident is caused by a driver, whodoes not possess a valid licence, the ownershould be held responsible for the negligence.

6. Appeals against the orders of the Tribunal toHigh Court should be expedited and notthrown into queue.

7. In the case of serious crimes like murder andrape, the adequacy of the amount hithertopaid should be enquired into through further

case studies.

8. An awareness of needs of the victims shouldbe created among the police force throughperiodic re-orientation programmes, so that apositive and sympathetic approach is taken bythem. This will encourage the victims tocome forward and register their complaintspromptly as also seek their help whenrequired.

9. The voluntary organisations and legal aidsocieties, which are rendering valuable serviceto the victims of crime, need to bestrengthened by giving sufficient publicity andsupport.

10. The public in general should be made awareof the Traffic rules and regulations the modusoperandi of the criminals, especially in caseof cheating, extortion, etc. as well as legalremedies available to them so that theybecome more vigilant. The Tribunalmentioned above can form a Safety Divisionand this division can provide safety educationand training and co-ordinate the activities oforganisation already functioning in the area.

108


Objective

To study the different aspects of bank security.

Methodology


2. Answers to questionnaire.

3. Public documents/Report of variousCommittees.

Recommendations

1. An early implementation of therecommendations of the Varadan Committeefor setting up a Security Cell in the Deptt. ofBanking, Ministry of Finance, Government ofIndia, headed by an Officer not below therank of Inspector General of Police.

2. Raising a National Bank Security Force underthe Department of Banking. It shouldprogressively take over the entire securityneeds of the Banking Industry.

3. A National Banking Security Training Instituteunder the Department of Banking should beset up for undertaking continuous training of

security officers (not guards) and the BankManagerial staff.

4. Separate regional training institutions may beset up for the Bank Guards.

5. With the help of Bank Officers/securityofficers, banks may undertake mockexercises in hold-ups so that the employeesof the Bank are familiar with what they aresupposed to do.

6. A Committee comprising officers from theDepartment of Electronics, ElectronicCommission and the Ministry of Home Affairsto assess the possibility of introducingsophistication in the technology.

7. Bank crimes and security of banks should beincluded in the curriculum of Police TrainingInstitutions.

8. Insurance companies may grant some rebateto banks for adopting security measures anddevices adhering to ISI standards.

9. The Reserve Bank of India should receive,compile and circulate statistics of Bank crimeand should also study every year theimportant modus operandi noticed in thecommission of various crimes. The studyreport should be circulated to various Banks,insurance companies and the police.

* An in-house study of Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment, MHA, New Delhi

65. Security Arrangements in Banks* (1986)

109


66. Analysis and Prevention of Road Accidents in Hyderabadand Secunderabad (1986)S Raghava Chari, KMB Nath, KVS Rao and V Srinivas*

* Civil Engg. Department, Regional Engineering College,Warrangal

ObjectiveThe objective of the study was (a) to suggestcoding of accident data (b) to write a FORTRANProgram to read the above coded data andprocess it (c) to get the output as suggested bythe IRC forms (d) to get the graphical output inthe form of bar charts.

MethodologyBased on the data provided, the team in theEngineering College used the team to design theprogramme in computer language as a project.

Major Findings1. There were three earlier reports submitted in

August 1984, June, 1985, January 1986

containing data, analysis of data – study oftraffic behaviour and summary of positivefactors for accidents respectively.

2. The current report is the fourth and finalreport presents a computer programme thatis capable of analyzing the one full yearaccident data as per IRC – Proforma A-1.

3. It generates a report and analyses the data inthe form of 26 tables and graphs as per IRC- Proforma A-4.

4. The programme can be used for analyzingyear-by-year data for any number of years.

5. The programme needs 150 K and can beimplemented on any main frame or microcomputer.

110


ObjectiveTo look into the nature of unnatural deaths ofmarried women with special reference to dowrydeaths and to analyse the problems faced by thepolice in investigating such crimes.

MethodologyCombination of Case Study and Interviews.

SampleEighteen cases were chosen from the UnionTerritory of Delhi at random for conductingdetailed Case Studies.

Recommendations1. Law should provide some protection to the

brides against unreasonable demands of theirin-laws for a certain period, which mayextend up to seven years.

2. Law should lay down the maximum value ofthe gifts given by the parents of the bride andshould also provide for the registration ofthese gifts so that it acts as a check on thevalue of the presents given.

3. Specially trained police officers with sufficientinvestigating experience should be put on theinvestigation of the dowry related crime.

4. In case of bride burning, the investigating

agencies should take the help of forensicexperts.

5. Crime branch of every police force shouldhave Special Cell to deal with the day to dayproblems of women in distress and policeofficers with compassionate hearts preferablywomen should be posted there.

6. Counselling facilities should be provided byspecial organisations with complete backingof Government.

7. Society should provide for the financial secu-rity of such women who are totally helplessand want to be economically independent suchwomen should be given preference in admis-sion in training courses and in job opening.

8. It should be provided by law that marriageshould be followed by a civil contract betweenhusband and the wife and should include theprovisions for maintenance of the wife byhusband in case of desertion.

9. Divorce on the basis of change of religionshould be made illegal and specific legalprovisions need to be made in this regard.

10. The recognition of dowry as part of‘Stridhan’ by the recent Supreme CourtJudgement has become a potential source ofabuse and it conflicts with the provisions ofthe Dowry Prohibition Acts. The LawMinistry in consultation with the Ministry ofSocial Welfare should go into this matter andresolve this legal dilemma.

67. Unnatural Deaths of Married Women with SpecialReference to Dowry Deaths (1986)A Sample Study of Delhi

DN Gautam* and BV Trivedi**

* Assistant Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi** Research Officer, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

111


Objectives

The objective was to assess the progress in thefield of police welfare, to collect and compileinformation about the type and extent of welfarefacilities made available to police personnel andtheir family in different states.

Methodology

Data was collected in May 1985 from Chiefs ofall Police forces, as per the recommendation madeby the National Police Commission on the subjectof police welfare consisting of following areas:

1. Police Housing

2. Pensionary Benefits

3. Medical Facilities

4. Educational Facilities

5. Group Insurance and Savings Schemes

6. Resettlement of Retired Police Personnel

7. Special entitlement for Leave

8. Police Welfare Funds

9. Police Welfare officers

10. Family Welfare-cum-work Centres

11. Canteens and Cooperative Stores

68. Welfare Facilities Available to Police Personnel in theCountry (1986) GP Joshi and JC Arora*

Important Findings

1. There is low level of satisfaction with regardsto accommodation for police forces in allover the states. Gujarat, Karnataka, TamilNadu, Madhya Pradesh and Kerala were ableto achieve higher level of satisfaction withregard to family accommodation for lowersubordinates as against upper subordinates.

2. Gujarat is the only state which crossed 50%mark for family accommodation for lowersubordinates.

3. The level of family accommodation for lowersubordinates is low in Assam (3.7%), J&K(4.4%), Tripura (5.4%), Bihar (6%), Manipur(7.2%) etc. Details available

4. The welfare facilities are not evenly spreadin different police forces. Some organisationshave made better progress as compared toothers.

RecommendationsThe compiled data with comparative analysis canbe used by the various police forces to plan theirrespective strategies for welfare of their personneland identifying the focus areas required in theplans.

(The details of the compiled data and variousschemes state-wise is available in the main study).


112


69. Report of Jari (Orissa) Incidents (1987)

Objectives

1. To conduct a Study of the incident.

2. To examine the system as a whole andascertain areas of weakness which needfurther strengthening.

Methodology

1. Interviews.

2. Public documents.

3. Find Studies and first hand collection of fielddata.

Area of Study

JARI (Cuttack Rural) Orissa

Major Findings1. The incident relating to elopement of a

girl (Caste Hindu) by a Harijan boy wasreported to the Police after several days of theevent.

2. The Police and Revenue Administration didnot take prompt action.

3. The District Administration sought a CriminalJustice solution and not a Social Justicesolution, which alone could have taken intoaccount the root causes.

4. Effective patrolling was not ordered in thetroubled areas.

5. The existing police deployment should nothave hesitated to take strong action whenviolence erupted there.

6. There was a failure of intelligence, as theincident was not reported promptly to theauthorities.

7. There was no failure of communication.

8. Management failed because the authoritiesdid not correctly interpret the symptomsand attempted to treat the matter as a whollylaw & order problem, of an ordinary kid-napping case and totally overlooking ar-rangement of feelings of hatred which weredeveloping.

Recommendations

1. Cases of elopement/kidnapping/abductioninvolving boys and girls of backward classesand non-backward classes should in future bespecially reported to senior officers for takingprompt action.

2. Wherever tension is noticeable, the authoritiesmay not permit public gatherings.

3. The police should also keep the mood andtemper of the people in the area in mind whiledeciding future course of action and shouldalso activate other departments and agenciesconcerned.

4. When faced with violent mobs, the policeshould not hesitate to take prompt actionincluding use of force.* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study)

113


5. The existing scheme of giving grants tovoluntary agencies in the field of eradicationof caste system should be further extended.

6. The State Government should make a socio-economic survey of the affected areas toassess the social costs and benefits to the areaduring the last five years plan.

7. The Panchayat Samitis at block level shouldbe re-educated in the matter of Harijanwelfare so that they can resolve inter casteor caste related problems amicably.

8. All efforts should be made to recruitscheduled castes/scheduled tribes in theposts reserved for them in PoliceDepartment.

70. Bank Frauds – A Study (1988)GP Joshi and NP Gupta*


Objective

To assess the gravity, urgency and importance ofproblem of increasing incidence of bank fraudsand devise suitable measures to effectively dealwith it.

Methodology

The material required for the study was collectedby the team from:

1. Ministry of Finance (Banking Division),different banks, Associations and GeneralInsurance Company.

2. Central Bureau of Investigation and PoliceDepartment of a few States.

Importan Findings

1. Branch Managers in some cases allowed

credit facilities violating all norms of lendingand procedures and exceeding theirdiscretionary powers.

2. Pre-sanction visit to borrowers’ premises andtheir godowns were not made by most of thebanks. Credit reports on borrowers wereprepared on the basis of information furnishedby the borrowers.

3. In some cases, the borrowers had concealedinformation relating to borrowings from otherbanks. The banks financed parties withoutobtaining a ‘no objection certificate’ from theirexisting bankers with the result that theparties were able to cheat.

4. Post-sanction follow-up in respect ofadvances made by banks in some cases wasinadequate.

5. Borrowers hypothecated the same stock tomore than one Bank.

6. Although the borrowers claimed dealership

114


arrangements with several reputedmanufacturers, the banks failed to makeinquiries with the concerned manufactures ofthe dealership/agency.

7. Banks did not ensure that withdrawals in theborrowal accounts were made towardspayment to manufacturers of goods. Fundsfrom the borrowal accounts were diverted tothe accounts of the allied concerns or familymembers.

8. There was gross abuse of the bills facility.The advances were against self-cheques.

9. Under letters of credit opened for borrowers,some of the firms were found to be bogusand non-existent.

10. Advances in the priority sector weresometimes granted in the names of non-existing borrowers.

11. Branch Managers did not submit centralreturns to the controlling officers.

12. The Controlling Officers were not sufficientlyalert and active to detect irregularities.

13. Inspections and audits were not carried outsystematically and regularly.

14. Advance portfolio, is most vulnerable tofrauds.

15. Almost half of the cases of frauds whichcome to the notice of banks are not evenreported to the police.

Recommendations

1. Any case of wilful disobedience of prescribedprocedures should be viewed seriously anddealt with strictly.

2. Periodic and surprise inspections, timely auditand monitoring of Central returns can provehelpful in detecting irregularities .

3. All cases of frauds should be reported to thepolice.

4. There should be greater involvement of statepolice forces in cases of bank frauds. Specialsquads, manned by trained and qualified staff,should be set up. The induction of officialsfrom the Banking industry on deputation tosuch units can prove useful.

5. Police must line up an adequate system ofrecords containing information about cases ofBank frauds.

6. Every case of bank fraud involving more thanRs. 25,000 should be treated noteworthy.

7. There is need for greater cooperation betweenBank community and law enforcementagency and regular exchange of informationbetween them.

8. The Banking Unit of the CBI needs to bestrengthened.

9. The outdated criminal law AmendmentOrdinance 1944 should be reviewed by anexpert body.

10. A thorough checking of the antecedents of thebanks’ employees at the time of recruitment,followed by regular screening at periodicntervals will be highly useful.

115


71. Recruitment in the Police (1988)(A Sample Survey of Policing and Procedures)

GP Joshi and JC Arora*


Objective

To find out the existing policies and proceduresfollowed by Police Forces in certain States/UTsto make direct recruitment to various ranks.

Prognosis

Bureau of Police Research and Developmentundertook survey of policies and procedures ofrecruitment in the Police so as to produce menhaving not merely physical courage, stamina andalertness, but also possessing the ability torespond to situations in a responsible and sensitivemanner.

Methodology

1. The study is based on data collected fromcertain States.

2. Survey of available records.

3. Discussion with senior officers.

Important Findings

1. Requirement of manpower is not worked outwell in advance and time schedules are eithernot laid down or are not followed.

2. The lack of coordination between recruitment

and training programme occasionally resultsin completing the recruitment process withouthaving adequate capacity in the traininginstitutions to absorb the recruited persons.

3. The quota reserved for direct recruitment tothe ranks of Sub-Inspectors and Dy. S.P. insome of the States is fairly high. There is aneed for lateral entries to allow the fresh bloodto get into the system. However, one shouldbalance the promotion of lower ranks and atthe same time allow some fresh recruitments.

4. Some of the States failed to complete thequota reserved for direct recruitment fromamongst the candidates belonging to SCs andSTs. To attract candidates from thesecommunity wide publicity may be giventhrough mass media. Aim of policerecruitment should be to induct right type ofmaterial, not to comply to the rules blindly.

5. The prescribed educational standards vary notonly from State to State but also from onewing to the other of the same State PoliceForce, like the Civil and Armed Police.

6. In most of the States, Recruitment Board isconstituted for recruitment of Constablesheaded by District Superintendent of Police.For recruitment of Sub-Inspectors, some ofthe States are having their Recruitment Boardwhile others are making recruitment throughPublic Service Commissions.

7. Selection procedure for Constables and Sub-Inspectors varies from State to State. In

116


some of the States, besides physical andwritten exams, interviews are also held toassess the suitability of the candidates.

8. In most of the States, there is no provisionof subjecting the candidates to anypsychological tests.


1. Direct recruitment to different ranks must bemade in a planned manner.

2. Greater weightage must be accorded toreduce stagnation at lower ranks by providingthem better opportunities of promotion.

3. The main aim of the recruitment policies andprocedures must be to induct the right typeof material into the Police Force and this aimshould not be subordinated to otherconsiderations.

4. Even the lowest functionary in the PoliceForce must posses a certain standard ofeducation which enables him to understandand appreciate the implications of emergingproblems and to react to them in an effectiveand sensitive manner.This minimumqualification standard in case of a Constablemust be High School, which has already beenrecommended by Gore Committee on PoliceTraining and National Police Commission. Norelaxation should be admissible to anycandidate irrespective of the community towhich he/she belongs.

5. Maximum age limit prescribed for recruitmentto the rank of Constable in the Police Forcemust not be more than 22 years.

6. The minimum educational qualification for thepost of Sub-Inspector must be graduation,since they are the king pin in the policesystem. There should not be differentstandards for Armed Police and Civil Police.

7. Psychological test through trained psychologistand proven procedure should be adopted toinduct people with right attitude and aptitudefor policing.

8. State Police Recruitment Board orCommission can be established as a semi-autonomous organization of makingrecruitment to all posts in the State PoliceService i.e. Constable to Dy. S.P. includingministerial and technical staff required by thePolice Force. The Board/Commission can beheaded by Director General of Police (eitherserving or retired) having two members (OneIG and one DIG).

9. A sound and effective recruitment policy mustbe governed by the following majorconsiderations:

(a) Recruitment must be cost effective. Thereshould be no duplication of efforts andresources.

(b) Recruitment should be widely acceptableto the public. It should not only be fair butalso seen to be fair.

(c) Recruitment must be done in time to meetthe requirement of the Force.

(d) Every productive device available must beutilized to attract and select qualifiedmanpower.

117


72. Failure of Prosecution in Cases of Heinous Crime (1989)GP Joshi and HP Singh*


ObjectiveTo find out deficiencies or shortcomings in theinvestigation and presentation of these caseswhich ultimately led to the Courts to decide infavour of the accused.

MethodologyThe decided cases of murder and attempt tomurder during the year 1984 to 1986 were takenup for the Study.

Area of StudySessions Courts of Faridabad and Gurgaon.

Sample SizeData in respect of the two types of offences(murder & attempt to murder) is presented asunder:

Important Findings1. The release of large number of accused on

bail particularly in non-bailable cases adds tothe problems faced by the police as thecriminals continue to commit crime while onbail.

2. There are no administrative guidelines to the

Magistrate/Judicial Officers to record specificreasons for the release of persons arrested bythe police in non-bailable offences.

3. The surety amount given in cases is verymeager and these sureties are available easily.This has encouraged professional sureties forthe grant of bail even in heinous crimes.

4. Most of cases relating to such incidenceeither have been pending trial or the caseshave been kept on dormant files. Noproceedings were launched against thesureties or only a pre-functory action wasinitiated.

5. Many a times, the Court accepts suretiesdirectly and do not make any reference to theeffect that a named advocate has identified thesurety. In many cases surety papers andapplication are also not kept in order and insome cases, not traceable.

Evidence has come forth by interviews thatprofessional sureties charge their fee from theaccused persons and the rates vary from case tocase depending upon the gravity of the offenceand financial ability of the accused.

There is indirect evidence noticeable ofcollusion of some court officials, defence lawyersin the lower courts when they successfully getthe professionals accepted by the Court as suretyeither by concealing some facts or mis-representation.

118


Recommendations1. Legislative and administrative measures should

be devised to impose conditions on the suretiesto compel them to have a proper and effectivecontrol and supervision over the accusedpersons form whom they stood surety.

2. There should be a limit or binding on theCourts in this regard so that they may not beable to accept sureties for amounts not lowerthan a particular ceiling for a certain type ofoffence.

3. Computer records should be developed in allDistrict Courts for identifying the professionals.

4. Necessary instructions may be incorporatedin the Police regulation or manual that a‘Sureties Register’ should be maintainedalphabetically in the Police Station containingnecessary particulars and antecedents ofprofessional sureties.

5. Action should be taken against such Advocateswho may be employing such sureties.

6. The prosecution staff should be bound by lawto keep an account of professional bailers bymaintaining a regular register.

7. The acceptance of bail offered by theprofessional sureties in spite of opposition byprosecution should be recorded in case diariesby the I.O.

8. Sureties should be introduced by an advocateafter giving vouch in writing for the solvancyand non-professional nature of surety.

9. The Court should maintain index register andthumb impression of all sureties for findingout whether the surety had appeared in the

Court earlier.

10. There is a need to amend Cr.P.C. so that itbecomes easier to prosecute a witnesscommitting per jury.

11. The investigating officers must be put throughin-service training courses designed speciallyto improve the standards of criminalinvestigation.

12. Selection of staff for crime investigationwork, particularly in cases of heinous crimemust be done with adequate care and onlyexperienced staff should be entrusted withinvestigation of heinous crime.

13. Right from initial investigation upto finalinvestigation, the cases should be handled byofficers of appropriate rank. Investigationinto such cases should continue to be doneby the same officer, unless there areconvincing reasons to withdraw the casefrom him.

14. Strength of the investigating officers must bereviewed periodically on the basis of acceptedyardsticks so that shortage of staff does notaffect the investigation work.

15. The investigation of the cases of heinouscrimes should be effectively supervised atdifferent levels and supervisory officersshould attach great importance to it.

16. Section 25 of Cr.P.C. should be suitablyamended so that prosecuting agency andPolice set up are brought together under asingle chain of command to ensure effectivecooperation and coordination between them.

17. Institutes in each State should be set up forimparting training to the prosecutors.

119


18. Regular interaction between all agencies ofthe Criminal Justice System (like police,prosecution and the Judiciary) should beinstitutionalised and for that matter Cells or

73. Cost of Criminal Justice System in India (1989)GP Joshi*

* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

Objectives

The objective of this study is to indicate thefinancial cost of the three major components viz.Police, Courts and Correctional Services of theCriminal Justice System and to analyse therelevant statistics regarding working of thesemajor components.

Methodology

The study was carried out through collection ofstatistical data obtained from “Combined Revenueand Finance Accounts” published by theController and Auditor General of India in theyear 1983-84. The information about functioningof these three agencies of the Criminal JusticeSystem has been taken from the records of theBPR&D, Department of Justice, Ministry of Lawand Justice under the Ministry of Welfare.

Important Findings

1. The expenditure on Criminal Justice Systemhas increased by 6474.5% in 1983-84 with1951-52 as base year.

2. The share of police in total expenditure onCriminal Justice System has shown acontinuously rising trend. The percentage ofpolice expenditure in 1951-52 was 75.8% andin 1983-84, it was 87.8%.

3. There has been a greater percentage increasein Central expenditure on police as comparedto State expenditure.

4. The break-up of police expenditure showedthat important areas like training of policeforces, police research, police welfare etc.have been neglected. The expenditure incurredon education and training of police forceswas 1.15% and on police research 0.11% ofthe total state expenditure on the police.

5. Majority of the Central Governmentexpenditure on police is being incurred tomaintain central para military forces.

Committees should be set up in States so thatvarious day-to-day problems encountered inthe functioning of these agencies can besorted out.

120


6. The standards of performance by state policeforces has been declining partly as a resultof decline in the percentage expenditure onpolice of the total revenue expenditure by thestate.

7. Crime is increasing at a faster rate than thepopulation and police strength.

8. The manpower resources of police, speciallyat Investigating Officers’ level is grosslyinadequate.

9. The pendency of cases pending in Courtshave increased.

Recommendations1. The analysis of data indicates an urgent need

to review, strengthen and improve all thethree agencies of Criminal Justice System.

2. There is a need to consider the expenditureon Criminal Justice System important. Thisexpenditure is under Administrative Head andshould be accorded reasonable priority asagainst expenditures under DevelopmentalHead by the government.

74. Crime in India in 2000 A.D. – Some Projections (1989)GP Joshi and JK Sharma*


Objectives

1. To extend the official crime statistics andgraphing the time series.

2. Examining various mathematical functions forthe description of data.

3. Diagnostically checking the models foridentification of best suited function by usingchi-Square and mean absolute percentageerror tests.

4. Forecasting by extrapolation of trend curves.

Methodology

The required data has been taken from the annual

report of ‘Crime in India’ published by Ministryof Home Affairs.

The analysis of the data collected for thestudy and future projections have been done byapplying Time Series Regression AnalysisTechnique. Mathematical models have been usedto adequately describe the behaviour of observedpast values and forecasting made throughextrapolation of the trends.

Study AreaFour broad heads have been selected as thefactors affecting the future trends and projections.But no attempt has been made to establish any co-relation between them and crime data:1. Economic Change2. Population3. Urbanisation4. Employment

121


Economic Change: The shape of things to emererelating to social tensions and criminogenicconditions would depend not merely on the actiontaken to sustain and enhance the momentum ofeconomic expansion and technological development,but also on the type of policies and programmesadopted to regulate the process of development in aproper manner so that the fruits of growth aredistributed in a more equitable manner.

Population: Increase in population is anotherimportant factor to be taken into account in makingan assessment about the crime situation as it mayemerge in future. Increase in crime is associatedwith increase in population. During the decade of1971 to 1981 the average annual rate of growthof population remained more or less at 2.5% as itwas in the previous decade, while the annual rateof growth of crime during this period was 4.54%.Besides the overall growth of population, someother demographic features of the estimatedincrease are also relevant in this context. One ofthese is the age composition of the population. Itis the increase in the male population of relativelyyounger age groups which is likely to createproblems in terms of crime and law and order.

Urbanisation: Urbanisation has been regarded asan important criminogenic factor in socialsciences. The urbanisation process results inbreaking the traditional bonds, relating mainly tofamily, kin and ethnic group, which unite differentelements of social groups. Urban growth willcontinue to mean the growth of big andovercrowded cities. The futuristic projections inthis regard are “the exploding population, risingunemployment, increasing housing shortage,increasing population and worsening environment,in short, increasing per capita misery.” In termsof emerging social situation, crime rates, patternof criminality, law and order disturbances, trafficand security problems are obvious. The only way

to deal with the problem is to make a consciousco-ordinated attempt to change the pattern ofurbanisation by building the balance of investmentand other socio-economic policies and programmein favour of rural areas and small peripheral orsatellite towns which must be developed insizeable number.

Unemployment: unemployment is an importantcriminogenic factor which fuels increase in crimeincidents. The statistics shows that while thenumber of educated jobseekers has beenincreasing, the capacity of the economy toprovide them with employment has remainedmore or less static.

Important Findings

1. The projection of the total crime is likely toincrease to 27.74 lakhs, crime rate per lakhof population to 284.0 and violent crime to4.54 lakhs in 2000 A.D.

2. The total IPC crime is likely to touch thefigure of 27.74 lakhs in 2000 A.D.

3. The total violent crime under the IPC to be4.54 lakhs.

4. These projections turning out to be truewould depend on various factors, the mostimportant of which is the extent and the typeof change which may occur in the socio-economic variables that lie at the root of crimeand criminality. It would also depend on thetype of planning done by the criminal justicesystem and its various sub-systems to dealwith the challenge of crime. If the criminaljustice system and its various agencies resortto or in reacting to the problem of crime inan ad-hoc manner, the increasing trend ofcrime will not merely be repeated but furtheraccentuated.

122


ObjectivesThe study was undertaken to analyse policefatalities during the period 1983-87 covering thefollowing:

1. Police personnel killed in line of duty

2. Police personnel killed in accidents

3. Deaths of police personnel due to illness/disease and suicides

Important Findings1. A large number of policemen are being killed

in line of duty with increasing trend duringthe period of study.

2. The largest number of police personnel killedin the line of duty was from Punjab Policeand CRPF among CPOs.

3. 38.4% of the policemen lost their lives in theacts of terrorism followed by anti-dacoityoperations.

4. About 77.8% of the total fatalities occurredin the ranks of Constabulary.

5. Motor vehicle accidents accounted for 61.3%of the accidental deaths of police personnel.

6. Heart failure was the cause of death for

75. Police Fatalities in India (1990)GP Joshi and BS Bedi*


81.5% of the police personnel dying due toillness during the period of study.

Recommendations

1. It is essential to review the traditional trainingprogrammes and equipment available withpolice forces to reduce the inherent risk factorin these jobs.

2. Appropriate safety education and accidentprevention programmes need to be devised inthe police forces with the objective ofcreating such awareness or consciousnessamong policemen of all ranks.

3. A systematic study of factors causing stressin police work and their resultant impact onhealth of police personnel must be carriedout.

4. Development of suitable exercise programmesand regimen for police personnel from thepoint of view of reducing stress anddeveloping coping ability is consideredabsolutely necessary.

5. There is a need for a speedy remedialmeasures to offset the higher rate of deathamong police personnel with diseases like TB,heart failure etc.

123


ObjectiveTo assess the promotion prospects of those whojoin the police department in the rank of constable.

MethodologyThe study is based on data furnished by theconcerned states in reply to a questionnaire.Additional information was gathered by personalvisits and discussion with senior police officers.

Area of Study

Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh

Important Findings1. The stagnation prevailing in the constabulary

is very high and it is adversely affecting theirmorale.

2. The time taken by the department inpromoting constables to the rank of headconstables is very long.

3. Direct induction from the open market into aparticular rank is another important factor,which affects the promotion prospects of thelower ranks.

4. The analysis of data has not revealed anyclear cut pattern though it may be generallystated that the general category constableshave done better in earning a second and athird promotion as compared to the other

76. Promotion Prospects of Constabulary in the Police (1990)GP Joshi, PPP Sharma, BS Bedi and JK Sharma

category of constables who got the firstpromotion faster.

5. The benefits of augmentation in promotionpotential have not been evenly spread mainlybecause the decision about changes in structuralprofile have apparently occurred withoutsimultaneous changes in promotions policies.

6. There is lack of planned approach in dealingwith problems of stagnation amongstconstabulary and problems relating to thestructure of the police organization.

Recommendations

1. Hierarchical structure in the police should beradically revised to permit a smooth andquick promotional avenue from the rank ofconstables.

2. The promotion policy should be formulatedon a long term basis in a proper and plannedmanner, as part of the overall personnel policyof the organization.

3. A Review of relevant recruitment rules fordifferent ranks in the police department,including the rules relating to direct inductionat some level should be under taken to devisea proper promotion policy.

4. It is not possible to suggest a magic formula,which would be uniformly applicable to all thestate police organization.The circumstancesdiffer from state to state. Every state policeorganization must evolve its own policy andprocedures in this regard.* BPRD, MHA, New Delhi

124


Objectives1. To study the functioning of Motor Accident

Claims Tribunal.2. Type of problems being faced by the Tribunal

and attempts made to answer these and otherrelated questions.

Methodology1. Interviews of Presiding Officers, other staff

members of Tribunal, lawyers andrepresentatives of Insurance Companies.

2. Answer to questionnaire.3. Survey of available literature including

secondary material available in the reports ofthe Law Commission of India, books andjournals.

Area of StudyDelhi, Mumbai, Pune, Ahmedabad, Madras andBangalore.

Recommendations1. The number of Tribunals should be increased

to ensure that there is a larger percentage ofdisposals over institution than it is at present.

2. The staff sanctioned for the Tribunals inmetropolitan cities is inadequate. The ClaimsTribunal must have its own staff throughwhich processes can be served. This wouldmake it possible for the Tribunals to exercisecontrol and supervision over this importantfunction.

3. The main factor responsible for delay insettling claim petitions is the usual Courtprocedure, which is being followed by theTribunals.

4. The procedure for the service of summonsor notices should be simplified with a viewto reducing the delay involved in the serviceof summons but also be made binding on theTribunals to follow it under prescribed rules.

5. The present procedure should be amended toensure that the summons are served throughadvertisement by the Tribunals without

77. Handbook of Law for Police Officers (1991)CV Narasimhan*

It is a handbook of law for police officers and is available as a reference book in the BPR&D Library.

78. Functioning of Motor Accident Claims Tribunals (1991)GP Joshi, BS Bedi and T Chakraborty**

* Former Director, Central Bureau of Investigation,sponsored by the BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

** BPRD, MHA, New Delhi

125


waiting for petitioners to apply for such acourse of action to be taken. The costincurred on the publication of advertisementcan be recovered later on from the owner orthe insurer of the vehicle.

6. The advertisement should ask for specificdata by which the respondents should berequired to file their written statements or totender any other evidence, which theyconsider necessary. In case this procedurealso fails to elicit the required response thecase should be settled ex-parte.

7. Some incentives should also be provided tothe process servers in getting personal serviceeffected on a number of persons in a month.Stringent and prompt action should be takenagainst process servers making false reports.

8. Firm steps should be taken for submission ofwritten statements time bound byrespondents. This will prevent delay involvedin settling claim petitions.

9. Some amendments should be made in law toreduce delay resulting from the absence ofwitness who are called upon in large numbersto testify.

10. In order to reduce the delay which presentlyoccurs in processing and settling the claimspetitions, the claims Tribunal should beempowered to accept the evidence of witnessthrough affidavits. It is only when theTribunal is of the view that the attendance ofsome witness is absolutely essential in theinterest of justice, it may accept theapplication of the concerned parties to call forwitness in person. This measure itself wouldgo a long way in reducing the delay.

11. Traffic authorities should ensure theimplementation of law relating to compulsoryinsurance of motor vehicles. It will help incollecting some vital information relating toownership of the vehicle and particulars ofinsurance from the accident spot itself.

12. Here should be mandatory provision either inlaw or in Motor Vehicle Claims Tribunal Rulesmaking it compulsory for different authoritiesto provide full particulars and documentsrelating to the victims or relatives of theiragents or to the Tribunals having jurisdictionwithin a given time period, like 10 days, forinstance.

126


Objectives

The debate on development and crime issue raisesmore questions than it answers. It is importantto find out if there is any relationship betweendevelopment and crime, and, in case, it does existwhat exactly is the nature and direction of thatrelationship? In case the relationship exists, canits nature and direction be controlled or changedthrough policy interventions, both on developmentas well as crime fronts?

The objectives of the study are thefollowing:

• To identify the main trends and patterns ofdevelopment over a period of time.

• To examine the major trends and patternsof various forms of criminality in theselected region.

• To delineate the nature, typology,directions and strength of interactions orrelationship between development andcrime.

• To identify association or relationshipbetween development and certain specificforms of crime (economic or white-collarin nature).

• To evolve and test a methodological modelto analyse relationship betweendevelopment and crime in the context of adeveloping country.

• To identify specific issues in need offurther study.

Hypotheses

Macro level hypothesis are as follows:• The process of development influences the

incidence of crime. There is a directrelationship between the two in the sensethat an increase in development leads to anincrease in crime and vice versa.

• Differences in the degree of developmentare associated with the differences in thepattern of crime.

• It is not the process of development butits character or pattern which really givesrise to criminogenic factors.

• It is the speed at which developmentoccurs that is really responsible forbringing about changes in crime andcriminality.

• It is the inequitable distribution of the fruitsof development which leads to increasedincidence of crimes and violence.

• Development does not lead to all types ofcrimes but only to certain selected typesof crime which are white-collar in nature.

Methodology

Nine states have been selected for this study,which is proposed to be carried out in all thedistricts of these states. The inter-relationship orlinkages between the two sets of data have beenidentified at the level of the lowest unit selectedfor the study, i.e. the district. An attempt is alsoproposed to be made is to examine the problemsof relationship between development and crime at

79. Development and Crime* (1992)

* Bureau of Police Research and Development, MHA,New Delhi

127


higher levels, i.e. the States and the country level.Since the number of variables is fairly large,

in order to reduce the number of variables andfor their proper grouping following methods areproposed

• Principal Component Analysis• Factor Analysis, and• Cluster Analysis

At the second stage, the following methodsare proposed to be used to analyse therelationship between the variables of the twocategories.

• Canonical Correlation Analysis• Least Squares Regression Analysis• Robust Regression Analysis

• Correspondence Analysis• Indiscriminant Analysis

RecommendationsThis study is a kind of research proposal, whichhas made the literature reviews, maincharacteristics of Indian Penal legislations, criminalpolicy and criminal justice system, main directionsof development in India, trends in crime. It hasalso studied main characteristics of selected statesin terms of development and criminal justiceprofiles, inventory of development and crimevariables. Thereafter, it has proposed themethodology to carry out the study along withfinancial implications. Overall this is an unfinishedstudy.

* Institute of Public Opinion, MHA, New Delhi

80. Evaluation of the Role of SPOs in the Prevention of Crimeand Maintenance of Law and Order in Delhi* (1993)

Objectives

The study was designed to cover:

1. An analysis of appointment procedure forSPOs and their powers.

2. An evaluation of SPOs formal or informaltraining.

3. An assessment of people’s awareness ofSPOs, their powers and functions.

4. An evaluation of SPOs duties.

5. An analysis of SPOs interaction withcomplainants.

6. An assessment of SPOs perception as to thedegree of cooperation from the people.

Methodology

Interviews of general public, complainants, aidcentres, high schools, local residents welfareassociations and SHOs/SPOs distributed amongst9 police districts of Delhi in proportion to thepopulation of SPOs in each district.

128


Important Findings

1. Nine out of ten SHOs are satisfied with theappointment procedure of SPOs.

2. None of the SPOs are given formal trainingin prevention of crime and maintenance of lawand order.About 20% only get informaltraining from officers.

3. About 27.3% people have heard or read abouttheir SPO.

4. About 72.6% SPOs are aware of theirresponsibility to get peoples’ cooperation forcrime prevention but almost none is aware oftheir specific duties.

5. The performance of SPOs in providing a linkin disseminating information and directions topublic and feedback about crime is notsatisfactory.

6. Only 2.9% of the people have been briefedabout anti-crime measures by SPOs.

7. The majority of SPOs do not advise peopleabout installation of magic eye, door locks,chains or verification of servants.

8. A negligible number of complainantsinteracted with SPOs for redressal of theirproblems.

Recommendations1. Majority of police officers are satisfied with

the appointment procedure for SPOs. Criteriafor their appointment should be improved toattract better persons.

2. For making the institution of SPOs effective,it is imperative to familiarize them with thecharter of duties including ways and meansto check crime and maintain law and order.It is necessary to institutionalize a formaltraining for SPOs to familiarize and sensitizethem about their roles, responsibilities andduties.

3. Comprehensive publicity campaign should belaunched in the electronic print media toeducate people about the role of SPOs.

4. It should be made obligatory for SPOs toreview the law and order situation in thepolice beat with respectables of that policebeat on a certain fixed date.

A 6-monthly evaluation of the performance ofSPOs for their continuance needs to be done morestrictly, to achieve better results.

129


Objectives

A Survey of Welfare facilities available to Policepersonnel in the country was done by this Bureauwith a view to revising and updating the availableinformation.

Information is being presented under thefollowing broad heads:

1. Police Housing.

2. Pensionary, pecuniary and other benefits.(a) Extraordinary family pension and

gratuity in case of death on duty.(b) Injury/Disability pension and gratuity.(c) Ex-gratia grants.(d) Other miscellaneous benefits.

(e) Group Insurance and other savingscheme.

(f) Assistance available from departmentalfunds.

3. Police Welfare Funds.

4. Police Welfare Officers.

5. Medical facilities.

6. Educational Facilities.

7. Family welfare-cum-work Centres.

8. Canteens and Co-operative Stores.

9. Free Ration or Subsidized Rations.

10. Special Entitlement for Leave.

11. Resettlement of Retired Police personnel.

81. Social Security Schemes and Welfare Facilities Availableto Police Personnel in the Country (1993)JC Arora*

* Bureau of Police Research and Development, MHA,New Delhi (In-house Study)

130


82. Victims of Some Violent Crimes (1993)A Study in Victimology

GS Bajpai*

* Sponsored by the Indian Council of Social ScienceResearch, New Delhi and conducted by BPR&D,MHA, New Delhi

Objective

To rectify imbalances in the policies of criminalJustice system and in creating separate institutionalarrangements to guarantee a fair deal to victimsin the Criminal Justice Process.

Methodology1. Collection of data through a questionnaire and

its analysis

2. Field visits and discussions / interviews

3. Official / public documents

Area of StudySagar (MP), Jabalpur (MP) and Bhopal (MP).

SampleThe study was based on data collected in respectof 300 cases and four types of violent crimesviz. attempt to commit murder, Rape, Riot andRobbery.

Important Findings1. The risk of victimization was seen declining

with increase in age of victim. The age groupup to 19 years and a low-income group was

found to be most vulnerable group in casesof rape and persons falling in the age groupsof 20-29 years and 30-39 years were foundto be highly prone to victimization in violentcrimes.

2. The risk of victimization was definitely noticedto be higher in illiterate women.

3. The wage earning group was seen to bevulnerable and next large group of victimswas that of unemployed persons.

4. People belong to poor or lower income groupshowed greater risk of being victimized.

5. The study revealed that in majority of cases,the offender was known to the victim, havingprimary group relationship.

6. In cases where victims were women, morecrimes were committed by persons known tovictims than by strangers. It was well-educated group of respondents who showedgreater risk of being victimized by strangersas compared to illiterate persons.

7. The victimization incidents occur mostly onthe roads / streets and other public places.

8. More than half of the total incidents ofvictimization had taken place due to mutualaltercations and land and property disputes.

9. Lack of financial and social support weresome of the important problems faced by themajority of victims. The repercussions of

131


victimization were highly visible in cases ofrape victims who experience a variety ofpsychological (shock, denial, anxietydepression, emotion stress, vulnerability etc)and social problem, lowering of social statusand social neglect, etc.

10. Lack of any comprehensive statutoryprovisions enabling the crime victim to enjoycertain rights and assistance was responsiblefor the virtual neglect of victims in theprocess of Criminal Justice System.

11. Due to misbehaviour and unconcerned attitudeof police the victims of crime experiencedseveral problems/difficulties in filing thereport.

12. Victims also faced problems at trial stage dueto:

(a) Unconcerned attitude of officials

(b) Lack of legal aid

(c) Uncomfortable waiting rooms

(d) Frequent adjournments

(e) Difficulties in getting the property heldby court as exhibits

(f) Insufficient allowance

(g) Loss of working hours

(h) Wastage of money due to protractedtrails

(i) Lack of information about the progressof case, etc.

RecommendationsConsidering the present status of crime victimsin India there is dire need to have a

comprehensive victim assistance policy withrecognition of certain rights of victims which areas under:

1. The right of protection from criminalvictimization.

2. The right to reparation for the consequencesof criminal victimization.

3. The rights vis-à-vis the agencies of CriminalJustice System.

4. The victim assistance program:

(a) Service oriented program.

(b) Financial assistance.

5. Initially, the scheme of victim assistanceshould be made applicable only to followingnine categories of offences:

(a) Murder.

(b) Culpable homicide not amounting tomurder.

(c) Attempt to commit murder.

(d) Dacoity involving the death of victim orserious physical injury.

(e) Robbery with death or serious injury.

(f) Riot.

(g) Rash and negligence acts resulting indeath or serious injury other than dueto accidents by motor vehicles.

(h) Rape and.

(i) Murder.

6. Nature of Compensation.

7. Institution

(a) A victim assistance authority at the

132


district as well as state should beestablished. At the district level thereshould be District victim assistanceBoard consisting of a Distt Magistratethe District and Session Judge and theSuperintendent of Police. The boardshould be assisted by a staff of clericaland investigation cadre and should beresponsible to process all claims andthen to put in the periodical meetings ofthe Board.

(b) Similarly, there should be State VictimAssistance Board to be headed by achairman of the rank of a Judge of theHigh Court. Two advisors one eachfrom the Judiciary and the police shouldbe made available to assist thechairman. The Board should hear anyappeal against the award at the Districtlevel, monitor and supervise the schemein the State and bring out annual reportto be submitted to the Govt.

(c) The service groups like Victim supportunits or crisis intervention centers shouldbe attached to the District VictimAssistance Board. As and when needed,

the Board should activate these units toprovide the services guaranteed underthe proposed scheme.

Functioning1. The prescribed forms of claim for

compensation should be available with thepolice also. The victim should be helped inall possible manner by the police as well asBoard in filling these forms.

2. The Investigation staff of the Board shouldbe responsible for verifying all detailsfurnished by the victim for his claim for theaward of compensation.

3. After the submission of the report of theinvestigation staff there should be a formalhearing at which the claimant or his counselmay be present.

4. If the claim is accepted, the Board shouldsend a copy of the same to the DistrictTreasury officer for the payment and thisamount should be debited under a specialHead of Account.

133


83. Stress, Health and Performance (1993)A Study of Police Organisation in Uttar Prdesh

RC Tripathi, RK Naidu, K Thapa and SN Biswas*

* Conducted by Department of Psychology, Universityof Allahabad and sponsored by the Bureau of PoliceResearch and Development, MHA, New Delhi

Objective

To detect and understand stresses that are presentin Uttar Pradesh Police force and suggest someinterventions to reduce the strain caused to thepolice personnel.

Methodolgoy

(a) By Questionnaire.

(b) By Interview.

Sample

226 Police personnel were selected for theinterview for time hierarchical levels suchconstables, Head Constables, Sub-Inspectors,Inspectors, Dy Superintendent of Police .

Area of Study

Data were collected from four districts of UttarPradesh namely Allahabad, Fetehpur, Pratapgarhand Kanpur.

Important Findings

Following are the different type of problems thatare faced by the police personnel.

1. Irregular working hours.

2. Leave Problems.

3. No social life.

4. No promotion.

5. Family Neglected and separation.

6. Risk to life.

7. No government Support.

8. Inadequate infrastructure.

9. Pressure of officers.

10. Political influence.

11. Frequent transfers Transport house.

12. Attitude of officers.

13. Children education.

14. Mess inadequate.

15. Poor salaries.

Recommendations

1. It is paramount to alter public opinion aboutthe role and image of police personnel througha system of public relations exercise in which

134


the constructive and positive role of policeought to be emphasized.

2. There is need for the police organization toopen a process a dialogue involving personnelat different levels with the communication aswell as making provisions of promptredressal of grievances as in the ArmedForces where monthly Bada khannas anddurbars are the norm.

3. There is need for structural changes withinpolice system so that long term stress arisingfrom work and family services could be betterdealt with.

4. Police personnel should be trained in socialskills human relations and time managementwhich will be beneficial and conducive to theirgrowth.

5. During training period, police personnelshould be helped to acquire attitudes, specificknowledge about life stresses.

6. Psycho-social prevention program should be

introduced with the thrust on enablingvulnerable persons to avoid unchangeablestress and increasing their stress resistance.

7. Police personnel should be encouraged todevelop a sense of “learned resourcefulness”,i.e. the belief that they can effectively dealwith manageable levels of stress.

8. Post-hoc analysis and discussion in aninformal manner should be encouraged whichwould serve as a damage repair functioningfor a situation where police personnel arecompelled to act contrary to their own valuesand ideals like encounters, riots etc., and inthe aftermath of such incidents feelings ofguilt, agonizing doubt and apprehensionpersists.

9. Pernicious problems encountered by policepersonnel should be sorted out by bringingout changes at the organizational level andimplementation of structural changes withinpolice system so that stress arising from workand family sources should be better dealt with.

135


Objective

The study was designed to ascertain the extentto which institution of SPO (Special PoliceOfficer) has been effective in the prevention ofcrime and maintenance of Law and Order inDelhi.

Methodology

The data was collected through the sampleconsisted of 1,400 interviews and were allocatedin different categories of peoples as shownbelow:1. SPOs 1102. SHOs 903. General Public 5004. Complainants 5005. Aid Centers 176. Guest House 657. High Schools 65

8. Local residents welfare association 53

The sample was distributed among nine policedistricts and the quota interview of each districtwas further sub-allocated amongst 50 identifiedpolice stations jurisdiction.

Important Findings

1. Majority of SHOs is satisfied with theappointment procedure for SPOs andexpressing satisfaction with their powers.

2. None of the SPOs have been imparted formaltraining in the prevention of crime andmaintenance of Law and Order and they feelhandicapped in the performing duties. A smallportion getting informal training is far fromadequate and useful.

3. SPOs have done almost nothing to brief peopleon the inculcating a communal harmony spiritto avoid communal disturbances.

4. SPOs role in disseminating information topeople on safety measures is not satisfactory.

5. SPOs crime reporting to police has beenfound negligible.

6. Most of SPOs don’t help in setting up andrunning aid centers.

7. A few of them SHOs blame SPOs for theirinvolvement in corrupt practices.

8. The people also do not care for an SPO andthey consider him a chamcha (hanger-on) ofthe police.

9. Awareness of SPO’s name and functions isthe low amongst general public.

84. The Evaluation of the Role of SPOs in the Prevention ofCrime and Maintenace of Law and Order in Delhi*(1993)

* Sponsored by the Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment, New Delhi and conducted by the IndianInstitute of Public Opinion, MHA, New Delhi

136


Recommendations

1. A special Police Officer (SPO) should begenuine local person who is fair, motivatedand willing worker. He should not be a ‘Yesman’ of police but bold to deal with it.

2. While selecting them, care should be taken toappoint those who are above board. Criteriafor their appointment should be improved toattract better persons.

3. In order to make the institution of SPOeffective, it is imperative to familiarize themwith charter of duties and should be impartedtraining about their role at the time of theirappointment and later on at suitable intervals.

4. A sufficient budget should be made availablefor launching a comprehensive publicitycampaign in the Electronic print media toeducate people on his (SPO) role along withthe need for peoples co-operation for hissuccess in the execution of his duties.

5. It should be made obligatory for SPO toreview the local Law and Order situationwith respectable of the locality on certainfixed dates and after assessing it, they shoulddiscuss it with police officials on fixeddate.

6. An SPO should be in a position to collectintelligence information about crimes andcriminals / antisocial elements and pass on thesame to SHO/ ACP.

7. The contact between Police and SPO shouldbe frequent for effective detection andprevention of crime.

8. There is no need of providing SPOs withcriminal photographs for field enquiries astheir only duty is to co-operate with the policeand public and not to arrest criminals.

9. SPO should report the activities of thecriminals / anti-social elements residing in hisarea to the SHO and should also help thepolice in the organizing self-defense campsfor girls a measure to check eve teasing.

10. SPO should inform SHO / ACP about theactivities of terrorists and keep an eye on theirhideouts, hotels, guest houses and boardinghouses being run without valid licenses in therespective areas.

11. An SPO should accompany an ASI/ Policeparty during night patrolling.

12. SPO should inform the SHO / ACP aboutpersons keeping illegal fire arms, countrymade bombs explosives and other lethalweapons.

13. SPO should list the names and address ofschool drop-outs, drug addicts and Juveniledelinquent from school authorities and alsorecord the names and addresses of newtenants from local residents / welfareassociation.

14. Although the police order calls for a 6monthly evaluation of their performance todecide the suitability of their continuance, itsimplementation needs to the done morestrictly to achieve better results.

137


85. Functioning of the ‘Crime Against Women Cells’ in thePolice Forces in States/Union Territories (1993)GP Joshi, NP Gupta and T Chakraborty*


Objective

To examine the organisation and working of thesespecialised cells, with a view to identify theinadequacies, shortcomings and problems andsuggesting measures for reform.

Methodology

1. Collection of data from States/UnionTerritories

2. Collection of data through interview andquestionnaire

3. Survey of available literature and StateManuals

Important Findings1. There is a lack of uniformity in the functions

being performed by the Cells in some States/UTs.

2. The procedure for registration of cases inthese Special Cells also varies. While someCells have powers to register cases of crimesagainst women and undertake investigations,few Cells get the cases registered at therespective Police Stations having jurisdictionand then undertake investigation after theapproval of the competent authority.

3. The Special Cells are headed by the officersof different ranks. There are variations inrespect of other details relating to organisationstructure.

4. The absence of adequate staff in the Cellsencourages a tendency on the part of theofficers in the Cell to re-direct some of thecomplainants back to the respective policestations where the normal jurisdiction lies.

5. There are more male police personnel thanfemales in Special Cells. Women policepersonnel have been found better suited indealing with the problems of crime againstwomen.

6. Police personnel posted to these Special Cellshave not undergone refresher or specialisedtraining programmes for improving their skillsto deal with crime against women.

7. Inadequacy of transport and communicationfacilities have been reported by the SpecialisedCells.

8. No qualified psychologist or social worker isavailable to the Cells. The counselling workis mostly done by the police personnel, whodo not have such expertise.

9. There is lack of infrastructure and otherfacilities like office building or adequate spacerequired for smooth functioning. Even someof the women police stations do not have

138


their own lock-ups and are forced to dependupon other police stations in times of need.

10. Quite a large number of cases of crimeagainst women are falling in Courts of Lawand a larger number are dragging on in Courtsfor a very long periods and the record doesnot generate sufficient confidence in theability of these special agencies.

Recommendations

1. An increasing number of women policepersonnel well versed in law and investigativetechniques should be posted in the SpecialCells.

2. The organisational structure and strength ofthe Special Cells must be reviewed with aview to remove inadequacies orshortcomings.

3. The Special Cell must have adequate strengthto discharge its functions effectively and itshould be headed by an officer of the rankof at least a Superintendent of Police.

4. The District branches of the Cell in biggerStates should be headed by an officer of therank of Dy.Supdt. of Police and each Cellshould be provided at least one investigatingofficer of the rank of Sub-Inspector/Asstt.Sub-Inspector for every 50 cases. Besidesone Head Constable/Constable should beprovided to each investigating officer toprovide necessary assistance duringinvestigations or enquiries.

5. Postings in the Special Cells should be for asufficiently long period to enable the staff toachieve the required expertise.

6. Services of a trained psychologist should bemade available to Special Cell, particularly inheavy crime prone areas.

7. The possibility to establish branches of theSpecial Cell or Women Police Station in ruralareas should be explored.

8. The Cell must be authorised to register andinvestigate crime against women.

9. The adequate facilities of transport andcommunication and other wherewithalrequired to deal with the problem in aneffective manner must be provided to theSpecial Cell.

10. Police personnel posted in the Cells must beput through specially designed courses oftraining of short duration before their posting.It should train them in Social Welfare aspectsof their role, with emphasis on gendersensitisation in police work.

11. Publicity and educational campaigns should belaunched with an aim at breaking thereluctance of the public to share informationwith police and enlisting their voluntarysupport and cooperation in investigating crimeagainst women.

12. The investigating and prosecuting machinerymust be strengthened and improved and theymust work in a co-ordinated manner so asto ensure that cases are not allowed to fail inCourt of Law.

13. The Special Cells and non-governmentalorganisations and voluntary bodies shouldcooperate to prevent and control crimeagainst women.

14. With the help of mass media, the Special Cellsshould also disseminate information about thelegal rights of women.

139


15. The investigating and prosecuting machinerymust be strengthened and improved and theymust work in a co-ordinated manner so asto ensure that cases are not allowed to fail inCourts of law.

16. Publicity and educational campaigns should belaunched with an aim at breaking thereluctance of the public to share informationwith police and enlisting their voluntarysupport and cooperation in investigating crimeagainst women.

17. The Special Cells and non-governmentalorganisations and voluntary bodies shouldcooperate to prevent and control crime.

Some amendments in law, which are underconsideration, are as follows:

(a) Insertion of a new sub-section (4) inSection 46 Cr.P.C. to prohibit arrest ofa woman after sunset and beforesunrise except in unavoidablecircumstances.

(b) Insertion of a new section (53-A) inCr.P.C. to provide for a detailed medicalexamination of a person accused of anoffence of rape or an attempt to commitrape, by a Registered MedicalPractitioner, employed in a hospital run

by the Government or a local authorityand in the absence of such a practitionerby another Registered MedicalPractitioner.

(c) Insertion of a new Section (164-A) inthe Cr.P.C. to provide for Medicalexamination of the victim of a rape withher consent, by a Registered MedicalPractitioner employed in a hospital runby the Government or a local authorityor in his absence by any otherRegistered Medical Practitioner.

(d) The Law Commission in its 135th

Report on ‘Women in Custody’ hasrecommended insertion of a newChapter in Cr.P.C., 1973 relating toarrest and custody of women, seekingto make a number of specific provisionsso to arrest, interrogation and custodyof women and children includingamendments of certain other provisionsof Cr.P.C.

(e) To amend IPC for providing penalty forthe violation of the mandate containedin Section 160 (1) Cr.P.C. to the effectthat a woman or a person below 15years of age shall be examined only athis or her residence.

140


86. Career Planning of Personnel of Different Ranks in thePara Military Forces (1993)JN Saksena*, Arun Bhagat**, Ashok Patel***, TN Mishra†,TR Kakkar‡, BL Vohra£ and Brig. Surender Shah€

Objectives (Terms of Reference)

To determine:1. The level of direct recruitment.2. Percentage of posts to be filled at that level.3. Level upto which an entrant can expect to

be promoted

4. The length of service in each rank forpromotion to higher rank.

5. The level at which he can have option toretire

6. Feasibility of departmental promotionexamination.

7. Percentage of posts to be filled bydeputation/transfer/re-employment at variouslevels.

8. Availability of officers at various levels, someproblems of major gaps and stagnation.

9. Measures to ensure fair degree of uniformityregarding promotional prospects.

10. The requirement of wastage reserves atvarious levels fo offset the problems causedby VRS.

11. Ratio of officers to jawans.

Methodology

1. Study of Organisational Structure

2. Examination of Recruitment and PromotionProcedure

Recommendations

The Group made appropriate recommendations tothe MHA on the eleven points given in the Termsof Reference.

* DG, BPR&D, MHA, Chairman** Addl. DG, CRPF, Member

*** IG (Admn.), ITBP, Member † IG (Pers), BSF, Member‡ IG (Admn), NSG, Member£ IG (HQ), CISF, Member€ Dir. Assam Rifles, Member

141


Objective

To conduct on the spot study and providetechnical expertise regarding the suitability ofvessels to be acquired for the State Police forces.

MethodologyHiring of experts, interviews with senior officersand field study.

Important Findings

Since the Findings of the study are restricted innature, detailed report is available with the BPR&Dfor reference.

87. Coastal Patrolling in Goa (1995)SC Yadav* and SB Singh**

* Asstt. Director, Water Wing, BSF** Asstt. Director, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi† BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study)

88. Survey of Research in Foresnic Science (1995) M Jauhari†

ObjectiveTo undertake a survey of research in the fieldof Forensic Science in India with a view toprovide a useful reference document to futureresearchers.

Conclusions

Of the various branches of forensic biology,research work on trichological problems has madetremendous progress in India. Hair of differentanatomical sites of human body have been studied

for histomorphological variation and quantitativemicroscopically and statistical analysis. Scalecount index, hair index, medullary index,diameters or shaft and medulla, piklgementation,incidence of medullation, effect of signing,etc.have been studied on a large quantity of strands.Fatal lanugo hair, spiral growth and rootdeformities of hair/micro technique have beenimproved, rate of diameter variation from root totip has thrown light on site determination, andcertain measurements and indices have beenfound useful for the determination of age, sex etc.The discovery of double, triple and even quadruplemedulla in human hair has provided informationof utmost importance.

Research work on hair of animals, wild anddomesticated, has also been found notable.

142


Research work on blood and blood stainscontributed the most convenient confirmatoryspectro secpical tests for detection of blood andprovided facilities of detection at the crime scene.Commendable progress has been made in theidentification of blood from stains mixed withinterfering substances. Actual problems faced inthe detection of blood from partially washedclothings have been brought out and have alsobeen studied for morphological characters.

Interest at the outset has been centeredaround the methods of determination of speciesorigin of blood as well as on phytoagglutininstudies.

Disintegrated bloodstains and presence ofcertain interfering substances in stains have oftenbeen posing difficult problems for forensicserologists. To obviate such shortcomings,research has been conducted and the validity ofgrouping from disintegrated stains has beensubstantiated.

The technique of identification of skull byphotographic superimposition has also beenenriched by notable contributions.

Research work done on semen and seminalstains has also been exhaustive. A bulk of workhas been done on the detection of acid-phosphatesenzyme of seminal plasma based on azo-dyecoupling methods.

The bulk of research work done in the fieldof forensic botany is also found to be original andsignificant. Studies on plant sap stains onclothing’s for the identification of species,morphological observations on plant hair for theirsalient diagnostic features, identification ofpowdered pulses, dried leaves, papaver capsulesand dried pollens, new method of staining of bastfibres, anatomical studies on seed coats ofpoisonous plant and saw dust for woodidentification, ultra violet fluorescence microscopy

of poisonous roots, selective staining of paperfibres and studies on different varieties of cottonand other textile fibres have unearthed newhorizons.

Certain other avenues of research in forensicbiology have been opened during the past fewyears. Fish scale characters have been studiedfor the species identification, haemoflagellatessuch as trypanosomes have been demonstrated inblood of feline animals of the zoo in course ofinvestigation of the cause of their death andhistological changes in liver and brain tissue ofgoat have been observed for changes underdifferent environmental conditions in order tocorrelate such changes with the time of death.

A forensic analyst is very often required togive an opinion regarding the commonness oforigin of two or more samples. One of themethods to arrive at such a conclusion is tostudy the trace element composition of samplesby spectro chemical analysis. The opinion insuch case is to be guided by background dataon the trace element composition of varioustypes of samples encountered in criminalinvestigation. The requirement of thisbackground data has been met to some extentby intensive spectro chemical studies of a largenumber of samples of paints and soils. Theresults of such studies have also shown theusefulness of semi-quantitative analysis inestablishing the commonness of origin of twosamples. A rapid method of qualitative spectrochemical analysis based on the use of “MasterPlate” of R.U. Powder spectrum has beendeveloped for quick identification of spectrallines of different elements.

Frequent use of density gradient column andback-line method is made in forensic sciencelaboratories to study the density distribution andrefractive index respectively. The beck-line

143


method has been simplified by the use of aninverted microscope and a thin bottom cell. Thisimprovement has made the work of determiningthe refractive index of samples much lesslaborious than that involved in the conventionalmethod.

A photometric evaluation of the distributionof particles in a density gradient column has alsobeen suggested.

Examination and comparison of paper isinvolved in many forensic investigations.Authentic paper samples collected from thirteenleading paper manufacturers of India have beenexamined for their fluorescence, elementalcomposition, percentage transmission of light andspeaks and sports. An inexpressive oblique lightsource has been developed for illuminating largeareas of a document.

The use of radiology in the identification offorged currency notes has also been demon-strated.

The problem of determining the commonnessof origin of two places of telegraphic wires hasbeen tackled by having recourse to qualitativespectrographic analysis and neutron activationanalysis.

Certain other problems such as comparisonof hacksaw cut marks, restoration of obliteratedmarks on copper and copper alloys, qualitativeestimation of silica in India rocks and minerals andestimation of ratio of speeds of two vehiclesduring a grazing collision have also been studied.

Chemistry

Research in the field of forensic chemistry hasbeen practically oriented as it appears to have beencarried out mostly keeping in view the problemsencountered during the course of examination ofcase exhibits.

Detection and quantitation of alcohol in bodyfluids such as blood and urine are of paramountimportance to show whether or not a person isunder the influence of alcohol. Work on theseparation and isolation of alcohol by both highand low diffusion method and subsequentoxidation with oxidant like potassium di-chromatehas been carried out.

The problem of isolation and quantitativedetermination of methyl alcohol in gas-liquidchromatography and interferometric studies.

Adulteration of liquors and other beverageswith chloral hydrate for added sedative andhypnotic effect is widely practiced. Detection andisolation of this adulterant both in the liquors andin the visceral matter in combination with otherinterfering materials has been achieved bycolorimetry, thin-layer chromatography andspectrophotomatry.

The mineral oils have been studied from twoangles adulteration and use in arson includinghomicidal and suicidal burning. GLC and spectro-photometric methods have been established for theidentification of the burning residues and theinfluence of adulteration on various physico-chemical parameters has been studied to defectadulteration and its quantum.

The Forensic importance of ink examinationcannot be over emphasized. Extensive TLCstudies and TLC combined withspectrophotometric studies have been made withalmost all the brands of inks including the ball pointrefills with a view to identifying the brand used.

In India the various indigenous poisons likeNerium indicum, Abrus precatorius, Mushrooms,various species of Solanaceae Rhododendrons,Calotropis gioantia, Plumbago rosae, variousspecies of Aconitum, Semi carpus and cardium,Sapindves laurifolius etc. are in common use. Insome of these cases as in Nerium and Abrus

144


poisoning there are no chemical methods for theirspecific identification .

Phytochemical evaluation of some of thesepoisons have been carried out, uniquecomponents in some of them have been isolatedand chemical methods based on TLC.

Special mention must be made of theextensive studies of the alkaloids of Papveraceaein relation to forensic work. TLC studies havebeen extended to include detection of Arsenic,Antimony and Mercury and Reinseh test has beenextended to Bismuth. TLC has also beensuccessfully applied in the identification ofPethidine, analgesic tablets, tranquillisers likeChloropromazine, various drugs of Pyrazolone andPyrazolidine derivatives, variousParasympatholytics, Hypoglycacemic agents,artificial sweetening agents like CyclamateBarbiturates, Meconic acid etc. Suitable sprayingreagents have also been developed.

A number of persons die every year in thiscountry as a result of snakebite. Methods havetherefore, been developed to detect death due tosnakebite by the study of the tissue extract at thesite of snakebite.

On the basic side, mathematical modelsrelating to bullet ricochet, internal ballistics ofguns, causality criteria, range estimation and thebehaviour of skin under the impact of a projectilehave been worked out. A geometrical model thatexplains the change in the pattern of close rangephenomena (burning, scorching, blackening andpowder tattooing) and an empirical modelrepresenting the dispersion of pellets have alsobeen put forward.

One of the important problems in criminalinvestigation is the estimation of range of firingbeyond the powder range. In case of firearmsfiring a single projectile such as pistols, rifles andrevolvers, the problem has been attacked from

various angles resulting into the evolvement ofsimple methods suitable under specificcircumstances. For example, the phenomenon ofbackward fragmentation has been found toprovide a useful method for estimating the rangeof firing involving shooting through glass.

It has also been possible to locate certain newparameters, which appear to have potential forestimating the range of firing. A statistical methodof treating pellet dispersion data has been workedout which is expected to go a long way inproviding an objective estimation of the range offiring and thus remove the subjectivity inherentin the classical method. Effect of barrel lengthand the change of firearms on, pellet dispersionhave also been studied. Attention appears to havealso been paid to the study of flight of wads andtheir power of penetration and impaction with aview to providing an alternative method of rangeestimation in cases involving shotguns.

The behaviour of various types of inanimatetargets commonly encountered in day to day lifesuch as wood, plastics, metal plates etc. have beenstudied under the impact of a bullet dischargedthrough a small arm. An important area ofresearch relating to the study of inanimate targetsis the study of the penetration and the remainingvelocity of bullets after penetrating the target.Using a system of two electronic timers, accuratemeasurements relating to striking and remainingvelocities for various firearms cartridge targetcombinations have been recorded.

Effect of climatic conditions on theperformance of a cartridge has been made asubject of detailed investigation especially inrespect of cartridges of Indian origin.

The problem of identification of a bullet holeis the one that confronts a firearms expert everynow and then. Guided by this requirement,characteristics of bullets holes have been studied

145


on various types of targets with a view toidentifying them. In addition to this, microscopicstudy of fibre/hair damage around the bullet holdhas also been undertaken.

On the identification side, the importantproblem of the linkage of projectiles firedthrough smooth bore guns has been givenattention. Work conducted on these lines hasshown the possibility of even identifying ashotgun pellet by the scratch marks left on itssurface during its passage through the bore.Success has also been reported relating to theidentification of bullets fired through smoothbore improvised firearm through the pattern ofjumbled striate formed that during the erraticmotion of the bullet in the bore.

Attempts have been made for the identificationof left-hand writings by comparison with normalwritten right-hand writings. Methods have beensuggested for the analysis of forged signaturesand suggestions.

In order to decipher-hidden writings, newsolvents have been proposed in addition tophotomasking. Special attention appears to havebeen paid to the technique of infrared luminiscenein order to differentiate writings involving largesamples of different inks available in India.Interpol typewriter make classification system hasalso been thoroughly evaluated.

In the field of footprint examination, researchwork has also not lagged behind. In so far asthe comparisons of sunken foot impressions areconcerned, the importance of ridges has beenclearly demonstrated. A significant correlation hasbeen found between the length of foot and theheight of a person.

A methodological investigation on theidentification of finger ball tri-radial has revealedthe importance of three-ridge system. A modifiedtechnique for the development of latent

fingerprints on papers having ink writingshas been suggested. A palmer lernatoglphicstudy among the Jats of Delhi has also beenconducted.

Conclusions

Potential Areas of Research andProjection for Future

The general appraisal of the work done in differentbranches of forensic science would indicate thatthere are promising areas in which forensicscientists in our country could carry out furtherresearch in future. An attempt has been made todefine these areas precisely, which are enumeratedbelow:

Ballistics

1. Wound ballistics with special reference tocasualty criteria and development of inanimateexperimental models.

2. Determination of time of firing.

3. Application of Neutron Activation Analysisand Atomic Absorption Technique to firearmproblems such as estimation of range offiring, identification of shooter etc.

4. Study of improvised firearms.

Biology

1. Grouping of blood stains under the MN andRH systems.

2. Analysis of blood stains on the basis of serumprotein groups and polymorphic enzyme typesby modern biochemical methods.

146


3. Collection of data on changes due to age andsex in bones and teeth among Indian popula-tion for application in criminal investigation.

4. Use of plant lectins in determining intraspecies specificity.

5. Fluorescent antibody technique for thedetermination of blood groups in hard tissueslike nail, tooth, hair etc.

6. Study of hitological and histo-chemicalchanges in various tissues after death with aview to fixing the time of death.

7. Pharmacognostic study of some indigenousvegetable poisons.

8. Studies on hair of Indian animals.

Chemistry

1. Determination of country of origin of opiumand cannabis.

2. Standardization of methods for detectingadulteration in mobil oil, petrol, diesel etc.

3. Standardization of methods for thetoxicological analysis of viscera for poisonscommonly encountered in homicide, suicideand cattle poisoning in India.

4. Standardization of methods for qualitative andquantitative estimation of ethanol and metha-nol in cases involving illicit liquor, drunkendriving, liquor poisoning etc.

Physics

1. Physical analysis of glass, fibres, paint andmetals by various instrumental techniquessuch as spectrographic analysis, atomic,absorption, neutron activation analysis etc. toobtain basic data for statistical evaluation ofresults obtained with case exhibits.

2. Application of X-ray diffraction analysis anddifferential thermal analysis for study of soils,fibres, paints, plastics etc.

Document Examination1. Physico-chemical studies of paper and ink

with a view to determining their age.

2. Classification of typewriter makes of Indianorigin/available in India. Classification oftypewriters with Indian scripts includingmethods of comparison and evaluation.

3. Compilation of dictionary depicting the actualcharacteristic features found in writing (lettersand their combinations etc. of various Indianlanguages and English as found from theactual examination) and their evaluation andanalysis etc.

It is hoped that this survey would not onlyserve as a useful reference work but also help inrationalizing and co-ordinating our research effortin the years to come. I take this opportunity toacknowledge the inestimable assistance given bymy esteemed colleagues and the unstintingsupport forthcoming from all Forensic ScienceLaboratories in the country.

147


89. Policing in the North Eastern States of India* (1995)(Status Report on Assam Police)


Objectives

1. To identify the areas requiring strengthening/augmentation.

2. To suggest effective delivery system throughwhich the State Police Force of Assam Statecould be made more effective instrument fordealing with law and order.

MethodologyThe team for the purpose of study adopted thefollowing approach:1. Collection of data from past records.2. Collection of data through interviews and

questionnaire.

Important Findings1. The State Police is not having sufficient light

vehicles to combat the problems liketerrorism, insurgency and law & order.

2. Due to the expansion of the Police force inthe State, the problem of Police Housing hasassumed serious proportion. The similar casehas also been seen with regard to theAdministrative buildings and buildings ofPolice Stations and outposts.

3. The Police Training College and Schools doesnot have modern training aids, forensicscience and computer training facilities. The

problem of drinking water is also quiteserious.

4. All the Police Training Institutes (4) at Dergaondoes not have Central Motor Workshop withnecessary equipment for undertaking differentrepair works of the vehicles.

5. The existing stock of arms and ammunitionof all the Training Institutes is not sufficientfor imparting training to the trainers of variouscategories.

6. The Police Training Institutes does notpossess any modern photographic equipmentfor imparting training in crime photographyto the trainees.

Recommendations

1. The Police force in Assam in order to fightthe extremists should phase out old obsoleteweapons.

2. They should be provided with modernweapons, bullet-proof equipments includingbullet-proof vehicles.

3. All the basic facilities should be provided atthe Police Training College and other PoliceTraining Institutions in order to sharpen theskills of the State Police Force to deal withthe problems of insurgency.

4. The intelligence set up in the State also needsto be augmented in accordance with theguidelines framed by the Intelligence Bureau.A Joint Interrogation Centre should be set up

148


urgently with required amenities and moderninterrogation skills.

5. The number of police stations in Assam maybe raised from the existing 239 to 500 toimprove police response and policeefficiency.

6. Large number of police stations/outposts/watch posts do not have properaccommodation and are in a deplorable state.Special budget allocation should be made forits repairs and maintenance.

7. Special funds should be allotted forconstructing accommodation for the policeofficers in Guwahati and office buildings for

IGP and DIGP in-charge. New Districts/Battalions which have been created hardlyhave any administrative building. Similarly,office buildings for the SDPOs/C.Is arerequired to be constructed at many places.

8. Assam Police should prepare acomprehensive Perspective Plan for a periodof ten years covering various important areasof Police functioning alongwith the financialimplications.

9. Central garage or workshop should be set upfor maintaining Police vehicles and similarworkshops should be set up in Districtsalso.

90. Armed Police Requirements of the Union Territories ofLakshadweep, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Havelli(1995)GS Pandher*, Sudhir Kumar**, AK Kathuria***, EM Sharma† and ML Verma‡

* Director–Governor, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi** Joint Director–Member-IB, New Delhi

*** Deputy Director (OPS) Member CRPF Hqrs, NewDelhi

† Deputy Director (OPS)–Member-Coast Guards, NewDelhi

‡ Commandant Water Wing-Member-R & G Frontier,BSF, Jodhpur

The Study Group was constituted by the Ministry ofHome Affairs

Objective

To assess the Armed Police requirements of theUnion Territories of Lakshadweep, Dadra &Nagar Hawalli Daman & Diu.

Methodolgoy1. Meetings.2. Visit to U.Ts3. Study of Records.

FindingsLakshadweep

1. It consists 32 Islands covering an area of 32square Kms and only 10 Islands are inhabited.

2. U.T is headed by One Superintendent of Policeand having 9 police stations and one policeoutpost.

149


3. Although these Islands have almost 100%Muslim population but various Islands ofLakshadweep have been facing law and orderproblems and communal classes of interreligious nature.

4. As the Islands are in the international shippingroutes it enhances the possibility of smugglingand other anti national activities and makesthem vulnerable from the external and internalsecurity angle.

5. There has been reports indicating LTTEspresence in the area.

Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haweli

1. Due to rapid industrialization the area facesthe problem of migrant Labour.

2. Daman is having coastline of about 12 kmswhich is potential area for smugglingactivities.

General Recommendations

1. A single battalion for all these U.Ts should beraised and it should be kept composite incharacter by recruiting member from all the3 U.Ts.

2. The battalion should have the flexibility ofinterchanging the coy at various location toavoid development of any local interest.

3. The Battalion will be headed by a Commandantwho will be an IPS officer from UT Cadre.

4. He will be assisted by the one 2 I/C, 3Deputy commandants of the rank of Addl. S.P.and 6 Dy SPs/ACPs.

5. The Battalion will have its Hqrs at D & NHaveli and a detachment Hqrs will be locatedat Kavarati (Kavarathi).

6. The Battalion will have 6 coys 3 beingearmarked from Lakshadweep and the rest 3will be earmarked for Daman & Diu andDadra & Nagar Haveli.

7. The battalion will have two bomb disposalsquads one at Battalion hqrs at Silvasa and oneat Kavarathi.

8. It will have a marine wing of 3 medium craftsand five mechanical boats out of which twomedium crafts and four mechanical boats areearmarked for Lakshadweep and one mediumcraft and one mechanical boat for Daman.

9. There should be full-fledged workshop wherenecessary facilities for minor repairs andregular maintenance of these medium craftswill be available and it should be establishedat Kavarathi.

10. The Technical cadre of the Marine should betaken on deputation from Coast Guard or BSFMarine wing in the first go and later on thebattalion personnel should be trained in CoastGuard /BSF and be inducted.

11. Latest communication facilities should beprovided to the UTs and it should be takencare of by the signal component of thisArmed wing at Coy Hqrs.

12. Percentage of domicile of 3 UTs in therecruitment of constables should be:(a) 75% general duty constables should be

from 3UTs and rest 25% should berecruited from other states.

13. Constables of technical cadre should berecruited through open competition from theUTs as well as outsiders or may be taken ondeputation.

14. All these categories will have normalreservation for SC/STs.

150


15. No direct recruitment should be done at thelevel of Dy.SPs /ACPs level in order to avoidstagnation and frustration and the officials atthis level should be taken on deputation fromCPOs and the UTs.

16. Direct recruitment at the level of HC may beoffered for technical cadres such as stenos,pharmacists, marine technical etc.

Transit Camp at Cochin

17. There should be a transit camp at Cochin tofacilitate the movement of staff equipmentstores and other amenities for the companiesdeployed at Lakshadweep Islands.

91. Community Policing and Concept of Applications(1995)GP Joshi and GS Bajpai*


Objectives

1. To find out the main problems that areconfronted by the police departments inimplementing Community Policing programme.

2. To suggest lines on which communitypolicing should be organised in the country.

Methodology


2. Interviews.

3. Public documents/records.

Coverage of Sample

Thus, the total sample consists of 251 policeofficials and 295 members of different communitypolicing programmes.In West Bengal and Bombay,data was collected through case study and in Delhiand Karnataka, it was collected from secondarysources.

Recommendations

1. Due care should be exercised whileintroducing Community Policing programmesin different areas of the country.

2. The programme should be flexible enough toaccommodate the needs, aspirations andexpectations of the country and therequirement of the community in rural/urbancontext must be kept in mind while designing

151


and implementing the community policingprogrammes.

3. Organisation climate of the police must bechanged and it is desirable to the policepersonnel charged with the responsibility ofimplementing community policing programmethrough special design training courses forimproving their communication skills andservice oriented attitudes.

4. The community policing programme shouldbe given great thrust in rural areas as theyhave been found highly economic andsuccessful.

5. To avoid misunderstanding between police andcitizens, frequent interaction between thepolice and community leaders should beinitiated so that there is a clear cutunderstanding about the contents of theprogrammes and charter of each other’sresponsibility and jurisdiction.

6. Police should take initiative and harness theresources available in the community fordealing with new areas of communitiesconcern like drug abuse, juvenile delinquencyetc. Assistance of voluntary organisations

functioning in the community can be alwaysmarshalled for this purpose.

7. Police should try to understand and appreciatethe fears and problems of the citizens andmake concerted efforts to reach out to thecommunity and keep on constantly improvingthe quantity and quality of communication andinteraction with community leaders.

8. Emphasis on the service oriented work of thepolice will break apathy, indifference and theresentment of the public towards the policeand will help police not only in carrying outtheir law enforcement operations but also inmobilising the support and participation of thecommunity in police work.

9. A strict vigil on the functioning of theprogramme should be maintained so thatscheme may not be allowed to lapse or to bemisused.

10. A programme of community policing cannotbe uniformly appreciable to all thecommunities or even same community on alloccasions as the latter are organic in natureand keep on growing. Hence there can beno model scheme of community policinghaving universal applications.

152


92. Decline in Professionalism in Indian Police (1995)Causes and Suggested Remedial Actions

Anil Kumar Saxena*

Objective

The causes of decline in professionalism in IndianPolice and measures for improving the same.

Methodolgy

1. By answer to the questionnaire.

2. Review and analysis of related literature.

3. Structured and unstructured interviews wereconducted with the eminent people fromvarious strata of society.

Sample

The stratified random, sampling procedure wasadopted for collecting of data.

Important FindingsFollowings reasons of declining professionalismin police were put forward:

1. Misconduct and high handedness in dealingwith public.

2. Defective and out dated Criminal Justicebased on Principle of distrust on police.

* Reader (TM) SVP, National Police Academy,Hyderabad. (The study was assigned by the Bureau ofPolice Research and Development, MHA, New Delhito the SVP National Police Academy, Hyderabad).

3. Poor Personnel Management, low morale andlack of adequate motivation.

4. Organizations insensitivity poor organiza-tional health and ineffective leadership.

5. Inadequate and insufficient training of policemen in appropriate behaviour public serviceand human rights.

6. Lack of duty consciousness, discipline moraleand knowledge of law.

7. Multiplicity of role but shortage of man powerin police.

8. Non registration of complaints and hostilebehaviour towards complaining people.

9. Illegal detentions and custodial violence.

10. Use of third degree methods in investigation.

11. Expanding new challenges to police by everincreasing social legislators and criminal lawenactment.

12. Political interference politicized transfers andlack of functional autonomy.

13. Discriminatory behaviour towards poor andunder privileged section of the society.

14. Yellow journalism and inadequate supportfrom media.

15. Trade union tendencies in police force.16. Nexus among criminals, politicians and

police.17. Stagnation in service.

153


18. Defective transfer policy.19. Inadequate application of Science and

Technology in police work.20. Ineffective recruitment procedures in police

force.21. No mechanism for effective performance

measurement, less recognition and applicationfor good work.

22. Poor reward system.23. Poor pay and inadequate facilities.24. Interference by judiciary.25. Failure of superiors to protect dedicated

subordinate officers.26. Lack of downward communication in the

department affecting proper supervision andconduct of subordinates.

27. Corruption and negative image state public28. Absence of mechanism for communication of

recent rulings Constitutional amendments,Judgements and literature of significance topolice personnel at all level of hierarchy.

29. Absence of motivational mechanism for policepersonnel to pursue higher studies and toundertake research studies in police relatedmatters.

Recommendations

Following are the factors to be controlled forimproving professionalism in police:

1. Corruption in police.

2. Extra legal and immoral methods in detectionof crime.

3. High handedness with public.

4. Inefficient and ineffective training with no

ground reality.

5. Ineffective police community relationship.

6. External influences in police.

7. Communication gap within police department.

8. Violations of human rights by police.

9. Unethical acts by police.

10. Ineffective crime data bank.

11. Inadequate transport communicationfacilities.

12. Strained police judiciary relationship.

13. Interference in the positions by politicalbosses.

Professionalism may be improved among policepersonnel:

1. The National Police Commission,srecommendations to bring out structuralchanges in police should be implemented forensuring improvement in professionalism,performance, morale and accountability.

2. The training of police personnel should beimproved and modernized, professionallyoriented in-service training.

3. Training courses should be conducted toinclude shooting, training in computers,human relations training, etc.

4. Police station and district training must beorganized under competent supervisions.Initial training should be both tough and ideal.

5. There should be improvement in recruitmentprocedure.

6. Police should behave properly with public andthey should develop positive attitude towardsthem.

154


7. Modern weapons and equipment should beprovided in every police station.

8. Good facilities, adequate resources, attractivepay and fixed of hours of duty should beprovided to the police personnel.

9. Steps should be taken to ensure adequatecompensation to the families of these policepersonnel who sacrifice their lives at the alterof the duty.

10. Corruption at every level should be curbed.

11. Senior police officers interference,favouritism in giving postings, bad behaviourtowards subordinates and indiscipline shouldbe controlled within the police organization.

12. Promotion should be timely and of meritbased.

13. Police performance should be evaluated byperformance audit by a reliable andprofessional agency or on committee ofrepresentatives of all parities of the State.

14. Espirit-de-corups should be fostered amongall ranks by better two way communication.

15. Integrity, efficiency honesty and truthfulnessshould be encouraged in police system.

16. Research in police matters should beencouraged.

17. Separate prosecution wing should be createdto ensure harmonious working between thepolice and judiciary.

18. Intensive supervision of subordinates bysubdivision police officers (SDOPs) should bedone.

19. More man power resources should beprovided in police at with crime rate and onlytrained police personnel should be providedto police stations.

20. Direct recruitment at all levels by pubicservice commission should be done.

21. Magistracy- police relationship needs somechange:

(a) there should be more exchange ofviews between magistrates and police.

(b) Effective need based structured inservice training programs involving bothshould be conducted.

(c) More Magistrate powers to policeshould be given.

(d) Hierarchy should be very well definedbetween them.

155


93. Formation of Criminal Gangs in Metro Cities (1995)VK Saraf*

* Retd. DG, Maharastra. The study was undertaken bythe Center of Police Research Pune and sponsored bythe Bureau of Police Research and Development, MHA,New Delhi.

ObjectiveTo study the organized criminal activities in thecities of Mumbai and Delhi and formulate astrategy for the control and containment of theorganized crime in these two cities.

Area of the StudyDelhi and Mumbai

Methdology

1. Study of records.2. Interviews / Visits.

3. Utilizing the services of serving/ retired policeofficials.

Recommendations

1. An organized crime should be treated as aproblem of national priority as it operatesacross jurisdiction of Police Stations, statesand even national boundaries.

2. A sound strategy to combat organized criminalactivities at home and conscious policy to jointhe international co-operative efforts byGovernments, more particular by lawenforcement agencies, should be formulated

without further delay so that a synergistic multiprong attack could be launched with a viewto incapacitate the top leadership as well aslower echelons down to the foot solider.

3. To face the new trend of crime, a SpecialTask Force (STF) headed by Jointcommissioner of Police (JCP) or some seniorofficer should be created within police force.

4. The Special Task force should consist ofexperienced police officers duly assisted bytrained financial personnel like charteredaccountants, financial analysts be eitherpermanent or on job basis.

5. Territorial police should also be required tocombat organized crime as one of theirpriority functions and should continue to assistspecial unit in this task force.

6. Both police and STF should develop methodsand capabilities to administer a multi headedsalvo at the gangs.

7. STF officers and men should be providedmore intensive and how to do it kind of trainingin order to develop an acute in-sight andconfidence to take actual steps on the ground.

8. STF should develop high degree inter-policeforce co-ordination and co-operation andshould act the clearing house and the nodalagency for dealing with outside agencies.

9. No body in STF should be allowed to stayon for a longer period than his normal tenure.This will prevent developing of vested interest,corruption and officers joining hands withgangsters. With their experience in the STF,

156


they can continue to contribute from outside.10. A Special Criminal Intelligence wing should

be set up in the force, which should use allcovert and overt methods includingtechnological sources for getting informationabout organized gangs. The wing should workout an integrated computer records systemfor storing information, which will help inbringing speed to data verification.

11. A small cell comprising officers of knownintegrity and dedication should be createdunder STF chief for internal security. It shouldhave authority to see that officers posted inSTF don’t get contaminated by corruptinfluences from outside and they don’t sharesensitive information to unauthorized persons.

12. Intelligence information should be obtained asa standing arrangement on a give and takebasis from other states and central agencies.

13. While investigation the violent activities of agang, STF should systematically go intoworking of the non violent illegal and legalbusiness activities acquired illegitimately or usedby the gang directly or through its henchmenin order to mark out comprehensive casesagainst the gang as opposed to its individualoperations.

14. Organized crime should be made as a part ofsyllabus at the basic police training schoolsand should be followed up with periodic in-service short term briefing courses that wouldup date the knowledge of participants.

15. The whole criminal Justice system should besensitized to the need for active co-operationin curbing organized crime. Specialorientation courses should be designed forjudges, prosecutors as well as jail authoritiesand for those who cannot attend the course,briefs can be prepared on the crimes that iscurrently occurring with all their ramificationproperly highlighted so that they sufficientlygrasp the implication of the crime. Inadditions, seminars should be organized fromtime to time for educating the participants.

16. Legal provisions must be framed that willenable the law enforcement agency toinvestigate all benami assets of a gang andtake appropriate measures to seize andultimately confiscate such assets.

17. Confession made to police officer should bemade admissible in the Trail Court and witnessshould be given adequate protection.Secondly, those witnesses who turn hostileshould be legally made accountable for it ina manner that would deter others fromfollowing the same path.

157


94. Effective Policing of the National Capital Territory andAdjoining Areas (1995)Jayatilak Guha Roy* and Yatish Mishra**

* Project Director, IIPA.** Research Associate, IIPA.

(The study was conducted by the Indian Institute ofPublic Administration, New Delhi and sponsored bythe BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi).

ObjectiveTo examine the emerging problem of effectivepolicing in the NCT of Delhi and adjoining areasand suggest suitable measures/remedies toovercome them.

Methodology1. Answer to questionnaire.2. By workshop.3. Study/survey of available literature/records.

Area of StudyDelhi.

Salient FindingsCrime and Criminals

1. Sensational/organized crimes have shown anincreasing trend. Of these, the highest rate ofincrease was in ransom.

2. There has been decreasing trend of terroristacts because of control of terrorism andrestoration of normalcy in Punjab.

3. There has been an increasing involvement ofoutsiders/resident of adjoining states in thecrime.

Major Operational Problems

1. The major operational problems affecting theeffective policing of the region have beenidentified as follows:

(a) Lack of modern equipments &sophisticated weapons.

(b) Political interference, especially by localbodies.

(c) Lack of Public co-operation andresponsiveness.

(d) Burden of VVIP and VIP security duties.

(e) Winning over of witnesses.

(f) Inadequate communication facilities.

(g) Inexperience regarding performance ofdifferent types of field duties, particularlyrelating to the types of organized crimesemerging in the NCR Delhi.

Coorddination

1. Majorities of the field actors are not satisfiedwith the existing arrangement of intelligencecollection and sharing.

158


2. More number of middle level officers vizDCPs, ACPs, Dy. SPs are not satisfied withexisting arrangements of co-ordination withNational level agencies like CBI, NCRB &DCPW.

3. Inter-agency co-ordination in the adjoiningareas of UP and Haryana has not been foundso extensive as in Delhi.

Recommendations

Manpower

1. To meet increasing workload of police forcein the region, there should be substantialincrease in the total strength of the force.

2. The Law & order and investigation should beseparated at the Police Station level.

3. Periodic review of threat perceptions tovarious persons who are no more on sensitiveand important assignments should be carriedout to reduce the deployment of reserve forceand improve their availability for operationalpurposes.

4. The Police should take assistance from privatedetective agencies by engaging them oncontract basis in the field for intelligencecollection and for peripheral police servicessuch as serving of summons, maintenance oftransport etc., to save manpower foroperational purposes.

Personnel Policy

1. The personnel policy should be suitably

worked out so as to ensure optimumutilization of manpower thereby reducing theworkload and minimizing the working hours.

2. The personnel policy should also ensure betterliving conditions, housing facilities, and staffwelfare schemes.

3. The personnel policy should have a minimumof three promotions in his/her service careerand it should be ensured that time boundpromotion from one rank to another at everystage one career.

4. Every good work done by the subordinateshould be appreciated and rewarded so as toboost up their morale and working spirit.

5. Job allocation should be commensurate withindividual efficiency and organizational needsand postings in special units such as CID,operation cell etc. should be made onvoluntary basis.

6. Official and political interference in theworking of police as well as their transfersand postings should not be allowed at anylevel.

7. The policy of golden hand shakes to get ridof unwilling, inefficient and corruptpersonnel.

8. Field staff should not be encouraged to workas personal staff of officers.

Training

1. There is a need for specialized training ofpolice personnel from all the concerned Statesto deal with organized crime in view ofchanging pattern of urban crime and the

159


unconventional modus operandi of theperpetrators.

2. Delhi Police should organize and evolvesuitable training curriculum and backgroundmaterial for specialized training courses.

Community Involvement

1. Community policing schemes in Delhi andadjoining areas should be institutionalized withadequate legal and organizational framework.

2. Police officials at different levels shouldundergo short term training programamesfrom time to time and BPR&D being thenodal agency for police Research andtraining.

in the country, should prepare a modelTraining curricular for this purpose.

3. Community policing should be strengthenedby having suitable legislations to ensure co-operation and involvement of school andeducational authorities for effectiveimplementation of these programmes.

Intra-organistion Coordination

1. Suitable arrangements should be made formutual coordination between decision makingand implementation units/ranks to carry out theoperation effectively.

2. Separate staff should be posted for collectionof intelligence and adequate facilities in termsof budget allocation training etc., be providedto them.

3. There should be intelligence sharing units atthe district level headed by a Gazetted officerand relevant operational information should be

passed on promptly to the concerned policeofficers/field units.

Coordination with National Level Agencies

1. The State Police Organization of the Regionshould have regular meetings and interactionwith CBI/NCRB at appropriate levels formutual sharing of information regarding inter-state crimes & criminal.

2. Adequate resources should be made availableto the State Police Organizations of theRegion to keep it updated with the latestavailable technologies.

Strategy for Joint Police Actionin the Region

Administrative Frame Work

We recommend a three-tier system for jointpolice action in the National Capital Region whichis as under:

At the highest level a Police Board consistingof following members should be constituted forformulating long term and short-term strategies/action plans.

1. Chairman Home Secretary, Govt. of India

2. Member SecretaryCommissioner of Police, Delhi.

3. IsGP and /or DIsGP of Merrut, Gurgaon andother adjoining zones of UP and Haryana andAdditional commissioners of Police (Crimeand Operations), Delhi should be appointed asmembers.

Secondly, a Core Group should be set up forco-ordinating between different states in tackling

160


the day to day problems of organized crime in theRegion. The group should consist of followingmembers:

1. Convenor–Additional Commissioner of Police(Crime) Delhi.

2. The other participants States should nominatenodal officers not below the ranks of DIsG/SsP who would be posted in Delhi for thispurpose. They would coordinate & monitorthe joint police operations of the region.

Thirdly, Anti-Gangsterism Cells headed by theDCP or SP level officers should be set up in allthe Districts/Administrative units lying within theNCR to co-ordinate collection of intelligence andto take effective action against various gangs andprobe links of these gangs.

Inter-state Communication

1. There should be unified communication systemso that team of Delhi, Haryana and U.P. Policecould work on the same network including online computer communication system.

2. There should be a Central Co-ordinatingAuthority at the level of entire Region, tofacilitate necessary telecommunicationfacilities for Joint Police Action.

3. Common Wireless system covering all theStates of the region should be put intooperation without any delay.

4. Radio Telephony links on the high-ways ofregion should be established in collaborationwith DCPW.

Legal Frame Work

1. It should be examined whether a Special PoliceDistt. covering the Capital Region could becreated under sec (2) of the Police Act, 1861.

2. Anticipatory bail procedures should besuitably amended in order to prevent theirmisuse by the powerful white collar andorganized criminals.

3. Petty offences should be either dispensedwith for investigation by liberal application ofthe existing legal provisions or be disposed ofsummarily.

4. Regular monthly meetings of Police,Prosecution, Admn and judiciary beheld to sortout problems of delay in trial of offencesespecially that of heinous and sensational ones.The minutes of such meetings should be sentto the Chief Justice of the Haryana High Court,Director of Prosecution, Home Secretary andother concerned higher authorities of the Statesunder the National Capital Region.

Equipments and Transportation

The Ministry of Home Affairs, Government ofIndia should be approached for sanctioningspecial grants for upgrading equipment, weaponry,gadgetry and vehicle needs to cope with thegrowing menace of organized crimes andgangsterism in the Region.

Communication

Necessary funds should also be provided to meetthe following requirements of communicationfacilities:

1. Sophisticated long-range wireless sets.

161


2. Cellular telephones with 2 to 3 lines.

3. Fax facilities at the level of SHOs and above.

4. Powerful Hand-sets to communicate themessages at the level of Police Station anddown to the Beat level.

5. Paper facilities at appropriate field level.

Records and Computers

The present system of the maintenance of crimerecords and exchange of information at the PSlevel and above need to be thoroughly reviewedand appropriate steps to improve the system withnecessary technological support includingcomputerization, should be introduced foreffective policing.

Forensic Aid

The Police Oganizations of the Region should be

linked with the National Crime Records Bureauenabling them to get the benefit of the newlydeveloped systems, viz. Automatic FingerprintIdentification System styled as Facial Analysis andCriminal Identification System. Such linkagewould enhance the investigation and detectionefficiency in dealing effectively with the organized/sensational crimes and perpetrators thereof.

Perspective Plan for Police Modernistionin the NCR

1. To deal with crimes and criminals in thecoming decade the concerned authoritiesshould formulate prospective plan for Policemodernization in NCR.

2. Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of Indiashould give priority in the allocation of fundsfrom the Police modernization schemes toNCR of Delhi.

162


Objective

To assess the present state of police housing inStates and Union Territories

Methodology

Information in standard formats were sought fromall States.

Important Findings

1. Out of a total of 10,74,178 constables andhead constables in all State Police forces, only3,24,991 could be provided residentialaccommodations.

2. Satisfaction levels of constables and headconstables showed an average of 30.25% onAll India basis.

3. The 30.1% of police stations in the countryrequire building. While 50.92% outpostsrequire permanent buildings.

4. Police Housing Corporations existed only in16 States.

5. The existence of Police Housing Corporationdoes not mean increased level of satisfactionon accommodation front.

6. It requires sufficient funds to be madeavailable to these Corporations to bringdesired results.

7. 15 year housing plan has been prepared byeach State which would require an investmentof 30,633.6 crores in Police Housing and4663.9 crores in Police Station and otherbuildings.

8. Tenth Finance Commission has recommendedan amount of Rs. 28.7 crores to cover atleast10% of the existing shortage of police stationand outposts buildings at an average cost ofRs. 4 lac per building.

Recommendations

1. Police housing should be taken up on priorityas Plan activity by the States

2. The Police housing should be taken as a plansubject under Central Plan rather than StatePlan, as was from 1974-75 to 1978-79.

95. Police Housing in States (1996)GS Pandher and JC Arora*


163


96. Strengthening of Police Stations in Chandigarh* (1996)


Objective

Strengthening of Chandigarh Police for normalpolicing work like prevention and detection ofcrime including beat patrolling and communitypolicing.

MethodologyThe study was conducted on the basis ofinformation and data available with ChandigarhPolice relating to various aspects of City Police.

Important Findings1. The crime situation in Chandigarh seems to

be more or less stable but the threat ofterrorist crime remains quite high.

2. Apart from normal crime, regulating traffic,maintaining law and order, the ChandigarhPolice has been also providing security coverto a number of VIPs, Government Officesand vital installations within its territorialjurisdiction.

3. Large number of beats amounting to 60% arenot being covered due to shortage of PoliceForce.

4. Till now, majority of security duties havebeen performed by Central Para MilitaryForces. But due to gradual with-drawl ofthese CPMF units, the city police may face avacuum and be not ready to take thechallenges at its own.

5. Being the city of highly literate people, thepeople expect high standard of behavior andperformance from Police which cannot beexpected from overworked and over burdenedpolicemen.

6. No uniform or justifiable method has beenadopted for the sanction of posts in aparticular Police Station and the same has notbeen revised despite increase in population,crime, terrorism, etc. over a long period.

7. There is shortage of vehicles and drivers atpresent which affects the mobility of policein performing their vital duties.

Recommendations1. Chandigarh Police needs strengthening in

terms of manpower and vehicles formaintaining peace and tranquility in the capitalcity of two major states of Punjab &Haryana.

2. The study gives the detailed manpowerstructure for the Urban Police Stations, whichis an important element for benchmarking themanpower norms of Police Stations. In theprocess, different Police Stations have beendiscussed on a case to case basis.

3. The study has also looked into the PoliceMobility (Vehicles) and Police Housing needof Police Units.

As the modern police needs mobility somore number of vehicles and drivers arerequired to reduce the response time to reachany trouble spot on receipt of information.

164


4. To have community policing in the moderncity of Chandigarh there is need for officer-oriented police which means that the PoliceStation should have more Sub-Inspectors andAssistant Sub-Inspectors and there canbe some judicious cut at the level ofconstables. This will also help to remove thefrustration in the police forces by providingbetter avenues for promotion to the lowerranks stagnating for inordinately longperiod.

5. The police-population ratio should be kept onhigher side as the place being capital of twomajor states, has to deal with publicdemonstrations, VIP/VVIP duties, law andorder problems very frequently.

6. There is a need for having two Sub-Divisional Officers by creating two-posts ofDy. S.Ps and their supporting staff.

7. Some additional posts of sweepers should becreated so that duties like cleaning the PoliceStation are done properly and the expectedhygiene standards are maintained.

8. There is a need for creating a Battalion ofArmed Police for strengthening theChandigarh Police Force. It will also reducethe dependence on Central Para MilitaryForces.

9. There is an urgent need for the Creation ofan elite specialized anti-terrorists unit on theline of NSG for Chandigarh City.

97. Police Morale Issues and Remedies* (1996)


ObjectiveTo look at the factors responsible for the lowPolice morale and decline in Police professionalismand remedies thereof.

Area of the StudyWhole of India.

Important Findings1. In the past few years the duties related to

Law and Order, VIP Security etc. have gainedupper hand and as a result of which Police isnot paying adequate attention to its main roleof controlling crime.

2. Increasing trend of crime has been accompaniedby a declining rate of conviction, which ismainly due to poor quality of investigation aswell as prosecution.

3. There has been a growing tendency amongstthe police officers to align themselves withvarious politicians and influential persons andpolitical interference has long been highlightedas a matter of great concern and major causeof decline in the morale and professional ofpolice.

4. Another area of major concern has been theinterface between police and public. The lackof responsiveness on the part of Police to thegrievances of the public has been creatingserious doubts in the public mind about therole of police.

165


5. The police response has been found lackingin precision and strength in combatingorganized crime. In the case of economiccrimes there has been no planning and thelegislation on the subject. The police too havelittle expertise in handling such type of crimes.

6. Corruption at various levels in the policeranks has deprived the police of what-so-ever creditability it could have gained dueto their successes against terrorists, insur-gents, dacoits, etc. Press, which can playa vital role in better police-public rela-tions, has failed to do so and police de-serves greater sympathy and understand-ing than they have hitherto received.

Recommendations

1. A proper personnel management policy shouldbe adopted for improving the professionalstandard and morale of the police leadership.This will help to insulate the policeorganizations from political interference andvarious pressures and influences under whichthey have to work.

2. For having decisive say in various mattersrelating to police, the DGP should be allowedto serve as a Special Home Commissioner andthe proposals sent to him should be directlyexamined by the Chief Secretary of the State.Delegation of powers and system based onmutual trust can reduce red-tapisam andprovide necessary encouragement to the topbrass of the police.

3. Think-tank should be created at police Hqrs.which will undertake the analysis of crimetrends and advise the DG and StateGovernment about futuristic training, cadre

management Law and Order problems, policeproblems and other related areas.

4. Certain offences in the IPC and other Actslike Prevention of Corruption Act should bedeclared federal offences and CentralInvestigation Agency should be able toinvestigate into these offences without thepermission of the State Govt. These offencesmay include offences related to Terrorism,Insurgency, Economic Offences etc.

5. Police Station, which is the basic unit ofPolice Administration in the country, shouldbe provided with basic facilities like buildings,transport stationery, furniture and forensicscience tools.

6. The State Govt. should make schemes inwhich interest free loans should be givento police personnel to buy two wheelersand also they may be given conveyanceallowance and some litres of petrol per month.An investment in this field will convert theimobile police force into a highly mobile one.

7. Police Stations, be it urban or rural, shouldbe upgraded and headed by an officer of therank of Inspector and major Police Stationsin urban areas should be headed by Dy. SPlevel officers. No cases should be investigatedby the officers below the rank of ASI.

8. The schemes for bifurcation of work andseparation of two branches viz. Investigationand Law and Order should be done onpriority basis as it would have following twoadvantages:

(a) It would make staff available forinvestigation work and thereby speed upthe investigation work and improve itsquality.

166


(b) It would promote specialization andfacilitate training of personnel anddevelopment of expertise.

9. There is an urgent need to main - stream thewomen in policing which is being tried withfair amount of success in States likeMaharashtra and the teething troubleswhatsoever must be over come.

10. The Training Institutes of Central and StatePolice Forces should be modernized andinadequacies or deficiencies related tofollowing should be made up:(a) Software – course content, methodology

teaching material etc.,(b) Human resources – trainer quality

motivation and training,(c) Sustainability of training – linking with

work place and in-service training, and

(d) Hardware – Infrastructure building

etc. should be set right so that itimproves professional competenceand discipline in the force and makesit a community oriented, peoplefriendly service agency.

11. Higher priority should be given for themodernization and up-gradation of mainstreaming areas of police working such ascrime, intelligence, armed police,communications, internal management (Policeline work). A cadre review must be donewhich can make posting in these areascompulsory before certain promotion.

12. The State Police Forces should make 15 yearsHousing Plan which should include the needsfor family accommodation, Police Stations andother administrative buildings. However,Ministry of Home Affairs and DsGP/IsGPConference should make efforts to make policehousing a plan scheme under the central plan.


98. Policing in the North Eastern States of India(Status Report on Tripura Police) (1996)

GS Pandher and NP Gupta*

Objective

To identify the areas requiring strengthening/augmentation and to suggest effective deliverysystems through which the State Police forcecould be made more effective instrument fordealing with Law and Order, and insurgency.

Methodology

The Report is based on the information collectedand the meetings held with various sections ofAdministration as well as members of public.

Important Findings

The Tripura Police is not well equipped to copewith the challenging tasks of insurgency and other

167


crime related problems. The efficiency andresponse time of Tripura Police is presentlyaffected due to following shortcomings:

1. Lack of administrative and financial powerswith DGP.

2 Inadequate strength of State Armed Police.

3. Inadequate number of staff in Police Stations.

4. Poor communication facilities, including poorControl Rooms.

5. Inadequate transport facilities.6. Inadequate and out-dated weaponry including

riot control devices.7. Inadequate training facilities for various ranks

to operate against insurgents and lack ofrefresher training programmes.

8. Inadequate intelligence collection againstinsurgents.

9. Poor housing facilities – both for residentialpurposes as well as functional buildings forvarious police offices.

Recommendations

1. The Government of India should provideassistance to Tripura Police to acquire vehiclesand to establish modern MT workshop. Thiswill considerably enhance the efficiency ofTripura Police in their fight againstinsurgents.

2. The Government of India should impress uponthe State Government to set up a PoliceHousing Corporation and due attention maybe given to the present need of Police Housingin the State.

3. The Government of India may considersanctioning suitable assistance to Tripura

Police so that the State Police force may bearmed with necessary arms and ammunitionto face insurgency problem effectively.

4. Police Training College should upgrade itstraining infrastructure especially with regardto anti-terrorist and anti-insurgencytraining.

Suggestions for ImprovingPolice Training are as Under

1. Posting in Police Training College forinstructional staff for indoor as well as outdoorshould be made purely on merit andefficiency.

2. DIGP (Training)/Principal of Police TrainingCollege should be deputed to visit PTC,Phillaur (Punjab) for seeing various anti-terrorist training programmes for policepersonnel so that similar courses can beorganised in Police Training College, Agartalafor lower/subordinate ranks.

3. The Administrative Block of Training Collegeneeds further extension.

4. A.M.I. Room with residential Medical Officershould be set up.

5. The Central Government should provideRs. Five crore for 4 Sub-Jails and one DistrictJail.

6. The State intelligence set up and the SpecialBranch of Tripura Police should be re-organised and expert team from Centre maybe sent to Tripura to prepare a comprehensiveplan to re-organise the intelligence set up inthe State.

7. A Forensic Science Laboratory should be setup for which budgetary grant has alreadybeen sanctioned.

168


8. Due to acute power shortage in the State,adequate funds should be allocated by theGovernment (Central or State) to purchaseGenerator sets for providing electricity toCentral Para Military Forces Camps at night.This will improve their operational efficiency,as security forces find themselves helpless intotal darkness to face insurgents.

9. Police Control Room (PCR) at Agartala shouldbe re-organised on the pattern of Dimapur andNew Delhi.

10. The retirement age of Jawans of TripuraArmed Police is 50 years whereas Civil PoliceConstables serve upto 58 years. It isrecommended that age discrimination shouldbe removed so that Armed Force personnelcan serve upto 58 years.

11. The ration money of Tripura Armed PoliceBns. should be brought at par with CentralPara Military Forces.

* Director, National Institute of Mental Health andNeuro Sciences, Bangalore (Karnataka)

99. Mental Health Problems among Police Personnel – AnEpidemiological Study (1996)SM Channabasavanna*

Objective

1. To identify the magnitude of minor mentalhealth problems, among police personnel.

2. To identify the nature of these problemsamong this group and delineate variousfactors associated with mental healthproblems among police personnel.

Methodology

For the purpose of Study, the team adopted thefollowing approach :


2. Interviews of officials individually and ingroups.

Sample area

Sample Size Actual Sample(Approx. figures)

Bangalore 1,250 760Dharwad 800 800Delhi 1,300 1,178

Total 3,350 2,738

Important FindingsReasons reported for stress and psychologicalproblems are:

1. Heavy workload and long working hourswithout break.

2. Conflicting orders from senior officers whichcause lot of confusion for the policemen andprevent them to do their job in a stress freeway.

169


3. High level of stress due to undue harassmentby senior officials.

4. 52% of personnel in Delhi cannot give timeto families, as they do not stay with theirfamilies, as in Bangalore (95%) and in Hubli(85%) personnel with their families.

5. Lack of appropriate leave facilities was feltto be a major source of stress.

6. Poor job incentives and security.7. Lack of additional facilities for families and

self like:(a) Health reimbursement.(b) Nominal scholarship for children.(c) Provision of Government quarters close

to place of current posting.(d) Re-imbursement of all charges incurred

by Investigating Officers, officialphotographer, writer and other back upfacilities.

Recommendations

1. There is high prevalence of psychologicalproblems in the police personnel and they(officers and others) should be educated

about coping strategies to deal with jobstress and help one-self and others.

2. Some Family Welfare Programmes should bestarted for promoting positive mental healthmeasures and for minimizing stress.

3. Psychologists, Psychiatrists or Counsellorsshould be posted in Police Hospitals forhelping, identifying and minimising stress inthe force.

4. Police officials need to be sensitised foridentifying stress related problems in theirForce and to try out different stress reductiontechniques.

5. Liaison with State Hospitals for quick andtimely referral of policeman at times of stressand to provide care for mental and physicalhealth problems, needs to be activelypromoted.

6. Simple screening methods should beintroduced for early diagnosis of referral.

7. Mental health professionals should bemade available at the State and Districtlevels to develop regional strategies forpromoting positive mental health attitudes inaccordance with the National Mental HealthProgramme.

170



100. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (1997)(Status Report of Meghalaya Police)

GS Pandher and NP Gupta*

Objective

1. To identify the areas requiring strengthening/augmentation of police

2. To suggest effective delivery systemsthrough which the State Police Force ofMeghalaya could be made more effectiveinstruments for dealing with law and orderand insurgency.

Methodolgoy

The report is based on the information collectedand meetings held with the various sections ofadministration and members of public.

Recommendations

1. A comprehensive prospective plan coveringvarious important areas of police functioningin Meghalaya should be prepared so thatPolice in the State is able to face insurgencyand other law and order problems arising outthe ethnic conflicts between tribal and nontribal effectively.

2. Since the resources of Meghalaya State arelimited, Government of India should providenecessary funds to Meghalaya Police formodernization of its police force.

3. For the purpose of maintaining high moraleof the force, the housing facilities forMeghalaya Police should be augmented. TheState Government should set up a PoliceHousing Corporation on pattern of otherStates in North-East Region so that adequateattention is given to Police Housing activity.

4. The intelligence machinery of the State Policeforce should be geared up thoroughly inconsultation with Intelligence Bureau.

5. Police should start separate interrogationcenters and interrogation cell in the State.

6. Police training facilities in the State should beimproved and Meghalaya should make use oftraining facilities being offered by theGovernment of India in the advancedcountries.

7. The Central Government should also provideassistance for improving the conditions ofJails in the State jail buildings, vocationalprogramme and medical facilities, etc.

171


* Bureau of Police Research and Development, MHA,New Delhi (In-house Study)

101. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (1997)(Nagaland)

GS Pandher, NP Gupta and BR Mitra*

Objective

To identify the areas requiring strengtheningaugmentation and suggest effective deliverysystem through which the State Police Force ofNagaland could be made more effectiveinstrument for dealing with law and order andinsurgency.

Methodolgoy

1. By meetings held with various sections ofAdministration as well as members of public.

2. Study of official records.

Important Findings

1. Under utilization of Central Assistance givenby the MHA to the Government of Nagalandincluding its diversion.

2. Weak IPS cadre in Nagaland.

3. Inadequate autonomy to DGP in financial andadministrative matters.

4. In-adequate and poor quality intelligence

collection against insurgents extremists andhard core criminals.

5. Poor communication facilities.

6. Inadequate transport facilities.

7. Inadequate training facilities for various ranksto operate against insurgents as well as lackof refresher training programmes.

8. Outdated and inadequate weaponry includingarms and ammunition available for the StatePolice Force.

9. Poor housing facilities both for residentialpurposes as well as functional buildings forvarious police offices and police lines etc.

10. Lack of forensic science facilities in the State.

Recommendations

1. The Ministry of Home Affairs, Governmentof India should give special assistance toNagaland Police to have better weaponry andto improve transport facilities with NagalandPolice so that it can put up a good fightagainst insurgents and other anti-socialelements.

2. Nagaland Police should prepare a re-organization plan which may also includeworkshop facility to maintain their vehicles.

3. The Government of Nagaland should take

172


early decision to set up a Police HousingCorporation in Nagaland so that policeHousing projects can be given due priority.

4. Police training facilities in Nagaland shouldbe upgraded with the help of grantsrecommend by the 10th Finance Commission.

5. Adequate attention should be given byNagaland Police to improve intelligencecollection against insurgents.

6. The proposals of Nagaland Police to set upBomb Disposal Squad with mine detectionequipment for intelligence cell should beapproved by the Government of Nagaland. Ifnecessary police modernization grant of theMinistry of Home Affairs may be utilized forthis purpose.

7. Police Wireless set-up in Nagaland Policeshould be improved in accordance with therecommendations made by the DCPW, NewDelhi.

8. The DGP Nagaland should be given adequatefinancial powers in administration andfinancial matters concerning Nagaland Police.He should be declared Ex-Officio Secretary(Home) to the Government of Nagaland so

that the proposals may be put up to the StateHome Minister through Chief Secretary of theState. Besides a Financial Advisor may beposted in the DGP office so that he mayadvise the DGP on financial matters.

9. The Central assistance to the Government ofNagaland may be given by the Governmentof India in kind in place of giving cash toavoid diversion.

10. The IPS cadre of Nagaland should bestrengthened by filling up direct requirementposts on priority.

11. Nagaland Armed Police should consist of 75%local people and 25% outsiders belonging toother States of the country. This will ensurebetter discipline and less desertion of theArmed Police in groups to insurgents side.

12. Nagaland Police should pay top priority toconstruct Police Office buildings, Police Linesand residential accommodation for variousranks of the State Police Force. The fundsrecommended by the 10th FinanceCommission as well as State PolicePlan should be utilized in time for thispurpose. This should not be diverted for otherpurpose.

173



102. Policing in the North Eastern States of India (1997)(Status Report on Mizoram Police)

Objective

To find current status and estimate the futurerequirements of Mizoram State Police in manpower requirement, mobility, weapons,equipments and accommodation.

Recommendations

1. The Government should lay more emphasison increasing the Mizoram Armed Policestrength viz. one IR Bn. of Mizoram ArmedPolice and one ordinary Battalion of the sameForce with Central help.

2. The deployment of Assam Rifles and the BSFmay be doubled to check infiltration on theinternational border.

3. Housing has a great role to play in keepingup the morale of the police forces and it isrecommend that 100% housing should beaimed at with full financial assistance by theMHA.

4. The State should be provided at least 2 Bns.of CRPF on regular basis to deal withinsurgency, law and order and inter triberivalries and clashes.

5. The deployment of Assam Rifles and the BSFshould be doubled to check infiltration on theInternational Border.

6. The State Police Force should be impartedspecial training by NSG according to theirspecial training modules for launching anti-insurgency operations.

7. The State Police should expand its NarcoticsCell because of growing Narco-terrorism inMizoram. Narcotic Control Bureau (NCB)should be asked to take necessary measuresto tackle the problem of drugs at an earlystage.

8. The State Police should make use of normalmodernization grants for better transport fleetmanagement and for replacement and repairsof vehicles.

9. The Center should come to the aid of theState Government in setting up of the Stateand District level crime Record Bureau whichwill help in keeping track of existing potentialand the ex-rebels as well as other criminals.

10. The center should provide extra ordinarygrant to the State under modernization grantsand Finance Commission awards etc. Themoney should be made available to the PHQdirectly to avoid any delay in its utilization forthe identified items.

11. The cadre management of Mizoram StatePolice Force is not satisfactory and it shouldbe improved by reviewing the cadre.Management and transfer policy in respectof state. A transparent and fair transferpolicy in respect of the IPS officers ofAGMU cadre being posted to Mizoramshould be followed.

174


12. To improve the mutual co-ordination amongthe different intelligence outfits in the State.

13. Effective fencing of the International Borderin Mizoram should be done on prioritybasis.

14. As far as possible all grants by theGovernment of India to Mizoram should bein kind for proper utilization of funds.

15. The buildings of Mizoram Police should beconstructed by Border Road Organization asborder roads have one full-fledged ChiefEngineer located in Mizoram itself.

16. Suitable measures may be devised by theGovernment of India to complete theemotional integration of the Mizos with themainland. The Ministry may like to engagesame NGO to conduct a study into the matterand to suggest ways of effecting an emotionalintegration.

17. Special TV transmitter should be installed inthe State so that people can watch Indian TVchannel programs and could not get affectedby the anti Indian propaganda of neighboringcountries.

103. Recruitment in the Police-Policies and Procedures in theStates* (1997)


Objective

To find out the existing policies and proceduresfollowed by Police Forces in States/UTs to makedirect recruitment to various ranks and also theirstrengths and weakness.

Methodology

1. Collection of data through a questionnaire andits analysis.

2. Field visits and discussions.

Since direct recruitment in the State PoliceForces generally is made in the rank ofConstables, Sub-Inspector and Dy.S.P., this paper

is confined to analysing the policies andprocedures followed in respect of recruitment tothese ranks.

Recommendations

1. The Recruitment and Selection Board for theConstables and Sub-Inspectors of Policeneed to be suitability structured.TheSelection Board for Constables should beheaded by an officer of DIG rank and itshould have two members of the rank ofSupdt. of Police/Commandant rank and apsychologist.

2. The Recruitment and Selection Board for Sub-Inspector of Police in the States and UTsshould be headed by an officer of the rankof IGP and should have two members of the

175


DIGP rank, two members of S.P./Commandant rank and a psychologist.

3. The minimum educational qualification forrecruitment of Constables should be 10+2(12th standard) and maximum age should be18 to 22 years.

4. The minimum educational qualification forrecruitment of Sub-Inspectors should beBachelor degree from a recognised University.The maximum age for induction should be20-24 years.

5. There should be no relaxation in educationalqualifications for SC, ST and OBC candidates,though relaxation may be given in age upto 5years as prescribed under the rules.

6. All States should recruit directly Sub-Inspectors and Constables in the non-gazettedranks and direct recruitment in ranks of ASIand SI should be discontinued.

7. There should be a written test for intelligence,assesment physical measurements as perprescribed rules and psychological tests at thetime of direct recruitment of PoliceConstables and Sub-Inspectors of Police.

8. Psychological tests should be introduced atthe time of direct recruitment.

9. Result of each event in the recruitmentprocess should be declared same day toensure objectivity and non-manipulation in therecruitment process.

104. Police Housing in the States – Status Paper (1997)


ObjectiveTo collect and update the status of expenditure onpolice housing, percentage levels of satisfaction andrequirements of the future to achieve the targets.

Methodology1. Survey of earlier Commission Reports,

Finance Commission2. Collection of data from police forces all over

the country

Important Findings1. The requirement for funds for lower

subordinates residential accommodation isRs. 17,776 crores.

2. The requirement for funds for uppersubordinates residential accommodation isRs. 3,986 crores.

3. The requirement of funds for policeadministration buildings, police stations,outposts buildings is Rs. 2,071 crores.

(The above figures are based on 1997assessments)

RecommendationsThe study is expected to present a collated formof data for police forces to argue for funds, plantheir strategies of expenditure for their personnel.The details of the data is available in the main study.

176


Objectives

1. To study the trials in Lower and SessionCourts to locate the delays.

2. To study the target groups who are mostaffected by legal system and their problemsand complaints.

Methodology

1. Interviews with people affected by legalsystem

2. Information from lawyers, judicial officers,prosecutors etc.

3. First hand knowledge of the Courtprocedures, study of collected cases.

Important Findings

1. The trial procedure is not efficient and speedydisposal is difficult.

2. There is a lack of coordination between policeand prosecution.

3. There is a need to synchronize the legal idealswith everyday practice. Technologicalinnovations are inevitable and will have to beincorporated in future strategies.

4. Alternative Dispute Resolution being flexible,cost effective, looks for realistic solutions,can function without lawyers is a way toachieve people friendly court procedures.

5. Lok Adalat has enormous potential but has along way to go.

6. The complainants are unhappy with theirpositions as spectators while the staterepresents them in matters vital to their interest.

7. The expenses of courts can prohibitivelyexpensively for the poor.

Recommendations

1. The Study recommends a blueprint forreform to people friendly procedures.

2. The complex procedures are only a small partof the problem, thus making amendments inCr. P.C. would only have minimal impact.

3. The Law Commission Report No. 154 suggestvery specific steps required to be taken in thisregard, such as separation of investigationand law & order, use of modern scientifictechnology in investigation, setting up of aDirectorate of Prosecution, amendment in lawto make it accessible for poor etc.

105. Towards a More People Friendly and Economic CourtProcedure (1998)Anindita Mukhopadhyay*

* Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, NewDelhi, (Sponsored by BPR&D)

177


Objectives

1. To study an analysis the causes andcircumstances for communal riots, in generaland in the two towns in particular .

2. To study and analyze factors andcircumstances which helped in maintenanceof communal peace and measures taken in thetwo towns took prevent communal violencein December 1992, in the wake of Babridemolition.

3. To draw lessons from this analysis and makesuggestions for a purposeful and effectivestrategy for maintenance of communal peacein the country.

Methodology

1. Inuts for study were obtained mainly from thefollowing sources :

2. Reorts in newspapers, magazines, books andother write ups about communal violence,particularly in 1992.

3. ilable earlier inquiry reports specially JusticeMadon Commission Report about communalriots in Aligarh and Bhiwandi and at otherplaces.

4. Police records about incidents of communalviolence as well as measures taken by law andorder administration in Aligarh and Bhiwandifor handling the communal situation in 1992-93 keeping in view the developments inJanam Bhoomi-Babri dispute in Ayodhya.

5. Personal interviews and discussions with theofficers in position in the two towns at thetime who handled the situation.

6. Dicussions with officers at Zonal/State levelsto get their assessment, views and comments.

7. Interviews and discussions with public-menbelonging to both the communities in both thetowns who had personal experience andinvolvement in handling of communal situationin the two towns and were aware of thedevelopment.

8. Discussions with eminent former police officers,academics, social activists and otherknowledgeable persons having interest andinvolvement in maintenance of communal peace.

Important Findings1. Both communities – Hindus and Muslims are

equally responsible for communal violence.

2. Among the states that worst hit during theperiod 1954-1993 have been Bihar, UP,Gujarat, Maharashtra, M.P. and Karnatakaboth in terms of number of incidents andcasualties.

106. Communal Peace in Aligarh (UP) and Bhivandi(Maharashtra) (1998)during December, 1992 and January 1993

NK Shinghal*

* Carried out by Indian Institute of Public Administration,New Delhi and sponsored by BPR&D, MHA, NewDelhi

178


3. In the decade 1980s (post Babri), practicallyevery state suffered from communal violence.

4. There is an increase in instances of directlytargeting police by rioting mobs particularlyfrom minority community.

5. Sensitive mix of Hindu-Muslim populationwith low literacy and economic levels, impactof fundamentalists communal parties, locationof Aligarh Muslim University have beenmitigating factors for communal riots inAligarh.

6. The strategy to deal with riots post 6th

December in Aligarh was too pronged – wellplanned and effective administrative actionand involvement of people in the exercise ofpeace keeping was successful (detailsavailable in the main report).

7. The Bhiwandi was free from communaltensions and riots in 1992 in the wake ofBabri demolitions on account of systematicsteps initiated by the then DCP Shri SureshKhopade. The details of his strategies areavailable in a separate book and in the report.

Recommendations1. For the proper personnel policy, only officers

known for their integrity professionalcompetence, leadership initiative capacity tocommunicate with people and totally non-partisanattitude should be posted to such Distts.

2. The officers posted to such districts shouldnormally have the full tenure of about 3 years.

3. A culture of total and transparent communalimpartiality in all ranks of police forces shouldbe aggressively developed through training,orientation, supervision and introducingsystem of rewards and punishments.

4. Officers doing well in prevention control of

communal riots should be given properappreciation and recognition.

5. Total and Transparent communal impartialityshould be ensured in all administrativemeasures particularly in arrests use of forceinvestigations etc. Such behaviour on the partof lower staff should be ensured by propersupervisions and guidance.

6. Mohalla committees should be organized withpolice support in communal sensitive areaswith proper guidelines and monitoring fromGovt./ Police rather than being left to whimsand interest of individual officers.

7. Preventive arrests of criminals’ etc., likely tobe involved in communal violence should beeffective and deterrent and where necessary,preventive curfew should be imposed well intime before mobs spill over the streets.

8. In case of any out break of violence the useof force should be prompt firm but fair andproperly controlled with no over reaction orintention or attempt to “teach a lesson”.

9. Adequate effective measure should be takenagainst rumours and to check andprovocative activities.

10. Moral and welfare of the force should begiven adequate attention.

11. A short version of operational provisions of “RiotScheme” should be prepared as a check list forissue to all operational supervising officers.

12. The Govt. should take steps to develop aculture of secularism communal harmony inthe society itself through educational inputsstarting from schools.

13. Intelligence network and vigilance should bestrengthened in communal sensitive areas.

14. For quicker response in any situation the cityand district control rooms should bestreamlined.

179


* The study was conducted by the Indian Institute ofPublic Administration (IIPA), New Delhi andsponsored by the Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment, MHA, New Delhi

107. Recruitment Policy and Programs for State PoliceOrganizations (1998)OP Minocha, Jyatilak Guah Roy and Yatish Misra*

ObjectiveTo examine the existing policies procedures andprogrammes of recruitment being followed by theState Police Forces and to recommend necessarymeasures to bring about uniformity in therecruitment system and to make it moretransparent and effective.

Methodolgy1. Answer to questionnaire.2. Study of public documents.3. Interviews.4. Field studies and first hand collection of data.

ScopeThe present study has been confined to therecruitment policies and programmes in respectof Constables and Sub-Inspectors.

Areas Covered(1) Andhra Pradesh, (2) Haryana, (3) UttarPradesh and (4) Maharastra.

Recommendations1. In order to assure planned career development

for the police personnel at Constabulary andSIs level, steps should be taken throughAnnual Manpower Planning so that postsdon’t remain vacant for a long period.

2. For stream-lining the system there should becoordination between recruitment selectionprocess and training activities.

3. There should be “Assured Career ProgressionScheme” with at least three promotions alongwith financial up-gradation in the career maybe after 8. 16 and 24 years of service at aparticular grade.

4. The State Government must adhere to theConstitutional provisions and the judicialpronouncements made from time to time andno change should be contemplated or suggestedin the reservation for candidates belonging toSC/ST, OBC, women and other categories.

5. 10+2 should be kept minimum educationalqualification for recruitment of Constables inall States and Union Territories.

6. Some system should be developed todiscourage the candidates with higherqualifications to be appointed as Constables.

7. For direct recruitment for the posts of SI andInspector the minimum educationalqualification should be graduate and someweightage should be given for higher qualifiedpersons’ with law / computer degrees.

180


8. The minimum age eligibility for constablesshould be 18 years and upper age limit shouldbe 21 years. Similarly, for the recruitment ofSub-Inspectors the minimum age should be20 years and maximum age should be upto24 years.

9. Every State should have a permanent Boardwhose functions should be to deal with theentire process of recruitment, selection andappointment of Constables, Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors. Such a Boardshould also deal with other personnel matterslike promotions, postings, transfers anddisciplinary actions.

10. General guidelines should be drawn upstreamlining the selection process in order toreduce the chances of manipulation inphysical tests and written examinations.

11. For the physical fitness test, the stategovernment should fix different physicalstandards depending on the prevailingethinical, genetic, and geographical variations.

12. The physical tests should be done under theoverall supervision of a Medical Board andeach candidate should be informed and shownhis/ her performance in physical tests on thespot. The result of such tests should bedeclared / notified at the earliest.

13. Personnel and behavioural information systemshould be developed to make entire systemof recruitment effective.

14. The present policy of recruitment ofconstables at the District level should becontinued with the sole aim of attractinglocal candidates in the police. This will givegreater representation to the “Sons of thesoil”

* SVP, NPA, Hyderabad(BPR&D, MHA, Sponsored Research Project)

108. Professionalism in Indian Police at the Cutting Edge Level(SHO Level) (1998)Subhash Joshi and Anil K Saxena*

ObjectiveTo focus on the perception of the SHO’s andtheir Senior Police Officers with regard toprofessionalism in Indian Police at the cuttingedge level.

Professionalism in Police:As a Concept

Logically, the idea of what it means to beprofessional Police Officer is governed by thenotion of the Police Officer’s role in society. Itwould be argued that if we emphasize the lawenforcement function, professionalism meansattributes conducive to this function, for example,courage, respect for superiors, reliability,discipline, patience, obedience and so on. If,

181


instead, we emphasize the peace-keeping side ofpolicing, then professionalism means attributessuch as common sense, friendliness, intelligenceand courtesy. Souryal (1977) an expert on policemanagement has identified the following elementsof a profession:1. A clearly defined body of knowledge,

constantly augmented and refined throughspecialised literature and research.

2. Facilities for ongoing education, rather thanone time training.

3. Uniform minimum standards of excellence forselection, training and performance.

4. A realistic code of ethics that defines therelations of the members of the profession tothe public.

5. An unequivocal service orientation.6. A well developed sense of dignity sustained

by a progressive culture and respected by thepublic.

7. An organisation which includes a governingbody of members qualified to supervise theprofession and to influence the maintenanceof high quality standards.

MethodologyLiterature survey was followed by stratifiedrandom sampling procedure for data collectionfrom SHOs and supervisory officers using a setof six questionnaires for SHOs and five for SeniorOfficers. It was followed by analysis andinterpretation of data.

Sample Size and Profile ofRespondentsSample of Study : Station House – 886

Officers (SHOs)Senior Police Officers – 250

Profile

(State-wise Distribution of SHOs who respondedto the Questionnaire)

Name of the State No. ofRespondents

1. Bihar 186

2. Uttar Pradesh 110

3. Punjab 78

1. Karnataka 77

2. Tamil Nadu 72

3. Andhra Pradesh 65

4. Orissa 64

5. West Bengal 49

6. Delhi 42

7. Madhya Pradesh 32

8. Maharashtra 26

9. Assam 19

10. Kerala 19

11. Jammu & Kashmir 15

12. Rajasthan 15

13. Gujarat 12

Total 881 *

* 5 SHOs did not indicate their States. Total numberof respondents were 886.

Recommendations

The Senior Police Officers were of the view thatthe professionalism in SHOs can be improved bythe following measures :

1. Providing adequate infrastructural facilities at

182


Police Station.2. Superiors acting as role models.3. Ensuring fixed tenure with high level of

accountability..4. Providing adequate manpower at Police

Stations.

5. Ensuring sensitivity to professional values.

6. Providing more facilities.

7. Conducting stress management programmesfor SHOs (Yoga, Meditation etc.).

8. Encouraging initiatives and creativity in SHOs.

9. Continuous dissemination of professionrelated knowledge and information.

As per the response of the Station HouseOfficers, the professionalism in them can beimproved by adopting the following measures :

1. Providing adequate manpower at PoliceStations.

2. Providing adequate infrastructural facilities atPolice Stations.

3. Attractive reward schemes.

4. Rationalising the workload of SHOs.

5. Improving mechanisms for welfare andgrievance handling.

6. Realistic performance appraisal andcounselling of SHO and subordinates.

7. Career progression to be linked with training.

8. Changing archaic laws/procedures.

9. Providing more recreational facilities.

10. Increasing the use of computers withtechnical aids.

It is evident from these recommendations thatmost of the steps recommended by Senior PoliceOfficers and SHOs for improving professionalismin SHOs can be taken by the department itself.The government will have to initiate urgentmeasures to provide better pay, adequateinfrastructural facilities and manpower at PoliceStations, adequate budget and financial supportfor day to day activities, change archaic laws/procedures and above all, exhibit the necessarypolitical will to tackle the factors inhibitingprofessionalism in police.

183


Objectives

1. To study the genetic, Psychiatric, Neuropsychological and social variables associatedwith criminal behavior.

2. To identify those factors that are associatedwith repetitive criminal behavior in order toprovide psychiatric assistance.

Methodology

A sample of 50 Criminals was chosen from thestudy and they were divided into two groups viz.habitual criminals and non-habitual criminals.

Area of the Study

Bangalore

Important Findings

The group of fifty (50) criminals differssignificantly on Psychiatric Neuro-psychologicaland Psycho-social variables compared to norms.

1. Habitual and non habitual groups differsignificantly on the IPDE and pre-morbidpersonality variables.

2. Habitual and non habitual groups differ onvariables such as scanning trial making testthree sub-scales on the TC ad positive familyhistory. However these differences did notreach significant levels.

3. The two group Habitual and Non-Habitual donot differ on all other variables in this study.

4. The two groups also differ on variables suchas education, age and severity of the crime.

5. The groups of fifty criminal differ significantlyon Psychiatric, Neuro- Psychological andPsycho-social variables compared to thenorms.

Recommendations

1. The groups of criminals (Habitual and Non-Habitual) differ from norms on most of thevariables suggesting that they are differentfrom the normal population and need to belooked at from a different perspectivecompared with the general population.

2. Both short term and long term goals shouldbe set by incorporating tasks that involveplanning remedial measures for such peoplewho has the presence of cognitive deficits.

3. The behaviour problems should be managedwith the help of behaviour modules andmanagement of these behavior deficits wouldhelp in reducing the discomfort one feels withone self and thus lead to better adjustment insociety and better interpersonal adjustment.

4. The presence of family pathology has beenfound in this study and it would facilitate inproviding psychiatric assistance to suchfamilies.

5. Jail authorities should be trained to deal withsuch criminals suitably while in custody.

109. Bio-psycho-social Study of Habitual Criminals* (1998)

* National Institute of Mental Health and Neuro Scinecs(NIMHANS), Bangalore

184


* IPS, Director, ADG, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar U.P. PoliceAcademy, Moradabad

** IPS, Addl. Director, IG, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar U.P. PoliceAcademy, Moradabad

110. Professionalism in Indian Police at the Cutting Edge Level(SO/SHO Level) – Public Perception in Uttar Pradesh(2000)RC Agarwal* and HS Balwaria**

ObjectivesTo study whether:

1. the officers have internalized the knowledge,skills, attitudes and values.

2. these attributes are helping the department indelivering service to people.

3. conscious efforts are being made to correctthe deviations, and

4. nodal points of accountability exist, etc.

PrognosisThis study is a sequel to a study conductedby a research team of the SVP National PoliceAcademy on ‘Professionalism’ in Indian Policeat the cutting edge level (SO/SHO Level), andendeavours to look at the same‘professionalism’ from the public’s point ofview. The study intends to examine whetherthe public t reats the knowledge, ski l ls ,at t i tudes and values of policemen asprofessional and whether the people get a

professional response from the Police, at thePolice Station level.

Conceptual FrameworkThere are many definitions of ‘professionalism’.Some academicians define it in terms of‘possession of intellectual techniques’ acquired bytraining and which is applied to some sphere ofactivity. Others consider it as body ofknowledge, building confidence in client, approval,respect by the society, and adoption of ethicalcodes.

As far as police is concerned, some hold theview that ‘police work’ is a profession while othersargue against it. There are certain universallyrecognized attributes of professionalism. These are:

1. High standard of candidates, entry by merit.2. Training in knowledge and skills (KS).3. Ethical conduct which includes values and

attitude (VS).4. Advancement from within.5. Resentment to outside interference.6. Service orientation.7. Satisfaction of client.

Police need to be tested on the abovetouchstone to assess whether it is professional.

185


Methodology

The methodology consisted of grouping peopleaccording to their occupation, profession andeconomic status into 15 distinct categories andinterviewing them by using detailed questionnaire.Separate questionnaire were prepared for eachcategory of respondents.

Sample Size andProfile of Respondents

The team of researchers selected ten Districtsnamely Almora, Agra, Gazipur, Gorakhpur, Jhansi,Kanpur, Lucknow, Meerut, Moradabad andGautam Buddha Nagar as a representative ofdiversities of population, economic development,educational levels and social problems, and alsocatering to the divergence in rural and urban areas,within the State.

In the study as many as 1080 respondentswere interviewed. The profile of respondents wasas under:

Main Results

1. The respondents find the police “weak inknowledge” on the basis of their observationsand experience. According to them theinadequacies in knowledge are discernible inprocedural lapses pertaining to :

(a) arrest not as per procedure (or meantto cause harassment).

(b) failure to seek remand or actionregarding forfeiture of property in casecriminal is not apprehended.

(c) non-grant of bail in bailable cases.

(d) non-prompt service of processes.

(e) fake seizure of property.

(f) non-submission of case diaries on time.

(g) use of torture for extracting/procuringa confession.

(h) lack of protection to witnesses andaction against criminals who pressurisefor retraction.

(i) lack of impartial action under section107 Cr.P.C.

(j) lack of prompt medical treatment to theinjured.

2. Police is also said to lack skills ofinvestigation, use of scientific aids forcollecting evidence, proper recording ofstatements of witnesses, and report writing.

3. Respondents have adversely commented uponthe level of integrity and honesty in policeworking.

4. The SHO is not impartial in his behaviourwith subordinates.

5. On the attitude scale too, Police appears weakto the respondents. Most of them havecomplained that, Police treatment towards theweaker sections, including women, isunsatisfactory. Police suspect their versionin the beginning, with the result that theirresponse is not prompt.

6. The attitude of police to legal procedures isone of non-compliance or selective. It is notuniform application of law and adherence toprocedures.

7. According to the public perception the mainhindrances faced by the SOs/SHOs in their

186


functioning are :

(a) improper attitude of senior officers

(b) political interference

(c) undue public expectations

(d) media interference

(e) lack of necessary infrastructure

Recommendations1. Police should be given training in public

dealing.

2. The police should throw open gates of thePolice Station and the public should beencouraged to visit to Police Stations.

3. Police should build bridges with public inpeacetime in order to have their supportduring crises. The police should help thepublic in distress, even in matters where itmay not be directly related to the Police.

4. Police, which is a public service, should bemade accountable to the public.

5. Setting up of the State Security Commission,as suggested by the National PoliceCommission, needs to be implemented.

6. Recommendations of the National PoliceCommission with regard to the process ofselection, appointment and tenure of the“Police Chiefs” should be implemented.

7. There is need to establish the “Rule of Law”instead of the “Rule of Order”. The principleof personal accountability of the individualpolice officers, for acts of omission and

commission, should be taken to its logicalend.

8. There is a need to involve certain segmentsof public e.g. academicians and seniorcitizens etc., to start with non hardcore Policejobs such as traffic management and crimeprevention strategy. It would increase the risktaking capacity of Police. Secondly, it wouldgive the public a feeling of participation andthereby they would identify with the police.

9. A Citizens’ Charter for Police should bedrawn so that the public knows what toexpect at the Police Station.

10. Efforts should be made to involve NGOsworking in fields relating to Police. Thereshould be networking of Police with NGOs.

11. The Police Officer should go to schools andcolleges to talk to students and teachers.

12. The Police should regularly interact withbusiness community through the forum ofVyapar Sangh.

13. There is need to mobilise students/youth forPolice help.

14. Community liaison units/groups should beconstituted at Thana level.

15. It is necessary to train and tune the seniorofficers to perform the role of change agentsby setting the agenda. The senior shouldbecome a systems engineer, trainer, role-model, doer and a facilitator.

16. There is a need of an audit whether all thework being done at the Police Station level is

187


contributing towards organisational goals andobjectives, and also the results achieved fromthese efforts.

17. To put an effective check on the statisticssyndrome, a pragmatic performanceevaluation system for the staff posted at thePolice Station should be evolved and strictlyfollowed.

18. There is a need to bring transparency in Policefunctioning to check any cause for grievancein subordinates.

19. Machinery in police should be fair andprompt.

20. It would be useful to organise sensitisationprogramme so that the media may be usedas a force multiplier.

21. Short-term training courses be organized forpolice personnel of the level of Sub-Inspectorand above about media management.

22. There is a need to provide basic infrastructuralfacilities at every Police Station, as per UNDPstandards.

23. There is a need to introduce the concept ofzero budgeting both in terms of human andother resources at Thana level.

24. Police should develop a ‘value for money’approach in public expenditure.

25. To garner additional resources, police shouldexplore the possibility of tapping communityresources.

188


Objective

To evolve yardsticks for the allocation ofmanpower to Police stations and subsidiaryresources.

Methodology

1. Answer to questionnaires.

2. Public documents

3. Interviews of various Police Officers.

4. Field studies.

Area of Study

Maharasthra.

Recommendations

1. The jurisdictions of large Police Stationsshould be delimited and made most compactand manageable for better policing.

2. The area of rural police stations should notexceed 150 sq. kms. and population more than60,000. If it exceeds these limits the PoliceStation should be bifurcated.

3. The number of IPC crimes registered andinvestigated is also an important criterion. IfPolice Station registers more than 700 crimesannually, another police station should becreated.

4. Urban areas should have exclusive PoliceStations.

5. The Station House Officers (SHO) shouldhave over all control and responsibility for allthe police tasks within Police Station limits.However, in the bigger Police Stations thework may be divided functionally to ensurebetter attention to each kind of duty, more soto crime investigation work.

6. Every Police Station should have at least twoSub-Inspectors, one designated as S.H.O. andthe other as Second Officer, so that onePolice Officer is available at the Police Stationall the time.

7. There should be appropriate provision forweekly off, leave, training and emergentduties so that the functioning strength ofPolice Station is not depleted below the levelof operational efficiency.

8. The Police work should be so organized thatASIs/PSIs/PIs also take a hand in basic policework and are seen by people side by sidewith constables.

111. Norms for Allocation of Manpower and SubsidiaryResources to Police Stations in India (2000)(The Maharashtra Case)

VK Saraf*

* Retd DGP Maharashtra, Nehru Centre, Mumbai. Studysponsored by BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

189


9. Supervisory functions in the Police workmust be limited and only incidental to theoperative field functions of each rank.Operative job content must be developed asunder:

(a) The Constables & Head Constables, whoshould be operating level functionaries,will constitute the first level.

(b) The ASIs & PSIs would constitute theinvestigating level form the second level.

(c) Inspectors, who should be juniorsupervisory-cum-investigation levelfunctionaries, should constitute the thirdlevel.

10. The latter two levels will meet the operationalneed of greater number of InvestigatingOfficers.

11. Police Outposts (Chowkies) must be openedin areas with urban agglomerations or wherenew colonies are coming up. But, they mustultimately be converted into regular PoliceStations.

12. Section 154 Cr.P.C. must be suitably amendedso that Out Posts are enabled to register FIRsas and when information or complaints aboutoffences are lodged with them.

13. Beat system should be made more vibrant andan effective agent of grass root policing. Thiscan be achieved by re-designing the Beatstructure and re-fashioning the duties andresponsibilities of the Beat Patrolman. OneBeat should have strength of 1 ASI, 1 HC and4 PCs. In addition, the Beats should beprovided with a static wireless set to be in

communication with station House as thetelephone connections are in the habit of goingdead for days on in rural areas.

14. The town/city should be divided intoChowkies that would be classified as CityCentre Chowkies and Sub-urban Chowkies.In the former patrolling will be on foot whilein the latter it would be on two-wheelers.

15. For Police Stations in cities having more thanone lakh population, wireless mobile patrollingshould be made part of the system in orderto supplement patrolling by Chowkipersonnel.

16. Police Headquarters reserves should becreated so that they could be lent to field unitsfrom time to time to meet the occasionalexigencies in the most economical way.

17. Crime Detective Squads should be formeddirectly under the S.H.O. in every PoliceStation (urban or rural) for crime investigationand collection of intelligence.Thecompositions of these squads may vary fromplace to place.

18. Introduction of computers for specified usein Police Stations should be recommended.This will be economical, efficient &productive. There should also be a provisionto hire video cameras for video taping ofscene of offence and photographers. This willimprove the working of Police Station.

19. The following entitlement and distribution ofman-power for an urban/city police stationworked out is as under:

190


(a) S.H.O Police Inspector

(b) Second Officer Assistant police Inspector

(c) PSP+ Assistants 3 PSIs + 3HCs + 6 PCs (PSI+will be Duty Officer and H.C)

(d) Writer-Crime 1 HC + 1PC

(e) Writer - Accounts 1 HC + 2 PCs (1 PC for Muddemal keeping)

(f) Duty distribution 1 HC + 1 PC

(g) Barnishi 1 PC

(h) Summons/warrants 1 PC

(i) FIS Operator 1 PC

(j) Computer Operator 1 PC

(k) Confidential work 1 HC + 2 PC’s

(l) Crime orderly 1 PC per officer- PSI and above.

(m) Court orderly 1 PC per Court.

(n) Tapal duty 1 PC

(o) RTPCs 2 PC

(p) Lock up guard/escort 1 HC + 4 PCs

(q) Chowki Staff 1 Pst + 1 HC+6PCs+ 2 PCs per extra

(r) Traffic 1 PC per Traffic point + 1 PC extra for every 4 Points for relief+ 1 HC + IPC. If number of PCs Exceeds 10.

(s) WMP Units 1 PS1+11+C+2PCs per vehicle.

(t) Order Maintenance (i) 2 PSIs+6HCs+18PCs for normal station and(ii) 1 API + 3 PSIs + 10 HCs + 30 PCs who are no not

engaged in investigative, patrolling and Bandobast duties.

(u) Training Reserve 2.5 per cent of 1+ Cs+PCs who are not engaged Investigative,patrolling and Bandobast duties.

(v) Leave Reserve 10 percent of PSIs and HCs not engaged in Investigative patrollingand Bandobast duties.The percentage to be calculated separately for officers & mess.

191


112. Improving the Organisation and Management of the LawEnforcement System in India (2000)(An Evaluation Report)

Shankar Sen*, DK Giri, Nivedita Pradhan and Sanjeev Kumar Sharma

* Study sponsored by BPRD, MHA, New Delhi

Objectives

1. To improve Police/Community understandingand interactions in the selected pilot PoliceStations.

2. To improve social skills, transparency andresponsiveness of the Police through newmanagement initiatives and introduction ofnew technology.

Objectives of the Evalauation

(a) To critically examine the project conceptand design and its implementation.

(b) To assess the impact of the project interms of relevance, performancesuccess and sustainability and to identifyits strengths and weaknesses.

(c) To make recommendations forimprovement in implementation and forredefining the objectives and strategiesof the project.

Issues to be Addressed

In furtherance of the above objectives, thefollowing issues in particular were to be addressed:

1. Change Agents and pilot Police Stations in allthe three States.

2. Infrastructure development in the pilot PoliceStations – improving living and workingconditions and ambience.

3. Human Resource Development (HRD) –training and output of the Police personnelspecially the change agents.

4. Understanding of the project objectives by thepolicemen, public and others concerned.

5. A SWOT analysis of the Police Stations.

6. Mechanisms set up for running the projectand achieving targets such as experimentationof new approaches routine evaluation ofeffectiveness of the current approacheschanging management culture identifyingerrors for improvement and rewardinginitiatives.


The collection of data was based mainly on:

1. Primary sources like observations, interviewsand questionnaire.

2. Secondary sources–project documents,consultancy reports, mid-term evaluation andother related literature.

192


Areas of the Study

Assam, Rajasthan and Tamil Nadu.

Recommendations

1. In order to make specific areas of Police-Public interface more meaningful there is needfor strengthening bonds between Police andthe Community.

2. Community Liaison Groups (CLG) whichcould forge strong links between Police andthe Community need to be recast andrevamped. The selection of CLG members hasto be done in a more planned and carefulmanner so that it does not remain an exerciseconfined between SPs and SHOs and stepsshould be taken to keep this institutionalmechanism in good fettle.

3. Senior Police Officers particularly thoseinvolved with the project should visit schools,colleges and other public institutions andexplain the project (particularly regarding theformation of CLGs) and try to generategreater public awareness and to mobilizevibrant public support.

4. Training programmes of change agents shouldbe recast as well as streamlined. BPR&Dshould constitute a roving training teamwhich can move in different states coveredby the project and train the police personnelinvolved in it at the work place withoutdisturbing their work. This will ensure somekind of uniformity in training.

5. There is a need for more women PoliceOfficers to be involved in the project andCLGs and they should be provided betterfacilities to work in Police Stations.

6. Police leadership in the project states have toplay a more proactive role. Senior officers,particularly those who have some say in theproject have to be involved. They cannot playthe role of critical onlookers. Ways and meansof involving through training meetings anddiscussion have to be worked out. The teamwas seen in one instance the stultifying impactof the non-cooperation of the Police chief.They have to convinced of the raison deetrof the project and its efficacy in changingpolice role and goals.

7. The BPR&D may think of having avictimization survey in all these Police Stationscovered by the project to find out if really theincidence of crime has come down or not.This is reason to felt that suppression ofcrime is taking place in all these PoliceStations and this calls for some probe by theState Police authorities.

8. In Rajasthan and Assam the Supreme Court’sobligatory directive in the case of DK Basuversus the State of West Bengal respectingthe rights of arrestees as laid down in thecase should be prominently displayed on anotice board in the Police Station, has notbeen followed.

Sustainability

Sustainability is central to projects of this kind.It is important that the project develops what issometimes referred to as exit strategy. Thisinvolves thinking of ways in which it can beensured that any good that the project has donecontinues and where possible is improved uponin the future.

In attempting to cement the existence of thechanged relationship between Police and Public

193


and of a different culture within the police, it isimportant to create mechanisms which willreinforce the process of change. The followingmight be relevant.

Ensuring that a communication network existsbetween different Police Stations whileimplementation of these new strategies so thatthey can share problems and successes with eachother.

Ensuring that the police involved are requiredto report on their implementations of these newmethods on a regular basis in the future.

Giving support and encouragement to the newmethods through publicity and praise. This mightbe done through the establishment of Newsletterin which best practices could be highlighted andin which case studies of successful actions by thePolice could also be given prominence, perhaps,with favourable comments from prominent figuresin the community and in the Police.

1. Establishing a medium term plan formonitoring the overall results of innovating inPolice-Public relations with regularopportunities for publicizing the results.

2. Sustainability can also be achieved throughembedding these new processes more firmlywithin the community.

3. Access to the Police on a regular basis byrelevant community consultative organizationand their members are important.

4. Ordinary members of the public could beencouraged to form organization designed toencourage crime prevention along the lines ofthe Neighbourhood Watch Schemes employedin English communities.

5. Increasing the visibility of community policingby patrolling in areas and at times when thereis a high risk of crimes taking place.

6. Ensuring that police makes contact withvarious interest groups in a non-conflictsituation (perhaps just going along to talk tothem about the new approach).

7. Undertaking well publicized campaigns to dealwith topical issues when they arise. Thisrequires the Police to lend a close ear to thethings, which are concerning the communityin the area of law and order and to attemptto deal with them when the issues becomeprominent.

8. Working with the community to identifycrime hotspots and applying extra resourceto these for prevention of crime.

9. Identifying repeat victims such as those whohave been burgled or robbed several times)and giving extra advice and assistance to themand notifying the community generally thatthis has been done.

10. Attempting to deal with hidden crime such asdomestic violence by demonstrating thecomplaining victims will be dealt withsymptomatically and that these offences willbe treated seriously.

Results

Overall the results of the project are encouraging.The people in the project areas are more willingto help the police and also to understand the needfor friendly law enforcement. To some extent thedivide between the Police and the people hasnarrowed. If community’s faith and confidencein the Police increases many people will comeforward to report crimes, furnish information andact as witness in police cases. This isconsummation one wishes for. However, gooddeal will depend upon the commitment of the

194


police leadership and co-operation of thecommunity leaders in the final analysis and thesupport extended by the political leadership. Thiscalls for vision as well as determination and wedo hope that they will not be found wanting.

The team has made a number ofrecommendations for streamlining as well assustenance of the project. The team has shownhow the implementation of the project has beensome what more successful in Tamil Nadu andhas generated greater enthusiasm in Assam thanRajasthan. There are local variables butenthusiasm displayed by Police Officers and thecommunity is crucial for the success of theproject. We also hope that police leadership in theStates will take advantage of the start given by

UNDP and consolidate the gains by their ownexertions.

Policing is neither all good nor all bad. It isneither intrinsically corrupt nor virtuous. But it is anecessary service in any society. To provideacceptable service, Police have to remain a well-trained and well selected body that is recognized partof the society. The Police cannot be allowed to bea distinct caste nor a group of outcastes. The Policecannot be isolated from sentiments, opinions andsupport of the society they serve. Community basedpolicing as envisaged in the project will enhance thequality of police as well as communities. Such adevelopment should characterize policing in thecountry in coming years.


113. Categorisation of Police Stations (2001)NK Singhal*

Since the Police Station is the primary unit of theLaw Enforcement System in India, the firststrategy of the Project was to make an assessmentof the ‘Material Deficiencies’ a Police Stationsuffers from. However, there being no uniformityin the size of Police Stations, and the actualworkload of a Police Station, the first step inpursuance of that ‘strategy’ was to lay down asystem of Categorisation of Police Stations.

Under the Project the task of categorisationof Police Stations was assigned to Shri N.K.Singhal, IPS (Retd.) serving as a consultant underthe Project. He not only visited the project PoliceStations but also a large number of other PoliceStations all over the country to make an

assessment at the ground level, to come up witha realistic criteria for categorising Police Stations,the object of categorisation being to set a scalefor their requirements in terms of men andmaterials. His report is summarised as under:

Factors Governing Categorisation

The main factors governing the categorisation ofPolice Stations, which in turn can be used forlaying down its manpower and infra-structuralrequirements, are:

1. Type of location.

2. Area under jurisdiction.

3. Population.

195


4. Type of community served.

5. Nature and quantum of policing problems e.g.,crime, maintenance of order, traffic etc.

The Main Criteria for BasicCategorisation Would be1. Location – whether in metropolitan, city,

urban or rural area.

2. Size of population – (for Metropolitan and‘City’ categorisation).

3. Nature of area in jurisdiction – whethermetropolitan/city/urban/rural or predominantlyso in case of police stations with mixedjurisdiction.

4. Nature of predominant economic activity inthe jurisdiction – whether agriculture-related(for ‘rural’ categorisation) or otherwise –commercial, industrial etc. (for ‘urban’categorisation).

The Basic Categories of Police tationsShall be

Metropolitan1. All Police Stations located in ‘metropolitan’

areas.

2. All Police Stations in cities with more than 8lakh population at last census (1991).

Explanation: With annual growth rate ofpopulation of 2.14% during the previous decadeand fast rate of urbanisation, the population ofthese cities would already be near 10 lakhs besideslarge floating population which is a normal featureof big cities. The crime, law and order, traffic,security and other policing problems in such citiesare no different from notified metropolitan towns.

City

All Police Stations located in towns withpopulation of 1 lakh or more.

Categorisation of Project Police StationsName of Police Station Category

Gumanpura City (Headquarters)/Big/Traffic intensive Communally sensitive

Pratap Nagar City (Headquarters)

Ulunderpet Rural (Big)/Traffic intensive

Hasthampati City (Big) (Headquarters)

Paan Bazar Metropolitan, large.

Jorhat Urban, large.

Titabor Town, medium.

Villupuram Urban, large.

Mandalgarh Town, medium.

196


Urban

1. All Distt. Headquarters Police Stations (otherthan ‘Metropolitan’ & ‘City’ Police Station).

2. Police Stations in towns with 50,000 or morepopulation.

3. Police Stations located in other urban towns (asper criteria adopted for 1991 census) with atleast 50% of working population in jurisdictionengaged in non-agricultural pursuits.

RuralAll other Police Stations covering un-urbanised areas.

114. Professionalism in the Constabulary : A Challenge to PoliceLeadership (2001)Girdhari Nayak* and AK Saxena**

* Deputy Director, SVP NPA, Hyderabad** Reader, SVP NPA, Hyderabad

Note :Note: Figures in brackets are percentages.

ObjectiveThe research study is aimed at assessing theprofessional competencies of the Constables.

MethodologyFollowing responded from various parts of thecountry:

Senior Police Officers - 150

Constables - 2800Public - 1000Stratified Random Sampling procedure was

adopted for data collection.

Important ResultsConstables’ own view on improvingprofessionalism among themselves:

S.N Measures to improve Fully To a To a To Not Ch. Sq.Professionalism great considerable some at all df = 4

extent extent extent

1. Continuous Refresher Training 98 887 1110 246 59 2.9(4.1) (36.9) (46.2) (10.3) (2.5)

2. Strict Supervision of work 96 362 457 1440 45 5.5(4.0) (15.1) (19.1) (60) (1.8)

3. Proper Performance Evaluation 485 1142 409 200 164 2.7(20.2) (47.7) (17) (8.3) (6.8)

4. Creating Promotional Avenues 1267 715 383 35 — 3.8(52.8) (29.8) (16.0) (1.4)

(Contd.)

197




5. Enhancing their pay scales 1689 421 240 50 — 7.4(70.4) (17.5) (10) (2.1)

6. Superiors not to compel them to do 1219 726 419 23 13 4.4things contrary to law or procedures (50.8) (30.2) (17.5) (1) (6.5)

7. Providing mentoring system for 593 472 1008 222 105 2.2learning the work (24.6) (19.7) (42) (9.3) (4.4)

8. Superiors must communicate with them 1591 534 199 43 33 7.4perfectly on professional aspects (there (66.2) (22.3) (8.3) (1.8) (1.4)should be no scope for communicationgap between superiors and constables)

9. Recognition of their good work 2078 244 47 31 — 13(86.6) (10.2) (1.9) (1.2)

10. Proper assignment of work 955 1165 227 53 — 4.1(39.8) (48.5) (9.5) (2.2)

11. Continuous provision of professional 895 621 6602 139 85 2.2learning material (37.3) (25.9) (7.5) (5.8) (3.5)

12. Healthy work environment 214 967 1142 47 30 4.9(Physical infra-structure) (8.9) (40.3) (47.6) (1.9) (1.3)

13. Not frequently punishing them for 466 770 918 160 86 2.3mistakes (Failures to be treated as (19.4) (32.1) (38.2) (6.7) (3.6)Learning Lessons)

14. Depoliticisation of police force 1656 555 140 49 — 7.3(69) (23.2) (5.8) (2.0)

15. Motivating them to improve 230 572 1364 218 16 4.9Educational Qualifications (9.6) (23.8) (56.8) (9.1) (0.7)

16. Developing in them more pride in 1515 511 304 62 8 6.5service and uniform (63.1) (21.3) (12.7) (2.6) (0.3)

17. Developing stress management 232 452 1403 273 40 4.9competence (9.7) (18.8) (58.4) (11.4) (1.7)

18. Conducting physical fitness 1381 835 131 45 8 6.4programmes (57.5) (34.8) (5.5) (1.9) (0.3)

19. Dead woods must be removed 1300 791 243 54 12 5.3(54.2) (32.9) (10.1) (2.3) (0.5)

20. Courses on Human Rights 908 1274 116 102 — 4.7(37.8) (53.1) (4.8) (4.3)

21. Training in Time Management 618 1134 592 38 18 3.7(25.8) (47.2) (24.6) (1.6) (0.8)

(Contd.)

198



extent extent

22. Providing proper Insurance coverage 1853 374 146 27 — 9.6for constables (77.3) (15.5) (6.1) (1.1)

23. Reducing their vulnerability by providing 1956 368 57 19 — 11.2proper eqpt. (B.P. Vests, B.P. Helmets) (81.5) (15.3) (2.4) (0.8)

24. Reducing their vulnerability by 1416 790 173 21 — 5.5providing legal protection (Ex: the killers (59) (33) (7.2) (0.8)of policemen must get capital punishment

25. Encouraging them to have hobbies 2057 203 89 45 6 13.5and relaxation activities (85.7) (8.5) (3.7) (1.9) (0.2)

26. Creating better sports and 1589 593 208 10 — 6.6entertainment facilities (66.2) (24.7) (8.7) (0.4)

27. Linking their promotion with training 95 1870 424 11 — 9.4(3.9) (78) (17.6) (0.5)

28. Reducing the age of Recruitment 206 1201 487 423 83 4.4(8.6) (50) (20.3) (17.6) (3.5)

29. Streamlining the process of recruitment 654 354 1265 95 32 4.1so that chances of corruption are eliminated (27.3) (14.8) (52.6) (4) (1.3)

30. Posting competent trainers at the police 793 1417 112 31 47 6.5training institutes to train the constables (33) (59) (4.7) (1.3) (2)

31. Designing the basic and refresher courses 1482 448 383 87 — 5.1keeping in mind the performance (61.8) (18.6) (16) (3.6)problems of constables

32. Providing adequate health services to 2127 190 68 15 — 13.8the police constables and their family (88.7) (7.9) (2.7) (0.6)members

33. Evolving proper uniform (Ex: The boot 126 939 1195 118 22 5.1is unsuitable for chasing criminal) (5.3) (39.1) (49.8) (4.9) (0.9)

34. Controlling alcoholism in constables 139 257 499 1129 93 3.2(5.8) (10.7) (20.7) (58.9) (3.9)

35. Decreasing police brutality 721 456 459 628 136 1.0(30.0) (19) (19.1) (26.2) (5.7)

36. Acquainting the constables perfectly 1209 856 251 69 15 4.8on code of ethics and rules of conduct (50.3) (35.7) (10.5) (2.9) (0.6)

37. Policing the police to made more strict 153 189 1806 189 63 9.5(6.4) (7.9) (75.2) (7.9) (2.6)

(Contd.)

199


Senior Police Officers’ Views on Improving Professionalism



1. Continuous Refresher Training 50 87 78 30 5 91.560(20) (34.8) (31.2) (12) (2)

2. Strict Supervision of work 50 66 101 25 8 104.920(20) (56.4) (40.4) (10) (3.2)

3. Proper Performance Evaluation 53 92 77 27 1 108.640(21.2) (36.8) (30.8) (10.8) (0.4)

4. Creating Promotional Avenues 79 115 37 15 4 171.520(31.6) (46) (14.8) (6) (1.6)

5. Enhancing their pay scales 73 62 84 26 5 88.600(29.2) (24.8) (33.6) (10.4) (2)

6. Superiors not to compel them to do 75 86 41 30 18 68.520things contrary to law or procedures (30) (34.4) (16.4) (12) (7.2)

7. Providing mentoring system for learning 48 60 91 46 5 76.520the work (19.2) (24) (36.4) (18.4) (2)

8. Superiors must communicate with them 103 86 54 7 — 85.520perfectly on professional aspects (there (41.2) (34.4) (21.6) (2.8)should be no scope for communicationgap between superiors and constables)

9. Recognition of their good work 127 83 36 4 — 39.280(50.8) (33.2) (14.4) (1.6)

10. Proper assignment of work 79 112 42 13 4 164.680(31.6) (44.8) (16.8) (5.2) (1.6)

11. Continuous provision of professional 49 77 83 37 4 82.080learning material (19.6) (30.8) (33.2) (14.8) (1.6)

12. Healthy work environment 86 85 58 17 4 15.800(34.4) (34) (23.2) (6.8) (1.6)

13. Not frequently punishing them for 26 80 83 49 12 80.2mistakes (10.4) (32) (33.2) (19.6) (4.8)

14. Depoliticisation of police force 92 85 43 28 2 116.520(36.8) (34) (17.2) (11.2) (0.8)

15. Motivating them to improve Educational 42 99 75 30 4 112.120Qualifications (16.8) (39.6) (30) (12) (1.6)

16. Developing in them more pride in 64 93 69 23 1 110.720service and uniform (25.6) (37.2) (27.6) (9.2) (0.4)

17. Developing stress management 36 87 96 28 3 127.480competence (14.4) (34.8) (38.4) (11.2) (1.2)

18. Conducting physical fitness programme 25 100 81 30 14 115.640(10) (40) (32.4) (12) (5.6)

(Contd.)

200




19. Dead woods must be removed 69 83 49 49 — 13.232(27.6) (33.2) (19.6) (19.6)

20. Courses on Human Rights 39 77 79 47 8 69.280(15.6) (30.8) (13.6) (18.8) (3.2)

21. Training in Time Management 38 58 106 39 19 102.920(15.2) (23.2) (42.4) (15.6) (3.6)

22. Provide proper Insurance policies 55 52 103 39 1 107.2for constables (22) (20.8) (41.2) (15.6) (0.4)

23. Reducing their vulnerability by 54 66 81 45 4 67.480providing proper eqpt. (21.6) (26.4) (32.4) (18) (1.6)

24. Reducing their vulnerability by 51 65 95 34 5 90.640providing legal protection (20.4) (26) (38) (13.6) (2)

25. Encouraging them to have hobbies and 46 74 85 34 11 71.880relaxation activities (18.4) (29.6) (34) (13.6) (4.4)

26. Creating better sports and entertainment 40 88 58 56 8 68.160facilities (16) (35.2) (23.2) (22.4) (3.2)

27. Linking their promotion with training 52 79 86 27 6 92.120(20.8) (31.6) (34.4) (10.8) (2.4)

28. Reducing the age of Recruitment 25 58 56 69 42 23(10) (23.2) (22.4) (27.6) (16.8)

29. Streamlining the process of recruitment 112 58 45 22 13 121.720so that chances of corruption are eliminated (44.8) (23.2) (18) (8.8) (5.2)

30. Posting competent trainers at the police 105 97 35 13 — 99.248training institutes to train the constables (42) (38.8) (14) (5.2)

31. Designing the basic and refresher 78 79 78 15 — 48.144courses keeping in mind the performance (31.2) (31.6) (31.2) (6)problems of constables

32. Providing adequate health services to 88 69 66 27 — 31.440the police constables and their family (35.2) (27.6) (26.4) (10.8)members

33. Evolving proper uniform 63 44 100 40 3 100.280(25.2) (17.6) (40) (16) (1.2)

34. Controlling alcoholism in constables 60 74 72 42 2 70.560(24) (29.6) (28.8) (16.8) (0.8)

35. Decreasing police brutality 62 84 72 29 3 88.680(24.8) (33.6) (28.8) (11.6) (1.2)

36. Acquainting the constables perfectly 64 88 63 30 5 84.680on code of ethics and rules of conduct (25.6) (35.2) (25.2) (12) (2.0)

37. Policing the police to be made more strict 81 64 72 26 7 81.320(32.4) (25.6) (28.8) (10.4) (2.8)

201


Recommendations

Recruitment of High Quality Individuals

1. Constables have to perform very stressfultasks. Therefore, there is a need to recruityounger people who are energetic and canface the work pressure.

2. In the attitude survey, 94.7% of peopleviewed that the recruitment of constables isnot free from corruption and there is a needto set up Recruitment Boards as in TamilNadu.

3. Candidate’s qualification and physical fitnessneeds to be kept in mind while selecting aconstable.

4. Psychological, psychiatric or lie detector testsas conducted in western countries should beadministered so that people with wrongattitudes are screened out at the early stage.

Improved Career Opportunities

1. There should be at least two promotions incareer span of a constable.

2. There should be proper policy with regard topostings of the constables and after trainingthey should for one or two years work atPolice Lines with striking reserve or criminalsquads.

3. After every stint of difficult postings theymust get a chance to work in peaceful areas.

Capacity Development Programme

1. The constables should be so trained andretrained that they are able to perform theirtasks with deftness, agility, confidence,competence and positive attitude.

2. The infra-structural facilities of PoliceTraining Schools need to be improved.

3. PTSs should be located at Range Hqrs. sothat proper supervision by senior officers canbe done and resource persons can be madeavailable for conducting the courses.

4. On the job Refresher Training Programmesshould be conducted regularly. Some goodHead Constables or A.S.Is. at the PoliceStation level may be designated as mentor tofacilitate the learning of the Constables.

5. The Constables need to be provided smallready reckoners containing provisions of law,rules and regulation do’s and don’ts to befollowed in different situations. It will addto their capacity and solve their groundproblems.

Reducing Vulnerability

1. By reducing the vulnerability of PoliceConstables the brutality will go down. Theyneed to be given adequate legal knowledge notonly conceptually but also practically to agreat extent.

2. They also need to be provided protectiveequipments like bullet proof vests, flameproof over alls etc. during special operations.

3. Providing accommodation to their families (inthe communal or terrorist prone areas) in thepremises of Police Station or Reserve PoliceLines will reduce their vulnerability.

Proper Work Design and Job Enrichment

1. A systematic work study can help instandardizing the work design and help indiscarding and eliminating wasteful practices.

202


2. It can be emphasised that the task identity,task significance and job enlargement causejob enrichment for the police constables andit can bring the concept of quality of worklife into force.

Effective Supervision andPerformance Evaluation

1. Police supervision should be prospective,progressive and it must be of the activity, sothat at the right stage the supervisory officercan intervene and keep the work on the righttrack.

2. Evaluation of performance of Constable Cadrehas to be periodic. The SHO or R.I who is incharge of the Constables, must assess themonthly performance of the Constables. S.P.can get these performance notes every monththrough the SHOs to monitor the performance.

3. The individuals who exhibit the dimensionsand behaviours that define professionalismneed to be rewarded. There should be ‘Hallof Fame’ in all PTSs, the Office ofSuperintendent of Police and District ReservePolice Lines. Recognition of good workencourages and motivates them.

Stress Level Elimination Plan

All possible efforts must be made to transformthe depressed, sad Constables to glad Constables.Besides these, the emotional re-silence of theConstables need to be developed and it can bedone through by providing extra curricularactivities, yoga, being liberal in providing leave toConstables, arranging for counselling andproviding for life insurance and accidentinsurance.

Proper Time Management

Time Management is essential because timelinessof response is the crux of policing. The odd timeduties and long hour duties cause tremendousfatigue. They also do not find time for personalgrowth or relaxation. So, there is a need forstreamlining the work practice and discarding thetime waste practices. The location of housing forConstables near the work places can reduce thewastage of time.

Proper Communication

Communication is the life-blood of policeadministration and has a great bearing on the tasksof the Constables. Through the art ofcommunication, the Constables can overcome theallegations of being inhuman and abusive and canwork better.

Proper Management of Professional Image

1. The professional reputation of PoliceConstables depends not only on the inherentquality of the Constables, but also on theiroutward look or the appearance. There is aneed to design the uniform in such a mannerthat he can easily carry all the things andsimultaneously keep his hands free for use.

2. The protective uniform like providing ofbullet proof jackets, the flame proof overalls,bullet proof helmets etc. helps constablesfrom various injuries and even death. Thereis further scope of improvement in it.

3. Similarly, ceremonial uniforms need to behighly impressive and eye catching so that itcan produce an smart looking police constableprojecting a professional image.

203


Professional Will

The professional will is required at the levels ofPolice Headquarters, Police Training School, atDistrict and lastly at Police Station. With the help

of professional will, the majority of unprofessionaland sub-professional Constables can betransformed into professionally competent andtrustworthy Constables.

115. Police Public Interface (2001)GP Joshi*

* Former BPR&D Officer in Commonwealth HumanRights initiative, MHA, New Delhi

Objective

One of the Project objectives is “measurableimprovement in police social skills, transparency,and responsiveness as assessed by communityliaison groups and improved understanding ofpolice circumstances and practice on the part ofthe public” and “improved understanding on thepart of the public of their own rights and theroles and functions of the police, and theconstraints under which they operate”.

Methodology

The achievement of this objective necessitated adetailed field study of various aspects of police-publicinterface and identify the problem areas and salientfeatures of people’s perception of the police in orderto “devise means for informing the public about role,functions, rights and constraints of police”.

Important Findings

A community’s trust in police force is a directeffect on the quality of police operations. A hostile

public, reluctant to take the policemen in theirconfidence may not even report incidence ofcrime, let alone volunteer to give evidence. Thus,the department’s capacity to control crime andmaintain peace is adversely affected.

Lack of community support can also affectthe police in other ways such as:

1. A police force with a bad image will be unableto attract and retain quality manpower.

2. Absence of public trust causes jobdissatisfaction amongst policemen.

3. The police organisation will find it difficult toget additional resources from the government.

4. Absence of public co-operation makes thepolicemen adopt shortcuts and use thirddegree methods.

In a nutshell a hostile public and a brutalpolice force generally go together.

There are a variety of reasons for the presentpoor image of the police and the absence ofworking police community relations and some ofthese reasons are historical as well.If theorganisation and management of law enforcementsystem in India is to improve, there is need for asystematic analysis of problem areas and improvingpolice image and having done that take steps for

204


improving police image towards the ultimate goalof policing in partnership with the people.

Identifying the ProblemsThe first step towards identifying the problems ofpolice public interface is to find out how the peoplelook at the police. The CHRI carried survey onpublic opinion and some of its salient findings are:

1. Do the police help?

Always Sometimes NeverTotal 39.3% 51.3% 9.5%

2. How quick is the police response?

Quick Late Very Late No ResponseTotal 51.1% 29.6% 14.8% 4.5%

3. Are the police successful in preventing crime?

Yes No Can’t SayTotal 48.9% 25.0% 26.1%

4. Do the police have links with criminals?


5. Are the police corrupt?


6. How do the police behave with citizens?

Courteously Indifferent Rudely Can’t sayTotal 38.7% 29.3% 24.1% 7.9%

7. Do the police use brutal methods?


8. Are the police biased?

Yes NoTotal 63.4% 36.6%

9. Would you complain against policemisbehaviour?


Reasons for Poor Police PerformanceThe general public impression is that the overallperformance of the police is not up to the mark.The survey attempted to find from the public asto what they considered to be the most likelyreasons for poor performance.

Reasons Total(in %)

Political and other Interference 72.3

Lack of Adequate Resources 48.7Lack of Public Support 48.6Recruitment of Wrong Type of People 45.5

Inadequate Supervision 42.4Poor Service Conditions 38.8Poor Training 32.3

Low Status in Community 27.4Poor Salary 28.4

Experience of PublicWho Came in Contact with the Police

The persons approached for the survey were

205


complainants, persons suspected in cases, personsaccused of crime, witnesses, those giving

information to the police or visiting police stationsfor routine enquiries. Their perceptions were:

4. Was a copy of the FIR given by the police?


5. Did the FIR register facts correctly?


6. Did the police act promptly on complaint?

Yes No Can’t sayTotal 50.0% 36.5% 13.5%

After After On public After taking On theirpolitician’s senior police pressure money own

intervention officer’sintervention

Total 6.8% 4.1% 1.4% 24.2% 63.5%

7. Are complainants satisfied with outcome oftheir cases?


8. Did the police inform you about the groundsof arrest?


9. Did the police inform you about your rightto bail?


1. What did the police do when the complainants went to lodge reports?

Registered Tried to Tried to the crime threaten dissuade

Total 71.6% 4.1% 24.3%

2. When did the police register the crime?

In the After After threefirst instance two visits or more visits

Total 68.9% 23.0% 8.1%

3. Did the police register the crime?

206


10. Did the police allow you to inform othersabout your arrest?


11. Did the police use unnecessary or excessiveforce while making arrests?


12. Were you subjected to cruel and degradingtreatment?


13. What was the police response to witness?

Shown Did not Were Were Appreciation Appreciate Suspicious Hostile

Total 64.3% 22.9% 5.7% 7.1%

14. Did the police ask witness to accompanythem from place to place?


15. Number of occasions witness wassummoned to the police station

Once Twice Thrice More thanthree times

Total 38.6% 22.7% 16.0% 22.7%

16. How did the police treat the witnesses?

Court- Indiff- Arrog- With Noeously erently antly hostility Answer

Total 45.7% 22.9% 8.6% 2.9% 20.0%

Perceptions and Views – PoliceAnother survey was conducted to sample theviews of police personnel both serving and retiredwith regard to the amount of support they receivefrom the public in their day to day work and tofind out how they view their problems particularlyin the areas where the public accuses them ofwrong doing. The main indicators during thesurvey were:

1. Police success depends upon publicsupport:


2. Police get public support:

Always Sometimes NeverTotal 10.7% 28.4% 60.9%

Reasons for Lack of Public Support

Reasons Total(in %)

Involvement in police and court proceedings 72.5Lack of confidence in police and courts 70.5Lack of fairness and impartiality on police part 69.6Fear of reprisal from criminals 56.9Discourteous treatment by police 44.5Police corruption 32.4

If the findings are interpreted on the basis oftotal of all the three states, fear of ‘involvementin police and court proceedings resulting inharassment and loss of earnings’ emerges as the

207


most important reason for lack of public supportand co-operation to the police.

Perceptions with Regard to CertainAspects of Police Functioning

A. Registration of Crime

1. Is it true that several offences are notregistered?


2. Is non-registration of crime an importantreason for poor relations with thecommunity?


B. Efficacy in Dealing with Criminals

1. Are the police successful in dealing withcriminals effectively?


2. Reasons for police ineffectiveness in dealingwith criminals.

Reasons Total (in %)

Lack of Transport, Communication 91.7and other ResourcesInadequate Strength 90.4Political Interference 89.7

Lack of Dedication 58.3Lack of Trained Personnel 57.1Corruption in Police 37.8

C. Public Fear of Police

1. Is the public afraid of the police?


2. Should the public fear the police?


D. Use of Third-degree Methods

1. Do the police use third degree methodsduring interrogation?


2. Reasons for use of third degree Methods

Reasons Total (in %)

Lack of Skill in Investigation 69.3Pressure of Work 65.7Desire for Quick Results 65.7Faith in effectiveness 62.0Lack of Forensic Science Facilities 61.3Lack of Faith in Scientific Methods 56.2Deficiencies in Law 55.5Unreasonable Public Demands & Expectations 55.5Unwillingness to put Sustained Effort 35.0

3. Suggestions to eliminate use of third degreeMethods

Suggestions Total (in %)

Training in scientific methods to be emphasised 92.0

Forensic science facilities to be made available 87.1at the police station level

208


Judicial inquiry should be mandatory in cases 80.4 of death or grievous hurt in police custody

Senior officers should pay surprise visits 74.2to the police stations

Use of such methods should result in swift 73.8and deterrent punishment

It should be mandatory for the court to ask 69.3the arrested person if he was ill treated bythe police

Performance of police officers should not 65.3be evaluated on the basis of number ofcases solved by them

E. Misuse of Powers by Police

Reasons for misuse of powers by police

Reasons Total(in %)

Political Interference 78.7Lack of Resources 73.3Lack of Public Co-operation 70.2Legal Handicaps 68.0Pressure for Quick Results 61.8Lack of Professional Training 60.0Apathy to the use of Scientific Methods 59.6and FacilitiesAdverse Working/living Conditions 58.2Lack of Sensitivity Towards Human Rights 52.4Wrong Recruitment 49.3Inadequate Supervision 48.9Corrupt Motives 35.1Constant Exposure to the Underworld 32.9

F. Constraints of Police

Is the public aware of the constraints under whichpolice function?


G. Educating the Community1. Should the police educate the community?


2. Methods to educate the public

Methods Total(in %)

Meet the Public and Listen to their Grievances 94.7Set up Police – Community Liaison Committees 93.3Deliver Lectures about Police Role and Problems 88.9Deliver Talks on Radio/Television 85.3Organise Training Programmes for Citizens 82.2Organise Workshops 81.8

Police-Human Rights Awareness andAttitudesWork Related Human Rights Issues –Awareness

Though general awareness of police personnelabout human rights issues leaves a lot to bedesired, their specific work related awareness ofhuman rights is not so bad. They are fairly wellaware of many provisions of law and PoliceManuals, which safeguard the rights of citizens;but even here some of them have been foundwanting in important respects.

We put a number of questions to theinvestigating officers, trying to assess theirawareness about provisions relating to arrest, bail,search, seizure, use of handcuffs, dealing withwomen witnesses, use of brutal methods etc.Some important findings of this part of the surveyof 200 police officers interviewed by us aresummarised below:

209


1. It is necessary to inform the arrested personabout the grounds of arrest.

2. It is their duty to inform the arrested personin a bailable case that he can apply for bail.

3. An arrested person has a right to consult alawyer of his choice and that he can beallowed to do that.

4. An arrested person has a right to inform arelative or friend about his arrest and placeof detention.

5. It is their duty to make the arrested personaware of his rights.

6. Policemen have the power to put handcuffson prisoners in their custody routinely.

7. It is not necessary that every case ofhandcuffing of a prisoner must be judiciallyapproved or ratified, particularly when he isbeing escorted to the court for trial.

8. Provision of law that female witnesses cannot be summoned to the police station forinterrogation.

9. The occupants of a building or place whosepremises are being searched have a right toremain present during the search.

10. They have the power to deny the personsearched a duly signed copy of the list ofitems searched and seized by them.

11. The principle of double jeopardy in law meansa person can not be prosecuted again on thesame facts for an offence for which he isacquitted by a court of law.

12. Violent situations must be controlled by usingminimum force.

13. Firearms should be used only if it becomesunavoidable to do so.

14. It is necessary to arrest all persons suspectedto be involved in committing cognisableoffences.

15. Law can not be applied with retrospectiveeffect.They think that if an act is not anoffence when it is done, it can become soafter the day of its commission.

16. A mentally ill person found wandering in theirjurisdiction can be detained in jail.

17. The institutions dealing with or looking afterjuveniles are established under the JuvenileJustice Act.

Attitudes towards Human Rights Issues

1. The police should derive their power fromlaw and not from posts they hold.

Strongly Agree Undecided Disagree StronglyAgree Disagree

Total 65.5% 32.5% 1.5% 0.5%

2. The police should be allowed to occasionallyuse third degree methods.


Total 6.5% 44.0% 9.5% 19.0% 21.0%

3. Arbitrary arrests and detentions are absolutelynecessary to prevent and control crime.


Total 7.0% 25.5% 8.5% 25.0% 34.0%

4. Terrorists and hardened criminals should notbe entitled to same fundamental rights as areguaranteed to other citizens.

210



Total 21.5% 23.0% 9.5% 29.0% 17.0%

5. Liquidation of hardcore criminals in fakeencounters is necessary.


Total 6.0% 28.5% 17.5% 28.0% 20.0%

6. Courts should not release hardcore criminalson bail.


Total 55.0% 32.5% 1.0% 8.0% 3.5%

7. Bail and not jail should be the rule and notthe exception.


Total 8.0% 51.0% 11.5% 17.5% 12.0%

8. Convicted persons in jails should not beentitled to fundamental rights guaranteed toother citizens.


Total 8.5% 31.0% 7.5% 33.5% 19.5%

9. Persons in police custody should not haveany right to communicate with their relations,friends and lawyers.


Total 3.0% 4.5% 2.0% 38.5% 52.0%

10. Women should do only household and menonly non-household work.


Total 4.0% 3.5% 4.5% 31.0% 57.0%

11. Human Rights NGOs should not be allowedto criticise the police.


Total 25.5% 27.0% 7.0% 30.0% 10.5%

Perceptions about Human RightsViolations – Causes and Remedies

1. Common Malpractice in which PoliceIndulge – Number of Priority Responses

Three most common manifestations ofmisuse or excessive use of police powers in orderof priorities determined on the basis of totalresponses of police personnel themselves are asfollows:

1. First Priority–Non Registration – 44.7 %of complaints

2. Second Priority–Showing partiality – 24.0 %towards rich or influential peoplein cases involving them or reportedby them

3. Third Priority–Discriminatory – 20.6 %treatment against the weakersections of community

2. Causes of Misuse of Power by Police –Number of Priority ResponsesThe above Table shows that the three most

important causes of misuse of power by the

211


policemen identified on the basis of prioritiesattached by the total sample are as follows:

1. Political Interference – 66.8 %2. Legal Impediments & Handicaps to – 23.6 %

Police Work3. Lack of Willing Public Co-operation –24.1 %

3. Suggestions to Prevent the Misuse ofPower by Police – Number of PriorityResponses in Percentage

ConclusionsA few suggestions received from the public wereas follows:1. Police should become more people-friendly

and accessible.2. The complaints of the public against the police

should be attended to promptly without delay.The complaints should be investigated in atransparent and impartial manner.

3. The public must be educated about the role,duties and responsibilities of the police so thatthey can approach the police with confidence.

4. Senior police officers should become morevisible to the public and arrange for frequentmeetings with them. The problems of thepolice should be shared with the public andtheir support enlisted.

5. Monthly meetings should be organisedbetween the police and the public by formingjoint consultative committee of the local policeand the community representatives to discussthe problems of both.

6. Complaint boxes should be kept at prominentplaces to facilitate easy reporting.

7. Several respondents of the public understand

that police work under very difficultcircumstances and limited resources. Thepolice should take the public into confidencewith the idea of tapping community help andresources to improve the police system.

Recommendations

Educating the Public aboutPolice Work and Problems

Some methods to educate the community arediscussed below:

Citizens Police AcademiesThese Academies are in the nature of instructivetraining programmes being conducted by foreignpolice forces for citizens. The idea is to educatethe public and to develop in them an understand-ing of the role of the police, the problems theyface and the constraints under which they func-tion.

The UNDP may consider including theexperiment as a part of their project and run it inthe six Districts of the selected States where theirproject is being run. A small team of trainers maybe formed in each district, which may organisethe training programmes and take them to thedoorsteps of the communities at the block levels.Once the programme succeeds in these places, itwill encourage others to adopt the experiment.

Mass Contact Meetings

The Superintendents of Police in the districts andother senior officers should organise massmeetings with citizens to listen to what the publicwant. Public will attend these meetings if thesebecome known as occasions for communities tovoice their problems, needs and expectations.

These meetings should also be utilised

212


profitably by the police to inform the public whatthe police can do and why they can not do the otherthings that the public wants. The police officersshould explain to the public their limitations resultingfrom inadequacies in law, resources and in thefunctioning of other agencies of the riminal justicesystem and the government.

The police will have to guard against twothings, if these meetings are to succeed as amechanism to educate the public. Firstly, theseshould not be organised routinely, without faithin their efficacy. Secondly, the aim should be toeducate the public and not to vent one’sgrievances against other departments or services.

Citizens’ Monitoring Committees

Lack of openness by police has also contributedto perpetuating ignorance or wrong myths aboutthem. The police have been secretive andshown reluctance to share information with thepublic about their operations and methods ofwork.

The experiment may be started in the nineselected police stations on the basis of executiveorders.

Success of the committees would depend uponthree factors. One is the interest taken by the seniorofficers, in police and in administration, to establishthe committees and to see that they run effectively.The other is to man the committees with eminentand honest citizens from the community. The thirdis to take steps to see that the committees are notpoliticised and that they are not seen to function asthe “inner circle” of the police station.

Use of Media

The police have used the media mainly forpublicising their achievements, which do notalways find ready and wide acceptance. TV is one

of the most powerful mediums with tremendousreach and coverage. The police has used it foronly two purposes - one for seeking informationhelpful in investigation of cases and the other forglorifying their achievements. It has not been usedto inform the public about the police organisationand its problems.

We are of the view that as a part of the UNDPexperiment, the BPR&D may commission fewprogrammes for the print as well as electronic mediawith the sole aim of educating the public in the selectedjurisdictions of the three States on different aspectsof police organisation, its work and problems.

We would urge that the experiment to useboth radio and television as a means ofdeveloping a more satisfactory public-policeinterface should be thoughtfully structured tomeasure and make impact. For example, thepublic could be invited to take a quiz on policefunctioning, or bring in complaints and discusshow they have been dealt with or be brought onto talk about the positive interactions they havehad with the police.

Bollywood is another powerful image-maker.Opportunities must be created by senior officersto bring producers and scriptwriters into contactwith the daily lives of the police and to invite themto develop more realistic portrayals. We believethat more life-like portrayals are possible andwould go a long way toward creating sympathyin the public for the police.

Police officers must deliver talks on radioand television and write articles in the press,explaining to the public the work and problemsof the police. The police could themselves run acolumn in the press regularly giving informationabout crime and other problems in the districts.

Use of Educational Institutions

The educational institutions in this country have

213


shown no interest in either learning or teachingabout the police. Thus, there have been noresearch by academicians into police problems andno courses are offered in Police Science orAdministration by Universities. In other Countriesthe police departments and educationalestablishments have evolved a system ofinternship where students are deputed to thepolice department to learn work during summervacations. Likewise, there is no system of policeofficers going to educational institutions to delivertalks. There is need for governmental interventionand a systematic approach on all the four counts.

Educating the Public about theirRights under the Criminal Justice System

There is also a need for educating the citizensabout their rights under the Criminal JusticeSystem. Such an education programmes shouldcover the following:

At Police Station

(a) Right to lodge FIR(b) Right against arbitrary arrest and

detention(c) Right to bail in bailable offences(d) Right to plea legal aid(e) Right to be medically examined(f) Right against unauthorised searches and

seizures(g) Rights during police interrogation

During Trial

(a) Protection against self-incrimination(b) Protection against conviction under ex-

post-facto law and against enhancedpunishment

(c) Protection against double jeopardy

(d) Right to presumption of innocence

(e) Right to speedy bail

(f) Right to have due notice of chargesframed

(g) Right to get copies of all documents

(h) Right to demand that evidence be recordin his presence

(i) Right to produce evidence for defence

(j) Right to be heard about sentence

(k) Right to get a copy of the judgement

(l) Right to appeal in case of conviction

During Prison Stage

(a) Right to live with basic human dignity(b) Right to equal treatment amongst fellow

prisoners(c) Right against internment in excess of

the court sentence(d) Right against arbitrary use of handcuffs

and fetters(e) Right to get compensation against

excesses(f) Right against solitary confinements

awarded by prison authorities(g) Right to information about prison rules(h) Right to communication(i) Right to air grievances(j) Right to evoke Habeas Corpus against

prison authorities for excesses(k) Right to file appeals and petitions(l) Women prisoner’s right to be separated

214


from male prisoners(m) Under trial prisoner ’s right to be

segregated from convicts(n) Young prisoner’s right to be segregated

from adult prisoners.

Such education can be provided with the helpof printed material, through the electronic media,through the popular entertainment media, byconducting rights awareness workshops, ralliesand public meetings and through communityliaison groups.

Training the Police

The training of policemen, as it exists today,suffers from the following drawbacks:

1. Preoccupation with drill and practices

2. Hierarchical nature of interaction

3. Tendency towards repetition and rote learningand ‘frontloading’ in the classroom

4. Focus on knowledge based assessment stat.

It is necessary that the culture prevailing inthe police training institutions in the Country ischanged. The climate must be conducive todeveloping the traits of sensitivity, friendlinessand responsiveness in the policemen. Theatmosphere should be relaxed, less tiring, lessintimidating and less authoritarian and feudal.There is also a need for training inputs on:

1. Human Rights2. Police integrity and ethics3. Cultural awareness4. Police culture and its management5. Problems solving6. Investigation skills7. Registration of complaints.

215


116. Community Participation in Law Enforcement System*(2001)

* Society for Participatory Research in Asia, (PRIA)

Objectives

1. To improve police/community understandingand interactions at the Police Station level.

2. To devise and institutionalise a system ofcommunity participation in policing at thePolice Station level.

3. To determine broad selection and membershipcriteria for such groups (Community LiasionGroup).

4. To draw up terms of reference for theirfunctioning.

The task of devising membership criteria forCommunity Liaison Groups and the structure, sizeand periodicity of meetings of such groups, whichare expected to become the focal point of allefforts directed towards community policing wasassigned to Society for Participatory Research inAsia (PRIA).

Methodology

Field study and assessment of perceptions ofpeople.

Important Findings

People’s Perceptions of the Police

A large number of people felt that instead of beinga supportive force, the police is arrogant and hassuperior attitude towards the people. The higherranking police officials are cordial while those inthe lower ranks are rude, particularly towards themarginalised sections of the society.1. The police is infamous for taking bribes and

harassing innocent people. This has instilleda fear psychosis in the people, which preventsthem from seeking police help. There is asense of insecurity because of the police-miscreant nexus. The caste-class dividecontinues to control the way the policebehave.

2. Added to this, are the complicated formalitiesthat come into play while requiring policeassistance.

3. Role of the police is curative rather thanpreventive. Their involvement begins once acrime is committed.

4. The police lack commitment and professionalapproach to their work. They begin with theassumption that everybody is a criminal.

Policemen’s Perceptions of the People

1. The general public does not trust the police.The police is blamed for everything that goeswrong.

2. The public is non-co-operative. They don’tgive information or give evidence againstcriminals.

216


3. There is a lack of awareness among the peopleabout the laws and legal processes as well asthe rights and duties of citizens. The publicdoes not have an understanding of theconstraints under which the police functions.

4. Those who help them become power brokersand seek favours from the police.

5. Political interference is yet another problemthat the police face. People seek politiciansto intervene on their behalf.

Perception of Police about Themselves

1. They are handicapped because of structuraland legal constraints.

2. The lack of facilities and training affects theirperformance very badly.

3. Weak public relations is another cause of poorpolice image.

4. Attitude and behaviour of police personnel.

Common Concerns

1. The police are apprehensive, particularly in anew place, of interacting with their neighboursin case they are involved in anti-social activities.

2. The structural constraint of the police systemunder the Police Act, 1861 restricts policemovement and has resulted in a closed systemof functioning. The hierarchy within thesystem is very strong and it is difficult forthe police to come of that mode.

3. The police follow a target system, whichincreases every year.

4. The police training is inappropriate since it isdirected more towards physical training.There are few or no inputs towards anunderstanding of human behaviour, public

relations, etc.5. The police is grossly overworked and

understaffed.6. The police lack time for their families. The

compensation package is low in comparison toother departments while the workload is veryhigh. The low salaries make them susceptibleto taking bribes. The legal system is ineffective.If a criminal or an insurgent is caught, she/hemay be released because of the legal system.The police feel humiliated since the crimecontinues and they get blamed for it.

7. The infrastructure for the police is inadequate,be it in terms of arms and ammunitions orfacilities like computer, Internet, etc. Thepolice stations are within dirty and unhygienicconditions and at times do not have even thebasic facilities of toilet, enough furniture etc.

8. Media has a major role to play in portrayinga realistic image of police. There are manyinstances of police officers who haveperformed their duties well but this does notget reported.

Community-Police Interface –Some Existing Initiatives

Joint Patrolling Committee

Residents of a new residential colony ChandraShekhar Azad Nagar in the Bhilwara District(Rajasthan) have come forward to help the police injointly patrolling the area. Patrolling is done in astructured manner and a regular roaster is maintained.

Meira Paibi (Torch Bearers). The women ofManipuri Basti, Guwahati (Assam) have takenupon themselves the responsibility of improvingthe law and order situations and other social

217


problems in their Basti and tackle problems ofdrug-abuse by youth. The women have cometogether to prevent the youth from going out ofthe Basti after sunset. They light their torchesand go around the Basti guarding the entry andexit points. About 300 women from 3 voluntarygroups are participating in this programme andthe local police responded positively to theinitiative taken by them. This has helped controlthe problem of drug abuse among youth therebyshowing that if the community initiatives aresupported by the police it brings desired results.

Preventing Employment of Miscreants

In Pratap Nagar (Rajasthan) steps were taken toeducate the community and industrialists to avoidemploying miscreants. In some areas a form ‘B’was introduced to procure information of eachresident of a given locality. The Community wasencouraged to fill up this form as a preventivemeasure of thefts. Similar kinds of forms wereused for the new tenants in some area. Therickshaw pullers were given license andappropriate identity cards. The exercise hashelped the police to clearly differentiate betweenresident and floating population and in turn hashelped them keep check on criminals.

Peace Committees

Peace Committees were usually formed withinitiatives of police department and werecomposed of some eminent citizens of the locality.In most cases department call these committeesonly during some communal tensions. Theinability to involve the right kind of people hasbeen a major cause of failure of such committees.Selection of right kind of people as members andempowering them is essential for effectivefunctioning of such committees.

Open Grievance Redressal Forums

Open grievance redress forums like the one,which existed in Kota and which was initiated bythe former SP of the district have proved to behighly effective and beneficial for the community.

Village Defence Party

In Assam there is the idea of Village DefenceParty (VDP). Each household is a member of theVDP and involved in night patrolling within thevillage. They maintain a roster explaining whowill be involved in what dates. The villagersusually select a secretary who is responsible tokeep regular contact with the police station.There is one Circle Organiser of Village DefenceOrganisations (COVDO) who is responsible forthe co-ordination of all the VDPs within one policestation. In various places of Assam the VDPswere involved by the police forces to protect theoil pipelines especially during the height ofinsurgency activities.

Gaon Burah

In Assam in each village there is usually one GaonBurah who is traditionally selected by the villagecommunity. The Government had employed theseGaon Burah to collect village revenues. During theheight of insurgency police department tried toutilise them to get information regarding themilitancy activities in the village. The success ofthis system shows that the traditional mechanismto maintain peace and harmony in society shouldgo side by side with formal legal initiatives.

Friends of Police

Friends of Police in almost all the places are also

218


an example of this who act as informers and helpin prevention and detection of crime. Forexample, in Salem the youth are involved inmonitoring traffic, ensuring that the people followtraffic rules, etc. However, these have not provedto be effective since the youth became negativeand fell in the trap of taking bribe.

RecommendationsEducation and Awareness Programmesat Various Levels

This strategy met with overwhelming supportright across the Country, in all the nine places.As per this suggestion the attitude and behaviourof both the parties can be changed if the pre-conceived notions are changed. This can be donethrough sensitisation, information and educationof the public and police.

1. The public need to be educated about legalprocesses, the penal code and their own rolesand responsibilities as citizens. In order tofacilitate this educational process, existingassociations and organisations could be utilisedas conduits to spread awareness and education.

2. There was a suggestion that the educationalcurricula of schools should incorporate acourse on rights and responsibilities ofcitizens. This could include visits to the policestations, classes by the local Inspector etc.This will help to build well-informed futurecitizens in the Country.

3. A number of people have suggested to earmark– a particular day in the year as “Police Day”to felicitate the police and thank them for theservices they render to society.

This is a long-term solution, the results of this

intervention will be felt only with the nextgeneration of citizens. At the same time, it needsto be supported with some changes within thedepartment to fulfil the objective of creating a betterrelationship between the public and the police.

Community-Police Officer

A new and innovative idea, this puts theresponsibility on the community to elect, selector nominate a person, who would act as a Public-Police Officer, from among themselves. Thisperson will not be a party of the police force butwould act as a catalyst between the police andthe community. She/He would perform thefollowing duties:

1. Listening to the grievance of the people2. Take forward the peoples grievances to the

police3. Mediate between the police and the people4. Reporting to the police from time to time

about the illegal activities going on in thecommunity

5. Help the people in approaching the police forreporting, filing FIR etc.

6. Giving feedback to the community7. Build a stronger bond between both the

groups.

Who will be theCommunity-Police Officer?

The person would be a known and respectedperson in the community. The types of peoplewho could fit this position could be senior citizens,eminent personalities like artists, journalists,government servants, ex-police officers etc.

219


Who will Select the Person?

The community will either select or nominate asper the size and composition of the community.Municipal or Panchayat Ward Councillor couldalso be approached to help in the selection criteria.It will be a rotating post and the tenure of thispost will not be too long.

Third Party MediationA number of people were of the opinion that athird party, not of the police or any otherdepartment – Government of Private, organised

for the service and welfare of the public shouldtake the responsibility of improving therelationship between police and public. Thisbody could also play the role of watchdogs andmonitor the functioning of department as wellas of public.

Non Governmental Organisations from thelocal area were seen to be able to play this roleeffectively.

An interesting option, there are somereservations about the capacities of NGOs to playthis role:

Strengths and Weaknesses of the Community-Police Officer

Strengths Weaknesses

• Putting the responsibility on one person onlywill not be feasible as this kind of job requiresa full time involvement and that person wouldalso have other commitments to fulfil

• There are very high chances of this officerbecoming a ‘power’ person himself/herself andcould exploit both the police and the public forvested interests

• She/He could become corrupt and therefore increasethe distance between the police and the citizens

• This officer will always be in constant dangerfrom the illegal elements in the society.

• The agency may carry an overloaded agendaof its own.

• NGOs play roles of social change agents, theymay not be seen as neutral bodies by allmembers of the community.

• Community can approach the public policeofficer if they do not feel comfortable toapproach the people

• Stronger relations between police and public

• She/He would allow more transparency in thepolice system

• Will help in detection of crime and givinginside news which many a times the policefind it difficult to access.

• The agency can play an effective mediatingrole without any vested interests.

• The agency can also bring changes in attitudeand behaviour of both community and police.

220


Formation of Community Liaison Groups

Community Liaison Group

CLG represents a group of people belonging tovarious socio-economic strata of the societywithin a given geographical area who cometogether with a common specific objective toimprove relationship between public and police ofthe given area with an aim to foster peace andharmony in the society through co-operation andconstant communication, interaction andunderstanding between the police and the public.

Roles and Responsibilities ofCommunity Liaison Groups

1. The committee as a group should maintaincontinuous relationship with the communityand police department to bridge the gapbetween both the parties.

2. The committee should try to improve the lawand order situation in the locality inpartnership with the police.

3. The committee should listen to the grievancesand problems faced by the community peopleand endeavour for feasible redressal of suchgrievances in partnership with the police.

4. The committee should help the police toprevent and detect crimes in the locality.

5. The committee should take the responsibilityof spreading awareness among thecommunity regarding legal affairs, proceduresof police department and rights andobligations of the citizen. This can be doneby educating people through pamphlets,hoarding, organising cultural programmes,

seminars, debates and related events and dailycontact with people of the locality.

6. The committee should be able to mobilise andmanage resources toward its long termssustainability. The committee should notexpect or depend on grants or any otherfinancial assistance from the Government.This will help to generate a sense ofbelongingness among the communitymembers.

7. The committee should apprise appropriateauthorities about the performance of thepolice including instances of alleged atrocities.At the same time, it should also monitor theactivities taking place in the community. Itshould act as a pressure group to motivatethe police to do their work in proper mannerand within the legal framework. It shouldhelp to upkeep the social order throughpreventing communal riots and buildingharmonious relationship in the community.

8. The committee should actively follow up eachgrievance of the people. If law and orderissues are not solved at the beat levelcommittee, the members should take up theissues at the police station level committee.

9. Members should be willingly associated withthis process and with the spirit ofvoluntarism. It is expected that the peoplewill serve selflessly and should devote timeto this kind of work. Members should besocially aware and involved in social activities.

10. The confidentiality of the sources ofinformation should be maintained.

11. No member of a CLG shall go to the policestation individually in support of any personhaving grievance. If any complainant’s

221


grievance is found to be genuine by a memberof the Community Liaison Group of suchcomplaint and go to the police in a group of3 members.

12. No member of the CLG shall be activelyinvolved in the affairs of any political partyor shall be an office bearer of a union.

Additional Responsibilities ofP.S. Level Committee

In addition to the roles and responsibilities earlierlisted, members of police station level CommunityLiaison Groups shall have the following additionalresponsibilities.

1. The police station level committee should actas an interface between community andofficials from police station and District.

2. The committee should try to resolve theunresolved issues at the beat level committees– in partnership with police.

3. The members of the P.S. level committee shallensure that at the local level CLGs meetperiodically and function in a purposeful andeffective manner.

Composition of Community Liaison Groups

The following categories of individuals andrepresentatives of associations and organisationsshould be members of the CLG:

1. Housewife

2. Local schools, colleges and academicinstitution (preferably the Principal)

3. Religious associations like Temple, Mosque,Church Committees

4. Industrialist or factory owner

5. Local media person

6. Trade Union

7. Vehicle drivers’/transport owners’ association

8. Social organisation or club or NGO

9. Student Union

10. Medical profession

11. Lawyers

12. Slum Dweller, economically and sociallyweaker sections

13. Senior citizens like ex-servicemen or retiredGovernment employees

14. Beat Constable/Office in-charge of PS

15. Market/Trade Association

16. Hawkers

Selection Criterion forCommunity Liaison Groups

The member of Community Liaison Groups mustbe a resident of the area. Citizens with a visionand committed to the cause and interest of peopleshould be included in the committee. Themembers should behave as responsible citizens.However, it should be clear that any individualwith a criminal record, or who is actively involvedin politics, or who is an office bearer of a unioncannot be members of the Community LiaisonGroups. Whenever any person from a trade orother union is to be inducted in the CommunityLiaison Group, preference should be given to anordinary member of the union rather than an officebearer. The underlying idea is to encourageordinary citizens to come up and assumeleadership in the area of preventing crime andremoving social tensions.

222


Disqualification for BecomingMembers of CLG

1. Those who have been convicted/accused ofany crime.

2. Those who may be involved in disputes overmoney and property which are likely to attractpolice interference.

3. Those who have been member of a CLGcontinuously for three years shall not be mademember again at least for two years.

4. Those who are known to harbour criminalsor are reputed to be professional policewitnesses.

5. Any individual with a criminal record.

6. Any individual who is actively involved inpolitics or who is an office bearer of a Union.

Structure, Size and Tenure of CommunityLiaison Groups

Structure

The committees should not be too formal instructure. The convenor should be selected turn-wise from the community and the co-ordinatorfrom the police department. The others will bemembers. All members will be elected or nominatedby the community except the police officer. Therepresentative members will elect or select theConvenor at the police station level committee. TheSHO of a police station will act as a Co-ordinatorin the police station level committee.

Size

Normally the beat level committees shouldcomprise of 12-15 members. The size of police

station level committee will depend on the numberof representatives from the beat levels. However,if the SHO feels that the number is not enoughto include representatives of each section of agiven locality, the number can be interested. Thenumber should be flexible to suit the needs of agiven area. But the total membership should notexceed 15.

Tenure

The tenure of the committee will be of 2 years.One half of the members shall retire at the endof every calendar year. However, to keepcontinuity, the convener of the CLG during aparticular calendar year shall be from among themembers due to retire at the end of the year.

The Community Liaison Group shall meet atleast once every month. Informal minutes of themeetings shall be recorded by the convener in aregister to be kept at the police station. Thisregister will be a permanent record of the policestation and it shall be the duty of the StationHouse Officer to maintain it properly and presentit to Superintendent of Police and other seniorofficers visiting the police station, who in turn,shall record their advisory remarks on the margin.

The Station House Officer shall ensure thattimely action is taken on the minutes of themeeting and shall also record the results of suchactions in the register.

Selection Procedure and Monitoring Panel

The selection panel will comprise of theSuperintendent of the Police and District Collectoralong with five other citizen representatives fromwomen, Bar Association, Indian MedicalAssociation and Principal of academic institute.For the PS level CLG, for the beat level CLG,

223


selective SDPO and SDO/SDM shall replace SPand District Collector on the Selection Panel.However, the criteria and categories mentioned forthe composition of CLG can also be used to selectcitizen’s representatives. The SP will finally selectthe citizen representative in consultation withDistrict Collector. The selection panel will workfor three years. After three years the newrepresentatives from the citizen should be broughtinto the selection panel. The selection panel willbe responsible to initiate the formation of CLGsat the beat levels with the help of prospectiverepresentative of the police department.

The selection panel would also work as amonitoring cell. They will monitor the followingthings:

1. Regularity of meetings of CLG.

2. Record of recommendation.

3. The appropriate composition of CLG as percharacteristics of a given area.

4. Attendance in CLG meeting.

5. Public interaction of CLG.

6. Frequency of public interaction.

7. Follow up of public grievances.

The people will nominate and select theirrepresentatives through consensus (throughmajority where consensus is not possible). Weare convinced that this is not possible throughformal election. The people will meet in a generalmeeting at the beat level and select therepresentative from each beat who may attendmeetings of police station level committee.

After finally drawing up the selection criterionetc. for Community Liaison Groups detailedinstructions were conveyed to the Project Statesby the Union Home Secretary. The text of hisletter addressed to the Chief Secretaries of theStates is available in Appendix IV in full text.

224


117. Training Policemen of the Future (2001)Vijay Rama Rao*

* Administrative Staff College of India

ObjectiveOne of the objectives of the Project was “toinstitutionalise, within the Pilot Police Stations andin training institutions, policies and procedures(operation and training) for improving policecommunity understanding and interactions”.

MethodologyThis involved carrying out detailed Training NeedsAnalysis and revised training curricula for traininginstitutions for the basic training of policemeninducted at the level of Constables and SIs,prepare a revised training curricula and to drawup a revised training syllabus. Field visits andinterviews were conducted in the Project andother States, interaction with serving policeofficers and members of the public, and anumber of Police Training Institutions were visitedto assess the State of police training.

Important FindingsDuring their study the Consultants circulatedseparate questionnaire to field level police officersand senior supervisory officers to collect facts,views and data. The study revealed that in theexisting training courses there were followingshortcomings:

1. Minimum use of modern training aids andabsence of audio-visual training aids attraining institution.

2. No emphasis on time management.

3. Little emphasis on practical training andtraining in skills like driving, swimming anduse of weapons.

4. Lack of professional expertise amongtrainers.

5. Poor infrastructure at training institutions.

6. Inadequate training staff and lack ofmotivation among them.

7. Low importance to forensic sciences.

The general assessment was that there wasover-emphasis on outdoor training at the cost oftraining in humanities, law and forensic scienceand development of social skills.

Recommendations

The Recruitment Process

The recruitment process will constitute thefollowing stages. The main process, consisting ofPhysical measurement and Physical EfficiencyTest, written examination and pre-appointmentformalities, will normally be completed in a periodof 180 days.

Those qualifying in PET would be requiredto appear in a written examination. The writtenexamination will consist of two objective typequestion papers in the following subjects:

The Training Module

The training module is structured and designedas follows:

225


1. Pre-institutional Training Module

2. Institutional Training Module (Phase-I)

3. Field & Operational Training Module

4. Institutional Training Module (Phase-II)

1. Pre-Institution Training Module

This scheme of training contemplates an informalpre-institutional training system through distancelearning material like text books, reference bookson law, police manual and other connected subjectswhich are required to be prepared by a group ofexperts with reference to the functions andresponsibilities of the Constables. A benchmarkstandard for physical fitness is also to be prescribedto the selected candidates who would be requiredto equip themselves with the standard so prescribedbefore they join a training institution. This systemwill save quality training time in training institutionsand facilitate appropriate focus on practical training,physical fitness, skills, attitudes and behaviourrequired for a professional policeman in thecontemporary society.

2. Institutional Training Module: Phase I

The first phase of institutional training module willbe for a period of 5 months (120 days) consistingof 600 periods, each period with a duration of 45minutes. During this period following subjects canbe covered:

Role of Police in Indian Polity and PoliceOrganisation

(a) Introduction to Indian Polity

(b) Police Organisation and its Role inInternal Security

(c) Police Administration and ServiceMatters.

Police Behaviour and Public

(a) Police Attitude

(b) Police and Social Groups

(c) Police and Human Rights

Law

(a) Indian Penal Code

(b) Code of Criminal Procedure

(c) Indian Evidence Act

(d) Special and Local Laws

Duties of Constable

(a) Preventive and Detective Duties

(b) Maintenance of Law & Order andTraffic: Methods and Strategies

(c) Security Duties

(d) General Duties of a Police Constable

Procedures, Methods and Skills

(a) State Police Manual

(b) Maintenance of Records

(c) Procedure and Methods: Dealing withCrime and Criminals

(d) Techniques of Observation

(e) Police Portraits: Observation andIdentification

(f) Verbal & Written Communication Skills

Police Investigation

(a) Scene of Crime

(b) Scientific Methods and Aids inInvestigation

226


(c) Introduction to Finger Print and FootPrints

(d) Computer Appreciation and Introductionto Office Automation Devices

(e) Basic Elements of Medical Jurisprudence

3. Practical Training Module in Field andOperational Areas

This training module will be for a period of 2months (48 days) after the first phase ofinstitutional training. This training will be impartedto the trainees in the field and operational areaswith reference to the duties, which would beperformed by them on completion of training.This is also a module for application of theknowledge imparted to them in the first 5 monthsin the training institution. During this period thetrainees would remain in the training institution andwould be attached to the local police stations ofthe district in which the training institution islocated. In this context, it would be useful thatthe Police Stations selected for practical trainingare brought up to a level both in matter ofpersonnel and infrastructure as experimented andrecommended in Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu andAssam as part of UNDP Project. The trainees willperform various duties in association with theconstables and also independent of the policestation staff as if they are members of theoperational strength of the police station. On thefield they will be observed and guided by the stafffrom the training institutions. The traininginstitution would assess their field performance andreview the work under taken by them once a weekto ensure immediate correction and give guidanceat the appropriate time. The 2 months (48 days)period will be apportioned for duties as follows:

1. Prevention of crime with particular reference to

patrols, surveillance, preventive interventions.

2. Investigation of crime with specific referenceto preservation of scene, pursuit for arrest ofaccused and incidental control.

3. Maintenance of law & order.

4. Enforcement of special and local Laws.

5. Security Duties.

6. Traffic Regulation.

7. Large Scale Bundobast during violentagitation, if any.

8. Escort Duties.

9. Guard Duties.

10. Community Relationship.

11. Collection of Intelligence on crime andcriminal gangs, anti-social elements andextremists

12. Observance of human rights.

On completion of this phase of training thetrainee should return to training institutions for fulltime institutional training once again for thesecond phase.

4. Institutional Training Module: Phase II

This phase of institutional training is very crucialand extends over a period of 2 months (48 days).Having 240 periods this training module isdesigned to reinforce and strengthen the traininginputs provided through earlier modules. Themodule includes case studies simulation exercises,practical and field exercises, role-play etc. Thetrainee would also be exposed to first aid, relief,emergency and fire-fighting, problem solvingexercises, extensive hands-on training oncomputers, training in photography andcommunication skills. During this period final

227


S.No. Activity Duration (in days)

1. Publication of advertisement with application form 1

2. Conduct of pre-qualification 5 Km run, measurement of physical standard, 15-20physical efficiency tests, issue of admission certificate for written examinationand supply of pre-recruitment study material

3. Preparation time for written test 20-50

4. Written test consisting of two papers objective type 51

5. Publication of list of successful candidates 51-58

6. Character and antecedent verification and medical examination 59-88

7. Issue of appointment letter and supply of pre-induction training study materials 89-90

8. Preparation for training utilising the material supplied 90-180

Paper Subject Weightage Duration Marks

I General Awareness 40% 2.30 hours 100

Mental Ability 30%

Aptitude 30%

I General Awareness 40% 2.30 hours 100

II Elementary Law covering Police Act,few provisions of Indian Penal Code,Cr.P.C. and Indian Evidence Actand other important laws like MV Act,Arms Act etc. 60% 2.30 hours 100

Elements of Sociology 40%

examinations will be conducted for the traineesand the successful candidates will be passed-outfrom the training institution.

5. Outdoor Training

Outdoor training module emphasises developmentof stamina, endurance and certain practical skills

including unarmed combat and weapon trainingetc., required for the constables during dischargeof their duties. Another objective of the outdoortraining will be to inculcate in trainees the habitof undertaking physical exercise on regular basisto develop ability to withstand strain and stressof police functioning. The traditional militaristictraining has been substantially reduced. The

228


components of drill, which are required to sustaindevelopment of personality and bearing and tocreate an espirit de corps, have been retained. Tobreak the monotony, games like basketball,football, hockey etc., is provided for which alsoenhance the stamina of the trainees. Thecandidate will also be given opportunity to learnindividual games of his choice. The training forunarmed combat and self-defence techniques hasbeen provided for to infuse expertise in traineesfor self-defence. Some periods have also beenearmarked for Yoga/Meditation as part of trainingfor stress management.

During institutional training the trainees willhave 3 period of outdoor training excluding oneperiod for games. The outdoor training periodwould be reduced to only two during their fieldand operational training. A total number of 600periods has been earmarked for all types ofoutdoor activities.

6. In-service Training

This training module also envisages in-servicetraining subsequent to induction training withperiodical intervals. All the constables arerequired to undergo pre-promotion training oncompletion of 3 years in service. They are alsorequired to undergo in-service training once in3 years i.e., in 6th, 9th and 12th year on subjectsof topical interest and relevance in the field. In-service training modules are required to bedesigned from time to time. Those of thepersonnel who would not qualify for promotionwithin a period of 12 year would be requiredto be retired from service. The pre-promotioncourses and in-service courses are to becompulsory and their test results will beconsidered for deciding on continuance of aConstable in service or otherwise.

7. Closure of Gaps and Future Needs

This syllabus and training module provides forfuture needs for police constables as frontlinepolice officers closing the gaps existing in earliermodules. The training module is designed withstrict reference to the field duties required to beperformed by a civil police constable. The moduleprepares the trainees to work in a moretransparent and open manner soliciting partnershipof public in police work. While emphasis is onimprovement of knowledge, skill and scientifictemper the training module is aimed at preparingthem to be people friendly and professional duringdischarge of their duties. The training modulealso aims at infusing requisite expertise andconfidence to keep them away from temptationsor shortcut methods.

8. Methodology

The methodology adopted is combination ofconventional and contemporary system. Theclassroom teaching methods through talk andchalk, use of teaching aids etc., stands reinforcedthrough various techniques of learning methodssuch as Group discussions, role play, simulationexercises, practical, hand on practices and on thefield experience in operational duties. All thesemethodologies have been prescribed to activate thethinking process of the trainees and making thetraining interactive. This methodology can bestandardised for a given period of time bydevelopment of case studies, editing of role-playsand designing of simulated exercises throughserving and retired police officer that are knownfor their performances in field duties. Exposureto use of information technology is introduced asall future police operations are closely linked withthe computers.

229


9. Nodal Institution

The Premier Police Training Institution or Academyof the State should be identified as the traininginstitution to take up the task of production of textworkbook, case study, D.V.Ds. and other audiovisual training films etc. This institute has to beequipped with the capacity to take up theseactivities as a package, engaging experts forpreparation of these materials. (The responsibilitiesto identify individuals capable of preparing thematerial are left to the Police Academy concerned).

Training Syllabus for Constables

On the basis of their field research, collection ofdata and discussions with trainers, trainingmanagers at BPR&D and the National andInternational Consultant, ASCI developed asyllabus for training of Constables.

Training Module forSub-inspector of Police

The training module presupposes andcontemplates a recruitment process, aimed atselection of candidates having Bachelors Degree(in any discipline) and possessing prescribedphysical standards. The candidates are requiredto quality in physical efficiency tests followed bywritten examination designed to test mental ability,aptitude, general awareness and knowledge ofelementary law and sociology. Distance learningmaterials will be provided to prospectivecandidates to facilitate their preparation onappropriate lines for the written examination.Such materials are to be supplied along with callletter for the written examination to qualifiedcandidates.

The Recruitment Process

The recruitment process, which consists ofphysical measurements and PETs, writtenexamination and pre-appointment formalities, maybe completed in a period of 180 days as detailedbelow:

Those qualifying in prescribed PET would berequired to appear in a written examinationconsisting of three objective and / short answertype question papers in the subjects mentionedbelow. A short essay or report may, if needed beprescribed on one of the topics out of a list oftopics to be made known in advance to thecandidates along with the scheme of writtenexaminations indicated below:

The selection process is designed to introduceto the intending candidates, a profile of the careerthey are choosing and test their suitability anddegree of interest in it. The syllabi and the booksfor 2nd and 3rd tests and the scheme of firstexamination will have to be printed by thedepartment and supplied at the candidate’s owncost. The books may also contain suggestedfurther readings on each topic for those intendingto have a deeper interest and understanding of thesubjects.

The Training Module

The training module is structured and designedas follows:

1. Pre-institutional Training Module2. Institutional Training Module (Phase-I)

3. Field & Operational Training Module

4. Institutional Training Module (Phase-II)

230


1. Pre-institutional Training Module

This scheme of training contemplates an informalpre-institutional training system through distancelearning material like text books, police manual,reference books on law, Police Sciences and otherconnected subjects which are required to beprepared by a group of experts with reference tothe functions & responsibilities of the Sub-inspectors/SHOs. A bench mark standard forphysical fitness is also to be prescribed to theselected candidates who would be required toequip themselves with the standard so prescribedbefore they join training institution. This systemwill save quality training time in traininginstitutions and facilitate appropriate focus onpractical training, physical fitness, skills, attitudesand behaviour required for a professional policeofficer in the contemporary society.

2. Institutional Training Module: Phase I

The first phase of institutional training module willbe for a period of 7 months (68 working days)consisting of 840 periods, each period having aduration of 45 minutes. During this periodfollowing subjects are to be covered:

Republic of India–Role of Police

(a) The Indian Constitutional Frameworkand Indian Polity

(b) Socio-Economic Environment

(c) Police Role in Modern India

Administration and Police Organisation

(a) Administration Set-up and Central PoliceOrganisations

(b) Police Organisation in the State/UnionTerritory

(c) Police Conduct and Service Matters

Human Behaviour andRelationship Management

(a) Human Behaviour

(b) Relationship Management

(c) Relation with Groups and Institutions

(d) Police and Human Rights

(e) Community Policing

Law

(a) Jurisprudence and Legal concepts(b) Indian Penal Code 1860(c) Code of Criminal Procedure 1973(d) Indian Evidence Act 1872(e) Special and Local Laws

Criminology

(a) Concepts of Criminology(b) Criminological Factors(c) Deviance and Delinquency(d) Emerging Trends in Crime(e) Penology(f) Victimlogy

Crime Prevention

(a) Beats and Patrols

(b) Surveillance and Collection ofIntelligence

(c) Crime and Police Records

231


Public Order, Traffic and Security

(a) Maintenance of Law and Order

(b) Traffic Regulation and Management

(c) Security and Protective Duties

(d) Relief and Disaster Management

Investigation and Trial Methods and Skills

(a) Investigation

(b) Scientific Aids and Methods ofInvestigation: Forensic Science andForensic Medicine

(c) Trial of Cases and Court Management

(d) Computer Appreciation and Introductionto other Office Automation Devices

3. Practical Training Module in Field andOperational Areas

This training module will be for a period of 2months spreading over 48 working days after thefirst phase of institutional training. This trainingwill be imparted to the trainees in the field andoperational areas with reference to the duties ofSHOs, which would be performed by them oncompletion of training. This is also a modulefor application of the knowledge imparted tothem in the first 7 months in the traininginstitution. During this year the trainees wouldremain the training institution and would beattached to the local Police Stations of theDistrict in which training institution is located orPolice Stations of other Districts. It would beuseful that the Police Station selected forpractical training are brought up to a level bothin matter of personnel and infrastructure asexperimented and recommended in Rajasthan,

Tamil Nadu and Assam as part of UNDP Project.The trainees will have to perform various dutiesof SHO. On the field, they will be observed andguided by the instructors from the traininginstitutions. The training institution would assesstheir field performance and review the workundertaken by them once a week to ensureimmediate correction and give guidance atappropriate time. The 2 months period will beapportioned for duties as follows:

(a) Prevention of Crime(b) Investigation of Crime(c) Maintenance of Law and Order(d) Enforcement of Special and Local Laws(e) Security Duties(f) Traffic Regulation(g) Large Scale Bundobast(h) Community Relationship(i) Collection of Intelligence on Crime,

Criminal Organisations, Anti-socialElements and Extremists

On completion of this phase of training thetrainee should return to training institutions for fulltime institutional training once again for thesecond phase.

4. Institutional Training Module: Phase II

This phase of institutional training is very crucialand extends over a period of 3 months with over72 working days having 360 periods. This isdesigned to reinforce and strengthen the traininginputs provided through earlier modules. Themodule includes case studies simulation exercises,practical and field exercises, role-play etc. Thetrainee would also be exposed to first aid, relief,emergency and fire fighting, problem solving

232


exercises, hands on training on computers andtraining in communication skills. During this periodfinal examinations will be conducted for thetrainees and the successful candidates will bepassed out from the training institution.

5. Outdoor Training

Outdoor training module emphasises developmentof stamina, endurance and certain practical skillsincluding unarmed combat and weapon trainingetc. required for the Sub-inspectors/SHOs duringdischarge of their duties. Another objective of theOutdoor Training will be to inculcate in traineeshabit of undertaking physical exercise on regularbasis to develop ability to withstand strain andstress of police functioning. The traditionalmilitaristic training has been substantially reduced.The components of drill, which are required tothe development of personality and bearing andto create an espirit de corps, have been retained.To break the monotony, games like basketball,football, hockey etc., are to be provided as thesealso help to enhance the stamina of the trainees.The candidate will also be given opportunity tolearn individual games like Badminton, LawnTennis etc. The training for unarmed combat andself-defence techniques has been provided for toinfuse expertise in trainees for self-defence.Some time may also be earmarked for Yoga/Meditation as part of training for stressmanagement. During institutional training thetrainees will have 3 periods of outdoor trainingexcluding one period for games. The outdoortraining period would be reduced to only twoduring their field and operational training. A totalnumber of 816 periods has been earmarked forall types of outdoor activities.

6. In-service Training

This training module envisages in-service trainingsubsequent to completion of induction trainingwith periodical intervals. All the Sub-inspectorsof Police are required to undergo pre-promotiontraining on completion of qualifying years ofservice which could be after 4 or 5 years service.The Sub-inspectors would also be required toundergo at least one in-service course once in yearon subject of topical interest and relevance in thefield. In-service training modules are required tobe designed from time to time. The pre-promotion courses and in-service courses are tobe made compulsory and result of the test willbe considered as a prerequisite for promotion andaward of recognition and medals during theircareer.

7. Bridging the Gaps and Future Needs

This syllabus and training module provides forfuture needs for Sub-inspector as frontline policeofficers closing the gaps existing in earliermodules. The training module is designed withstrict reference to the field duties required to beperformed by a Sub-inspector/SHO. The moduleprepares the trainees to work in a transparent andprofessional manner, enlisting partnership ofpublic in police work. While emphasis is onimprovement of knowledge, skill and scientifictemper the training module is aimed at preparingthem to be people friendly and professionalduring discharge of their duties. The trainingmodule also aims at infusing requisite expertiseand confidence to keep them away fromtemptations or shortcut methods. The outdoortrainee is intended to ensure physical fitness,

233


weapon handling, unarmed combat and otherskills needed.

8. Methodology

The methodology adopted is combination ofconventional and contemporary system. Theclass room teaching methods through talk andchalk, use of teaching aids etc. , standsreinforced through various techniques oflearning methods such as of group discussions,role play, simulation exercises, practical, handon practices and on the field experience inoperational duties. All these methodologies havebeen prescribed to activate the thinking processof the trainees and making the traininginteractive. This methodology can bestandardised for a given period of time bydevelopment of case studies, editing of role-plays and designing of simulated exercisesthrough serving and retired police officers that

are known for their performance in the fieldduties. Exposure to use of informationtechnology is introduced as all future policeoperations are linked with the computers.

9. Nodal Institution

The State Police Academy has to be a nodalinstitution to take up the task of production of textbooks, workbooks, case studies, audio visualtraining films etc. The institute has to take up theseactivities as a package and may engage expertsfor preparation of the materials.

Training Syllabus for Sub-Inspectors

On the basis of their field research, collection ofdata and discussions with trainers, trainingmanagers at BPR&D and the National andInternational Consultant, ASCI developed asyllabus for training of SIs.

234


118. Establishing Success Criteria and Baselines forPerformance in Relation to Social Skills, Transparencyand Responsiveness of Indian Police (2001)SS Vaidyanathan* and Ravi Kumar

* Professor in IIM, Bangalore. Study sponsored byBPRD, MHA, New Delhi

IntroductionThis being one of the major strategies of theproject Indian Institute of Management Bangalorewere appointed consultants to establish the‘success criteria and baselines for performancein relation to social skills, transparency andresponsiveness’ for the Indian Police.

MethodologyA widespread survey and examination of bestpolicing practices followed in developed societiesall over the world.

Important FindingsThe Early IndicatorsThe Study revealed that the people were generallyvery critical to the social skills, responsiveness andtransparency of the police. The consensus views,expressed by respondents, and recorded by theconsultants are summarised as under:1. The police are generally very rude, especially

towards poor people.2. The mitigating factor, appreciated by

educated groups is that the police work undervery severe constraints and have very littlefreedom to act as per their conscience.

3. They lack basic working and living facilities,which partly explains the undesirableattributes.

4. They are particularly insensitive to people’sfeelings during VIP visits and movements.

5. Negative media reports discourage the policegreatly. The people have some sympathy forthe police on such occasions.

6. There should be numerous local contacts ofthe police with the people and it should notbe connected with ongoing crime or disordersituations.

7. Senior police officers do not treat theirsubordinates with adequate consideration.

8. Police leadership should set a personalexample to personnel down the line in allrespects.

9. Police attitude towards women should changedrastically and women should be made to feelsafe in police presence. The police do notalways honour the integrity and dignity ofwomen.

10. Human rights are not to be taken advantageby criminal elements, which will encouragecrime and discourage the police.

11. The police asking the people to approach themdirectly must eliminate the role ofintermediaries and brokers in resolving issuesconnected with police.

235


12. The police should be very familiar with theirarea, the people and the culture.

13. The appearance of police premises mustimprove. No intimidating objects like gunsand handcuffs should be openly displayed.

14. All police personnel should wear name badgesat all times. When asked, they must revealtheir full name.

15. The police are unnecessarily ‘cagey’ and donot give even open information.

16. The police feel their powers and importancewill diminish if they are transparent.

17. The police like to create occasions for thepublic to go to them repeatedly and ‘beg’ forfavours even if the police are obligated to givethem information.

18. The police should give copies of statements,First Information Reports (FIR) and otherdocuments.

19. They should inform people of the progressof cases and share other information ofgeneral interest like crime situation andmovement of suspects.

20. The police do not share information withthe public because they have a ‘big’ ego.Some of them won’t oblige them even formoney. Actually such officers are notcorrupt but haughty.

21. The police should allow citizens to see themat work and allow them to accompany themon their beats.

22. The police should be present with theirfamilies at social and other communityfunctions as friends and well-wishers.

23. The police turnout and appearance shouldinspire confidence.

24. The police should be in no hurry to get ridof a person who has come to meet them.

25. They should show patience and listen withattention. They should do one job at a timeand talk to one person at a time.

26. They cannot be at all places at all times. Theyshould however respond in a reasonable timein recording statements, visiting scenes etc.

27. The senior citizens expect a great deal ofconsideration from the police.

28. It seems that police are selected not on thebasis of suitability but connections. We needbetter quality police persons who enjoyworking for the people.

29. The police should visit schools and collegesto see and get a feel of what the youth doand how they act.

30. The police leaders should be more accessibleto the common people, especially poor andilliterate.

31. Some persons expect undue favours of thepolice and use threats to stall the course ofjustice. Such persons alone deserve to betreated with contempt.

32. The police work under severe stress, whichmust be explained to the people.

These clearly indicate that in order to enhancethe functioning of police and overcome thesehandicaps several, organisation-wide, interventionsneed to be evolved and implemented.

Snapshot of Major Findings: Tamil Nadu

1. Between men and women, across differentage groups, between those who have had prior

236


interaction with the police and those whohave not, no significant differences have beennoticed in the perceptions. It is low.

2. Rural people perceived the police morenegatively compared to those from urbanareas.

3. Postgraduates expressed a positive attitudetowards the quality of policing compared toless educated people.

4. A strongly negative perception is noticedamong students, self-employed andprofessionals when compared to retired andunemployed people.

5. Respondents from lower income groups haveshown a negative perception towards thefunctioning of the police.

6. Individuals who have interacted with the policein the last three months preceding the surveyexhibited positive feelings towards the policecompared to those who interacted earlier.

7. Accused, victims and complainants expressedvery negative opinions towards the quality ofpolicing.

8. Even “Friends of Police”, an organised bandof volunteers who stand by the police in thecommunity, stated that the police have beenvery inefficient and have shown poor qualityof policing with respect to social skills andresponsiveness.

Snapshot of Major Findings: Rajasthan

1. Men perceived the quality of policing morenegatively as compared to women.

2. Rural people believed that the police wereconcerned about the feelings of the public, ascompared to people from urban areas.

3. Respondents in the age group of 20 to 30

years expressed a negative attitude towardsthe quality of policing as compared to olderage groups (above 58 years).

4. Highly educated individuals felt positivelytowards the police compared to less educatedindividuals.

5. Retired people expressed a very positiveopinion regarding the police compared tohousewives, students, self-employed andunemployed groups. Unemployed groupsshared negative perceptions about the police.

6. Prior interaction with the police was animportant factor in influencing the opinion ofthe people. Those who had interactions hada negative perception towards the policecompared to those who had no interaction.

7. The role of the respondent had significanteffects on perception. Complainants, victimsand petitioners perceived the police morenegatively.

8. Social workers expressed a very negativeopinion towards the police.

9. The current level of functioning of the policeis low.

10. Expectations are high among respondentsregarding the level of functioning of thepolice.

11. The three dimensions contributing towards thequality of policing have been perceived asvery important.

Snapshot of Major Findings: Assam

1. Men expressed more positive opinions aboutthe police compared to women.

2. Older age groups (above 45 years) displayedcomparatively more negative perceptionstowards the quality of policing.

237


3. Rural people, compared to urban people,expressed more positive opinions.

4. Retired people, unemployed and housewiveshave a poor opinion regarding the functioningof the police.

5. Middle income groups revealed a negativeopinion about the responsiveness of the police.

6. Social workers felt very negatively towardsthe police as they were of the opinion that thepolice were not concerned about the feelingsof the public.

7. A high degree of expectation in the quality ofpolicing was evinced.

8. A majority has expressed the view that the threedimensions in question are very important inimproving the functioning of the police.

Further Conclusions that Emerge are1. A very high degree of dissatisfaction is noticed

among respondents with respect to the currentlevel of the overall functioning of the police.

2. The expectation of the public towards thepolice regarding the level of functioning isvery high.

3. Respondents have expressed that the threeattributes of social skills, responsiveness andtransparency are of vital importance ininfluencing the quality of policing.These findings indicate that the level of the

key attributes i.e., social skills, responsiveness andtransparency in serving policemen of 3 States isvery low and people are greatly disillusioned withthe police and all sections of the population expectsignificant change for the better.

Recommendations1. Non crime related, public initiated contacts of

the police with the community offer much

scope for building community relations andto display the three attributes. Such contactsshould be utilised to the fullest extent by thepolice to build goodwill.

2. There is much potential for earning enormousgratitude of the community when the policeare dealing with cases of tracing missingpersons. This should not be looked upon asperipheral police work.

3. The police should not ask the affectedpersons to trace those who are missing byvisiting hospitals. They should do itthemselves.

4. While evaluating citizen satisfaction and policeperformance, senior officers should take intoaccount the work done by the police and timespent on tracing out missing persons and givecredit for the same though there may be nocrime angle sometimes.

5. In view of the high distress caused to citizensduring police arrangements made at the timeof VIP visits, the existing arrangementsshould be thoroughly re-examined and suitablepractical instructions issued since this is anarea of high discontent.

6. Non-punitive contacts during arrangements atfairs and the like are to be looked upon ascontacts for earning the trust of the people.

7. The police should invariably wear their namebadges prominently when they are in uniformand should reveal their full name if any citizenrequests for it.This is a measure of transparency.

8. The appearance of police stations, both insideand its surroundings should be neat and tidyto reassure the people.

9. Guns, handcuffs etc. should not be openlydisplayed in police premises as they have anintimidating effect.

238


* Study sponsored by BPRD, MHA, New Delhi

119. Baseline for Minimum Equipment and Supply Standardsfor Different Categories of Police Stations (2001)PS Bawa*

ObjectiveAn assessment of the minimum equipment andsupply standards for different categories of PoliceStations.

Methodology

During the study Shri Bawa visited all the ProjectPolice Stations to make an assessment of availingstatus of equipment and supplies required by thepolicemen for performing their essentialfunctions.

Important FindingsHis study revealed that the Project Police Stationswere woefully lacking in this regard and itaffected their work to a considerable degree.Shri Bawa’s report underlined the importance ofmaterial inputs in improving the overallfunctioning and responsiveness of the police atthe cutting edge level.

Recommendations

Imperatives and Guiding Principles

The effective and efficient functioning of policedepends, beside legal and administrative inputs, onthe availability of resources to achieve thefollowing imperatives:

1. Instant response to all complaints, reports andhappenings within the jurisdiction of thepolice stations

2. Concern for human dignity while attending tovictims of crime and accidents and whilehandling offenders and witnesses

3. To practice scientific methods of investigationof crime

4. Mandatory documentation, i.e., to be able torecord every report received at the policestation and hand over a copy thereof to thecomplainant.

Guiding Principles

1. The officer must not feel that his functioningsuffers from constraints imposed by paucityof resources. For instance, in the absenceof transport to carry the injured to the hospitalor the dead body to the mortuary, he has tobeg for the facility which makes himdependent upon others who could expect areturn of the obligation. These practices alsodiminish his status, demean his self, reducehis performance.

2. The infrastructure must be designed torespond to contingencies relating to crime,order, security or other unforeseen problemsof the community so that the response is notonly quick but also adequate.

239


Scale of Equipment Recommended by the Consultant

Mobility

Transport Rural Semi-Urban Urban Distt. Level

Vehicles 2 2 3 —

Motorcycles (for O.P.s) 1 2 3 —Bicycles (for patrols) 2 3 4 —Prison van — — — 1

Ambulance — — — 1Medium vehicle — — — 1Hearse — — — 1

Scene of crime — — — 1

Boats with District Headquarters Depending Upon Requirement of the Riverine Areas

Communication

Communications Rural Semi-urban Urban Distt. Level

Wireless static (available)

Hand Held sets 4 6 8Telephone (office) 2 2 1 (one phone with 100 No.)Telephone at SHO’s resi. 1 1 1

Mobile phone — — 1Pagers — — 4 (for SI only)P.A. equipment 1 1 1 1

PABX — — — 1FAX — — — 1Intercom — — 1

Security

Security Rural Semi-Urban Urban Distt. Level

HHMD 2 2 2 10

DFMD — — — 3

240


Binoculars for terrorist-infected areas only.Bullet proof jackets as aboveWeapons as above.

Law and Order

Law AND Order Rural Semi-Urban Urban Distt. LevelStretcher 1 1 1

Tape recorder — 1 1

VCR — — — 1

Camera 1 1 1

Documentation

Documentation Rural Semi-Urban Urban Distt. Level

Typewriter (bilingual) 1 1 1

Photocopier — — 1

Racks and Cabinets 1 2 4

Computer 1 1 1

Requirement of Equipment

The requirement of equipment at a police stationshall fall under the following heads:

1. Mobility

2. Communication

3. Investigation

4. Care of Detenues

5. Maintenance of order

6. Traffic

7. Security

8. Arms & ammunition

9. Documentation

10. Stationery

11. Reference books

12. Crime prevention literature

13. Furniture and facilities

14. Contingency

Stationery

Though the consultancy report is not specificabout this item and the items that follow, therequirement can be worked out by actual quantityused during a year in some representative police

241


stations and relating that quantity with the numberof cases/complaints registered and investigated/enquired during that period.

Books and Literature

Law books, volumes of Police Rules andProcedures and Standing Orders should be madeavailable in every Police Station. Selective CrimePrevention literature should also be given widecirculation by officers at the level of District andState Headquarters. Help of local agencies canalso be taken in getting such literature preparedand printed.

Furniture

Furniture at Police Stations, particularly thatwhich is available for use by visitors andcomplainants should be decent by local standards,without resorting to extravagant expenditure.There is need also for providing proper work

desks and chairs for investigating officers inquantities depending on their numbers in aparticular police station.

Lump-sum Grant

A lump-sum grant for upgrading the environment,looks, structure, toilets, premises, water facility,kitchen, recreation etc. of the station may beconsidered.

Imprest Money

SHO may be given imprest money for meetingcontingent expenditure so that he does not feelhelpless and look around for help.

Provision of Bicycles

Even though the staff is entitled to a bicycleallowance at a paltry rate of Rs.15 or Rs.20, yetthe station must have a few bicycles for use bythe staff for patrolling purposes. These should alsobe maintained at Government cost.

242


120. Working and Living Conditions for Policemen (2001)DR Singh*

* Tata Institute of Social Science, Mumbai

Objective

An assessment of the living and workingconditions of policemen.

Methodology

1. To conduct actual field visits and study anddetermine the minimum quantum and kind ofoffice space, equipment, transport andcommunication facilities required for SIs,ASIs, HCs and Constables working at PoliceStations of all categories.

2. To determine the maximum quantum andkind of living accommodation and recreationaland educational and cultural facilities requiredfor SIs, ASIs, HCs and Constables workingat Police Stations of all categories.

Important Findings

The Study revealed that the living and workingconditions for policemen at various PoliceStations all over the country were in a very poorstate. The Consultant, in his report, categoricallystated that “working and living conditions are thekey to the efficient and effective working of thepolicemen”. To ensure that the policemenresponded positively to the needs and demands ofthe community they served it is imperative thattheir living and working conditions are such thatthe conditions themselves do not become an

irritant and a cause of tension for them. Needlessto say that if the living and working conditionsfor the Constables are congenial, it will put themin a positive frame of mind while dealing withtheir clientele.

Recommendations

1. Strength of the Police Station

Despite increase in crime and population thereview of manpower strength of police stationshas remained tardy. It is necessary that thereis a periodic review (every 5 years) ofmanpower of police stations on the basis ofcrime and complaints and the special needs ofthe particular area in respect of population andproblems. Such review should include postingof women police officers to handle specificproblems relating to women and juvenile. Thereshould be a provision for at least 20% extrastrength for sickness, leave and trainingreserve.

2. Office Space

The following office space is must for a policestation:1. One room for SIs and ASIs2. One room for Interrogation3. One room for HCs and Constables4. One lock up for men5. One lock up for women

243


6. One Malkhana7. One control room8. One reception room9. One office room10. One reading room/library11. One committee room12. One rest room for the officers13. One rest room for the HCs and Constables

3. Rest Rooms

One rest room should be provided to officers andone rest room for Head Constables and Constablesseparately.

4. Toilets

Toilets for men and women should be providedseparately. At least 1 toilet for women and 3toilets for men should be provided in all policestations. This could be divided: 1 for officers and2 for others.

5. Furniture

Furniture should be provided to the Inspector, SIs,ASIs (Interrogation Room: 1 table and 3 chairs);Office: as per the number of workers, receptionroom (1 table and 6 chairs), HCs and Constables(33.0% of the strength of the HCs andConstables) who come to take instruction and gofor field duty after taking instructions.

6. Stationary

The major requirements like registers, diaries,plain paper, pen, pencil, ink and otherrequirements of the office should be suppliedthrough the state supply sources which arepresently not supplied in full.

7. Typing Equipment

Most of the police stations do not have typingequipment. They should be supplied now withcomputers (at least 2 in each police station).

8. Hours of Work

10 hours of work should be useful.

9. Pay and Allowances

For the pay and allowances, Inspector, Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub-Inspectors, HeadConstables and Constables, all should be givenCentral Government Scales to give them better deal.

10. Promotions

Promotions should be given within 10 years fromone rank to another rank or they should be givenrunning grade.

11. Pension

Pension should be given within 3 months ofretirement and as per the Central GovernmentPension Scheme.

12. Leave

Leave should be given as per the CentralGovernment Leave Rules.

13. Food

While on long hour of duty, food should be servedas provided to the para-military forces.14. Sports

244


All the police stations should have Volley Ball/FootBall courts for playing every day.15. Reading Room

All the police stations should have reading facilityor library facility where they should getnewspapers, magazines and books.16. Accommodation

Accommodation should be provided to at least60% of the policemen at all police stations.17. Weekly Off

Every policeman should be given weekly offpreferably on Sunday.

18. Recreation Facilities

All the police stations should have Radio,Television, Indoor games like carrom, table tennisfor recreations.

19. Education for Children

On the pattern of the Central Schools, the StateGovernments should make arrangements for theeducation of children of the policemen.

20. Healthcare

The State Governments should plan for thepolicemen like the Central Government HealthServices.

121. Prison Administration and Connected Aspects (2001)(Regarding Vocational Training for Wage Earnings)

K N Kapoor

* Ex-DGP, Himachal Pradesh. Study sponsored byBPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

Objectives

The main objectives/aims of the project are:

1. To examine and review management ofprisons with bias towards vocational trainingfor wage earning.

2. To suggest measures for improvement inworking of prison industries.

Methodology

1. Visit jails of different categories andconnected institutions in Himachal Pradesh,Punjab, Delhi, Uttar Pradesh and Haryana.

2. Interview persons who have knowledge aboutprison management.

3. Obtain information/data about prisons througha communication from the concernedInspector General of Prisons of States.

4. Study literature, jails manuals of states,reports of the august committee and

245


commissions set up by the Government ofIndia and the states in the recent past, andlooked into matters connected with biastowards vocational training in jail industriesfor prisoners for their settlement in life.

Findings1. No proper planning for work programme and

vocational training for prisoners.2. Work opportunity for prisoners has not been

fully utilized.3. Requirements of manpower in prison

industries, agriculture and horticulture havenot been worked out.

4. Large number of inmates are unemployed onaccount of non-supply of raw materials.

5. Agriculture farms in prison are still run byoutdated machinery.

6. Prison industries are managed by executiveand prison staff and not by technical staff.

7. Lack of funds for development of prisonindustries.

8. Prison industries are suffering due to lack oftime, budget, physical facilities, raw materials,equipment and stores, etc.

9. Poor maintenance of workshops, agriculturefarms, etc.

Suggestions1. The possibilities of association of private

sector need to be explored and, utilized forbetter prospect of prison industries and outletsfor its products.

2. Need to setup work camp centre in prisons.3. Prison industries to be linked with cottage and

small scale industries for new products inprison industries.

4. There is a need for co-ordination between theheadquarters and field units.

5. Need to lay down yardstick for productionunits through system analysis, and incentivefor wages.

6. Need to be paid wages as per recentjudgement of Hon’ble Supreme Court ofIndia, at par with wages for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled worker.

7. Vocational training must be recognized as aninput of correctional programme, so thatthose prisoners are trained in terms of theirskills and occupation for resettlement insociety.

8. Undertrial prisoners, who volunteer to work,be given fair wages along with others.

9. Released prisoners to be employed or self-employ, according to their skills andperformance.

10. Trade work such as woodwork, leatherwork,foundering, printing press, soap and phenylmaking, carpet making, etc. should beintroduced in prisons.

11. In order to develop prison industries forvocational training and wage earning, a boardwith chairman as Inspector General ofPrisons and Director of Correctional Servicesfor work programmes and vocational trainingneeds to be set up at Headquarters ofDepartments/States.

Recommendations

1. High powered board should be vested withfinancial and administrative powers to providefunds, plan programme of work andvocational training with modern technique and

246


co-ordinate work relating to production oncommercial basis.

2. Prisoners, who perform their worksatisfactorily should be brought on wagesystem. Newly admitted prisoner inproduction unit should be given token wages.

3. Prison industries may establish retail outletsoutside the prison site for sale of prisonproducts.

4. A survey of employment opportunities in tradeand industries to be conducted to assess thelabour requirements and for self-employment.

5. On completion of training, inmates should beexamined by the department of technicaleducation, and on passing of examination beawarded a certificate for resettlement insociety after release from the prisons.

6. In order to encourage prison farm industries,the project director suggested to give higherpriority for developing horticulture, dairyproducts, poultry, fishery, mushroomcultivation, fruit canning besides agro-based

industries like gobar gas plant, solar heater,etc.

7. Proper wages will encourage the prisoners toincrease prison farm production.

8. Introduction of modern methods in prisonindustries including cottage industries,handicrafts for employment potential outsideon release of inmates.

9. There is need for enforcement of instructionsfor purchase by Government and semi-Government Departments from the prisonindustries department for the development ofprisons.

10. Prison industries to be included as adevelopment department and in the FiveYear Plan with regular survey to assessopportunities for self employment in trade.

11. Need to prepare perspective planning for fiveto twenty years to serve as a base at the statelevel, for central government financialassistance for modernization schemes forproper utilization of grants well in time.

247


122. The Impact of Frequency of Transfers on Efficiency andEffectiveness of Superintendents of Police (2002)SK. Jha, PV Ramana, BP Routray and Animesh Roul*

* Institute of Conflict Management, 11, Talkatora RoadNew Delhi.

Objectives

1. Identify the linkages, correlation anddynamics of the interaction between securityand length of tenure of officers at the rankof SP and performance in crime and law andorder management.

2. Review and analyse existing data andliterature on the subject.

3. Define and evaluate appropriate norms andpractices that ought to determine the State’stransfer policy with regard to officers in therank of Superintendent of Police.

Methodology

The study was conducted in three phases, eachwith a different purpose and separate methods ofinvestigation. The first phase involved research,observations and interactions, interviews.Thesecond phase involved an intensive field surveyin three selected states of U.P., A.P. and Assam.The third phase involved developing andadministering extensive questionnaire forgeneration of data.

Important Findings1. A serious lacunae exist in the prevailing norms

governing transfers of SPs and that afrequency and intensity of deviation fromsuch existing norms was high and growingin many states.

2. These deficiencies were perceived due toincreasing politicization of the police andspecifically of the process of selection ofofficers for particular post.

3. There is a little evidence of rational humanresource management approach to theplacement of officers or of concerns for skilldevelopment, professional excellence andcoherent career planning within the norms.

4. There is a need for reforms in current practicesgoverning transfers of police officials.

5. Attempts to reforms have not succeededbecause of deep rooted and strong resistanceto police reforms in policing in thegovernment.

Recommendations1. There is an urgent need to review the role of

CM’s office in matters relating to transfer ofSPs. The respective responsibilities of CMOffice, Home Ministry and Police departmentshould be properly laid down.

2. The transfer should be made on soundadministrative basis.

3. A sound system of human resource

248


management should be in place to takeinto account the impact of transfers onpersonnel.

4. The recommendations of National PoliceCommission for establishment of StateSecurity Commission should be implementedin each State.

5. Suitable structures or mechanisms be evolvedto regulate interactions between police andpolitical executives.

6. Internal management of the force should beleft entirely to the police department itself with

government laying down broad policydirections.

7. There should be a new law to define the roleof police and insulate it from outsidepressures.

8. There is a need to streamline the trainingprogramme for police organization.

9. The recommendations of National PoliceCommission regarding fixed tenure for Chiefof State Police, their selection from a panelof IPS Officers of the State cadre, anindependent appropriate authority to reviewtransfers must be accepted.

123. Impact of Media on Juvenile Delinquency and YouthCrime* (2002)

* The study was conducted by the “Organization forApplied Socio-Economic Systems (OASES), New Delhifor Bureau of Police Research and Development, MHA.

ObjectiveTo critically analyse the impact of mass media onjuvenile delinquency and youth crime.

Methodology1. Collection of data through discussions/

interviews.

2. Collection of data from past records.

Area of SurveyDelhi, Lucknow and Meerut.

Important Findings1. There has been proliferation of mass media

in recent years. The review of literature doesnot indicate with certainty whether massmedia influences criminal behaviour or not.

2. It was seen that, while the non-delinquentswere higher media-consumers, the delinquentsome how got more influenced.

3. The survey showed that a low level ofliteracy (up to middle school) was moreprevelant among the delinquents than non-delinquents.

249


4. All indicators showed that their socio-economic status was of lower-middle class.

5. The study assessed the role of interpersonalcommunication and found that a higherpercentage of delinquents had a limitedcommunication with their parents for variousreasons.

6. Print media had also brought out thedifference in the behaviour of the delinquentand non-delinquents. More persons amongdelinquents were found focussed on crimenews (when reading a newspaper) and wereinterested in crime writings and thought ofattempting or crime on reading than amongthe non-delinquents.

7. Ironically, most delinquents did not enjoyscenes which could be called tempting andcould have lead to criminal behaviour.

8. Advertisements had also lead to a feeling ofdeprivation among the population more soamong the delinquents than non-delinquents.Further, this deprivation leads to the desire totake action in some respondents again ahigher percentage of them being delinquents.Teasing of girls by singing songs seems tobe quiet common.

Recommendations

1. Government through Ministry of Welfare andNGOs should promote the significant ofinterpersonal communication so that personwith better interpersonal communication wereless affected by the negative influences ofmass media.

2. Jail authorities should give due importance forthe developments of inter-personalcommunication among the inmates forcontrolling the negative effects of Media.

3. Police should also try to play an important role:(a) In ensuring that cable operators were

not violating regulations(b) In dealing with media persons.(c) Counselling parents of deviants on their

role as parents and the importance ofinter personal communication.

4. Parents should encourage their children tospeak and discuss with them the films andTV Programs they have been watching so thechildren does not have misconception aboutthe happenings on TV and Films.

5. There is a need for a study with widercoverage. A large sample could includepersons from different socio-economicprofiles as the coverage of the study wasmade among lower income groups becauseof high prevalence of crime in such groups.

250


* Insight Management Consultants (Sponsored byBPR&D, MHA)

124. Restructuring of BPR&D* (2002)

ObjectiveTo restructure BPR&D for effectivetransformation into a vibrant organization.

Methodology1. Personal interviews and telephone contacts

with target users of police and relatedorganizations, international parallelorganizations.

2. Parallel case studies were consulted andorganizations associated in the field ofresearch, technology, training in India werestudied.

Important Findings1. The high compliance areas of BPR&D have

resulted in the formation of Dte. Of ForensicSciences, LNJN NICFS and NCRB.

2. The BPR&D has become an organizationwhich is hierarchical and compart-mentalized, more of a police organisationthan R&D Organisation, excessivegovernment dependence and ministryculture.

3. It has reactive culture rather than proactive.

4. It’s culture is more effort based than solutionbased.

Recommendations1. To fulfill its mission it should be autonomous

body comprising of multi-disciplinedfunctionaries drawn from police,management, technology, social sciences andlegal profession.

2. The body should be state-of-the-art in itscontent and structure. The body should lendadvisory and consulting services.

3. The organization should be proactive. Itshould reach out to police forces and helpthem address their requirements.

4. Should address issues of HRD, Training,Restructuring, Systems, Process re-engineering, emerging crimes, police image,community policing, performance appraisal &measurement, Crime trends etc.

5. Concentrate only on providing services tostate police forces only.

6. Focus on police research, development,training and consultation and shed in duecourse all physical administrative functions ofoperational units.

7. Become proactive – evaluate the needs andpromote BPR&D services.

8. Develop International linkages – with similarand allied organizations.

9. Develop niche core competencies

10. Develop skills of coordination, projectmanagement, product development,technology evaluation, consulting and

251


integration within the organizations tocollaborate with outside developedcompetencies. This will ensure a verycompact R&D organization bring objectivity,high quality output and accountability.

11. Change the work culture from an effort basedto solution/result based organization and withmeasurable targets and programs.

12. Restructure the organization into aprofessional, lean, flexible, open, stable, flat,objective and need driven until encouragingwork culture and values.

An alternative structure for BPR&D wassuggested and is available in the main study.

125. Crimes Against Women – Role of Section 498-AIPC in States of Delhi and Haryana (2002)NK Singhal*

* Indian Institute of Public Administration, New Delhi,(Sponsored by BPR&D, MHA)

Objectives

1. To assess the adequacy or otherwise ofspecial legal provisions relating to dowrydeaths, domestic torture and other atrocitieson married women (Section 498-A IPC andother related legal provisions).

2. To examine their implementation in practice,deficiencies/weaknesses, difficulties ormisuse, if any, and extent thereof.

3. To suggest amendments, if any necessary, tomake the laws more effective for preventingmarital violence against women.

4. To suggest measures to streamline theimplementation of these legal provisions andprevent their misuse, if any, and otherwise

to counter allegations/propaganda in thatregard.

5. To examine and comment on any otherrelated matter.

Methodology

1. Basic inputs from police statistics aboutregistration and disposal of cases under therelevant heads, sample study of case recordsand court judgment etc.

2. Interviews and discussions, both formal andinformal, with police officers at variouslevels.

3. Views and comments of women NGOs,lawyers handling such cases and otherknowledgeable persons and interviews anddiscussions, informally in some cases, withthem.

252


4. Published materials in books, magazines,newspapers, NCW Report etc.

Important Findings1. Information about crimes against women is

not projected correctly as only a partial pictureof these crimes is being presented undervarious heads in ‘Crime in India’.

2. The basic objective of Women Cells to act asnon-police institutional alternatives to providefor initial intervention in matrimonial disputes,is not being fulfilled.

3. A more focused approach is required in thisarea.

4. The cases are not being registered promptlyand bail matters require proper and responsiblehandling.

5. There is a substantial misuse both by thevictims/complainants and the police of Section498-A, IPC.

6. There is need to amend relevant sections oflaw to remove the ambiguity in the law.

Recommendations1. Amendment of section 498-A, IPC with

regards to the term ‘grave injury’ and ‘danger

to mental health’ in part A.

2. ‘Cruelty’ should be re-defined in more preciseand effective terms.

3. Offences under the section should be madecompoundable with the permission of courtby an amendment to section 323 Cr.P.C.

4. A specific provision for conditional bail incases under section 498-A IPC should beconsidered and the punishment under thissection should be increased to five years.

5. Provision should be made to include “otherrelatives of the victim” and any recognizedwelfare organization among authorizedinformants for the purpose of takingcognizance under the section.

6. The provisions relating to protection order,monetary relief and their breach in Protectionfor Domestic Violence Bill, 2001 should beamended suitably to make them morereasonable and comprehensive.

7. The applicability of 306 IPC should be limitedto suicide by the wife. For all other unnaturaldeaths, the action should be initiated undersection 498-A, IPC.

8. The term ‘dowry demand’ should besubstituted with the term ‘demand for money’or other items estimable in Monetary terms.

253


126. Manpower Requirement of Goa Police (2002)*

Objectives

To study and suggest the manpower requirementsof Goa Police and to enable it to carry out it’sever expanding task of policing the state.

Methodology

Study of existing government proposals forsanction of additional manpower made by GoaPolice from time to time. Reviewing themanpower requirements based on therecommendation of National Police Commission,and other research studies. Field visits werecarried out to assess the ground realities and findout the requirements. Interactions and interviewswith seniors police officials and field level officerswere made to recommend the requirements.

On considering the proposals received fromGoa Police, BPR&D has suggested requiredmanpower for following units to Goa Police:

(i) Traffic Unit(ii) Crime Branch

(iii) Police Training School(iv) Revamping the District Establishments

(v) Special Branch(vi) Goa Reserve Police

(vii) Police Control Room and its OperationalVans

(viii) Goa Police Lines Units

(ix) Marine Police Force

(x) An Outpost at Dabolin Airport

(xi) Tourist Police

(xii) Police Wireless Unit

(xiii) Creation of a post of a Legal Advisorto DGP in the rank of Public Prosecutor

(xiv) Vigilance Cell

(xv) Human Rights Cell

(xvi) Police Welfare Cell

The new inputs in this study are therecommendation on the manpower structure ofTourist Police Unit, Legal Adviser to the DGP,Human Rights Cell in Goa.

The study has recommended detailedmanpower norms for the personal staff of SP,SDPOs, DSP HQ, DCRB, Accounts Branch andEstablishment Branch of PHQ.


254


127. Towards Total E-governance (2002)*(Enablement of the Bureau of Police Research and Development)

Objectives

BPR&D sponsored a study on “Towards Total E-Governance – Enablement of the Bureau ofPolice Research and Development” with a viewto:

• preparing a feasibility report on theapplication of E-governance in the BPR&D

• to make the bureau totally E-governanceenabled

The present project aims at totalE-governance encompassing all functions of thedivisions of the bureau.

MethodologyDuring the study, all the Divisions of the BPR&Dwere examined before devising variousapplications framework of E-governance foradministering the activities of all the Divisions. Thestudy is based on the secondary data andevaluationary in nature.

Important Findings

Proposal to go for a dedicated and separateBPR&D mail server which will provide high-levelsecurity to its users who would be the officers,institutions and DGP offices.

• into helping load balancing amongst serversome different divisions, CDTS and

providing security within the organisation• messages can be authenticated• it will have the facilities to encrypt the

messages• it will have user interfaces with other e-

mail service providers• file transfer and sharing systems• development of Web portal• the study talked about the networking

through ISDN, PSDN, and wirelessnetworking.

The study proposed four main modules whichare as follows:

1. Web-based Application Server—This is coreServer of E-governance operation on theInternet for O2O and O2C. It will beresponsible to communicate between CDTSand VIC institutions and BPR&D. It will becommunication Gateway for BPR&D to therest of the world.

The mail server for BPR&D will be likehotmail. Every user will have a login nameand password and can be authenticatedindividually that will comprise POP (PostOffice Protocol) mails. The mail server willbe provided with MD5 security system. Thiswill enable O2O and O2C communication.

2. Intranet Server—This server will beresponsible for day-to-day governing worksin the organization. It will be responsible forfile movements inside it, Messaging system,* Bharat Shodh, B-108 Saraswati Kunj Apartment, 25

IP Extention, New Delhi 110092.

255


Event manager for officials for ease of theirday-to-day official work.

3. Security and Sync. Server—This server willbe responsible for maintaining security systemwith MD5 or RLE like algorithms, encodingand encrypting the data between and O2O andO2C interfaces as well as replication on Localmain server and Web Server.

4. Database Management System—This Systemwill have all the databases of BPR&D and willfunction as backbone of the e-governance. Itwill have linkages with other servers.

The study also proposed various networkinglike, ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network),PSDN (Public Switched Data Network), LAN etc.

Objectives

1. The work of looking into implementation ofthe recommendations of National ExpertCommittee on Women Prisoners, assigned bythe Ministry of Home Affairs to theCorrectional Administration Division fittedvery well into its range of activities. As iswell known, the Committee (1986-87)examines the situation of women in prisonsin the states and UTs. Among others, theirsmall number spread over a large number ofjails further keeps them away from thecorrectional mainstream. The Committeeappraised their situation and mademomentous recommendations.

2. Correctional Administration Division

commenced this work in June, 2001. TheDivision has been able to wrap up the workwithin a short period of twelve months,snags and bottlenecks notwithstanding. Thereport in hand reflects the position ofimplementation of the Committee’srecommendations.

Methodology

1. The present report focuses on actionablerecommendations. Initially, theserecommendations were further sub-dividedinto two — those concerning Government ofIndia and those concerning States and UTs. Itfollows that the number of recommendationsconcerning States and UTs is far larger thanthose concerning Government of India. Thelatter were consolidated and were forwardedto the Ministry of Home Affairs that had sincereturned these along with their comments.

* Ex-Professor and HOD, Social Work, Jamia MaliaIslamia, New Delhi.

** AD, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi.

128. National Expert Committee on Women Prisoners (2002)(Implementation of Recommendations Made by the Committee Headedby Justice Krishna Iyer)

MZ Khan* and BV Trivedi**

256


2. Relating to actionable recommendationsconcerning States and UTs, a detailedquestionnaire, with mostly close-ended items,was developed and mailed to all the 35 statesand UTs on September 19, 2001, with therequest that the completed questionnaire bereturned by October 20, 2001. However, ithas taken much more time than was expected.In most cases, the questionnaire werereceived in January and in the case of onestate and one UT, as late as on April 17, 2002.

Furthermore, three states, namely, Jharkhand,Kerala and Uttranchal have not, to-date,supplied the needed information.

3. The information on the questionnaire has beencomputer-tabulated and interpreted.Incorporating all this material a report hasbeen documented which has eight sections.While recommendations of the Committee andinterpretive material have been presented sideby side, data tables have been given at the endto facilitate communication.

Objectives1. The work of looking into the implementation

of United Nations Standard Minimum Rulesfor the Treatment of Prisoners and RelatedRecommendations, 1955, assigned by theMinistry of Home Affairs to the CorrectionalAdministration Division, thus, fitted very wellinto its range of activities. As is well known,the Rules address global standard ofinstitutional correction. Quite a few of themare in force in this country—for quite sometime. Nonetheless, most of the Rules have adirect relevance to the situation obtaining inIndia. Given this, the implementation of thesehas to be taken seriously. This is likely to

serve a dual purpose: improvement ofcorrectional institutions and making themcomparable with those in developed countries.

2. Not denying the fact, these Rules reflectcollective wisdom and make for a boldattempt to modernize and standardize livingconditions in prisons globally. Furthermore,when enforced in spirit and letter, these Rulesare likely to enable prisons to perform whatthey are supposed to perform. The presentexercise is to look into the status of theimplementation of UN Standard MinimumRules has been as exciting as it has beendaunting. It goes without saying that all therecommendations of the Committee is ofparamount importance. However, these couldbe classified into two broad groups: goal-oriented recommendations and ‘actionable’recommendations.

129. United Nations Standard Minimum Rules (2002)*(Implementation of Recommendations)

MZ Khan* and BV Trivedi**

* Ex-Professor and HOD, Social Work, Jamia MaliaIslamia, New Delhi

** BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

257


3. The present report focuses on actionablerecommendations. Initially, theserecommendations were further sub-dividedinto two — those concerning Government ofIndia and those concerning States and UTs.It follows that the number ofrecommendations concerning States and UTsis far larger than those concerningGovernment of India. The latter wereconsolidated and were forwarded to theMinistry of Home Affairs who have sincereturned these along with their comments.

Methodology1. Relating to actionable recommendations

concerning States and UTs, a detailed

questionnaire, with mostly close-ended items,was developed and mailed to all the 35 statesand UTs on September 19, 2001, with therequest that the completed questionnaire bereturned by October 20, 2001. However, ithas taken much more time than was expected.In most cases, the questionnaire werereceived in January and in the case of onestate and one UT, as late as on April 17, 2002.

2. The information on the questionnaire has beencomputer-tabulated and interpreted.Incorporating all this material, a report hasbeen documented having eight sections. Therecommendations of the Committee andinterpretive material have been presented sideby side, data tables have been given at the endto facilitate communication.

130. Creating a Functional Positive Police-Politician Interfacefor Public Order Maintenance (2003)SN Pradhan

* SVP National Police Academy, Hyderabad

Objectives

The study aims to achieve the following: 1. To ascertain the role perception of police and

politicians about themselves and each other.2. To define a proactive and functional positive

interface of police and politicians.3. To analyze the interface as it has developed

historically till the present times.4. To identify areas where proactive and

functional positive interface can take place.5. To prescribe practicable role reorientation

required by police or politician whileinteracting with each other.

6. To attempt an outline for a code of conductfor police and politicians in the interest ofbetter policing.

Sample

Police - 200 respondentsPoliticians - 100 respondentsCitizens - 300 respondents

(Citizens from all socio-economicStrata, NGOs, Professors, Jour-nalists, etc.)

258


Techniques of Data Collection1. Review and Analysis of Literature —

Newspapers, reports, books, articles,Internet, etc.

2. Opinionaire

3. Questionnaire

4. Personal interviews

Likert Method was used to analyse thequalitative data of attitudinal aspects in the study.Content analysis and 2 -Test for comparisonhas been used in the study.

Important Findings1. Politicians have a poor opinion about the

police.

2. The major issue on which most politiciansseem to agree upon is that police officersbehave arrogantly with the public.

3. The other important point most politicianshave made is that police officers are not goodlisteners.

4. Interestingly in their self-role perception theyhave indicated by and large that since policeis inaccessible to public, politicians have tointervene.

5. They are of the opinion that policemen pamperpoliticians to obtain small favours.

6. They have a broad agreement on the issue thatpolice and politicians often collude with eachother to the detriment of society and that theyare by and large the agent of the ruling party.

7. The majority also seems to think that policeharass innocents under influence ofpoliticians.

8. There is a feeling that in law and ordersituations, innocents are arrested and torturedwithout reason.

9. The majority agrees that there should beregular and if necessary regulated interfacebetween police and politicians afteracknowledging that police do have a negativeimage about politicians.

10. The politicians feel that police is responsiblefor its own image and cannot blamepoliticians for the same.

11. Response ambiguity was seen in the followingareas:

(a) Whether police leadership is by andlarge corrupt

(b) Whether good behaviour with policeleaders is effective

(c) Whether police officers arediscourteous towards politicians

12. The politicians do feel that:

(a) Police have a right to complain aboutlack of resources

(b) Police and politicians must worktogether for the good of society

(c) It is not possible to imagine a policelesssociety.

Recommendations1. The predominant management style in the

present police set up has to change from ahighly feudalistic approach towards a moredemocratic approach in organizationaldecision making.

2. Complete divorce between police and

259


politician is impossible. There should howeverbe broad guidelines to separate proper politicalinfluence from improper political influence.

3. Despite laying down any code of conduct orbody of principles to define the interfacebetween police and politicians, it will continueto be a perpetual management issue for thepolice leadership because it will involve thebalancing of accountability and efficiency, publicinterest and government interest, transparencyand secretiveness in decision making.

4. Wherever politicians interface with policeregarding proclaimed public interests it shallbe incumbent upon the police leader to see itin the perspective of a democracy where thegreater public good is a common goal for allactors in the democracy including bureaucratsand politicians. However, in defining thatpublic good he will need to be open andpositive as also unbiased in assessing thedemand. In other words it is to be primafacie assumed in a democracy that a genuinepublic demand may be routed through thepolitician and that this will continue to be thecase in the foreseeable future.

5. With more and more decentralization ofpowers, politicians will play a greater notlesser role in day-to-day policing. So thefuture may in fact entail greater degreeof interaction and joint responsibilities towardspublic and also may bring in situations wherea majority of police related decisions are takenby a body consisting of citizen leaders and /or politicians and police officers.

6. Such a situation is already existent andfunctional in the European countries as wellas the United States. The local administrationunits like countries and cities have their own

administrative setup headed by a electedpolitical executive body which exercises thepower of appointment of police chiefs.

7. In the years to come similar picture is boundto emerge in India where the districtadministration will be supervised by a ministerincharge (i.e., a politician) who will be thechairman of the highest authoritative body inthe district. Naturally, such a body will takemany decisions with respect to the policefunctioning and establishment matters. Ofcourse, it will be done in consultation withthe police chief. This only serves tounderscore the point that the future indicatesa greater interface and partnership betweenthe police and the politicians at least from astructural point of view. Whether this willlead to greater interference in police work isan issue that only time and organizationalchange in police can resolve.

8. The hypothesis that this researcher would liketo present is that the police manager neednot be overly concerned about the increasingrole of politicians in day-to-day policing. Heshould see it is an increasing consciousnessin the public or he may in fact work towardsincreasing the consciousness of the publicregarding policing issues. A more consciouspublic would galvanize the politicians to putup the public demands proactively in front ofthe police leadership. At the same time aproactive police manager will build bridgeswith the same public and involve them in day-to-day policing activities, which in turn willengender a lasting partnership between thepolice and the public. The results would be asafer community and improved law and orderscenario. The politician will find fewerexcuses to complain and it will be a win-winsituation for all parties concerned.

260


131. Shortage of Manpower in CFSLs/FSLs (2003)*(Causes and Solutions)

S. Sanyal*

Objectives

1. To survey the extent of vacancies in variousFSLs/CFSLs and the reasons for which suchvacancies have remained unfilled.

2. To study the profile of forensic scientistsjoining the profession in the past few years.

3. To examine the recruitment rules andprocedures currently in vogue for appointingforensic scientists in FSLs.

4. To assess the workload in the laboratoriesand survey if a significant number of qualifiedscientists, after the joining profession quit,finding the jobs unattractive and the reasonstherefore.

5. To study the reasons why university studentsof forensic science are not found interestedin joining the FSLs.

6. To suggest ways and means to bring aboutimprovement in the situation.

ScopeThe study has covered the different Central andState FSLs in the country and their conditions forthe last 5 years.

Sample Design

No sampling technique was applied, the subjects

were selected on the basis of their willingness torespond to the questionnaire. Effort was madeto approach the maximum number of staff ofthese laboratories.

The methods applied to obtain responses wereas under:

• questionnaires/interview for facultymembers of the universities.

• interview schedule to scientists and headsincluding the present and past directors ofFSLs/CFSLs.

• content analysis of the recruitment rules ofthe scientific posts in different laboratories.

• interview of the target groups.• a qualitative and quantitative analysis had

been done of the responses obtained fromthe target groups.

Recommendations

The suggestions and recommendations made byrespondents for minimizing the vacancies andmaking the profession attractive are assimilatedand mentioned as salient features for formulatingan action plan and a followup by the government:

1. The vacant posts should be advertisedpromptly. They should be filled up withinthree months. Every year assessment ofvacancies should be done and immediateactions must be taken. Lengthy administrativeprocedure in filling the required posts shouldbe minimized.* NICFS, New Delhi

261


2. The post should be filled by persons with theappropriate type of qualification. Work normshould be fixed and due emphasis should begiven to quality of work and not quantitativeoutput.

3. Campus recruitment of the scientists shouldbe made.

4. Existing recruitment rules were rigid andshould be made more flexible. The rulesshould be revised on a regular basis.

5. There should be uniform recruitment rules forthe posts of scientists in all the forensicscience institutions in the country.

6. Services of eminent scientists should beavailed to assess the knowledge and the skillsof the candidates while recruiting them.

7. There should be better carrier opportunitiesfor the forensic scientists. All forensic scienceorganizations should be headed by All IndiaForensic Science Services.

8. Promotional opportunities to assured andmerits and awards must be introduced tomake the job attractive and prevent scientistsfrom quitting the posts after joining thelaboratories.

9. Pay scales should be sufficiently attractive.Flexi-complementary schemes should beintroduced in the laboratories.

10. The Departmental heads and the directorswould be authorized to fill up the vacancieson short-term basis/ad hoc basis till theregular appointment is made.

11. Forensic scientists should participate indifferent seminars and conferences toenhance the knowledge.

12. The laboratories must take research anddevelopment work. The scientists should bemotivated to conduct studies and research

and present them in the forensic conferences.13. Work climate in the organization should be

favorable to prevent the scientists fromquitting their jobs after joining the laboratories.

14. Financial support should be made availablefor the development of the laboratories.Besides the existing scientific equipment,more sophisticated machines could beintroduced in the laboratories and thescientists should be trained accordingly.

15. More universities should have postgraduatecourses on forensic science. The heads ofthe institutions desired that organizations likeBPR&D in collaboration with NICSF shouldorganize a meeting of the vice-chancellors ofrenowned universities for opening post-MScdiploma course in specialized forensicdisciplines. The faculty members alsosupported the idea saying that HRD Ministryshould think positively for higher educationand provide facilities at the university level forupgradation and need-based curriculum inforensic science subjects to improve theexisting condition of the profession.

16. The faculty members teaching forensicscience and the scientists working in thelaboratories should coordinate to frame thesyllabus of forensic science to make it needbased.

17. The discipline of forensic science should bealtered and made job oriented.

18. Students doing research in forensic scienceshould have the freedom to work in differentuniversities and then joined the CFSL/FSL.They should be provided need based trainingin different laboratories.

19. Forensic science laboratories should be madeautonomous. It should be under thesupervision of a senior forensic scientist.

262


Objectives


1. To understand the problems faced byundertrials in matters related to bail, legal aidand engaging a defence lawyer.

2. To assess the problems faced by undertrialsin meeting their family members.

3. To highlight the living conditions of theundertrials in prisons.

4. To evaluate the treatment programmes forundertrials in prisons.

Methodology1. Work on the review began in early May, 2002

and at this stage, included a series ofconsultations with a wide range ofrepresentatives from the Criminal JusticeSystem.

2. Two research investigators were then taskedwith undertaking a preliminary study, whichcommenced in early June 2003. Initially, theresearchers selected two undertrial prisons inChennai.

3. As part of these visits, the researchersundertook individual interviews and groupdiscussions with both staff and prisoners.For this purpose, a list of topics was drawn

up and this formed the basis of what wereotherwise unstructured interviews.

4. The result was formal discussion with thestaff of the office of Inspector General ofPrisons and the administrative staff of theprisons. A further group discussion with afew prisoners and a few individual interviewsalso took place in the pilot study.

5. The interviews attempted to target a widerange of individuals; for example, undertwenty-one as well as adults, those remandedfor the first time and those with previousexperience of the system. The staff includedthe administrative staff, the wardens, medicalstaff, social workers, legal aid staff and thosein education departments.

6. The interviews were intended to be a meansof exploring issues about custody on remandrather than as a means of gathering statisticaldata. The information collected from thediscussion has been presented qualitatively,with general descriptions of the findings.

7. Seven Central Prisons were chosen for thestudy, Chennai, Puzhal, Vellore, Coimbatore,Madurai, Palayamkottai and Trichy.

8. Seventy-five undertrial prisoners were chosenrandomly from the undertrial list in each ofthese prisons. The only pre-laid condition wasthat the undertrial prisoner should have beenin the prison for at least a week. The totalsample was therefore: N = 7 × 75 = 525.

132. Punishment before Verdict (2003)(Prison Conditions of Undertrial Prisoners in Tamil Nadu)

R Thilagaraj

* Prof of Criminology, Madras University, Chennai

263


9. The prisoners were interviewed using astructured interview schedule in Tamil, whichis the State language in Tamil Nadu.

10. All the correctional prison staff in each ofthese prisons was interviewed using anunstructured interview schedule.

Recommendations

1. Regular joint reviews should be held atnational and local level with relevant criminaljustice agencies to consider performance andto coordinate improvements.

2. Accurate means of identifying the costs ofkeeping undertrials in prison should be foundand these costs should be published annually;more up-to-date means should be found toidentify the costs of alternatives to custodialremand; and a study should be undertaken tocompare the alternatives.

3. Levels of care provided to undertrial prisonersby social work agencies should be at leastequal to those in the community.

4. Undertrial prisoners should have increasedopportunities for access to the range ofsupport services that would be available tothem if they were on bail.

5. Arrangements for prisoners to meet with theirlegal agents should be accorded the greatestpriority.

6. Every remand establishment should have asupply of legal books to which undertrialprisoners should have full access, facilitatedby the designated and trained LegalDevelopment Officer.

7. A set of Operating Standards, specificallyrelated to the regime for undertrial prisonersshould be bought about.

8. Consideration should be given to amending therules to introduce rules specifically aimed atyoung undertrial prisoners.

9. Prison Survey should publish views ofundertrial prisoners.

10. Visiting Committees should be asked toconsider the appointment of one member tooversee all contact with undertrial prisoners.

11. All staff working in undertrial areas of prisonsshould receive training in the distinctivecharacteristics and needs of undertrialprisoners, starting with a clear understandingof how the principles of natural justice shouldbe applied for undertrial prisoners.

12. Every undertrial establishment should have acommon, accredited induction programme.

13. Undertrial prisoners should be offered acontinuance of prescribed medication andshould have equitable access to detoxificationfacilities.

14. Undertrial prisoners should have theopportunity to be held in drug-free areas.

15. A system should be introduced that wouldenable undertrial prisoners to have a radio andtelevision in their cell as well as having accessto daily newspapers and regular visits to theestablishment’s library.

16. There should be a doubling of the currentlevel of visit entitlement for undertrialprisoners to at least 60 minutes per day andvisits for such prisoners should be availableevery day.

264


133. Model Prison Manual (2003)(for the Superintendence and Management of Prisons)

A K Sinha and B V Trivedi

Objectives


(i) To review the laws, rules and regulationsgoverning the management of prisons,treatment of prisoners and to makerecommendations for devising goodpractices and procedures on the basis ofcomparative analysis of the provisions ofthe States Prison Manuals by identifyinggaps in their provisions for managing andadministering prisons.

(ii) To examine various aspects relating totreatment of prisoners with specialreference to their basic minimum needscompatible to the dignity of human life inthe light of the recommendations made bythe All India Committee on Jail Reforms(1980-83), Supreme Court Judgments andvarious international instruments to whichIndia is a party.

(iii) To look into the procedure regarding theinternal management of prisons with aview to uphold the rights of the prisonersand the development of prison staff interms of custody, security institutionaldiscipline, institutional programmes for thespecialized treatment of women,adolescents, children and mentally sickperson, staff recruitment and training and


to suggest measures with a view todevelop prisons as correctional institutions.

(iv) To scrutinize and analyze the implicationsof the proposed Prison Management Billbeing finalized by the Ministry of HomeAffairs, Government of India.

(v) To finalize the draft of Model PrisonManual by evolving national consensus onthe relevant issues relating to PrisonReforms in India.

(vi) Any other matter relating to managementof prison administration that the committeemay like to consider.

Methodology1. The Committee approved a tentative chapter

scheme for the proposed Model PrisonManual and decided to evolve a nationalconsensus on various aspects to be coveredtherein by appointing six Working Groupscomprising senior prison administrators fromvarious states.

2. On the basis of intensive discussions anddeliberations on the subjects assigned to it,each Working Group submitted the drafts forconsideration of the committee. In thisprocess, the Working Groups were dulyassisted by the secretariat of the committeeby way of all the relevant research materialincluding the following:

265


(i) A review of the existing laws, rules andregulations governing prisons;

(ii) A comparative analysis of the provisionsof the State Prison Manuals;

(iii) A thorough study of the recommendationsmade by the All India Committee on JailReforms, Supreme Court Judgments andvarious international instruments on thetreatment of prisoners to which India is aparty;

(iv) A close scrutiny of the implications ofthe proposed Bill on the prisons beingfinalized by the MHA;

(v) Identification of gaps in the provision ofState Prison Manuals.

3. Thus, the present draft of the Model PrisonManual has been prepared on the basis ofa national consensus evolved through across-section of prison administrators andexperts drawn from various parts of thecountry. The draft is further proposed tobe circulated among all the States and UTsto elicit their comments and suggestions, ifany, for incorporation. The final draft islikely to truly represent the best of wisdomfrom all over the country to bring prisonsystem in tune with the Constitutionalprovisions, Supreme Court judgments andthe international instruments subscribed byIndia.

Important Findings

The Model Prison Manual prepared for theSuperintendence and Management of Prisons inIndia comprises 28 Chapters with 9 Appendices,namely: Definitions; Institutional Framework;Headquarters Organization; InstitutionalPersonnel; Custodial Management; Maintenanceof prisoners; Medical Care; Contacts with theOutside World; Transfer of Prisoners; Executionof Sentences; Prisoner Sentenced to Death;Emergencies; Education of Prisoners; VocationalTraining and Work Programme; Welfare ofPrisoners; Remission; Leave and Special Leave;Premature Release, Prison Discipline; After-careand Rehabilitation; Open Institutions; UndertrialPrisoners; High Security Prisoners; WomenPrisoners; Young Offenders; Board of Visitors;Staff Development; and Miscellaneous. Eachchapter is divided into several provisions underthe separate head, which is based on indepthdiscussion with various relevant quarters to evolvenational consensus. The Committee submitted thisManual to the Ministry of Home Affairs,Government of India and after its acceptance /approval, this Manual was circulated to all States/UTs for its adoption, after making suitableamendments based on local ground situations.

This manual would prove a vital instrumentfor the states in streamlining their prisonadministration and bringing prison reforms in tunewith the current penological and criminologicalthinking.

266


134. All India Committee on Jail Reforms (1980-83) (2003)(Implementation of Recommendations made by the Committee headedby Justice A N Mulla)

M Z Khan* and BV Trivedi**

Objectives

1. In 1980, the second high powered All IndiaCommittee on Jail Reforms was constitutedby Government of India under thechairmanship of Justice Anand Narain Mulla(Retd.) to study all aspects of prisonadministration in the country, and to devicemeasures for its effective improvement. Thecommittee examined various issuesconcerning prison administration, based onground realities in the light of standardminimum norms laid down in variousinternational covenants. The committee made658 momentous recommendations onvarious aspects of prison administrationin the country. More than 90% of therecommendations made by this committee areconcerned with State Governments as‘Prisons’ being the state subject. All theserecommendations were circulated to all statesby the Ministry of Home Affairs, Governmentof India with a request to implement them onpriority.

2. Correctional Administration Divisioncommenced the work in June, 2001. TheDivision has been able to wrap up the workwithin a short period of twelve months, snagsand bottlenecks notwithstanding. The report in

hand reflects the position of implementation ofthe Committee’s recommendations.

Methodology

1. The present report focuses on actionablerecommendations. Initially, theserecommendations were further sub-divided intotwo — those concerning Government of Indiaand those concerning States and UTs. Itfollows that the number of recommendationsconcerning States and UTs is far larger thanthose concerning Government of India. Thelatter were consolidated and were forwardedto the Ministry of Home Affairs for comments,which have been incorporated under SectionOne of this report.

2. Relating to actionable recommendationsconcerning States and UTs, a detailedquestionnaire, with mostly close-ended items,was developed and mailed to all the 35 statesand UTs on September 19, 2001, with therequest that the completed questionnaire bereturned by October 20, 2001. However, ithas taken much more time than was expected.In most cases the questionnaire were receivedin January and in the case of one state andone UT, as late as on April 17, 2002.Furthermore, three states, namely, Jharkhand,Kerala and Uttranchal have not to-datesupplied the needed information, despite ourall possible and constant efforts.

* Ex-Professor and HOD, Social Work, Jamia MaliaIslamia, New Delhi

** AD, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

267


3. The information on the questionnaire has beencomputer-tabulated and interpreted.Incorporating all this material, a report hasbeen documented which has twentynine

sections. While recommendations of theCommittee and interpretive material have beenpresented side by side, in Volume I, data andtables have been placed in Volume II, so asto facilitate communication.

135. Cost of Investigation (2004)L Kailasam*

* Assistant Director, BPR&D, MHA, (In-house Study)

Objectives

1. To find the cost of crime investigation ofvarious offences

2. To assess the percentage of time devoted bythe police officers to crime investigation

3. To suggest measures to reduce cost of crimeinvestigation without affecting quality

4. To identify the constraints and bottlenecks incrime investigation

5. To confirm whether resources are utilizedproperly.

Methodology

Two hundred samples from three police stationslocated at Delhi and another two hundred samplefrom three police stations, randomly selected atChennai were collected and analysed.

Important Findings

1. Police officers in Delhi and Chennai devoteonly 4.27% to 13.04% of their time to crimeinvestigations

2. By reducing the average time taken by PublicProsecutors from 71 days in Delhi and 95days in Chennai to 15 days, a saving of 74.44crores can be effected.

3. A saving of 717.42 crores can be possible bydelegating crime investigation powers tolower officials.

Recommendations

1. The cadre of Investigating Officers have tobe increased.

2. Adequate transport, forensic labs, scientificaids, office staff, standardizing records,formats etc. would improve the quality ofinvestigation and reduce time required for it.

3. Specific amendments in section 2, 37, 100,102, 161, 162, 167, 172 of the Cr.P.C. andsection 26 and 27 of the Evidence Act havebeen suggested to improve the quality ofinvestigations.

The proliferation of small arms and explosives isa serious challenge to the national security. Thisstudy is to examine the various facets of theproblem and to explore policy instruments tosolve this problem.

268


136. Estimation of the Quantities and Impact of Influx of SmallArms and Explosives in India (2004)*

* Institute of Conflict Management, New Delhi

Objective

The objectives of the study are as under:

1. To establish a direct link between theavailability of small arms and explosives andthe increase in the occurrence of violentincidents in an area;

2. To understand the complexities of thenetworks that sustain the flow. An attempthas also been made to explore the meetingground of various interests that keep theproblem alive;

3. To evaluate the impact of availability of illegalweapons and explosives on terrorist andgeneral political violence, crime and varioussectarian and societal tensions;

4. To identify and evaluate systems for thecontinuous, effective, immediate and co-ordinated documentation and collation of allinformation and intelligence relating to illegalweapons and explosives flows and use; and

5. To review and analyze existing data andliterature on small arms issues, including armsmovement to and within the coverage areaselected for the study, and on the variedsocial, economic and political implications ofthe illicit trade in small arms and explosives.

HypothesesStudy examied and the following hypothesis

1. The ‘threshold of violence’ across the entirerange of political tensions and conflicts isdirectly correlated to the availability andquality of illegal arms and explosives.

2. The intensity of damage, in a crisis situation,is directly proportional to the availability ofillegal arms and explosives in the possessionof the conflicting parties.

3. The existing law enforcement agencies areunderequipped to monitor and map the flowof illegal weapons and explosives.

4. In the absence of efficacious identificationand evaluation methods, accurate informationregarding the flow of small arms becomeserratic, undermining the state’s capacity toneutralize their use in terrorist movements andin organized crimes.

5. Elaborate pattern of collusion betweencriminals, terrorist groups, politicians and thestructures of governance in some regions,and with the overground (legal) economy,facilitates the illegal flow and proliferation ofarms and explosives.

6. With the advent of modern tools of violence,a continuous monitoring of weapons availableto terrorists and criminal groups is aprecondition of an effective law-enforcementand a safeguard against the possibility of beingoverwhelmed in situations where a newgeneration of technologies is illegallyintroduced into the conflict.

7. The meeting grounds of interests of the actual

269


suppliers of arms and their ultimate users, onthe one hand, and their active and passivesupport networks, on the other, needs to bedisrupted before an effective policy againstterrorism and organized crime can beimplemented.

Methodology

The study is based on primary as well assecondary sources of information gatheredthrough extensive field surveys. For the fieldsurvey, three areas were identified taking intoaccount the varying nature of violence. Assamrepresented the States that have a history ofinsurgent violence, Andhra Pradesh representedthe States affected by Naxalite violence andMumbai provided a study for organized crime.

A set of questionnaire was prepared afterdiscussion with the field level officers, experts andspecialists. The first set of questionnaire targetedthe common civilian population. The second setwas devised for the intelligentsia, and the third setwas meant for police personnel. Questionnaireswere administered both in urban and rural areas.

Data and information regarding the seizure ofsmall arms and explosives were collected frompolice sources. Secondary information wascollected from newspaper reports, journals, booksand publications.

Data gathered through the field study yieldedboth quantitative and qualitative information.While quantitative data was tabulated to map thescale of proliferation and its impact, qualitativeinformation was used to contexualize thequantitative findings in the final analysis of results,and to derive broad conclusions.

Important Findings

1. Small arms proliferation has a dramatic impact

on the social system; undermines socialcohesion and legitimate authority; lowers thethreshold of criminal; extremist and politicalviolence, and causes inordinate sufferingamong civilian populations, particularlywounded children.

2. The proliferation of sophisticated weaponsand explosives and among sub-state actors hasundermined the authority of the state and therule of law.

3. Large-scale influx of small arms andexplosives and the resultant upsurge inviolence have created a sense of pervasiveinsecurity and fear among the civilianpopulation.

4. The empowerment of insurgents and criminalshas a serious bearing on the future of childrenin various theatres of conflict. Apart from theimpact of the culture of violence, and specificlosses of loved ones and family support thatmany of them may suffer, there have beennumerous cases of forced and voluntaryrecruitment of children and youth into thecadres of various groups.

5. The prevailing violence has a serious impacton the economic and employmentopportunities of the people. The commonpeople suffers the decline in their dailyearnings, while the rich have to submit tolarge-scale extortion by terrorists andcriminals.

6. The influx of small arms has a serious impacton the traditional rural economy and activitiesof the rural people.

7. Violence has also led to a large-scaledisplacement of the population, though thistrend has remained confined to certain areas.

270


8. Apart from some urban centres, acquiringarms is yet to find favour among the commonpeople as a means to counter their sense ofinsecurity. There is an overwhelming feelingthat possession of a weapon doesn’tnecessarily guarantee security.

9. The availability of sophisticated small armsand explosives has led to a perceptible changein the nature of counter insurgencyoperations. Not only have the operationsbecome more costly in terms of men andmaterials, the prospects of failure have risen,with an inevitable, though limited impact onthe morale and related abilities of the securityforces.

10. Rising casualities among security forcespersonnel have led to a degree of brutalizationwithin sections of the law-enforcementcommunity, though there is also a measureof awareness regarding the need todistinguish between hardcore criminal andextremist cadres, and the general public.

Conclusions and Recommendations1. Efforts at the International Level – illicit light

weapon trafficking is now recognized asmajor threat to international, national andhuman security. A number of regional andinternational bodies have undertaken initiativesto control illicit weapons trafficking.

2. Action Plan for India – initiatives at theinternational level, to attract global attentiontowards the supply of illegal weapons to non-state actors and the impact of this on theinternal security, governance.

3. India could attract the attention of countriesto adapt an ‘ammunition and explosives

centred approach’ to restrain the ammunitionproducing countries, not to follow a laissez-faire approach to animation exports.

4. A focus on ammunition and explosives hasanother distinct advantage as to stop smallarms as by virtue of the size these are easyto smuggle and difficult to detect. On theother hand, consignments of ammunition andexplosives – due to the quantities needed –tend to be heavy and easier to detect. Anemphasis on ammunition can at least solvehalf the problem.

5. To choke off the flow of legally producedweapons to the black markets and their on-ward journey into the hands of the terroristsby significantly restricting the conditionsunder which governments can acquire armsthrough legal channels.

6. There should be focus on a minimumstandard of domestic control, includinglicensing of firearms owners, registration offirearms, safe storage and other provisions.

7. Other initiatives like, raising awarenessregarding challenges to peace and security bythe proliferation of small arms, not only bycommon civilians but also by the policepersonnel.

8. Effective crime control.

9. Restructuring Intelligence Agencies: There isa multiplicity of intelligence agencies, eachoperating independently, at least occassionalyoperating at cross purposes, and most ofthem are reluctant to share operationalintelligence with their sister agencies. Thereis an urgent need not only to reorganize therelationship between various intelligencegathering instances, but also to dramatically

271


improve the processing, archival and retrievalcapacities of each of these agencies by theuse of information technologies, and scientificmethods of intelligence gathering and analysis.

10. Database and Documentation: Electronicdatabase on all aspects of small arms andexplosives be established centrally, and thatsuch a database should have online linkages

with integrated databases in each of the statesand their districts.

11. Movement against specific arms.

12. Border management.

13. Rehabilitation schemes for militants.

14. Weapon control in post conflict situations.

15. Addressing the causes of conflicts.

137. Key Performance Indicators for Prison Organization(2004)Upneet Lalli*

* Institute of Correctional Administration, Chandigarh

Objectives


1. To examine and study prison as anorganization.

2. To find out the role perception of the prisonstaff about their role.

3. To find out the charter of duties to bedeveloped for the prison staff.

4. To explore the perception of prison inmatesabout their role expectations from the prisonstaff.

5. To identify and develop key performanceindicators for the prison organization.

MethodologyBoth quantitative and qualitative data have been

used. To get the inner feelings, open-endedquestions have been used. Questionnaire methodwas used for prison staff, prison inmates andjudicial officers. There were open-ended andmultiple choice items along with a rating scale inthe questionnaire. Interviews were also held withthe respondents to understand the true meaningof their responses. Data have been collected from150 prison officers, 150 prison inmates and 40judicial officers. Stratified random samplingtechnique was used to select the respondents.

Recommendations

Organizational Interventions

1. Developing administrative capability throughmanagement information system to providedata quickly to appropriate organizationalunits for their consideration and possibleutilization in developing action plans for theorganization.

272


2. Establishing clear and articulate organizationaland individual goals through a process ofcontinuous interaction between various levelsof management.

3. Ongoing process of evaluation of theorganization and individual goals through aproper and continuous feedback. Positivefeedback and evaluation may result inresetting of such goals.

4. Developing organizational culture that is highlyconducive to employee motivation and self-actualization towards organizational goalaccomplishment. Participative management isa desirable attribute for developing such awork climate.

5. A proper functioning system for appraisingthe organization and individual programmestowards goal attainment is needed. Thecorrectional organization should begin todefine its mission (a general statement ofpurpose), goals (which specifies desired andresults), a vision statement and objectives ofprison (that can be measured to show successand achievements). These are useful in thedevelopment of planning statements throughwhich objectives and goals would be achievedleading to fulfillment of the mission of thecorrectional organization. Periodic progressreviews to ensure that adequate progress isbeing made towards the goals and objectivesof the organization.

Personnel Development

6. Developing role clarity in the personnel.

7. Proper training programmes; both basic andorientation training along with regularrefresher courses. The training programmeshould aim at developing technical skillsinitially and a continuous process ofupgrading human relations and organizationsskills. Gender sensitive training is alsoessential.

8. Develop a code of ethics for prisonpersonnel.

9. Improving service condition to satisfy thebasic needs of the staff in order to decreasethe job dissatisfaction.

10. Information dissemination about latest judicialdecisions, legal developments andmanagement practices to help the personnelcontribute to organizational development.

11. Proper performance appraisal which shouldbe done on regular basis and feedback aboutsuccess and failure should be given in orderto develop prison personnel.

Prison Inmates Welfare

12. Optimum Staff : Prisoners Ratio.13. A proper grievance redressal mechanism

should be in place in the prison.14. More interaction with the inmates through

regular meetings and sabhas.15. Increasing the participation of the inmates in

the prison administration.

16. Suitable training/work programmes for allmale and female inmates.

273


138. Mega City Policing – A Model Perspective Plan (2005)Sanjay Baniwal* and Lalit Das**

* DIG, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi** AD, BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi (In-house Study)

Objective

The objective of the study was to prepare a longterm perspective plan for the current and futuremega cities of the country. The economic healthof the mega city and its hinter land depends onlaw and order situation and therefore, thedevelopment of mega cities require proper focusand planning for its policing.

Methodology

BPR&D coordinated with Commissioners of theseven mega-cities (States) (Delhi, Mumbai,Kolkata, Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad andAhmedabad) for their inputs. A Conference ofPolice Commissioners chaired by Home Secretaryand subsequent Conferences with theirrepresentatives at BPR&D and research on thesubject was done to prepare this Plan for decidingthe future Mega City perspective plan a subcommittee was made under Shri K.K.Maheshwari, Joint C.P. Delhi Police to collate andassimilate the view points and projections fromall the seven city Police.

Recommendations and conclusions

1. Policing strategies shall necessarily have to bemodified to cater to mega-city specificcharacteristics.

2. It requires higher standards of policing tofrustrate any attempt to cause damage to theinfrastructure or harm to its citizens.

3. The high density of population in mega-citiesmake them vulnerable to high magnitude ofdamages and disruption which will needcontainment with quickest response time forwhich advance preparedness shall be the keyelement.

4. Quick response to any perceived threatnecessitates upgradation of policeinfrastructure to lend them credible capacityto act effectively in the face of challenge.

5. All activities in mega-cities having significantbearing on orderly and smooth flow of lifeshall be required to be coordinated withpolicing needs and capabilities.

6. Traffic engineering, enforcement andeducation have to be accorded high prioritywith suitable upgradation of infrastructure toregulate and sustain future traffic flows inmega cities.

7. Existential threats to mega-cities need to betackled by having a full strength counterterrorism strategy with well trained personneland infrastructure commensurate withperceived threat perception levels.

8. Policing needs to undergo an orientationchange by way of specialized training andexposure to police personnel and a review ofpolice procedures/manuals at regular intervals.

9. Anonymity afforded by lifestyles of mega-

274


cities and ease with which illegal immigrantscan mingle with local population has to becatered by taking appropriate steps to containtheir potential for mischief and unlawfulactivities. Their status as unaccountedstranger has to be factored to prevent theirundetected stay and its undesirableconsequences.

10. The demands on police shall be relativelymuch higher in mega-cities to attend todifferent types of grievances of citizens.Therefore, it will not only require state of the

art police control room supported by adequatenumbers of well equipped PCR Vans but alsomany of the other force multiplier measuresas well.

11. Involvement of all stake holders in providingadequate safety and security to the communityhas to be ensured through institutionalizedproactive measures. The participation bycommunity in its own policing will have tobe ensured through proactive measures forthe mutual benefits of all sections to achievethe larger goal of high quality policing.

139. Forensic Science in Criminal Justice Administration (2005)Amiya K Samanta*

* Adjunct Professor, West Bengal National University ofJuridical Sciences

Objective

Study of judgement of rape & murder cases,critical evaluation of forensic evidence collected,identification of forensic evidence, improvedutilization of existing resources to bring aboutqualitative improvement in collection and analysisof forensic evidence, identification of reasons forinadequate use of forensic science in criminaljustice and development of road map of growthof forensic science facilities and improvement inthe skills of I.Os to look for and properly collectand preserve scientific clues.

Methodology

Collection and scrutiny of case records of recentlytried out cases of murder and rape in SessionsCourts, collection and scrutiny of the judgementsof murder and rape cases disposed of by theSupreme Court, visit to the Sessions Courts tointerview the judges, public prosecutors anddefence lawyers, visit to Forensic ScienceLaboratories, visit to Police Station to gather firsthand knowledge, interview with IOs about theproblems regarding forensic evidence and holdingseminars, discussions etc. on forensic evidencewith important functionaries of the criminal justicesystem.

Main Findings and Recommendations

1. Forensic evidence has been used as clinching

275


evidence in a number of cases by the Apexcourt as also by the trial courts.

2. Analysis of the data of trial courts indicatesthat forensic evidence has been usedeffectively only in 53% of the murder andrape cases.

3. The percentage of effective use of FSL reportis very low.

4. Collection of evidence is partial, dispatch tothe FSL is defective, and the examination andreport are delayed.

5. The forensic science facilities in India are tooinadequate. The investigating agencies arehandicapped by lack of training in collectionand appreciation of forensic.

In the report a road map for the future usehas been presented within the framework of theexisting legal and administrative system. Here theprincipal suggestions are reiterated in brief.

1. Include the Forensic DNA typing, Computerand Telephony investigation for voiceidentification, Forensic Acoustics speakeridentification, Forensic Image processing andForensic Osteology and Odoxtology.

2. Collection of forensic evidence is problematicand as such protection of the scenes of crimeshould get priority. There should be Scene

Of Crime Officer (SOCO), in each policestation for the protection of the scene ofcrime which may be made mandatory, witha view to facilitating the collection offorensic evidence.

A few circumstantial constraints have alsocreated this mind set are:

1. delay in receipt of the FSL reports,preservation of the seized exhibits in thepolice station malkhanas is risky because oflack of space therein, the investigating officermay have an investigation fund under thecontrol of O/C, police training institutionsshould put adequate emphasis on forensicevidence and the detection and collection offorensic materials during training.

2. The delay in FSL and the delay by medico-legal expert are to be eradicated – withoutwhich the credibility of forensic sciencecannot be established.

3. The prosecutors and judges also need somespells of training in the nature andeffectiveness of forensic science and aboutlatest developments.

4. Ground spread of forensic science service toall the police station should get top priorityin planning expenditure on the developmentof forensic science in the country.

276


Objectives

To identify

1. Whether personnel working in differentCPMFs of the Union suffer from stress.

2. Possible causes of stress.

3. Availability of stress coping mechanisms inthe CPMFs.

4. Factors responsible for the extreme stepstaken by personnel identified in the casestudies.

5. Remedial measures to address the problem.

Methodology

The data and information was collected throughpresentations, discussions and case studies byrespective police forces. Records of posting,leave, training, strength were studied. Casestudies of the suicides and fatal violence by forcepersonnel in the last five years were alsocollected.

Important Findings

1. All CPMFs are aware of stress and its relatedproblems affecting their personnel.

2. The in-house stress coping mechanisms indifferent CPMFs is either inadequate or failedto operate effectively at field level.

3. The causes of dissatisfaction are excessiveworkload, prolonged duty hours, denial ofleave, bad treatment by superiors/peers, poorliving conditions.

Recommendations

1. The nature of mandate of each CPMFgenerate stressors. Overwhelming deploymentin high risk violence prone areas withnegligible peace slots is a major stressinducer.

2. Proper infrastructure at work place andadequate accommodation is not available toCPMFs as the user states are not providingthem as was planned.

3. Each CPMF should have a prospectus andmechanism to sensitize the recruits about thechallenges they are likely to face. They mayalso develop strategies to handle thesechallenges through training, work culture,welfare activities.

4. There must be psychological testadmidnistered for screening aspirants at theentry level.

5. The transfer policy should be transparent withsufficient incentives for hard postings.

6. There should be formal Grievance RedressalCells working effectively at the field level.

7. The Government should set up Centralorganization on Mind Body Medicine forresearch and its application.

140. Stress Management in the CPMFs (2005)SR Mehra, Sharda Prasad, RC Arora*


277


141. Deaths in Judicial Custody (2005)(Causes and Remedies)

Deepti Shrivastava*

* Prof of Sociology, Deptt. of Higher Education, Bhopal,M.P.

ObjectivesThe study aims to achieve the following:1. To ascertain the nature and extent of deaths

in judicial custody.2. To identify causational factors responsible for

deaths in judicial custody.3. To formulate the profile on the inter-

personal relationship between offender andvictim of unnatural deaths in judicial custody.

4. To identify the modality for streamlining theearly disposal of such cases and to providecompensation to aggrieved party.

5. To ascertain the role and accountability of theagencies in such matters.

6. To suggest preventive measures to deal withsuch occurrence.

MethodologyThe present study conducted in seven sampledstates: Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, West Bengal,Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu andAssam. A random sample of 392 deaths drawnfrom the total of 2,744 deaths. This study isproposed to be conducted on sample basis byselecting one state in each region i.e. Tamil Naduin Southern Region, Uttar Pradesh in Northernregion, West Bengal in Eastern Region, MadhyaPradesh and Chhattisgarh Central and for Western

Region Maharashtra, Assam for North EasternRegion to make a sampling of the studyrepresentative of the universe significant at thenational level

Techniques of Data Gathering

1. Interview schedule.

2. Case study method.

3. Observation method

4. Information/data collected from State HumanRights Commission, officials of prison andpolice department.

Important Findings

1. The inmates of middle age were at higher riskof deaths in judicial custody rather then oldand young inmates.

2. The educational level of inmates disclosedthat majority of inmates were either illiterateor educated up to below class X. Thoseinmates, who are highly educated were lessprone to be violent and commit crime ascompared with those who were moderatelyeducated.

3. Research evidence indicates that familybackground of died inmates in majority ofcases belong to below poverty line and lowerclass, as compared to higher-class inmates.

278


4. Regarding religious background of diedinmates; study revealed that majority ofinmates is Hindus rather than Muslims,Christians and Sikhs. There was a hugemarked difference in the percentage ofvictims between different religious groups.

5. The causes of deaths in judicial custody varystate to state. The respondents from sampledstates reported different types of causes fordeaths in judicial custody. Major causes areprolonged illness, old age, poor prisoncondition, medical negligence and availabilityor non-availability of alternatives.Overcrowding was, however, a major causefollowed by prolonged detention of under-trialprisoners, lack of medical facilities, allegationof inhuman approach of prison staff, poorrelations between inmate/staff, lack oftherapeutic and correctional treatment etc.

6. Minimum number of deaths is unnatural inwhich majority of inmates died due tosuicide. In most of the suicidal case modusoperandi was poisoning. Few co-inmatescame forward to express mental harassment,rude behaviour of prison officials and medicalnegligence. Another major cause of unnaturaldeaths was due to Riots and due to injury /wound.

7. Similarly, natural deaths in prison take placeas a result of multicausational factors. Datareveals that maximum deaths in custodyoccur due to cardio-respiratory failurefollowed by tuberculosis, lungs disease, andchest pain, Septicemia, AIDS and Cancer.

8. Research evidence indicates other importantfindings of this study; i.e maximum numberof inmates — 314 were under trials. Datareveal that highest number of detainees was

under detention for period from 1-5 years andfor lowest is from 6 – 12 months.

9. The cases of physical violence are negligiblebut incidence of emotional violence wasreported in majority. High percentage ofemotional abuse found in U.P. followed byAssam and other states.

10. Consequences of imprisonment affected themental and physical health of the inmates indifferent ways i.e. problem of low selfesteem, need for affection, depression andfrustration. It was observed that majority ofvictims are suffering from mental or physicaldisorders.

11. Study attempted to find out the long-termimpact of deaths on family members of diedinmates. This impact on their family member’slife is noted in the form of disorganized life,reduced social contacts, hesitation and feelingof shame in mixing with relatives and friends,children’s disturbed studies, become futureabusers, and permanent physical disorders. Inshort, the major affect is noted in the life oftheir children adversely.

12. Study also revealed that a large number ofinmates family members were not aware ofthe present relief available under law to thevictims family members. Most of the personswere not satisfied with the benefits of theserelief measures, while others found thepresent relief insufficient to protect theinterest of the victims. Some family membersfound that the relief provided was temporary,procedure was complicated and other familymembers state that they can not say anythingexactly about the relief available.

13. According to data, only small number ofinmates applied for temporary release,

279


majority of inmates do not apply fortemporary release.

14. Some cases of deaths in custody wereselected for study. Those died inmates wereyoung and those cases whose death seemssuspected.

Recommendations

1. Need to improve prison culture.

2. Co-ordination among concerned mainagencies.

3. Need to improve role of correctional officer.

4. Staff training.

5. Effective correctional technique course forcorrectional officers.

6. Efforts to minimize overcrowding.

7. Prevention of infectious & prolonged diseasesin prison.

8. Fighting techniques with tuberculosis inprison conditions.

9. Protection of prison personnel.

142. Compensation to the Victims of Crime (2005)R C Arora and BV Trivedi*


Introduction

An in-house study has been conducted by theBPR&D in pursuance of the directions, given bythe Hon’ble Union Home Minister in a meetingheld on 29th September, 2005. An idealadministration of criminal justice providescompensation to the victims of crime along withpunishing the offender. The Constitution of Indiaconfers equal attention on the offenders as wellas the victims of crime and to ensure equalprotection of law for both of them (Article 14).This right of victim forms the basis of statutoryprovision under Section 356 (1 & 2) and Section359 of the Cr. P.C., 1973.

Rationale

In recent years, the plight of victims has attractedadequate attention with the result that newdimensions have been added to the criminologicalthoughts not only at the national but also at theinternational level with following rationale:

(i) It would be the responsibility of the Stateto protect its citizens failing which it shallcompensate the victims of crime toprevent individual retaliatory behaviour andto reinforce law abiding conduct.

(ii) In principle, offender must accept theresponsibility for the consequences of hiswrong doings in conformity with socialjustice.

(iii) Awarding compensation to the victims by

280


the offender is a part of the punishmentthat may also have an educational value forthe offenders which is therapeutically morebeneficial to them.

(iv) The provision of compensation has apractical value in the treatment andrehabilitation process of the offender,which facilitate the process of correctionin our system of dispensing justice. Thiskind of punishment can makecompensation to the victims as integralpart of probation and parole conditions forthe offenders. This might be considered asanother direction of a necessary offender-victim relationship.

(v) It is the responsibility of the State to helpthe needy and the distressed persons in aWelfare State, and in pursuance of that theState should come to their help at the timeof their criminal victimization at the handsof perpetrators of crime.

Objectives

This study consists of following objectives:

(i) To ascertain the status of victims in theadministration of criminal justice.

(ii) To examine the constitutional and legalframework available in different statutorybooks for awarding the compensation tothe victims of crime in India.

(iii) To identify the shortcomings in the existinglegal framework in this matter.

(iv) To evaluate the special scheme ofcompensation to the victims of crimeunder Scheduled Castes and ScheduledTribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989

and to the victims of violence by left wingextremists and communal violence.

(v) To ascertain the nature and extent of thecompensation available to the victims ofcrime in 29 different countries.

(vi) To suggest the introduction of newscheme for the compensation to thevictims of crime in India.

MethodologyThe data was collected through secondaryresources by using electronic means and theofficial records.

Important FindingsThe foreign countries were divided in fourcategories.The first category belongs to thecountries where the compensation to the victimsof crime is being given by the State. The secondcategory belongs to the countries where thecompensation is being given by the offender. Thethird category belongs to the countries where thecompensation is being given both by the State andoffender. And the fourth category belongs to thecountries where the specific information is notavailable as to by whom the compensation is beingpaid to the victims of crime.

The salient features of these schemesprevailing in foreign countries are given below:

(i) In most of the crime victims compensationprogramme of different countries coverthe victims of violent crimes, personalcrime, who suffer serious physical/mentalinjuries for their compensation. In additionto it, compensation programme of somecountries like Italy and Colombia providecompensation to the victims of terroristand guerrilla attacks, combat or massacre.

281


(ii) The claimants under crime victimcompensation programme of differentcountries are not only the victims of crimebut also their dependents relatives. Foreigncitizen could also become the claimants forcompensation.

(iii) The compensation is provided for medicalexpenses, mental health counseling, loss ofwages, funeral, travel expenses, loss ofenjoyment of life, rehabilitation for disabledvictims and loss of support for dependentsof deceased victims.

(iv) The limit of compensation to the victimsof crime varies from country to country,depending upon the nature of crimes andextent of victimization under different typesof crimes.

(v) In most of the countries, funds forcompensation to the victims of crime areprovided by the state themselves. InPoland, the funding is being provided forcompensation to the victims by donationsfrom individuals and Institutions. While inAustria and Belgium, the compensation isbeing realized from the fine imposed onconvicted offenders and other sources.

(vi) In most of the countries, the time limitsfor filling petition for compensation is oneyear. While in Denmark, Hong Kong,Japan, Poland, Sweden, U.K., Spain andSwitzerland, the time limit is two years.

(vii) Most of the countries also provideemergency compensation to victims ofcrime except Italy, Denmark, Finland,United Arab Emirates (UAE), Austria,Belgium and Republic of Ireland.

Crime-victim compensation programmeshows that out of about 200 countries in the

world there are 29 countries in which the victimcompensation schemes are prevalent, as culled outfrom the details posted on the websites ofdifferent countries. The amount of compensationvaries from a very modest sum to unlimitedamount depending upon the injuries sustained bythe victim. All these countries, where the victimcompensation scheme are prevalent are not themost populous countries of the world like, China,USSR, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Egypt, etc.

Recommendations

The evolution of the scheme for the compensationto the victims of the crime in India will be aconcrete measure for the translation into realityof the essential obligation of the Indian state toprovide safety and security for the life andproperty of the citizen. To begin with, this schemecan be considered in the light of total population;number of citizens who suffer injuries due tocrime against their body and property.

1. Keeping in view of the crime scenario inIndia, we can consider introducing a schemefor payment of ex-gratia relief orcompensation to the victims of crime fallingin the category of violent crime, crimeagainst women, abduction/kidnapping,robbery, dacoity and arson.

2. The scale of compensation can also beadopted as the one made applicable to thevictims of crime falling under the ScheduledCastes and Scheduled Tribes category. Itshows that if we start with schemeinvolving victim of crime subjected toaforesaid types of crime, roughly a minimumRs. 17,25,29,65,000/- amount will be requiredto be paid every year.

282


3. The aforesaid calculation is made presumingthat there is only one victim for each crime.Modalities will have to be worked out as tothe contribution which may be made by theState Governments and the CentralGovernment to finance the scheme.

4. Alternatively, penal provisions relating to theaforesaid provisions can be so amended as toprovide for compensation as per the scalementioned above by the trial courts itself.This will, however, leave out a large numberof victims whose cases do not result in filingof the charge sheet or if chargesheeted,does not lead to conviction. The scheme shallhave to provide for, at least those cases inwhich the acquittal is based on benefit ofdoubts or inadequacy of evidence to establishthe guilt of the accused person or in caseswhere the offences remains untraced.

5. Another alternative for funding the schemecould be through introduction of GroupPersonal Accident Insurance Scheme toprovide monetary relief to the victims ofcrime on the basis of nature and extent oftheir losses suffered by the victim. Thedetailed modalities of such scheme can be got

worked out from any of the InsuranceCorporation dealing with similar risks againstassurance.

6. The introduction of Victim of CrimeCompensation Scheme shall needconsultation with the States, before drawingup the final contours regarding the variousmodalities as indeed the desirability/feasibilityof the scheme itself. This will includecriteria for eligibility, extent and scale ofcompensation to be paid, compensationdetermination and paying machinery, fundingof the scheme through the consolidatedfunding from States and Union or GroupInsurance Schemes and related matters. Apublic debate can also be initiated through theStates to elicit views of informed membersof the public and various organizations,including NGOs of national repute with regardto the different elements of the scheme.

7. The proposed scheme shall have importantimplication for the criminal justice system.Therefore, views of Ministry of Law & Justiceand other ministries of the Government of Indiawill also be taken into account.

283


143. Pendency of Cases in the Subordinate Courts (2006)R C Arora and B V Trivedi*


Objectives

1. The study was undertaken to analyze theincidence of various crime and their disposalby the police and the courts, and to analyzethe pendency of cases in subordinate Courtsincluding Fast Track Courts, High Courts andSupreme Court.

2. To suggest administrative as well as legislativemeasures to reduce the pendency in variouscourts.

Important Findings

1. Pendency of cases in Courts is not a newphenomenon.

2. Amendments in the Cr.P.C. by way ofintroducing a new concept of Plea Bargaining(Section 265A), amending the Bail Provision(Section 436A), setting up of Fast TrackCourts, improvement in the registeringprocedure to expedite trial disposal with thehelp of Courts have been some of thesignificant steps taken.

3. The strength of Courts in the countrycertainly needs to be increased.

4. There is acute shortage of Public Prosecutorsto conduct the prosecution cases in criminalCourts up to that of Chief JudicialMagistrate.

5. The existing adverbial system of criminallitigation is very expensive and timeconsuming. It also provides unequal level oflegal services available for prosecution and thedefence, because influential and resourcefulaccused persons are able to hire qualitycounsel to fight against the Assistant PublicProsecutor and Public Prosecutor in order tosecure favourable judgement.

6. A long-term solution for the ever mountingpendency of cases lies with the developmentof alternative system of grievance redressal,which will afford an economical andexpeditiously Justice DispensationMechanism. A begining was made inMadhya Pradesh by enacting GramNayayalaya Act.

7. Another important step, which can contributesignificantly to the reduction in the pendingcases, is to incorporate provision in theCr.P.C. allowing leniency to the accused in theaward of punishment, if he chooses to admithis guilt after the charges have been framedby the Court.

8. Video-Conferencing Facilities for RemandPrisoners has proved quite fruitful and cost-effective.

Recommendations1. There is a need to upgrade the infrastructure

and manpower resources available in Courtsand prosecution.

2. The legislative changes required to make the

284


bail easier, trial speedier and use of moderngadgets is recommended to reduce thependency of cases before various courts.

Alternative grievance redressal mechanismsand strategies should be used to bring justice topeople in a cost and time-effective method.

144. Tenure of District Superintendents of Police in India*(2006)(During the Years 2000-2004)

RC Arora, SN Gupta and KK Meena


Objective

To ascertain the factual position as to the groundsituation respecting tenure of districtSuperintendents of Police, as desired by MHA.

MethodologyThe data was collected in a specially preparedformat from all the States for the period 2000-04by BPR&D.

Important Findings1. Tenure of Superintendents of Police for less

than six months at all India level was 147(23%), 88 (14%), 76 (12%), 115 (18%) and134 (21%) respectively during the period ofstudy i.e. 2000-2004.

2. Tenure of Superintendents of Police for lessthan one year and more than six months at

all India level was 155 (25%), 123 (19%), 1to 31 (21%), 169 (26%) and 203 (28%)respectively during the period.

3. Tenure of Superintendents of Police for morethan one year and less than two years at allIndia level was 153 (24%), 189 (29%), 210(33%), 211 (33%) and 203 (31%)respectively during the study period.

4. Tenure of Superintendents of Police for morethan two years at all India level was 66(10%), 74 (12%), 98 (15%), 85 (13%) and69 (11%) respectively during the period ofstudy.

5. Superintendents of Police in districts at allIndia level, who were not transferred duringthe years 2000-2004 were 112 (18%), 167(26%), 121 (19%), 66 (10%) and 60 (9%)respectively.

285


145. Modalities to Reduce Undertrial Prisoners in Prisons(2006)Upneet Lalli*

* Institute of Correctional Administration, Chandigarh

Objectives


1. To study the relationship between thecategories of offences of the undertrialprisoners and the period of detention.

2. To study socio-economic and educationalbackground of undertrial prisoners.

3. To identify the legal and other factors forgrant of bail to undertrial prisoners.

4. To study alternatives to imprisonment forpetty offences.

5. To study the efficacy of Lok Adalat systemin prisons.

Methodology

Both quantitative and qualitative data have beenused. Interview schedule was developed to studyprison inmates. Questionnaire method was usedfor prison staff. Questionnaire and interviewschedule was used for judicial officers. Therewere open ended and multiple choice items alongwith the rating scale in the questionnaire. Focusedgroup discussions were held with advocates andjudges wherever possible. The data was collectedfrom 75 prison officers, 475 prison inmates (343males and 132 females) and 35 judges. Stratified

random sampling technique was used to select therespondents. An online discussion on Alternativesto imprisonment was conducted by the researcheron the British Library website from 1st to 15th

December, 2006.

Important Findings

Suggestions for Judiciary

1. Distribution of workload.

2. Developing of a Court Calendar.

3. Vigilant Judges.

4. Summary Trial.

5. Examination of Witnesses.

6. Escort of undertrial.

7. Improvment of infrastructure.

8. Lok Adalat.

9. Legal Aid.

10. Regular Visits.

Suggestions for Advocates

11. More responsible Bar.

Suggestions for Prosecution

12. Strengthening of Prosecution Cell.

13. Supply of Documents.

286


Suggestions for Police

14. Special Investigating Police.15. Role as a Prosecution Witness.

Suggestions for Procedural Changesand Legal Reforms

16. Simplification of Procedural Laws.17. Compounding Cases at the Stage of

Investigation.18. Production of Documents.19. Getting Support of Public Witnesses.20. Scope of Section 320 Cr.P.C. to be Enlarged.21. Curtailing Arrests.22. Decriminalization of Certain Offences.23. Alternatives to imprisonment.Suggestions for Prison System24. Filing of Monthly Reports.25. Computerized Database.26. Programmes.27. Counselling.

28. Legal Awareness.

Suggestions for Coordination inCriminal Justice System

29. Coordination in Criminal Justice System.

30. Video Conferencing.

Other suggestions having a bearing on thespeedy trial

31. Use of Information Technology in Courts.

32. Bail Hostels.

Recent Changes

33. Plea Bargaining.

34. Alternative Dispute Resolution.

35. Public Opinion.

36. Training of Functionaries of Criminal JusticeSystem.

37. Training Programmes:

(a) Training of Judges.

(b) Training of Prison Officers.

Recommendations

1. Release of such undertrials on personalsureties.

2. Holding of Lok Adalats inside prison.3. Provision of bail hostels in the city.4. Database of undertrials should be developed

and maintained by each prison.5. Proactive approach by prison staff and

judiciary is needed.6. Training of judiciary and prison officers in the

area of alternatives to imprisonment isessential.

7. Greater use of probation system.8. Synergetic interface is needed between

community, judiciary, prisons, police andNGOs to bring about penal reforms and makeany change in the penal system.

9. Sensitization of judiciary to problems ofundertrial prisoners is essential. Trainingprogrammes for judges, prosecution, policeand prison officers should be held.

10. A forum for proper coordination of CriminalJustice System Agencies should be evolved.

287


146. Psychological Impact of Vipasana (2006)*

* Students of B.A. (Hons) III Year Applied Psychology,Vivekananda College, University of Delhi, Vivek Vihar,Delhi

Objectives

To understand the role of Vipasana on theexperiences of prison inmates.

PrognosisSample comprised of 42 males from Tihar Jailnumber 4, 21 belonging to the Vipasana groupand 21 belonging to the non-Vipasana group.Vipasana group was the one which had theexperience of doing Vipasana meditation at leastonce.

MethodologyA case study approach was adopted. Semi-structured interview format was followed and thefocus of the interview was on understanding theproblems and experiences of the inmates,

particularly in the area of self-esteem, emotionalstability, social relationships and expansion of self.

Important FindingsThere was positive contribution of Vipasana tothe life experiences of inmates. The Vipasanagroup had better self-esteem, good socialrelationships, had more positive emotionalexperiences and less negative ones, and werecomparatively better in terms of expansion of selfas compared to the non- Vipasana group.

Recommendations1. Vipasana would reform even the hardened

criminals and reduce the incidence of re-offending.

2. Vipasana would provide peace of mind toprisoners and help in their self recovery.

288


147. Performance Indicators of Police Stations in New Delhi(2007) JS Sodhi, K Raghavan, S.P Chauhan and Vinod Dumblekar*

* Sri Ram Centre for Industrial Relations and HumanResources, New Delhi

Objectives

• To study the key performance indicatorsfor police stations in the existingperformance appraisal system and toanalyse their strengths and weaknesses.

• To study the level of subjectivity withrespect to the feel-good-factor in thesystem.

• To provide suggestions for developing keyPerformance Indicators.

Methodology

The study has covered two samples: policepersonnel from the selected Police Stations underthe selected districts and citizens under thejurisdiction of the respective police stations.

• The Delhi Police oversees nine geographicaldistricts under three Ranges for renderingpolice service.

• Four districts were selected for the study,after discussion with the client. Thedistricts – Central, South, South-east, andthe West were selected on random basis.

• In the four districts, six police stationswere selected on the basis of the diversityof the population and on public activity.

• FIR complaints were deemed the highestlevel of citizen problems dealt at the policestation. Accordingly, the expectations andperceptions about the performance of thepolice stations were collected from thisprofile within the jurisdiction of theselected police stations. Ten FIR complaintswere selected under each police station forsuch interviews.

• The performance of a police station ismeasured in terms of the expectations ofits stakeholders. The principal stakeholderis the citizen. But he adopts different rolesdepending upon the context of the situation.Before the implementation of the list ofperformance indicators, it would beprudent to obtain suggestions from thestakeholders with respect to indicate isappropriate to their category.

• Each indicator may be a single item orcomposite of two or more otherindicators that may be called subsidiaryindicators. Indicators must be monitoredby placing them under the charge ofofficers higher than the SHO outside apolice station, preferably the office of theDCP. Each indicator must record thenames of all the police personnel directlyengaged and intervening in its activities.Measures for each indicator and itssubsidiary indicators need to bedeveloped so that changes in observationcan be studied over time.

289


• Comparison between stations on anyindicator of its subsidiary may not beuseful, due to unique conditions in thosestations. As each station has a differentprofile in terms of the demographic andbusiness of its citizens, a comparison ofthe stations in terms of their uniqueproblems may not be valid. However, thescores on those measures would beinvaluable to track changes and investigatetrends within the police station and in somecases, for the beat or the division.

• To narrowly specify the performance, itwould be necessary to determine a policythat would lay down procedures for such

identification. The performance thereafterneed to be prioratized and selected forbeing observed as indicators. While everyperformance – effort and result – needs tobe identified, it need not be a subject forstudy as an indicator. When a performanceis not worthy of being classified as anindicator, it may be necessary to examinewhether the police station needs thatperformance, and if not, to eliminate it.

Recommendations

A set of indicators were developed by the studygroup and they are given in the following table.

Satisfaction

Preventive and Public security and peaceresponsive action

Response

Police personnel SHO and ASHO

Personnel under the stationhouse officer (SHO)

SHO traits and abilities, good housekeeping at the policestation, undertrials, juveniles, arrested persons, proclaimedoffenders, history sheeters, and others in police custody

Satisfaction with police station, satisfaction with the policepersonnel

Community policing initiatives, preventive accidents,VVIP security

Public order, IPC crimes, Non-IPC crimes, hideous crimes,minor crime and offences

Good housekeeping at the police station, undertrials,juveniles, arrested persons, proclaimed offenders, historysheeters, and others in police custody

Citizen services Services

Special assistance

Missing persons, security for private functions, unnaturaldeaths, FIR complaints, NCR complaints, petitions,verifications

Non-FIR and Non-NCR complaints (family disputes,failure of public services, etc.), senior citizens, women,children, physically and mentally challenged persons,weaker sections and backward categories

290


148. Insurgency and Special Challenges to Policing in India’sNortheast (2007)(A Case Study of the Tripura Police)

Ajay Sahni* and Bibhu Prasad Routray*

* Institute of Conflict Management, Talkatora Road,New Delhi

Objectives

1. To assess the insurgency in the State in termsof the tactical advantages enjoyed by theterrorist groups, their areas of operation,weapons availability, inter-linkages with otherterrorist organizations in the region, andpatronage received from foreign sources aswell as different power centres withinTripura;

2. To identify the difficulties and shortcomingsof the Police Force in the State;

3. To evaluate the police establishment, itscapacities and its responses in areas ofwidespread violence;

4. To evaluate the functioning of the PoliceStations and their ability to respond to existingand projected exigencies;

5. To recommend policy changes to make theState Police Force an effective organizationto meet the challenges of insurgency andviolent crime.

MethodologyThe study is based on primary as well assecondary sources of information gatheredthrough extensive field study and surveys.

Knowledge and skills, health, attitude and behaviour

Kit and other government property, Malkhana, stationpremises, notice boards

Duty roster, Station Diary, Constable notebooks, Crimeregisters

Knowledge, skills, and health ofall personnel other than stationhouse officer

Resources Assets

Database

291


Area of Study

The study covered all four Districts of Tripura:West, North, South & Dhalai, each of which havehad some experience of militancy, though atvarying intensities. Questionnaires wereadministrated both in urban as well as ruralsegments in each of the four Districts.The totalnumber of questionnaires administered was:

Civilians & Intelligentsia: 102Personnel of the rank of Police Inspector and

Below: 65Personnel of the rank of DSP and above: 34

Important Findings

1. Collusive politics was a significant element inthe persistence of the insurgency, andconstitutes a potential source of revival,particularly in the periods coinciding withvarious elections in the State.

2. In the absence of a clear sanction from thepolitical leadership, counter-terrorisminitiatives have little possibilities of success.Cooperation of and support from the politicalregime is a key factor in police effectiveness.

3. In a counter-insurgency campaign, the roleand responsibilities of the civil police arepivotal, and cannot be substituted by militaryor Central Paramilitary Forces’ interventions.

4. A Police-led response is the most effectivemethod of dealing with a militancy,particularly where it is substantially ‘homegrown’, even where insurgent groups aresustained or supported by external forces.

5. A hostile neighbour providing support andsafe-haven to insurgents is a significant, but

not insurmountable, obstacle to the resolutionof an insurgency. The challenges created bysuch a neighbour can be overcome byefficient policing and administrative strategies,even in a State like Tripura, which is virtuallyenveloped by a hostile Bangladesh.

6. Area domination exercises are the keycomponent of success in counter-insurgencyoperations. A force dealing with militancycannot hope to derive success if it does notexercise tactical control over the entireexpanse of the territorial jurisdiction andpopulation it is supposed to protect.

7. Area domination by the Forces can only besustained over the long-term whencomplemented by sustained political,administrative and developmentalinterventions.

8. Use of local Forces, with intimate knowledgeof the area, as opposed to a Force that is‘alien’ or an ‘outsider’ in any sense of theterms, is vital to the success of counter-insurgency operations.

9. A Police Force in a militancy-ridden state withan extended international boundary can beexpected to succeed only when its efforts aresupplemented by a sound border managementpolicy, responsibility for which liessubstantially with the Central Government.

10. The geographical features of the State, whichmay assist the militants and constitute anextraordinary challenge for the enforcementagencies, can be overcome through efficientForce deployment and practices, and the useof available advanced technologies.

11. Visionary and dynamic leadership plays animportant role in the success of the PoliceForce in dealing with an insurgency.

292


12. Counter-insurgency is a small commander’swar. The challenge for the top Policeleadership is to fully empower the firstresponders, creating capacities andempowering units at the lowest level.

13. There can be no strategy of ‘permanentdefence’ against in insurgency. The focus ofoperations must be offensive, securingcontinuous contact with insurgent forces, andgaining and retaining control of areas of theirgreatest influence.

14. The full network of insurgent operations mustbe effectively and discriminately targeted,including armed cadres, auxiliary andunderground forces, as well as overgroundfacilitators.

Recommendations

1. Increased Funding for the State

2. Better arms, Equipment and Provisioning forState Police Forces

3. Schemes for promotions to police personnel4. Improved Training Facilities for the police

forces5. Improving the conviction rate in cases

registered and systematically inveatigated bythe Police.

6. Strengthening of Intelligence network7. Coordination with the CPMFs8. Equity between Forces9. Force Composition and the Case of the SPOs10. Effective Health Border Management11. Modernisation of Mind of police personnel

towards their perception of the problem ofinsurgency

12. Building Institutional Memory for usualeducation of police personnel and theirwillingess to Learn.

* Research Team of NICFS, Rohini, New Delhi

149. How Secure or Insecure are Women in the City of Delhi(2007)Isha Singh, Jeetender Kumar, Megha Chauhan, Niharika Gambhir,Priyanka Bharihoke, Rashmi Raghav and Rohit Bhatnagar*

Objectives• To study the perception level of insecurity

among women of Delhi.• To find out the reasons of their insecurity.

• To compare the places of perceivedinsecurity.

• To study the perception of trust level ofwomen on police.

Methodology630 respondents were selected randomly from

293


different areas like airport, slums, villages,colleges, ISBT, market, malls, railway stations, andwere interviewed directly.

Important Findings

1. Women feel highest insecurity in marketplaces of Delhi.

2. Women feel lowest insecurity in slums andvillages.

3. Women feel insecure in slum and village inDelhi because of

• Domestic violence; and

• Alcoholism.

4. Women feel insecure in public places in Delhibecause of

• Dis-respectful attitude of people;

• Police attitude towards womencomplainant; and

• Absence of visible police patrolling.

5. 50% of the respondents feel insecure inbuses, 20% in auto, 10% at road sides, and7% in Old Delhi.

6. Trust-Quotient on Police:

• Higher trust on police in village, slumsand colleges;

• Moderate level of trust in malls, ISBTand railway stations; and

• Low level of trust in market places andairports.

7. Influence of Media:

• More in respondents belonging to highsocio-economic background; and

• Absent in slums and lower in villages.

8. Basic Insecurity is fear of:

• Eve-Teasing;

• Kidnapping;

• Abduction; and

• Robbery.

9. Awareness of Government laws for women’ssafety is very low.

Recommendations

1. More visible and proactive patrolling by policein public places would instill confidence inwomen and general public.

2. More women police personnel should beemployed in patrolling and at public places likecolleges, market places, malls, bus terminals,railway stations.

3. Gender sensitization and women issuesorientation to police-men should be regularlyprovided to change their attitude.

4. Special 1-2 day module on safety issuesshould be made mandatory in all colleges andschools and can be organized by NGOs.

5. Sense of security among females could beenhanced by introducing self-defense trainingprograms.

294


150. Premature Release of Prisoners (2007)(Streamlining the System of Prisons in Uttar Pradesh)

S P Srivastava*

* Professor, Lucknow University, Lucknow

Objectives• To collect, compile and review all such

informations concerning the system ofpremature release of prisoners, as revealedin various articles in the academic journalsand also contained in various prison reformcommissions and committees in India,regarding the problems in the operation ofthe system and issues concerning theexercise of streamlining.

• To obtain views of the Director Generalsof Prisons in different States on proceduraland administrative matters pertaining to thesubject, along with problems perceived andreform perspectives in mind.

• To conduct in depth enquiry into thesubject based on the records of the casesof premature release of prisoners in U.P.during the last five years and to conductinterviews of the jailors, revising boardmembers and prisoners petitioning forrelease under the system, in order to knowabout their views on the working of thesystem, including of course theirsuggestions of streamlining the system;

• Finally, to prepare a roadmap for reformand restructuring of the system, withspecific goal of streamlining it.

MethodologyAs per the research design of the project, relevantinformation about the operation of the system ofpremature release of prisoners from differentStates and Union Territories was collected. Whilethe carefully prepared questionnaire was sent toall the States and Union Territories in the Countryby the BPR&D, 13 States/UTs respondended andsupplied us the desired information.

As the State of U.P. had been selected for anindepth probe, information was collected fromthree principal sources, namely, from the officeof the Director General of Prisons and Correction,Government of Uttar Pradesh, the Superintendentsof Central and District Jails and a systematicallysampled number of long-term prisoners whosecases of premature release were under process.To supplement the primary data, all the relevantreports of the Committees and Commissions,which have made critical comments suggestingcorrective measures in order to streamline thesystem had been perused. Also perused were allthe relevant court judgements. A review was alsomade of the action taken by the National HumanRights Commission, including its guidelines issuedto bring in the procedural, administrative andoperational uniformity, in view of the variationsamongst the different States and Union Territoriesin regard to policies, procedures and practices.

Important Findings1. Although the power of premature release is

to be exercised by the State Government

295


under the provisions of Section 432 of theCode of Criminal Procedure, 1973, theprocedure and practice followed by the StateGovernments to exercise the said power is notuniform throughout the country.

2. Some of the States like Madhya Pradesh,Punjab and U.P. have incorporated theprocedure in their special laws, while theothers have incorporated the same in theirrules or jails manuals, and thus the systemprovided for, differed from State to State.

3. The procedure and practices in regard toreview of sentences for premature releasevary from State to State. Conditions ofeligibility, constitution of recommendatoryrevising boards, processing of papers andprocedures for obtaining bonds differ fromone State to another. Further, the guidelinesgoverning the question of premature releasewere not being followed meticulously so muchso that the Sentence Reviewing Boards hadnot been meeting regularly.

4. Since the system of premature release ofprisoners varies from State to State, there is,therefore, no procedural or operationaluniformity. There is also a widespread feelingthat the system of premature release ofprisoners is generally operated upon in anarbitrary manner with little regard to themerits of the case. There have beencomplaints by the prisoners about the mannerand mode of granting premature releases. Itis alleged that the grant of premature releaseis guided by the whims and fancies of thepersons involved in granting it, and as such,crafty prisoners manouevre the system totheir advantage.

5. Preferential treatment in some casescompared to other similarly placed convicts,

creates a perception in the mind of a prisonerthat he is being discriminated against. Thisbreeds anger and hostility against the wholesystem.

6. The police inquiries in most cases are said tobe made not through senior police officialsbut through middle or lower ranking policefunctionaries. Further, the police reports aremechanically done, and routinely oppose thepremature release of prisoners, most often onuntenable and hypothetical grounds/apprehensions.

7. The Actual operation of the system ofpremature release of prisoners is plagued bybureaucratic indifference, administrative andprocedural delays, and the system is allegedlyhighly prone to corruption and favouritism.

8. The prisoners’ perception is that the systemis unfair and insensitive, and thus makes himdevelop disregard for the proclaimedobjective of correctional treatment in prison.This renders the prospects of the prisoners’reform much more difficult.

9. Reportedly there had been delays andindefinite postponements of the cases ofeligible prisoners under section 433-A. Thereare many such cases of convicts who hadundergone 14 years of mandatoryimprisonment, and whose applications are notbeing processed for different reasons.

10. There are widespread disparities and differingstandards applied by various states forconsidering the cases of prisoners undersection 433-A.

Recommendations1. There is a need to bring in a basic uniformity

in the operation of the relevant laws, rules,

296


regulations, procedures and policiesgoverning the system of premature releaseof prisoners all over the country. Forthis purpose, we suggest that the StateGovernments and Union TerritoryAdministration (under whose jurisdictions theprisons are administered) may be advised bythe Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment (BPR&D), Ministry of HomeAffairs, Govt. of India (which looks after thesubject of prison reform in the country) tomake appropriate modification in the rulesand regulations as per the guidelines of theNational Human Rights Commission, as alsothe guidelines contained in the Model PrisonManual for the Superintendence andManagement of Prisons in India formulatedby BPR&D in 2003. It should be impressedupon the concerned officials looking afterprison matters at the State and UnionTerritories level that a greater uniformity ofstandards needs to be established andachieved.

2. There is a need to make the system ofpremature release of prisoners moreobjective, rational and liberal in conformitywith the correctional objectives ofimprisonment. Further, the issue ofstreamlining the system should specificallyaim at making it more flexible, simplified andlargely free from unnecessary delays,administrative bottlenecks, allegations ofcorruption and favouritism.

3. A uniform procedure and terminology forpremature release needs to adopted in thecountry. It is being recommended in view ofthe fact that rules and procedures forpremature release in different States show agreat deal of variation (despite certain amountof commonality) and create a lot of confusion

through the use of different key terms.Therefore, we recommend that the term‘parole’, as used in the international sense,should substitute the term ‘prematurerelease’. Further, the term parole be definedas a procedure whereby a person undergoinga sentence of imprisonment, who isconsidered suitable, may be released underspecified conditions, at a time deemedappropriate by the State Government. Thisshould be done before the expiry of hissentence so that he may secure for himself atimely rehabilitation and reassimilation insociety.

4. The eligibility criteria for premature release assuggested in the Model Prison Manual (2003)and in the NHRC Guidelines may be acceptedby all the State Government and UnionTerritory Administrations and accordinglyincorporated in their Jail Manuals.

5. The sentence of every long-term prisoner,who should be brought under revision as soonas he has served half of the period awardedby the court in the case of non-habitualcriminals and two-thirds of that period in thecase of habitual convicts, provided in bothcases that remission earned, not granted incelebration of public events, should beincluded in calculating the period undergone,and provided also that no sentence couldcome up for revision until a period of two anda half years, including the remission, has beenserved.

6. In determining whether or not a prisonershould be prematurely released, the Boardshould take into consideration:(a) the likelihood of the prisoner reoffending(b) the protection of the public, including

the risk to the victims, or by persons

297


related to victims including theprosecution witnesses

(c) the rehabilitation of the prisoner(d) any special remarks made by the court

in passing sentence(e) the likelihood of the prisoner complying

with the conditions(f) the nature, circumstances and gravity of

the offences, for which the prisonerwas sentenced to imprisonment,including his prior criminal history

(g) the behaviour of the prisoner while inprison

(h) any reports tendered to the Board on thesocial background of the prisoner, themedical, psychological or psychiatriccondition of the prisoner or any othermatter relating to the prisoner

(i) the probable circumstances of theprisoner after release from prison

(j) any other matter that the Board thinksare relevant

151. Open-Air Jails in India (2007)(Critical Study)

MZ Khan*

* Ex-Professor and HOD Social Work, Jamia MaliaIslamia, New Delhi

Objectives

The study aims to achieve the following:

1. To look into the laws, rules and formalprocedures governing the organization,location and functioning of open-air jails inthe country.

2. To examine the criteria and proceduresadopted by the jail authorities for the selectionand transfer of inmates from District orCentral Jails to open-air jails.

3. To critically analyze the functioning of open-air jails, in terms of goal orientation as wellas reformation and rehabilitation of theinmates.

4. To evaluate educational, vocational trainingand other correctional programmes in open-air jails for their relevance, effectiveness andacceptance among staff and inmates.

5. To look into the work programmes theinmates engage in, their logistics, relevanceand viability.

6. To assess the impact of open-air jails as alsotheir correctional programmes on theperception of the inmates as well as on theprospects of their socio-economicrehabilitation.

SampleFrom each region, two states have been selected,paying due attention to their representation: fromthe northern region, Punjab and Uttarakhand; fromthe southern region, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil

298


Nadu; from the eastern region, Assam and WestBengal; and from the western region, Rajasthanand Maharashtra. Subsequently, from each ofthese selected States, one open-air jail has beentaken up for first hand study.

Techniques of Data Gathering1. Contact with the inmates.

2. Interview with the staff working in open-airjails.

3. Observation of the functioning of selectedopen-air jails.

Important Findings1. Apparently, there is an insufficient

appreciation at different levels of thecorrectional apparatus of the role andimportance of open-air jails as a penalinnovation. This would, in part, explain thatabout 16 States and 7 Union Territories in thecountry do not have and open-air camps orjail. It is inexplicable that some major stateshad set up an open-air institution but thecorrectional facility faced closure after awhile without any plausible reason.

2. Some of the States having open-airinstitutions have laws governing theirorganization and functioning; others are doingonly with insertions in their jail manuals. Thiskind of disparity in the legal framework leadsto incoherent official procedures andpractices, particularly with regard to theselection and transfer of inmates from Centralor District Jails to open-air jails.

3. Nearly all the open-air jails, since their very

inception, have been set up in rural areas,around agriculture, although the originalconcept of open-air jails was not soinclusive. In fact, in many Western countries,open-air camps have been set up in urbanareas, based on small scale but marketrelevant industries.

4. Emphasis on ‘work’ by the inmates of open-air jails has over shadowed such pertinentconcerns as literacy or educational andvocational training. This kind of distortedperspective sharply stands out against theprevailing national concerns and priorities foreducation or skill development.

5. Even in ‘agricultural work’, prison authoritieshave paid scarce attention to the induction ofmodern agricultural technology.

6. Except for the wages, as directed by the apexcourt in the country, the inmates of open-airinstitutions do not receive any other monetaryor non-monetary incentives. This may not bea small drag on the fuller exploitation of theproductive potential of the inmates.

7. Despite recommendations of severalcommissions and committees, few facilitiesor incentives are offered to the officialsposted to the open-air institutions. Sincenearly all the institutions are located in remoterural areas with fewer civic amenities andfacilities, more often than not, jail officialsare reluctant to serve these institutions.

Recommendations

1. Although the system of open-air jails has beenin existence in India for more than half acentury, a uniform legal framework is yet toemerge. It is imperative that laws relating to

299


Prison and Jail Manuals are suitabley amendedto provide for the setting up of open-institutions.

2. All the States and Union Territories having asizeable convict population (for example,between 1,000 to 2,000 convicts) should setup one or more open prisons, in addition toexisting jails.

3. This kind of policy approach of having alarger number of open-air jails is likely toaddress the problem of over-crowding inCentral Jails (occupancy, about 134 per cent)and District Jails (occupancy, about 160 percent directly).

4. The existing practice of having open-air jailsin rural areas based on agriculture may wellcontinue. But such open institutions mayhave a regular arrangement for the inductionof modern agricultural technology, perhapsthrough a collaborative arrangement with theDirectorate of Agriculture, or an AgricultureCollege.

5. In conformity with the recommendations ofthe Hague Conference (1952), service andmanufacturing based open-air camps shouldbe set up in towns and cities. Among others,such open-air camps would circumvent theproblem of reluctance or unwillingness of thejails staff to serve open-air jails, located inremote rural areas.

6. Open-air camps planned and set up in urbanareas should select service and trades keepingin view their market relevance, as indicatedby demand, supply of raw material,marketability of produce, etc.

7. Apart from basic facilities, including shelter,food, clothing, medicare, etc., all the inmatesof open-air jails should be given literacy and

educational programmes. Apart frominfrastructure for literacy and education, theinmates should be allowed ordinary remission,however small or token, for their participationin literacy or educational programmes.

8. For promoting literacy and education,collaborative arrangements may be worked outwith competent authorities involved in adulteducation, continuing education and suchliteracy campaigns as Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan.

9. Vocational training programmes should beorganized in the trades going on in the open-air jails, so as to help the inmates to learn towork. Towards this, help and co-operationof such organizations as Industrial TrainingInstitutes and Polytechniques may also beenlisted.

10. The educated inmates of open institutions,may be given orientation or training inentrepreneurship, so as to encourage andpromote self-reliance and self-employment,after their release from open-air jails.

11. Whether agriculture, service ormanufacturing, work programmes in open-airjails should be organized or re-organized withdue regard to modern management practices.

12. In order to improve adjustive efficiency andpersonality development of the inmates ofopen-air jails, they should be given suchservices as social case work, counseling andguidance on a regular basis.

13. While liberal family and community contactservices are available in nearly all open-airjails, these need to be standardized andupgraded – in physical and service terms. Itshould be possible to find additional resourcesfor this from development grants ofGovernment of India, or from the revenue

300


generated by the ongoing works in the open-air jails.

14. As at present scale of (a) ordinary remissionand (b) special remission admissible to theinmates of open-air jails is highlyheterogeneous. The inmates of open-air jailsshould be eligible for additional remission,both ordinary and special, and, as far aspossible, it should be uniform in all the Statesof Union Territories.

15. As recommended by All India Jail ReformsCommittee, officials in open-air jails shouldbe especially selected and trained incorrectional philosophy, and national andinternational practice of open-air camps.

16. Open-air jail officials should have residentialaccommodation on a cent-per-cent basis. Thisshould not pose much difficulty, in view ofthe financial provisions made by the Ministryof Home Affairs, Government of India.

17. Jail officials may be offered special facilitiesor incentives, including additional casualleave, special (posting) allowance, etc.

18. In the functioning of open-air jails, non-government organizations, including universitydepartments of social work, law andpsychology, should be involved much morethan has been hitherto possible. This is likelyto augment manpower resources of openinstitutions, and bring about quantitative as wellas qualitative changes in correctional services.

152. Comparative Rate of Imprisonment in Different Countries(2007)R C Arora and BV Trivedi*


Objectives

The main objective/aim of the project is toascertain the nature and extent of rate ofimprisonment in our country with reference toother countries.

Prognosis

Analysis of data on rate of imprisonment in 213countries during the year 2005 revealed that asmany as 205 countries all over the world having

higher rate of imprisonment per one lakh ofpopulation than the one prevailing in India i.e. 30prisoners per one lakh of population.

Methodology

This study is based on the secondary datacollected and compiled by International Centre forPrison Studies, Kings College, London and thedata published by the National Crime RecordsBureau, New Delhi. In addition to it, the extensiveliterature survey was also made in order to analysethis concept.

301


Important Findings

1. The imprisonment rate in India is the lowestone, having the world ranking of 206.

2. USA and Russian Federation rank first andsecond respectively.

3. Distribution of offences into bailable and non-bailable categories; impact of Human Rightsinitiatives in prison management, delay indisposal of cases in courts, and timeconsuming process of investigation are themain causative factors attributed to undulylow rate of imprisonment.

4. India is just neither equipped at present withthe required infrastructure and logistics tomater higher rate of imprisonment comparableto some other major countries in the worldnor it is likely to be so well equipped forsustaining higher rate of imprisonment in theforeseeable future.

5. The increase in the rate of imprisonment willneed massive investment in infrastructure toaccommodate the increasing number ofprisoners as a consequence of increasinghigher rate of imprisonment.

6. The low rate of imprisonment in India isclosely associated with the poor rate ofconviction (40%).

7. Countries with comparatively significancehigher rate of imprisonment have also higherhuman development index. Even though anydirect correlation between the two is yet tobe established through some empirical study.

Recommendations

1. The States in any case should increase theexpenditure on prison infrastructure to meetthe requirement of overcrowding vis-à-vis theincreasing rate of imprisonment.

2. There is a need to evolve a mechanism in ourcriminal justice system to establish credibilitywith our citizen especially under-privilegedand the weaker sections as to its potency totake cognizance promptly and then to put intoaction the process of law which will bring theoffender to the book not only with certaintybut within certain period as well.

3. The alternatives to imprisonment initiated bythe Government in no way militate againsthaving such a higher rate of imprisonment inIndia as is commensurate with the quantumof crime in order to promote respect for ruleof law and to provide effective protection tothe weaker sections for enjoyment of theirlawful rights in our democratic society.

4. We should, therefore, be not scared of havinga higher rate of imprisonment in our country.This should, however, be accompanied by arobust system of correction, reformation andreintegration programmes for the offences. Itwill not only lend credibility to our criminaljustice system with all the citizens but shallalso act as a powerful booster for promotinghealthy respect for the law of the land andassurance of protection to all the citizen ingeneral and the weaker sections in particularfor enjoyment of their rights within the IndianConstitution free from the fear of high andmighty.

302


Some of the suggested areas for further research,which have emerged from the findings of the pilotstudy.

1. To study factors which influence whetherand when a case is taken seriously by thepolice.

2. To study impact of awareness levels onregistration of F.I.Rs and police response tocomplainants coming to the police station.

3. To study the implementation of procedures inlaw and guidelines of the Apex and HighCourts relating to registration of cases by thepolice and understand the reasons thereof.

4. To study the factors influencing corruptionin police and its impact on registration ofcases.

5. To study the use of influence in registrationof cases and factors that makes the policevulnerable to use of influence.

6. To study factors that influence policebehaviour towards the public and particularlywith respect to registration of cases.

7. To study the impact of workload onregistration of cases by the police.

8. To study the impact of discretionary powersvested with the police on registration of cases.

9. To do a comparative study of response of thepolice towards registration of IPC crimes andcrimes committed under the local and speciallaws, and understand the reasons for itsdifferential treatment, if any, by the police.

10. To study the impact of family and communitysupport on registration of cases in the policestation.

11. To study the impact of political influence andinterference on registration of cases by thepolice.

12. To study the impact of personal, class andcaste/religious bias in the police onregistration of cases.

13. To study the impact of the socio-economicclass of the complainant on registration ofcases by the police.

14. To study the role of NGOs and otherprofessionals in assisting the system towardsregistration of cases by the police.

15. To study the impact of the knowledge andskill level of the police officer for prompt andeffective registration of F.I.Rs.

153. A Pilot Study on Registration of First Information Reportsby Police in a Metropolitan City* (2007)

* Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai

303


154. Prisons and Law in India (2007)R.C. Arora*, & Dr. B.V. Trivedi**

Objectives

1. To document the legal framework of prisonsin India.

2. To summarize the ruling of various HighCourts and honorable Supreme Court of Indiaon prison related issues for ready referenceto the prison officers.

MethodologySecondary data i.e. Prison statistics, 2005published by National Crime Record Bureau(NCRB) and the legal framework on Prisons isfocused on.

Recommendations / Rulings1. The trial court has authority to grant it to

allow the press to interview an undertrial ina prison subject to the restrictions mentionedin the State Jail Manual after hearing from theconcerned jail authorities (State, throughSupt. Central Jail, Delhi Vs Charulatha Joshi(1999 Cr LJ. 2273SC)

2. Classification and placement of prisoners indifferent prisons is a relevant policy decision.The discretion and power to interfere by thecourt in such matters should be used verysparingly (State of Maharastra vs Sayyed NoorHasan Gulam Hussain (1995 Cr. L.J. 765 SC)

3. The prisoners should be provided with allbasic minimum facilities to the level ofsatisfaction of State Government formaintaining their human dignity duringincarceration (T.N. Mathur Vs State of U.P.1993 Supp.! SCC 722)

4. Prisoners have their all constitutional rightsduring incarceration including the protectionof their life. Loss of life of any prisoner injail through killing entitles legal heirs forcompensation irrespective of the provisionlaid down in the Jail Manual concerned (KewalPati (Smt) Vs State of U.P. (1995 3SCC 660).

5. The duty of producing UTP's on remanddates should be entrusted to the prison staff.Needed steps should be taken to enact theNew Prison Act. Model New All India JailManual, proper medical facility, streamliningof jail visit and liberalization ofcommunication facilities (Rama Murthy VsState of Karnataka (1997 2SCC 642).

6. Prisoner sentenced to rigorous imprisonmentshould be paid wages in view of nature ofsentence and it should not be less thanminimum wages, if less than the minimumwages it shall be equivalent to forced labour(Gurudev Singh and others Vs State ofHimachal Pradesh (1992 Cr. L.J. 2542)

7. It is lawful to employ prisoners sentenced torigorous imprisonment to do hard labour. Jailofficials can permit the prisoners to do anywork but the wages should be paidaccordingly and it will be fixed by wagefixation body or the concerned Government,

* Director, BPR&D** Dy. Director, BPR&D

304


and a part of it shall be paid as compensationto victims of crime. (State of Gujarat VsHonourable High Court of Gujarat (19987SCC 392).

8. The breaches of the conditions for parole orfurlough or suspension of sentence are prisonoffences, and the Superintendent needs tofollow " principles of natural justice" and thepunishment imposed upon prisoner foroverstay is neither illegal nor violative of A(14). (Bhagwan Anna Arbune Vs State ofMaharastra 1994 Cr. L.J.1477)

9. The Supreme Court held that if the rights ofa prisoner are violated, the writ power shouldrun to his rescue. Pushing the prisoner tosolitary cell, transfer to a distant prison is aninfringement of liberty and has to be justified.Prisoners indulged in grave jail offences arenot entitled to the benefit of ratio of judgmentas much as their transfer is concerned (S.Balamuragan Vs IG Prisons, Madras (1996Cr. J 1779)

10. The Hon'ble Supreme Court has laid down thecorrect interpretation regarding the prisonvisiting system and the Jail Superintendent hasto exercise power in this regard. Thepermission to interview an "extremist prisonerwas refused as per the circulars received byInspector General of Prison and wasconsidered invalid because he has no statutorypower to lay down directions.

11. The court has to strike a just balance betweenthe right of the prisoner and preservation ofinternal order/discipline and maintenance ofinstitutional security w.r.t. prison visitingsystem and interviewing facility (Rule 54 (1)& Rule (530 A) of Tamil Nadu Prison Manual)(Dr. M.Karunanidhi Vs State of Tamil Nadu(1994, Cr. L.J. 2599).

12. The remission schemes introduced by theGovernment are introduced to ensure prisondiscipline and good behaovior (Sec.432, S.433of Cr. P.C. 1973) (State of Punjab VsJoginder Singh (1990 2 SCC 661)

13. The power to grant the remission lay with thestate as per the Supreme Court rulings. TheM.P. High Court directed the benefit of specialremission to the petitioners as well becauseit held that it was a case of discriminationwith the grant of benefit of special remissionto prisoners belonging to Scheduled Castesand Scheduled Tribes and female prisoners.(State of M.P. Vs Mohan Singh (1995 6SCC321).

14. The provision for release of those convictswho have actually spent 10 years or more injail was granted by Govt of Andhra Pradeshin Peesa Jayalakhmi Vs Secy. Home Deptt.Govt of A.P., Hyderabad (!997 Cr. L.J. 2025).

15. An unauthorized absence from the period ofparole is a prison offence and it seeksexplanation, if punishment inflicted to thedefaulting prisoner after 11 years by way ofdepriving him of remission for two years, inwhich without seeking an explanation wouldresult in violation of the principles of naturaljustice (Sarjerao Pole Vs State of Maharastra1999 Cr. L.J. 1433).

16. It is at the discretion of the Government torelease prisoners and they are not entitled torelease as a matter of right (U/S 433 Cr. P.C.1973) (P.V.Bhakta Vatehalam Vs State ofTamil Nadu 1991 Cr. L.J. 1870).

17. It amounts to double punishment if the trialcourt punished the convicted prisoner foroffence committed in prison, and alsopunished by Jail Superintendent under the

305


relevant provisions of Jail Manual (State ofHaryana Vs Ghaseeta Ram (1997 3SCC 766).

18. An advisory board has been constituted by theGovernment of Rajasthan to examine casesof convicted prisoners and all cases ofpremature release should go to the stateGovernment through Advisory Board (KarniDan Vs State of Rajasthan, 1996 Cr. L.J.1200)

19. Once the convict prisoner has satisfied thecriterion for his release including theremission, he is entitled to premature release(Punjab Jail Manual) (Balwinder Singh VsState of Punjab (1997 Cr. L.J. 2808)

20. The appropriate Government has the power toprematurely release a prisoner sentenced to lifeon a clemency order and no prisoner sentencedto life imprisonment has a right to claim pre-mature release on grounds that he has sufferedminimum actual imprisonment (State ofHaryana Vs Ram Diya (1990 Cr. L.J. 1327).

21. The age of the detune should be mentionedby every magistrate or trial judge authorizedto issue warrants and jail authority can referthe warrant if the age is found omitted in thewarrant. (Sanjay Suri Vs Delhi Administration,Delhi AIR 1988 SG 414).

22. Transfer of a prisoner from one jail to anotherjail has been justifiably refused in view of thesecurity angle and visits to the prisoner areallowed when requested by High Commission,New Delhi (Darid Patrick Ward and AnotherVs Union of India 1990 3SCC 119)

23. The handcuffing of an arrested accusedattracting personal compensation from thePolice Inspector cannot be sustained as it wascommitted during discharge of lawful duty,payment should be done by state and state

may hold an enquiry whether any furtheraction is warranted against the policeInspector (State of Maharastra Vs RavikantS. Patil (1991 2SCC 373)

24. A detenue has a right to make a representationagainst his detention order and his failure tosubmit required number of copies to beforwarded to central Government is hypertechnical and unreasonable. The detenue hasconstitutional right to make representationagainst his preventive detention under the Act(COFEPOSA Act) Amir Shad Khan Vs. L.Hmingtiana (1991 4SCC 39)

25. Handcuffing or use of fetters should be doneon the specific orders obtained from themagistrate on submission of concrete proof.(Citizens for Democracy Vs State of Assam(1995 3SCC 743)

26. 26.A person detained under preventivedetention order is allowed to file arepresentation against the order of detentionin the detaining authority (Kamlesh KumarIshwardas Patel. Vs Union of India (1995 4SCC 51)

27. The Kerala High Court issued directions w.r.t.Prisoner's right to basic Human Needs in thecase of Convict Prisoner in Central Prison,Tiruvananthapuram Vs State of Kerala, (1993Cr. L.J. 3242).

28. The release of an accused on bail or withoutany conditions is not possible if the jail orpolice authorities default in producing himbefore magistrate is not a valid reason.Prisoners in jail who have been for longperiods should be released on personal bonds,even in the case of under trials who havebeen in jail for longer than maximum term(State of AP Vs Challa Ramakrishna Reddy,A/: R, 2000 S.G. 2083)

306


29. The body of a person hanged to death, as apunishment should not remain suspended afterdeclared dead by the medical officer and everyman has the right to dignity and fair treatmenteven after death. (Nallapreddy Prasannak ReddyVs State of A.P. 1994 Cr. L.J. Journal 2016)

30. Grant of furlough is a matter of right and theperiod spent in jail as under trial has to be setoff against the term of imprisonment(Paramanand Katara Vs Union of India [19953SCC 248])

31. The mentally impaired persons should beaccommodated in Mental hospitals for careand treatment and the violation of theseinstructions is unlawful and entails paymentof compensation (P.D.Gajbhiye Vs State ofMaharashtra, 1994 Cr. L.J. 2016).

32. Any torture in custody flouts the basic rightsof citizens is an insult to human dignity andthe courts must deal with such cases in arealistic manner, which they deserve.(R.D.Upadhyay Vs State of Andhra Pradesh& ors (1999 4SCC 262)

33. Protection of fundamental rights of citizensis the public duty of great importance to theState. The principle of sovereign immunityis not available to the state in cases ofinfringement of fundamental rights. TheSupreme Court and High Court not only grantrelief, but also repair the damage done by itsofficers to citizens (State of M.P. Vs ShyamSundar Trivedi 1995 4 SCC 262)

34. It's a bounden duty of the jail authority toprotect life of an under trial prisoner, in caseof failure of the State to ensure safety andsecurity, the prisoner warrants, repair ofdamage caused to the victim.(Nilabati BehereVs State of Orissa 1993 2 SCC746)

35. The Session Judge is required to apply mindto facts and circumstances and pass aspeaking order and is obliged to arrive at adecision to approve a punishment or not afterhearing the prisoner and relevant records,without this it does not amount to judicialappraisal.(Murti Devi Vs State of Delhi 19989SCC 604)

36. The sessions judge is required to apply hismind to the facts and circumstances of thecase and pass a speaking order regarding thepunishment awarded to a prisoner.(KeematSingh Vs Inspector General Prisons,Chandigarh, 1994 Cr L J 1884, Punjab andHaryana)

37. There is provision for benefit of probation tooffences not punishable by death or lifeimprisonment (S.4 Probation of OffenderAct, 1958). A juvenile accused convicted isadulated to an Approved School till he attainsthe age of 18 years (U.P. Children Act) (Stateof UP, Apellant Vs Surjeet Singh, 2005Allahabad High Court) Cr. L.J. 2778.)

38. The age of the juvenile is determined as onthe date of an offence and not when producedbefore the court/competent authority and theJuvenile Justice (Care and Protection ofChildren) Act, 2000 would be applicable in apending proceeding in any court initiatedunder 1986 Act and pending when 2000 Actcame into force (Pratap Singh, Appellant VsState of Jharkhand and another respondents2005 Cr L J 3091 S.C. Constitutional Bench).

39. The right of visitation of a prisoner is notabsolute (Bihar State Jail Manual) and the rightof a prisoner to be lodged in a jail andprohibition against transfer to a distantlylocated jail is also not absolute videoconferencing can be conducted keeping in

307


view the grossly indiscipline and unlawfulconduct of prisoner.(Kalyan Chandra Sarkar,Petitioner Vs Rajesh Ranjan alias Pappu Yadavand another, respondents, 2004 CriminalAppeal No. 1129, SCC).

40. A juvenile in conflict with law cannot be sentto jail as per the provisions in Juvenile Justice(Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2000(Master Salim Ikramuddin Ansari and another,Petitioner Vs officer-in-charge. BorivalliPolice Station Mumbai and others,respondents 2005 Cr. L.J 799 (Bombay HighCourt). The rulings also said that failure ofthe jail authorities to respect the juvenility andlodging him in prison would attract reparationand compensation.

41. Imprisonment for life is a rigorousimprisonment, it is for an indefinite period andthe appropriate Government have powers togrant remission etc.(Mohammad Munna,Petitioner Vs Union of India and otherRespondent Writ Petition (CrL) No.45 of 1998with 50 of 2003 dated 16.9.2005 AIR 2005SC 3440).

42. The evidence not only includes physicalpresence of witness but also his constructivepresence before the accused. The SupremeCourt judgment was that the court mustendeavour to find out the truth and do justiceto both the accused and victims (SrikrishnaGobe Vs State of Maharashtra). Videoconferencing cannot be equated to virtualreality and the evidence is recorded by videoconferencing in the presence of accused.(State of Maharashtra, Appellant Vs. Dr.Praful.B. Desai, Respondent and P.C. Singh,Appellant Vs Dr. Praful B. Desai, RespondentCriminal Appeal No. 476 of 2003 with Crl.Appeal No. 477 of 2003 AIR 2003, SC, 2053)

43. The provisions under Probation of OffendersAct, 1958 is likely to frustrate if the benefitof probation is not extended to thepunishment of fine imposed in the same orderof sentencing which included imprisonmentfor 6 months, and the imposition of fine alongwith the order for release on probation isinconsistent with the very spirit of the Act.(Balbir Singh Petitioner Vs the State ofPunjab, Respondent Criminal Revision No.1683 of 2003 dated 25.9.2003, 2004 Cr..L.J.1864 (Punjab and Haryana and High Court)).

44. Before releasing a prisoner on parole leave acompetent authority should make an enquiryto consider it fit not limited to taking opinionfrom police along but verify the geniuses ofthe grounds by considering the record ofconduct of the applicant in jail (Bombay PrisonRules) (Kath Adabhai, Petitioner Vs the Stateof Gujarat and others, Respondent Special Crl.Appln No. 276 of 2003 dated 30.3.2003, 2004Crl. L.J. 1983 (Gujarat High Court).

45. The prisoner can be released on furloughleave for 15 days on cash security and alsoensure his return after the expiry of furloughleave like visit of police station at prescribedintervals (Bombay Furlough and Parole)Rules, 1959)( Dipak Hari Kir Kalwar,Petitioner Vs the State of Maharashtra andothers, Respondent Crl. Writ Petition No. 377of 2002 dated 09.01.2003, 2002 Cr. L.J. 2241(Bombay High Court).

46. The detention of petitioner prisoner of juvenileage in prison after the orders of additionalsession judge is against the law and entitleshim to compensation. (Master RajeevShankarlal Parmar and another, Petitioner Vsof Officer-in-charge of Police Station, Malad,respondent Crl. Writ Petition No. 823 of 2003

308


with Crl. Appln No. 2634 of 2003 dated6.8.2003, 2003 Crl. L.N. 4522 (Bombay HighCourt)

47. The order of the Appellate Court removing theeffect of disqualification in service mattersflowing from conviction in a criminal casewas beyond the scope of this power. Theprobation of offenders act emphasis onreformation and rehabilitation of offenders andcourt has to pass appropriate order as towhether the facts and circumstances are fitto allow him benefit of probation.(Commandant 20Bn ITBP, appellant VsSanjay Binjoa, respondent Crl. Appeal No. 591of 2001 (Arising out of SLP (Crl.) No. 3146of 2000 dated 2.5.2001,2001 Crl. L.J.2349(Supreme Court , Allahabad).

48. Any provisions under the Jail Manual cannotbe withdrawn by simply issuing the executiveinstructions to amend the manual (Satish

Kumar Vs State of Haryana 1995 Supp (3)SCC 661).

49. A person under judicial custody will be takento court and then back to the prison byescort party under the judicial orders, and incircumstances of binding the prisoners infetters, the escort party should recordreasons fordoing so in writing the StateGovernment can take action in this regard(Sunil Gupta & others Vs State of M.P. (1990)3SCC 119).

50. The issues relating to upholding the rights ofwomen prisoners and their accompanyingchildren during incarceration, time bounddirections were issued for agreement withina period of 4 months from the date of issueas to the steps taken by the individual statesetc.(R.D. Upadhayay Vs State of AndhraPradesh and others (Writ Petition [Civil 559of 1994]).

Objectives

1. To review the present status of legal positionand suggest amendments on prison relatedlaws.

2. To review the recommendations made byvarious Committees and cull out tangiblerecommendations, which are required to beimplemented.

155. National Policy on Prison Reforms and CorrectionalAdministration (2007)

3. To review the status of implementation of therecommendations with respect to

a) Physical conditions of prisons

b) Condition of prisoners

c) Correctional administration

d) Prison personnel

e) Issues related to modernization of prisonsand correctional administration.

4. To suggest alternatives to imprisonment.* BPR&D, MHA, New Delhi

309


Methodology

Secondary data i.e. the Prisons Act, 1894 andother enactments, the Model Jail Manual 2003,have been thoroughly examined

RecommendationsTo improve the conditions of prisons, the

national policy may include.1. Incorporation of the principles of prison

management and treatment of offenders in theDirective Principles of State Policy.

2. Inclusion of the subject of prisons in theConcurrent List of the 7th Schedule to theConstitution of India.

3. Enactment of uniform and comprehensivelegislations based on modern principles andprocedures for rehabilitation and reformationof offenders.

4. A Department of Prisons and CorrectionalServices should be set up in each State andUnion Territory.

5. State shall ensure that no undertrial isunnecessarily detained.

6. New alternatives to punishment likecommunity services, forfeiture of propertyetc., effective implementation of Probation ofOffenders Act, 1958.

7. State shall provide for the classification ofprisoners on a scientific aggregation ofdifferent categories of inmates for propertreatment.

8. Development in the field of criminologyPenology and to promote research on thetypology of crime which helps in devisingappropriate treatment for offenders.

9. Individualization of the treatment programmesfor offenders, development of vocational

training programmes, and provision of freelegal aid-to all needy prisoners.

10. Encouraging inmates to participate in workprogrammes by payment of fair wages,utilization of incentives of leave, remission,and premature release to convicts.

11. The state should protect the residuary rightsof the prisoner; development of a wellorganised prison cadre based on appropriatejob requirements, sound training and proper,promotional avenues, encourage voluntaryparticipation of community in prisonprogrammes.

12. Children of young offenders and mentally illprisoners shall not be confined to prisons, butwill be transferred to appropriate institutions;women prison shall be confined in separateinstitution and staff will comprise of womenemployer only.

13. Selected eminent public men shall beauthorized to visit prisons and give report,setting up of a professional non-officialregistered body to provide assistance forproper functioning Probation parole,rehabilitation shall form an integral part ofprison functioning.

14. Provision for adequate resources fordevelopment of prisons, the Central Governmentshall set up high status National Commission onPrisons on permanent basis, which shall preparereport on the administration and shall be placed,before the Parliament for discussion.

15. Government shall ensure co-ordination inpolice, prosecution and the judiciary. Stateshall promote research in correctional field tomake prison programmes more effective.

16. State shall make necessary arrangements forsecurity of prisons, prisoners and prison staffby using modern systems and technical gadgets.

310


Objectives

The study aims to achieve the following:-

1. To ascertain the nature and extent ofvocational programmes in prisons.

2. To assess the relevance of vocational workprogrammes in prisons.

3. To evaluate the impact of vocationalprogrammes on the reformation andrehabilitation of prisoners.

4. To suggest purposeful trades having marketvalue which not only enhance revenue ofprison industry but also help in rehabilitationof prisoner after their release.

5. To find out deficiencies of prison industry.

6. To suggest preventive measures to removesuch deficiencies effectively.

Methodology of the StudyThe research design of this study wasevolutionary research under which it wasproposed to various vocational programmes andtheir impact on the reformation and rehabilitationof prisoners.

A multi-method approach was used for the datacollection process.

Area of the studyChattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh

Sampling Technique

A random sample of trained prisoners drawn fromthe universe of M.P. prison population (N=32000)and Chattisgarh prison population (N=10359)

Techniques of data Collection

1. Interview Schedule


3. Information/data collected from State Prisonheadquarters, officials of prison and prisonstatistics of NCRB.

Findings

The findings of the study conducted in M.P. andChattisgarh prisons are as follows:-

1. Male prisoners are in majority and most ofthe prisoners are young age.

2. Maximum prisoners are illiterate, but in M.P.prisons about 35% of the male prisoners havecomplete education upto primary level.

3. Majority of inmates in M.P. were from otherbackward classes (OBC), while in Chattisgarh

156. Impact of Vocational Training on Reformation andRehabilitation of Prisoners (2007)Deepti Shrivastava

Professor of Sociology & Criminiology, MP Bhoj OpenUniversity, Bhopal

311


majority of them were from Scheduled Tribes.

4. Data revealed that vocational training isrunning in haphazard manner with unskilledinstructors who are unable to impart effectivevocational trades to prisoners.

5. High rates of Habitual offenders andrecidivists in Jabalpur city of M.P. reveal theineffectiveness of correctional programmes.

6. During the last three years, there were 15prisoners rehabilitated in the community andthe skilled and semi-skilled prisoners werenegligible in number.

7. Very traditional types of vocational training arebeing provided to prisoners in sampled states,Prison officials are equally positive about

meaningful vocational programmes, but fewof them favour the idea of profit sharing withinmates.

8. The present study reveals that

9. Male inmates are offered greater vocationalopportunities than female inmates

10. Very few women were doing work, whichinvolved recognized vocational training.

11. There is a strong needs to foster employabilityskills that reflect labour market needs andtrends, equipped with market able skills,incarcerated individuals released intocommunity are more likely to obtainemployment and keep them away fromrecidivism.

157. Streamlining of Visiting System in Prison (2008)S.P. Singh Pundhir

Addl. D.G. Prison, U.P., Lucknow

Objectives

1. To ascertain the promptness of existingvisiting system in prisons.

2. To assess the significance of visiting systemin prisons.

3. To evaluate the effectiveness of the prisonvisiting system as a mechanism to monitorprison conditions and to ensureaccountability.

4. To find out causational factors workingbehind poor visiting system in the prisons.

5. To suggest measures to streamline thefunctioning of the system and to make it astable institution for bringing about prisonreform.

Findings1. Out of 300 prisoners, majority of them

belonged to the age group between 21-31years; three women were above the age of60 years.

312


2. The present study composed of minimumnumber of female respondents, 37.6% of therespondents had secondary school educationand 8% of them illiterate.

3. Majority of respondents were married andbelonged to nuclear family.

4. Visit system affects recidivism.

5. Maximum number of inmates has longdetention in Chattisgarh followed by Assam.

6. Majority of respondents dislike staff behaviourand at the time of visit only 100 respondentsreplied positively, most of them did not likethe place of meeting.

7. Most prisoners felt highly secure after visiting,but in majority of cases the family membersof confined inmates have not filed anycomplaint against poor visiting, average of 66respondents filed complaint.

8. Study could not find any connection ofvisiting system with rehabilitation for released

prisoners in sampled states.

9. Prison officers were not skilled upto thedesired extent.

10. The existing visiting system did not matchwith the coping behaviour mechanism whichan offender had to face after his/her release.


1. Opening prisons to civil society as a meansof alleviating numerous problems faced byprisoners.

2. Evaluate public and private alternatives forinmate phone systems that will reduce ratescharged to families, while still covering statecosts.

3. All correctional officers working in thevisitation area undertake four hours of annualvisitation training.

4. Rewrite visiting regulations supplied tovisitors.

313


Objectives

1. To ascertain nature and extent of deaths incustody in the light of important judicialpronouncements.

2. To analyse the trend of deaths in police as wellas judicial custody.

3. To identify the causational factors for deathsin custody.

4. To suggest measures to check deaths in bothpolice as well as judicial custody.

Research MethodologyThe secondary data (official data) has been takenfrom the reports published by National CrimeRecord Bureau and National Human RightsCommission.

Recommendations and Conclusions1. Death in custody is a universal phenomenon

having varied affects from one country toanother.

2. The rate of custodial deaths in India is muchless than the rate of death in general public.

3. The concept of arrest and imprisonment, theroot cause of death in custody cannot bebanished from the Criminal Justice System.

158. Custodial Deaths in India: An Analysis (2008)R.C. Arora* & Dr. B.V. Trivedi**

4. Indian Constitution and host of other nationaland provincial statutes have adequate inbuiltsafeguards against custodial violence includingdeaths in custody.

5. The legislature at both the Union and Statelevel have been alive to its duty to strengthenthe safeguards against deaths in custody.

6. Use of technology and gadgetry inmanagement of lock-ups and prisons, medicalfacilities in prisons and improvement of fieldpolice units.

7. Enforcement of laws, rules and directions toprotect persons against torture, degrading andinhuman treatment to develop zero tolerance,to custodial violence.

8. Fast-track inquiry and trial mechanismseparation of investigation from law and ordercoupled with liberal use of forensic aids.

9. The personnel policy should reflect substantialdisincentives for officials coming to adversenotice for custodial violence, incentives to beinstituted to acknowledge notable conduct ofthe enforcement officials.

10. Sensitization of custodial staff and theenforcement officials to remain ever alive andvigilant towards their statutory obligationsagainst custodial violence.

* Director, BPR&D** Dy. Director, BPR&D

314


159. Determining the Age of a Juvenile: A ControversialApproach (2008)Debdatta Das

Objectives

1. To get an international overview and a glancethrough the existing legislations which exhibitvariations on the issue of determination of ageof juveniles.

2. Documentation of countrywise profile ofjuvenile delinquency.

3. To document the legal frame work in mattersrelating to juvenile delinquency and rulings ofthe honorable court.

4. To suggest measures with regard to lodgingof juveniles and related issues.

Methodology of the StudySecondary data is used for the study. The datawas taken from the Indian Police Journalpublished by BPR&D, Crime in India publishedby NCRB, MHA and juvenile legislations in India.

Suggestions

1. Strict application of the recommendation madefrom different forums that juvenile offendersshould not be kept with adult offenders in thesame prison.

2. Court should be mandated to pass speaking

order at the time of authorizing detention, therules of administration of subordinate courtsshould be modified and the court shouldassure that the benefit of legal aid is providedto the juvenile.

3. The tendency to lodge an accused in juvenilecategory should be discouraged.

4. Separate wards for juveniles should be createdin all district and central jails.

5. Shelter can be provided in case juveniles arebereft of a family or any guardianship.

6. The lower range of age is considered in caseswhere ossification test is resorted.

7. Prison visiting authorities should make frequentvisits to prisons and make specific reports ofthe existing prison inmates and follow up ofthe report should be made in the subsequentvisit for remedial action by authority.

8. Special provision of the act dealing withJuvenile Police Unit should be strictlyimplemented and additional manpower andinfrastructure should be sanctioned.

9. The Prisoners Act, 1900 should undergo anamendment where 'provision of lodgingjuveniles in prisons with adult prisoners to beprohibited' may be incorporated.

10. Apart from the vocational and education trainingprogrammes, other forms of healthyentertainment should be provided for a juvenile'spsychological development and relaxation.L.L.M. Student, National Law Institute University,

Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh

315


160. Rising Crimes Against Elderly People and Responsibilityof Police in Metros (2009)Dr. S.N.Yadav

Group for Economic & Social Studies (GESS), New Delhi

Objectives of Study

1. To collect information on the reasons for theseparate and lonely life of the aged citizens.

2. To study and analyse the growing securitythreats to the elderly citizens.

3. To highlight the involvement and participationof the senior citizens in policing activities.

4. To study the role of voluntary and non-governmental organizations, and of the policein ensuring safety of the senior citizens

5. To suggest reforms in institutional andtechnological arrangements for the purpose ofsafety of the senior citizens.

6. To examine the issues from the viewpoint oftarget group itself.

Methodology

Data was collected from primary sources (basedon questionnaires, interviews interactions andobservations) as well as secondary sources.Statistics relating to crime are obtained from theCommissioners of Police of Delhi, Mumbai andKolkata. However, the Commissioner of Police,Chennai, did not respond to request for thesestatistics. Crime statistics of randomly selectedyear 2004 as published in "Crime in India 2004",

were taken as benchmark for analysis. Availablelatest crime statistics, as published in "Crime inIndia 2007," have also been cited wherenecessary for purposes of comparison.

Recommendations under differentheads as mentioned below

(i) Empowerment of Elderly1. Need for Literacy2. Information and Education Material3. Special TV Channel for Elderly4. Job Reservation

(ii) Administrative Measures1. Reorganisation of Mega City Police2. Senior Citizen Cells3. Police Station wise Security Scheme4. Adequate Supervision5. Data Base6. Dissemination of Information regarding

Security Arrangements7. Staff Support8. Training and Re-orientation of Police

Personnel9. Fast Tracking of Investigations and Trials

of Cases10. Need for Better and Scientific Investigation

316


11. Co-option of Security and PlacementAgencies

12. Accountability13. Crime Statistics14. Population Statistics15. Mobility Risk16. Financial Security of elderly

(iii) Statutory and Policy Measures1. Need for Research2. Institutional Arrangements for Care of

Elderly3. Legislative Measures4. Sensitisation of Younger Generation

(iv) Civil Society Institutions/Resident WelfareAssociations

1. Need for better Security Precautions byRWAs

2. Security Vetting of Tradesmen andDomestic Helps

3. Sensitisation of Residents about SecurityMatters

4. Self-help Groups

5. Dispute Redressal

6. Community Liaison Groups

7. Neighbour Watch Schemes

161. Psychological Influences in Crime: A Comparative Studyof Low and High Crime Profile Villages of District Hisar(Haryana) (2008-09)Dr. Sandeep Singh

Assistant Professor, Department of Applied Psychology,Hisar, Haryana

Objectives

1. To study the effect of attitude towards policeon high and low crime

2. To study the effect of attitude towardsdrinking and drug abuse on high and lowcrime

3. To study the effect of attitude towardsgambling on high and low crime

4. To study the effect of attitude towardspolitician on high and low crime

5. To study the effect of parental attitudetowards youth on high and low crime

6. To study the effect of youth attitude towardsparents on high and low crime

317


Hypotheses

1. There shall be a significant relation in attitudetowards police and high and low crime

2. There shall be a significant relation in attitudetowards drinking and drug abuse and high andlow crime

3. There shall be a significant relation in attitudetowards gambling and high and low crime

4. There shall be a significant relation in attitudetowards politics and high and low crime

5. There shall be a significant relation in parentalattitude towards youth and high and lowcrime.

6. There shall be a significant relation in youthattitude towards parents and high and lowcrime

SampleThe sample was comprised of 450 (75 from

each village) taken from six villages (three lowcrime and three high crime profile villages) ofdistrict Hisar, Haryana. The data was collectedrandomly and no criteria were fixed. The data wascollected from people of different socio-economicstatus irrespective of their caste, religion andnature of job.

Important Findings

The important findings of the studies are asfollows.

1. People from both low and high crime villageshad poor attitude towards police personnel.

2. The common issue on which people of bothtypes of villages were agreed upon was thatindifferent attitude of police.

3. There was a significant difference onprevalence of drinking and substance abusein low and high crime profile villages.

4. There was a significant difference on gamblingin low and high crime profile villages.

5. People in both types of villages accepted thatpeople who are involved in gambling acts arethose who have lost their money in gambling.Such people do involve in violent acts,robbery, theft, motor vehicle theft, etc. tomaintain their tendency of gambling.

6. There was not a significant difference onpolitical influence in low and high crimeprofile villages.

7. There was a significant difference on youths'attitude towards crime in low and high crimeprofile villages.

8. Day by day increasing sexuality in print andelectronic media, unemployment and parentalencouragement to take revenge in feudalconflicts are the major reasons for increasingcrimes in high profile villages.

9. There was a significant difference on peoples'attitude towards youths' crime in low and highcrime profile villages.

10. Interestingly it was noted in high crime profilevillages that people in such villages werereluctant to donate, and very few religious orspiritual discourses were organized in suchvillages.

11. It was further noted that casteism was at ahigh rate in high crime profile villages incomparison to low crime villages.

318


Suggestions

1. People's attitude in both low and high crimeprofile villages was not found to besignificantly different. There might be someother reasons for low crime rate in low crimeprofile villages.

2. Gambling was the major issue in both typesof villages. However, it was high in highcrime profile villages. Therefore, it issuggested that police, if possible, along withdistrict administration should organize somesports competition at village, district and statelevels so that potential of such youths couldbe utilized in some goal oriented tasks.

3. People in both types of villages acceptedpolitical influences in crime rate. Therefore,

politics is not a contributing factor in highcrime rate. There might be different aspectof politics that has affected the low crimerate.

4. It was found that there was highcommunication gap in parent-childrelationships in high crime villages. On thebasis of findings, it is suggested that districtadministration should organize communityprogrammes to highlight the pros and consof parenting.

5. The results indicated that youth in high crimevillages had acceptance towards crime.

6. The results indicated that the attitude ofpeople towards youth was also negative inhigh crime profile villages.

319


162. Induction of Women in the Central Police Forces - TheirImpact on the Forces, and the Early Retirement Scheme(2009)S. Banerjee

Institute Of Social Sciences, New Delhi

Objectives

The objectives of the study are as follows:

1. To examine the existing rules and regulationsand their relevance in the context of thecurrent research project.

2. To focus on information pertaining to aspectslike induction, deployment, training, duties,uniform and specific facilities for womenpersonnel.

3. On the basis of information available andadduced during the study, to consider thefeasibility of an early retirement scheme forthe women police personnel.

4. To see the impact on the efficiency of theforce after the induction of women.

5. We have also taken into account the perceptionsof the male personnel in the study, as the CPFsare overwhelmingly male dominated constituting1.81 % of the force. The male perception wouldhave to understand better the impact of theinduction of women into the CPFs.

Research Question or Hypothesis

1. Are the existing rules and regulations sufficient

to meet the needs of the women policepersonnel during deployment for static duties(for example, toilet facilities and availability ofchanging rooms) and hazardous duties?

2. Whether any problems are being faced by thewomen police personnel at the time of theirinduction and training and whether they wouldrequire any special considerations vis-à-vistheir male colleagues?

3. Do the women personnel face problems inperforming their duties? If so, what are theseproblems during various service periods (0-5years, 6-10 years, 11-15 years and 16-20 years)?

4. The need for special uniform for the womenmay be closely examined for difficult dutiesincluding hazardous ones and particularlyduring the pre-natal and post-natal periods.

5. The various ways in which the induction ofwomen have impacted the efficiency of theforce.

6. In view of certain factors, both physical andpersonal, whether there is a need for an earlyretirement scheme for the women personnel.

Research Methodology & SamplingThe Central Police Forces have been selected

as the universe of the study. The Project Directorand his team collected the data directly from the

320


respondents. These respondents comprisedrepresentatives from the six CPFs, namely,C.R.P.F., B.S.F., C.I.S.F., I.T.B.P., S.S.B. andR.P.F. The Assam Rifles do not have any womenpersonnel in their ranks nor do they have any plansto recruit any women personnel at present. Thiswas revealed by the Director General, AssamRifles, during his discussions with the ProjectDirector. In view of this no sample was gatheredfrom this organization.

The sample totaling 412 respondents (317women and 95 men) comprised both men andwomen who were divided into married andunmarried as well as combatant and non-combatantones. It included respondents who were postedin a hazardous area like Srinagar as well asperforming various duties including frisking insensitive stations like the Metros and the IndiraGandhi International (IGI) Airport, Delhi. The datawas collected from all the Forces indicated earlier.

Recommendations

1. At the initial stage of Training, womenpersonnel should be given counseling so asto be able to cope with separation anxietyfrom their families.

2. For outdoor training it is important to inductfemale outdoor Instructors for instructing thefemale inductees in the outdoor works, as

they are not used to rough language that isused on the parade ground.

3. It is also important to have separate changingrooms and toilets for all outdoor trainees forthe women personnel so as to maintain theirprivacy.

4. The need for formulating new rules for theuniform for the women, particularly duringthe pre-natal and post-natal periods, isurgently required.

5. Organisational support system such asproviding crèches and residential centralschools could be provided in everyorganisation.

6. Grievance Cells and sexual harassment cellsshould be kept active with gender sensitivemen and women to deal with the issues in anobjective and sensitive manner.

7. Those women who are not able to cope withthe job stress should be allowed to go forVRS after 15 years of service.

8. Need for organizing capacity buildingprogrammes and workshops such as SpringBoard Programmes.

9. Regular gender sensitization interactivesessions should be held during differentservice periods to make the women and menpolice personnel understand each others'problems better which would help them towork together efficiently.

321


163. Witness in the Criminal Justice Process: A Study ofHostility and Problems associated with Witness (2009)Dr. G.S. Bajpai

Chairperson, National Law Institute University, Bhopal(MP)

Objectives

1. To outline the relevant legal provisionspertaining to witness.

2. To examine the issue of hostility of witnessand the emerging debates on the issueespecially in the light of leading judgments ofcourts and other publications.

3. To study the experiences and problems ofwitnesses in their interaction with police,prosecution and court.

4. To critically review the idea of witnessprotection in the light relevant legal provisions.

5. To study the profile of witnesses in thechosen states.

6. To identify the causes for the reluctance ofpeople being witness to a criminal incident inthe context of the characteristics of thewitnesses.

7. To survey the perceptions and attitudes ofwitnesses on certain matters relevant to thisstudy.

Hypothesis

1. The chief factors in the reluctance of witnessare those relating to fear of criminal assault,

harassment by the police and court andanticipatory loss of degradation of socialstatus.

2. The persons from lower medium incomegroups and average education category aremore likely to be the witnesses.

3. The hardships of witnesses are normallyassociated with police behaviour.

4. The witnesses experience considerableproblems in the court.

5. Loss of faith in the criminal justice agenciesis a factor discouraging the witnesses to comeforward.

6. Witnesses do face pressures from influentialsectors affecting their testimony.

7. The chances of manipulation and resultedhostility of witnesses are often seen in caseswhere the rich and powerful elements areinvolved.

Sample & Locale of the Study

In order to attain the suggested objectives, thewitnesses relating to various types of criminaloffences have been included in this study. Theyinclude: (i) Theft (ii) Personal violence (iii)Robbery (iv) Dacoity (v) Attempted murder/murder (vi) Rape

The present study attempted to take acomprehensive view concerning the issues and

322


problems of witnesses. The focus of thisresearch has been on the following four areas:

1. Problems of witnesses at various levels

2. Hostility of witness

3. Protection of witness

4. Assistance to witness

Recommendations

1. National Policy for Witness Assistance andProtection

2. Network of Agencies & Coverage of Scheme

3. Rights to Witness

4. Procedural matters

Amity Institute of Behavioural (Health) and AlliedSciences, Amity University, Uttar Pradesh

164. The Status of Families of Police Officers (Constables) ofUttar Pradesh

Objectives

The present study sponsored by the Bureauof Police Research & Development, in order tofind out the status of police families (Constables)in the society, set out on its task with thefollowing objectives:

1. To find out the socio demographic and socioeconomic status of the police families(constables).

2. To find out the socio cultural factors that areinfluencing or affecting the life of the policefamilies which included the heritage, cultureand traditions to which they are used to andhow the present culture, heritage andtraditions affect them etc.

3. To find out the type of social support systemthat they have and if the same is availablewhen they face a crisis, whether they have

persons with whom they could share theirproblems, feelings etc.

4. To find out if during a typical crisis, wouldthey be able to get the required support fromtheir family members of their circle of friendsetc.

5. To find out their perception of their socialstatus in the community.

6. Their health status in terms of whether theysuffer from any illnesses, the type of illnessand their perception about their health beingbetter or worse then before.

7. Their response to typical diseases such asarthritis, blood pressure, asthma, etc.

Findings

1. Socio-demographic profile: The sampleconsisted of 135 males and 255 females. Theage of the respondents varied between 10-76years. In this, 29.7% were less than 19 yearswhile 44.2% were between 20-39 years and

323


the remaining 28.3% were above 40 years.In the control group sample, there were 38males and 22 females. As compared to thepolice families, more respondents were malesin this group.

2. There were more unmarried amongst theyounger age groups irrespective of the gender,whereas as one ascends the age groups, therewere larger percentages of married personsirrespective of gender.

3. Concerning 'living with' aspect, all marriedpersons were living with their spouse andchildren with a very few staying with theirrelatives. It is interesting to note thatirrespective of the age group there were largerpercentages of females living with relatives ascompared to males. Perhaps the womenneeded more protection and security andhence lived with relatives rather than livingalone. Moe percentage or respondents in thecontrol group lived with their spouse andfamilies and negligible number lived alone.

4. It was observed that less than 20% have beenstaying in the same police colony from wherethis data were collected, for more than 15years, of which only very small percentagehad stayed there for more then 20 years inthe same colony. The control group had lived4-10 years more than the police families inthe same colony, which nearby to theGhaziabad police colony.

5. The analysis of the health status clearly ladsto the conclusion that the police personneland their family do need better health careservices like eye care services, better healthcheck-up and treatment facilities which needto be improved upon than what is in actualexistence.

6. While there were so many factors affectingthe status of the police families, an attemptwas made to find out if there is anycombination of certain factors which togetheraffect the perception of status of policefamilies by themselves. The co-relationalmatrix worked out in this regard followed byregression analysis showed that the combinedeffect of community ties and crisis supporttogether affect the perception of the status ofpolice families.

Recommendations

1. Community welfare programmes andcommunity activities

2. Health services to be delivered moreeffectively.

3. Support during crisis times.

4. Social gatherings and social activities in whichthe constables and their families couldparticipate for which the work schedules ofthe constables should be better scheduled.

324


Objectives

The proposed study aims to examine thefollowing objectives:

1. To gain a clearer perspective of womenprisoner and their children.

2. To identify landmark judicial pronouncementregarding women prisoners and their children.

3. To ascertain the execution appraisal of judicialpronouncement in the Indian prisons.

4. To identify causational factors responsible forimminent judicial pronouncement.

5. To suggest a follow- up action plan based onfinding of the study.

Research Design

Exploratory Cum Reformatory

Sampling Technique

Non-probability sampling.

Area of Study

Non- probability purposive sampling is carried outby selecting one state in each region i.e.

1. Tamil Nadu in Southern region

2. Uttar Pradesh in Northern region,

3. Madhya Pradesh for Central region,

4. Assam for North East region.

5. Maharastra for Western region

Sample Size

40.6% of the total women prisoners i.e. 5950 outof 14657, from five sampled states are taken forstudy.

Sources of Data1. Interview Schedule

2. Observation method (Non-participantobservation)

3. Information/data collected from State HumanRights Commission, officials of prison andpolice department.

4. Reports

5. Landmark decisions.

Hypthesis1. Several judicial decisions of the apex court

have set pace for custodial justice impedingdue to various reasons.

2. Women prisoners in Indian prisons live inProfessor of Sociology & Criminiology, MP Bhoj OpenUniversity, Bhopal

165. Status Appraisal of Judicial Pronouncement RegardingWomen Prisoners and Their Accompanied Children (2009)Dr. Deepti Shrivastava

325


over-crowded, unsanitary conditions andunable to rear their children in Jail.

3. Even though judicial pronouncements areaccomplished, the implementation has far-flung from the desired level, young childrenof women prisoners are deprived of basicminimum facilities.

4. Vocational trades running in prisons are notwell equipped and market values based, henceare not helpful to rehabilitate womenprisoners.

Findings

1. Majority of prisoners belong to the age groupfrom 21 to 31 years, 81.56% of them aremarried.

2. 56.38% of the respondents have no education,while 25.8% of respondents educated onlyupto primary level.

3. In all the five sampled states, majority of themare undertrial prisoners and about 80% ofwomen prisoners committed IPC crimes.

4. From the study it is evident that, in all fivesampled states female annex supervised byfemale staff, but there is a great scarcity ofsupervisory level female officers.

5. Study reveals that 11.52% women prisonerhave children. Proper facilities for biological,psychological and social growth of the child,

creche and recreational facilities are notavailable in every prison.

6. The approaches of Jail Staff with femaleprisoners are good enough, but there is a needfor special women prisons, skilled femaleprison officers, basic amenities, such as full-time lady doctor, pediatrician, equippedhospital, computer labs etc.

7. There is a strong need, to foster effectuationof judicious pronouncement to carry outprison administration objectives.

Recommendations1. Development of Individualized programming

plan.

2. Using the Mechanisms of rewards andpunishments for maximum implementation.

3. Need of Gender Sensitization of Prisonofficers.

4. State level strategy to lessen impediment inImplementation.

5. Need of a National level ImplementationBoard.

6. Need of extra funds.

7. Co-ordination with NGOs.

8. Need to improve prison culture.

9. Improvement in service conditions.

326


correctional programmes and technology usedhave been identified. The opinion of the expertsin the area of corrections has also been taken intoaccount. Central, District and Women Prisons andopen prisons have been assessed for the bestpractices. The perception of the stakeholdertowards best practices has been studied on thecriteria of:- innovativeness, sustainability,transferability and success. The decisions on bestpractices are based on best available information.Open ended questions and focus groupdiscussions have been used to draw moreinformation from the respondents.

Tools and Techniques used for DataCollection :


2. Interviews and focused group discussions

3. Questionnaire

4. Secondary data was collected frominformation received from States and alsoprison statistics and reports and newslettersof the Prison Departments of different States.

A pilot study on a sample of 40 Prison Staff,30 Prison Inmates was conducted to test, refineand develop the final questionnaire.

Objectives

This study aims to -

1. Identify the best practices in different prisonsof the country.

2. Establish a benchmark for the good practices.

3. Study the perceptions of stakeholderstowards the best practices.

4. Study the organizational culture of prisonswith best practices.

Methodology and Data CollectionSince the research is exploratory, both qualitativeand quantitative data has been used for the study.To identify the best prison practices, data hasbeen collected by way of questionnaires,interviews, focused group discussions with prisonstaff and prison inmates. Stratified randomsampling has been used to interview prisoninmates and prison staff.

Senior Management was requested to provideinformation about best prison practices in theirStates. The perceptions of public and prisonersabout best prison practices has also been studied.The best practices relating to the prisonadministration, managerial practices, staff welfare,

166. Identification of Best Prison Practices (2009)Dr. Upneet Lalli

* Dy. Director, ICA, Chandigarh

327


Coverage and Area of the StudyInformation about best practices has been soughtfrom different States across the country. Prisonsfrom States belong to North, East, West, Southand Central India have been studied.

Data was collected from 8 Central Jails, 5 DistrictJails, 2 Women Jails, 2 Model Jails, 1 Open AirCamp i.e. 18 prisons in all.

Description of SampleQuestionnaire for prison staff had 21 itemsconcerning penal philosophy, prison staff andprisoners' interface, prison living conditions, jobsatisfaction, best practices in the prisons andpublic participation etc.

Heads of the Prison Departments were also askedto identify best prison practices related to thedifferent areas of prison management and covered9 areas.

Questionnaire for Prison Inmates had 22 itemsconcerning prison staff and prisoners interface,participative management, grievance redressal,staff behaviour, constructive regime and opinionsabout best practices. Prisoners were also askedto rate the prison on 13 dimensions i.e. security,cleanliness and hygiene, accommodation, safety,food quality, medical facilities, visitors system,work programme, grievance redressal, NGOsparticipation, temperature control and no bullying.

Data was collected from 90 prison officers,160 prison inmates, and NGOs.

90 prison officers (79 males and 11 females)responded to the questionnaire. The range ofservice was between 1 to 39 years and mean age

of service was 18.31 years. The mean age ofthe prison officers was 40.6 years with 52.2%as undergraduates, 30% graduates and 17.7%postgraduates.

Similarly, 160 prison inmates (116 convicts and44 undertrials) responded to the questionnaire andthe mean age of the group was 45.62 years. 60.6%respondents were from rural background and39.4% from urban background. 67.5% were undergraduates and 32.5% were graduates and above.

Recommendations

Sharing of information

It was seen that the prisons in the differentStates are unaware of these good practices thatare in the outside States. During interactions anddiscussions with the prison staff, it was foundthat quite a few were also unaware of thedevelopments in their own State. Hence, there isan important need to exchange information aboutgood practices in prisons. This can take variousforms like newsletters, small write-ups, films anddiscussion forums, and seminars on the theme ofthe best practices in prisons.

Using Information Technology

The internet is another powerful tool tospread and share information on the bestpractices. The websites of the State PrisonDepartments should also contain information onthe good practices initiated in the prisons. Adiscussion forum on best practices in prisons canbe developed at the National level and prisonofficers can put their views on this forum. Thiswill facilitate brainstorming and may also lead to

328


competing on good practices, and takinginitiatives

Training Programmes

Staff training is a key component in theprocess of transforming the prison's culture.Prison officers will need training on prisonmanagement and performance management.Learning and transfer is an interactive, on-goingand dynamic process that cannot rest on a staticbody of knowledge. Employees are improvisingand learning something new everyday. A trainingprogramme on 'Best Prison Practices' should beheld for senior and middle management

Prison Management

The Prison Department has faced neglectsince long and the sense of pride in its work isalmost non-existent in most States. Participativemanagement is suggested as a model for theprison organization. The prisons will have todevelop as learning organizations in order to learnand grow relevant to the time and need of society.

Transforming prisons culture - Leadershipdevelopment

Change must occur from within and muststart from where people are. Staff must beempowered to enable them to begin the transitionand change. Senior management developmentprogrammes for Head of the Department and

Superintendent rank officers should be developedto build upon the capabilities at the most seniorlevel of management.

Establishing Benchmarks

Benchmarks can be established for officeprocedures (for prison management system) andmulaquat system and for environmentmanagement and occupational health and safetymanagement (for e.g. for prison factory, prisonhospital, etc.). This will lead to continuousimprovement and Benchmarks can help in therating of the prisons. This will also lead to anelement of competition among the prisoners tosurpass each other in terms of quality.

Awards and Incentives

There is a need to recognize the good workbeing done in prisons. Awards at the National,State and District level will go a long way inmotivating the officers to do good work. It isseen that simple measures like putting up the nameof "employee of the week' on a notice board is avery good motivator as it recognizes theindividual's work and worth. This practice canbe started in each prison as well.

A system of positive incentive will definitelyboost the morale of prison staff. The Departmentshould evaluate and recognize officers who haveshown good performance by honoring them withmonetary incentives, medals, certificate,promotion and other benefits.

329


This report titled "International study on crimesagainst women and death of women in custody"analyses data and statistics collected and compiledfrom both primary field survey of about 100women victims of gender specific crimes in twoIndian states namely Haryana and West Bengal andsecondary data collected from about 13 countriesof the world including United States of America,Canada, United Kingdom, New Zealand, Scotland,Finland, France, South Africa, China, Russia,Pakistan, Bangladesh and India pertaining tovarious types of crime committed against womenincluding domestic violence, rape and other sexualassaults, trafficking, kidnapping & abduction, andCustodial deaths.

Objectives

1. The magnitude of the crimes committedagainst women in India and in variouscountries all over the world;

2. Socio - economic and demographic profile ofthe women victims of violence;

3. Legal instruments in practice in India and indifferent countries of the world to control andcurb the crimes against women and

4. Efficiency of law enforcement and criminaljustice systems in delivering justice to thewomen victims of violence.

Findings of the Study

1. Women face maximum risk of violence frompeople like intimate partners, close familymembers, boy friends and/or near relatives.Study revealed that 75 to 85 percent of therape and other sexual assault crimes arecommitted by offenders known to the victim.Similarly a large number of women and girlchildren are often trafficked by people knownto them by promising them a job or a suitablematch for marriage. In America according toa study conducted by the Bureau of JusticeStatistics about one third of the female victimsof murder were killed by their intimatepartners.

2. Field study reveals that irrespective of thetype and nature of crime, young womenbetween 15 to 30 years of the age, who areilliterate, or poorly educated, and belonging toeconomically weaker sections of the societyare highly vulnerable to gender specificcrimes. Analysis of the secondary datacompiled from the National Family HealthSurvey - 3 and NCRB data also confirms thisconclusion.

167. International Study on Crimes Against Women and Deathof Women in Custody (2009)(Implementation of Recommendations)

Sankar Sen*, A.K.Sharma**, Jayasree Ahuja***

* Principle Coordinator, Institute of Social Sciences** Project Coordinator, Institute of Social Sciences*** Research Assistant, Institute of Social Sciences

330


3. In respect of cases of trafficking, the age ofgirls trafficked from India as well as into Indiais coming down. In India girls as young asten years of age are getting trafficked. Thesame trend is witnessed in other countries aswell. Indeed, this has become an internationaltrend. The number of girls trafficked fromSouth Asia as well as European countriesshow that a large number of young girls aretrafficked.

4. In India official statistics club kidnapping andabduction together. Though both offences areclosely related to each other, kidnapping is acrime involving minor girls, where asabduction involves adult females. Most of thecases of kidnapping are elopement of girlswith their lovers. It is suggested that boththese crimes are to be registered underseparate categories.

5. The situation in India is worsened by the factthat in large number of crimes against women,the accused persons are able to get awayunpunished.

Important Recommendations

1. Police personnel investigating crimes againstwomen have to be properly trained andsensitized. In India large number ofinvestigating officers are not professionallycompetent and investigate cases of crimesagainst women in a casual and slipshodmanner. Poor investigation results in acquittalin majority of cases. They also display lackof sensitivity.

2. Women victims also have complained of grossapathy and lack of sensitivity on the part ofthe police officers. In many cases particularlywhere the victims come from downtroddenfamilies police officers do not try to extend

a helping hand to the victims and sometimesseek to deter victims from lodgingcomplaints. This lack of sensitivity can beovercome by not only through humanetraining but by building an organizationalculture of respect and concern for women.

3. There is a need for police to work, particularlyin dealing with crimes against women, inclose collaboration with NGOs.

4. States with high incidence of crimes againstwomen have to take special measures for fairregistration of cases and collection ofaccurate data. It is also seen that states withvery adverse male female ratio are also thestates where high number of crimes againstwomen are reported. This is due toprevalence of patriarchal mindset and scantregard for women in the society.

5. There is a need to create awareness amongwomen about their rights under the law,especially among women belonging to socio-economically marginalized sections of thesociety and encourage them to report crimescommitted against them to the police. NGOshave to take measures to reach out womenliving in remote areas as well as illiterate andeconomically dependent women, who lack thewherewithal to fight against the perpetratorsof crime.

6. At present NCRB, the governmentorganization responsible for providingstatistics on the crime patterns in India givesa combined figure of crimes committed underITPA. Due to which it becomes very difficultto assess the proper implementation of the Actand registration of crimes under differentsections of the Act. A research study carriedby the Institute of Social Sciences, New Delhireveals that very often police misuse the

331


Section of 8 of the ITPA and arrest the sexworkers but seldom take any action againstthe masterminds like brothel owners,traffickers and pimps etc. If NCRB canprovide crime figures registered under varioussections of ITPA it would help in assessing

the extent of wrong use of the Law. NCRBshould also try to collect crime statistics fromneighbouring countries like Nepal,Bangladesh, Pakistan Sri Lanka and otherSAARC member countries. At present this isnot being done.

168. Research/Case Study On "Indian Copyright Act, 1957 -State of Disposal of Copyright Cases in Uttar Pradesh (2009)Rajinder Bhatia

Senior Legal Advisor, Indian Music Industry, New Delhi

Introduction

The study was taken up to find out the currentstatus of Copyright cases in various Courts/Policestation of Uttar Pradesh. Sample of over 300cases from various districts were taken as arepresentation of the same.

What is the Term of a CopyrightSection 27 of the Copyright Act 1957 providesthe term of 60 years for copyright in a soundrecording from the calendar year in which thesound recording was first published.

Police may take following actions

1. Whenever there is a complaint aboutinfringement of the Copyright Act, a caseshall be promptly registered.

2. It would be better if the pirate while in theact of pirating /recording/selling etc. isphotographed and if possible video recordingof the same is carried out.

3. The conversation between the decoy witness& the pirate at the time of purchase/sale ofthe pirated stuff needs to be taped ascircumstantial evidences, to be producedbefore the court at the time of trial.

4. The concerned premises should be raided andthoroughly searched.

5. Pirated items should be seized.

6. Procedure of seizures should be rigorouslyfollowed lest the accused get benefit of doubt,leading to his acquittal.

7. Inquiries should be made about the source ofthe material and appropriate follow up actiontaken.

8. Investigation should be completed earlier.

332


9. It is the duty & responsibility of police toconduct suo motto raids.

10. Police should understand that it is aneconomic offence which is affecting publicexchequer & economy of the country.

Suggestions

1. To encourage witnesses for attendanceduring the course of trial, it is necessary topay them adequately for their to and frojourneys and make it a point that they areexamined on the exact date.

2. There is a dire need to present suchProsecution Witnesses, who have necessarytechnical as well as legal know how about CRCases.

3. Corroboration of Prosecution witnesses inmaterial particulars is quite essential forensuring conviction in CR Cases.

4. Provisions of the other Acts like IT, TradeMark, IPC etc., wherever applicable, shouldbe invoked.

5. Copyright Cases need to be concentrated indedicated courts so as to ensure focusedattention and speedy trials.

6. To convince the court, it would be better ifthe pirate while in the act of pirating/recording/selling etc. is photographed, and ifpossible video recording of the same iscarried out.

7. It has been noticed that even in cases whereduplicating/recording equipment along with

the pirated goods as well as Pornographicmaterial are seized, the provisions of Section65 CR Act and Section 292 IPC are generallynot invoked. This needs to be taken care of.

8. In order to clinch the Prosecution evidenceand to prove the case beyond reasonabledoubt, available Case Laws on the Copyright,decided by High Court/Supreme Court, wouldbe of great help to the Prosecution.

9. Original titles /license/assignment deeds by theauthors, should be produced before the court,to prove the ownership in CR Cases.

10. Wherever possible, in the cases where the IMIis the complainant, its representative shouldbe available, to ensure procurement ofProsecution Witnesses as well as monitoringof the same.

11. Regular Training Workshops for spreadingawareness about the Copyright Act, involvingpolice officers, APPs/PPs and judicial officers,is the need of the hour.

12. Material on the CR Cases may be madeavailable in the Police Training Academy/JTRIfor the purpose.

13. In suo-moto raids by the police, it would benecessary to make the addresses/telephonenos. of the major music companies(Saregama, Venus, Tips etc.), available withthe Police Stations.

14. During the course of research, it has beenseen that even in major raids, the Sales-Tax/Income-Tax/Excise Customs /weights &measurement etc. are not kept in loop.

333


Objectives

1. To study influence of emotional intelligenceon the adjustment of male and female policepersonnel. It is also important to find outlevels of emotional intelligence of male andfemale police personnel separately.

2. To find out the impact of work identificationon male and female police personnel'sadjustment. It is assured that those policepersonnel who identify themselves with theirwork will be more adjusted than those wholess identify with their work.

3. To find out the impact of occupational stresson various types of adjustment of male andfemale police personnel. To identify powerfulstressors which have adverse impact on maleand female police personnel adjustment. Tofind out stressors for male and female policepersonnel separately.

4. To find out significant difference betweenmale and female police personnel on differentvariables.

Methodology

Sample

Two groups of police personnel were identifiedfor the study. The first group comprises malepolice personnel & the second group comprisesfemale police personnel, who are the mostneglected in the field of psychological research.The ratio of female police in India is 3.23% whichis far below their male counterparts. Due to thisreason the sample offemale personnel is 100. Theinvestigator personally visited various policestations and approached to police personnel. Thosewho were willing to give their responses weregiven questionnaire. About fifteen to twenty-fivepercent of the police personnel approached werenot ready to give their responses due topreoccupation, official engagement or personalreasons. In this way sampling was purposive innature and data were collected purely on randombasis because of uncertainty of duty, work-loadetc. The questionnaire was printed in English,Hindi & Urdu. During scrutiny it was found thattwenty to thirty percent questionnaires wereincomplete due to one or the other reason, hencethey were excluded or rejected and about twentyto twenty-five percent questionnaires werereturned.

Recommendations

169. Influence of Emotional Intelligence Work Identificationand Occupational Stress on Female Police Personnel ofKashmir Valley (2010)

Shah Alam

Assistant Professor, Department of Psychology, AligarhMuslim University, UP

334


1. Police personnel are under continuous andconstant stress due to number of reasons.This must be reduced by applyingpsychological techniques.

2. Psychologist / counsellors are appointed atdistrict level for early detection of mentalproblems and for promoting positive mentalhealth.

3. Police personnel both male and female havefaced stressors like role conflict, low status.Many of these factors can be minimized bymaking proper planning.

4. In the present study police personnel havefaced overload and that is true in the sensethat ratio between police and public isincreasing. Hence, there is an urgent need toincrease man power for decreasing workload.

5. The police personnel has to do a variety oftasks. There must be specialized training foreach task and only competent personnel bedeputed.

6. It has been found that interpersonal relationsare not congenial among police personnel.The good relationship among police personnelis improved by creating / providing betterworking conditions and developing respectfor human values. This can be overcome byadopting participatory management technique.

7. The adjustment level of both male and female

police personnel is not up to the mark. It isrecommended that adjustment level beimproved by slight modification in leave rulesthat will help police personnel to spend moretime with family and society.

8. The level of emotional intelligence was notfound up to optimal level. By appointingpsychologists the emotional intelligence levelcan be increased. The organization mustprovide emotional competence trainingprogramme.

9. The police personnel perceive that theirvarious needs are not adequately satisfiedthrough their work. It is necessary to lookafter these aspects. This can be solved byproviding assistance.

10. The police personnel reported that the attitudeof the public towards police is negative. Toovercome such problems, it is necessary toeducate younger generation about hardshipsfaced by police, the circumstance underwhich police personnel have to operate andhow a common citizen can help the police,hence the district officers must plan tointeract with school students on regularbasis. The role of media cannot beoverlooked in building positive perceptionabout police.

335


Objectives

1. To understand the various community crimeprevention programs in the city of Chennai.

2. To understand the role of police andcommunity in the implementation of theprograms.

3. To assess the attitude of the public, policeand the members of NGOs/ communitycrime prevention programs towards thecommunity crime prevention.

4. To assess the impact of different communitycrime prevention programs.

Methodology

Three groups of samples were chosen namely theresidents, police personnel from selected policestations and NGOs/community crime preventionprograms.One of the probability samplingmethods, viz., the purposive random samplingmethod was employed to choose both males andfemales from all zones.Based upon the pilot studyseveral modifications were done in the interviewschedules, certain items were incorporated andcertain items were removed from the researchtools. The final version of 3 interview scheduleswas used to collect the primary data from the 3categories of the respondents.

In the present study both primary data andsecondary data were collected and analysed.Theprimary data obtained from the three categoriesof the respondents were analysed with the helpof statistical package for social sciences (SPSS).Various techniques were employed such as simplefrequency analysis and bivariate analysis. Resultswere shown graphically.

Suggestions

1. More number of awareness programs on thefunctions of community crime preventionprograms should be conducted periodicallyamong the members of the community,police personnel, and NGOs.

2. Basic training should be provided to themembers of the friends of policeorganizations, and members of otherorganizations working for crime prevention.

3. A reasonable stipend should be provided tothe members of the community crimeprevention programs. A uniform should beprovided to the members of the communitycrime prevention programs.

4. Police personnel need to be sensitized andtrained to cooperate with the members ofcommunity crime prevention programs.

5. A separate cell in the name of communitycrime prevention programs cell (CCPP-CELL) should be established in each police

170. Community Crime Prevention Programmes in the City ofChennai: An Evaluation (2010)

Dr. S. Ramdoss

Assistant Professor, Department of Criminology,University of Madras, Chennai

336


station and these cells should encourage themembers of the community to formcommunity centre to control crime.

6. Foot patrol by the police personnel and othermembers should be increased.

7. A psychologist/ criminologist may beappointed in each police zone to counsel andassist the members as only psychologist/criminologist can stop vulnerable childrenfrom becoming deviant or delinquents.

8. Importance of crime prevention needs to beincluded in the young minds as a part of

NSS, NCC, Scout and Guides.

9. Adequate fund should be earmarked by theHome Department of the state and uniongovernment to set up and promotecommunity crime prevention programs.

10. Crime and delinquency cannot be completelybe prevented by single agency alone. It shouldbe coordinated efforts of all the concerned tohave a relatively crime free society.

11. More research and studies should beconducted periodically to measure thesuccess.

Objectives

The mere observation of the Police Act of 1861and the prevailing democratic system indicate thatthere is a conflict between the two as a result ofwhich the law and order administration oftenremains at diversions to the democratic systemwhich is supposed to be responsive to thecommon people. The objective of the study wasto find out the truth and suggest measures toresolve this conflict so that administrative systemand people's aspirations may remain on the samewavelength. The study also suggests functionalchanges in the system from this point of view.

Methodology

This study is both conceptual and empirical. A partof the research activity is intended to find out theexact relationship between democracy,administrative culture and police administration.Therefore, this part of the research is conceptualand the rest is mainly empirical.

Since the research problem involvesdisciplinary aspects-political, administrative, legal,sociological and economics, it was considerednecessary to utilize more than one tool ofempirical research for data collection and analysis.For this purpose, schedule, interview andobservation method were adopted and applied.

171. Democratic System, Administrative Culture and PoliceAdministration (2010)Dr. Anupama Sharma

Assistant Professor, Ismail National Mahila (PG) College,Meerut, UP

337


Findings

1. Regarding democracy, question was asked tothe respondents that what they mean bydemocratic system. Most of the respondentsreplied that democracy means government ofthe people and rest characteristics were givensecondary choice. They replied thatdemocratic characteristics exist in India onlyto some extent.

2. It is mentioned in the constitution thatequality will be maintained in the society. Butin India respondents are of the views that inpractice, on the basis of caste, religion,gender and class, they do not feel equalityin the society. Respondents replied thatpolice makes discrimination on the basis ofcaste, religion and income basis. Poor peoplehave a general complaint that police treatthem in a very rude manner when they gofor reporting the crime at the police station.

3. Police behaviour should be democratic andfriendly but unfortunately it is not towardscommon people in India. Respondents repliedthat police behaviour is good towardswomen, children and aged only to someextent but generally it is not foundsatisfactory towards rest of the people.

4. Transparency is the basic feature ofdemocratic governments but respondents feelthat this characteristic is not visible ingovernment functioning.

5. Participation of the people in decision makingprocess is must in the democratic setup butrespondents feel that they do not have properparticipation in decision making andimplementation process. All policies areformulated and implemented by the

government officers and they are neverconsulted in decision making andimplementation process.

6. It is general opinion that government officerswork under pressure but the results of thestudy show that they do not work underpressure. On the contrary they cultivate thehabit of delaying the work on one pretext orthe other and do not give importance to thefeelings of the common man.

7. Formalism has become a permanent featureof the police department as accepted by therespondents. They feel that formalismcreates problem in reporting the FIRs andmaintenance of law and order. For example,police waste their time to know whether casefalls in their jurisdiction or not. Sometimethey ask irrelevant questions to harass thevictim.

8. In administration whether it general or policeadministration, there is no provision forresponsibility. Demarcation of duties is notvery clear so that they shift their duties onthe shoulders of the seniors or on the juniors.Nobody wants to take the responsibility. Thisis the bitter truth that most of the youngsterswant to join the government job becausethere is no concept of responsibility in theadministration. Police administration also isnowhere different from other governmentdepartments in this term.

9. It is also accepted by the public respondentsthat police never try to make contact withthem in normal situation. Respondents repliedthat they have heard about the peacemaintaining committees and othercommittees but police never come to themto take their cooperation, in this regard.

338


10. Crime is increasing everywhere in everysphere of life in the society, but all crime isnot reported at the police station in India. Inthis regard respondents replied that policebehave rudely to them when they come forreporting the crime and sometime even treatthem as a criminal. During the interrogationpolice behaviour become very authoritativeeven then when India has adopteddemocratic system 62 years ago. It indicatesthat police working is authoritative i.e. highlyincompatible to the democratic norms.

11. Maintenance of law and order has become atough task to the police force in presentscenario. It gets disturbed due to any smallincident in the society. Respondents repliedthat incapability of police force (29.5percent) is mainly responsible for disturbinglaw and order situation because police nevertake action when the problem is still in itsnascent age, although they also accepted thatsocial factors, unsocial elements and rapidpopulation growth is also responsible fordisturbing law and order situation.

12. Peace is the prerequisite condition for thedevelopment in the country because nodevelopmental activities can take place in thedisturbed situation. Most of the respondentsare of the views that disturbed law and ordersituation creates hurdles in the way of socialand economic development. Only fewpercent of the respondents were not agreedwith the opinion.

13. Reaching in time at the site of the problemshould have been the first and foremostpriority of the police. Reaching in time meanshalf of the battle has already been won. 42percent of the respondents are of the views

that police reach in disturbed area in twohours while 36 percent of the respondentsreplied that it takes more than two hours.Only 22 percent of the respondents repliedthat it reaches there immediately. It clearlyshows that police take more time to reachat the disturbed area in urban as well as inrural areas. This resulted in loss of valuabletime when the situation could have beenhandled rather easily and on a small scale.In this regard 43 percent of the respondentsreplied that police take two hours to handlethe situation, while 39.5 percent of therespondents replied that it takes more thantwo hours. Only 17.5 percent of therespondents replied that police handle thesituation immediately. Taking more time tohandle the situation reflect the professionalincompetence or lack of will power of thepolice force.

14. This is the fact that crime is increasingeverywhere in the society. In responses to thequestion 'why crime is increasing so much',public replied that the changing nature of crimeis more responsible for this change. Police isstill working on the basis of old techniqueswhile criminals are using hightech techniquesso that police is becoming incapable inprevention and detection high tech crime likecyber crime. They are not very familiar withcomputer, so they cannot prevent computercrime. The results of the study show that policenever try to get the cooperation of the commonpeople in prevention and detection of crime andmaintaining law and order in the society so thatpolice take much time to handle the situation.

15. It is also accepted by the respondents thatto achieve the goal of good governance, lawand order situation should be normal. In

339


response to the subsequent question thatwhat should be done to achieve the goal ofgood governance they replied thatparticipation of the people should be takenin policy formulation and implementationprocess. Again they replied that immediateaction and mutual cooperation should betaken by the administrators.

16. Police station is the basic unit of the policeorganization. In this regard respondents wereasked whether they are in favour of thatpolice stations should be strengthened more.Most of the respondents accepted that policestations should be strengthened more forprevention and detection of crime andmaintenance of law and order effectively.More police personnel should be deployed atpolice station to provide the security to thecitizens.

17. 100 Police personnel were also interviewedto know their views regarding the problems.They are of the views that democracy meansgovernment of the people and participationof the people in decision making process.Some of them replied that it meanstransparent and responsible government.Most of the respondents are of the views thatdemocratic system is successful in India onlyto some extent.

18. Just contrary to the public opinion thatgovernment officers do not work underpressure, police officers replied that they haveto work under political, social and departmentalpressure. They replied that this pressurecreates hurdles in their functioning to preventcrime and maintenance of law and order.

19. Police respondents are of the views thatdemocratic characteristics should exist in

proper way. They also replied that lack oftransparency create hurdles in the way ofdemocracy. Police personnel also acceptedthat the feeling of responsibility is essentialto strengthen democracy.

20. Public respondents replied that policegenerally don't seek their cooperation forprevention and detection of crime andmaintenance of law and order. On the otherhand police respondents replied that theygenerally try to get the cooperation of thepublic but people do not cooperate withthem.

21. Public respondents feel that police behave inauthoritative way while police respondentswere not agree with this finding. Publicrespondents replied that police believe informalism. For example if a dead body isfound, Police try to skip their responsibilityby wasting their time to know that whethercase falls in their jurisdiction or not-sometimes to that extent that much precioustime gets wasted and in this process affectedpeople have to suffer a lot.

22. Public's respondents replied that policebehaviour is good to some extent towardswomen, children and aged but not for therest of the people, while police respondentsreplied that it is good towards all. They donot make discrimination among the people onany ground.

23. In response to the question that how muchtime police generally take to reach at thedisturbed area public respondents replied thatpolice generally take two hours or more. Butother side police respondents (92.0 percent)replied that they reach immediately at thedisturbed situation. Regarding the handling of

340


the situation, public's respondents replied thatpolice take much time to handle the situation.While police respondents (82.0 percent)replied that they handle the situationimmediately. Only few of them (18 percent)replied that situation takes more time tohandle. Respondents also replied thatnumerical strength of police force is notadequate that is why police take much timein handling the situation.

24. Situation of law and order is gettingdisturbed due to several reasons. Policerespondents replied that social and economicfactors are more responsible for disturbinglaw and order situation in comparison toother factors. In response to the nextquestion, 'Does disturbed law and orderaffect the socio and economic development?'Most of the respondents replied that it affectsthe development too much in the country.

25. Media is known as the fourth pillar of thedemocracy but in the opinion of the policerespondents media plays negative role inmaintenance of law and order and spoils theimage of police personnel in the society.

26. Police respondents were asked that 'Doesincreasing graph of crime creates hurdles inmaintaining peace in the society?'. In thisregard police respondents replied that thissituation creates problems in maintaining lawand order.

27. In response to the question that whichfactors are more responsible for increasinggraph of crime, police respondents repliedthat social, economic and political factors aremainly responsible for increasing graph ofcrime but no body accepted that policemalfunctioning is responsible for increasing

graph of crime while other side 29.5 percentpublic respondents feel that policemalfunctioning is responsible for increasinggraph of crime in the society.

28. Population is increasing everywhere whetherit is rural or urban area. In response to thequestion, that whether available police forceis adequate for the prevention and detectionof crime and maintenance of law and orderor not? Most of the respondents replied thatit is totally inadequate because population isincreasing by leaps and bounds but policestrength still exists on the old ratio. Most ofthe police respondents were not aware aboutpolice public ratio.

29. In response to the question that 'Have youappointed special police officers among thepublic in your area'. Most of the respondentsreplied that they have appointed specialpolice officers in their areas for the help ofpolice, only few of them replied in negative.

30. Transfer policy has become a tool tomanipulate in the hands of the politicians andsenior officers. Police's respondents as wellas public respondents were agreeing thattransfer policy affect their functioningbecause until they understand the socioeconomic, cultural, and geographical situationof the area, they get transferred. In last fouryears no police officer could stay in thedistrict for a whole year.

31. Police respondents also accepted that for thegood governance, situation of law and ordershould be conducive. To achieve the goal ofgood governance more than half of therespondents (57.0 percent) replied that theybelieve in accountability while more than onefourth of the respondents replied that they

341


believe in people's participation in policefunctioning.

32. To make police citizen's friendly policerespondents (47.0 percent) accepted that theytry to get people's participation in their decisionmaking and implementation process and 28percent of them replied that they do publicmeeting while rest of the respondents repliedthat they cooperate with the people and behavedecently with the women and children.

Suggestions1. Decision making process should have been

spread over the lower echelons as far aspossible. The agencies of the governmentshould involve people in activities rangingfrom planning to implementation and fromreview to evaluation of all developmentalinitiatives.

2. Government has started several policies andprograms for the development of the people,but in practice only a small section of thesociety is getting the fruits of developmentwhile rests are suffering. Now the suggestionis that the efforts should be made to bringall the people in the mainstream of societyand development so that they can be benefitedwith the fruits of development especiallybackward people and women should be givenproper weightage in practice as well.

3. Transparency indicates that the decisions aretaken and their enforcement is done in amanner that follows rules and regulations andthat information is freely available anddirectly accessible to those who will beaffected by such decisions.

4. Information should be provided to thecitizens without legal boundations so that

people can feel satisfaction and get theinformation needed to them.

5. In a democratic system, administrationshould be accountable to the people but inIndia, administration is not accountable to thepeople. In practice they are accountable tothe politicians and senior officers. Transfers,Postings and Suspensions are done by thepeople's representatives and senior officers,so out of fear they are accountable to thepeople's representatives and senior officers.In this regard, laws should be formulatedand efforts should be made to make themaccountable towards people in practice.

6. To make the administration responsible,system of responsibility should be fixed.Duties should be demarcated so that everyemployee will be made responsible towardstheir duties and could discharge themeffectively.

7. The processes and the institutions involvedin governance should produce results thatmeet the needs and demands of the societywhile making the best use of resources at thedisposal. Efficiency and effectiveness mustbe expressed in terms of administrative rules,budget making and routinization of activitiestowards attainment of the national goals, thecommunity goals and individual goals. InIndia political institutions are playing role inthis direction and government has madeseveral efforts to achieve the national goalsin the country. So in this regard pre and postservice training should be provided to thegovernment employees to make the best useof the resources at their disposal. Theyshould have the attitude to do the best notby boundations but as a part of their duty.

342


172. Follow up Study of Released Offenders on theirReformation & Rehabilitation (2010)

Dr. Deepti Shrivastava

Objectives

1. To study the nature and extent ofrehabilitation of released offenders

2. To find out the extent and causes ofrecidivism among offenders

3. To ascertain the impact of treatmentprograms including the vocational trainingimparted to offenders during theirincarceration

4. To spell out the problems confronted byoffenders after their release both within andoutside the family.

5. To explore the role of NGOs both within andoutside the family.

6. To suggest remedial measures to streamlineand strengthen the after care programs forreleased prisoners.

Methodology

In this study Non-probability is used, sampleselection was by two states on the basis ofSecondary data on poor rehabilitation and highrate of recidivism to make a significant andpurposive representative of the universe at thenational level.

Findings

The findings highlight the importance ofresettlement planning as an integrated element ofthe prison rehabilitation strategy. The resultshighlight the failure of prison system and statesgovernment to provide an adequate level ofsupport to prisoners preparing for rehabilitationafter release to break continuation of the cycle ofre offending.

Recommendations

1. Addressing the needs of released inmates

2. Radical reprioritization for prison work

3. Prison education

4. Instructors training workshops

5. Emphasis on women prisoners

6. Programs for special categories

7. Provide effective and intensive parolesupervision

8. Uniformity of provision across the country

9. Need of consolidate after care action plan

10. Evaluation programs

11. Establishment of the national rehabilitationboardProfessor, Department of Sociology, Maharani Laxmi Bai

Govt. Girls PG Autonomous College Bhopal, M.P.

343


12. Financial support

13. Behavioural life skills

14. Employment skills

173. Recruitment Procedure for non-gazetted Ranks in PoliceForces in India (2011)

Satyendra Garg

Objectives

To study the recruitment processes in states ofDelhi, Andhra Pradesh and Kerala apart fromKarnataka and Assam to bring out their bestfeatures and suggest a model recruitment processfor non-gazetted officers in police forces in thecountry.

Methodology

The study covered the recruitment processes ofDelhi, Andhra Pradesh and Kerala in the year 2004and after and any ongoing recruitment processesin these States. The study focussed on study ofrules available for recruitment process, record ofrecruitments in last three years, interviews ofpersonnel selected by these state police forces inpreceding years and documentation of anyongoing recruitment process in these States.

FindingsObservations about Recruitment Processin Andhra PradeshThe selection procedure of recruitment in policeis very fair. There have been no complaints offavouritism to anybody. Written examination isvery objective and there has been no complaintor allegation of leakage of question paper. Duringphysical efficiency test, on the spot decisions andpublic announcement of the selection/rejectiontakes place leading to no complaints. As there isno interview of the candidates for eitherConstables or Sub-Inspectors, there is nosubjectivity at any stage. The only improvementthe state can do is in terms of upgradation oftechnology in equipment's used in physicalefficiency test. Electronic machines for heightmeasurement, use of bio-metric systems to checkimpersonation in PET and written examination,use of videography for PET to keep record ofeach candidate during PET can be thoughtkeeping in view the costs. Overall a very goodrecruitment system with no complaint in last somany years.

15. Family and social support

16. Complimented health care by stategovernment

Joint CP (Traffic), Delhi, PHQ

344


Observations about Police Recruitment inAssamFor recruitment of Constables: i) Educationalqualification for the candidate is Class-8. Thisleads to non-standardization in terms of date ofbirth and subjectivity in academic achievementsat class-8th level. Only a State level examinationwhich is done on a uniformed basis can give afair idea about academic knowledge of acandidate. During my discussion with authoritiesat Assam Police Headquarters, it was mentionedthat soon minimum education for Constable isgoing to be upgraded to class 10. ii) Amongst theStates and Union Territories studied forrecruitment process, it is only state where thereis no written examination for recruitment ofconstables. The entire weightage is on physicaltest and interview. For 67 any transparent andreliable recruitment process, a written examinationis a Must. iii) 50% Weightage is given to thePhysical Efficiency Test which is abnormally high.In some of the States, some weightage is givento Physical Efficiency Test which in other stateslike Delhi, Karnataka, physical examination is onlyof qualifying nature. It is suggested thatWeightage of physical examination should be verylimited. iv) Similarly, 50% weightage is given tointerview. Of this, there is some weightage toeducational qualification, possession of NCCcertificate, proficiency in sports/martial art andskills in trade crafts like Computer, etc. But thewhole process of awarding of marks leave scopefor subjectivity. Some States like Andhra Pradesh,Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Delhi have done away withinterview process at all. For transparentrecruitment process the weightage to the interviewmarks should be minimum or the process ofinterview should be done away with. v) There isa mention in the procedure laid down that the

process of recruitment should be video graphedbut it was learnt that it is not 100% for all theactivities in physical examination. It is suggestedthat the entire physical examination should bevideo recorded for every candidate so that in caseof dispute the videography can be reviewed forarriving at a fair decision. vi) At present there isno induction of scientific equipment's like heightmeasuring equipment, RF technology for raceswhich leads to subjectivity in the recruitmentprocess. vii) Recruitment carried out by AssamPolice has been challenged in various courts. Therecruitment carried out in 2004 was challengedand struck down by Guwahati High Court. About5500 Assam Police constables were thrown outof their job in 2006 after the High Courtjudgement. The State government took the matterto Supreme Court and most of the recruitsdismissed following the High Court have beentaken back but the deficiencies because of whichthe High Court struck down the recruitmentprocess remained. Overall the process ofrecruitment of constables is subjective and nottotally reliable. It is suggested that the stategovernment should introduce corrective measuresfor a transparent, reliable and merit basedrecruitment process.

Observations about Police Recruitment inKeralaAs Public Service Commission is the mainrecruitment agency, recruitments have been fairand transparent. However, in physical efficiencytest in terms of modernization, the State has notupgraded to advancement in technology. Forheight measurement, the conventionalmeasurement equipment is being utilized thoughthe height prescribed is in cms. For SC/Stcandidates, height relaxation is up to 160.02 cms.

345


for Sub Inspectors and it is difficult to understandthat how this precise measurement for thecandidates is possible with the conventionalequipment. Now, electronic equipment's areavailable which can measure in fractions of Cm.but so far this technology is not been inducted inpolice recruitment. Also no videography is beingdone for the physical efficiency test which canbe a proof of fairness even after the process isover. The candidates are required to fulfil agecriteria as per date of notification of vacanciesrather than 1st January of the year. This leavesscope for use of notification. It is suggested thatfixed criteria like 1st January of the year is bettercriteria. Overall the recruitment being from PublicService Commission, general fairness in theselection process is assured but this cannot be aviable alternative for other State police to have therecruitment through Public Service Commission.

Observations about recruitment in DelhiPolice1. Delhi Police recruitment process has been

very transparent, scientific and objective.The entire process of physical endurance andmeasurement test is video graphed andpreserved for 5 years for each candidate.This does not leave any scope forwrongdoing of any field staff but even ifthere is any complaint, the entire process ofPEMT can be reviewed through videography.For many years there has been no complaintof any favour to any candidate in therecruitment carried out in Delhi Police.

2. Delhi Police has procured scientific heightmeasurement instrument which recorded theheight of all the candidates in electronic formin millimetres. This instrument does not leaveany scope for subjectivity and even if a

candidate is measured many times on thisinstrument, his height remains same. Thisinstrument has done away with subjectivityby the field recruitment staff. Before theintroduction of height measuring equipment,most of the appeals related to the height andthe decisions remained subjective.

3. Fingerprints of all qualifying candidates inPEMT are taken on advanced bio-metricsystem. The fingerprints are capturedinstantaneously on computer and can be usedany times afterwards. The entire data baseof the successful candidates is kept for useat the time of written examination andpersonality test. At the time of joining thecandidate is again measured on bio-metricfeatures to check any case of impersonation.This has done away with any attempt ofimpersonation on behalf of candidates.

4. The written examination for Delhi Police isconducted through an objective type questionspaper on OMR answer sheets. These answersheets are scanned through high speedcomputers for speedy declaration of results.This process does not leave any subjectivityin evaluation of written examination.

5. Till 2009, the entire process of interviewwas video graphed which does not leave anyscope for subjectivity. From 2009 onwards,Delhi Police has discontinued the interviewand the subjectivity element of interview hasbeen done away with entirely.

6. Delhi Police has developed a system where acandidate can apply for the job online and thereare facilities for processing normal applicationforms as well. Because of the transparencyin the recruitment process, more than 4 lakhsapplication have been received for 2010recruitment from all over India.

346


7. Delhi Police website has been extensivelyused for advertisement of vacancies, fillingup of application forms, availability of admitcards and declaration of results. viii) Therecruitments for constables and sub-inspectors have been awarded ISO 900:2001certification for its transparency andobjectivity. There has been virtually nocomplaint of any favour being shown to anycandidate at any stage of recruitment.

Observations about recruitment inKarnatakaRecruitment in Karnataka police is very fair,scientific and objective. Some of the importantfeatures are highlighted below:

1. The entire process of physical endurance testis video graphed for every candidate whichis vital for ensuring objectivity and complaintredressal.

2. Karnataka police has introduced a carbon lesspaper for OMR answer sheets. Thecandidates are permitted to carry a carboncopy with them after the examination is over.This is an important step for transparencyin the recruitment process.

3. Karnataka Police has a provision for affixingthumb impression of the candidate in applicationform, answer sheets in written examinationwhich are matched for selected candidates. Tillthe introduction of bio-metric for all candidates,this process appears satisfactory but it issuggested that the State government can thinkin terms of introducing bio-metric at the stageof physical examination which can becompared on the spot by computer at the timeof written examination. Delhi Police exampleis a notable feature in this regard.

4. Karnataka has introduced negative markingin objective type tests which do away withscope of guesswork in written examination.

5. Printing of application forms, their processing,preparation of admit cards, OMR answersheets, scanning of answer sheets andpreparation of results is done through advancedprinting and computers. This ensures objectivityand speed in recruitment process.

6. At present the qualifying age for thecandidates is determined as predate ofnotification of vacancy. It is suggested thatqualifying age should be based on fixedcriteria like 1st January of the year ofnotification. The present system may leavescope for some subjectivity in issuingnotifications.

Observations about recruitment process inTamil NaduPolice Overall recruitment process in Tamil Naduhas been very objective, transparent and fair buttheir track record in recruitment process has beenmarred by irregularities in recruitment process in2005. There were widespread media allegationsregarding leakage of questions paper in the writtenexamination that year across the 14 centres ofTamil Nadu and all the question papers of the re-examination held later. The case was handed overto CBI and CBI which filed charge sheet against31 people including 19 police officials in a caseinvolving leakage of question papers duringrecruitment of Constables in Tamil Nadu. CBI alsorecommended departmental action against seniorofficers of the rank of Addl. DG and IGP for thelapses in the conduct of examination of the TamilNadu Uniformed Services Recruitment Board.

347


Objectives

1. To study the general profile of Police Officersof Sub-inspector (Taluk) cadre in Tamil Nadu

2. To study the response of the police officersto the Inventory on Aggression, jobInvolvement scale, job satisfaction scale,Organizational stress scale, Operational stressscale, Traffic scale, Investigation scale,Performance scale, Organizational Climatescale, Secondary Trauma scale, and SuicideIdeation scale.

3. To assess the Law and Order scale.

4. To determine the effect of OrganizationalClimate on Performance, Secondary Traumaon performance, aggression on performance,suicide ideation on performance, andPerformance of police officers.

Methodology

Random sampling technique used in this study.The populations for this were 4484 Police Officersof the Sub-inspector (Taluk) cadre Tamil.1459respondents were chosen at random from theabove population.

Recommendations

1. The role of police in a welfare state,

2. The adequacy of the existing law to fulfilpublic aspirations, and

3. Duties of the police in the context of civilliberties and political rights of freedom ofspeech and association in a democracy.

4. How to police a free society?

5. How the police should respond to mountingdemands of emerging human rights concerns,

6. How law enforcement should cope withrapidly altering psycho-social environment,and

7. How the police should oriental itself in the ageof free and independent media.

8. The role of the government should be limitedto laying down broad policies, with actualoperations being left to the police.

9. The chief of police had to be assured of fixedtenure of office, with removed to be subjectto the approval of the state securitycommission.

174. Impact of Psycho-Social Factors on Performance: AnAnalysis of Police Officers in Tamil Nadu (2011)Dr. Beulah Shekar

Assistant Professor, Department of Criminology andCriminal Justice, ManonmaniamSundaranar University,Tirunelveli, Tamil Nadu

348


Objectives

1. This study would like to trace the meteoricrise of the megacity of Bangalore to a globallyintegrated location of software developmentand other modern service and export intensiveindustries like garment.

2. The study will trace how this developmentproduces profound changes in themetropolitan social map, creating aggravatingdisparities and a highly fragmented andpolarized.

3. This in turn aggravated as well ascompounded the security need as morenumber of women is joining these industries.

4. Rather than taking a narrow view, this studywill explain the concept of security from amuch larger context. Thus it will coverwomen vis a vis

(i) Health stress and Emotional security

(ii) Work-place security

(iii) Social and Financial security

(iv) Bodily and physical security

5. The study will future probe into the enhancedvulnerability and the preparedness andresponse of concerned industries, Lawmakers (Govt.) and law enforcementagencies(police) to cope with the changingscenario.

6. This study would also like to through light onthe cascading impact of the process ofglobalization on the issues of securityespecially in terms of recession andInternational terrorism.

MethodologySince the present research is predominantlyqualitative in nature the sampling procedureemployed has following characteristics.

1. Not towards fixed samples but towardsflexible samples in size and types of subjects

2. Not towards random sampling but towardspurposive sampling.

3. Not towards choosing sample before thestudy has started but often while the studyis in progress,

4. Not towards strictly defined size but towardsconvenient and suitable size.

5. Not towards mechanical sampling buttowards theoretical sampling.

175. A Comparative Sociology Analysis of the Job-stress,Vulnerability & Subsequent Security need for women inGarment Industries & ITES in the Silicon Valley of India---Bangalore (2011)Dr. Sudeshna Mukherjee

Assistant Professor, Department of Women's Studies,Bangalore University, Bengaluru

349


Objectives

1. To analyses the existing work structure in thebasic police units of police stations and policedistrict and to critically evaluate the need forjob specific functional separation.

2. To assess the needs for job relatedspecialization within the police workingthrough collation of responses of the stakeholding police personals.

3. To study the existing patterns of specializationand job related functional separation prevalentin different states of India and to draw logicalpatterns of innovation existing in the practicesadopted by these states.

4. To examine the working solutions adoptedthrough different states practices andexperiments conducted by them in order todraw inferences for innovation andreplication.

5. To evaluate and draw policy implication forseparation of crime investigation with other

Sample size

Non-probability method is followed for datacollection, through purposive and convenientsampling which is sometimes turned into snow-ball sampling.Apart from these, several othersemployees from the both sectors are thoroughlyinterviewed for the case study purpose. Variousother related persons like consultants in thesectors, security experts, police officials, NGOactivists, media personnel are also consulted.

Findings

1. There was the major impact of recession ongarment sector.

2. Industry sustained recession due to domesticmarket. But it's over dependence on exportmaking it susceptible to the vagaries of globalcapital.

3. Recession pushed financial insecurity as themost vital insecurity.

4. No doubt, such situations women, especiallysingle women are more victimized.Retrenchment compels women take up oddjobs.

5. Meagre or almost non-existent compensationpackage for the garment workers to combatrecession.

6. In spite of concern over global terrorism andsoft target status, there is certain amount oflaxity and under preparedness.

176. Practical Viability of Separating Law and Order Dutiesfrom Crime Investigation Duties in Police (2011)Vineet Kapoor

S. P. Police Training School, Indore

350


police jobs like law and order etc. with an aimto create replicable working models forinnovation, efficiency and jobs specific skillrequirement in police working.

Methodology

The phase I of this study involved extensive visitsand observation of the existing patterns ofpractices and examination of various innovationadopted by different police forces. Theseobservations were done at various police workunit i.e. at the police station level, at the districtpolice office level and at the sub divisional levelof the police. The research study was conductedby visiting extensively the four district in MPnamely Indore, Gwalior, Jabalpur, Bhopal; Delhi;Gujarat(Ahmadabad); Mumbai; Goa (Panjim). Acareful record of this observation along with thecirculation of questionnaire and conducting ofinterviews was done to form one of the mostimportant bases for this research work.The Phase II of this study covered the quantitativeresearch design, data gathering and analysisthrough quantitative techniques and statisticaltools. Sample of around 250 police officials andmembers of general public and concerned stakeholder groups were selected randomly asrespondents. These questionnaires were total fivein numbers and were circulated among differentcategories of specialization and job specifications.The phase III involved qualitative methods inresearch design and analysis, which concernedmainly with the recording and analysing the views,opinions and verdicts of different stake holderindividuals and groups through an in-depthanalysis achieved through various qualitative datagathering, processing and analysing techniques.The qualitative method used during the research

involved an identification of different stakeholdersand then devoting attention in careful recordingof their views through techniques like personalinterviews, questionnaires, focus groupdiscussions, pre-decided and designed stakeholderworkshops etc.

Recommendations

The most important objective of the research studywas the analysis and policy recommendations onthe issue of functional separation. The objectivewas to evaluate and draw policy implication forseparation of crime investigation with other policejobs like law and order etc. with and aim to createreplicable working models for innovation,efficiency and jobs specific skill requirement inpolice working. Based on the research outputschematic policy recommendations wereproposed. This is based on the tree basic premisesevolved through the research output:1. There is a definite need for separation of

Crime Investigation function from the Lawand Order and other functions.

2. The modalities of separation need to be basedon the basic unit of police station. Most of thestakeholders in the field level police system havevery categorically emphasized that the basic unitof the police station must not be ignored.

3. The police station level functional separationmust be over looked, supported andsupplemented by some specialist district levelstructures.

The cognizance of the above three points mustbe taken into consideration for deciding about thefunctional separation while recommending modelsfor implementation of this concept. The researchoutput that was generated through the above

351


Objectives

1. To identify the initial causative factors thathelped Maoist violence to develop in differentareas.

2. To identify enabling factors that helped Maoistviolence to grow.

3. To identify factors which have been shapingpublic perception, including those deliberatelyundertaken to influence public perceptions.

4. To evaluate efficacies of different approachesadopted by different state governments fromtime to time.

5. To develop a macro picture or frameworkjuxtaposing the underlying factors andpatterns which have been helping Maoistviolence to grow to the present state.

6. To identify and recommend the strategieswhich appear to be the most appropriate onesfor countering Maoist violence.

Methodology

The area of study being dangerous, inaccessibleand sometimes out of bound, the researcher wasforced to adopt a combination of methodologywhich normally would have been avoided in apurely academic research.

FindingsThe study has exposed the following facts, manyof which negate some common perceptions aboutMaoism. The popular theory that earlier naxalismwas controlled because the government addressedthe causal factors like land reform does not appearto be correct. The Naxalite violence lasted lessthan five years and such socio-economic factorscannot be addressed in such a short period. Forexample, even today one cannot say that landreform has been implemented effectively in all theformer Naxalite areas. The earlier Naxalites didnot fully follow Mao's protracted war strategy.Mao took decades to reach the national capitalstarting from country side, whereas the Naxalitesreached Kolkata in five years. Mao was againstsuch over-confidence. Mao went for sustainedand systematic guerrilla war whereas Naxalitesfollowed an annihilation theory which had noresemblance to Mao's strategy. It is in fact thewrong strategy by the Naxalites combined withweak defensive locations which made it easy forthe state to quell earlier naxalism 1967-72. Earliernaxalism did not have the well planned strategythat the Maoists have. The Maoists are just notthe rekindling of old amber. They are a differentspecies which evolved out of the earlier species.Very little of what applied to earlier Naxalitesactually applies to the Maoists. Agrariancontradiction of land holding is irrelevant to mostof the areas affected by Maoist violence at themoment. The confusion comes because theMaoists are often clubbed together with other Left

177. Genesis and Spread of Maoist Violence and AppropriateState Strategy to handle it (2011)D.M. Mitra

Institute of Social Sciences, New Delhi

352


Wing Extremists. Choice of operational area givesthe Maoists the edge over every other Naxalitegroup.They will not be satisfied with developmentof tribal area as some people believe. Followingof Mao's prescription about initial hideouts hasmade their area coincident with the tribal areas atthe moment. They are not fighting for the interestof an ethnic group. In fact they are ready tosacrifice tribal interest for the sake of revolution.Though they are not able to get out of the forestcover and expand to the open countryside, it willbe highly undesirable to have a stalemate situationbecause they are sitting over the soft belly of thecountry's economy and can have tremendousbargaining power. Creating of opportunity througheducation and communication is key to preventionagainst Maoist expansion. Defence is moreimportant than offence for countering aprotracted war strategy. Smaller size of offensiveunits hold key to their success. We have not beenlearning from our own experiences.

Recommendations1. National StrategyIn India federal structure, conceptual integrationand coherence in government approach tohandling of Maoism is necessary.

Hierarchy of Strategy in Our Federal Structure

A hierarchy of strategy has to be maintained wherelower order strategies should be in confirmationwith the higher order strategies.

2. Long Term StrategiesThe state needs to have long term strategies, asmany of the factors to be addressed are too deeprooted and cannot be addressed in a short period.Moreover, short term strategies can be sometimescounterproductive.

3. Role of Central GovernmentArticle 355 of Constitution of India makes it a dutyof the Union government to protect the States frominternal disturbances. Unless it is felt that a stategovernment cannot discharge its Constitutionalduties and action taken under article 356.

4. Creation of Special Security Zone (SSZ)The Union Government, "at the request of theconcerned State Governments, may declare areasfalling in more than one state, as a SpecialSecurity Zone and provide for an appropriateintegrated mechanism to be funded and resourcedby the concerned State Governments and theUnion Government".

5. Differential ApproachCurative security action need to be taken againstthe Maoists in the core areas (about 16% of theso called Red Corridor) where developmentaldepartments are not able to function due to Maoistviolence.

6. Integrated ApproachIn all the vulnerable areas, particularly thosehaving isolated inaccessible areas, security shouldbe integrated to developmental strategies.

7. Andhra ModelAndhra model should be followed by othersstruggling to control Maoist violence with someexceptions to parts of rural Bihar where thesituation has been slightly different.

8. Democratic Political SpaceDemocratic political space should be created andmaintained in the inaccessible and remote ruralareas through good and effective administration.

353


9. Panchayati RajPanchayati Raj is more effective than it iscommonly perceived. Democratic

10.OpportunityDemocratic opportunity for every citizen shouldbe ensured through appropriate developmentstrategy.

11. RoadsRoads are very important for mainstreaming thepopulation living in the remote areas, forincreasing economic activities, politicalempowerment and presence of state agencies.

12.EducationEducation help the population to participate betterin the political space as well take advantage of theopportunities created through economicdevelopment and government policies.

13.EmploymentEmployment opportunities should be created to

induct the local population into the mainstream.Local population should be prepared to takeadvantage of job and other economic opportunitiesbeing created in the country. This creates rolemodel for the youth to take to education anddemocratic ways to improve their lives.

14.Vigilante GroupsForming vigilante groups is a part of citizens'right to self-defence, particularly in areas wherethe state is not being able to protect their life andproperty.

15.Dialogue and Surrender PolicyProper surrender policy applied carefully can bevery useful in weaning away the innocent youthwho get trapped in political violence which theyhardly understand.

16.Perception ManagementThe conduct of the government agencies includingthat of its security agencies shapes the publicperception about the state the most.

Objectives

1. Provide a continuing record of employeedevelopment and work performance.

2. Provide a basis for informed decisions oncareer status, promotions, pay increases,work assignments, training, award,reductions-in-force and disciplinary actions.

3. Keep employees informed of what is expected

178. Development of an Instrument for Performance Appraisalof the Police Personnel (2011)Prof. (Dr.) Abha Singh

Prof. Amity Institute of Psychology and Allied Sciences,Amity University, Noida, UP

354


of them and how well they are meeting thoseexpectations.

4. Encourage improved work performance andtotal involvement and commitment toestablished goals.

5. Provide a basis for meeting employee needsfor training and career development andimprove use of personnel resources throughoptimum utilization of each employee'scapabilities.

6. It provides a legal safeguard against peoplewho might otherwise become disgruntled orseek a court battle.

7. Forester an effective working relationshipbetween supervisors and employees.

MethodologyIn the present project, a sample was collected on50 police personnel from Delhi-NCR. The finalinstrument of performance appraisal for policepersonal was derived by factor analysing theresponses on the instrument prepared by theproject team at 1st stage. 1st stage of the projectpaved the way for 2nd stage, i.e. selection ofappropriate number of items in the PerformanceIndex and administering them on a sample of 50police personnel for its pilot study.

The raw data obtained by administering theperformance appraisal instrument of 50 policepersonnel was fed into statistical software called

SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Science).SPSS is available from several platforms;Windows, Macintosh, and the UNIX systems.SPSS is the statistical package most widely usedby social science practitioners and researchers.For data analysis, the method of Factor Analysiswas used. It was invented 100 years ago bypsychologist Charls Spearman.

RecommendationsIn the present research, the research teamintended to create a performance appraisalinstrument for police personnel's in our country.For the purpose, the method of factor analysiswas used to determine the number of factors tobe included in the final instrument. in the finalinstrument, 23 dimensions were included whichis being spread across 56 statements in theinstrument. The final instrument was found tohave split half reliability coefficient of 0.70 and ahigh face and construct validity (as calculated bythe method of factor analysis). The finalinstrument thus developed to assess theperformance of Police Personnel is an attempt tocover all aspects of 'policing' as a whole andwould be designed to reflect the breadth ofmodern policing.

Major recommendation is to include somepersonality assessment tools along with theappraisal instrument. A follow up study is requiredin order to establish the relevance and applicabilityof Police Performance Index.

355


Objectives

1. Identification of extremist affected areas

2. Identification of social, economic and politicalfactors and their dynamics

3. (region / state-wise) in the extremist affectedareas

4. Preparation of model/mechanism forforecasting an area lapsing into extremism

Methodology

1. Literature Survey: Journal Articles,Newspaper Clippings, Open Sourcegovernment and NGO documents/ reportsetc.

2. Primary data collected from random samplesurvey using two sets of structuredquestionnaires.

3. Interviews with academicians, formermilitants, police officers, media personnel,NGO activists, retired and servinggovernment officials.

4. Data entry and statistical analysis using SPSS16.0

Recommendations for the North-easternStates:

Developmental Recommendations1. The mushrooming of extremist outfits, a trend

which is largely connected to the problem oflack of governance and opportunity, needs tobe tackled through creation of a responsibleand sensitive bureaucracy.

2. Improving connectivity between Indianmainland and the Northeast is a core issuethat may aid in developing the region as wellas dealing with extremism.

3. Establishment of the autonomous councils asa method to improve governance needs to beexamined.

4. District development plans need to beformulated and implemented.

5. The rising problem of unemployment needsto be addressed through a comprehensiveaction plan focusing on vocational education.

6. Using the NGOs to reach out to people as amethod of development needs to be tried instates like Meghalaya and Nagaland.

7. The function of the traditional structures ofgovernance needs to be protected.

8. Frequent familiarisation tours to Indian citiesfor students and youths from the north-eastern states should be arranged.

9. Centre and the State governments need to

179. Social, Economic and Political Dynamics in ExtremistAffected Areas (2011)Wasbir Hussain

Centre for Development and Peace Studies, Chenikuthi,Assam, Retired IPS

356


take steps to revive tourism industry in thenorth-eastern states.

10. Culture and sports can be used as modes ofintegration of north-eastern states withmainland India.

11. There is a need for proper formulation andimplementation of Citizen's Charter in thegovernment departments.

Operational Recommendations

1. The government needs to follow a consistentpolicy on peace negotiations with theextremist outfits.

2. The existing vacancies in the police forceneed to be filled up.

3. Tenures of at least two to three years needto be ensured for SPs in districts mostaffected by extremist violence.

4. A decision on the AFSPA's repeal/amendmentneeds to be made.

5. Improving conviction rates of arrestedextremists should be a critical part of thecounter-insurgency strategy.

6. The training quality of the police force is quitepoor in the north-eastern states.

7. MHA may bear the entire cost of counter-insurgency (CI) operations for the north-eastern states rather than asking for a stateshare.

8. Fencing along the porous Indo-Bangladeshborder, which continues to provide an easyaccess to the extremists, needs to becompleted on an urgent basis.

9. A regional anti-terror framework with theneighbouring countries like Bangladesh,Nepal, Bhutan and Myanmar needs to beinstitutionalised.

Recommendations for Left WingExtremism Affected StatesDevelopmental Recommendations1. Committed, transparent and high priority

implementation of land reforms measurescould form a critical component of the anti-Naxal strategy.

2. Empowering the grass roots level self-government organisations like the Panchayatsand Gram Sabhas would help building aprimary line of defence against the Naxalites.

3. An element of transparency may be broughtinto the deals of land acquisition by private/public sector undertakings in the tribal areas.

4. Resettlement and rehabilitation process of thedisplaced people should remain transparentand compensation provided may be ensuredto be adequate.

5. A process of making the land losing tribalspermanent beneficiaries from the industrialunits may be inserted in the memorandum ofunderstandings.

6. Jobs for people under the central schemes inthe Naxal-affected areas should be ensuredthroughout the year.

7. Government may ensure compulsorypresence and functioning of administrativestructures in Naxal affected areas.

8. Ways to establish close coordination between

357


the security forces and the administrationmay be explored.

9. Stricter and transparent anti-corruptionmeasures may form a critical part of theefforts to improve administration.

10. Measures to improve connectivity betweenthe district headquarters and the remote areasneed to be a national priority.

11. The tri0bals should be provided rights overthe forest land where they have been livingfor decades.

12. The Advisory Committees in the 5thScheduled areas should be fully functionaland the Governors should hold their meetingsat regular intervals.

13. Sensitization on gender issues and humanapproach in solving extremism is very muchnecessary for tackling issues concerningnational security.

Operational Recommendations

1. The State governments should regularlyrelease its share of resources for the police

modernisation scheme and not base the entireprogramme on the central contribution only.

2. Basic requirements of the policemenparticipating in anti-Maoist operations need tobe taken care of.

3. Police personnel need to be trained to keep aconstant watch on Maoist activities invulnerable areas.

4. A sound strategic communication campaignis a prerequisite for the success of anti-Naxaloperations.

5. A sensible policy to target the Naxalitebandwagon needs to be evolved.

6. Tribal component among the state policeforces needs urgent augmentation.

7. The state should gradually reduce itsdependence on the SPOs.

8. The Andhra experience need to be shared aswidely possible among the police officersfrom other Naxal affected states.

9. There is a need for sensitization of policeofficers coming from an area not hit by left-wing extremism to an area hit by left-wingextremism.

358


Objectives

1. To define key-performance indicators ofprison personnel of different ranks anddisciplines like custodial, correctional(vocational, welfare, educational,agricultural), medical, technical and secretarialstaff used for performance appraisal andsubsequent performance feedback forcontinuous improvement of both prisonpersonnel and its system in objective terms.

2. To identify certain quantitative as well asqualitative key performance indices for prisonpersonnel of different ranks and disciplineslike custodial, correctional (vocational,welfare, educational, agricultural), medical,technical and secretarial staff in terms oftechnical skills (security, awareness and legalknowledge); human relation skills (prisonerscare, correctional orientation, integrity anddealing with change) and organizational skills(problem solving initiatives, communicationand team building).

3. To develop and validate the role clarity inprison personnel of different ranks anddisciplines like custodial, correctional(vocational, welfare, educational,agricultural), medical, technical and secretarialstaff by focusing on certain critical areas of

performance to undertake training needanalysis of prison personnel.

4. Identification of legal obligations of prisonadministration and its personnel of differentranks and disciplines like custodial, correctional(vocational, welfare, educational, agricultural),medical, technical and secretarial staff.

5. Expectations of prisoners from the prisonpersonnel of different ranks and disciplineslike custodial, correctional (vocational,welfare, educational, agricultural), medical,technical and secretarial staff which may notbe necessarily limited to those covered undertheir legal obligations

6. Efficiency of prison organization in theirperformance within the given resources.

7. To identify the manpower requirement atdifferent ranks and disciplines like custodial,correctional (vocational, welfare, educational,agricultural), medical, technical and secretarialstaff at different capacity in different typesof prisons viz. Central Prison, District Prison,Sub-Prison, Women Prison, Special Prison,Borstal School and Open Prison in order toimprove work performance of the prisonorganization to bring prison reforms inobjective terms.

8. Systemic expectations/constraints9. Models to be proposed for performance

indices of prison personnel and HumanResources Development requirement ofdifferent types of prisons.

180. Development of Performance Indices for Prison Staff(2011)*V K Kulshrestha and **Prof. M Z Khan

* Indian Institute of Development management, Bhopal,Madhya Pradesh

** Retired Professor

359


10. Recommendations including traininginterventions required to get the performancefrom the prison personnel of different ranksand disciplines like custodial, correctional(vocational, welfare, educational,agricultural), medical, technical andsecretarial staff as per indices.

Methodology

Keeping all the points, with regard to theobjectives of the study in view, it was decidedthat for better understanding, the researcherswould first study the available reports and modelprison manuals brought out by differentcommittees/commissions. Simultaneously,secondary data available on the concerned issueswould also be collected. Thereafter, for collectingprimary data, prisons of different categories inthe sampled states and Union Territories werevisited. Primary data was supposed to becollected by canvassing officers and the inmatesat every level. Interviews would be held with thesenior officers. Further, through desk researchthe recommendations of the earlier reports ofcommittees, commissions, jail-manuals wouldalso be studied for having a better understandingof the problems and the recommendations givenin the areas of our study.

Primary data have been collected by theresearch team on the schedules from the respectivejail personnel and the inmates. Establishmentinformation of each jail visited has been collectedin a separate schedule designed for the purpose.Secondary data have been collected from theAnnual Reports of various state prison departments,BPR&D Publications and other reports and manualsbrought out from time to time.

Findings

Research Findings 1:

Performance Indicators:For ascertaining indicators for performanceappraisal, in a unique way, a different approachwas adopted. For the identification of performanceindices the prison personnel were asked to givetheir views in terms of weightage (from 1 to 5)to each of the indicators for performanceappraisal. Their responses were then categorizedinto 'Essential', 'Important' and 'Desirable'categories based on the weightage assigned. Only'Essential' and 'Important' categories were takenas indicators for performance measurement.Custodial Staff:Superintendents: Maximum weightage given toindicators by superintendents was mainly safecustody and security of inmates, support to seniorofficers in crises situations, dedication, team spirit,knowledge of work profile and role clarity, duerespect to senior officers, discipline andpunctuality. Other indicators given lesser weight-age sorted out as 'Important' were mainlywillingness to work, ability to have a control oversubordinates, quality of work, promptness indisposal of work, knowledge of legal obligations,entry of awards in the character rolls, preventionof entry of unauthorized goods in the jail,appreciation of good work.Deputy Superintendents: Deputy Superintendentsgave maximum weight-age to safe custody andsecurity of jail inmates, support to senior officersin crises situation, respect to senior officers,appreciation for good work, knowledge of rulesand procedures, discipline, entry of awards, ifany, in the character roll, punctuality, quickdisposal of work and dedication for work. The

360


'Important' indicators based on lesser weight-agewere mainly role clarity, not to avail leave withoutsanction, prevention of entry of unauthorizedgoods in to jail, ensure control over subordinates,team spirit, communication skill, legal obligationsand human rights.Assistant Superintendents: As per AssistantSuperintendents, the weightages were mainly onensuring safe custody and security of jail inmates,ability to handle lawand-order situation, receivecommendation for good work, discipline in thejail, punctuality, role clarity, team spirit,maintenance of records and dedication for work.For 'Important' indicators the weightage wasmainly on - quality of work, legal knowledge,prevention of entry of unauthorized goods in jail,promptness in disposal of work, managerialability, unbiased attitude while dealing withdisagreements and disputes of the inmates, entryof receiving awards into 'character roll', ability toprepare annual budget, understanding ofadmission, attendance and release procedures ofunder-trials etc.Jailors & Equivalents: As per Jailors andequivalent officers the weightage were mainly onfull support to senior officers in crises situations,prevention of entry of un-authorised goods in tojails, punctuality, respectful towards seniorofficers, discipline, safe custody and security ofinmates, team spirit, knowledge of work and roleclarity etc. Like-wise the 'Important' indicators asper weight-ages given were mainly- to keep seniorofficers informed of every important events,quality of work, not to avail leave withoutsanction, quick disposal of work, systematicrecord keeping, legal obligation, proper uniform,coordination with other departments, entry ofawards received in the character rolls.Warders: Warder, Head Warder and Chief HeadWarder gave maximum weightage to prevention

of entry of un-authorized goods into the jail,providing full support to senior officers when thejail is in crisis, punctuality, proper uniform, safecustody and security of jail inmates,commendation for good work, discipline,knowledge of rules, dedication for work etc. Theimportant indicators were mainly entry of awardsreceived in the character roll, knowledge of workprofile, maintenance of cleanliness at work place,keep senior officers informed of important events,office record keeping, team spirit, knowledgeabout legal obligation, prompt disposal of work,quality of work, enhancement in qualification,practicing of human rights etc.Correctional Staff: Correctional staff gavemaximum weight-age to punctuality, respectfultowards senior officers, knowledge of work androle clarity, dedication for work, quality of worketc to be termed as 'Essential' indicators. Theimportant indicators as per weightage given weremainly team spirit, cleanliness, keeping seniorofficers informed of events, commendation forgood work, managerial ability, enhancement inqualification, awards received should be enteredin the character roll, maintenance of officialrecords etc.Medical Staff: Medical personnel gave maximumweightage to attitude towards inmates in solvinghealth problems, dedication for work, regularvisits to ailing inmates, timely and proper medicaltreatment to inmates, timely referring of the ailinginmates to specialists, same treatment for all,punctuality etc classified as 'Essential' indicators.The 'Important' indicators were team spirit,respectful to senior officers, maintenance ofcleanliness, knowledge of work, ensure availabilityof medicines, quality of work, enhancement inqualification etc.Secretarial Staff: The Secretarial Staff gavemaximum weightage to maintenance of office

361


records properly, punctuality, commendation forgood work, knowledge of work profile & roleclarity, knowledge about legal obligations, teamspirit, supporting senior officers in crisis situation,maintenance of official record, dedication forgood work. While 'Important' indicators weremainly- quality of work, prevention of entry ofun-authorised goods into the jail, punctuality,respectful to superior officers, ability to get mixedup with sub-ordinates during games andfestivities, adoption of new ideas and techniquesetc.Research Findings - 2Status of Role Clarity among Prison PersonnelThe level of role clarity among differentemployees was also ascertained by administeringthe relevant questions. The role clarity indicatesthat personnel of the organization are able to knowand articulate as to what they are supposed to do.Efforts were made during field visit to capture thelevel of awareness among different personnel ofdifferent cadres.Superintendents: Superintendents were in generalfound to be able to narrate only main activities.Majority of them was readily unaware of activitieslike classification of prisoners, training,supervision of production activities, correctionalactivities and making inspection-rounds in theprison as their main role, although they wereinvolved in such activities.Additional Superintendents: AdditionalSuperintendents were interviewed only in few ofthe states. The findings are not encouraging asonly two officers out of three were found to beaware of only two roles. It was noticed that theywere not readily able to speak out about their roles.However, only with little prompting they couldcome out with the proper responses with regardto as many as 24 activities.

Deputy Superintendents: While examining theresponses from Deputy Superintendents it wasobserved that the level of role clarity was notgood. The functions of Deputy Superintendentsand Assistant Superintendents were not fixedandkeep on moving from one set of roles to another.This might be one of the causes for not beingclear about their roles.Assistant Superintendent: The response ofAssistant Superintendents indicated that only 50%of them were aware about important activities andafter prompting many other activities wererecollected by the respondents.Jailors: Clarity of roles among jailors was foundto be poor as only 3 functions out of 39 couldberecalled by them and expressed ignorance forabout 14 functions asked. This might be becauseof frequent changes in their job responsibilities.This needs a separate in-depth study for effectivefunctioning of prisons.Warders: Better response was noticed fromguarding staff in 7 functional areas out of 28. Inabout 10 areas total ignorance was observed. Thisagain needs regular interventions and training forrole clarity and stability in the job assignments.Others: Accountants/Cashier and Store Keepers:showed the ignorance of various roles expectedof them. The post of accountant is not there inall the jail establishments. In some prisons evenAssistant Superintendent or Assistant Jailor werereported doing the job of accountants. Where, asthe role clarity among the agriculture staff wasfound to be high. On the contrary the awarenessabout the roles among Instructors and Educationalstaff was found to be poor. The awareness amongWelfare Officers about their role 'participation inclassification & reclassification of inmates wasalso found to be poor.Role clarity about preventive and general health

362


care among Medical and Paramedical staff wasbetter than curative care.Research Findings- 3Prisoners Expectations from Prison Functionaries:Efforts were made to assess the level ofsatisfaction of the prisoners with the services andfacilities provided to jail inmates and theirexpectations. The opinion about facilities beingprovided such as type of accommodation,condition ofaccommodation, quality of uniform,food, beddings, washing soaps, and the behaviorof jail functionaries towards inmates wereobtained.Quality of Uniform: The quality of the uniformsupplied to prisoners was reported to besatisfactory by 50% of respondents in centraljails, 38% in district jails and36% in sub-jails. 25%of the respondents in central jails, 33% in districtjails and 16% in sub-jails responded as good andno one said its condition as very good in the sub-jails.Quality of Amenities provided: 96% of theprisoners reported that beddings had beenprovided to them and 94% reported that washingsoap/ powder had been provided in adequatequantity.Quality of Food: Less than half (47%) of inmatesreported that the quality of food provided to themwas good, 37.9% said it was satisfactory. 96%of respondentsreported that the food providedwas adequate to them. Of these 45.1% were fromdistrict jails.Sanitation: 48.7% of the respondents reported thatjails were having good sanitary condition of thelatrines. Out of this 25.7% of the respondentswere from district jails. 34.6% reported thecondition to be satisfactory of which 13.8% werefrom central jail.

Vocational Training & legal Services: Only 32.6%of inmates received vocational training. Of this17.6% were from central jails and least (2.7%).were from sub jails. Similar was the response interms usefulness of the training. 22.1% of inmatesfrom district jails had the information about humanrights. About twice the inmates from district jails(12.1%) in comparison to central jails (6.5%)were satisfied with the legal aid provided. 87%inmates had gone for medical check-up at the timeof admission.Welfare & Probation Services: More than 50 %of the jails visited did not have welfare officersand probation officers. Only 0.2% inmates fromthe sub jails expressed that the services were poor,16.5% reported that the services weremeresatisfactory out of which maximum werefrom central jails. More than 90% of inmates wereallowed the mulakat during last one month and87.2% expressed that they could meet with theirrelatives properly.Research Findings - 4Status of Infrastructure and ResourcesManagement in Prison:The number of escapes, violent attacks, numberofjail-breaks, hunger strikes, proper maintenanceof prisoners, health and recreational facilities,proper legal advice, vocational training,enhancement of education, correctional/rehabilitation activities, proper arrangements formeeting with the friends and relatives should betaken as the parameters for measuring theefficiency of the prisons.Medical & Health Services: Hospitals were therein all the central jails except in Bihar, Gujarat andPunjab wherein one of the central jails had hospitaland others had only dispensary. Full time medicalofficers were available in all the hospitals exceptin West Bengal where out of two central jails one

363


had a full time medical officer and the other hada part time medical officer. In Madhya Pradeshas against two hospitals in two central jails onlyin one Central Jail the Medical Officer was posted.In district jails, hospitals were available only insome of the jails in Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra,Meghalaya, Orissa, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh andWest Bengal. All other district jails were equippedwith dispensaries. Generally, full time MedicalOfficers are available in all the hospitals attachedwith District Jails.Recreational Facilities: In all the central jails eithertelevision or VCR or both were reported to beavailable. No musical instruments for therecreation of inmates were available in the centraljails of Assam and Chandigarh. In states likeKarnataka, Maharashtra, Punjab, Tamil Nadu,Andhra, Bihar and Gujarat as against two centraljails visited only one jail was equipped with themusical instruments. School books were notavailable in the central jails of Maharashtra andOrissa and only in one of the central jails visitedin each of the states i.e. Gujarat, Karnataka,Punjab and Rajasthan had school books. Stationerywas, however, available in almost all thecentraljails. Library was reported to be available in allthe central jails except in Tamil Nadu and Gujaratwhere only one central jail was reported to havelibraries.There was no television provided in any of thesampled District Jails. VCRs have been providedonly in Delhi (one), Maharashtra (two) and Punjab(one). School books are reported to have beenprovided by almost all the District Jails exceptRajasthan. The states like Andhra Pradesh, Bihar,Gujarat, Orissa and Punjab have provided schoolbooks in a few of the District Jails. Stationery wasreported to be available in almost all the DistrictJails in all the states except in Meghalaya. States

like Jammu & Kashmir, Gujarat, Orissa, Punjaband Rajasthan have provided stationery to someof the District Jails. Library facility was availablein almost all the District Jails except AndhraPradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, Rajasthan and Bihar.All the sub-jails in all the states have providedtelevisions except in Rajasthan whereas againsttwo sub-jails visited only one was havingtelevision. Musical instruments were reported tobe available in all the sub-jails except in one sub-jail each in Karnataka, Orissa, Punjab, Rajasthan,Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, Karnataka and MadhyaPradesh. School books were not provided in sub-jails of Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh. Libraryfacilities were available in the sub-jails in all thestates except one in Punjab and one in Rajasthan.Only 34 district jails have carom, 18 have ludo,31 have chess, 11 have badminton and 28 havevolleyball facility. In Sub-jails out of 16 jails visited13 reported to have carom facility, 8 have ludo, Il have chess, 6 have badminton and 9 wereequipped with volley ball facility.Escapes: During past one year prisoners escapetook place only in Central jails of Gujarat,Maharashtra, Rajasthan and Tamil Nadu inDistrict jails of Andhra Pradesh and Bihar and onlyone escape took place in sub-jail of Gujarat.Crèches for Children: Cre5ches were functioningonly in 11 Central jails, 13 District jails and 3 Sub-jails.Vocational Training: Vocational training facilitieswere reported to be available in many of theprisons visited. To quote candle making in AndhraPradesh, carpentry inRajasthan, Punjab,Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and AndhraPradesh, tailoring in West Bengal, Tamil Nadu,Orissa, Assarn and Andhra Pradesh, computer andscreen printing in Bihar, scooter repairing inChandigarh, candle making in Jammu & Kashmir,

364


book binding and soap making in Karnataka,plumbing in Maharashtra, utensil making inMeghalaya, craft work in Tamil Nadu and spinningin UttarPradesh.Research Findings - 5Status of Manpower:Custodial Staff: In Central Jails of Bihar, Assam,Gujarat, Karnataka the custodial staff (prisonersto warders ratio), as against the average dailypopulation, is found to be much less. In MadhyaPradesh, Karnataka, Delhi, Orissa and Rajasthanalso the position does not seem to be comfortable.In Chandigarh, the Warders strength is perhapsthe minimum needed although the averagepopulation has been very low.In case of District Jails in Delhi, Bihar, Gujarat,Karnataka and Orissa the ratios of custodial staffdo not seem to be up to the mark. Situation insub-jails of Karnataka and Gujarat is notsatisfactory. In Karnataka only 20 Warders arereported in two Sub-jails i.e. posting of only 10Warders in each sub-jail is not palatable as to howthey manage the duty affairs in three shifts. Thesame is the situation in Tamil Nadu where in twosub-jails only 18 warders were there although thedaily average population comes out to be 57.With regard to the ratios of Head Warder to Warderit is observed that in central jails of only 8 states(Jammu & Kashmir, Punjab, Bihar, MadhyaPradesh, Uttar Pradesh, Karnataka, and AndhraPradesh) the ratio is close to the standard norms.In so far as the district jails are concerned onlyin 7 states (Jammu & Kashmir, Delhi, Rajasthan,Meghalaya, Madhya Pradesh, Karnataka andMaharashtra) this ratio is close to the norm. Theratios may be considered as unsatisfactory inBihar, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. The ratiosin Andhra Pradesh and Gujarat are very low andneeds to be investigated for the reasons for such

low ratios. There were noChief Head Wardersposted in District Jails of Andhra Pradesh, Jammu& Kashmir,Meghalaya, Punjab, Rajasthan, UttarPradesh and West Bengal. In the remaining statesthe ratio has been found to be low.Chief Head Warder's posts in Sub-jails were only in5 states (Bihar, Gujarat, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu andMaharashtra). Head Warder to Warder ratios werefound to be close to norms in Bihar, MadhyaPradesh, Maharashtra, Orissa and Punjab. In AndhraPradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu and Punjabthe ratios happen to be very low as compared tothe norms. With regard to ratios for Chief HeadWarder to Head Warder the ratios are found to beclose to norms in Bihar and Karnataka only.In central jails except Assam, Delhi and Punjabthe ratios for Deputy Superintendents to AssistantSuperintendents are close to the prescribed norms(1:3). In the district jails of Andhra Pradesh,Gujarat, Jammu & Kashmir and Karnataka thereare no posts of Deputy Superintendent. In Delhi,Orissa, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal theratios were found to be close to the norms. Inmost of the states/UTs there are no sub-jails orhave been upgraded to district jails. In all theCentral jails visited, full time Medical Officerswere available excepting in one of the Central Jailin West Bengal where only part-time MedicalOfficer was available.Either full time or part-time medical officers areavailable in the district jails. In all the sub jails onlypart time medical officers were deployed.

Recommendations:

1. Identification of Key Performance Indicators:For identification of key performanceindicators, in a unique way the views ofprison personnel of different cadres and

365


disciplines were captured in order of priority.Taking these indicators as base and afteranalyzing the performance appraisal formsbeing used by prison departments of differentsampled states as well as other departmentsand taking into consideration the specific jobdescriptions of different cadres anddisciplines, the important indicators havebeen classified into following major groups.

A. Discipline and work habitsB. Knowledge of Rules and DutiesC. Job competencyD. Administrative AbilityE. Interpersonal RelationshipF. Job performance2. Performance Appraisal System:After having studied present system of appraisalin different states (Chapter 4), weightage givenby the prison personnel (chapter 5) and study ofperformance appraisal systems in many otherdepartments, IIDM research team came out witha new performance appraisal system named as"SWE".The SWE System of Performance appraisal:This system is a combination of:a) "Self-Appraisal'b) "Weight-age Check list"c) "Essay Evaluation". Or 'Pen Picture'Combining different techniques IIDM suggests asystem wherein, the officer reported upon (otherthan warders cadre and other class Ill staff) willgive his own assessment about his duties &responsibilities, achievements made, disappointingincidences, most liked features of the job, leastinteresting features of the job as well as mostdemanding part of the job. In addition he would

also need to state, apart from routine duties, whatthree important things he would like to do for theorganization.The reporting officer will first give his remarkson the assessment given by the officer reportedupon. Thereafter, the reporting officer has to rankthe officer numerically as indicated in the formon the indicators relating to ability, conduct andperformance defined for the cadre. This techniqueof providing weightage will differentiate amongdifferent indicators for different cadres and alsoreduce the probability of a biased and subjectiveappraisal. In the last the reporting officer will alsowrite about the strengths and weaknesses of theofficer in narrative form to be known as 'PenPicture'. The Reporting Officer wouldalso givegrading to the officer reported upon as perinstructions given in the CR forms. This systemof performance appraisal is recommended whilekeeping in view the time limitations with thereporting officers and the undue delay on the partof the reporting officers/ reviewing officers. Thissystem will also support the objective assessmentof performance. In the last, the reviewing officerwill give his remarks on the appraisal done by thereporting officer and his agreement on theappraisal. Thereafter, Accepting Officer will givehis remarks in the last part i.e. Part V (for formNo. l, 2 & 5) and Part IV (for form No. 3 and 4)

Performance Appraisal FormsThe following performance appraisal Forms havebeen designed:

1. Form 1. This form is for Gazetted A & Bclass officers which may includeSuperintendent, Additional Superintendentsand Senior jailors etc. The form has 4 parts.

366


i) Part I: is for personal data to be filled bythe office.ii) Part II: is for officer reported upon. Hewould be asked to give objectives of theposition and the task performed. Further, hehas to furnish his own views on the following:

a) Three most important achievements during thereporting period

b) Three most disappointing incidences duringthe reporting period

c) Three most liked features ofthe present jobd) Three least interesting features of the present

jobe) Apart from routine duties what three

important things he would like to do for theorganization

f) Awards or censures received during the year.i) Part III: is for the reporting officer. Thereporting officer will rank the performance ofthe officer reported upon numerically as perthe points fixed for each indicator. In anarrative form the reporting officer wouldalso give the qualities and weaknesses of theofficer and give grading.ii) Part IV: is for reviewing officer. He willgive his remarks on the appraisal done by thereporting officer.iii) Part V: is for Accepting Officer

2. Form 2. Is for senior Non-Gazetted (Class Il)Officers like Jailor, Deputy Jailor, AssistantJailor etc. This form has four similar partsas in Form l.

3. Form 3. For Warders, Head Warders andChief Head Warders. The form has only threeparts:i) Part I for Personal Data

ii) Part II for reporting officer. TheReporting Officer will rank the performanceof the officer reported upon numerically asper the points fixed for each indicator.iii) Part III is for reviewing officer. He willgive his remarks on the appraisal done by thereporting officer.iv) Part IV: is for Accepting Officer

4. Form 4. For correctional staff, para-medicalstaff, technical staff and secretarial staff. Thisform also has three parts:

Part I for Personal DataPart II for reporting officer. Part II of the formhas two sections, Section I is common for all thecadres and Section 2 are separate for each cadrelike 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D, 2E for para-medical staff,correctional staff, welfare officer, secretarial staffetc. Reporting Officer will rank the performanceof the officer reported upon numerically as perthe points fixed for each indicator.Part III: is for Reviewing OfficerPart IV: is for Accepting Officer5. Form 5. For Medical Officers. This form will

have5 parts like Form 1.Grading system: Grading System has also beenindicated in the form for guidance.3. Promotions at Warder Level: During field

study the most vital problem which the fieldinvestigators had observed was that ofstagnation at warder level. The PrisonDepartment of Tamil Nadu has considered theproblem in a positive way and in order to givepromotional opportunities to Grade IIwarders, 300 GradeII warder posts wereupgraded as Warder Grade I during the year2007. In West Bengal it was reported thatAssured Career Promotion Scheme has been

367


implemented and warders after 8 years 15years get higher scale even if promotion is notgiven. Prison departments of other statesfacing the same problem may think on theselines. Every employee should get at least threepromotions during the whole service periodof nearly 30 years.

4. Departmental Examination: Some high levelofficers in some of the states during the studyhad suggested that periodic departmentalexaminations should be held for keeping theenthusiasm and awareness among the prisonpersonnel and those having essentialqualification and valid experience with betterperformance appraisal records should also beconsidered for promotion even out of turn.

5. Training Programmes: For the problem of roleclarity, awareness about legal obligation,improved performance and efficiency of theprison organization training should be madeessential for newly recruited prisonpersonnel.(Although most of the states arefollowing it and have made trainingcompulsory before their posting). Further,periodic refresher training or re-orientationprogrammes should also be organized.Training needs should be assessed by theprison headquarters in each state. Many of thestates have realized the importance of trainingand have already started working in thisdirection. Training programmes should notonly be organized for custodial staff, but forcorrectional staff as well on issues such as:

1 Anger Management2 Social Skill Training3 Counseling Against drugs abusesTraining for medical staff for learning newdevelopments in their field should also beorganized.

Yoga and meditation programmes are beingorganized for prisoners. But these are equallyneeded for prison personnel for their stressmanagement.For organizing training programmes for prisonpersonnel and other concerned staff the followingsubjects may also be considered:

1 Correctional philosophy2 Prison management issues3 Correctional administration and leadership4 Capacity building for prisoners welfare5 Counseling techniques for correction,promotion and career management6 Education on human rights7 Computer/use of Internet/ videoconferencing.

6. Pre-promotion Training: It is alsorecommended that every prison personnelshould be sent for pre-promotion training ashe has to resume new responsibilities.

7. Recruitment of Law Officers: More numberof Law Officers need to be recruited in mostof the states.

8. Training Institute in Northeast Region: Asthere is no training institute in North Eastregion, the newly recruited staff is notimparted any formal training. This leads toignorance and inefficiency of the prisonpersonnel and in turn affects the efficiencyof the prison organization. It is recommendedto have at least one regional training instituteeither with the assistance of government ofIndia or as a joint venture by states in NorthEast region. Of late it has been learnt that oneRegional Institute of CorrectionalAdministration (RICO) has been set up atKolkata for prison personnel of North EastRegion.

9. Policy for Recruitment of Correctional Staff:

368


Objectives

Quality of the governance and peace is assessedby just one measure, i.e., the conviction rate. Itis alarming that the present conviction rate isapproximately 4%, while rate of the incidence ofthe crime is always increasing. Because of thisthe criminal justice process is now at cross roadsand is apprehended as almost on the verge ofcollapse In this regard the Justice V S MallimathCommittee has suggested seven years ago that theentire criminal justice system needs an over haul.This research work is a modest step in quest ofsuggesting improvement of the investigatingsystem in direction of overhauling the system indirection of those suggestions. The researchingNALSAR team has selected the first stage of the

criminal process i.e., investigation and tried toanalyse to what extent a defective investigationwill lead to a wrong acquittal and also to makean enquiry into various other factors impactingthe process of investigation such as delay in filingof charge sheet, illegal search and seizure,improper recording of 161 statements etc. TheNALSAR team also focused on understanding thekind of hurdles the key role players in the fieldof investigation are experiencing in the field andto find out the ways and means to gear up thesystem towards a new direction with new goalsand objects of better administration of criminaljustice machinery. All through the process theteam was also looking at the aspect of whetherthere is any need in changing the present criminalprocedure relevant to this aspect.

181. Problem in the Criminal Investigation with Eeference toIncreasing Acquittals: A study of Criminal Law andPractice in Andhra Pradesh (2012)Dr. K.V.K. Santhy

Assistant Professor, National Academy of Legal Studiesand Research (NALSAR),Hyderabad

There is general thinking, that prisoners'custody and security is most important andtherefore, least priority is given to therecruitment of correctional staff. With thechanged scenario and objectivity of prisons,the correctional staff has also gainedimportance. Therefore, in the policy framework the emphasis should not only be on the

increase of custodial staff only but thecorrectional staff as well. The contributionmade by the correctional staff is equally ormore important to the society. On the basisof findings of the study that Law Officerswere not available in the jails of most of thestates, it is recommended that state prisondepartments should make efforts to appointadequate number of Law Officers.

369


Methodology

In the first stage the research team studied theliterature relating to the investigation. The teamcould get a fair understanding about various kindsof investigation followed in various special lawsapart from the general criminal procedure, CrPC.The powers given to the police department by thelaw to conduct the investigation are enumeratedand analysed. Various technical aspects involvedin the forensic investigation were also focusedupon. The research team studied all the NationalPolice Commission reports to learn thesuggestions made by them to improve the qualityof investigation.

In the second stage the research team studiedcases decided on various issues pertaining toinvestigation by the Supreme Court from 1950to 2009. The case summary is provided in thepart -II of the Report. It is found in the surveyof cases that the police report consists of twoparts. The first part is confidential and is onlysubmitted for the courts perusal. The secondpart of report is open to the public. Theresearch team perused the records of one yeari.e. 2006-2007. The research team perused therecords of grave offences such as Murder,Rape, Dacoity, Kidnap and Abduction. The teamtook the permission from the Chief MetropolitanSessions judge to study the records. The teamhas further classified the cases to be perusedon the basis of conviction and acquittal. Theteam has gone through the records of the casesin which the accused was acquitted. It is, foundthat the investigating officers generally file allrelevant and required documents. But there isdelay in the submission of the same. The teamcould find all documents like sketch of thecrime scene, doctor's report, and any otherdocuments relevant. It is found that in all cases

there is an inordinate delay in filing the forensicexperts' report.

In the third stage the research team studied theprocess of investigation followed in othercountries such as United States, United Kingdom,France, Switzerland, Germany etc. and tried tounderstand the system of Investigation existingthere and noted the important points of differencefrom the Indian System.

In the fourth stage the research team hasconducted empirical study in HyderabadSecunderabad districts. Team has concentrated onimportant areas of investigation such as FIR,Section 161 statements, maintenance of case diary,filing of charge sheet, medical reports fromforensic department etc. The team has distributedquestionnaires to all police stations, courts,prosecutors and some criminal law practitioners.60% of the people only responded to ourquestionnaires whereas many of the recipients didnot respond to it. The data received from the keyrole players was analysed and interpreted by theresearch team.

Recommendations1. Appointment of a legal officer to assist the

Investigation: A legal officer may be appointedfor all levels of the police to render advice andguidance on the legal aspects of investigationto strengthen the utility of the documentscollected by the Investigating Officer.

2. Alternative to the Appointment of LegalOfficers: As an alternative to the appointmentof legal officers the state can allow theInvestigating officer to consult the prosecutorduring the investigation and take advice,which will help to improve the legal qualityof investigation. This is suggested in spite of

370


the SC's declaration that prosecutor shall notinterfere with the investigation. In ourresearch it is found that the police officersdon't know the nuances of the law ofevidence and the case can't stand thevigorous cross examination of the defencecounsel.

3. Verification of the Truth of FIR: At the outsetthe police officers present at the police stationshould immediately register the complaintwithout probing into the falsity or otherwiseof the complaint. Suspecting the complainantshould not become a stumbling block indiscovering reality. The falsity of thecomplaint is not to be tested or verified bythe police officers at the threshold of FIRlodging.

4. Recording Reasons for Delay by IO: If theIO records the reasons for the delay inlodging of FIR if any, that might help theprosecution in getting the delay condoned.While conducting the survey of cases innumber of cases we have observed that thedefence counsel raised an objection wheneverthere is a slightest delay in lodging of FIR andin some cases the cases were quashed on thisground. By observing the above precautionthis problem could be solved to some extent.

5. Protection of the Crime Scene: Besidesreaching the scene of crime, the Investigatorsalso should see that the crime scene is notdisturbed by the people generally before policereached so that the crucial evidences likefinger prints, hair follicles and other things areproperly secured and documented. Whileconducting the survey of cases in the criminalcourts we found that very often the crimescene is disturbed and crucial evidence is lost.

6. Panch Witnesses: Regarding the panchwitnesses a change could be introduced in codeof criminal procedure as two 'independentwitnesses' instead of two 'respectableinhabitants of the locality'. Alternatively, issuggested to go for Govt. panch witnesses,i.e. The Govt. may appoint some officers asGovt. panchs who work under the DDP(prosecutorial system and not as a part ofpolice department to ensure fairness).

7. Sec 161 Statements: The statements may bein question answer format. Now thesestatements are not recorded when they arestated to the police officer the statements aremostly doctored by the IO and all thestatements would more or less will be thesame for all the witnesses in case. Whenthese statements are shown to the witness forthe first time in the court to verify they areobviously being not in a position to identifytheir own statements and the court declaresthe witnesses as hostile or they lose thecredibility. In 70% of cases the cases are lostbecause of improper registration of 161statements. This move might help to improvethe situation.

8. Hostile Witnesses: To avoid the problem ofwitnesses turning hostile and frustrating entirecriminal justice system including the effortsof the police, every effort should be made tosupport the witnesses, secure their morale,provide safety to their physical being andmake it easy and respectful for them todepose truth in court hall. Witness supportsystems, honouring their needs and respectingtheir time is needed.

9. Witnesses shall not be summoned by courts:According to sec 100 (5) panch witnessesshould not be summoned to the court and

371


shall not put to unnecessary harassment.Awareness about this provision shall be givento the public to encourage them to comeforward for being a witness.

10. Recovery of the stolen property: Changesshall be made in the criminal procedure inorder to restore the recovered property to theowner as soon as possible. At present therecovered property is sent to malkhana whereit lies for years. By the time the property isrestored to the owner it would becomeuseless for him.

11. Forensic Experts: Since forensic evidence isgrowing as a significant component of everycrime investigation, the number of forensicexperts should be increased as those expertsworking in Hyderabad and Secunderabad areoverburdened resulting in inordinate delay inpreparing the medical report and sending it toprosecutor. It is found that this delay leadsto delay in the submission of charge sheet,which destroys the case. Unanimously all theprosecutors and police officers said that thereis inordinate delay in getting the FSL report.Hence it is suggested to recruit more numberof Forensic Experts. They must be madeavailable to the rural areas of the state also.This might expedite the process andstrengthen the prosecution case.

12. Collection of scientific Evidence: Usingscientific evidence is very essential. Thoughclues teams are working in city limits tosecure scientific evidence, there is a need to,increase number of clue teams to investigatethe crimes in districts also.

13. Increasing the number of Scientific Experts:The number of scientific experts shall be

increased to meet the needs of the state.

14. Increasing the Police Personnel: The policepersonnel are absolutely insufficient to handlethe growing rate of crimes and increasing thestaff should be the immediate concern of theGovernment.

15. Increasing the Number of Police Station andCourts: Number of courts and police stationsshall be increased to the tune of the increasingpopulation. (Mallimath committee observedthat an investigating officer on an averageinvestigates 45 cases in a year. Whereas inAP the Investigating officer is attending to 145cases approximately in a year which isrelatively very high).

16. Training to Police Personnel (InvestigatingOfficers): There is need for increasing levelsof awareness through intensive training inlaw (IPC and CrPC) besides local laws,special laws, special procedures and relatedaspects for Police Officers in regular basis.These training progammes shall also includeaptitude test as an important component ofthe content. This might help the policepersonnel to get closer to the public and tobe sensitive towards them. The standards ofthe training shall be raised. It is found thatnow the police personnel are attending thetraining programmes only for the sake ofpromotions, otherwise they are not reallyhelpful for them for their professional life.

17. Providing adequate funds and infrastructureto Investigating Officers: There is a dire needto increase the allocations and resources forimplementing the safeguards under CrPC andother practices such as furnishing a receiptor copy of FIR to the complainant etc. In ourresearch we found that some police stations

372


Objectives

The objective of our study was to find out theproblems faced by the police (all categories) inthe non-extremist and extremist affected area.

Methodology

In the research project the researcher need toselect one district each as sample from extremistaffected area and non-extremist area. It is adifficult job especially in an area of low intensityconflict. Our method was to observe the conflictareas and depending on the number of peopleaffected by militancy we have selected twodistricts of West Bengal. These two districts areWest Midanapur and Howrah.

Findings

1. In both the districts of West Bengal morepercentage of officers are in the middle andhigher age group as compared to officers inthe younger age group. However constablesin Howrah are highest in old age group(64.3%) which is more than double of theWest Midanapur (26.4%). Younger groupofficers in 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60%70% In % West Midnapur HowrahPerformance Index Poor, Above Average,Average, Good, Very Good 73 extremist areais more than non-extremist area. Evenconstables of the younger group in extremistarea is thrice more than that of the non-extremist area.

2. Both in extremist and non-extremist areaGeneral Category officers are more Officersbelonging to the SC Category are 19.0% in

182. Police Performance in Extremist Affected Areas: AnIntrospective Understanding from North-East India (2012)*Anuradha Dutta and **Dr. V. Veera Raghvan

* Omeo Kumar Das Institute of Social Change andDevelopment, Guwahati, Assam

** Venkatesh Trust for Education and Excellence, Gurgaon

doesn't have stationery, mobile phones, jeepsetc. they have to depend on the local peoplefor these bare minimum things and are obligedto give undue favours to them in further.

18. Salaries and Allowance: Salaries andallowances of the police personnel shouldincrease to math their work and needs. Wefound in our research that the incentives

provided for the IO is commensurating thechallenges taken up by them.

19. Counselling in the Police Stations: There mustbe a counselling provision in police station andthere shall be a psychiatrist in each Jail tocounsel the under trail prisoners.

373


extremist area whereas in non-extremist areait is 13.3%. Almost equal number of officersin both the places belongs to the OBCCategory. In non-extremist area constables inGeneral Category are more (55.0%) than inextremist area (35.5%). OBC Category ismore in extremist area compared to non-extremist area.

3. Majority 82.6% Graduate officers are fromHowrah. Whereas in extremist area it is only57.2%. In case of constables the picture isalmost opposite. Majority the of constables(90.5%) have read up to Class X in extremistarea. But in non-extremist area it is 77.3%.Constables belonging to Class XII Categoryis less in extremist area (5.7%) and morethan double in non-extremist area.

4. More than one third officers (33.3%) inextremist area said that they joined the servicebecause of financial reasons. In officers levelthis is different from other states. On theother hand, no officer from non-extremistarea mentioned this as reason. More than onefourth (28.3%) officers from extremistaffected area said they have joined the servicebecause of their love for risky jobs. Less thanone fourth (23.8%) think it is an opportunityto serve the country. This reason was givenmore than half of the officers (56.5%) in non-extremist area. Another 39.1% officer'sreason for joining is that it is a prestigious job.Thus in non-extremist area reasons for joiningthe service for officers are different fromextremist area.

5. In West Bengal two third of the officers'reason for joining (62.2%) is financial. Morethan one fourth joined because of their love for

risky jobs. Almost one third of the constablessaid they joined because they wanted to servethe country. In non-extremists area toomajority constables joined the service forfinancial reason. A small number joinedbecause they wanted to serve the country. Anegligible percent put forward reasons likepolice being a prestigious job etc. In case ofconstables reasons for joining the job inextremist and no extremist area are similar.

6. In West Bengal both extremists and non-extremist area almost equal number of officersgot promotion. Out of those who gotpromotion majority of them 92.9% in non-extremists area and 83.3% in extremist areapromoted only once. Officers getting promotiontwice is limited. From this one may infer thatpromotion system is better in extremist areacompared to non-extremist area.

7. For majority of constables in both extremistsand non-extremists region promotion does notexist. One of the main reasons pointed out isthat it is routine. Two other reasons forwardedby constables are poor performance and novacancy. Thus, we can come to the conclusionthat promotion for constables was not takencare of in West Bengal.

8. Majority of officers from extremist area arenot satisfied with the duty hours whereas alesser number officers in non-extremist areareported to be dissatisfied with duty hours.Reason for not satisfied for majority is thatthe family suffer. Rest of them point out factslike too much duty and no compensation. Inno extremist area majority are of the opinionthat it is average satisfaction and a lessernumber is dissatisfied.

374


9. Among the constables more than half of themin extremist area are highly satisfied whereasin non-extremist area less than half are highlysatisfied. Same reasons are put forward likeofficers.

10. Majority officers of Howrah said that theywill do nothing to get over the problem.Constables of both extremist and non-extremist regions are of same opinion.Officers of extremist region are of the opinionthat they will ask for a transfer.

11. More than 70% officers and 57% constables areof the opinion that they do not have any welfareprogramme in both extremist and non-extremistregion. Officers and constables wantedrecreational programme as a welfare activity.

12. Majority constables in West Midanapur andalmost all the constables in Howrah aresatisfied with the training provided to theconstables. Majority of the constables inMidnapur and Howrah want training in usingnew arms. In Howrah and in combat. Thereis not much difference between extremist andnon-extremist area regarding training.

13. Half of the officers from West Midanapur (E)are of the opinion that adequacy of trainingis average. In non-extremist region very fewthink it is inadequate. Thus in extremist areatraining is considered as in adequate.

14. In the non- extremist region other 33.3% putforward the reason that there is no training inlatest method Different reasons like updatingcombat, training in information gathering,training in latest method etc. are some needsput up by officers of extremist area.

15. In extremist area 53.8% constables expressedthat there is system of punishment. But innon-extremist area majority 86.8% believe so.In case of extremist area majority i.e. 60.0%constables from extremist area said that thepunishment is dependent on the situation. Incomparison only 18.8% constables from non-extremist area reported so.

16. In case of extremist area 40.0% of theconstables said that the punishment erringconstable get is suspension. Whereas 50.0%officers from non-extremist area said so. Butin non-extremist area there is a provision forpay cut also. Thus our conclusion is that eachregion has its own mode of punishment. Thisis different from states like Orissa.

17. In extremist area and in non-extremist areaconstables expressed that there is system ofpunishment. In case of extremist area majorityi.e. 60.0% constables from extremist area saidthat the punishment is dependent on the situation.

18. In case of extremist area the punishmenterring constable get is suspension. Whereas50.0% officers from non-extremist area saidso. But in non-extremist area there is aprovision for pay cut also. Thus ourconclusion is that each region has its ownmode of punishment. This is different fromstates like Orissa.

19. In both non-extremist area & in extremistarea less than one third (33.3%)believe thatrelationship between senior and junior arecordial. In both the areas equal percentagebelieve that they obediently follow officerscommand. Thus majority in extremist area

375


believe that relationship is cordial and followthe officers command. In case of constable'sgreater percentage of constables believe thatrelationship is cordial. 37.7% constables fromthe extremist area think relationship is averagebut none of the constables in non-extremistarea think so. The constables talking aboutaverage relation want to do nothing toimprove the relation.

20. A small group of constables belonging to bothextremist and non-extremist area spoke ofconstables being indifferent about theirrelationship. Some of them even say that itis strained or extremely poor. A big numberof them in extremist area speak about averagerelationship.

21. In non- extremist area all officers and inextremist area half of the officers are readyto accept risky assignment. Regardingconstables the situation has lot of similarity.All constables from both extremists and non-extremist area are ready to accept riskyassignment. They accept it as a part of theirduty. Thus it is very interesting finding asusually officers in extremist area seem to bemore eager to accept the risky assignment.

22. Hundred percent officers from extremist areaand 73.9% officers from non-extremist areaare able to control extremism very well. Inaddition to it in non-extremist 21.3% officersare of the opinion that extremist problem isnot the only problem of police.

23. In the extremist region they control extremismwell because they are very efficient, welltrained and fearless. And in non-extremistbecause they are efficient and fearless.

24. Lack of manpower is an important problemfaced by police. Poor communication isanother problem. In non- extremist areaproblem is less 77 In extremist area the issueof updated equipment, better communication,relationship between the police and the publicare some of the problems.

25. In West Bengal in West Midnapur limitednumber of officers are prepared to counterinsurgents. In non-extremist area 82.6% areprepared to counter insurgents. In analysingthe reason for not being prepared it issurprising they officers from extremist areaare not prepared because arms are notadequate. Other reasons art put forward bythe other are restriction for using sophisticatedweapon and lack of training are other reasonsfor not being prepared for counter insurgencyprogramme. Thus, we can see thatconsiderable number of officers think thatpreparedness to counter insurgency is limited.

26. Majority officers from both the district faceno problem working under the system UnifiedCommand System.

27. More than half of the officers in extremist areaare of the opinion their satisfaction about theirperformance is average. Rest one third aredissatisfied. In comparison in non-extremistarea nobody is dissatisfied. More than half aresatisfied and more than one fourth are average.Thus, we find regarding police performanceofficers belonging to extremist and non-extremists area are of different opinion.

28. Regarding constables majority of them in bothextremist and non-extremist area are satisfied.29. Both in extremist area and non-extremist

376


area majority of officers are of the opinionthat the existence of Human RightsCommission helps in protection of humanrights. Out of the small group who arenegative half of them in non- extremist areaare not aware about the existence of theHuman Right Commission and other half alsoof the opinion that instruction regardinghuman right rules application is not clear. Inextremist area too this group put up variousreasons such as lack of awareness about thecommission, no 78 proper guidelines about itsuse and even callousness. Thus there aredifferences of opinion of officers representingextremist and non-extremist area.

29. It is interesting to note that both in WestMidanapur and Howrah more than halfofficers are positive about media which isdifferent from many other places.

30. A high percentage of officers in extremistarea think that media never report good workof the police. For other 25% there is nospecific reason and media has a tendency forsensationalism. The negative effect in non-extremist can be divided into different reasonslike media's love for sensationalism, medianever report good work of etc.

31. Regarding community policing majorityofficers think that public do not understandpolice and their infrastructure. In non-extremist area less than half officer said thatrelationship between police and public iscordial. One fourth officers in Howrah thinkthat there is sense of fear in public againstpolice. Other reasons forwarded by theofficers are mistrust of public by police,strained relationship and public do notunderstand police and their infrastructure.

377


Objectives

1. To study the problem of overcrowding inIndian prisons.

2. To identify the reasons which are responsiblefor this overcrowding.

3. To work out measures, modes and methodsfor tackling the problem of overcrowding ofprisons in India; III

4. To examine the role played by probation,parole, leave etc. in reducing prisons'congestion;

5. To identify the mismatch between the spiritexisting in the concepts of probation, paroleand leave meant to reduce congestion, and thepractical dimensions and overtones of theirimplementing methods, which do not allowthe original spirit of the above concepts to gettranslated into reality;

6. To analyse the gaps which exist in variousStates in the theoretical and practical aspectsof probation, parole and leave etc.;

7. To take stock of the impact created by thesincere implementation of the provisions ofprobation, parole and leave etc. in alleviatingthe state of overcrowding in Indian prisons;

8. To identify the shortcomings, weaknesses,deficiencies and misuse of the existingsystems of probation, parole and leave etc.which inhibit ideal implementation of theabove concepts obstructing the way oflessening congestion of Indian prison.

9. To formulate mechanisms, modes andmethods for bringing about uniformity in theimplementation of various provisions ofprobation, parole and leave etc. which mayultimately lead to alleviating the problem ofovercrowding in Indian prisons;

10. To evolve short- term v/s long-term andpermanent and temporary methods ofreducing prisons congestion;

11. To analyse and identify the role played byvarious categories of prisoners inovercrowding prisons;

12. To assess, examine, review and evaluate theexisting state of affairs with regard toovercrowding of prisons vis-à-vis the roleplayed by the instruments like bail, bond,probation, parole, remission, leave, prematurerelease and reducing sentence etc.;

13. To undertake gap-analysis of the efforts andwork out the reasons which cause gapbetween the ideal and actual conditions ofalleviation of overcrowding of prisons;

14. To formulate a time bound Action Plan for theimplementation of various recommendationsof the present research Project;

183. Status of Probation, Parole, Leave and their Impact on theOvercrowding in Indian Prison (2013)*Dr. Sankar Sarolia and **S.P.Singh Pundhir

* Centre for Good Governance, Rajasthan State Instituteof Public Administration, Jaipur, Rajasthan

** Retired Addl. DG Prisons, UP

378


15. To work out the financial implications andphase out year wise implementation of theformulated Action Plan;

16. To evolve an effective monitoring mechanismto implement the Action Plan so formulated; 17.Any other matter connected therewith or relatedto the subject matter and theme of the Project.

Methodology

For each category of the sample, a separateresearch tool i.e. questionnaire, schedule andinterview-guide has been prepared andadministered on the respondents. In addition,other methods such as opinion polls, collectiveinteractions and observation were also used tocollect relevant information and useful data for thestudy. As and when needed seminars, workshopsand conferences were held at the State level andat the level of BPR&D to obtain feedback, collectdata and conduct brain-storming sessions in thelight of aims and objectives of the Project.

Following has been the sampling size of variouscategories of respondents for the present researchwork. (A) Samplings from executive realm 450(This sampling consisted of officials/employeesfrom central/district/sub-jails etc.) (B) Beneficiarysamplings 450 (Prisoners eligible to avail thefacilities like probation, parole, pre-mature releaseand leave) (C) Miscellaneous samplings 200 (Therespondents from various areas of criminal justiceadministration including Jurists, judiciary,advocate, prosecutors, police officers, probationofficers, academicians, media personnel etc.).

Findings

The research endeavours have revealed that themechanisms like probation, parole, leave and other

related matters have great impact and bearing ondecongestion of prisons. These mechanisms,collectively and individually enjoy commendablestatus in terms of their legislative, legal andconstitutional support. Independent enactmentsand rules have also been formulated to providethese mechanisms support of law and legislature.Governments, both the Central and States haverecognized their validity and honour them byproviding requisite institutional support for theirexecution. At the theoretical, academic andphilosophical levels the status of thesemechanisms thus enjoys great respect and honour.All these mechanisms also have great potentialsin reducing overcrowding of prisons, both inpermanent and temporarily forms. In-spite of thehonourable status of the above mechanisms andtheir respect and recognition at all level, theanomalous situation is that these mechanisms arenot used and utilized optimally in an effective andefficient manner. They, therefore, are not able todemonstrate their positive impact on reducing theovercrowding of prisons. This is primarily sobecause of the bottlenecks created by theprocedural aspects of their implementation, un-satisfactory co-ordination among the various unitsand components responsible for theirimplementation. Improper attitudes, inappropriateapproach and low level of awareness about thesemechanisms among most of the stake holders andvarious components of the system are alsoresponsible for their poor implementation. It isbecause of these factors and many more like themwhich obstruct the proper implementation of thesemechanisms. Because of these obstructions andobstacles, these potential mechanisms to reducethe overcrowding of prisons, are not able to havetheir expected impact on decongestion of prisonsin-spite of their legal, juristic and overallhonourable status. Various aspects of probation,parole and leave have not been examined at the

379


micro level. It is expedient that more and morestudies to examine all facets and aspects of thesemechanisms are undertaken at the level ofrespective States. The BPR&D is doing acommendable job through their research andcorrectional wing to look into various aspects ofprison administration for bringing improvementthereof. This research project has identified theareas which require special attention at the Central

Objectives

1. Identification of legal provisions for 8 hoursworking shift,

2. An assessment of the present status as to theactual number of hours of duty beingperformed by police personnel in differentregions/areas (both urban and rural) in thecountry,

3. Examination of the existing compensationsystem for working beyond 8 hours anddesirability of the same,

4. Identification of duties and factors whichwarrant police personnel necessarily workingbeyond 8 hours,

5. Identification of force multipliers and extentof their application to substitute manpower,

6. Identification of functions that can beoutsourced and cost effectiveness thereof,

7. Examination of the norms for police stationmanpower in different regions / areas (urban/rural) to perform all the duties cast upon thepolice,

8. Estimation of extra manpower needed forintroduction of 8 hours shifts in the policestation functioning,

9. To make necessary recommendations.

Methodology

The study involved extensive field survey includingas many as 12,156 police station staff, 1,003SHOs and 962 supervisory police officers from319 police districts in the country, spanning 23States and two Union Territories. These largesamples were drawn from nine police stationtypes, namely, metropolitan, urban, urban-rural

and State levels. The States will have to evinceinterest in bringing about improvement in theirprison systems because prison is a State subjectunder the Constitution of India. The CentralGovernment with the help of its various units likeBPR&D, NCRB, NISD etc. can only play asecondary role in this matter and can providefinancial and other supports, as is being donepresently.

184. National Requirement of Manpower for Police for 8 hoursshift (2014)Kamal Kumar

ASCI, Hyderabad

380


mixed, rural, crime, traffic, women, tribal andothers. Section 22 of Police Act, 1861 vDistribution of the sample was proportionate tototal police station staff in the country as also thecurrently existing police station types.

Findings

1. Long duty hours

The analysis of survey data through SPSSalong with chi-square statistics, reveals aneye- opening picture. It brings out that nearly90% of police station staff, across the statesand across various police station types,presently work for more than 8 hours a day.Further, according to more than 68% of SHOsand over 76% of supervisory officers, staffmembers of their police stations have toremain on duty for 11 hours or more per day.27.7% SHOs and 30.4% supervisory officerseven reported that their staff worked for morethan 14 hours a day. As if this is not enough,73.6% of police station staff indicated thatthey were not able to avail weekly offs evenonce a month. Though the SHO respondentswere guarded in their responses on thisaspect, yet nearly 60% of them confirmedthat their staff were either not able to availweekly offs even once in a month or couldavail it, at the most, once or twice in amonth. What makes the situation even worseis that most (over 80%) of the staff arecommonly recalled to duty during their offtime, to deal with emergencies of law andorder, VIP bandobusts or other works. Nearlya half (46.7%) of staff reported that theywere called in for duty, on an average, for 8- 10 times in a month. A majority of SHOsalso confirmed this trend. The situation of

inordinately long and irregular working hoursfor police station staff is, thus, quite serious.Long and irregular work hours have multiplenegative impacts on efficient policing, sinceweary, over-worked and over-exhaustedpersonnel cannot be expected to put in theirbest in their work.

2. Health impact of long hours

The study establishes the resultant negativeeffects of the undue physical strain leadingto cumulative physical as well as mentalfatigue for personnel. Nearly three-fourths(74%) of respondents among police stationstaff reported that the current working hourregime led to various kinds of health problemsfor them. A large majority (over 76%) ofSHOs also felt that the current duty hourarrangement was deleterious to health ofstaff. Most of the specific health problemsenumerated by the staff respondents in thisregard fall in the domain of occupationalhazards and can be directly attributed to longhours on job. Given the health care systemsnormally applicable to government employees,it could as well be that government expensesto treat these health consequences, along withthe quality of man-hours lost due to theiradverse effects, would cost the policeorganization much more than operating inshifts

3. Social impact of long hours

The study also brings out that the currentduty-hour regime is not found conducive bypolice station staff for attending to theirpersonal / family needs and social life andcommitments. That a very large proportion(nearly 80%) of staff has averred so, needsto be taken a serious note of. These responses

381


of staff, cutting across ranks, all age groupsand educational qualifications groups clearlybring out wide-spread disenchantment withthe existing working hour regime. This shouldring alarm bells. An equally large number(82%) of SHOs also either specifically agreedwith this or preferred to evade the question.All this, in turn, takes a toll on the morale,motivation and self-esteem of staff. Theoverall frustration manifests itself in theoffensive conduct and behaviour with thepublic by many of them, which leads toerosion of societal image of the police andalienation of the public. Since publiccooperation is an essential ingredient ofeffective policing, all this causes an enormousadverse impact on the quality of policeservice.

4. Long hours and Maslow's hierarchy of needs

Good professional policing, as articulated inthe cries for police reform, requires cuttingedge level police personnel to exhibit personalattributes like morality, lack of prejudice,problem solving capacity, creativity,spontaneity, and so on. These attributes fallin the realm of 'self-actualisation' needs in theMaslow's hierarchy of needs. Maslow assertsthat this category of needs cannot fructifyunless the needs lower down in the hierarchyare fulfilled, the relevant ones in the contextof police personnel's life are sleep(physiological needs), security of health andof the family (safety needs), friendship andfamily (needs for love and belonging), andself-esteem, achievement, respect by others(esteem needs). It, thus, needs to be realisedthat the malaise of inordinately long workhour regime of police personnel, to a largeextent, is the root cause of most of the ills

dogging good and efficient policing. Theproblem needs urgent attention. Perpetuationof such a working hour arrangement holdsugly portents in the short as well as longterms. In the short term, it adversely impactsthe quality of day-to-day policing sinceoverworked and overtired personnel are notable to perform to the best of their potential.Inability to maintain a healthy work-lifebalance affects their morale and motivation,impacting their performance further. Theoverall frustration results in their rude andoffensive behaviour with the public. In thelong run, the pent up disgruntlement can havean adverse impact on staff discipline andeven more dangerous portents. Gruelling andtedious work hour regime can also determany otherwise right kind of individuals frommaking a choice for police profession, thusadversely affecting the quality of themanpower available for recruitment. All thesepoints came to be highlighted off and on, inthe group discussions and personal interviewsconducted during the study.

5. Shift system of working as an alternative

To meet the requirement of efficient policingon 24x7 basis, shift system of working ofpolice stations is an unavoidable imperative.An examination of the international scenarioin this regard indicated that the modern policeforces, the world over, have their policestation working in shifts. In India, shiftsystem of functioning is not recognized in thePolice Manuals / Regulations of most of thestates, the only honourable exceptions beingAndhra Pradesh, Karnataka and Tami Nadu.However, in many areas, shifts of variouskinds are informally in operation. But, thestudy reveals that in almost all cases, shifts,

382


as contemplated, are not strictly adhered to,due to manpower shortage and heavyworkload. This is so even in the states wherethe Police Manuals prescribe shift functioning.

6. Possible impact of shift system

The study also attempted to gather the viewsand opinions of stakeholders at different levelsof hierarchy about the likely impact of shiftsystem, if introduced, on police functioningas also on the personal life of staff. Anoverwhelming majority (over 96%) of policestation staff averred that 8-hour shift systemwould improve police work performance. Asimilarly large number (over 84%) of themfurther stated that it would not causeproblems of any kind. Almost 90% of SHOsand more than 90% of supervisory policeofficers also expressed that shift systemwould improve the quality of policing.Significantly, such positive perceptions infavour of shift system pervade all regions ofthe country, all police station types, as wellas all ranks, age groups, educationalqualifications groups and length of service ofrespondents. A vast majority (more than 95%)of police station staff and an equally largenumber (over 96%) of senior supervisoryofficers also felt that shift working would bemore conducive for personal / family life ofstaff and their social commitments. 96%supervisory officers also opined that shiftsystem would have a positive impact on thehealth of personnel of their police stations.Such huge responses in favour of the shiftsystem, and negative perceptions against thecurrent duty hour regime, should leave noroom for doubt that the existing chaotic workhour arrangement needs to be urgently

replaced with an efficacious shift system ofworking with regulated hours of work.

Recommendations: Way forwardtowards shift systemGeneral1. Shift system should be introduced in the

functioning of police stations, as early aspossible. For this purpose, duties andfunctions that can be performed in a fixedtime schedule of 8 hours, such as court-related work, accounts and establishmentrelated and other office work, etc., wouldneed to be segregated from duties that requireavailability of staff for longer time durations.

2. Duties, which need to be performed in onlytwo shifts, and those requiring three-shiftfunctioning should be identified separately,and scheduled as such.

3. Each staff member in every police stationshould be allowed a weekly off regularly.Leave applied for by the staff should also befreely granted, as admissible, except in agrave emergency.

4. The generally prevalent, current system ofcompensation in the form of one month'sextra salary for working beyond duty hoursmay have to continue. This is needed sincedespite introduction of shift system, staffwould need to be recalled to duty during theiroff time/day, in emergencies of law and orderand other kinds. It becomes unavoidableoften, in the context of policing in India.

5. Implementation of these recommendations willrequire certain executive, policy, and researchinitiatives. The same are mentioned below.

383


Required policy initiatives1. Shift system of functioning in police stations

needs to be adopted as a policy to be notifiedas such, and also duly incorporated in StatePolice Manuals.

2. A policy option could be to introduce shiftsystem, to begin with, in only certain policestation types, for example, metropolitan,urban, urban-rural mixed, traffic and womenpolice stations.

3. The level of infusion of technology in policestation work is also an issue to be decided atpolicy level by the government and thedepartment.

4. Many possible measures to be adopted toeconomise on manpower, such asoutsourcing of non-core policing tasks, tooneed to be decided at the policy level. A multi-disciplinary Task Force may be constituted tofinalise the list of specific tasks to beoutsourced, as recommended also by theSecond Administrative Reforms Commission.The Task Force may also identify the agencyto which each such task would be outsourced.

5. Manpower strength sanctioned for the policestations is abysmally low at present. This isadversely affecting quality policing in moreways than one. Enhancement of this strengthis a long neglected need. This should be takenup as a policy measure, on an urgent footing.

6. In considering the issue of augmentation ofmanpower, it has to be kept in view that thecountry at present has a very adverse police:population ratio of just 145 police personnelfor 1,00,000 of population.103 With theaddition of 3,37,500 personnel (as worked outin this study to be the approximate

requirement for implementation of shiftworking in police stations), the police:population ratio would rise up to 173personnel per 1,00,000 population. It may benoted in this context that the norm prescribedby the United Nations for this ratio is 222personnel per 1,00,000 of population

7. Another important point to be considered inthis regard is that the current strength ofwomen in police in the country is a mere97,518,104 which works out to only 4.4%of total police strength in the states. There isdire need to enhance this ratio in view of therequirement of greater number of womenpolice personnel for better policing in generaland to deal with crime against and committedby women as well as children in particular.In response to this requirement, many stateshave already contemplated 30% reservationfor women in police recruitments. In fact,states like Tamil Nadu, Uttarakhand andGujarat and the Union Territories have alreadymade public announcements in this regard.Thus, it is recommended that against therequirement of 3,37,500 of additional strengthin police stations for introducing shiftfunctioning, all recruitments should be donefrom among women only.

8. This would take the ratio of women policeto a more desirable level of nearly 20%. Thisstep would, thus, serve twin purposes ofintroduction of shift system in police stationsas well as enhancing women's presence in thepolice for better policing.

9. A regular system of periodical manpoweraudit also needs to be put in place for policestations as indeed also for other units of policeorganization.

384


Required initiatives at the level of policeleadership1. Most of the work processes in police station

are archaic, repetitive and mechanical. Thiscalls for a major exercise in business processre-engineering. This should be taken up on anurgent footing, including by learning from theseveral successful initiatives taken by policeorganizations in various parts of the country.For instance, innovative initiatives, such asCourtwork Monitoring System of VijayawadaPolice and multiple strategies adopted by theKerala Police for introducing 8-hour dutysystem, are worth replication by all civilpolice agencies in the country.

2. Technology, a proven force multiplier as wellas efficiency enhancer, should be harnessedfully in police station functioning, includingbut not limited to the items identified duringthe study. Here as well, there are lessons tobe learnt from successful experimentation indifferent police jurisdictions in our owncountry, as well as elsewhere.

3. Several other force multiplier mechanisms,identified during the study, also should beadopted to effect economy of manpowerrequirement.

4. Multi-tasking by police personnel is to be fullyharnessed. This should be enforced through

guidance to SHOs and regular monitoring andsupervision by supervisory officers.

5. A lot of wastage of man-hours of policestation staff takes place on account of a senseof insecurity of SHOs and senior supervisoryofficers in the absence of availability ofunnecessarily large staff strength to meet'unforeseen emergencies', or even otherwise.This needs to be addressed throughinstruction, monitoring and regularcounselling.

Required research initiativesThere is a need to undertake operations researchto arrive at scientifically determined norms fordifferent tasks in the police stations. This couldalso be coupled with ergonomic studies to obviatecertain health problems resulting from the needfor police presence in public places and otherpolicing tasks. Some research effort would alsobe useful in determining the efficacy of variousfeasible technologies for induction in differentaspects of police station working. Researchinitiatives could also help in finalizing the itemsof non-core policing functions to be outsourced,including the agency to whom to entrust each onethose functions and the methodology ofoutsourcing. The results of such studies, amongother things, would help economise on manpowerrequirement, besides indeed improving the overallquality of policing.

385


Objectives

The present study is conducted to evaluate theprevalence of fatigue, its causes and effect on thework performance among police personnel.

MethodologyThis is a cross-sectional study. It was conductedin five regions of India. These regions were Delhi,Kolkata, Puducherry, Nagpur and Guwahati whichwas supposedly a conglomeration of variedgeographical regions across India. Total 200 samplesfrom each region are planned.Police personnel (non-gazetted up to rank of Sub Inspector) were chosenusing the Simple Random Sampling technique. -Stratified random sampling not possible (responserate not expected to be 100%).

Pilot tested on preliminary sample of 40 policepersonnel of Delhi not included in this study.Questionnaires distributed among 1000 samplepolice personnel (in local language). Three hoursgiven to respond to the questionnaires. Averagetime taken was 112.45 minutes. Each question hasa multiple choice response (Likert scale framed).

Findings1. It is observed that average age for respondents

was 36.84 years. Respondents of Guwahatiwere the oldest, their average age being 43.05years. In case of Delhi (98.6%), Three- fourth(74.8%) were married. Out of total

respondent's majority are Hindu (90.2%).There is equal proportion of respondents fallinginto the category of education level Secondary(27.2%), Higher Secondary (32.8%) andGraduation (27.6%). Majority of respondents(59.6%) are of the rank of constable in all thefive regions. The overall mean job experiencereported was (15.18) years.

2. Majority of police personnel felt fatigue(91.79%). 71.52% respondents reported thatthey are not significantly fatigued where as28.4% reported that they are severelyfatigued. Maximum respondents (54.1%) fallin the range of frequency of fatigue 0-24hours per week. 38.9 % of respondentsreported that fatigue has no interferencewhereas 22.6 % reported that fatigue hasextreme interference with their general levelof activity. 54.2% have no interference whileonly 13.8% reported extreme interferencewith their ability to bathe and dressthemselves. 43.3 % reported no interferencewhile 22.8% reported extreme interference.with their normal work activity. 2/5th ofrespondents reported that fatigue did notinterfere while only 1/5th of them reportedextreme interference with their ability toconcentrate. Only 47.1% reported that fatiguehad no interference, while only 19.2 %reported extreme interference with theirrelations with other people. 44.8% reportedno interference, while only 23.8% reportedextreme interference with their enjoyment oflife. 41.8% of respondents said that theirfatigue did not interfere while only 19.6%

185. Fatigue in Police Personel: Causes and Remedies (2016)Dr. A.K.Gadpayle

Professor and Dean, PGIMER, RML, New Delhi

386


said that their fatigue has extreme interferencewith their mood.

3. The level of fatigue was similar in Nagpurand Kolkata and less in Guwahati. Sikhcandidates experience less fatigue. In case ofASI the impact of general scale on theseverity of fatigue is higher in comparison ofconstable, head constable and SI. ThePhysical scale has significant interactive effectwith religion, education and designation. ForChristian religion, impact on the severity isproportional to the level of education anddesignation. Emotional scale in itself does nothave a significant effect on the severity offatigue. Mental scale in itself has no significantimpact on the severity. However graduates feltsever (by 0.705 units) and even higher (by1.141 units) for post graduates. The same isreverse for vigour scale.

4. Frequency of fatigue is observed much lowerin Guwahati and in Sikh community. For amarried person general scale has significantlylower impact as compared to unmarriedpersons. The effect of emotional variable forpost graduate educated person is significantlylower than that of other educational level. Incontrast, for S.I., the emotional scale hassignificantly higher impact on the frequency ascompared to other designations. Severity offatigue respondents posted in Kolkata hasmaximum fatigue (19.73 ±11.45). Malereported more severe fatigue than female.Unmarried reported less severe fatigue thanmarried. Religion and education did not showany significant difference in relation to severityof fatigue. A.S.I reported maximum(17.78±10.36) degree of severity of fatiguefollowed by head constable (15.78± 11.02). S.Ireported least severity of fatigue (13.32±9.84).

5. The erratic duty hours (74.25%), Increase /extended shift duties (70.79%), sudden onsetof emergency (70.42%) were most commoncauses of fatigue. Lack of proper/good sleep(62.12 %) and poor and untimely food(59.34%) were rated as second mostcommon causes of fatigue.

6. The various measures suggested for reducingthe fatigues are- Increase staff strength (70%),Decrease work duty period (67%), Increaseleave period (50%) and Improve workenvironment like meditation, playground, groupdiscussion, community involvement (50%).

Suggestions1. As erratic duty hours and extended shift

duties were found to be the most commoncauses of fatigue, eight hours shift for thepolice personnel will be instrumental indecreasing the fatigue among them.

2. It is advocated that large prospective trial maybe initiated to evaluate fatigue in relation topersonal habits like smoking, tobacco &alcohol intake, oral hygiene and their effect onhealth. Group discussion with family membersmay be considered as part of study. The effectof air pollution on respiratory system of policepersonnel especially for traffic police may alsobe important chapter to study.

3. Remedial Measures like various strategicplanning like increase strength of staffs, betterworking environments, increase paypackages, various concessions likeexemptions of school fees to their wards,regular concessions for travels, priority forgas connections, rent free govt.accommodation etc. may be considered.

4. Considering the limitation of this study, theresults obtained need further validation

387


Objectives

1. To study the quality of life and subjectivewell-being of the paramilitary forces in ITBPand CISF as well as the Maharashtra policeforce in the context of impact of welfareschemes.

2. To study the QOL of paramilitary forces inITBP, CISF and Maharashtra Police.

3. To study subjective well-being of the abovementioned group.

4. To study the locus of control of the abovementioned group.

5. To study the impact of welfare schemes onall the above.

6. To study their work life balance.

Findings

Idea of Quality of Life1. In the eyes of the personnel across all the

three organizations productivity (i.e. gettingan opportunity to fully utilize ones potential,enhancing educational qualifications,

involvement in creative work and meaningfulrole on different occasions, doing somethinginnovative) is highest in terms of shaping thequality of their life.

2. This is followed by health i.e. availability ofproper medical facilities, regular exercise,clean environment etc.

3. The aspects of Emotional Well Being (Fair &impartial behaviours of others, Freedom toexpress thoughts, Positive attitude towardsoneself, spending time for oneself etc.) andIntimacy (Meaningful and satisfactory marriedlife, Quality time with friends, and family,being supportive towards feeling of othersand being supported others) are next inpriority.

4. Then comes the aspects of place incommunity (A feeling of being respected byothers, holding important positions, freedomto disagree during decision making, a positionof importance).

5. Contrary to general perception, theimportance of Material Well Being in shapingquality of life (Availability of Materialresources to enjoy life) is at a lower end.

6. This horizontal trend is same for the threeorganizations. However, vertically (i.e. withinspecific life domain) the priorities vary tosome extent in the three organizations

186. Impact of Welfare Schemes of Central PoliceOrganisations on Subjective Welbeing of CISF and ITBPPersonnel (2016)Pramod S. Phalnikar

ADGP, PHQ, Bhopal, MP

388


(Productivity - score highest in Police, Placein Community highest in ITBP - followed byCISF and Police.

7. Across service experience also there aredifferent trends in various domain areas. ThusEmotional Well Being and intimacy importanceis highest in younger groups. 131 Acrosslevels of education also there are verticaldifferences. Thus the lower educationalgroup gives maximum importance to place incommunity as compared to higher educationalgroups.

Quality of Life1. The results of the two instruments (MIQOL)

& (QOLICUM) are consistent to a largeextent.

2. Factually health is highest - Followed byproduction Safety - Intimacy - Emotional WellBeing, Material Well Being and Place inCommunity.

3. Since factual place in community is at thelower end from organizational perspective itis a matter of concern.

4. ITBP - Factual scores are highest in almostall aspects followed by CISF and Police.(Though in productivity scores are higherthan ITBP followed by CISF).

5. The importance given to different areas ordomains is independent of factual aspect.

6. Though material Well Being is factuallylowest, the satisfaction in the domain ofMaterial Well Being is not lowest which showsthe process of reconciliation.

7. From Satisfaction point of view, ITBP scoresare highest in all domains.

8. The extent of restlessness, anxiety andbotheration is higher in CISF and Police. Thefactual higher level does not correspond tolow level in satisfaction in these areas.

9. In Emotional Well Being (EWB) thoughfactual status is higher, satisfaction level islower (i.e. Satisfaction in being able to dowhat one really wants to do or participate in.This trend is in all the three organizations.

10. In case of intimacy, even though factually thelevel is low, the process of reconciliation isevident in the fact that intimacy as well asplace in community.

11. Thus the actual i.e. factual efforts forimproving PC need to be addressed to anddeveloped and satisfaction oriented efforts inEWB need to be addressed from satisfactionpoint of view.

12. There are some obvious trends e.g. factualQOL Health goes down as service experiencegoes up.

13. In case of Emotional Well Being (EWB),factually the groups having experience lessthan 20 years need specific focus.

14. From QOL satisfaction point of view also, theyounger age groups seem less satisfied withmeaningfulness in their work. Therefore,productivity related satisfaction is low.

15. Younger groups are less satisfied in the areasof intimacy. Therefore, their own scope forleisurely time with friends, family and to getsupport for any creative work needs to beunderstood.

16. The groups at the ascending stage of careerare likely to be less compromising on intimacyaspect in favour of career.

17. In QOL satisfaction, the groups having lowerlevel of education show significantly higher

389


level of satisfaction in almost all domains.(This is also supported with many such earlierresearches as mentioned). Thus, thepsychological framework and orientation ofthis group needs more comprehensive studiesso as to conduct such programmes for othergroups for reorientation.

Affect Scale1. There are significant differences in prevalence

of positive affect across the organization butnot in negative affect.

2. Horizontally PA is significantly higher thanNA. This is an encouraging sign showing thatin spite of various problems and challenges,personnel experience significantly higherproportion of positive emotion as comparedto negative ones.

3. CISF is vertically lowest in positive affect,even below State Police.

Life Satisfaction Scale1. There are significant "Between Group"

differences across the organizations ineconomic parameters as well as sociospiritual.

2. ITBP is highest in all the organizationsfollowed by CISF and then State Police.

3. Even in Family Relations ITBP is higher thanCISF. This requires deeper analysis andfurther studies. It may be said that firstlybecause of the everyday stressors when onestays with family at duty station and secondlybecause of inability of personnel to be ableto look after or take personal interest and rolein family matters this phenomenon is

observed. This is also consistent with thelevels of scores of QOL satisfaction inEmotional Well Being and Intimacy for thesame groups.

4. Like other variables, within the general trendthere are differential indicators. Thus, 133juniors seem to have a significantly lowerpositive affect (consistent with other findingsin earlier tables). It also shows need for morecreative and meaningful avenues.

5. The Groups having experience above 10 yearsand below 30 years need specific interventionfrom positive affect point of view.

Locus of control1. Generally Internal Locus of Control (LOCI)

is greater than LOCE in all the threeorganizations which is an encouraging signand signifies the majority of the personnel treatthemselves responsible for what happens tothem and events in their life.

2. There are significant 'Between Group'differences across the organizations withCISF, LOCI higher than Police and ITBP.This is a trend totally different than othertrends found during this study. This alsoshows the possibilities or scope for creatingconducive psychological conditions throughproper programmes and policy interventionsto reverse or overcome some otherundesirable trends earlier, particularly in CISFand Police. Thus the personnel can bemotivated to upgrade their knowledge andskills and to reorient themselves for a moredesirable level of SWB. A detailed analysis ofLIC (I) and LOC (E) shows that though thereare significant differences on the basis ofservice experience or education, the trend is

390


not linear. Therefore, for a specific policyintervention, group specific micro studies arerequired.

Impact of Welfare Schemes on SWB1. From awareness point of view, CISF is

highest in total level of awareness. As far asspecific purpose schemes are concerned,education and medical assistance are generallyhighest in the level of awareness.

2. There is significant difference in level ofawareness within different schemes, thusunderlying the need for the respectiveorganizations to initiate suitable action.

3. There is a difference of level of awarenessin different sectors, i.e. based on operationalmandate.

4. Within Police, Maharashtra and M.P. Policedo not have any significant differences ofawareness.

5. There is a significantly positive co-relation

between the awareness of welfare schemesand total life satisfaction as well as specificdomains of life satisfaction.

6. Most importantly, the welfare schemes underthe heading "Other Schemes" have significantco-relation with almost all the domains of lifesatisfaction. This underlies the need forproactively thinking of new schemes whichwould address the issue of personaldevelopment, personal stress, counselling,etc.

7. Awareness of welfare schemes has alsosignificant positive impact on quality of lifesatisfaction in the areas of education, retiredpersonnel and other schemes.

8. Life satisfaction as well as Quality of life, bothare significantly co-related with welfareschemes.

9. There is a significant quality relationshipbetween positive affect and life satisfactionscale

391


Objectives

1. To analyze the recommendations of theNational Police Commissions and relatedcommissions/committees on police reformsand public order in the light of the currentresearch problem.

2. To understand existing rural policing and tore-define the roles, duties, power andresponsibilities of police through evolvingstrategies for individual and organizationaldevelopments

3. To explore the relationship betweenPanchayat Raj Institutions and local policestation in villages

4. To explore the police towards the directionof legal reform for greater access to justicedelivery

Methodology

This study was conducted in Adat, Pananchery,and Pananchery Grama Panchayats of KeralaState.

Kerala is one of the Indian States in respectof standard of living and life expectancy

compared to all others States. In the matter ofpublic governance and especially in terms oflocal governance, Kerala is an exception. In thiscontext, Kerala has been selected to conduct thisstudy. This study is primarily an overview ofthe concurrent interrelationship between thePanchayati raj institutions and policing. Thereare controversial and oppositions are running inthe realms of the interdependency between thesetwo institutions. This study highlights thepractical and functional correlates between thelocal Panchayat institutions and police stations.Two Panchayat s has been selected, (a) Adatand (b) Pananchery Grama Panchayat. The AdatGrama Panchayat of Thrissur District wasselected as the best Panchayat of the State in2006 (Swaraj Trophy) and at the National levelAdat Panchayat had received Nirmal GramPuraskar Award in 2008. This Panchayat alsohad pioneered various schemes/projects whichwere taken as model for the Kerala State like(a) Waste Disposal Scheme (b) E. M. S.Bhavana Nirman Padhathi and (c) MedicalInsurance for all BPL (Below Poverty Line)families. The governance of this Panchayat isby a political organization which is presentlyopposite to the ruling party the State. The otherPanchayat, Pananchery Panchayat has beenselected because it is the only Panchayat inKerala, where Jagratha Samithi (VigilanceCommittee) of Grama Panchayat is being runsmoothly for the past two years. Pananchery

187. Local Self Governance and Policing: A study on twoGrama Panchayats of Trhissur District, Kerala (2016)Dr. Sony Kunjappan

Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi

392


is also one of the largest panchayat in Keralaas well as it is also governed by the presentruling party of the State. Along with thesefactors, the location of Kerala Institute of LocalAdministration (KILA) and Kerala PoliceAcademy makes the universe of the study atThrissur relevant.

Though local self-government includes thePanchayat at three levels viz; Gram Panchayat,Block Panchayat and District Panchayat, thisstudy is trying to locate only at the relationshipof Grama Panchayat and the Police Station,though it had observed some of the initiativesof community policing at the urban level also.Thus this study focuses on the Rural PolicingSystem and explores the possibility of afunctional relationship of local police stationwith the Panchayat at its Jurisdiction.

Recommendations

1. The JM program has been executed to showcare and courtesy by the police towards thepeople.

2. The program has succeeded in improvingaccessibility of the police to the people. Theprogram has therefore succeeded in bringingthe police closer to the people.

3. There is better perception of policeperformance by the people.

4. Integration of Local Police and ArmedReserve (AR) in Kerala need to be done at theearliest, so that an additional of 20% more ofthe police will reach the cutting edge in dealingwith people.

393


Objectives

1. To examine the public perception regardingethical values in police

2. To study the value system practiced by police

3. To identify reason of deviation from the valuesystem.

4. To find out appropriate value incorporationsystem.

5. To investigate the effect of value enrichedpolice on social change.

Methodology

Research Design:The study is based upon theprimary survey, interviews, discussions withpolice and public.

Sample size: 1500

Sample unit: Police Personals and General publicabove 18 years.

Universe: J&K and Punjab states.

Research instruments Used: StructuredQuestionnaire,

Sampling: The present study is descriptive andconclusive in nature and the sampling techniqueused was simple random sampling andconvenience sampling.

Findings

The following is the perception of public regardingethical values in police. There exist some policepersonal that value and ethics. Public perceivesthat corruption is one of the feature of police.There are situations in which police do not followmorals and values besides there is violation ofrules and regulations by police.

1. From the hypothesis test it is conclude thatin general public perceives police deviatesfrom ethical behaviour and also agree thatthere is sufficient reason for deviation fromvalue system.

2. The factor analysis of the data revels aboutthe perception of public towards the ethicsin police which can be generalized andgrouped under Ethical Competence, Reliability,Integrity, Responsiveness, Adherence to lawand Ethical Behaviour.

3. To study the value system practiced by policethat is the Majority of the police personals inJ&K and Punjab deviates from ethics whiledealing with public and in both the states itis very difficult for the police personnel's tofollow ethics always.

4. To identify reason of deviation from theValue system there is considerable misuse ofofficers of police organization of the statesand political parties do influence majority ofthe senior officers of police departments ofboth the states

188. Ethics in Police and Social Change (2016)Dr. Sunil Giri

Assistant Professor, Shri Mata Vaishno Devi University,Katra, J&K

394


5. To find out the appropriation valueincorporation system is training in ethicsshould be incorporated in the various trainingprogram and the best way of learning ethicsis during their job followed by the guidanceof seniors

6. To investigate the effect of value enrichedpolice on social change the value enrichedpolice can change the society and awarenessof rights in general public could bring changein the society

Recommendations

1. Police organization should work upon toimprove public's perception regarding the

ethical values in police and the Ethicalcompetences, reliability, integrity,responsiveness, adherence to law and ethicalbehaviour.

2. Police besides executing normalresponsibilities can focus upon working withsociety to eliminate certain social from groundroot.

3. Police organization should focus ondeveloping leaders who can lead by example.

Police organizations of the states can go forbenchmarking of their own ethical practicesagainst the ethical practices of other policeorganization; this will give a defined path for valueincorporation and value practices of theorganizations.

395


Objectives

1. To know about the relevant details ofmanpower, logistics, financial commitmentand institutional arrangement regardingvarious community policing schemes.

2. To know about the extent of publicparticipation in the community policingprogrammes.

3. To know that how the community policingprogrammes have increased public trust andconfidence in police.

4. To know about the awareness generatedabout internal security related issues andtraining provided in this regard to publicunder various schemes.

5. To know about the constraints inimplementing the community policingschemes

6. To know about measures undertaken to makethe community programme supportive instrengthening internal security measures in aparticular area.

7. To know about the future visions and plansfor the various programmes.

8. To develop and validate the scale ofmeasurement of community participationprogrammes.

189. Identification of Specific Measures for CommunityParticipation in strengthening Internal Security (2016)Rohit Chaoudhary

Additional Director General of Police, Punjab

9. To analyse the success of communityparticipation programmes

10. To develop a model of community for furtherstrengthening internal security mechanism inthe states.

Methodology

Sample

Data was collected from three states whichinclude Kerala, Tamil Nadu and Maharashtra.A sample size of 280 (Kerala-88 Tamil Nadu-100 & Maharashtra-92) from the targetedrespondents was used to examine variousidentified parameters.

Tool for Data Collection

1. Questionnaires for Data Collection aboutDetails of the Scheme and on IdentifiedResearch Variables

2. Interview Schedules

3. National Level Conference of States onCommunity Policing

Questionnaires have been classified into twocategories given as below:

1. Four variables are directly related to InternalSecurity:-

396


(a) Information collection on anti-nationalelements.

(b) Organisation of area defence with the helpof public.

(c) Training of public in civil defence andinformation to police.

(d) Communal Harmony

2. Other four variables are having an indirectbearing on the Internal Security measureswhich are a prerequisite for the communityto aid the police in Internal Security measures:

(a) Confidence in police.

(b) Channels of communication &community awareness.

(c) Reach of the program.

(d) Community policing programmesimplementation

RecommendationsInternal security is handled by a number oforganizations with complex functional relationshipsand police plays the key role in handling suchissues. Community policing can be considered asan effective tool for further strengthening theinternal security mechanism. A Communitypolicing model meant for especially supportive indealing with internal security related issues cannotbe developed according to a single one-dimensional process for a given place.Key localparameters and other related issues have to betaken into consideration for best utilization of themodel for given purpose.Many schemes which

already been discussed are helping in dealing withinternal security matters in big way.So it becomesvery much evident that there is an abundant spacefor community policing in further strengtheningthe internal security related mechanism in thecountry. A coordinated and systematic approachkeeping in view the local issues with active publicinvolvement will in this area.

1. Need for Institutionalization of CommunityPolicing Progrmmes

2. Form Police Private Partnership Committees

3. Empowerment of for Key Stakeholders atCutting Edge Level

4. Establish and Strengthen Direct Link betweenPolice & Community

5. Expand Reach of Community PolicingInitiatives

6. Strengthen Multi-agency Partnerships

7. Develop Training Mechanisms

8. Setting-up Information Sharing Mechanism

9. Formation of Special Groups for InformationCollection

10. Strengthen Media Management in CommunityPolicing

11. Engage Social Media

12. Engage Youth in Community PolicingProgramme

13. Set-up Special Research & Planning Cells

14. Set-up Awards to Encourage PartnershipVentures

397


Objectives

1. Study nature and extent of non-registration ofcrimes in a few selected States in India whichare representative of different regions of India

2. Understand citizens experience with policewhile visiting police stations for registrationof complaints

3. Explore causes and consequences ofnonregistration of crimes on victims of crimesin particular and society in general

4. Analyse critically International and Nationalframeworks, Government policies,procedures and court rulings for free and fairregistration of crimes

5. Suggest solutions and workable mechanismsfor a citizens friendly crime reporting/registration process at police station level

Methodology

The study is based on a nation-wide (six statesfrom different zones of India) data collected fromten different categories of stakeholders (n=506),a total of 33 Focus Group Discussions held atdifferent parts of the country with variedcategories of public and police functionaries and40 case studies prepared, including ten instancesof police good work, besides field notes onobservations made by the Research team. It hasbeen a mixed model, a blend of quantitative data

190. Non-Registration of Crimes: Problems & Solutions (2016)Dr. Arvind Tiwari

Additional Director General of Police, Punjab

(Statistical Package for Social sciences was used)and qualitative data through content analysis andcorrelations. Cross tabulation of responses givenby public vis-à-vis police functionaries on relevantissues are drawn to bring out their varyingperceptions. A synthesis of police and publicviewpoints has been worked out to drawconclusions on specific issues and thereby identifythe problems (causative factors) that lead tononregistration of crimes.

Findings

1. Lack of adequate man power and heavy workload in police stations: It is reconfirmed fromthe study that most of the cutting edgepersonnel are working for long hours andhave heavy work load, such a situation wasprompting them to avoid more work byregistering all the crimes. This was a viewclearly stated by police functionaries andsupported by public stakeholders.

2. Police behaviour towards complainants:Behaviour of police towards complainants,especially women and marginalised sectionsof society, was not good, resulting in a largenumber (more than 75%) of population wereaverse to police and avoid coming forwardto report a crime, unless it was serious andintolerable.

3. Inadequacy of resources for police working:Police Departments have been ranked low inGovernment funding priority as these aretreated as non-productive units and are amatter of drain on the State exchequer.Strangely, but as a matter of fact, police

398


continue to be under non plan budget and theGovernment are always less inclined to spendmore money on police. This resulted inshortage of manpower, infrastructure andtransport. Cumulatively, these problems ofpolice directly or indirectly impacting oncrime registration, investigation and filing ofcharge sheets in the Courts of law, resultingin almost 50% cases ending in acquittals.Such acquittals contribute to the loss of publicfaith, especially in police, leaving aside allother wings of Criminal Justice System. Insuch a situation, no one would take troubleto report crime or associate with police.

4. Political economy of crime statistics: Itemerged that management of crime statisticsby police functionaries has linkages withperformance appraisals, as one of theimportant reasons for non-registration ofcrimes in India. The crime graphs have hadnegative impact on the performance of notonly the police but also Govt. in power. Incertain States, the political executives openlyinsisted on burking on crime in order to showlowering of crime.

5. Dilemma of cognizable and non-cognizablenature of offences: Victims usually nurse agrudge against the police that gravity of theircases were either reduced or made intononcognizable, in a bid to control the crimegraph. According to 1st Schedule attached toCrPC 1973, out of 445 offences, 292 areclassified as cognizable and 131 are non-cognizable, while 22 offenses as bothcognizable and noncognizable according to thecircumstances. The nicety of thisclassification is not known to an averagecitizen and sometimes even educated ones,whose unawareness in misused by somepolice official to minimise or twist thecomplaint. In some of the offences, which

automatically fall under the non-cognizablecategory, genuine police officers haveproblem in convincing the complainants.

6. False complaints made to police in order toharm others: Due to drive for free and fairregistration of crime and non-availability ofprovisions for conducting PIs, police officersmight be loaded with false complaints. As itis, police can propose no action under section182 (if it was only false information) and 211(if it is false charge of offence) against thecomplainant only when they could prove thatit was a false complaint after making thoroughinvestigation. In fact many Magistrates, whowere to accept that it was a false complaint,would not easily do so. Even if they accept,the offence being noncognizable, Magistratespermission is required to take up action againstthe false complainant, which procedure is notnormally pursued by an otherwiseoverburdened police officer.

7. Interface of police/NGO/ Media and otherinfluential person in the process of registrationof crimes: For long political interface isconsidered as a big hindrance to register ornot to register an offence, on merits. Similarinterfaces were reported from other influentialand civic authorities.

8. Police Corruption: Both the publicstakeholders and police functionariesaccepted in different measures that thecorruption in police does affect the processof registration of crimes.

9. Time taken for registration and long windinglegal procedures: The duty officers generallyobtain permission from the SHOs beforeregistering a case or otherwise, which processmay take time especially when the SHO wasaway from the police station. Once the caseis investigated and put in the court the legalprocess takes longer time.

399


C O M P E N D I U M[PART - II]

Doctoral Work

RESEARCHSTUDIES

ON POLICE AND PRISON ISSUES(1970 –2016)

400


401


Objectives

To describe the role of pimps and clients inprostitution; to analyze the Socio-Economiccharacteristics of the pimps, clients andprostitutes; to study the role of police as perceivedby the pimps, clients and prostitutes; to decipherthe role of friends and influence of parents asperceived by the pimps, clients and prostitutes inmaking many women take up prostitution; and tofind out if there is significant association betweenthe spatial distribution of prostitutes and pimps.

Hypothesis

1. The role of pimps in inducing a person to visita prostitute is more significant than the roleof others.

2. The degree of exposure to blue films andpornography is significantly associated withthe frequency of visit to a prostitute.

3. The degree of precaution taken is directlyrelated to the frequency of visit to a prostitute.

4. The role of pimps will be significant inmaking women persist in prostitution.

5. There will be significant interpersonalrelationship between the pimp and theprostitute.

6. The role of police as perceived by the pimpswill be significant in helping prostitution toflourish.

7. The influence of parents as perceived bypimps will be detrimental in making manywomen take up prostitution.

8. The more the arrests of pimps the greater thenumber of arrests of prostitutes.

Methodology

City of Madras has been chosen forconducting the study. The study consist a sampleof 75 pimps, 75 clients and 75 prostitutes. Datacollected by interview schedule which wasstructured in such a way to collect maximuminformation about the socio-economicbackground and history of the pimps, etc.

Findings

1. The study showed that the prostitutes facedoccupational hazards. Majority of theprostitutes hailed from large families and werefirst born in the family. They had taken upthis profession as a result of poverty andcinema flair.

2. The prostitutes perceived the pimp as anessential middleman without whom theprofession makes no meaning.

Research Fellow, University of Madras

191. A Study on the Role of Pimps and Clients in Prostitutionand their Interaction with Prostitutes (1987)R. Aparajitha

402


3. The study revealed that the youngsters werethe major clients of prostitutes and maintainedvery friendly relationship with the pimps.

4. The influence of Pornography and Blue filmswas observed to be significant in the clients'habit of womanizing.

5. The study has highlighted the significant roleof pimps and clients in prostitution.

Suggestions

1. A bill to punish the clients should be made tocontrol prostitution. The recent amendmentof the Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act(1956) has included within it the concept ofMale Prostitutes also.

2. Prostitutes and pimps who are willing to

rehabilitate themselves can be helped withsome self-employment schemes.

3. The Government should decide to license thisprofession or suppress it totally, as it wouldenable the government in curbing the threatof sexually transmitted diseases like AIDS.

4. Being an explorative study only a fewcharacteristics of the pimps and clients couldbe included. Apart from conducting it on alarger sample, the personality make up ofpimps and clients can also be tested with thehelp of psychological tests.

5. To curb the prostitution, it is necessary toview it from different angles. More than theprostitutes themselves, the intermediaries likethe pimps, clients and the procurers aremainly responsible for the flourishment of thisprofession.

Objectives

1. To study the frequency distribution of variousvariables of finger and palmar dermatoglyphicsamong criminal population and controlpopulation.

2. To highlight the bimanual differences amongcriminal population and control populationseparately.

3. To compare the pattern variables on the right

and left hand of criminal population and controlpopulation separately and collectively.

4. To attain the particularistic interest, minutiae’shave been studied and compared for criminaland control populations.

Methodology1. In this study material has been derived from

the penal institutions of states and a unionterritory in India.

2. The experimental sample consists of 214convicted female, who have been charged for

192. Dermatoglyphics Among Female Prisoners (1989)Gurvinder Kaur Anand

Punjabi University, Patiala

403


Deptt. of Sociology, Kashi Vidyapeeth, Varanasi

193. Criminalization Of Social Movement And Its CounterForces: A Criminal-Sociological Study With SpecialReference To Naxalism In Gaya District (1990)Gauri Shankar Dwivedi

Objectives

1. To analyse the genesis - the rise anddevelopment of Naxalism in Bihar.

2. To analyse the etiology of criminalization ofthe Naxalite movement.

3. To analyse the social philosophy - the goalsof the Naxalite movement.

4. To analyse the organizational structure, therules of cadre building.

5. To analyse the ideology, strategy and tactics,the methods of violent and non-violent of themovement.

6. To analyse the carriers and counter forces ofthe movement, the social forces supportingand counteracting it.

murder. It was also necessary to acquire acontrol sample of normal (civil) population inorder to compare with the penal population.

3. This study used methodology of recording thefinger/palmar prints. Material used wasduplicating ink, paper, inking slab, roller, palmarpad, cotton, table, magnifying glass, eye lens.

4. The SPSS package programme was used forcomputer analysis and the various statisticalmeasures employed were Mean, Standarddeviation and Chi-square test.

Findings

1. The quantitative analysis of the finger-ballpatterns, minutiae’s and variables pertainingto palmar dermatoglyphics of criminalpopulation under present study revealed thatthe criminals as such do show some similarities

among themselves with regard to thefrequencies of dermatoglyphic variables relatedto finger-ball patterns and minutiae’s.

2. On comparing the two population a definiteand concrete pattern type cannot be earmarkedfor a particular individual which will help inidentifying whether he/she is a criminal or not.

3. The investigation of the minutiae’s, reflect thatshort ridges, ends, bifurcation and enclosuresshow a higher frequency among criminals. Thisnecessarily does not mean that provided withthe above said minutiae’s an individual is boundto be a criminal or predisposed to crime.

4. The assessment reveals that no pattern type islimited to either the criminal or the controlpopulation, but it is only the frequency ofparticular pattern type which shows higher orlower frequency accordingly.

404


7. To analyse social background of the activitiesof the movement the social groups, caste andclass from which they are drawn.

8. Lastly, to evaluate the opinions of the hard-core activists. According to what theyconsider to be the major achievements of themovement.

Methodology

The study has been designed on descriptive-exploratory frame. The universe of the studycomprised two parts: i) villages falling in theJehanabad and Gaya districts which are consideredto be the citadel of Naxalites in Bihar, (ii) Thepolice field officers confronting the situation.

A sample of 400 respondents, 300 fromamongst the hard core naxalites the members ofdifferent naxal groups, as C.P.I-(M.L.)- 100 fromthe police field officers, dealing with situation.Purposive sampling technique has been followed.Interview schedule has been used for datacollection.

Findings

1. 40% of the respondents came from Chamar,Dusadh and Mushahar castes followed byRajwar and other backward castes, andmajority of respondents (41.67%) areeducated up to metric-intermediate level.

2. The largest number of counterparts ofactivists (the police) respondents (40%) comefrom the age group of 31-40, and hail fromrural areas and are Hindus.

3. Majority of police respondents hold theopinion that their roles have been defined, and

that operational factors influenced decision toa greater level and found incongruity betweentheir roles defined and strain in theirfulfillment.

4. Two thirds of the respondents opined that theprocessions and demonstrations receivedmuch public support and co-operation, andwas supported by Harijans and backwardcaste people with some support extended bythe upper caste people.

5. About 80% of the respondents disliked thepresent economic system followed by politicaland social system each of which was dislikedby ten percent of respondents.

6. 50 percent respondents have stronglyexpressed their opinion in agreement with thestatement that the conduct and behavior ofthe police are annoying, but have spoken highof the significant role of police disastermanagement.

7. Majority of the respondents are of the opinionthat crime persists as police get mixed upwith the criminals.

8. 40% of the respondents disagreed to the factthat police work hard so that people must besafe and comfortable.

9. Majority of the respondents support the viewthat brutal suppression of a movement attractscriminalization and were affirmative in judgingthat inadequacy or criminal bent of leadersleads the activists to criminality.

10. The respondents opined that the fear andsuspicion of being ruled by anothercommunity facilitates violence amongmembers of the movement and that violenceis considered to be a catalyst of social change.

405


Research Fellow, Deptt. of Psychology, Universityof Madras

194. Wife Abuse: A Study on the Influencing Factors and itsConsequences (1991)Sumithra Sundar

Objectives

1. To idenfity the various forms of wife-abuse.2. To identify the various factors those are

associated with wife-abuse and to study theirrelative influence on wife- abuse.

3. To understand the consequences of wife-abuse on the family.

Methodology

The research design is exploratory in nature.The study was conducted in Madras city. 280 wives,who were abused by their husbands, were randomlyselected for the study. For measuring wife abuseand other variables, a precoded interview scheduledwas constructed by the investigator.

Findings of the Study

1. Various forms of violence such as scolding,slapping, pushing out of the house,strangulative, choking grabbing the hair,kicking and forced sex were widely prevalentto (above 90%).

2. The study found out that age of wife and herincome was negatively correlated with wifeabuse and wife's age and income increasedwife abuse decreased.

3. Experience of violence during childhood wasfound to be negatively related to wife abuseand the type of marriage was found to beassociated with wife abuse.

4. The study found that with the increase in thenumber of children in the family wife abusetends to increase.

5. Concentrating on the psychological characteristicsof wife, the wife's assertiveness tends to benegatively related to wife abuse. Similarly wife'sefficiency in managing family affairs was foundto be negatively related to wife abuse.

6. Suspicion of the husband, about the wife alsofound to be related to wife abuse. As thesuspicion is more, wife abuse also tends toincrease.

7. The study found that husbands who had extramarital affairs tend to abuse their wives andthat wife abuse was not related to behaviouralchanges in the wife.

8. The major needs of the abused wives reportingat the centres is counseling to themselves, legalassistance and financial assistance.

9. Majority of them hide their injuries and amongwho took treatment with the doctors, majorityof them never gave the actual reasons.

10. The study found that majority of thecounseling needs of the victims of wife abusewere catered by the counseling centres exceptcounseling needs to their husbands.

11. Very little legal and financial assistance was

406


Deptt. of Sociology, Utkal University, Bhubaneswar,Orissa

195. Crime Against Women In Orissa With Special ReferenceTo Dowry Deaths In Kandrapara (1991)Amiya Kumar Jena

Objectives1. To understand the attitude of both men and

women towards dowry.2. To compare the awareness of men and

women towards dowry.3. To link the dowry transaction with the social

economic status.4. To compare the consciousness towards

dowry: a) between the married women andunmarried women, b) between the marriedmen and unmarried men.

5. To identify the influences of general publicover the dowry deaths in the village.

Research MethodologyCase study method and observation method is

adopted for the study. The universe of the studycomprises of 7 villages of Kendrapura Sub-divisionlocated in seven different police stations of the sub-division in Orissa. The sample size was 590respondents. Intensive and purposive samplingshave been used for the purpose of study.

Tools usedInterview schedule, observation and Rating Scales.

Recommendations

1. To evaluate the existing law, which protectsthe rights of women till-today, and chalk outthe necessary plan of action for strictimplementation of those laws pertaining toDowry Prohibition (Amendment) Act, 1986.

2. To entrust more power to the Anti-Dowry Cellin terms of taking immediate action.

3. Establishment of Family counts to adjudicatethe dowry and other family problems andentrust voluntary sectors, to investigate andreport on the dowry death case to comparethe facts of it for action.

4. The women should be given property rightsboth at parent's house and in-laws house andbe provided free education, employmentopportunities, vocational training etc.

5. The deserted women, if so desire, should beimmediately absorbed in employment.

6. Legal education should be made compulsoryat school level, and the projection of womenmodel, nude film, blue cassettes and postersshould be banned.

7. The process of inter-caste marriages shouldbe encouraged by giving economic supportand job opportunities to both the partners,meanwhile the process of amniocentesisshould be banned.

8. The persons found demanding or giving

407


Research Fellow, Deptt. of Psychology, University ofDelhi, Delhi

196. Socio-Psychological Impact On The Role Of Police In TheChanging Society (1991)Rashmi Sharma

dowry, if is in service, his/her service shouldbe dismissed and the action taken against theoffenders and presentation given to thegrooms, accepted inter-caste, dowrylessmarriage should be advertised in the dailynewspapers by the Government.

9. The registration of marriage conducted shouldbe given due attention by the appropriateauthority.

10. 10. There should be equal attention to bothrural and urban areas by the planners forsocio-economic development, to avoidlopsided growth in the state.

Objectives

1. To sociologically examine the functionsserved by the police as perceived by both, thepolice and the public.

2. To prepare a priority list on the workenvironment of the police personnel.

3. To critically examine the attitude of publictowards the police.

4. To make an assessment on the job attitude ofthe police personnel.

5. To find out, whether inter-group differencesdo exist among the different representinggroups of public, with regard to their attitudestowards the police.

6. To find out whether, inter-group differencesexist among the different categories of policepersonnel with regard to the socio-psychological dimensions.

Methodology

The present study has adopted a quasi-experimental design of research. It includes boththe interview and the observation methods forcollection of data. Disproportionate stratifiedsampling technique is used.

Area of the Study

The study was conducted in two selectedurban township of Orissa state, namely Cuttackand Bhubaneshwar.

Sample Size

A total of 600 respondents were taken fromthe inhabitants in townships of Cuttack andBhubaneshwar.

300 respondents were from the publiccategory and 300 respondents were from policecategory.

408


Tools of Data CollectionData collection has been carried out through

Questionnaire technique.

Findings and Conclusions

1. The attitude of the police towards their ownrole performance is positive and assertive andhas given importance to the helping andprotecting role of police in the society.

2. Police are unsatisfied with the way Press,Newspapers and other media are projectingtheir role and functioning.

3. About 80% of the police personnel holdfavourable attitude towards the idea that thepolice must maintain a sense of security inthe community. They appreciate the idea thatdetection of crime should be considered theexclusive responsibility of the police and otherwings of criminal justice system with theactive involvement and co-operation from thecommunity, as a whole.

4. The findings suggest that the attitude of policetowards their own role, accountableresponsibility and administration is not onlylaw enforcement -oriented but also welfare-oriented or service-oriented.

5. Analysis of the variances has shown that thereare significant group differences among thepolice personnel in their work related values,pertaining to the mainstream work culture inthe police organization.

6. The findings relating to the work environmentcharacteristics reveal that there is a highdegree of consensus among differentcategories of police personnel as to how theorganization should be run and how people

should conduct themselves in their workenvironment.

7. Even though there is considerable amount ofsatisfaction with regard to the availability ofdesirable basic conditions relating toorganizational life, the employees feel thatefforts should be made to improve theworking conditions, working methods, and tohave consideration for employees working atlower levels.

8. Most of the employees have considerableamount of fear of disorder of the unknownand of insecurity.

9. The findings of the study indicate that allsections of the public have developed afeeling that police functioning is corruptbecause of political interference in policeadministration and these negative ideasdeveloped through press, the newspapers andthe electronic media.

10. 64% of the respondents agree that the policeare more disciplined than other governmentservants enjoying similar status.

11. The attitude of public towards different issuesrelating to the police are not homogeneousindicating the differences among differentprofessional groups of the public as far as theirattitude towards police functioning is concerned.

12. There is a need among both the public andthe police that it is essential for the police tocreate and maintain a feeling of security in thecommunity.

13. The findings create a general impression thatawareness for improving police-publicrelations does exist in the altitudes of both thepolice and the public and at the same time anexpectation that effective role performance by

409


Research Fellow, Deptt. of Psychology, University ofDelhi, Delhi

197. Drug Addiction And Criminal Behaviour (1992)Jayashree Singh

the police could change the attitudes of policetowards them.

14. Study has limitations when taken intoconsideration of intrinsic factors likepersonality and locus of control.

15. The study suggests that more and moreattention be given to scientific analysis of theimportance of this sociological problem in adeveloping country like India and improving

the quality of police-public relationships.

16. Setting up of a directorate of planning,evaluation and co-ordination at the centre tolook into the work of training institutions andresponsibility of convening periodicconferences of State Police Chiefs and theimplementation of ideas.

17. Media can play a significant role in improvingpolice-public relationship.

Objectives

The present study is exploratory study.

1. To explore certain important psychosocialvariables in relation to drug abuse amongcriminals & non-criminals.

2. To reduce the number of variables taken inthe study into relevant factors and also to findout factor structure and use these obtainedfactors as variables for further analysis.

3. To perform comparative study between fourcriterion groups on the obtained factors in thestudy in all six possible combinations.

4. To find out possible factors which candiscriminate at multivariate level with the helpof discriminate function analysis, betweengroups of criminal drug abuser and criminalnon-users.

5. To investigate which are the obtained factorsthat can discriminate at multivariate levelbetween the group of non-criminal drug-dependents and general population.

6. To find out the best set of factors obtained inthe study, which might have contributed todrug abuse in criminals when criminal drugabuser and non-abusers are taken as dummyvariables.

7. To investigate which are possible factors thatare contributing significantly.

Methodology

Study is exploratory in nature. The study wasconducted in Delhi on 400 male comprising fourdifferent groups. The four groups were criminaldrug abusers, criminal non-users, non-criminal drugdependents & general population. First two groupsare selected from Tihar Jail & third from Drug De-addiction Center and fourth was general public and

410


Deptt. of Social Work, Kashi Vidyapeeth, Varanasi

198. Gang Delinquency On Indian Railways (1993)Sanjay

2. The Criminal drug-abusers were significantlylower on 'Contentment', 'Family Cohesiveness'and significantly higher on 'Family Influence'and 'Extraversion' than Criminal non-users.

3. Criminal drug-abusers were foundsignificantly lower on 'Contentment' and'Inadequate Coping' than Non- criminal drug-dependents.

4. Criminal drug-abusers were foundsignificantly higher on 'Inadequate Coping' and'Maladaptive Trend' and significantly lower on'Contentment; Social Support Network.

all four groups were matched.

Findings

1. The results of study were discussed in relationto other related work in this area. An attemptwas made to explore the basic causes of drug-abuse among criminals and non-criminals. Itwas assumed that the results of this studywould throw some light in a relativelyunexplored area of research in the Indiancontext.

Objectives

1. To study delinquency as a sub-cultural fact.

2. To study the process of formation of gangs:how and why do these gangs arise and howthey select and recruit members, andleadership?

3. To study the value, norms, and behavioralpattern of these gangs.

4. To study why and how do delinquent "norms"or rules of conduct develop?

5. To study the conditions which account forthe distinctive content of various systems ofdelinquent norms-such as those proscribingviolence or theft or drug use.

6. To study home conditions and socio-economicand educational background of the families ofgang members, and how they cause alienationof children and their joining delinquent gangs?

7. To study what would be the basis forformulation of programmes to alienate gangmembers for rehabilitation, so that they couldbecome productive members of the society.

8. To evolve an integrated plan of action forprevention of running away of children fromtheir homes, controlling gang delinquency andrehabilitation of delinquent children and youth.

Methodology

Data was collected through quasi-participantobservation of daily activities, way of living,values and behaviour pattern of the gangdelinquents. Personal interview was the tool usedfor collecting data.

411


Research Fellow, Guru Nanak Dev University, Amritsar

199. A Comparative Study Of Personality And Intra-FamilialRelations Of Delinquents & Non-Delinquents BelongingTo Different Socio-Economic Groups (1993)Renu Goenka

Suggestions

1. The railway authorities should request thestate Government to provide institutionalizedpreventive measures and arrange raids by theemployees of those institutions.

2. The railway should open separate juvenilehomes to provide correctional andrehabilitation facilities to these delinquent.

3. A thorough training and commitment isnecessary for those police and vigilanceofficers handling this delicate age group.

4. Appointment of trained social workers withspecialized skill in case work, group workand child guidance and these social workers

should be in a supervisory position that theycan guide and supervise police officers.

5. A special training should be given to all Sub-Inspectors of Police at the entry pointregarding handling of juvenile delinquents andappropriate laws followed by periodicalseminars and courses.

6. A community based correctional method canbe adopted to prevent and control gangdelinquency, and co-ordination between thespecial police wing and non-institutionalcorrectional services.

7. Delinquency prevention programs at variouslevels like individual, group, family,community level and at society level.

Objectives

The study was an attempt to explore:-

1. The differences in personality make -up ofdelinquents belonging to upper socio-economicgroup and lower socio-economic group.

2. The differences in intra-familial relationshipsof delinquents belonging to upper socio-economic group and lower socio-economicgroup.

3. The differences in personality make-up ofdelinquents and non-delinquents in lowersocio-economic group and in upper socio-economic group.

4. The differences in intra-familial relationshipsof delinquents & non-delinquents in lowersocio-economic group and in upper socio-economic group.

5. The contribution of personality and intrafamilial relations in differentiating delinquentsand non-delinquents in lower as well as inupper socio-economic groups.

412


Research Fellow, Department of Studies in Sociology,University of Mysore

200. A Sociological Study of Violence against Women (1993)Suchitra Vedant

Methodology

Experimental design was used to explore therelationships between some variables, the criteriaof random selection was not perfectly adhered to.A total of 85 adjudicated delinquents from BorstalInstitute and Juvenile Jail, Ludhiana and fromspecial Home (Boys), Indore and 174 studentsfrom Government Senior Secondary School, EkelGadda and from Neni Vidhya Mandir, Indore weretaken as subjects. Various standardized tests wereadministered.

Findings

1. Delinquents from low and high SES did notdiffer significantly on the basis of PersonalityVariables and family-relation Variables includedin the study. However, Personality factorsand relationship with father seem to play moreimportant role in predicting delinquency

among low SES families, whereas mothersrole seem to be more influencing for highSES delinquents.

2. When equated on age, sex, intelligence andSES, Delinquents do not differ significantlyfrom Non-delinquents on the basis ofpersonality variables and family relationvariables included in the study.

3. Some indications are that among officiallyrecognized delinquents, neurotocism predictsdelinquency, when combined with perceivedinconsistency in relationship with parents.

4. Results also indicate that among officiallyrecognized delinquents, extraversion predictsnon-delinquency, in both low and high SESgroup. However, we cannot put much faithin these results owing to non-significantdifferences observed in delinquent and non-delinquent groups.

Objectives

1. To identify the different forms of violenceagainst women and their extent in the areachosen for the study.

2. To identify the agencies of this violence.

3. To study the socio-economic background ofthe victims of violence.

4. To study the nature and causes of violence.

5. To study the impact of and reaction toviolence on the victim (if she is alive) and herfamily.

6. To study the action taken by the lawenforcing authorities to deal with violenceagainst women.

413


7. To suggest remedial measures to tackle theproblem of violence against women.

Methodology

Exploratory research design is being used forthe study. A sample of 250 cases ware taken upfor the study.

Area of Study

Mysore district of Karnataka State.

Tool

Interview schdeule.

Conclusions

1. The mere changes in the laws relating toviolence or stringent enforcement of theselaws, by themselves have not succeeded incontaining violence against women.

2. Violence against women is not an isolatedissue but a byproduct of a social set up thathas always sanctioned the use of force againstthem.

3. The social and cultural factors have beenpointed out as the main causes of violenceagainst women.

4. This study reveals those women with loweducational attainments, those in unskilledoccupation, those with no income in hand,were more victims of violence.

5. It was seen that largest percentage of rapevictims were victimized by persons with

whom they had been familiar.

6. The most common reaction of victim'sviolence was found to be crying.

7. A significant number of victims of intrafamilyviolence (68%) attempted to escape violenceby leaving the abusive home. 63% Post theirlives.

8. Most rape victims were not sure as to howthey had to react, because, the assailants werepersons known to the victims.

Recommendations

1. Studies on violence against women are limitedin number. Hence studies that adopt a holisticperspective in explaining the existence ofviolence against women should be conducted.

2. Surveys that help to assess the actual extentof the problem need to be undertaken.

3. Education of women must be given priorityand sustained efforts must be made to enableall women to acquire at least a minimum ofhigh school education.

4. Reducing unemployment and poverty andassuring every number of societies theminimum requirements of life.

5. More opportunities for women's employmentin the organised sector needs to be created.

6. A positive, firm and rational approach by thewomen to the violence can be used to preventfurther violence. Training in techniques ofself-defence will help to protect womenthemselves.

7. Methods of training police should include thegender dimension so as to sensitize the policeto women's issues.

414


Research Fellow, Madras University, Madras

201. Impact Of Correctional Programmes On Female Prisoners(1993)P.T. Uma Maheshwari

Objetives1. To understand various correctional programmes

in a women prison such as work, vocationaleducation and recreational programmes orientedtowards their rehabilitation.

2. To assess the effectiveness of thecorrectional programmes on female prisoner'sadjustment in prison.

3. To assess the effectiveness of thecorrectional programmes on released femaleprisoners in the community.

4. To find out the problems faced by the releasedfemale prisoners in getting employment.

5. To assess the effectiveness of thecorrectional programmes in relation torecidivism.

MethodologyThe study encompasses a partially descriptive

and a partially evaluative design. The universe ofthe present study includes female prisoners,released female prisoners and prison officials inthe prisons of Madurai and Vellore of Tamil NaduState.

Sampling

A sample size of 120 female prisoners with a

criterion of three or more than three months ofsentence was arrived at by purposive sampling.A kind of non-probabilistic sampling technique andquota sampling is also used.

Tools

Interview Schedule, Questionnaire andinventories were used to collect data.

Findings

1. The economic rehabilitation is minimalbecause of poor quality of the programmes.

2. The findings of qualitative evaluation showthat there is behavioural adjustment.

3. The findings also suggest that acceptance byfamily is all the more important even if theoffender is adjustable so as to prevent herfrom committing further crime.

4. The prison has all necessary any ingredientsfor treatment, including the infrastructure.

5. The inmates' future perception is bright andthe inmates are vulnerable to treatment.

6. The impact is positive on female prisonersadjustment in prison.

7. The impact is positive on female ex-offendersadjustment after release.

8. The prison lacks organization and efficientmanagement.

415


202. vijk/h efgykvksa dk lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (vkxjk vkSj esjB ds fo'ks"klanHkZ esa) (1993)

lquhrk oekZ

lekt'kkL=k foHkkx] bLekbZy us'kuy efgyk LukrdksÙkj dkyst (esjB)1993

Suggestions

1. Betterment in work programmes with respectto cooking.

2. Accreditation of vocational trainingprogrammes.

3. Improvement in educational programmes andproviding variety in recreational programmes.

4. Enhancement of incentives with respect towages, pre-mature release, parole, furlough,commutation & suspension of sentence.

mís';

1- vijk/h efgykvksa }kjk fd;s tkus okys vijk/ dhçÑfr ,oa çfreku Kku djuk_

2- vijk/h efgykvksa dh lkekftd & vk£Fkd i"BHkwfeKkr djuk_

3- vijk/h efgykvksa }kjk fd;s tkus okys vijk/ksa dsdkj.kksa] fo'ks"kr% ifjokj dh Hkwfedk dk irkyxkuk_

4- cUnh jgus dh vof/ esa vijk/h efgykvksa dslkekftd thou dk irk yxkuk_ rFkk

5- dkjkxkj ls eqfDr ds i'pkr~ vijk/h efgykvksa dsçfr lekt dh çfrfØ;k tkuuk rkfd mudsiquZokl dh çHkko'kkyh ;kstuk cukbZ tk ldsA

i}fr

vè;;u dks eq[;r% esjB rFkk vkxjk ds dkjkxkjksa rdgh lfEefyr fd;k x;k gSA esjB ls 127 rFkk vkxjk ls18 vijk/h efgyk,a gh vkadMs ladyu djus dh ,do"kZ dh vof/ esa miyC/ gks x;hA blfy, 80 vijkèkh

efgykvksa dks ukjh fudsru] y[kuÅ ls vè;;u gsrq pqukx;kA vr% fdlh çdkj dk fun'kZu u djds esjB] vkxjkrFkk ukjh fudsru] y[kuÅ esa cUnh lHkh 225 vijk/hefgykvksa dks vè;;u esa lfEefyr fd;k x;k gSA buesals 80 nks"kfl¼ cUnh rFkk 145 fopkjk/hu cUnh gSaAçLrqr vè;;u esa çkFkfed lkexzh dk ladyu rhuçeq[k çfof/;ksa }kjk fd;k x;k gS & lk{kkRdkj vuqlwph]oS;fDrd vè;;u rFkk vukSipkfjd lk{kkrdkjA 25vijk/h efgykvksa ls oS;fDrd vè;;u }kjk mudsthou ls lEcfU/r tkudkjh çkIr djus dk ç;kl fd;kx;k gSA lkexzh dk ladyu fnlEcj 1991 ls fnlEcj1992 dh vof/ esa fd;k x;k gSA

lk{kkRdkj vuqlwph }kjk ladfyr lkexzh dk dEi;wVj}kjk dkSafly iQkj lks'ky fMosYiesaV] ubZ fnYyh esala'kkSèku djk;k x;k gSA oS;fDrd vè;;u rFkk vukSipkfjdlk{kkRdkj }kjk ladfyr lkexzh dk xq.kkRed fo'ys"k.kfd;k x;k gSA f}rh;d lkexzh dk ladyu vijk/lEcU/h çdkf'kr i=k&if=kdkvksa] çys[kksa rFkk vU;fyf[kr L=kksrksa ls fd;k x;k gSA

midYiuk

1- efgyk vijk/h egkijk/ (xaEHkhj vijk/) dh

416


rqyuk esa dnkpkj (de xaEHkhj vijk/) vf/ddjrh gSA

2- la;qDr ifjokj dh efgykvksa dh vis{kk ,dkdhifjokj ds efgyk,a vf/d vijk/ djrh gSA

3- HkXu ifjokjksa dh yMfd;ksa o efgyk,a laxfBrifjokj dh yMfd;ksa o efgykvksa dh vis{kkvfèkd vijk/h gksrh gSA

4- vf'kf{kr efgyk,a f'kf{kr efgykvksa dh rqyuk esa]vfookfgr efgyk,a fookfgr efgykvksa dh rqyukesa rFkk dBksj ikfjokfjd fu;U=k.k esa jgus okyhefgyk,a de ikfjokfjd fu;U=k.k esa jgus okyhefgykvksa dh rqyuk esa vf/d vijk/h gksrh gSaA

5- de pyfp=k ns[kus okyh efgykvksa o yMfd;kadh vis{kk vf/d pyfp=k ns[kus okyh mPp oxZefgyk,a o yMfd;ka vf/d vijk/&çofÙk esa jrgksrh gSaA

6- fuEu oxZ dh efgyk,a o yMfd;ka mPp oxZ dhefgykvksa o yMfd;ksa dh vis{kk vf/d vijkèkdjrh gSaA

7- 16 ls 30 o"kZ ds chp dh vk;q dh yMfd;ka oefgyk,a vf/d vk;q dh efgykvksa dh vis{kkvf/d vijk/ djrh gSaA

8- xzkeh.k o NksVs dLcksa esa jgus okyh efgykvksa esacM+s uxjksa esa jgus okyh efgykvksa dh rqyuk esa devijk/ djrh gSaA

9- dkjkxkj vFkok lq/kjx`g esa efgyk vijkf/;ksa dklkekftd thou muds ikfjokfjd thou dh rqyukesa vklkekU; gksrk gSA

10- egkijk/ dh nks"kh efgykvksa dh vis{kk dnkpkjdh nks"kh efgykvksa ds çfr ifjokjtuksa] ukrsnkjks oc`gÙk leqnk; ds yksxksa dh çfrfØ;k lgkuqHkwfr dhgksrh gSA

fu"d"kZ

1- gesa efgyk vijk/ dh leL;k dk ewY;kadu dsoy

lkaf[;dh; ;k x.kukRed vk/kj ij u djdsxq.kkRed vk/kj ij djuk gksxk rFkk efgyk dksvijk/ djus ls jksduk gksxkA blds fy, mldslkekftd & vk£Fkd 'kks"k.k dks lekIr djuk gksxkAgesa efgykvksa dks nklh u ekudj lg;ksxh ekuukgksxk rFkk lekurk dk in nsuk gksxkA

2- gesa Hkkjrh; efgyk dks lerk dh f'k{kk dslkFk&lkFk Hkkjrh; ifjos'k ds vuqdwy ,d mÙkjnk;h]lfg".kq] vkKkdkjh] vuq'kkflr o /S;Zoku efgykds :i esa thou;kiu dh f'k{kk fn;k tkuk Hkh tkjhj[kuk gksxkA mlds pkfjf=kd xq.kksa dk fodkl djukgksxk rFkk mls vijk/ djus ls jksduk gksxkA

3- vijk/h efgykvksa ds çfr Hkh iq#"kksa ds lekuviuk;h tkus okyh fujks/kRed n.Muhfr dkslkekftd laj{k.k ds fl¼kUrksa ds vuq:i ifjo£rrdjuk gksxk rFkk muds iquokZl dh vksj vf/dè;ku nsuk pkfg,A muds fy, vyx dkjkxkj cukusgksxsa] oxhZdj.k o lekftd&vk£Fkd fLFkfr dsvuqlkj cUnh voLFkk rFkk eqfDr ds i'pkr~ lq/kjdk;ksZa dh :i js[kk cukuh gksxh rFkk mÙkj j{kk lsokdk;ZØeksa dks efgykvksa ds fy, vf/d çHkkodkjho ykHknk;d cukuk gksxkA

4- cUnh voLFkk esa mUgsa ifjokj ds lq[k&nq[k esa Hkkxysus rFkk leqnk; eas gksus okys lkekftd mRloksa esalfEefyr djus tSls uohu ç;ksx fd;s tkus pkfg,rkfd ifjokj o leqnk; esa muds iquZokl dksvklku cuk;k tk ldsA

5- efgykvksa gsrq vfu/kZfjr n.Muhfr dks Hkh ykxwfd;k tkuk pkfg, rFkk vxj blds vPNs ifj.kkelkeus vkrs gS rks n.Muhfr esa mi;qDr ifjorZuykuk gksxkA vijk/h efgykvksa esa iqu% vkRefo'okliSnk djds rFkk muds iquokZl }kjk mUgsa ;gfo'okl fnykuk gksxk fd lekt esa mudh mi;ksfxrkde ugh gqbZ gSA fu"d"kZr%] gesa efgyk dks vijkèkdjus ls cpkdj vkSj vijk/h efgykvksa dk leqfpriquokZl dj lekt dks cpkuk gksxkA

417


Objectives

1. To examine the need and status of womenpolice in criminal justice system.

2. To analyze the personal and family backgroundcharacteristics and to assess their influenceon the role conflict.

3. To examine the socio-economic characteristicsof women police and their contribution thereofon the extent of role conflict experienced.

4. To enquire into the extent of role satisfactionderived by the women police in their variousrole performances and the resultant roleconflicts and tensions.

5. To identify the role demands of women policeand their impact on the extent of role conflictand tension experienced thereof.

6. To assess the level of role conflicts andtensions with reference to the nature of serviceand working conditions of women police.

Methodology

The main purpose of the study is to analysis the

role conflicts and tensions experienced by womenpolice in criminal justice administration. A samplesize comprising of 105 respondents from the threecategories of women (Constable, Head Constable,and Sub Inspector) Police was selected out ofthe women police working in five districts (viz,Nagpur, Bhandara, Gadchiroli, Wardha andChandrapur). An Interview Schedule wasstructured, based on similar studies, to collectthe required data for the study. Each and everyrespondent was contacted in person by theresearcher for administration of interviewschedule and collection of requisite data.

Findings

1. The nature of functions given to women policeare more ceremonial than real. Generally,women police are not given all the types ofduties or functions at par with men police.Thus the potentialities of women police werefound as underutilized.

2. The number of women police is also muchnegligible as compared to their malecounterparts.

3. There is no separate cell or room either forlocking up or guarding the women criminalsor suspects.

203. Women Police in Criminal Justice Administration: RoleConflicts and Tensions: A Socio-psychological Analysis(1993)

Latha Krishnamurthi

Department of Post-Graduate Teaching in Law, NagpurUniversity

418


Research Fellow, Deptt. of Sociology, Coimbatore

204. Women Criminals In Tamil Nadu (1994)A.Thomas William

Objectives

1. To understand the socio-economicbackground of female criminals.

2. To know the particulars regarding family oforientation.

3. To trace the details of family of procreation.

4. To know the cause, nature and pattern ofcrime among women.

5. To measure the consequences of femalecriminality on individual, Children, family andsociety at large.

6. To assess the facilities provided in prison andthe impact of prison life.

7. To study the future plan of the respondentsand perceived acceptance of family andsociety and to suggest suitable preventive andrehabilitative programmes.

Methodology

The study of "Women Criminals in Tamil Nadu"is of explorative in nature. Inmates in Vellore andMadurai prison are the universe of the study.

4. The external situations such as provision ofconveyance or crèche care of the children ofwomen police need to be improved/introduced.

5. The in-service training/orientation courses needto be introduced wherever absent andimprovement to be made wherever present.

6. The image of women in police lacks properprojection.

7. The women police are used only as assistantseven in the cases of crime concerning womenand children. Independent power for investigationor probing in crimes concerning women/childrento be delegated to women police.

8. The social security measures such as properinsurance, medical facilities etc. for womenpolice needs improvement.

9. There was no regular meetings/get-togethersfor proper interaction between the familymembers of women police. If introduced,these get-togethers may improve upon theknowledge of other members of the family,about the job obligations or role demands ofwomen police.

10. There is need to do away with the practice ofappointing women in police on compassionatereasons. Instead of providing appointment,they may be given pension or such othermonetary supports.

419


Tools of Data Collection

A structured interview schedule wasconstructed to collect data from womencriminals. Personal observation was also used tocollect data.

Suggestions/Recommendations

1. The school children are the largest targetgroups where the criminal tendencies can bespot out, for which educating the childrenfrom the school level is very essential.

2. The welfare programmes or services must bestarted when a women criminal enters intothe prison system and complete the period;when she again gets settled into the societyand she should be treated as a human being.

3. The food commodities provided to theprisoners can be improved in its quality andquantity periodically by improving the menu.

4. Hospitals with well equipped facilities are ofcrucial need to provide facilities like that ofmedical and psychiatry, medical officer withall para-medical staff made available for dayand night.

5. Expectant mothers and children should begiven adequate care, prenatal and post-natalcare, nutritious food and medical check-upare necessary.

6. Educational programmes including adulteducation are very essential.

7. A separate training for them in prison mustbe developed keeping in mind the social andeconomic role of women in the society andto be imparted after identifying the trainingneeds of young prisoners.

8. Set up of follow-up programmes after therelease of prisoners.

9. After release, the women should be lookedafter adequately and considerable help shouldbe extended so that they will not indulge incrime in future.

10. Follow up of study of released prisonersshould be made to assess the impact ofrehabilitative programmes so as to identify theproblem areas and to make improvements inthe programmes.

11. Create awareness among the family andsociety on the attitudes to be shown towomen.

420


Deptt. of Political Science, University Of Allahabad

205. Role Of The Police In A Changing Society (1995)Aparna Srivastava

Objectives

1. To analyse the history and development ofpolice force in India and the primaryfunctions of the police in Indian context.

2. To emphasize the role of police incontemporary society.

MethodologyThe Traditional and empirical methodology in

collecting material for the research work. Theprimary source material includes police reports,Journals and other official records. A survey hasbeen conducted through the questionnaire method.A set of two questionnaire were used, one forpolice personnel and the other for the generalpublic.

Findings

Public Perception

1. 65% of the people voted role and performanceof police as poor and their perceptiontowards police was unfavorable.

2. The reason for this distorted perception wasthe nature of duties and functions, mediaexaggeration, past legacy and isolated personalexperiences accountable for it.

3. 55% of respondents agreed to the opinion thatthe fairness and impartiality of work arefrequently impaired by consideration of statusand wealth of the parties, pressures frompoliticians.

4. Majority of the respondents were aware ofthe conditions of services of policemen in ourcountry and view that improvement in theseconditions will increase the efficiency ofpolice.

5. 65% of the people agreed to the statementthat speculative and distorted reporting inpress regarding crimes at the stage ofinvestigation by police caused practicaldifficulties and prejudices the normal causeof investigation.

6. Majority of the respondents agreed to the factthat people are very reluctant to co-operatewith police during investigation.

7. 55% of the people know policemen whoflatter the politicians, only 40% of them knewofficers who were honest.

8. Very few (10%) of respondents expressed theneed for a boys club to run in associationwith police etc.

9. The police officers made the followingrecommendations with regard to changes inthe role of police.

10. Police Act of 1861 should be thoroughlyrevised.

421


206. Socio-Psychological Factors Leading To WomenCriminality (1995)Pushpa Wadhwani

Deptt. of Psychology, Jai Narayan Vyas University,Jodhpur

11. Maintenance of close relation with public andthe role of police must be linked with thesuggestions of public at all stages.

12. The manner of conducting training given topolicemen, the adequacy of the latest and newmodel of arms and ammunitions, newdeveloped means and instruments forinvestigation should be according to modernsociety and atmosphere.

Objectives

1. To formulate a set of empirical generalizationabout criminal behaviour in women.

2. To differentiate female criminals from malecriminals and female non-criminals.

3. To find out the child rearing practices andanti-social aggressive models betweencriminals and female non-criminals.

4. To analyse the personality variables of femalecriminals and female non-criminals.

MethodologyIn the present study, correctional research

design was used. The study was conducted on160 respondents containing 80 female criminals,40 male criminals and 40 non-criminals' females.

Universe of the study

The female prisoners from Central Jail, Jaipurand Nari Bandi Niketan, Model Jail, Lucknow. Themale prisoners from Central Jail, Jodhpur.

Findings

1. Female criminals had more family pathologies,personal inadequacies, and are ridden withproblems and internal conflicts. They are

13. Human rights should be respected by thepolice and they should be more accountabletowards public.

14. There should be no political interference ofany kind in recruitment and working.

15. The social legislations have to be enforced andthe police should try to be Police-friendly byperforming its assistance functionsatisfactorily.

422


fundamentally sentimental and unrealistic eventhen their aggressive actions are situationdependent.

2. Female non-criminals have a healthy familyenvironment, integrated and supportive, theyare co-operative and realistic, less agitated,stable, are sympathy seekers, their inabilityand urge to seek sympathy indicate the stereo-typical behaviour of the female folk in thesocio-economic stratum they belong to.

3. Female non-criminals were assigned morehousehold responsibilities but respondents ofother groups too owned and fulfilled thegiven responsibilities and whatever therespondents did, was intentional.

4. Child rearing practices, as perceived were thesame for all the three groups, hence it has notplayed any role in the development ofdelinquency culminating into subsequentcriminal behavior.

5. There is hardly any difference in respondents'aspiration for education in all the threegroups.

6. Agriculture is the main source of income andit is perceived adequate by all therespondents. The present study reveals thatfemale as well as male criminals have comefrom socio-economic stratum.

7. There are no differences found with regardto the persons modeled after mother, fatherand other members of the family and theirrelations among parents, reaction to familialtension and their causes leading to familytension.

8. All the respondents have reported that theirhusband's behavior is congenial andaffectionate and the behavior of in-laws alsois normal.

9. The female criminals are unstable in theirability to meet the external demands and areunhappy.

10. A marginal relationship is found betweenmenstruation and crime though statistically itsinsignificant.

11. 50 percent of the female criminals acceptedthey have committed the crime and the restdenied it. 78 percent of the male criminalsagreed that they committed the crime.

423


Research Fellow, Department of Criminology, Universityof Madras

207. Psychological Correlates of Rape Victimization (1995)S.Usharani

ObjectivesThe major objective of the present study was

to investigate the psychological aftermath of rapei.e. the rape victim's mental state after the assault,which is referred to as rape trauma syndrome.

Hypothesis

1. There will be no relationship between thepsychological variables and the cognitivecomponent among the victims of rape.

2. There will be no relationship between thepsychological variables among the rapevictims.

3. There will be no differences between therecent group of rape victims and the earliergroup of rape victims on the psychologicalfactors.

4. There will be no relationship between thedemographic variables and the psychologicalvariable.

MethodologyEx-post facto, research design was used for

the study. The sample of the study consists of95 rape victims.

Area of StudyMadras, Chennai. M.G.R (East), Chennai

M.G.R (West), North Arcot and South Arcot ofTamil Nadu state.


1. Justness Inventory

2. The Hopelessness scale

3. Depression scale from Multiphase personalityquestionnaire.

4. Situational Comprehension Test- Situationpertaining to rape taken from crime records.

Findings

1. The variable of Situational comprehensionwas significantly and negatively related tosocial Maladjustment, Value orientation,Alienation, Manifest Aggression, SocialAnxiety and depression.

2. Social maladjustment was significantly andpositively related to value orientation manifestaggression, social anxiety, feeling ofhopelessness and depression.

3. Value orientation was significantly andpositively related to alienation, manifestaggression, feeling of hopelessness anddepression.

4. No significant relationship between valueorientation and social anxiety, whereasalienation was significantly and positivelyrelated to social anxiety, depression etc.

424


Research Fellow, P.G. Deptt. of Sociology, SambalpurUniversity, Orissa

208. Stress And Coping: A Case Of Orissa Police (1995)P.K. Mishra

5. The variables of manifest aggression, socialanxiety and feeling of hopelessness wassignificant.

6. There was no significant relationship betweenthe recently raped groups on the differentvariables.

7. The maximum number of rape victims fell inthe age group of 16-18 years belonging to theunmarried, semi-urban and unskilled labourgroup.

8. The rape incidences were more in thesituation where the individual is raped bystranger, by single person and raped duringthe evening and night hours.

9. There was no relationship between the

demographic variables and the rape traumasyndrome variables except the variable ofsocial anxiety.

Suggestions

1. A future study could be extended to a largersize constituting rape victims drawn fromalmost all districts of Tamil Nadu in order todraw a profile.

2. To have a comprehensive profile of rapevictims, it is better that a study should beconducted with a period ranging upto 10years.

3. A comparative study can be conducted of rapevictims with female victims of other crimes.

Objectives1. To identify the sources of occupational stress

among the different levels in police.

2. To study the relationships of police stress withother variables like join experience,geographical region. (Urban/rural)

3. To identify appropriate adaptive copingstrategies dealing with job stress.

Hypothesis

1. Job Stress increases along with hierarchicalposition.

2. Role stress will be maximum in the middlelevel.

3. Stress will influence coping styles.

Methodology

The study was conducted on 300 policemen fromOrissa police in four categories i.e. Urban officer,urban non officer, rural officer and rural non officer.

425


Deptt. of Criminology & Forensic Science, Dr. Hari SinghGour Vishwavidyalaya Sagar (MP)

209. An Investigative Study On Police Training ProgrammesOn Non-Gazetted Officers In Madhya Pradesh (1995)Mukesh Kumar Chaurasia

Suggestions

1. Occupational stress is a result of theinteraction of various psychosocial jobcharacteristics.

2. Occupational stress leads to changes in themental health and psychological well beingsof employees in the organizations.

3. To reduce the negative effects of stressinducing occupational dimensions of mentalhealth, the perceived organizational support isvery important.

4. Perceived organizational support takes intoaccount (a) evaluating judgements, attributedto the organization relating to satisfaction withthe employee as a member of the organizationand with the employee's performance; (b)

anticipation of the employee's future value;(c) appreciation of the employee's extra effort;(d) consideration of the employee's goals andopinions (e) the organization's concerns aboutfair pay; (f) job enrichment; (g) full use of theemployee's talent and; (h) employee'ssatisfaction on the job and the employee's wellbeing.

5. In the Indian context, the inter-relationshipsamongst psychological and organizationalvariables across organization and job hierarchiesmight pose an issue for empirical observation.It is still controversial whether the job relatedfactors influence the personal attributes andorganizational behaviour of individuals.

6. Emotion-focused coping is aimed atcontrolling the emotional response to thestressful situation.

Objectives

1. To survey the physical and infrastructuralfacilities available to the trainees and trainersin the state police training institutions.

2. To critically study the curriculum of varioustraining courses meant for police officials vis-à-vis their future job needs.

3. To study the perceptions of trainees regardingthe training being given to them.

4. To identify important issues and problemsexperienced by the trainees in the course oftheir training period.

5. To assess the role and performance oftrainers vis-à-vis implementation of trainingschedule.

6. To understand the major problems being faced

426


by the trainers in the training institutions andtheir impact on overall training programmes.

Research Design

The study intended to focus upon the trainingand training arrangement for non-gazetted ranksin the civil police personnel in M.P., the traininginstitutions and non-gazetted police ranks formedthe universe of the study. Three types of sampleunits have been proposed to be covered in thisexercise. They were training institutions, trainersand trainees. Systematic random sampling wasassorted to for data collection.

Tools Used for Data Collection

The tools include interview, observation andrecord consultation.

Findings

1. All training institutions in the state hadinsufficient facilities of accommodations,toilets, furniture, drinking water, mess,medical services, library etc.

2. The lack of physical facilities in the StatePolice Training Institutions have found directlyrelated to the training budget of theseinstitutions.

3. There is deterioration in the training qualityand the content and coverage of the existingtraining courses for Constables and Sub-Inspector recruits have been found to be quitecomprehensive.

4. The standards of performance in result ofConstable recruits have been noted to be ofaverage or even below average level in certaincases.

5. The most striking revelations made by thetrainees pertained to the prevalence of corruptpractices, and mismanagement in traininginstitutions and were being forced by thelower level of instructors to make illegitimatepayments for getting their various entitlements.

6. There was hardly any effective system ofsolving the trainees' problems and grievancesin training institutions.

7. The Constable recruits were also put tovarious law and order duties during theirtraining period, which was adversely affectingthe conduct of training.

8. Recruits were not being sent to the traininginstitutions immediately after their selection.In most cases they were posted to the districteven before starting their training.

9. There was also a shortage of skilled andexpert instructors and they had littleinclination towards their jobs.

10. Majority of the instructors have reported thelack of proper training aids and necessarytraining materials weaponing theirperformances.

11. There was no systematic and centralizedprocedure to recruit the regular cadre ofinstructors in the PTSs and the JNPA.

12. No. attention was being paid to the trainingfor trainers. Resultantly most instructors didnot have adequate grounding in their trades.

Recommendations

1. To sensitize the police leadership towards thesignificance of training.

427


2. At least 15% of police budget should be spenton the police training and the Government ofIndia should ensure that 20% of themodernization grant of Central Governmentis released in favour of states exclusively forpolice training.

3. The Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment should explore the possibilitiesof getting standard training material preparedfrom experienced police officers andacademicians and the same should be madeavailable to the training institutions.

4. The training should be projected as a dynamicprocess, which should continue to embracethe new facets of the issues and dulyconstituted committee at the state level shouldreview the training contents for necessaryamendments and submit reports.

5. The idea of attaching the Constables and Sub-Inspectors recruits to any social serviceinstitutions should be pursued and the StateHome Department should draw efficientofficials from within the force as well asfrom outside institutions.

6. Adequate incentives and allowances etc.should be given to the instructors in the staff.

7. State Home Department in consultation withthe Bureau of Police Research andDevelopment should prepare a proposal forcreating institutional arrangements for thetraining of trainers.

8. The training methods as suggested by GoreCommittee should be experimented.

9. The recommendations made by the importantforums/seminars organised by the Ministry ofHome Affairs should be closely studied foraction and implementation.

10. A comprehensive training policy should bedevised by the State Training Directorate andvarious orientation courses should be draftedfor different ranks and should be madecompulsory.

11. The senior ranks in police should visit thesetraining institutions so that they can appreciatethe training imparted to the lower ranksthrough which they are supposed to servepublic.

428


210. Post Treatment Adjustment Problems And Relapse InDrug Addiction: An Empirical Study (1996)Preeti Pande

Research Fellow, Department of Psychology, Universityof Delhi, Delhi

Objectives

1. To study the extent of Social Stability andSocial Adjustment.

2. To study the Family Environment of theAbstainers and the Relapsers.

3. To study the quality of their MaritalAdjustment.

4. To assess the personality Characteristics aswell as locus of control of the abstainers andthe relapse's.

Hypotheses

In this study, 13 hypotheses were formulatedrelating to demographic variables (one each for age,educational level, employment status, marital statusand living arrangement), family environment, maritalfunctioning, personality dimension, locus ofcontrol, social adjustment and post treatmentinvolvement in drug culture.

Methodology

A sample of 250 subjects, including 53abstrainers and 197 relapsers were taken on thebasis of availability of subject.

A pilot study preceded the final data

collection. A total of 12 subjects including sixabstrainers and six relapsers were taken forparticipation in the study.

The Social Adjustment Scale, MaritalAdjustment Scale, 16 PF Test, Levison's Locusof Control Scale and a Semi-StructuredQuestionnaire were used for collection of data.

Suggestions

1. A total treatment model to be developed tolook not only at the actual drug dependencebut also at the factors that breed substanceabuse and relapse including pharmacological,familial marital, occupational and social issues.It must include strategies aimed at managingthe occurrence of relapse.

2. Effective steps are to be taken to restrict therelapsing nature of drug dependence. Familyinvolvement and increased environmentalsupport was found to facilitate transfer oftherapeutic gains to the natural environment.

3. To involve significant others in the treatmentprogramme, in order to suggest ways ofhanding the recovering addict.

4. The unorganized, addicted life need to bereplaced by more constructive sociallyconditioned one.

5. The drug free individuals need to berehabilitated into the conventional society.

6. The issue of relapse is urgently taken up as amajor concern of treatment programmes.

429


211. Environmental Tensions, Communal Riots And Role OfPolice As Crisis Manager (1997)Anupam Sharma

Deptt. of Political Science, CSS University, Meerut

7. To establish new social relationships througha "buddy" system or a self-help group need tobe encouraged.

8. Self -governing social clubs be set up forrecovering addicts, so as to provide them withenjoyable social events.

9. Youth organizations can also play a vital rolein helping the recovering addict by drawingthem back into the mainstream of life andinstilling social commitment.

10. Specific vocational training courses inskills, relevant in the local economy beprovided in the rehabilitation programme,so as to permit the client to become self-sufficient.

11. This community resources be successfullyinvolved in creating the infrastructure for thetreatment and social integration of addicts inthe natural surrounding.

Objectives

1. To investigate the truth and to indicate the realproblem areas so that some useful ways maybe found out.

2. To review the available literature in an effortto establish the areas of studies in policescience.

3. To identify the causes for the outbreak ofriots from the different committee reports andcommission.

MethodologyAs Meerut city witnessed five communal

riots, it has been chosen as universe where a

comparative study based on people's perceptionand the capabilities of police force in containingthe riots has been studied. Empirical approachhas been used for the study.

Tools used for the StudySchedule, questionnaire, interviews and

observation have been used for collection of data.

Findings, Conclusions/Suggestions

1. Majority of the respondents opined thatpolitical development is the most prominentfactor responsible for growth of communalriots in the local community of Meerut. Also,the elite of society, political leadership andlocal media have added to the plightconsiderably.

2. It is the view of respondents that in most of

430


212. Police Personnel's Plight (A Study In The ServiceConditions Of The Supervisory And Grass RootFunctionaries At Meerut) (1997)Shiv Kant Yadav

Deptt. of Political Science, Institute of Advanced studies,Ch. Charan Singh University, Meerut

the cases the police protect themselves andthe response time of the police is very slow,the behaviour towards the member of minoritycommunity is negative even towards womenand children.

3. During riots, the role of police is most hostileand negative when compared to the post riotsituation.

4. In the opinion of public, proper infrastructureand manpower input, provision of specialtraining and good attitudinal police, nonintervention of political parties in the routineadministrative affair can make police anefficacious and capable force which maycome up to the expectations of the people.

5. Local leadership acts as a catalyst in theintensification of communal tensions,according to police officers.

6. Police have their own suggestions for riotcontrol like providing of modern armaments,non-political interference, rapid communicationchannel, specially trained riot controlling forceand high speed vehicles.

7. Senior police officers suggested that regularmeetings of the representatives of concernedcommunities at Thana, Tehsil and Districtlevels are required to be held so that tensionsmay be avoided.

8. Non-governmental organizations should playtheir creative role and leave the police to playa legal role instead of lambasting police.

9. The Police Commission in its observation hasmentioned the social and political systems shouldplay positive and creative role in the containmentof tension making the social life smooth.

Objectives

1. To evaluate the environmental conditions andmotivational input as well as availablefacilities.

2. To evaluate the implementation of the policiesin the state.

3. To suggest measures to improve the serviceconditions.

Methodology

The study has been taken up in Meerut districtof Western Uttar Pradesh. To have proper firsthand data a schedule was given to one hundredpurposively selected samples from different ranksof the police hierarchy of urban, rural-urban and

431


213. A study of Personality Correlates of Women Heroin-Addicts (1998)Sadia Habib

Research Fellow, Department of Psychology, PoorvanchalUniversity, Jaunpur

rural police stations of the district. Historical andAnalytical methodology has been used.

Conclusions

1. The grass-root police personnel are undersocio-psychological, economic and political,administrative and policy strains and propermotivational input are not available.

2. This vast spectrum of criminality only 6.63percent monetary expenditure is allocated andnot very effective police set up has beenorganised in the district.

3. The police personnel find it difficult to copewith a situation since the facilities, salarystructure is not conducive.

4. 7% of the respondents are satisfied onaccount of availability of housing facilities.The respondents are also scared of the post-

retirement life because on the views of therespondents it is not very secure.

5. Majority of the people feel unhappy for areason that a weak police force cannot be aguarantee to perfect security.

6. The respondents revealed that the corruptpractices are the outcome of low level ofcompensation and until this is not improvedthe functioning of police may not improve.

7. Police personnel are facing organizational andfunctional problems including disproportionalworkload and weak infrastructure includingfacilities.

8. Various psychological, social, economics,political, organizational and structuralimpediment have contributed towards thecreation of weak and inefficient policeorganization in recent time.

Objectives

1. To evaluate the personality characteristics inwomen heroin users.

2. To formulate prediction by the severity ofaddiction in women heroin users.

3. To correlate and compare the personalitytraits of women heroin addicts to that of non-addicts.

432


Methodology

The research design used is experimentaldesign. Purposive random sampling is used forcollection of samples. 140 cases of women heroinaddicts and 140 cases of women non- addicts.

Tools Used

Interview Schedule1. Aap ki Pasand: Ek Prashnavli (Single Stimulus

format of Tripathi Preference Scheduleprepared by Sen Gupta and Tripathi, (1977).

2. HA Scale (Constructed by the presentinvestigator and described herein after)

3. Locus of control inventory (J.B. Rotter, 1971)

4. Socio-economic status scale (R.N. Singh,S.D. Kapoor & S. Rao, 1970)

Area of StudyThe study was conducted in Mumbai, which

is the capital of Maharastra state.

Findings

On the basis of the study, the results revealthat women heroin-addicts show poor tendencyon order, affiliation interception, change,deference, personality traits and higher tendencyon autonomy, abasement, and aggression traits.

When the locus of control is considered, it isfound that women heroin-addicts display "externallocus of control".

Conclusions

1. Women heroin addicts due to uncongenialfamily atmosphere want total freedom infollowing customs, values, responsibilities andobligations of society; they like to do workin unconventional way without caring forothers feeling.

2. Most heroin users seek others support andaffection in times of sufferings anddepression.

3. There is suffering from the feeling offrustration and aggression and they belong toshanty town where there is no model availablefor imitation.

4. The personality traits of women heroinaddicts include disloyalty to friends, lack ofattachment, failure to analyze others motives,feeling and behaviour, lack in the feelings andpower to influence others, affection andgenerosity.

5. The women heroin addicts do not hesitate togo with any member of opposite sex andbecomes sexually excited, engage themselvesin discussions about sex matters, fall in lovewith any one and have other similartendencies.

433


Objectives

1. To study the main effects of social support(presence and absence), type of prisoners (undertrials and convicts) and age group (young andelderly) on environmental perception and attitudetowards life of female prisoners

2. To study the interaction effects of socialsupport and type of prisoner, social supportand age group, type of prisoners and age groupon environmental perception and attitudetowards life among female prisoners

3. To study the interaction effects of socialsupport, type of prisoners and age group onenvironmental perception and attitude towardslife amongst female prisoners

Methodology

The sample comprised of 200 under trial inmatesand 50 convicts. Following tools have been usedfor data collection:

1. Social Support Questionnaire (SSQ)

2. Environmental Self-Report Scale (ESRS)

3. Perceived Control Scale (PCS)

4. Life Attitude Profile (LAP)

Findings

1. The elderly inmates significantly possessed morefear of dying in prison than the young inmates.

2. The under trials preferred death than living inprison for an indefinite time than the convicts,serving a sentence.

3. The inmates reflected need for living in a groupthan solitary confinement.

4. The elderly prisoners perceived inferior healthstatus after imprisonment than the youngprisoners.

5. Religious beliefs and practices emerged as acoping mechanism among prisoners.

6. Quite a few inmates reported incidence offights and assaults with the fellow prisoners.

7. The under trial prisoners perceived jail amenitiesto be more inadequate than the convicts.

8. Social skills were not rendered to the undertrial prisoners, whereas convicts underwentdifferent training programmes. The convictedprisoners considered vocational trainingcourses as more helpful than other courses.

9. 90 percent of the inmates anticipated socialstigma and difficulties in family relations afterbeing released from the prison.

10. Adaptation to prison cultures, formation ofpseudo-families, relationship with the prisonstaff, faith in one’s innocence, were some ofthe factors that helped prisoners to adjust withthe prison life.

214. Role of Social Support in Environmental Perception andAttitude towards life among Female Prisoners (1998)Neeti Rana

Department of Psychology,Faculty of Social Sciences,Dayalbagh Educational Institute, Deemed University,Dayallbagh, Agra, U.P.

434


215. Ekfgyk iqfyl &,d lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (1998)

'k'kkad 'ks[kj Bkdqj

'kks/ ds mn~ns';

1- mRrjnkrk ls lacaf/r lkekU; tkudkjh izkIr djuk

2- mRrjnkrk }kjk fu.kZ; fuekZ.k dh izfØ;k esa vkSipkfjd

rFkk vukSipkfjd

3- mRrjnkrk ls lacaf/r vkfFkZd ,oa O;olkf;d i{kksa

dh tkudkjh izkIr djuk

4- efgyk iqfyl dh vijk/ fu;a=k.k D;k Hkwfedk gS\

D;k Hkwfedk gksrh gS\ bl lanHkZ esa tkudkjh izkIr

djuk

5- efgyk iqfyl ls lacaf/r laxBu] mudh leL;kvksa

rFkk lacaf/r ljdkjh uhfr;ksa ds lanHkZ esa tkudkjh

izkIr djuk

vè;;u i}fr

vè;;u esa nSo funZ'ku ds ekè;e ls 'kks/ dk;Z djus dk

iz;kl fd;k gSA lexz dk p;u djus gsrq fopkjiwoZd

fun'kZu fof/ dk iz;ksx djrs gq, Hkksiky fLFkr efgyk

iqfyl Fkkuk] Hkksiky ds vusd iqfyl Fkkuksa esa dk;Zjr

efgyk iqfyl] ih-,p-D;w esa dk;Zjr efgyk iqfyl] rFkk

Lis'ky vkeZ iQkslZ dh efgyk iqfyl cVkfy;u esa

dk;Zjr efgyk iqfyl dk pquko fun'kZu ds fy, fd;k

gSA mfYyf[kr LFkkuksa ij inLFkkfir efgyk iqfyl dh

la[;k rks vf/d gS ysfdu bu LFkkuksa ij ls 300 efgyk

iqfyl dk pquko fun'kZd ds :i esa fd;k x;k gSA 'kgj

esa dqN iqfyl Fkkuksa tSls Vh-Vh uxj fu'kkar iqjk] deyk

uxj] gchcxat esa efgyk,a iq:"k iqfyldehZ ds lax

inLFk gSA ftudk dh pquko bl vè;;u ds fy, fun'kZu

ds :i esa fd;k x;k gSA

fu"d"kZ

1- fofHkUu /eZ rFkk lEiznk; dks ekuus okyh efgykvksa

us ijLij ls vyx gVdj ?kj dh pkgjfnokjh ds

ckgj bl lsok dks pukSrh ds :i esa Lohdkj gSA

2- oSokfgd fLFkfr ds vk/kj ij efgyk iqfyl mRrjnkrk

dk vè;;u djus ls ;g Kkr gksrk gS fd 68

izfr'kr mRrjnkrk fookfgr gS rFkk 32 izfr'kr

vfookfgr gSaA fookfgr mRrjnkrkvksa esa dqN fo/ok

vkSj dqN rykd'kqnk gSaA

3- izLrqr vè;;u ls ;g Kkr gksrk gS fd izk;% bl

lsok dks viukus okyh lHkh mRrjnkrk;sa f'kf{kr gSaA

D;ksafd vU; 'kkldh; lsokvksa ds leku gh iqfyl

lsok ds fy, Hkh ,d fuf'pr 'kS{kf.kd vgZrk;sa

fuf'pr dh x;h gSSA bl O;oLFkk ds varxZr vkusokyh

lokZf/d mRrjnkrk Lukrd gS ,oa U;wure mRrjnkrkvksa

esa LukrdksRrj gSaAlekt”kkL= foHkkx] cjdrwYykg fo”ofo|ky;] Hkksiky] eè; çns”k

435


4- izLrqr vè;;u esa f'k{kk ds ekè;e ds varxZr

mRrjnkrk dks nks oxksZsa esa foHkkftr fd;k x;k gSA

izFke rks os mRrjn'kZrk ftUgksaus fgUnh esa f'k{kk xzg.k

dh gS vkSj budk izfr'kr 66 gSA f}rh; izdkj ds o

mRrjnkrk gSa ftUgksaus vaxzsth dh ekè;e ls f'k{kk

xzg.k dh gS vkSj budk izkfr'kr 34 gSa vr% ;g

Li"V gS fd lokZf/d izfr'kr fganh ekè;e ls f'k{kk

xzg.k djus okyh mRrjnkrkvksa dh gSA

5- vè;;u esa ;g ns[kk x;k gS fd iqfyl lsok esa

izf'k{k.k fu;qfDr ds iwoZ u gksdj fu;qfDr ds i'pkr

nh tkrh gSA

6- ;g Li"V gS fd xzkeh.k ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa Hkh ifjorZu

gks jgh gSA ekufldrk esa ;g ifjorZu 'kgjh izns'k dks

lanHkZ ekudj xzkeh.k {ks=k esa ifjorZu dh ps"Vk dks

n'kkZrk gSA

7- izLrqr vè;;u esa ns[kk x;k fd lekpkj i=k i<+us

okyksa dh la[;k lokZf/d gS vkSj 80 izfr'kr

mRrjnkrk fuf'pr :i ls lekpkj i=k i<+rh gSa

viuh nSfud O;Lrrk ds ckn Hkh lekpkj i=k i<+us]

ns'k&fons'k dh [kcjksa dks tkuus dk iz;kl os djrh

gSa rFkk os bl ckr dk vkadyu djrh gSaA fd efgyk

iqfyl dh Nfo lekt esa fdl izdkj dh cukbZ tk

jgh gSA

8- lHkh 100 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa dh [ksy esa vfHk:fp

gSA ysfdu fliQZ 20 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk gh [ksy ds

fu;fer f[kykMh gSa tcfd 80 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk

fliQZ ml [ksy ds ckjs esa tkudkjh j[krh gSaA bldk

,d izeq[k dkj.k ;g ik;k x;k fd nSfud ?kjsyw

dk;kZsa] M~;wVh dh Fkdku vkfn ds dkj.k muds ikl

bruk le; ugha gksrk gS fd os fu;fer :i ls ml

[ksy ij è;ku dsfUnzr dj ik;sA

9- izLrqr vè;;u esa ;g ns[kk x;k fd lkekftd

xfrfof/;ksa esa Hkkx ysus okys mRrjnkrkvksa la[;k 43

izfr'kr gS rFkk 32 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk lekftd

xfrfof/;ksa esa Hkkx ugha ysrh gSaA mudk ekuuk Fkk

fd mudh bPNk vo'; gksrh gS fd os bu lkekftd

xfrfof/;ksa esa lfØ; Hkkxhnkjh izLrqr djs ysfdu

le;kHkko ds dkj.k os bruk le; ugha fudkyikrh

gS fd os lkekftd xfrfof/k;ksa esa lgHkkxh gksA 25

izfr'kr mRrjnkrk us dksbZ mRrj izLrqr ugha fd;kA

10- yxHkx 85 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk bl ckjs esa tkx:d Fkh

fd ifjokj esa cPpksa dh la[;k ,d ;k nks gksuh

pkfg,A 15 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk 2 ls 4 cPpksa ds i{k esa

FkhA ysfdu ifjokj fu;kstu ds lanHkZ esa ,d ckr tks

ns[kus dks vk;h og ;g fd tc ifjokj fu;kstu gksuk

pkfg, ml le; mldh vko';drk dks udkjk x;k

gSA vr% ifjokj fu;kstu T;knkrj vlarqfyr ifjokjksa esa

ns[kus dks feyk gSA

11- efgyk iqfyl ds :i esa dk;Zjr ;s efgyk;sa ?kj esa

jgus okyh efgykvksa ls vf/d tkx:d gksrh gSA

dk;kZy; esa vius dk;Z fucVkus ds Øe esa fy, tkus

okys fu.kZ;ksa ds iQyLo:i os fHkUu&fHkUu ifjfLFkfr;ksa

esa fdlh Hkh izdkj dk fu.kZ; ysus esa l{ke gksrh gSaA

blds vfrfjDr izLrqr vè;;u esa ;g Hkh ns[kk x;k

fd ikfjokfjd ewY; Hkh fu.kZ; ysus dh izfØ;k dks

izHkkfor djrh gSA

436


12- 90 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa us ;g tkudkjh nh fd os

cpr esa fo'okl djrh gSa tcfd fliQZ 10 izfr'kr

mRrjnkrkvksa dh cpr esa dksbZ :fp ugha ik;h x;h

gSA efgyk iqfyl ds fy, cpr dh vko';drk

Hkfo"; esa gksus okyh fdlh ?kVukvksa ds fy, gksrh

gSaA

13- Ekfgyk iqfyl ds cpr dk Lo:i dqy vk; dk nloka

Hkkx jgk gSA ftlds fy, fdlh izdkj dk dVkSrh ?kjsyw

ctV esa 62 mRrjnkrk djrh gsA ysfdu tgka ij O;;

ds fdlh i{k esa dVkSrh dh x;h gS ogka cpr dqy

vk; dk 20 izfr'kr rd igqap x;k gSA cpr djus ds

fy, izR;sd efgyk iqfyl mRrjnkrk ds ifjokj esa

fofHkUu fodYi gksrs gSaA

14- cpr dh jkf'k dks lqjf{kr j[kus ds fy, cSad] iksLV

vkWfiQl] ,yvkbZlh ,oa blh izdkj dh vU; cpr

laLFkk;sa gSaA

15- vè;;u esa ;g ns[kk x;k gS fd 153 mRrjnkrk vius

cPpksa dks tsc [kpZ dh lqfo/k miyC/ djkrh gS

tcfd 51 mRrjnkrk vius cPpksa dks tsc [kpZ dh

dh lqfo/k miyC/ ugha djkrh gSa D;ksafd muds

cPps cMs+ gks pqds gSa rFkk os [kqn dekbZ djrh gSaA

;g ns[kk x;k gS fd 40 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk lekpkj

i=kksa ,oa vU; lapkj ekè;eksa ls 18 izfr'kr laca/h

rFkk nksLrksa ls] 12 izfr'kr jkstxkj dk;kZy;ksa ls ,oa

,oa 30 izfr'kr O;fDrxr laidZ ds ekè;e ls

laxBu esa HkrhZ ls lacaf/r tkudkjh izkIr dhA

437


Deptt. of Public Admn., Himachal Pradesh University,Shimla

216. State Police Personnel In Himachal Pradesh-An EcologicalPerspective (1999)Rajesh Kumar

Objectives

The main objectives of the present study are:

1. To study the organizational set up of policeforce in Himachal Pradesh.

2. To study the interaction between the policeand the social system.

3. To study the interaction between the policeand the economic system.

4. To study the interaction between the policeand the political system.

5. To study the interaction between the policeand the technological systems.

6. To study the interaction between the policeand vice versa.

Universe of the Study

The universe of the study was police forcein Himachal Pradesh, and Shimla. The district ofShimla was chosen on the basis of randomsampling through the procedure of draw.

Methodology

The present study is an analytical one. An

attempt has been made to explore the influenceof various systems of the society on the policeforce. Primary data was collected with the helpof structured questionnaire. A sample size of 220respondents from two districts was taken.

Stratified random sampling has been used toobtain a representative sample and thenrespondents were chosen from each stratum byapplying the technique of random sampling.Observation method is commonly used to studythe behavioral patterns.

Recommendations

1. To develop an army like recruitment.

2. The efforts should be made to transmit thecultural traits and professional ethics of armedforces through a new system of training.

3. Need to introduce professionalism ethicsamong policemen who are the custodian oflaw and order and protector of citizens.

4. An effective institutional agreement should bemade to check and eliminate corruptionamongst the police officials through inflictingimmediate and exemplary punishments to theguilty officials.

5. Machinery should be created at state level anddistrict level for immediate redressal of citizens'grievances against the police excesses whichshould include Home Minister, DGP andcitizen's representatives should include

438


217. Evaluation Of The Treatment For Drug Addicts InChennai (1999)Annette Mathews

Deptt. of Criminology, University of Madras

teachers, government servants, businessman,students and transporters etc.

6. There is a need to set up State SecurityCommission in Himachal Pradesh. These apexbodies should compromise persons of integritydrawn from different walks of life and, shouldbe entrusted with laying down the broad policyguideline for the state.

7. The procedure for selection of police chiefsshould be streamlined so that only theprofessionally competent are able to reach thetop and it would help in depoliticizing the policeforce.

8. It is necessary that the pernicious practice ofdeploying police guards/escorts/shadows withpersons of criminal background must bediscontinued forth with.

Objectives

1. To understand the various types oforganizations for treatment and rehabilitationof drug addicts in the city.

2. To understand the nature and extent ofservices rendered by those organizations.

3. To study the organizational structure andadministration of the organizations, policies,finance, recruitment and training.

4. To ascertain the personal and familybackground of the clients who opt fortreatment services.

5. To examine the effectiveness of thesetreatment programmes with special referenceto treatment outcome

Research Methodology

In this study, Quasi experimental design andone group pretest - post test design was used.Simple Random sampling technique was used fordata collection. The sample size was 200.

Tools Used

Many psychological scales and an inventorywere used for data collection.

Findings

1. There was no significant change in the drugusage of the addicts after treatmentsprogramme and no influence of socio-demographic variables like age, religion andmarital status of the addicts on the drug usestatus.

439


2. There was a significant relationship betweenunemployment/low paid jobs to drug use andalso education level did have an impact onunderstanding their problem or the desire tochange.

3. 43% of addicts accepted having been involvedin drug related offenses even arrests werenot reported.

4. Age of initiation into drug usage was foundto be less than 20 years and the length ofusage of drugs was significantly correlated toage of initiation, and the first doses wereaccepted because they were offered free andthe tactics used by giver/seller wasemotionally laden with promises of sexualhighs.

5. There was a steady progress from soft drugsto hard drugs.

6. The attrition rate was high and the treatmentprogramme was not giving out good resultsbecause it was managed by uninterestedprofessionals and incompetent para-professionals.

7. The addiction severity index and thesubstances Abuse Problem check list clearlyindicated severity in employment status, drug/alcohol use and family/social relationships.

8. With reference to the organizations inChennai, it was found that all agencies hadmore cases of alcoholics than narcoticaddicts.

9. As per the provisions in NDPS Act, 1985, nosingle treatment center has been set up so farby the Government.

10. Only 7 out 16 agencies have infrastructuralfacilities for treatment.

10. No organization was transparent enough toenable an external evaluator to understand itsadministration, policies and finance.

Recommendations

1. The integrated coherent system of drugtreatment has to be implemented and thegovernment should provide the administrativeand legal infrastructures to enable betterservice to drug addicts.

2. Networking of various types of treatmentcentres, hospitals and agencies to cater tosubstance abuses to initiate betterunderstanding of the problem.

3. Prioritization of adolescents especially theschool drop-outs after 6th, 7th & 8th byavailing the schemes rendered by theIntegrated Child Development Scheme(ICDS), Tamilnadu Nutrition IntegratedProgramme (TNIP), etc.

4. Sex education, hobbies and leisure, timeactivities should be encouraged. Sports andcultural activities should be encouraged alongwith Computer literacy.

5. Strategic policing or problem solving policingshould be introduced which will reduceproblems of drug abuse, utilization ofNarcotics. Anonymous fellowship could beutilized by the police and establishment of adrug-counseling unit inside prisons.

440


218. Rotten Apples Or A Rotten Barrel? - Testing CompetingTheories Of Police Corruption (1999)Prasanna Gettu

Madras University, Chennai

Objectives

1. To develop an understanding of corruption,within the police sub culture, in terms ofnature and extent.

2. To examine the modus operandi of thecorrupt officers in the police department.

3. To examine the causes of corruption amongpolice officers, at the individual andorganizational level and test the two competingtheories of police corruption, the "Rotten Apple"and the "Rotten Barrel" theories.

Research Methodology

This research is both descriptive andexploratory in nature. A self reported questionnairewas used as a tool for data collection. The city ofChennai was chosen for study, and the city wasdivided into regions such as North, South East andWest Chennai. The universe of the study includedpolice officers working in the city of Chennai.

Sample

Five police stations were chosen randomly,the total being twenty police stations. From theroll calls, a list of constabulary was prepared and

25 constables were randomly selected to berespondents.

Sample size

500 respondents.

Findings

1. The study evidently establishes the fact thatcorruption per se exists in the policeadministration; strengthening the past statisticthat corruption is endemic to the policeorganization. About 80% of the personnelengage in one or all patterns of corruptbehaviour.

2. The individual factors that are causes of corruptbehaviour among policemen are their bad habits,financial strain, level of non-possession, andenvy. Demographic factors like age, incomeand family size have also been found to becausative factors of corrupt behaviour.

3. Corruption can therefore be attacked byincreasing the legitimate rewards to an officerand control by curtailing the opportunities forillegal gain and redefining the role of police insociety. There seems to be concurrence thatcorrupt personnel are clearly dissatisfied withwork.

4. The results of the modus operandi, reporting

441


219. A Correctional Study Of Stress, Coping Skills, GeneralWell Being And Job Outcome Amongst Police Personnel(2000)Sunita Siwach

Deptt. of Psychology, Maharshi Dayanand University,Rohtak

behaviour and work group soldierly clearlyindicate the existence of the identifiable policeoccupational sub culture.

5. The study clearly demonstrates the possibilityof measuring corrupt behaviour and thecausative factors associated with it. Theanalysis evidently shows an inclination to boththe organizational structure determinants andindividual determinants of corrupt behaviour.

Recommendations

Considering documenting the factors regardedto be the major causes contributing to policecorruption, appropriate policies have beensuggested.

1. Adequate organizational controls.

2. Financial incentives and organizational benefit.

3. Provision for Contingent Expenditure ofPolice Stations.

4. Personnel with High educationalqualifications.

5. Training, Recruitment Regular in-servicetraining programme.

6. Need for counselling and psychologicaltraining programme

7. Appointment of Occupational Psychologistand Ombudsman.

8. Decriminalization of certain offences andImmunization from polities.

9. Educating the public through the media andmaking the equally responsibility for offeringbribes will help curb corruption.

2. To study the differences in the extent ofpolice specific stress and burnout stresssyndrome and well being among policepersonnel at different levels of policeorganizational hierarchy.

3. To identify the specific stressors amongstpolice personnel.

4. To study the coping strategies prevalent

Objectives

1. To explore the extent of police specific stressand burnout stress syndrome amongst thepolice personnel.

442


among personnel working at different levelsof organizational hierarchy.

5. To study the relationship among stress,burnout, coping and general well-being.

6. To study the inter-correlation between all theabove.

7. To study the relationships of police specificstress, burnout, general well-being with jobperformance in police personnel.

Methodology

A correlation study design was used toinvestigate the relationship between the stress,coping skills, general well-being and job outcomeamongst police personnel. The present study wasconducted on a sample of 300 police personnelselected by following a multistage, stratified, non-random purposive sampling procedure basis.Various tests and inventories have been used fordata collection.

Area of the Study

Haryana, Punjab, Delhi, Uttar Pradesh,Rajasthan and Chandigarh.

Findings

1. The police officers included in the presentstudy experienced significant amount ofstress, but low and average burnout and asmall percentage in high burnout category.

2. The perception of police personnel that theirfamily is being neglected, job boredom workload, noxious physical environment, roleambiguity and role conflict are the stressors

found positively related with police specificstress, while procedural justice, decisionlatitude and distributive justice are negativelyrelated with police specific stress.

3. Gazetted officers (Gr.III) uses activecognitive coping significantly more than thenon-Gazetted officers (Gr.II and subordinate(Gr.I)

4. The gazetted officer (Gr.III) uses activecognitive coping significantly more than thesubordinates.

5. Police stress, three components of burnoutand use of coping strategies are significantand positively related.

6. Job outcome and well-being are found to benegatively related with police stress.

7. Multiple regression reveals that police specificstress, active cognitive coping, decisionlatitude and general well being emerged as asignificant predictors of job outcome.

8. Job outcome, life satisfaction, decisionlatitude, emotional exhaustion, reducedpersonnel accomplishment and general well-being and praise are found to be thesignificant predictors of police specific stress.

Recommendations

1. A data be established and nationallyrepresentative norms can be prepared.

2. The coping strategies used by those officerswho are successfully managing coping stresscan be identified and made part of the training.

3. Objective job outcome measure should alsobe prepared, self-reported job outcome should

443


220. Women Policing in India : A Sociological Study of theirStatus and Role in a Changing Urban Society (2001)Alka Sahoo

Research Fellow, Department of Sociology, Ch. CharanSingh University, Meerut

also be cross-checked from their officerecords and ACR and in-depth interview alsobe conducted to measures the job outcome.

Objectives1. To scale the status and role of policewomen

in this male profession.2. To study the status and role performance into

this stigmatized male profession and their roleconflict.

3. To take note of the mechanisms adopted bypolicewomen for resolving the conflict i.e.solving the problems.

MethodologyA total number of 138 respondents have been

selected through stratified random sampling.

Area of the StudyDelhi has been selected for the data collection

and study.


1. Interview Schedule

2. Participant observation3. Interview techniques4. Sealing techniques

Findings1. A good number of police women (44.92%)

were aware about women in policing sincestudent days, but economic hardship was thecompelling factor to join police for (38.98%)policewomen and for 57.3% of policewomenjoined police by sheer attraction towards thisuniformed service.

2. Majority of policewomen (81.16%) have notfound any problem during training under malecandidates and 41.31% of policewomen haveperceived general public attitude towardsthemselves as good.

3. 68.11% of policewomen were unmarried atthe time of the study, mostly they did not havenight duties and 18.8. % of them respondedthat male colleagues co-operated during nightduties.

4. 64% of the policewomen did not have anyrole models.

4. Future studies should take well being as theend variable and the causal analysis using thepath-analysis be done to investigate the roleof stress, coping job outcome.

444


221. Youth in Hardcore Crime in Mumbai: A DevelopmentalPerspective (2002)Sumita Sarkar

Research Fellow, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Deonar,Mumbai

5. About 23.9% of the policewomen did not faceany problem in their marriage, and majorityof policewomen had cordial relationship withtheir parents and husbands.

6. 20.29% of policewomen felt the neglect oftheir household responsibilities strongly dueto their professional roles.

7. Policewomen have reported changes in theirpersonality after joining the Police Force.

8. 62.32% of the policewomen have given upfew or all of their hobbies and interests toperform their professional and social roleseffectively and successfully.

Suggestions

1. Further research on women in professionsis a need of the hour since women have been

entering into all so-called male professionsin India.

2. Women in DP need better workingenvironment and basic amenities for betterpolicing role performances.

3. Regular workshops and meetings to hear theirproblems will help a lot for which publicinformation system should be encouraged.

4. More and more women should be recruitedin Delhi Police and their potentially tappedfully by giving them all types of postings.

5. Proper measures should be taken to make theprofession attractive to women.

6. Training given should be more relevant topresent day social situations.

7. The salaries of police personnel should beincreased to meet the overall increasing costof living.

ObjectivesThe present study mainly focuses on the

growing trend of hardcore crime among a sectionof youth in the city of Mumbai. The followingobjectives are framed for the purpose of thestudy:

1. To understand the growing trend of organizedcrime culture in the city of Mumbai;

2. To focus on the rising trend of a section ofthe youth in the city in hardcore crime;

3. To understand various perspectives on 'youthcrime' and their relevance for interpretationof the above anomic behaviour of the youth;

4. To explore the reasons and circumstanceswhich take the youth to such criminal acts;

445


222. Psycho Physiological Correlates of Criminal Behaviour(2003)Dinesh Singh

Research Fellow, Department of Psychology, M.D.University, Rohtak

5. To explore whether the present form ofdevelopment under broad 'capitalistformations,' resulting in creation of anopportunistic culture in City of Mumbai, isconducive to such criminal behaviour amongthe youth.

Methodology

It is an exploratory study, wherein casestudies have effectively been used. Intensiveinterview is used to collect data. Interview of 20hardcore young criminals was conducted.

Area of StudyMumbai

FindingsThe case studies, once studies, once

decoded, bring out salient features of entry of theyouth in hard-core crime.1. Disorganised and broken homes.2. Poor education and Deviant peer group.3. Anomic living conditions in Mumbai slums.4. Joblessness, uncertainty of life and lure of

easy money.5. Migrants with deviant background.6. Role of law and other agencies.7. Jail system.8. Role of judiciary & professional lawyers.

Objectives

1. To compare criminals and non-criminals ondifferent personality variables/traits andphysiological indices.

2. To study the relationship between differentpersonality variables and physiological indices.

3. To identify the discriminate variables ofcriminality.

Hypothesis

1. Criminals would score higher on extraversion,neuroticism and psychoticism andsubsequently on all the personality traits(EPP-SV6).

2. Criminals would have a significantly lowerbasal/aroused heart rate and skin conductanceactivity than non-criminals.

3. There would be significant relationshipbetween different variables of personality andphysiological parameters.

446


223. Role of Police in Protection of Human Rights Withreference to Minorities and Oppressed Sections Of theSociety (A case study of Eastern Delhi) (2005)Sandeep Tyagi

Department of Political Science, Chaudhary Charan SinghUniversity, Meerut (UP)

Findings

1. The criminals were significantly higher thannon-criminals on all the personality traits asper EPP-S V 6.

2. Criminals were significantly higher onpersonality variables also i.e. extraversion,neuroticism, psychoticism and lie scale ascompared to non-criminals.

3. There was a negative correlation betweenextraversion, neuroticism and psychoticismwith heart rate separately.

4. The major discriminant factors of criminalitywere- unhappiness, anxiety, inferiority, risk

taking, irresponsibility, assertiveness andimpulsiveness in that order.

ConclusionsOn the basis of the findings of this study, it

can be concluded that criminal and non-criminalshave different personality traits and they differ onANS responsiveness also, Further it can be saidthat personality traits/variables and physiologicalfactors are significant correlated with each other.At last, it can be concluded that unhappiness,anxiety, inferiority, risk-taking, irresponsibility,assertiveness and impulsiveness were majorfactors of criminal's behaviour. None of thephysiological correlates came out as adiscriminating factor.

Objectives

To find out the efficacy of police inprotecting the rights of minorities and oppressedsection of the society in general and in universeof study in particular.

Hypotheses1. Police is not well disposed towards minorities

and oppressed section of the society.

2. Historically both social and administrativesystem has contributed in shaping thepsychology of police force to remain immunetowards the problem of the oppressed anddepressed class.

3. Religious fanaticism, cultural intolerance andsocial legacy are the main attributes to theabove.

MethodologyStudy conducted by historical and empirical

methodologies and tools like survey, sample,schedule and interviews.

447


224. Police and Women's Rights: A Sociological Enquiry withSpecial Reference to select Districts in Karnataka (2005)Sudeshna Roy

Centre for the Study of Social System, School of SocialSciences, JNU, New Delhi

Suggestions

1. Re-organisation of crime cell at district andpolice station level is suggested.

2. A research cell or planning cell, crime recordand photographic section, fingers print andmodus operandi bureau, motor vehicle cell,equipment section should be established atpolice station and of district level.

3. A small forensic laboratory and a dog squadshould also be established at districtheadquarters.

4. A special detective Division should be createdin the district. They must not handle morethan thirty-five cases a year of complexnature.

5. For proper investigation an investigationofficer must not be allowed more than onehundred cases a year.

Objectives

1. To examine the extent and modes of violationsof Women Rights.

2. To examine locating this incidence insociology of police culture.

3. Complexity of the police-society relationship.

4. To examine the new sensitivity and newsocialization.

Methodology

The research design used for the study isdescriptive and diagnostic type.

Three districts i.e. Bangalore (R) rural,Gulbarga and Uttar Kannada districts of Karnatakastate have been chosen.

Sampling Design A total of 105 policemen have been chosen

through simple random sampling - A non-probability sampling method. The selection ofvictims and biographical account of policemenpurposive sampling method has been adopted. 5Police personnel 5 case studies and narration of5 victims has been selected.

Modes of Data Collection

1. Qualitative data is collected throughinterviewing policemen, senior PolicePersonnel etc.

448


2. Primary data is obtained through bilingual(Kannada and English) questionnaire methodand structured interview method.

3. Secondary data got from the District CrimeRecord Office, National Crime RecordBureau, Census document and KarnatakaHDR (1999).

Suggestions

1. Changes in the recruitment process, trainingprocedures and in administration are required.

2. Changes in the structure i.e. reforms at theThana level is of almost necessity.

3. Professionalism should be noticed inmaintaining data.

4. The police and their use of third degreemethods during inquiry is an issue for debate.

5. Establishment of Forensic Science laboratoryin each district.

6. Introduction of gender audit in every sphere.

7. Police accountability and autonomy are alsosignificant issues to focus on.

225. jktLFkku esa iqfyl iz'kklu >qu>quw ftyk iqfyl laxBu ds fo'ks"k lanHkZesa (2005)

lR;ukjk;.k pkoyk

mn~ns';

1- Hkkjrh; iqfyl laxBu ds lkFk&lkFk jktLFkku esaiqfyl O;oLFkk ds Øfed fodkl dk ,sfrgkfldifjisz{; esa vè;;u izLrqr djukA

2- jktLFkku esa ftyk Lrjh; laxBu dh lajpuk dkvè;;u djukA

3- jktLFkku esa fo'kss"kr% >qu>quw ftys ds fof'k"V lanHkZesa] ftyk iqfyl iz'kklu ds fodkl dks js[kkafdrdjukA

4- jktLFkku esa ftyk iqfyl iz'kklu dh Hkwfedk ,oadk;ksZa dh foLr"r ,ao xaHkhj ehekalk izLrqr djukA

5- ftyk Lrj ij iqfyl v/h{kd rFkk ftyk eftLVsªVds eè; cus laca/ rFkk fooknksa dk vè;;u djukA

6- ftys esa iqfyl iz'kklu dk fof'k"V ,oa foLr`rvè;;u djuk ftyk iqfyl v/h{kd rFkk mudsv/huLFk laxBuksa ,oa vf/dkfj;ksa] dkfeZdksa dhHkwfedk dks fpfUgr djukA

7- turk rFkk iqfyl ds eè; fooknksa ds lkFk laHkkforlaca/ksa dk fo'ys"k.k djukA

8- iqfyl laxBu dh dkfeZd leL;kvksa dk vè;;udjrs gq, mUgsa nwj djus ds lq>ko nsukA

9- iqfyl ds lEeq[k dY;k.kdkjh jkT; esa vkus okyhHkkoh pqukSfr;ksa dk fo'ys"k.k djukA

10- ftyk Lrj ij iqfyl iz'kklu esa ljapukRed rFkkyksd ç”kklu foHkkx] jktLFkku fo”ofo|ky;] t;iqj

449


dk;kZRed lq/kjksa dks ykus ds O;ogkfjd lq>konsukA

11- iqfyl iz'kklu ij jktuhfrd ncko ds dkj.kksa dkvè;;u djrs gq, ncko eqDr djus ds lq>ko nsukA

12- ftyk Lrj ij ,d tokcnsgh iqfyl iz'kklu dkfuekZ.k djukA

13- iqfyl iz'kklu esa Hkz"Vkpkj ,d leL;k] dkj.kksa dkstkuuk rFkk lq>ko nsukA

'kks/ izjpuk

izLrqr 'kks/ dk fo"k; jktLFkku esa iqfyl iz'kklu >qu>quwftyk iqfyl laxBu ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa oSKkfud vè;;u,oa fo'ys"k.kdrkZ gSA izLrqr 'kks/ esa izkFkfed L=kksrksa dsizlax esa izR;{k Ik;Zos{k.k ij Ik;kZIr cy fn;k x;k gSA rFkkmfpr izfrn'kZu ds ekè;e ls iqfyl] pkSfd;ksa] Fkkuksa]miv/h{kd dk;kZy; dk vè;;u fd;k x;k gSA vuqlaèkkuds eq[; f}rh; L+=kksr esa iqfyl ls lacaaf/r iqLrdksa]'kksèkys[kksa] lanHkZ xzUFkksa ,oa jk"Vªh; rFkk jkT; Lrjh; iqfylvk;ksx ds izfrosnuksa dk fouze iz;kl fd;k x;k gSA blizdkj oSKkfud izfrn'kZu iz.kkyh dks viukdj jktLFkkuvkSj fo'kss"kdj >qu>quw {ks=k ds iqfyl vf/dkfj;ksa ,oadkfeZdksa ls iz'ukoyh ds ekè;e ls rF; ,oa nf"Vdks.k dsvkdyu dh ps"Vk dh xbZ gSA lkFk esa lk{kkRdkj ds ekè;els tu lkekU; dh lksp] fpUru dks tkuus dk iz;kl fd;kx;k gSA

>qu>quw ftys de ls de 160 mRrjnkrkvksa ls ,dlajfpr iz'ukoyh ;k vuqlwph HkjokbZ xbZA geus 160iz'ukoyh forfjr dh Fkh rFkk vFkd iz;klksa ds ckotwnHkh 150 iz'ukoyh gh okil izkIr gks ldh gS ftlesa ls148 iz'ukoyh fo'ys"k.k ds ;ksX; Ikk;k x;kA mRrjnkrkkvksadk p;u nSo funsZ'ku i¼fr }kjk fd;k x;k gSA

>qu>quw ftys Lrj ij iqfyl dfeZ;ksa esa ls fujh{kd

Lrj] mi fujh{kd] lgk;d mi fujh{kd] gsM dkaLVscyrFkk dkaLVscy Lrj ij mRrjnkrk ds :i esa p;u fd;kx;kA 100 iz'ukofy;ksa dk bu Lrj ij forj.k fd;k x;krFkk vFkd iz;kl ds ckn Hkh 78 iz'ukoyh gh izkIr gksldh ftuesa 74 iz'ukofy;ksa dk xq.koRrk ds vk/kj ijp;u fd;k x;kA

fu"d"kZ

1- iqfyl lkekftd lEeku izkIr djus esa vliQy jghgSA iqfyl esa Hkz"Vkpkj c<+rh vuq'kklghurk vkSjvdq'kyrk blds dkj.k gSA turk dk visf{krlg;ksx ugha pje ifj.kfr gSA

2- iqfyl vf/dkjh vius esa lq/kj O;ogkj] O;kolkf;d;ksX;rk] lsok rFkk drZO;ijk;.krk tSls xq.kksa dkfodkl djds iqfyl ra=k esa lq/kj dh igy djldrh gSA

3- dkaLVscy tSls egRoiw.kZ in ds fy, mi;qDRk HkrhZuhfr viuk, tkus dh vko';drk gSA dkaLVscy dhlsok 'krsZa ,sls gksa fd lcls mi;qDr O;fDr iqfyl esaHkrhZ gksus ds fy, vkdf"kZr gksA

4- fodsUnzhdj.k dh nf"V ls iqfyl dks jsyos cksMZ dhrjg Lora=k fudk; ds :Ik esa LFkkfir fd;k tkukpkfg,A blh rjg jkT;] ftyk ,oa LFkkuh; Lrj ij Hkhiqfyl cksMksZa dk xBu fd;k tkuk pkfg,A blls iqfyldk;ksZ ij jktuSfrd gLr{ksi de gks ldsxkA

5- dk;ZHkkj] {ks=k] tula[;k dk ncko] vijk/ksa dhla[;k rFkk ifjfLFkfr fo'ks"k dks è;ku esa j[k djeq[;ky; Lrj ls ysdj Fkkuk Lrj rd iqfyl dkiquxZBu fd;k tkuk vo';EHkkoh gSA

6- iqfyl dk fcxMk gqvk vrhr] nks"kiw.kZ izf'k{k.klalk/uksa dk vHkko] iqfyl dfeZ;ksa esa fo'ks"k ;ksX;rkdh deh vkfn mDr leL;kvksa ds fujkdj.k gsrqFkkuksa dk iquxZBu gksuk pkfg,A

450


226. Moral Values, Frustration & Social Deprivation AmongJuvenile Delinquents (2006)Lolitha John

Department of Psychology, University of Kerala,Thiruvananthapuram

Objectives

The study intended to determine the extent ofmoral values, frustration and social deprivation

among juvenile delinquents (juveniles under JJAct) in Kerala.

Methodology

A sample of 200 juvenile delinquents (juvenilesunder JJ Act) from different Children Homes andObservation Homes in various districts of Kerala

7- iqfyl vkSj turk ds chp dh nwjh dks ikVus ds fy,,d nwljs dks utnhd vkuk iMsxkA iqfyl dks Hkhturk ds chp vkus dk iz;kl djuk pkfg,A vkilhlaokn dh fLFkfr iqfyl lq/kj dh fn'kk esa izHkkohdne gSA

8- izpkj ekè;eksa ds uke ij iqfyl turk dks tkudkjhdjkbZ tkuh pkfg,A xksiuh;rk ds uke ij iqfylftu rF;ksa dks turk ls Nqikrh gS os iqfyl ds izfrlansg vkSj Hkzkafr;ka iSnk djrs gSA izpkj ekè;eksa lsiqfyl dh dk;Z iz.kkyh ls turk dks voxr djkfn;k tk; rks ;g lansg nwj gks ldrk gSA

9- iqfyl dfeZ;ksa dh ;ksX;rk c<kus gsrq HkrhZ dkekin.M Åij mBkuk gksxkA iqfyl dh lsok 'krsZvkd"kZd cukuh gksaxh ftlls lekt ds lcls mi;qDRkO;fDr iqfyl esa vk ldsaA

10- izf'k{k.k dh i¼fr iqfyl dh orZeku leL;kvksa vkSjvko';drkvksa ds vuq:Ik gksuh pkfg,A iqfyl izf'k{k.kds ikB~;Øe esa ekuoh; laosnukvksa ds ikB tksMs tkus

pkfg,A çf'k{k.k y{;ksUeq[kh gksuh pkfg,A

11- iqfyl laxBu dh izkFkfed ,oa U;wure deh iqfylvkj{kh gSA vr% vkj{kh RkFkk mifujh{kdksa ds izf'k{k.kdks lcls igys izkFkfedrk nsuk vko';d gSA ukxfjdvkSj xzkeh.k izos'k dh dfBukbZ;ksa] leL;kvksa ijaijkvksadh tkudkjh oS/kfud lk/u dq'ky gq, tu lkèkkj.kds lHkh izR;{k laidZ esa vkus okys y{; dks izkIrdjuk gS ;k ekuoh; ewY;ksa ds lEeku djus vkSj tulaidZ ds lanHkZ esa izf'k{k.k djuk okafNr gSA

12- tuekul esa iqfyl ds izfr u;k fo'okl iuikus dsfy, iqfyl dh eukso`fRr;ksa esa okafNr ifjorZu gksukpkfg,A

13- iqfyl izf'k{k.k esa gj Lrj ij dEI;wVj] bUVjusV dkizf'k{k.k nsuk Hkh vko';d gSA

14- jk"Vªh; iqfyl vk;ksx ds izfrosnu ds vuqlkj izf'k{k.kdk izk:Ik viuk;k tk ldrk gSA ewyHkwr ikB~;Øeij ukxfjd lqj{kk ;k xzkeh.k rFkk ukxfjd Fkkuksa esaizf'k{k.k vko';d gSA

451


and 200 non-delinquents from various schoolssituated in Thiruvananthapuram district weretaken. The age group of the sample ranged from13-18 years.

The tools administered were Moral ValuesInventory (Lolitha John and Sam Sananda Raj,2002), Frustration Scale (Lolitha John and SamSananda Raj, 2003) and Social DeprivationIndex (Lolitha John and Sam Sananda Raj,2004). A 'Personal Data Sheet' was also preparedto collect information regarding age, sex,education, religion, etc. of the sample.

The major statistical techniques used were(i) the t-test (ii) ANOVA and (iii) CorrelationAnalysis.

Findings

Juvenile delinquents (juveniles under JJ Act)had significantly higher levels of frustration andsocial deprivation, and lower levels of moralvalues than those of non-delinquents (controlgroup).

The results of ANOVA showed significantdifferences among juvenile delinquents (juvenilesunder JJ Act) and non-delinquents on moralvalues, frustration and social deprivation based ontheir age, sex and education.

The correlation analysis revealed that moralvalues had significant negative correlation withfrustration and also with social deprivation. Socialdeprivation had significant positive correlation withfrustration.

Recommendations

1. The present study made use of only threepsychological variables namely, moral values,frustration and social deprivation. Hence it issuggested that further studies may beformulated using more variables such asadjustment, mental health, alienation andquality of life of juvenile delinquents.

2. A study could be done focusing on parentsof juveniles under JJ Act in areas such asparental attitude, child-rearing practices andparental disciplinary methods, etc.

3. A comparative study of juvenile delinquents(juvenile under JJ Act) and non-delinquents(control group) may be conducted by usingstatistical techniques such as factor analysis,multiple regression analysis, analysis of co-variance etc.

4. A study may be conducted based on theinfluence of family on juvenile delinquents(juvenile under JJ Act) by giving importanceto the factors such as family integration,family interaction, family adjustment, familymanagement practices, etc.

5. Case Studies and interview method may beconducted in further research, as part ofqualitative research, so that in depth detailscan be gathered and recorded for the welfareof the juveniles under the JJ Act and thoseinvolved the rehabilitation of these juveniles.

452


227. Police, Populations and Human Rights: An interface Studyin Cross-Cultural Perspective (2006)Shilpi Gupta

Department of Anthropology, University of Delhi

Objectives

The study was undertaken to explore theknowledge, attitude and practice of three differentpopulation about crime and human rights and tostudy various socio-cultural variables withreference to awareness about human rights andcrime awareness of three population, the role andinteraction of police personnel from people(population) point of view and their attitudetowards police, in the present scenario, thedetailed ethnographic account of the populationsunder study, the customary laws, if any, withreference to human rights in cross-culturalperspective and to know about the factors andsituations which may exacerbate the wholeprocess of violation of various human rights.

MethodologyVarious tools of data collection had been used

during the pilot work and main fieldwork, likeInterview Schedule, Observation, Case studyMethod, In-depth Interview, Focus Groupdiscussions. Data from all the threegeographically different field settings is collectedtotaling sample of 900 households -300 each fromTribal, Rural and Urban settings.

Suggestions1. Anthropologists should conduct more and

more comparative studies of human rightsformulations, investigating societies establishguidelines for conduct, how do particularcultural concepts of rights or obligationstranslate into codes of behaviour or UN humanrights standard.

2. Monitoring of the human rights by protectingthe collective as well as individual rights. Makegreater use of the human rights framework inthe action or policy-oriented analyses of socialtransformations, especially as human rights enterinto definitions and discussions of development.

3. Lawyers and official political agencies may leadwith human rights exclusively at the level ofnational or international legal instruments, butanthropologists could still build a database oflocal practices and linkages among social level.

4. Increasing the level of education among thepeople in general can reduce human rightsviolations. Knowledge, attitude and practiceof human rights should reach to the grass rootlevel, so that people may decide forthemselves.

5. Wide publicity through mass media should begiven to create awareness amongst peopleabout their human rights. Voluntary socialorganizations should also be motivated topropagate people's rights.

6. To educate the masses about their rights andobligations to make the social justice a reality,as the population and illiteracy is increasingalarmingly.

453


228. Hkkjrh; jktuhfr dh uwru çofÙk;ksa ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa jktuhfrd vijk/hdj.k dh leL;k dk fo'ys"k.k (2006)

jkds'k dqekj flag jkBkSj

jktuhfr foKku foHkkx] xq# ?kklhnkl fo'ofo|ky;] fcykliqj(Nrhlx<+)

mís';

1- vijk/ fu;a=k.k ds fy, Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd O;oLFkk}kjk viuk, x, ekinaM n.M fo/ku ,oa dkuwudgk¡ rd l{ke gS \

2- vijk/ dks c<kok nsus esa lkekftd O;oLFkk dhftEesnkjh dk fo'ys"k.k djukA

3- ekfiQ;k fxjksgksa ds fuekZ.k] naxk iQlkn] cyokekjihV] O;fHkpkj vkSj cM+s&cM+s fnokyk] ?kksVkykvkSj pkjk dk.M esa jktuhfrK] çR;{k vkSj ijks{k:iesa D;ksa vkSj dSls lfØ; jgrs gSa \

4- jklqdk] VkMk vkSj vkarfjd lqj{kk vf/fu;e dsvarxZr fxjiQrkj vijkf/;ksa ds gkSlys iLr gksus dsctk; ç'kklu ij gkoh dSls gksus yxrk gS \

5- ernku dsUæksa ij dCtk] cksxl ernku dh O;oLFkkesa fdu yksxksa dk LokFkZ fufgr gksrk gS \

6- lelkekf;d jktuhfr esa vijkf/d rRoksa dkcksyckyk dSls c<rk pyk x;k] vkSj uSfrd ewY;ksadh /fTt;ka dSls mM+us yxh] blesa dkys /u dhD;k Hkwfedk gS \

7- jktuhfrd vfHktuksa dk çdV vkSj ijks{k :i fdlçdkj fu;af=kr vkSj lapkfyr gksrk gS \

8- Hkkjr esa jktuhfrd vijk/hdj.k dk euksfoKkuD;k gS \

9- yksdrkaf=kd O;oLFkk ds ekinMksa esa fo:¼ lfØ;rk]

mudh tkucw> voekuuk] usrkvksa }kjk tuHkkoukvksads foijhr nqjfHk uhfr;ksa ds ekè;w ls laln dkle; u"V djuk] lalnh; ekunMksa dh tuçfrfufèk;ksa}kjk /fTt;ka mMkuk Hkh ijks{k :i ls jktuhfrdvijk/ dh Js.kh esa fopkj.kh; gS ;k ugha \

i}fr

'kks/ i}fr dh n`f"V ls mijksDr lkexzh dk oxhZdj.k ,oafo'ys"k.k dh i}fr viukbZ gSA ewY;&laØe.k vkSjekuoh;&O;ogkj esa vk, ifjorZr dks jktuhfrd fodklij vk/kfjr djuk iMk] blfy, ,sfrgkfld i}fr dkvuqlj.k djrs gq, Hkkjrh; lafo/ku esa fufgr ewY; vkSjO;ogkj esa muds vuqç;ksx dh n`f"V ls vijk/ ,oavijk/ksa dh ekufldrk ds fodkl dk ,sfrgkfldvè;;u okaNuh; jgkA dEiwVj }kjk oxhZdj.k & fo'ys"k.kdh n`f"V ls lkaf[;dh i}fr dk vadxf.krh; ç;ksx ,oajs[kkfp=k ds ekè;e ls vkSj çfrekuksa ds ekè;e ls fo"k;dk lkaxksikx vè;;u fd;k x;k gSA

fu"d"kZ

'kks/ çca/ esa çkIr fu"d"kksZa dk fooj.k bl çdkj gS %&

1- vk/qfud Lora=k Hkkjr esa turk dks lÙkk esa viuhHkkxhnkjh dks lqfuf'kfpr djuk orZeku jktuhfrdO;oLFkk dk lcls çkFkfed mís'; jgk gSA

2- lkearoknh ewY;ksa ds gkl ,oa yksdra=kh; ewY;ksa dsfot; ds fy, n`< ,oa lkiQ lqFkjh jktuhfrdbPNk 'kfDr] tkx:drk ,oa f'k{kk i¼fr esa yksdra=kh;

454


ewY;ksa ds çpkj ds fy, xaHkhj ç;kl dh vko';drkgSA

3- Lora=k Hkkjr ds lafo/ku esa yksdra=k] x.kra=klkekftd U;k; jk"Vªh; xkSjo] lal/uksa ds mfprforj.k] lektokn] /eZfujis{krk] Lora=krk lekurkvkSj ca/qRo tSls ewY;ksa dks Lohdkj fd;k x;kA

4- jktuhfr dh xfjek es a vk Sj jktuhfr dhyksd&dY;k.kdkjh 'kfDr;ksa esa vijk/hdj.k tSlhleL;k ij [kqys eu ls fopkj gksuk pkfg,A

5- jktuhfrd çfr}fUnrk ds pje fgalk ijd vkpj.kds dkj.k Hkh jktuhfrKksa dks vijkf/;ksa dh rkdrdk lgkjk ysuk iMrk gSA ;g vukLFkkoknh laLÑfrdsoy vijkf/;ksa dh ew²r;k¡ gh [kM+h djrs jgrs gSaAt:jr bl ckr dh gS fd pqukoksa dks dkys /u lseqDr djk;k tk,A

6- vPNs] uSfrd vkSj mnkjpfj=k okys yksxksa dks vkn'kZ

cuk;k tk,A vius rkRdkfyd ykHkksa ls eqDr gksdjjk"Vªh; fgrksa esa layXu gksus ds ladYi dks lfØ;rkesa cnysa] rkfd le&lkekf;d jktuhfr esa vkbZewY;ksa ds ladV ls cpk tk ldsA bl çdkj ,dvVy vkSj n`< jktuSfrd bPNk&'kfDr ds vk/kjij gh jktuhfr esa c<rs vijk/hdj.k ij fot;çkIr dh tk ldrh gSA

7- /eZ ds lgh Lo:i dks le>us ds fy, f'k{kk dhvk¡[k t:jh gSA ns'k dks ;fn vf'k{kk ds vfHk'kkels eqDr dj fn;k tk, rkfd yksxksa ds eu esa fNihladqfpr /k£ed Hkkouk lekIr gks tk,axh] vkSj osjktuhfr ds Nne dks Hkh igpku ldssaxsA geusHkz"Vkpkj] fj'or] vuSfrdrk] /ks[kk/Mh iQjsc dksviuh ftanxh eas tTc dj fy;k gS] bu ij vc gesadksbZ Xykfu ugha vkSj ,slh gh phtsa gekjs thou&ewY;cu xbZ gSaA bl lanHkZ esa l[r ,oa bZekunkjh lsdk;Zokgh djuk pkfg,A

229. Partnership for Peace: A Study of Police-Public Interface(2007)Suvashisa Rana

Research Fellow, PG Deptt. of Psychology, UtkalUniversity, Bhubaneswar

Objectives1. To compare the meaning of and attitudes

towards peace as understood and held by thepolice and the public through a semanticdifferential scale;

2. To compare the knowledge of commoncrimes and punishments, attitudes of police

and the public towards each other andpractices of the police and the public throughindividually administered questionnaires;

3. To compare the levels of police-publicinterface assessed through interview method.

4. To formulate certain guidelines for peaceeducation and recommendations for the policebased on the findings of the study.

455


Methodology

The study was designed to study the police-public interface in Orissa and its neighbouringstate Jharkhand in order to determine the factorsnecessary for maintaining and promotingpartnership for peace in the society. Eight policestations were selected from both Orissa andJharkhand. In Orissa - Khandagiri, Madhlupatna,Baunsuni and Ulunda police stations and inJharkhand - Sukhdev Nagar, Sadar, Bolba andBalumath police stations. The study surveyed 200participants (80 police personnel and 120 public)of the high and the low crime prone policestations of Orissa and Jharkhand. The instrumentsused were semantic differential scale, respondent'spersonal information form, knowledge, attitudeand practice (KAP) questionnaires and interviews.

Findings

The findings revealed that irrespective of stateand crime-proneness, both the police and thepublic understood the meaning of peace almostsimilarly. The discrepancy in knowledge betweenpolice and public was relatively greater inJharkhand than in Orissa. It was found that thepublic of high crime prone areas did not help,support and cooperate with the police comparedto the public of the low crime prone areas. It alsosuggested that in order to achieve the desiredpartnership between the police and the public to

build a peaceful and prosperous society, peaceeducation at the early age as well as ongoingrefresher courses for the police and orientationtraining camps for the public could serve aspreventive and proactive measures for a non-violent life style.

Recommendations

1. Recruitment Process of police personnel

2. Intensive training in human resourcemanagement strategies, community policingmust be given.

3. The police department should build up a set ofpolicing values that reflects its own community.

4. The police station should be well equippedwith all facilities.

5. Police accountability

6. Convergence of police and community

7. Citizen complaints and other redress system

8. Direct accessibility of police

9. Police and media relation

10. Monitoring telephone calls

11. Cooperation with other institutions

12. Government initiatives

456


230. Habitual Criminals and their Treatment: A ComparativeStudy of Reformation and Rehabilitation Programmes inDharwad & Belgaum Districts, Karnataka State (2007)Satish S. Badiger

Research Fellow, P.G. Deptt. of Criminology & F.S.,Karnatka University

Objectives

The main objectives of the study was toexamine the various sociological, economical,psychological and geographical factors of crimeand the primary aim of the study is to look intothe methods of treatment provided to the habitualinmates and ex-habitual inmates inside the prisonsfor reformation and rehabilitation in both theprisons of Dharwad and Belgaum districts.

MethodologyThe data was collected with the help of an

interview schedule from the habitual inmates inthe prisons and ex-habitual prisoners in their ownresidence.

Findings

1. The study shows that crime is the result ofmultiple factors of socio-economic,psychological and frustrating situationsemerging from different types of primaryrelations.

2. Urban population dominated areas is muchinvolved in criminal activities than that of inrural area.

3. Age, Education, Size and type of family,medical facility, Financial assistance fromgovernment or by private institutions

4. Promote more programmes on the reformationand rehabilitation of the inmates after theirrelease, Recreational activities by way ofsports, cultural activities and reading etc.

Suggestions1. Classification of the criminals on admission

should be strictly implemented on scientificmethods, so that the alternative individualtreatment can be provided more effectively.

2. All types of prisons should introduce trainingin some modern vocational programmesaccording to the demands in thecontemporary society.

3. There should be a Reception Centre(Diagnostic Clinic) in each district and centralprison for thorough examination of theoffenders.

4. The system of payment of wages to inmatesfor their labour should be given at least equalto that of the wages of workers outside theprison.

5. To provide basic amenities in prisons,recreational activities and financial assistanceto the released inmates to adjust in the society.

457


231. ekuo vf/dkj vkSj vijk/ U;k; ç'kkludehZ nf"Vdks.k ,oa fØ;kUo;u(2007)

nhid dqekj HkV~V

vijk/ 'kkL=k ,oa U;kf;d foKku foHkkx] Mk- gjhflag xkSj fo'ofo|ky;]lkxj (eè; çns'k) 2007

6. Individual criminals should be givencounseling by the psychologists, psychiatristsand by social workers rather than generalcounseling.

7. The Judiciary, while making the judgment incases of habitual criminals should give morepriority on his past records so that thealternative reformatory methods can besuggested and implemented on him in prison.

8. Training officers in prisons should beprofessionally trained in their respective fields

such as psychiatrists, psychologists,criminologists and social workers etc.

9. Probation officer has to be appointed in all thejails of Karnataka state.

10. The prison should not to be considered asnon-productive institutions; rather it should bemade more productive one. The Stategovernment should make compulsory rule thatthe produced material has to be purchased byGovt. sectors from the prison institutions, sothat the good wages can be given to theprisoners.

mís';

1- ekuof/dkjksa ds ckjs esa vijk/ U;k; ç'kklud£e;ksadh tkx:drk vkSj Kku ds Lrj dk vè;;udjukA

2- vijk/k U;k; ç'kklud£e;ksa esa ekuof/dkjksa dsçfr muds n`f"Vdks.kksa dk vè;;u ,oa fu/kZj.kA

3- vijk/ U;k; ç'kklud£e;ksa fo'ks"k :i ls dfu"BLrj ij esa fcuk ekuof/dkj mYya?ku fd;s dk;Zdjus dh leL;kvksa dk vè;;uA

4- vijk/ U;k; ç'kkludfeZ;ksa esa dkuwu ykxw djusdh çfd;kvksa rFkk muesa fufgr ekuof/dkj laj{k.kds çko/kuksa ds çfr muds vuqHkoksa rFkk n`f"Vdks.kksadk vè;;uA

5- vijk/ U;k; ç'kkld£e;ksa esa ekuof/dkj çko/kuksadks ykxw djus rFkk blls mudh dk;Z {kerk ijiMus okys çHkkoksa dk vuqHkokfJr vè;;uA

6- ekuof/dkjksa ds lanHkZ esa vijk/ U;k; ç'kklud£e;ksadh çf'k{k.k laca/h vko';drkvksa dk vè;;udjukA

7- vijk/ U;k; ç'kklud£e;ksa dh ekuo vf/dkjlaj{k.k laca/h tkx:drk] Kku ,oa dq'kyrkvksa dkrF;kRed vè;;uA

i}fr

1- vijk/ U;k; ç'kklu laLFkkuksa ds dfu"Bd£e;ksadh rqyuk esa ofj"B vf/dkfj;ksa esa ekuo vf/dkjksads çfr tkx:drk ,oa laosnu'khyrk vf/d ns[khtkrh gSA

458


2- vijk/ U;k; ç'kklu laLFkkuksa esa fuEu ,oa eè;eJs.kh ds d£e;ksa }kjk vf/dka'kr% ;g Hkh vuqHkofd;k tkrk gS fd ekuo vfèkdkjksa ij tksj nsus lsmudh vijk/ fu;a=k.k ,oa dkuwu O;oLFkk cuk;sj[kus dh {kerk foijhr :i ls çHkkfor gksrh gSA

3- vijk/ U;k; ç'kklu laLFkkuksa ds dehZ ekuovfèkdkj laj{k.k dks fl¼kUr :i esa Lohdkj djrsgSA fdUrq O;ogkj :i esa mudh vuns[kh djrs gSaA

4- vijk/ U;k; ç'kklu laLFkkuksa ds deZpkjh@vfèkdkjh;g vuqHko djrs gSa fd ekuo vf/dkjksa dkmYya?ku vkarfjd ,oa ckÞ; dkj.kksa dk feyk&tqykifj.kke gSA

5- ;|fi eq[; ekuo vf/dkjksa dk mYya?ku tSlscykRdkj ,oa vfHkj{kk esa e`R;q vf/d mYys[kfd;s tkrs gSaA fdUrq bu ekuo vfèkdkjksa dkmYya?ku mruk vf/d ugha gksrk ftruk dh vkeukxfjdksa] vfHk;qDrksa vkSj xokgksa lsa lacaf/r ekuovf/dkjksa dk mYya?ku tks fnu çfrfnu fd;s tkrsgSaA

lq>ko

vè;;u esa çkIr fu"d"kZ vijk/ U;k; ç'kklu d£e;ksa dsekuof/dkjksa ds ifjis{; esa n`f"Vdks.k] vfHkçk; ,oatkx:drk ds Lrj dk fp=k çn£'kr djrs gSA blesa lq>k,x, visf{kr lq>ko fuEukuqlkj gSaA

tsyksa o Fkkuksa ds vanj o ckgj Hkkjrh; lafo/ku dkuwu,oa ekuo vf/dkj vk;ksx }kjk fn, x, vf/dkjksa dko.kZu lqLi"V o lkiQ Hkk"kk esa fd;k tkuk pkfg, rFkk buvf/dkjksa ds mYya?ku ij lacaf/r l{ke vf/dkjh dkuke] irk o VsyhiQksu uú vkfn Hkh fn;k tk,A tsyfujh{k.k lfefr ekg es de ls de nks ckj fujh{k.k dkso leL;kvksa dk gy djus dk ç;kl djsa] iqfyl o tsyd£e;ksa dks ekuokf/dkjksa lacaf/r cqfu;knh ikBÔØe dsçf'k{k.k o vketu ds vf/dkjksa ds ckjs esa tkudkjh nhtk,A bl çdkj ds çf'k{k.k fo'ks"kKksa] fof/ vf/dkfj;ksa

o vk;ksx ds lnL;ksa }kjk gh i<okuk pkfg,A ekuuh;mPp o mPpÙke U;k;ky; }kjk ekuokf/dkjksa ls lacafèkrfn'kk&funsZ'k ls le;≤ ij voxr djk;k tkukpkfg,A iqfyl Fkkuksa esa ,d lgk;rk vf/dkjh dhfu;qfDr gksuh pkfg, tks vke ukxfjd dks mlds ckjs esatkudkjh ns rFkk iQfj;knh dks Fkkus esa gksus okyh dkjZokghls voxr djk, lkFk gh iQfj;knh ds fo#¼ xSjdkuwuhdkjZokgh djus vFkok çrkfMr djus dh fLFkfr esa ogU;k;ky; ds le{k ml O;fDr dks çLrqr djsaA iqfyl otsyksa esa dk;Zjr ,sls lgk;rk vf/dkjh U;k;y; oekuokf/dkj vk;ksx ds çfr tokcnsg gksaA iqfylvfèkdkfj;ksa dks ges'kk ,sls dk;Z djrs jgus pkfg, ftllsvke ukxfjdksa esa iqfyl ds çfr fo'okl iSnk gks vkSj oT;knk ls T;knk lg;ksx çnku djsA mi;qDr vkSj leqfprosru HkÙks fn, tk,a ftlls og iw.kZ le£ir gksdj fcukfdlh xSjdkuwuh dk;Z ds fcuk vius dÙkZO;ks dk fuoZgudj ldsaA bruk vfèkd MÔwVh ds dk;Z djus ij ogmnklhu vkSj :[kkiu ls xzLr gks tkrs gSa] vU; foHkkxksadh rjg mUgsa Hkh 8&8 ?kaVs dk dk;Z djk;k tk, olkIrkfgd vodk'k çnku fd;k tk,A ftlls og viusifjokj dh rjiQ è;ku ns ldsa vkSj vius dk;Z dks vkSjcsgrj <ax ls dg ldsA bruh T;knk tula[;k ij iqfylcy dh deh Hkh dk;Z dk vf/d cks> ds dkj.k Hkhog xyr rjhdksa ls foospu dj dk;Z dks tYn lekIrdjuk pkgrs gSa ftlls ukxfjdksa ds ekuokf/dkj çHkkforgksrs gSa] tula[;k ds vuqikr esa iqfyl cy esa Hkh i;kZIrla[;k esa o`f¼ dh tk, rks csgrj ifj.kke vk ldsaxsA

fu"d"kZ

'kks/ çca/ esa çkIr fu"d"kks± dk fooj.k bl çdkj gS %&

lkekU;r% iqfyl d£e;ksa }kjk fxjÝrkj fd, x, O;fDr;ksadk fpfdRlh; ijh{k.k djkus esa :fp ugha gksrhA u gh24 ?kaVs ds vUnj U;k;ky; esa çLrqr djus ds çfr ogxaHkhj gSa u gh og fxjÝrkj dk dkj.k crkuk vko';dle>rs gS vkSj fxjÝrkj dks odhy ls ckr rd djus esa

459


viuh lgk;rk ugh nsrs rFkk fyax] tkfr o /eZ ds vkèkkjij HksnHkko Hkh j[krs gSa lkFk gh fxjÝrkj O;fDr dsifjtuksa ds foospuk ds fy, çrkfMr djus o fxjÝrkjO;fDr ds LokLF; ds çfr xSj ftEeSnkjh] fgjklr esaefgykvksa ds lkFk cykRdkj dh ?kVukvksa dks jksdus dkmÙkjnkf;Ro u ekuuk] u gh cky vipkfj;ksa dks fgjklresa j[kus dks xyr u ekuuk] vfHk;qDr ds ifjtuksa dklwfpr djuk] efgykvksa ,oa iq:"kksa dk vyx j[kukmfpr ugh ekurs gSaA ysfdu iqfyl fgjklr es gq, vijkèkds nks"kh iqfyl vfèkdkjh;ksa ds fo:¼ eqdnek pykus dsfy, ljdkjh vuqefr dks vko';d ekurs gSA blesT;knkrj iqfyl dehZ cykRdkj] fgjklr esa gqbZ ekSrsa vkfnds lwpuk ekuokf/dkj vk;ksx dks ugh nsuk pkgrs] iqfyldehZ fxjÝrkj O;fDrvksa ls funksZ"k dh rjg O;ogkj ughdjrs] rFkk fxjÝrkj ds lkFk cy ç;ksx dk mfpr ekursgSa lkFk gh mlds ifjtuksa ds lkFk Hkh cy ç;ksx dkmfpr ekurs gSa] u gh fxjÝrkj O;fDr ds ?kj dh ryk'khxokgksa dh mifLFkfr esa ysuk vko';d ugha le>rsA u ghos efgyk dh ryk'kh dks efgyk iqfyl }kjk djus dksmfpr ekurs gSa u gh fo'ks"k ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa fcuk psrkouhds iQk;j djuk vko';d ekurs rFkk fxjÝrkj ds çfrVkpZj djus dks iqfyl ds fo:¼ dkuwuh dkjZokgh dksmfpr ugh ekurs ysfdu fgjklr esa gqbZ ekSr ij lacafèkriqfyl dehZ ds fo:¼ dkjZokgh dk mfpr ekurs gSaAT;knkrj iqfyl dehZ cyok ;k naxk gksus ij Lora=k :ils cy ç;ksx mfpr ugh ekurs] MÔwVh ds nkSjku vkXus;'kL=kksads ç;ksx dh fjiksVZ mPp vf/dkfj;ksa dks nsuk vko';dekurs gSa lkFk gh iqfyl d£e;ksa esa dkuwuh tkx:drk dksvuqi;qDr rFkk lafoèkku esa fn, x, ukxfjd vf/dkjksadh j{kk djuk vko';d ugh ekursA cgqr ls iqfyl dehZc<rs vijk/ dks iqfyl dh n{krk o {kerk dks foiQyrkugha ekurs ugh ,iQ vkbZ vkj dks f'kdk;rksa ds vuqlkjfy[kuk o mldh çfr mldks nsuk mfpr ekurs gSAT;knkrj iqfyl dehZ ;g ekurs gSa fd tu lg;ksx çkIrfd;k tkrk gS vk'kldh; laLFkkvksa }kjk muds dk;ks± esa

gLr{ksi ugha fd;k tkrkA ekuokfèkdkjksa ds çfr lpsr gSamudk vuko';d nckc ugha ekurs ysfdu vk;ksx dslaj{k.k ds dkj.k xokgksa dk vlg;ksx feyus rFkkçf'k{k.k esa ekuokf/dkj ls lacaf/r fo'ks"k ikBÔØeksa dks'kkfey djus dks vuqfpr ekurs gSaA

tsydfeZ;ksa ds vè;;u ls ;g ik;k; x;k fddSfn;ksa dh leL;kvksa vkfn ds fy, tsy vf/dkfj;ksa lseqykdkr djds fd, tkus] nwjkpj.k dh dkjZokgh djus lsiw.kZ dSnh dks lquokbZ dk volj çnku djus] tsy es Vhoh dh O;oLFkk ds i{k esa FksA tcdh dkiQh tsydehZdSfn;ksa ds ifjtuksa ds feyus ds f[kykiQ o odhy lsfeyus ds i{k esa FksA tcdh cafn;ksa ds ifjJkfed mUgso muds ifjtuksa dks fn, tkus ds i{k esa FksaA os dSfn;ksals vHkzn O;ogkj ds i{k esa ugh FksA vf/dka'k tsydehZeSuqvy esa fn, x, la'kks/uksa o osruksa ls vlarq"V Fks]ysfdu ekuokf/dkj vk;ksx }kjk vkdfLed fujh{k.k dsi{k es FksA og ;g Hkh ekurs gSa fd muds fØ;kdykiksadk tsy dh xfrfof/;ksa ij çHkko iM jgk gS mudk ;gHkh ekuuk gS fd tsy lfefr;ka ;fn lqpk: :i ls dk;Zdjsa rks guu dh ?kVuk,a jksdh tk ldrh gSa] mudkefgyk cafn;ksa ds çlo iwoZ o ckn dh ns[kHkky dhfo'ks"k O;oLFkk ds i{k es Fks lkFk euksjkxh cafn;ksa dksrqjUr ekufld fpfdRlky; esa Hkstus ds i{k es Fks]cafn;ksa ds tsy es gh fpfdRlh; ijh{k.k djokus oMkDVjh tkap ds fof/or fjdkMZ j[kus ds i{k esa Fkstcfd fd'kksj o O;Ld dSfn;ksa dks vyx j[ks tkus dsi{k es Fks] ;gka Hkh tkfr] fyax] /eZ vkfn ds vk/kj ijHksnHkko fd, tkus dk leFkZu dj jgs Fks] tsyd£e;ksa dk;g Hkh ekuuk gS fd lEiUu dSfn;ksa dks fo'ks"k lqfo/k,augha nh tkrh gS rFkk fuèkZu o vlgk; dSfn;ksa dsf[kykiQ vuq'kklu Hkax djus ij naM ugh fn, tkus dhckr ekuhA os lkiQ liQkbZ ds i{k/kj Fks rFkk dSfn;ksa dksO;kolf;d çf'k{k.k o tsy vof/ iw.kZ djus ijvkRefuHkZj cukus ds i{k esa FksA os muds vPNs Hkkstu dsi{k esa FksA mudk ekuuk Fkk vf/dka'k cafn;ksa ds lkFkySafxd nqjkpj.k fd, tkus dk leFkZu fd;k x;kA*

460


Research Fellow, Deptt. of Political Science, ChaudharyCharan Singh University, Meerut

232. Police Administration and Work Culture with referenceto Police-People Interface in Urban Settings (A Case Studyof Meerut, UP) (2007)Manoj Kumar Tripathi\

Objectives

1. To find out efficacy of police in general andin the universe of study in particular.

2. To examine the prevailing work culture in thepolice organisation.

3. To find out the factors responsible forpeople's apathy against law and ordermachinery and apathy of police in theprotection of human dignity.

4. To examine the manner and extent to whichpolice can enlist ready and willing co-operation of the public in the discharge oftheir social defence and law enforcementduties and suggest measures regarding theinstitutional arrangement to secure such co-operation and measures for the growth ofhealthy and friendly police-public relationship.

Methodology

Both primary and secondary data have beenused in the study. The entire study has beenconducted with the help of historical and empiricalmethods, and tools like survey, sample,

observations and questionnaire, interviews havebeen applied in gathering primary data. Randomsampling has been restored in public survey and350 random samples have been drawn from thecross section of the society. The sample surveymethod has been broadly divided into Non-policesample and Police sample.

Recommendations

1. Deliver lecture about police role and citizens'rights and duties under the criminal justicesystem in school, colleges and universities.

2. Set up effective machinery to deal with publiccomplaints against the police.

3. Police should be free from politicalintervention and there is need to curb thegrowing trend of criminalisation andpoliticization of the police.

4. Police strength should be increased inaccordance with population.

5. Posting, transfer, promotion and punishmentsof the police personnel should be on merit andnot on extraneous considerations.

6. Set up riots controlling force.

461


7. Public awareness is crucial to initiate policereforms. It is the duty of the state as well asthe educational institutions to create publicawareness and ensure the continuous link incommunications between the people and thepolice at the local level, which in turn willenhance the levels of interface between thepolice and the public.

8. Policy planners in the police departmentsshould also look into the present and futurerequirements of police housing since itaffects the police morale.

9. There is need of the hour that an independentmechanism to consistently monitor, evaluateand report upon the police performance to thelegislation. Such a mechanism should gaugewhether resources and powers are beingproperly utilized by the police to fulfill theirduties and achieve preset objectives.

10. Recruitment and training practices must bechanged drastically. The police should betrained to improve professionalism andenhance operational efficiency.

11. Women and minorities must have adequaterepresentation in the police force to changethe work culture of the organization.

12. Greater emphasis in police should be on'grievance redressal'. Their appearance shouldnot be one of 'instilling intimidation and fear'.

13. The recommendations of the NPC aboutrecruitment, training and welfare of theconstabulary should be implemented.

14. To seek public support the police have tostrengthen their communication with publicand take the help of local people and studentsin emphasizing the service role of police.

15. Available technology may be utilized forimproving work culture.

16. All possible welfare steps need to be taken soas to keep police personnel free of domesticproblems.

17. The police must take need of the communityinto account before a policing strategy isimplemented.

462


Research fellow, Deptt. of Sociology, Utkal University,Bhubaneswar, Orissa

233. Police and Crime: An Evaluative Study of Crime Policy& Police Action in the Tribal Districts of Orissa (2008)Ashok Kumar Das

Objectives

1. To study the socio-economic background ofthe respondents

2. To delve into the causes of crime in the tribaldistricts of Orissa.

3. To find out the nature of police actiontowards crime control in the context ofexisting policy.

4. To locate the attitude of prison administrationtowards prisoners.

5. To suggest measures for effective crimepolicy and its implementation.

Methodology

The secondary data has been collected fromthe different sources like library, journal, districtstatistical office, district police headquarters, jail,court, police station, annual administrative reportson crime and other official publications. Themajor data for this study is collected through theinterview schedule, which consists of three broadheads i.e. Police, Criminals (prisoners) andAdministrators (field level at Prison).

The study was conducted in Koraput andKalahandi, the two tribal districts of Orissa.

Suggestions / Recommendations

1. Prisoners in Orissa are accommodating14,644 prisoners as against 9125 authorisedcapacity. The prisoner capacity should beincreased to eliminate over crowding.

2. The over crowding in prison is not conduciveto withstand prison administration programmefor rehabilitation of the prisoners.

3. Programmes related to the rehabilitation of theprisoners namely; educational, vocational etc.should be arranged regularly.

4. Leave should be sanctioned to the lifeconvicts regularly.

5. Competitive spirit in game as well as workshould be encouraged among the prisoners inthe prison.

6. Reformation and rehabilitation of the prisonersis the onerous responsibility, which cannot beperformed to the satisfaction of thestakeholder by prison department alone.Therefore, public participation should beencouraged and institutionalized for therehabilitation and reformation of the prisonersnot only during their period of imprisonmentbut also after release.

463


7. Prison infrastructure should be upgraded inaccordance with the normal load of prisonersto be accommodated and variousprogrammes to be run for their reformationand rehabilitation besides ensuring the safetyand security of the inmates.

8. There should be scientific approach for theidentification of crime with a view to evolvingappropriate patrolling strategy to prevent thecrime efficiently.

9. The infrastructure of police should be upgradedto provide response within a reasonable timein the event of criminal incidence taking placedespite preventive measures.

10. The police should be equipped adequately andwith latest equipments/gadgetry for not onlyinvestigation of crime on scientific lines butalso for their protection against well armedcriminals.

11. Human Right commissions should avoidinterference with the police working duringinterrogation with the accused in order tofacilitate smooth investigation and timelyconclusion there of.

12. The skill development in Police should be acontinuous process so that they are preparedto tackle the modern sophisticated crimeswhich are being taking place by the criminalsusing latest technology.

13. Police should develop regulatory code ofConduct and Ethics. This should be enforcedstrictly to prevent blatant unlawful pressures.

14. The existing policy in relating to crime isneeded to be changed by the governmentthrough various programmes. Every citizenshould have choice available before him topursue the case, which could be madeavailable through plethora of well-developed

schemes being run by the government. Thiswill discourage their temptation to jump intodeviant mode of conduct of violating the law.

15. In order to reduce crime in the tribal districts,the government should resettle and rehabilitatethe tribal people in such a way that theyengage themselves in their own agriculturalactivities and business. It would greatlysupport their livelihood.

16. Due to lack of education, the people of tribalareas are not conscious about their right,duties and privileges. They are easilypersuaded to do crimes under the influenceof others. Educational programmes should bedeveloped by which they become consciousabout their rights &duties and contributetowards their socio-economic development.

17. In order to wipe out the atrocities on SC/STs,the role of government is very essential tocreate awareness among people throughvarious media. The role of policeadministration and NGOs is also vital indiscussing in the open platform about the evilconsequences of this system. It should beencouraged to those who have been victimizedby this system to file petition against torture.

18. Awareness must be created in the communityby NGOs who must try to overcome the fearand lack of faith in law enforcing agencieswhich will help in speedily enforcing theexisting laws and also open up more centresfor counseling.

19. The prisoners have no option to spend theirtime in the prison for the period of theirsentence. Therefore, social course should beencouraged among them in order to lead astress free and relax life with the family,which would also help them to control theirviolent and depressing tendency.

464


234. Problems and Prospects of Women Prisoners in Orissa: ASociological insight from the Perspective of PrisonAdministration and Prison inmates (2008)Pragyan Bharti

Research Scholar, Department of Sociology, UtkalUniversity, Bhubaneswar, Orissa

Findings

In pursuance of the objectives of the study,the research findings prove that the womenprisoners sample come from a low socio-economicand educational level profile. Security and privacyof female prisoners was found to be satisfactorywith both prisoners and officials. The livingconditions inside the prison inducing cleanliness ofcells, diet, medical, communication, clothing andsleeping facilities were perceived to be satisfactoryby the majority of the prisoners disproving thestudy's hypothesis about miserable prison livingconditions. However, lack of adequate recreationaland vocational training facilities was an obviouslacuna in the prisons of Orissa.

Awareness about basic human rights andlegal knowledge was found to be very poor onthe part of female prisoners, which disadvantagethem significantly in the judicial process. Therewere no formal social structure, but emphasiswas given on social relations within the prisonsub-culture. Rehabilitation and social acceptanceafter release was found to be low with majoritydenying any benefits or changes in the long run.

Facilities for children of women prisonerswere also very minimal in the jails of Orissa withprovision only for housing, prescribed diet andmedical facilities.

Objectives

The study was undertaken with the objectivesof identifying socio-economic background fromwhich the women prisoners have come; the levelof security and privacy of female prisoners; tohighlight various facilities provided and theproblems encountered by them; to gauge the levelof awareness of basic human rights and legalknowledge among them; to assess the prisoners'perception regarding rehabilitation and degree ofsocial acceptance of women prisoners; to revealprison administrators view about lacunas in prisonadministration with regard to women prisoners.

Methodology

The study had made use of the descriptivestudy design with the universe of the studyconsisting of 220 women prisoners and 97 prisonofficials from 30 jails of Orissa. The method ofsampling employed for data from the prisons ofOrissa was that of census and geographicalsampling. Data was collected in two phases fromprisons of Orissa and from released prisoners inthe home settings by interview of womenprisoners and questionnaire for the officials.

465


235. Hitech Crime: A study of economic aspects of cybercrimes its detection with special reference to Jabalpururban areas (2008)Tej Singh Keshwal

Research Fellow, Rani Durgavati Vishwavidyalaya,Jabalpur, Madhya Pradesh

Objectives

To identify the type and extent of computerbased crimes being adopted in the society due toprevalence of IT and computer system; type andform of agencies involved in such crime andreason thereof; field/area and group/sections ofsociety which being prone to cyber crimes; andto determine parameters for locating,identification and gathering evidence for suchcrime amongst selected sections of the society.

Methodology

The research was conducted involving eightimportant cities of the country and Jabalpur urbanareas in particular. The study contains informationobtained from 200 respondents selected througha survey of criminals involving a sample countof over 12,000, spread in 14 Thana of Jabalpurand eight other major cities including five metros.

FindingsThe study revealed that computer was used

as a tool as well as target of crime, as subject orobject. Hence, appropriate licensing provisions beenforced for seller and consumers in order toregulate HTC incidence. Higher the social issues,economic issues, social pressure and economicprovocation higher are the extent of crime. It wasobserved that respondents from protectors ofcrime category and other law enforcing agenciessuffered with deficiency in appropriate personneltraining, computer skill and infrastructure to detectand investigate HTC.

Work on law enforcement practices inrelation to HTC and provisions of law providedin IT Act are also needed in order to evolvespecific legal protocol against specific crimes.Computer security provisions were also found tobe highly deficient at territory levels of lawenforcement procedures and to some extent atprimary level also.

The study is mainly confined to Jabalpururban areas thus have limitations in generalizingthe findings in broader context. Looking to thespectrum of HTC and scope of IT explosion,wider and deeper study is needed which mayinvolve wider universe.

466


236. Perception of Victims of Violent Crimes towards Police -A Norm to evaluate Police Performance (2008)A. Enoch

Research fellow, University of Madras

Objectives

1. To find out the perception of victims towardspolice performance

2. To find out the level of satisfaction among thevictims with police performance; and

3. To evaluate the performance of police, byconsidering the perception and level ofsatisfaction as criteria.

4. The research was confined to studying theperception and level of satisfaction of victimsof violent crimes in Chennai city, includingvictims of murder, dacoity and robbery. Theperiod of study was restricted to three yearsi.e. from 2004 to 2006.

Methodology

Socio-demographic and economiccharacteristics of the victims influence theirtreatment by the police at the time of reporting,investigation, their level of satisfaction with policeperformance; facts about the offence and theoffender; nature, extent and consequences ofvictimization; protection of the rights of thevictims during investigation and trial; efforts/sincerity of the police during investigation.

A structured interview schedule was used to

elicit information from the victims of violentcrimes. The interview schedule was constructedby incorporating the key variables of the study.

Findings

1. The socio-demographic characteristics of therespondents did not influence the type oftreatment, which they have received from thepolice at the time of reporting of theirvictimization.

2. Age, sex, marital status, education andincome were not found to have influenced thevictim services provided by the police.However, occupation, religion, communityand nature of family have influenced theservices provided by the police to the victims.

3. There is no significant difference in theprotection of the rights of the victims duringinvestigation and trial with respect to age, sex,marital status, religion and community of therespondents. However, some of the variablessuch as education, occupation, income andnature of family of the family of therespondents have influenced the police.

4. By and large the victims of crimes have anegative perception towards police withrespect to victim treatment, victim assistance,police efficiency, police impartiality and policecorruption.

467


237. Women and Crime: A Sociological Study of Convicts inPatiala Jail (2008)Roop Kamal Kaur

Research fellow, Punjabi University, Patiala

Objectives

1. The main objective of the study is to examinethe relation between women and crime inPunjabi society.

2. The Punjabi society has been undergoing rapidchanges under the forces of earliermodernization and now globalization, whichcaused stresses and strains. How are theserelated to crime, need to be understood.

3. To understand the nature and reasons ofcrime that women commit in Punjabi society.Why do they do so and to what purpose andhow people around them are involved in orconstrain women to commit crime.

4. What types of social relations are and factorsinduce women to commit crime and how dothese sustain, perpetuate or restrain the crimeand the criminal.

MethodologyThe study is based on the study of women

convicts in Patiala Jail only. The researcher hastaken 12 cases out of 79 cases of convictedwomen criminals by dividing into three categories

such as murders, dowry deaths and theft casesnumbering seven, three and two respectively. Datacollected through Interview with convicts and allother respondents included the family members,neighbours, panches/sarpanches and othernotables of the village or city. The case files werecollected from the concerned police stations andthe respective civil courts.

Suggestions

1. To control over poverty, drugs, femaleinfanticide and corruption.

2. Implementation of strict dowry laws

3. To run rehabilitation programmes for theprisoners to settle again in the society as anormal being.

4. To provide well equipped medical facilities inthe prison.

5. Vocational Training programmes should berun in the prison. Training should be impartedonly after identifying the training needs ofwomen prisoners.

6. To run educational programmes in the prison.

468


238. Causes of Juvenile Delinquency in Tamilnadu: ASociological Analysis (2009)K. Alagusundaram

Research fellow, Bharathidasan University, Tiruchirapalli(Tamil Nadu)

Objectives

The study was undertaken with the objectivesof examining socio-economic conditions of thejuvenile delinquents, to explore various causes ofjuvenile delinquency, to analyse the welfareprogrammes available in the observation andspecial homes, to assess the condition of juveniledelinquency in institutional homes and understandthe parents attitude towards children in theirfamily.

Methodology

The samples of the present study were takenfrom the institutionalized juvenile of the allgovernment special and observations homes inTamil Nadu by adopting census method. Aninterview schedule comprising of 56 items wereconstructed to collect data from the juveniledelinquents.

Findings

In pursuance of the objectives of the study,the research findings shows that there is noassociation between religion, sex and kind of

offence made. But there is association betweenage, monthly income of the family, community,educational status and kind of offence made.

Suggestions

1. To set up proper institutions to enlighten allthe parents to give proper guidance to childrenand also provide facilities by government tolook after the children of convicts.

2. To open transit school for the releaseddelinquents by the government which wouldserve as a bridge between correctionalinstitution and the regular formal schools ofthe society.

3. Involvement of community in the treatmentprogrammes in correctional institutions.

4. To provide vocational training programmes tochildren in institutions.

5. To improve marital relations through familycounseling services and family social work.

6. To provide sufficient financial support in theform of loans to the released delinquents toencourage them for self-employment, etc.

469


Objectives

The present study is conducted with theobjectives to trace the development of theconcept of victimology; to critically analyze theexisting laws relating to victim compensationand judicial trends with special reference tovictim compensation, study the role of NationalHuman Rights commission in the developmentof victim logical jurisprudence and proposeworkable legislative schemes for victimcompensation.

Methodology

The primary data is collected throughinterview schedule, field visits. The researcher alsoreferred many Articles by learned authorspublished in different journals.

Suggestions

1. A comprehensive Legal Code should beenacted providing for fair treatment,assistance and adequate compensation tovictims of crime

2. It should be made mandatory for the State topay compensation to the victims of crime ofnot only private criminal wrongs but also for

the criminal acts perpetrated by its Stateagencies.

3. Compensation Board should be establishedfor quick disposal of cases of victims ofcrime and lock up deaths in policecustody.

4. Compensation should not be dependent on theconviction of the accused. Where the accusedcould not be apprehended or is acquitted bythe Court the victim should not be deprivedof getting compensation if his case is genuine.It should not be mean a marginal benefitextended to the victim.

5. Informal compensation settlement mechanismlike Lok Adalats should be evolved forcompensating the women victims of crimewithout any need to go through the ordeal ofa normal court procedure.

6. Consumer Redressal Forums may beconstituted by an Act of Parliament toadjudicate the claims and award compensationand settle the issues arising from payment ofcompensation.

7. The provision of the Criminal Procedure Codeshould be amended for providing amplesupport to the victim by making it obligatoryon the part of Courts to award compensationin lie of conviction.

239. A Victim of Crime and Compensation Laws (2009)P.G. Phani Raj

Research fellow, Department of Law, Sri KrishnadevarayaUniversity, Anantapur

470


8. In cases involving abuse of power, it shouldbe made mandatory to recover thecompensation amount awarded personallyfrom the official of the Sate who isresponsible for such abuse of power.

9. The state should periodically review existinglegislation and practices to ensure theirresponsiveness to changing circumstances.

10. The existing provisions relating to payment ofcompensation under Section 357 of CriminalProcedure Code needs urgent reform in tworespects: (i) payment of compensation to bemade mandatory; (ii) a special provisionproviding for compensation to the victims ofabuse of power should be incorporated in theSection.

11. A special fund known as Compensation Fundshould be established, which should bemaintained and managed by a SpecialCompensation Board to be created for thispurpose.

12. Special model schedules on the lines ofWorkmens' Compensation Act should bedeveloped in fixing the compensationrecoverable by the victims for differentkinds of injuries sustained by them indifferent cases.

13. In cases involving abuse of power by theauthorities, particularly in violation ofFundamental Rights, the compensation shouldbe greater than in other cases.

14. Laws should be enacted by the Parliament,adopting and incorporating the principlesconcerning payment of compensation tothe victims by the International Treatiesand Conventions, to s trengthen thelegislation relating to compensation tovictims and also make the law moreuniform.

471


Objectives

1. To examine the impact of international humanrights and humanitarian law on Indian humanrights law.

2. To analyze the role of police as a stateapparatus in relation to human rights.

3. To find out the remedial measures and providesuggestions how the police attitude on humanrights can be improved by various methodsi.e. training, orientation, welfare activities etc.

Methodology

This is an empirical study which has adopted themethod based on primary and secondary sources.Primary data was collected through visiting theplaces of incidents, police stations, interviewingpolice personnel, victims, social activists, SupremeCourt Judgments, lawyers, reports of fact-findingteams and so on. Secondary sources includearticles, newspaper reports and books written byexperienced persons in this field.

Study has taken into consideration the qualitativeas well as quantitative data. It will provide themicroscopic picture of Delhi police and will helpto compare the Delhi police at all India level.

Suggestions

1. Confirmation of duties according to theConstitution of India.

2. Expertise of police staff should be improved.

3. Development of analytical and innovative skillsas per the situations in society.

4. A deep social awareness for comprehendingand reacting to complex situations.

5. Proper distribution of work load per policemanat police station level.

6. Sufficient salary, perks, maintenanceallowance and other facilities.

7. Improvement in equipment shortage in termsof arms, vehicle and ammunitions.

8. Betterment of proper policy for promotion andposting.

9. Apart from departmental enquiry, civilianmonitoring of human rights violation.

10. Unnecessary interference from politicians tobe stopped.

11. Urgent need for professionalism, technologyand training.

12. Democratization of policing.13. Reforming police from constabulary.14. Paradigmatic shift and change of police image.

240. Police and Human Rights in India - A case study of DelhiPolice, 1993-2002 (2009)Pradip Kumar Parida

Jawarhar Lal Nehru University

472


mn~ns';

1- Ekfgyk iqfyl dk vkSfpR;

2- Ekfgyk iqfyl dh lajpukRed laxBukRed fLFkfrdk vè;;u

3- Ekfgyk iqfyl dfeZ;ksa ds dk;Z] dk;Zn'kk] ekuoh;laca/ ,oa vfHkizsj.kk dk vè;;u

4- Ekfgyk iqfyl ds dk;Z dk ifjokj ij izHkko

5- Lkekftd fLFkfr esa ifjorZu

6- dY;k.kdkjh ;kstuk ,oa dk;Z n'kk (lsok&lq/kj)

7- efgyk iqfyl ,oa vijk/'kkL=k

8- efgyk iqfyl ,oa iqfyl foKku

9- efgyk iqfyl dh leL;k,a

10- efgyk iqfyl dfeZ;ksa dh leL;kvksa dks nwj djusds mik;

'kks/ izjpuk

bl 'kks/ esa fcykliqj laHkkx dk foLr`r vè;;u fd;kx;k gSA fcykliqj laHkkx dks 7 ftyksa esa foHkDr fd;kx;k gS & fcykliqj] ljxqtk] jk;x<+] dksfj;k] t'kiqj]dksjck] tkatxhj&pkaikA efgyk iqfyl ds bl vè;;u esanSo funsZ'ku dk iz;ksx fd;k x;k gSA efgyk iqfylvfèkdkfj;ksa ,oa deZpkfj;ksa ds dqy 14 izdkj ds in gSa]

ftuesa ls 476 vf/dkjh] deZpkjh dk;Zjr gSaA vkj{kdoxZ esa pwfd 254 efgyk dk;Zjr gS ftuesa ls vk/hefgykdehZ dks gh vè;;u esa lEefyr djsaxsA bl izdkjN-x- esa dk;Zjr 349 deZpkjh vf/dkjh dks vè;;u esa'kkfey fd;k x;k gSA

fu"d"kZ

1- N-x- esa iq:"k dfeZ;ksa ds vuqikr esa efgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh la[;k ux.; gSA

2- fcykliqj jsat esa ,dek=k efgyk Fkkuk fcykliqj'kgj esa fLFkr gSA

3- buesa izk;% lHkh vkfFkZd n`f"V ds detksj vk;oxZdh gSaA

4- dsoy 33 izfr”kr efgykdehZ mPpf'k{kk izkIr gSA

5- yxHkx 58 izfr'kr efgykdfeZ;ksa ds Loa; dkvFkok 'kkldh; vkokl miYkC/ ugha gSA

6- vf/dka'k efgykdfeZ;ksa dks LokLF; ,oa fpfdRlklqfo/k miyC/ gSA

7- 81 izfr'kr efgykdfeZ;ka ,dkadh ifjokj esa jgrs gS,oa vkikrdkyhu lsok ls tqM+s gq, gS ftlls os viusifjokj ds mRrjnkf;Ro dk fuoZgu ugha dj ikrh gSA

8- Ekfgyk iqfyldehZ dks muds mPpkf/dkfj;ksa ,oajktusrkvksa ds vkokl ij M~;wVh yxkuk viekutudekurh gSA

241. NRrhlx<+ esa efgyk iqfyl dh izfLFkfr ,oa Hkwfedk % fcykliqj laHkkxds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa (2009)

fgekfyuh voLFkh

lekt'kkL=k foHkkx] xq# ?kklhnkl fo'ofo|ky;] fcykliqj] NRrhlx<+

473


9- yxHkx 80 izfr'kr efgyk deZpkjh fookfgr gSA

lq>ko

deZpkfj;ksa@vf/dkfj;ksa ds lq>ko

1- iqfyl Fkkuksa esa efgyk&vijk/ksa o efgyk&vfèkdkjksals lacaf/r dkuwuksa dh tkudkjh miyC/ djk;htkuh pkfg,A

2- le;c¼ dk;Zokgh djus efgykvksa esa lqj{kk dhHkkouk iSnk fd;k tkuk pkfg,A

3- efgyk iqfyl dfeZ;ksa dks lIrkg esas de ls de,d fnu dk vodk'k fn;k tkuk pkfg,A

efgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh fLFkfr dks lqn<+cukus gsrq lekt lsodksa ds lq>ko

1- N-x- ds efgyk lekt esa iQSyh lkekftd :f<+;ksa]dqizFkkvksa ,oa vf'k{kk o fuokj.k gsrq efgyk iqfyldks izpkj&izlkj dk;ZØe cukuk pkfg,A

2- lHkh lekt lsfodkvksa ds fopkj esa efgyk iqfyldks vkSj vf/d HkkSfrd lq[k&lqfo/k feyuh pkfg,AmUgsa vPNk osru] vkokl vkSj M~;wVh ds de ?kaVs dhlqfo/k;sa nh tkuh pkfg,A

efgyk iqfyl dfeZ;ksa ds lq>ko

1- ckgjh ncko ls eqfDr

2- vkarfjd ruko ls eqfDr

3- lqj{kk iznku djuk

4- vPNs osru ,oa vkokl dh lqfo/k nsuk

5- vf/dkfj;ksa@jktusrkvksa ds ?kjksa esa M~;wVh ugha yxkuk

6- efgyk iqfyl vkoklh; ifjlj esa dfeZ;ksa ds cPpksagsrq f'k{kk dh O;oLFkk gksuk pkfg,A

7- LkIrkg esa jksVs'ku ds vk/kj ij de ls de ,d fnudk vodk'k feyuk pkfg,A

8- Ekfgyk iqfyl dfeZ;ksa dh HkrhZ dh tkuh pkfg,A

9- Ekfgyk Fkkuk dh la[;k esa o`f¼ djuh pkfg,A

242. Study of Crime News in the media: Determinatnts of CrimeNews and its Impact (2010)Lata Sharma

Objectives

1. To analyze the content of crime news in printand electronic media.

2. To study the coverage of crime news in

newspaper, electronic media and newschannels.

3. To analyze the frequency of crime news inthe print/electronic media and analyze themanner of reporting and presentation in variousnewspapers/news channel.

Deptt of Criminology, Dr H S GourVishwavidyalya,Sagar, MP

474


4. To study the priority, timing, location andduration of crime news in the news channels

5. To compare the patterns of crime news innational newspapers and regional newspapers.

6. To study the projection of police in crimenews/electronic media and to study news aboutcrime prevention and detection technology.

7. To know the views of public about crime newsand their effects on the fear of crime in societyand victims of crime.

8. To examine the nature and pattern of coverageconcerning crime victims in print andelectronic media.

Methodology

The basic methodology for the analysis of the datafrom media sources and general public is contentanalysis of the collected data. A descriptive statisticsof the data have been computed and theinterpretation of the analysis has been done tomeasure the trends in the representation of crimenews in the media.

Recommendations

1. Media coverage on crime can contribute to

crime prevention strategies and criminal justiceadministration

2. Media can help prevent violence and crime insociety, especially for women and children

3. Media can equally participate in disseminatingpublic information on self- protection andsafety strategies against crime

4. Media can increase the possibility ofdemocratic governance when it comes to thequestion of crime prevention

5. Media can help promote civic journalism

6. Strengthening crime prevention by buildingpartnership through a communication policy

7. Communication policy should aim to buildpartnership b/w media, government andcommunities

8. Training to media representatives and bettercoordination b/w media and government

9. Community-based victim service programs

10. Victim should also be the focus of crime news

11. Coverage of victims of child abuse should beregulated

12. Media code of ethics and victims

475


243. Assertiveness at Work: Human Relations Skill Trainingamong recruit Police Constables - A Kerala Experience(2010)Rainy John

Objectives

1. To identify and explore the variouspsychological insights utilized in the policeforce

2. To identify the stressors in police training

3. To understand the general health problemsfaced by the police trainees during training

4. To critically examine the syllabi of the basictraining course for recruited police constables

5. To assess whether human relations skilltraining is needed in the police training curricula

6. To elicit the responses of the recruited policeconstables, senior police officers and publicon the desirable personality traits and skillsneeded for effective police personnel.

7. To explore the psychological variables, suchas the dimensions of personality, emotionalintelligence, assertiveness and self-esteemamong the police trainees

8. To find out whether there exists anyrelationship among the psychological variables,such as personality dimensions (inertia,activation and stability), assertiveness,emotional intelligence and self-esteem amongthe recruit police constables

9. To find out the main and interaction effects ofthe variables, emotional intelligence and self-esteem on assertiveness among recruited policeconstables

10. To find out the main and interaction effectsfor the variables, personality dimensions,emotional intelligence and educationalqualification on assertiveness among the policetrainees

11. To find out the main and interaction effectsfor the variables, personality, self-esteem andeducational qualification on assertiveness

12. To find out the main and interaction effectsfor the variables, emotional intelligence,personality and gender on assertiveness

13. To find out the main and interaction effectsfor the variables, personality, gender and self-esteem on assertiveness

Methodology

A sample of 332 participants including 250 policepersonnel of various ranks and 82 experts in thefield of Social Sciences, such as Psychology,Criminology, Sociology, Social Work and Law havebeen selected through snow-ball sampling.

Following questionnaires were used for datacollection:1. IAS rating scale (Mathew, 1995)Deppt. of Psychology, University of Calicut, Kerala

476


2. Assertiveness inventory (Gambrill and Richley,1995)

3. Emotional Intelligence Scale (Jayaraj and Raj,1998)

4. Self-esteem Inventory (Immanuel and SanandaRaj, 1998)

5. Personal Information Schedule

Recommendations

1. There is a considerable paucity of psychologicalresearches on the behavioral and human relationissues of police personnel in India. No doubtthat the psychological researches andintervention programmes can help the policedepartment functioning more effectively,enhance the professionalism, high morale andgood public image and to transform the policeinto high performing, motivated and committedpersonnel. So, the Government and researchfunding agencies should promote and sanctionmore psychological researches in this area.

2. Psychological profiling system can be used inthe selection and screening procedures ofrecruits to the police, so as to get moremotivated, committed and value orientedpersons along with the written and physicaltests for employment selection in police.Psychological assessment, such as theadministration of personality inventories canalso be used at the time of selection to predictsuccessful police officer performance.

3. The basic training syllabus of recruit police

constables in the Kerala Police is not adequateto meet the psychological needs and skillsnecessary for the effective functioning of thepolice organization. So, the syllabus of thepolice training should be revised and upgradedto “psychologies” the police, includingbehavioral training, such as human relationsskill training, stress management, conflictresolution, de-addiction etc. along with theindoor and outdoor training of the presentsystem. This should have a far reachingpositive impact on the entire police department.

4. It is apparent that a good deal of talent existswithin the department among men and officerswho can be identified and prepared to serveas trainers or facilitators for capacitydevelopment programmes.

5. There are no psychologists who are workingwith the police on a full-time basis in any ofthe police academy or police training institutionin India, so far. As the psychological problemsand demands of the police increase rapidly, apsychologist should be assigned to theacademy training staff on a full-time basis.This officer would be responsible fordeveloping psychological assessments andimplementing programs in human relations orinterpersonal communications, stressmanagement, etc. Specializing in this area, heor she would develop the necessary expertisewith respect to knowing which officers withinthe department could be tapped as resourcepeople to use in the different programs forwhich he is responsible.

477


244. Police-Public Interaction in Coastal Orissa: A Socio-Psychological Analysis from the viewpoints of CommonPeople, Police Personnel, Political Elites and Legal Expert(2010)Sujata Bhatt

Objectives

1. To assess the changing function of police andidentify the problems encountered by them incourse of performing their function.

2. To gauge the level of awareness among therespondents about the working condition ofthe police

3. To seek the opinion of the respondentsregarding the present image of the police

4. To locate the factors hindering police publicrelations

5. To solicit suggestions from the respondentsfor improving police-public relations.

Methodology

The sample has been drawn from the townships ofCuttack and Kendrapara. Taken together, these twoareas have been treated as one universe for the presentstudy. Thirty samples have been taken from civilsociety, adolescents, NGOs, media, illiterates, political

elites, legal experts and police. Two hundred and fortyrespondents have been selected in total with the helpof stratified random sample. Questionnaire andinterview schedules have been used as the tools forcollection of data from the respondents. Dataemanating from both primary and secondary sourceshave also been incorporated in the study.

Suggestions

1. A Police station should wear a neat andpresentable look to create a congenialatmosphere. Chances of mutual cooperationmight brighten, if police offices which arefrequented by members of the public are keptclean, tidy and if possible surrounded bycolorful flowers.

2. Timely and fair promotions and opportunitiesneed to be provided at all levels to boost theirmorale.

3. In order to know problems of the subordinates,interaction is necessary between thesubordinates and the seniors for properfunctioning of the police organization.

4. More leaves can be sanctioned to the police iftheir deficiency can be made up.

5. Awareness, especially among the illiterates,Department of Sociology, Autonomous College, UtkalUniversity, Orrissa

478


should be made regarding police, their roles,functions and related problems so that theycan moderate their attitude towards the police.

6. Any police force on which adequate money isnot spent will remain a cheap force, withoutrendering qualitative service. For betterperformance, there is the need to enhance theirsalaries and perks.

7. To maintain a high standard of discipline andmorale, accommodation for policemen andofficers should be provided on priority basis.

8. Corruption can be checked through stringentlaw and punishment.

9. Periodic review of cases will facilitate speedydisposal of old cases. For this local lawyersand retired judges may be appointed to disposeof pending cases.

10. Frequent and arbitrary transfer damages thegrowth of the police organization because theyintroduce an element of instability in it. Hence,they should be given a fixed tenure.

11. Autonomy should be given to higher policeofficers regarding fixation of tenure andposting of their subordinates.

12. It is necessary to insulate police from politicalinterference. This can be done by establishinginstitutional and other arrangements, whichwould ensure that police are able to performtheir duties without illegitimate interference.

13. A liaison officer should be appointed in thepolice department who could be a link betweenpolice and the media so that facts may not bedistorted by the media.

14. There should be prompt enquiry and actionon complaints against police and should beexpeditiously disposed of.

15. Implementation of e-policing is suggested.Online F.I.R facility should be made availableto the public.

16. Patrolling done on foot can establish directcontact with the public.

17. NPC (1977) should be revised taking intoaccount the Human Rights aspect.

18. Owing to changing scenario, there is need fora new Police Act. The conclusion drawn fromthe findings shows that there are numerousfactors which are responsible for poor police-public relationship. But the factor that cannotbe ignored is the police structure which isresponsible for the sagging image of the police.Therefore, it is not the police alone who are tobe blamed but the Police Act of 1861 whichwas made to suit the colonial interest.

19. Though it is presumed that a new Act maybring flexibility in police structure, unless anduntil there is a change in attitude, the policecannot bring about significant differences intheir role performance. But the question is howto change them in the desired direction? Forthis, all efforts should be made to promotefiner things of life and motivate them bysatisfying their basic requirements. It iscommon sense that socio-psychologicalfactors have an important bearing upon theirrole performance. Therefore, it is necessaryto satisfy their basic social, economic andpsychological needs in order to motivate themto perform better.

479


245. fo/kusrj cky vijk/ dk lekt'kkL=k % okjk.klh uxj ij vk/kfjr,d lekt'kkL=kh; vè;;u (2010)

oh jhrk

'kks/ ds mn~ns';1- Ckky vijkf/;ksa ds ifjokj dks le>uk A

2- Cky vijkf/;ksa ds leqnk; dks le>uk A

3- Ckky vijkf/;ksa ds iM+ksl dks le>uk

4- Cky vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa iqfyl ,oa xSj&ljdkjhlaLFkkvksa dh Hkwfedk dks le>uk

5- Cky vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa leqnk; dh Hkwfedk dksle>uk

6- cy vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa iM+ksl dh Hkwfedk dksle>uk

7- Cky vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa ifjokj dh Hkwfedk dksle>uk

8- Ckky vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa Ldwy dh Hkwfedk dksle>uk

9- Cky vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa fe=k&eaMyh dh Hkwfedkdks le>uk

10- Ckky vijkf/;ksa ds lq/kj esa ehfM;k dh Hkwfedk dksle>uk

'kks/ çjpuk

izLrqr 'kks/ vè;;u okjk.klh uxj ds pkj efyucfLr;ksa e.MqokMhg] ctjMhgk] 'kqdqyiqjk rFkk lqUnjcfx;kesa jgus okys cky vijkf/;ksa ij vk/kfjr gSA pkjksa

vè;;u {ks=ksa esa ls 50&50 cky vijkf/;ksa dk p;u nSofunsZ'ku ds ykVjh fof/ }kjk djrs gq, dqy 200 ckyvijkf/;ksa dk vè;;u fd;k x;k gSA fd'kksj U;k;(ckydksa dh ns[kjs[k ,oa laj{k.k) vfèkfu;e] 2000 dsvuqlkj dsoy 7 ls 18 o"kkZ ds cky vijkfèk;ksa dks ghvè;;u ds fy, pquk x;k gSA

fu"d"kZ1- Ckky vijkf/;ksa dh lkekftd vkfFkZd iz"BHkwfe ds

vè;;u ls ;g fu"d"kZ izkIr gksrk gS leqfprmRrjnkrk (54-00 izfr'kr) 15 ls 18 o"kZ dh vk;qlewg ds gSa rFkk (53-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrk vf'kf{krgSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk (82-50 izfr'kr) fgUnw /eZdks ekuus okys gSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk (91-00izfr'kr) ckyd gSaA

2- Ikfjokj dk Lo:Ik ,oa Hkwfedk ds vè;;u lsfu"d"kZ izkIr gksrk gS fd lokZf/d mRrjnkrk ,dkdhifjokj ls gSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk ds lnL; vf'kf{krgSaA T;knkrj mRrjnkrkvksa dh n.M ds :i esa fiVkbZdh tkrh gSA

3- mRrjnkrk ds ifjokj esa dksbZ u dksbZ lnL; pksjh dsvijk/ esa xzflr gSA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk vijkèk dsfy, ifjokj dks ftEesnkj crkrs gSaA

4- iM+ksl dk Lo:Ik ,oa Hkwfedk ds vè;;u ls ;gfu"d"kZ izkIr gksrs gSa fd leqfpr mRrjnkrk ds iM+kslesa fu/Zu yksx jgrs gSA 'kS{kf.kd fLFkfr ,oa vkfFkZd

lekt”kkL= foHkkx] cukjl fgUnq fo”ofo|ky;] okjk.klh] m-ç-

480


fLFkfr ds vk/kj ij vf'kf{kr ,oa eSfVªd ls def'kf{kr mRrjnkrkvksa esa lokZf/d fu/Zu gSA

5- fe=k&eaMyh dk Lo:i ,oa Hkwfedk ds vè;;u esaizkIr fu"d"kZ ds vuqlkj lokZf/d mRrjnkrk ds fe=kgSaA mRrjnkrk ds 6&12 fe=k gSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrkds fe=k mUgha dh vk;q ds gSaA leqfpr mRrjnkrkvius fe=k ds lkFk feydj nwljs ckydksa ls yM+kbZ>xMk djrs gSA lokZf/d mRrjnkrkvksa ds fe=kksa esadksbZ u dksbZ cqjh vknr gSA mRrjnkrk ds fe=k u'khyhoLrqvksa dk lsou djrs gSaA

6- leqnk; dk Lo:i ,oa Hkwfedk ds vè;;u esa izkIrfu"d"kZ ds vuqlkj lokZf/d mRrjnkrk xjhch js[kk lsuhps thou O;rhr djrs gSaA lokZf/d mRRkjnkrk dsvuqlkj leqnk; esa tkx:drk lacaèkh dk;ZØe ughagksrs gSaA mRrjnkrk ds vuqlkj tkx:drk laca/hdk;ZØe ,d ls pkj ekg rd pyk, x;s 'kkr&izfr'krmRrjnkrk ds leqnk; esa yksx e`R;q ds mijkar gksusokys dk;ZØe 'kkfey gksrs gSaA mRrjnkrk ds leqnk;esa vijkf/;ksa dk dksbZ fxjksg ugha gSA tcfd yxHkx50 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj leqnk; esa pksjhdjus okyksa dk fxjksg gSA lokZf/d 69 izfr'krmRrjnkrk fxjksg ds lnL; ugha gSa tcfd 43 izfr'kr/u ds ykyp flusek ns[kus] u'kk vkfn ds dkj.kfxjksg dk lnL; ugha gSaA

7- Ldwy dk Lo:i ,oa Hkwfedk vè;k; esa izkIrfu"d"kZ ds vuqlkj lokZf/d mRrjnkrk 96 izfr'krLdwy ugha tkrs gSaA 33 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk Ldwy utkdj nksLrksa ds lkFk ?kweus tSls dk;Z djrs gSaA

leqfpr 64 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk Ldwy esa dksbZ vijkèkugha fd;sA ftu mRrjnkrkvksa us vijk/ fd;k gSmuesa 50 izfr'kr pksjh ds vijk/ ls xzflr gSaA

8- Ckky vijk/ esa ehfM;k dh Hkwfedk vè;;u lsizkIr fu"d"kZ ds vuqlkj leqfpr mRrnkrk 66 izfr'krlekpkji=k ugha i<+rs gSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk 98izfr'kr Vhoh ns[krs gSA 26 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk Vhohesa fiQYesa ns[krs gSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk 78 izfr'krvijk/ ds dk;ZØe ns[krs gSA 56 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkekj/kM+ okyh fiQYesa ns[krs gSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk88 izfr'kr fiQYesa vijk/ djus ds fy, izsfjr djrhgSaA lokZf/d mRrjnkrk 93 izfr'kr ehfM;k dks ckyvijk/ jksdus esa lgk;d ekurs gSaA tcfd b.Vj rdf'kf{kr mRrjnkrk esa 50 izfr'kr ehfM;k ds izHkko lscky vijk/ksa esa o`f¼ dks ekurs gSaA

9- Ckky vijk/ esa iqfyl ,oa xSj ljdkjh laLFkkvksa dhHkwfedk vè;k; ls izkIr fu"d"kZ ds vuqlkj leqfpr62 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk iqfyl dks cky vijkf/;ksa dslq/kj esa lgk;d ekurs gSaA 45 izfr'kr mRrjnkrk dsvuqlkj iqfyl MaMs ls ekjdj ,oa psrkouh nsdjNksM+ nsrh gSA lokZf/d mRRkjnkrk 75 izfr'kr dsvuqlkj uqDdM+ dk;ZØeksa dk lapkyu ljdkjh laLFkk,adjrh gSaA leqfpr mRrjnkrk 60 izfr'kr ds vuqlkjuqDdM+ ukVdksa ds fy, vkfFkZd lgk;rk xSj ljdkjhlaLFkk,a nsrh gSaA 45 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkjxSj ljdkjh laLFkkvksa ds yksx uqDdM+ ukVdksa esa Hkkxysrs gSaA leqfpr mRrjnkrk 65 izfr'kr ifjokj dkscky vijk/ dk dkj.k ekurs gSaA

481


246. Sexual Abuse of Children: A Socialogical Study in DelhiMetropolis (2011)Hunny Matiyani

Objectives

1. To study the socio-economic background ofthe families of child victims and theperpetrators involved in sexual abuse cases.

2. To unravel the diverse forces which areoperative in the process of sexual victimizationof children.

3. To identify and study in depth the areas whichare prone to these types of crimes.

4. To study the consequences of sexual abuseon children and it’s after effects on their future.

5. To suggest the ways and means for reducingthe menace of child sexual abuse in the city.

Methodology

The present study has been carried out in theNational Capital Territory of Delhi. It included thefemale victims of child sexual abuse in addition tothis police personal, NGOs working in this fieldand male children residing in children homes alsoconstituted the universe. The field of the studywas the entire Delhi region and it represents thepeople from every caste and creed. Since the natureand objective of the study required a great deal of

precision and sensitivity just one type of samplingmethod would not have beenappropriated.Stratified Random Sampling Methodand Purposive Sampling Method was adopted togive full justice to the study.

Findings

I. Social Profile- Rape & Molestation/Sexual Harassment Victims

1. 58.9 % of the victims interviewed were in theage category of 13-18 years, 29.4 % werebetween 8-13 years and the rest 11.7 % werebetween 3-8 years of age. The ‘top-risk’ agegroup for victims was found to be 13-18years.

2. Maximum i.e. 36.7 % were illiterates at thetime of interview, 32.2 % were literate up tomatric level (continuing studies), 17.8 % leftstudies at primary or matric level only, 5.6 %were literate up to primary level only(continuing studies) and 3.3 % has not startedtheir studies at the time of interview becauseof their young age.

3. 88.3 % of the total victims interviewed belongto nuclear family. The cross analysis of thetype and size of the family shows that out of159 victims who were living in a nuclearfamily, a significant 67.3 % had a family sizeof 4 to 10 members.University School of Law & Legal Studies, Guru Gobing

Singh Indraparstha University, Delhi

482


4. Maximum numbers of victims i.e. 41.7 % wereliving in a semi-urban locality of Delhi, 38.9% were living in slums, 8.9 % were living inrural backyards of Delhi and 2.8 % on roads.Only 7.8 % (i.e. 14 victims out of 180) wereliving in urban registered colonies of Delhi.

5. 61.1 % of the victims interviewed said thatthey had neighbors of mixed character i.e. bothnegative and positive elements of the societyliving together.

II. Economic Profile-Rape & Molestation/Sexual Harassment Victims

1. 25 % were from a family whose income wasin between Rs. 1000 to Rs. 1500 monthly. 21.1% victim’s family income was in between Rs.1500 to Rs. 2000 and 17.2 % of the victimssaid that the family income was in between Rs.2500 to Rs. 5000. 3.9 % said that the familyincome was below Rs. 500 per month which issame as negligible if you are living in Delhi.

III. Case Profile- Rape & Molestation/Sexual Harassment Victims

1. Irrespective of the type of abuse the victimswent through, maximum were in the age groupof 13 to 18 years.

2. 30.6 % said that they were abused at accused’shouse only. 24.4 % were victimized at theirown place which shows that the victims wereabused by a known and trustworthy personthat too in a place where they were supposedto feel safe, which further makes this 8 abusemore gruesome by nature. 11.1 % said thatthe accused took them to a place outside Delhi.8.3 % were abused in their neighborhood. 6.7% were abused in parks nearby to their places.The rest of the locations were moving vehicle,

accused’s office, Gurudwara, school, barber’sshop and an unknown place in Delhi.

3. 48.9 % of the victims were already present atthe location of the incident and the rest 51.1% were taken by the accused on some or theother pretext.

4. 66.1 % of the victims interviewed said thatthey knew their accused personally, 15.0 %knew their accused by face only and the rest18.9 % were unknown to their accused.

5. Out of all the 180 victims, 132 i.e. 73.3 %was properly related to their accused and therest 48 cases i.e. 26.7 % comprised of 34unknown cases and 14 cases in which theaccused was known by face but there was norelationship. 27.3 % (36) victims were abusedby their fathers and 7.6 % (10) by theirrelatives which summed up to make 34.9 %(46) cases of incest. Around 25 % said thatthey were abused by their neighbors and 18.9% said that they were betrayed by theirboyfriends.

6. Out of 146 victims who were abused bysomeone known, maximum i.e. 56.2 % (82victims) said that the same person abused themin the past also but that behavior wasunreported and the previous abuse ranges fromtouching of body parts, fondling, kissing etc.to molestation and in few cases intercourse.

7. 68.3 % of the victims interviewed were aloneat the time of abuse and the rest 31.7 % hasone or the other person around at the time ofabuse.

8. 17.2 % of the victims said that there weremore than one accused participated in the act(gang rape, gang molestation/harassment).

9. 43.9 % victims offered resistance by fighting

483


back or struggling or physical resistance orbiting etc. while 56.1 % confessed that theydid not offer any resistance. Of 56.1 % victimswho did not offer resistance, maximum i.e.60.4 % (61 out of 101 victims) did so becausethey were scared to death and 19.8 % (20 outof 101 victims) did so because it was aconsented act as accused promised marriage.

10. 59.4 % of the victims were beaten up by theaccused and 12.2 % were given verbal threats.Under 28.3 % cases, there was no violenceused.

11. There were 89 victims out of 180 i.e. 49.4 %whose abuse was disclosed without any delayand the rest 91 victims (50.6 %) delayedbecause of the various reasons.

12. The prominent reason which maximum victims(48 out of 91) gave was trauma and 25 victimssaid that they were confined in a place. 18 outof 91 i.e. 19.8 % delayed the disclosure ofincident because of the fear of non-acceptingattitude of parents (mothers in case of fatheras accused).

247. Human Rights Violations of Rape Victims: A SocialogicalStudy in Delhi City (2011)Vibha Hetu

Objectives

1. To study the socio economic background ofrape victims.

2. To study the situation in which the rape tookplace.

3. To study the psychological and sociologicaldamages of a victim leading to the violation ofher rights.

4. To study the consequences of rape on herpresent and future life prospects.

5. To study the effectiveness of law in matter ofreparation of damages caused to victims.

6. Finally, to suggest measures that will help toavoid primary and secondary victimization ofpotential victims.

Methodology

In this study the following research methodologieshave been used

University school of Law and legal, Guru GobingsinghInderparstha University, Delhi

484


1. Interview schedule

2. Questionnaire

3. Case Studies

4. Focused group discussion

Recommendations:1. The appropriate program should be planned

to impart sex education to girls at adolescentperiod with the help of schools and NGOs sothat they may understand the meaning andconsequences of rape.

2. Sex information should be particularly directedtowards those who live in low class societyand extremely crowded colonies. Holistic sexeducation which reveal that woman are notobjects to serve men sexually but are humanbeings with intelligence, warmth, strength andsexual desire.

3. Government should provide proper houseswith all the basic needs to the rape victimsfrom slum areas as this is their basic right tolive life with dignity.

4. The girl should try to de-escalate by the wayof speaking or acting in a way that can preventthings from getting words especially in the caseof known offenders.

5. Parent should teach the girls about whom andwhen to trust, which touch is wrong and whatmoves by relatives or strangers can put thenin difficult situations.

6. Adult members and young girls of the societyshould be sensitized to this respect by spreadingawareness and girls should be taught properself-defense mechanism.

7. Girls should not be kept alone at nights and itis advisable for a girl not to become veryfamiliar with neighbors and not to get swayedby the words such as marriages, as they do itto obtain to take advantage of innocent girls.

8. It is recommended to run neighborhood watchschemes of police which will be of immensehelp in improving the sense of responsibilityby improving police community relations.

9. Police vigilance and alertness can help toreduce kidnapping. Patrolling should be takenseriously in those areas which are more proneto rape crimes.

10. To dilute gender bias in male dominant policeforce greater representation of woman policeofficers in all ranks and creation of womanpolice stations in all major towns is desirable.

485


Objectives

1. To find out the nature and extent of theproblems faced by the victims of terrorism inMumbai City.

2. To examine the impact of victimization on thevictims

3. To understand the victim satisfaction oncompensation

4. To find out the attitude of victims towards thecriminal justice system and civic society.

Methodology

The victims of the 1996, 2006 and 2008 terrorattacks were considered as participants of thestudy. The criteria for selection of participantsfor this study are as follows:

1. Capacitation victims (victims with less than50% of disability of 1993, 2006 & 2008)

2. Incapacitation victims (victims with greaterthan 50% of disability of 1993, 2006 & 2008are considered as incapacitation victims)

3. Deceased victims (The dependent familymembers were considered as victim samples.

The extent of the injuries and cause of deathwas determined by the death certificate issuedby the medical examiner)

Findings

I. Nature and extent of problems facedby the victims of terrorism

1. About 75.1% of the victims who were chosenfor this study were male. Majority of thevictims of these terror attacks were under theage of 40. 42% were from 2006 attack, 32.5%were from 2008 and only 25.6% were fromthe 1993 attacks.

2. About 65.9% reported that the socioeconomicstatus has decreased after bomb blast.

3. 102 people experienced permanentincapacitation while 132 suffered fromtemporary incapacitation.

4. 127 victims suffered 50% disability since theattack while 107 of them suffered more than50% of incapacitation. Data could not beobtained for about 83 victims.

II. Physical impact of victimization

1. Permanent disability (31.9%) is the majorphysical disability suffered by the victims

248. Victimology of Terrorism: An Analysis of Compensation tothe Victims of Mumbai Bomb Blasts in the Post BabriMasjid Demolition period (2012)R. Anil Kumar

Deptt of Criminology and Criminal Justice,Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli

486


2. Hearing impairment (62.8%) is the majorproblem faced by the victims.

III. Psychological impact of victimization

1. 96.8% of the victims were confused more thanbefore, 95.3% had poor concentration inwork, 94.3% of the victims were afraid ofterrorist attacks and 96.2% were depressed.

2. 63.5% of the victims felt that their socialrelationship got strained after the bomb blast.

3. 77.9% of victims felt insecure after the bombblasts.

IV. Financial impact of victimization

1. Increase of economic burden in the family(98.4%) and financial losses on other incomegenerating activities (72.6%) are the majorfinancial problem faced by the victims.

2. 63.4% of the victims said that the loss offinance affected their children’s education.

3. 64% of the victims indicated that they lost theirfinancial stability due to medical expenses.

4. 70.3% of the victims spent money onaccessing health services.

5. Victims who were affected physically wereaffected financially

6. Victims who are physically affected are ratednegatively for compensation satisfaction

7. Victims who are psychologically affected arealso rated negatively (Dissatisfied)

V. Victims’ response towards the police

1. 53.9% of the victims felt that they were nottreated with dignity by the police men.

2. 89.3% of the victims felt that the policedepartments did not launch any familycompassion reception camps for victimassistance.

3. 58.8% of the victims felt that special attentionwas given to victims by police because theywere victims of terrorism.

4. Very few felt (20.8%) that the police officersperformed their duty well.

5. 75.4% of the victims felt that police do notrespond immediately if they call them in theemergency.

VI. Victims’ Satisfaction on CompensationIndex

1. 99.4% of the victims felt that adequatecompensation was not paid to the victims ofterrorism.

2. 99.4% of the victims felt that they were notcompensated for mental health Counsellingexpenses.

3. 72.9% of the victims felt that they were notproperly channeled to the application processfor getting compensation.

4. 97.8% of the victims felt that they were notcompensated to recover long and short termneeds of victims.

5. 98.1% of the victims opined that they werenot compensated from Arogya Rashtriya Nidhi

487


Card (This card is entitled for medicaltreatment to victims of terrorism).

6. Majority of the (97.8%) victims were notcompensated from National Trauma CareProject (This project is entitled for mentalhealth counselling for victims of terrorism).

7. Majority (98.4%) of the victims were notsatisfied with social welfare departmentbecause the social welfare department did notassist them properly for getting victimcompensation.

8. Majority (79.8%) of the Victims were notsatisfied with the project of NationalFoundation for Communal harmony (Thisproject is entitled for getting children’seducation)

9. Majority (71.8%) of the victims did not receiveeligible compensation of Rs.3 lakhs.

10. Majority (78.5%) of the eligible victims werenot employed under employment scheme

VII.Attitude of victims towards justicesystem and civic society

1. Majority (51.1%) of the victims felt that policeare helpful in need of assistance.

2. Majority (72.9%) of the Victims felt that policeare not efficient in preventing terrorist attacks.

3. Majority (97.8%) victims felt that the courtsare only favorable to offenders.

4. Majority (99.9%) victims felt that the criminalseasily escape from the loopholes of the law.

5. Majority (88.6%) victims felt that the NGOsdid not play any significant role in addressingthe problems of victims of terrorism.

6. Majority (69.7%) victims felt that the publicalso did not play any significant role inpromoting the needs of the victims ofterrorism.

7. Majority (84.2%) victims felt that the civicsociety played a vital role in sensitizing victimrelated issues.

8. Majority (98.7%) victims felt that the mediaplayed a vital role in addressing victimizationissues of terrorism.

9. Majority (95.3%) of the victims felt that healthcare professionals were helpful.

488


249. Narcotic Drugs and Money Laundering: A Study on IllicitDrug Trade Among Opium Cultivators in India (2012)J. Sasi Kumar

Objectives

To analyze the various issues connected withopium trade such as cultivation, transportation,distribution and money related issues such asinvestment, income, profit, financial transactionand money laundering by following points:

1. To scrutinize the money transaction in illegaltrade associated with drugs.

2. To examine the licit cultivation of opium inIndia.

3. To examine the extent and nature of diversionof opium from licit channel to illicit channel.

4. To examine the illicit production of opium.

5. To scrutinize the transportation anddistribution of opium and opiates.

Methodology

The locale of present study was conducted in twomajor opium cultivation states i.e. Rajasthan andMadhya Pradesh. For the purpose of interview, apreceded tool was developed by the researcher.The tool collected information on financial relatedissues, licit and illicit cultivation of opium,production of heroin, transportation, distributionand so on. The format was developed and used

for collection of data for the case study analysis.

For primary data, in depth, structuredinterview was conducted with officials who wereselected randomly. Each person was interviewedin three sessions and time taken was 3-4 hours.For secondary data three methods were developed:

1. Cultivation of data2. Case studies3. Seizure data.

Findings

1. Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan are main statesin India to permit for poppy cultivation. Everycrop year, above 25,000 farmers was licensedfor opium cultivation and above 10,000 hectarewas allotted for cultivation in each state.Mandsaur district of Madhya Pradesh is amajor zone for poppy cultivation.

2. The study found that through the licit poppycultivation, the farmers are getting Rs. 86,975/hec as profit. There is also a possibility forthe farmers to earn extra money by diverting2-3% (1-2kg/hec) of the opium to the illicitchannel. If they resort to these then they wouldget additional profit of Rs.15,000/hec toRs.30,000/hec. Also, legally producing thepoppy provides them with the license and otherprotection required.Deptt of Criminology and Criminal Justice,

Manonmaniam Sybdarabar University, Tirunelevli

489


3. The study found that in 2009-2010 crop year,400 mt of opium produced in Madhya Pradeshand 337 mt of opium produced in Rajasthan.One can assume about 1-3% of the legalproduction is illicitly diverted into illegalchannel, it is estimated that 4000-12000 kg ofopium (value Rs. 6cr-18cr) is illicitly divertedinto illegal channel in Madhya Pradesh and3370-10110 kg of opium (value Rs.5cr-15cr)is illicitly diverted into illegal channel inRajasthan. In both states, it is estimated that if1% diversion to illegal channel, the moneyinvolved is Rs. 11,05,50,000. Similarly if 2%is diverted then the money involved insmuggling will be Rs. 22,11,00,000. If thereis 3% diversion then the money involved willbe Rs. 33,16,50,000.

4. The study found that the farmers can earn9lakhs per hectare as profit from the illegalcultivation. The negative aspect of this methodis it is totally illegal and they have no license/police protection/monitoring. Hence it has tobe done at a totally interior place not easilyaccessible to public/police.

5. The study found that by assuming thedestroyed field as the total production of theopium there is a huge amount of moneyinvolved in drug cultivation and production.In the year 2009, if the illicit area undercultivation of opium, was not destroyed byCBN, then the black money that would havebeen laundered will be 140.05 crore.

6. Further, the study found that the heroin traderscan earn at least 1.5 lakhs to 3.5 lakhs as profitfrom selling 1 kg of heroin. So one-monthprofit is roughly estimated as Rs.45,00,000.

7. The study found that the diversion from thelicit opium is processed at least 1 – 3% every

year. It was confirmed by the seizure data ofNarcotic Control Bureau. The last six yearsof seizure data showed an average of 55% ofopium seizure made in opium cultivation states.An average 88% of opium seizure was madein cultivation states and its nearest states suchas Punjab, Maharashtra, New Delhi andHaryana.

8. The present study found that in the last sixyears (2005-2010), average of 2106 kg ofopium, 1038 kg of heroin, 44 kg of morphineand 757 lit of acetic anhydride were seizedevery year in India. It was also estimated thatan average of 1064 cases, 4725 cases, 222cases and 7 cases were booked for opium,heroin, morphine and acetic anhydride seizurerespectively. For arrests, it was estimated thatin last six years, average of 1265 arrests, 5411arrests, 224 arrests and 9 arrests for opium,heroin, morphine and acetic anhydride casesrespectively in every year.

9. The study also estimated that the average valueof seized opium (2106 kg), heroin (1038 kg)and Morphine (44 kg) is 3cr, 51.9 cr and 8.8lakhs respectively per year. The average oftotal value of opium and its opiates is estimatedas 55 cr per year.

10. The study found that Punjab is more prone toopium and heroin trade. It is due to Punjabbeing one of transit points for internationaldrug smuggling and it has the border of Indo-Pakistan. New Delhi is identified as more pronestate to heroin smuggling due to the availabilityof airport and high rate of heroin users. Andbecause of the diversion from licit cultivation,Rajasthan is identified as more prone state foropium smuggling.

11. The study found that there will be a significant

490


difference between the seizure of opium andheroin. Opium is seized much higher than theheroin. Cases booked for heroin seizure ismuch higher than the cases booked for opiumseizure. Arrests for heroin cases are muchhigher than the arrests for opium cases.

12. The cases booked for opium in cultivationstates and its neighboring states like Punjab,is much higher than the other states.

13. The arrests for opium cases in cultivationstates and its neighboring states like Punjab,is much higher than the other states.

14. The study found that there are no significantdifference between the years, between thedistricts and between the years and districtsfor heroin seizure.

15. In between the states, higher number of caseswas booked in cultivation states and itsneighboring states like Punjab than other states.

16. The study documented that the smugglers useddifferent routes and various vehicles for theirtransportation of drugs from the origin places.It was found that the origin places wereMadhya Pradesh and Rajasthan and thedestination places varied in entire India. Maindestination places were found in Mumbai, NewDelhi, Punjab, Pune. It was found that thesmugglers mostly used motor cycle (24.4%)and also they used sophisticated vehicle. Thetransporters used some techniques like relay215 transportation in their process. They alsoused different kinds of modus operandi rangingfrom concealment of drug in travel bags(22.2%) to concealment in door panels/headlights/mudguards of cars (7.8%).

17. The study found that in Rajasthan, Kota is thetransit point to transport drugs to anywhere else

in India, like Delhi, Punjab, Haryana, Jammuand Kashmir and to southern states like Kerala,Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh by road. Routesto Maharashtra are by train. For internationaltransportation, it is transported from Punjab,Jodhpur by air (mostly to Pakistan), fromMumbai by air and sea, from Chennai,Rameswaram by sea (mostly to Sri Lanka) andfrom Chennai by air and sea.

18. Further, the study found that the drug istransported from the cultivation states to SriLanka through Tamil Nadu and Kerala. Thetransporters use train services to transport thedrugs to Tamil Nadu especially throughChennai and Rameswaram and then use searoute to transport the drugs to Sri Lanka.

19. The study found that the distribution processin drug trade had several stages fromcultivators to users. The big sellers(wholesales) collected the opium from variouscultivators and converted small portion intoheroin and sold it to small sellers (retailers).The street vendors collected the drugs fromretailers in small range and sold it to users atlast.

20. The study found that the transaction of moneyin drug trade was made by direct cash only.The money was transported by bulk smugglingand also it found that in wholesale and retaildealings, money is also given as advance.

21. Further, the study found that huge moneycollected from the drug deal will be depositedin private and public banks. They deposit themoney in various accounts which includes thefamily members, relatives and friends. Theyalso maintain the account in Benami names.They also maintain the account in the name ofpersons who have died.

491


22. The study also found that the traders/traffickers used the drug money in legalprocess. Most of the drug money was used inreal estate business. Otherwise, it was used intextiles business and electronic goods. Thecultivators /smugglers used the drug moneyin constructing own building and for theirchildren’s education.

23. The study also found that the enforcementofficials faced some difficulties to deal withthe drug smugglers. They got injuries when

they were tracing the smugglers. Inadministration level, shortage of staff, shortageof vehicle, and lack of funding, fake informersare common problems to the enforcementofficials. In financial investigation, it was foundthat the narcotic financial investigation agencyonly functioned in Mumbai and Lucknow. Thecommunication gap between the lawenforcement and narcotic financialinvestigation agency led to difficult situationsto carry out narcotic financial investigation.

250. A Study of Burnout in Relatng to Occupational Stress, SelfEfficacy, Hardiness and Coping Strategis among PoliceOfficials (2012)Neeti Bawa

Objectives

1. To find out significant differences betweenhigh burnout and low burnout groups of policeofficials on the indices of occupational stress,self-efficacy, hardiness and coping strategies.

2. To study the relationship between the variousindices of occupational stress and burnout.

3. To study the relationship between self-efficacy,hardiness and psychological burnout.

4. To investigate the relationship between copingstrategies and burnout.

5. To identify the main predictors of burnoutamong police officials.

6. To find out the significant differences b/wpolice constables and police officers

7. To locate the structural correlates of burnoutamong police officers and police constablesseparately.

8. To identify the basic problems of policeofficials on the basis of description analysis.

Methodology

Sampling procedure has been conducted on adense sample of 500 police officials (250Constables & Head Constables and 250 Officers).Deptt of Psychology, Guru Nanak Dev University,

Amritsar, Punjab

492


The area of data collection is from Punjab PoliceAcademy and some other region of Punjab State.

Tools Used

1. Maslach Burnout Inventory (Maslach andJackson, 1986)

2. Occupation Stress Index (Srivastava andSingh, 1981)

3. Self-Efficacy Scale (Sherer et al, 1982)

4. Personal View Survey (Kobsas, 1986)

5. Ways of Coping Strategies Questionnaire(Lazarus and Folkman, 1988)

Findings

Keeping in view the stressful nature of the job itwas found to be necessary to identify some of thehealth problems experienced by the police officials.

1. The data reveals that 42% of police officersand 10% of police constables suffer fromhypertension and are under regular medication.

2. 47% of police officers such as inspectors andsub inspectors undertake treatment formigraine.

3. 47% of constables and 38% of police officersexperience back pain.

4. Diabetes is also prevalent among 40% of thesepolice officials and 14% of police officers areoverweight.

5. These health problems which need to be takencare of because ill health of the employees isalso a burden to the organization.

Implications

The nature of the results implies that theorganizational climate for the police officials needsto be improved so as to reduce role stressors suchas role ambiguity, role conflict, role overload,strenuous working conditions, under participation,unreasonable group/political pressures and intrinsicimpoverishment.

There is lot of necessity especially for policeconstables to provide a proper training in personalitydevelopment, leadership and communication skills.Overall the results clearly imply that there is needto improve the quality of work life of these policeofficials.

493


251. Suicidal Tendencies among Farmers of Dharwad District -A Study (2012)Purnanand N. Sangalad

Objectives

1. To study the social, economic and educationalstatus of the suicidal victims

2. To study the adverse agriculture related factorsfor suicidal tendencies

3. To study the community intervention in solvingthe agriculture related problems of the suicidalvictims’ families

4. To study the impact of governmental and non-governmental organizations in reducing suicideamong farmers

Methodology

75 farmer’s suicide cases came to light from 2003-04 to 2009-10 in the five tauks of Dharwad Districtviz. Dharwad, Navalagund, Hubli, Kundagol andKalaghatagi. All the cases were taken for study onpurposive sampling technique.Data was collectedthrough structured questionnaire, interview anddiscussions with the family and friends of thevictims, elderly persons of the village, agricultureexperts and government officials.

Findings

1. Most of the suicidal victims in Dharwad district

were men and belong to the age group of 48-57. They are married and majority of them areilliterates, with more of the socialresponsibilities to perform, especially themarriage of the grown up daughters andeducation of young children. Majority of thefarmers committed suicide belong to thesmall- scale and semi- medium categories.Analysis of the data pointed out that the adverseeconomic conditions due to failure of cropsare the main cause for their distress. Thefarmers due to the feeling of hopelessness,failed to resolve the problems and unable tofind funds to repay the loan. Majority of farmvictims (69.34 per cent) live in the nuclearfamily, hence, there was no individual or thegroup to seek reliable advice for agriculturalworks or to seek funds or for handling theprivate and personal issues. The farmers usethe insecticide spray to kill the insects andprotect the crops. They know the fatal effectof insecticides. The debt ridden farmerconsumes this poison instead of spraying iton crops. Nearly 50 per cent of farm victimshave misused insecticide for suicidal purpose.

2. Of the 75 farm suicides the review committeeunder the chairmanship of the AssistantCommissioner of Dharwad district hasrecommended compensation only in 21 cases.The packages announced by the Union andthe State governments and the measures takenby the NGO’s have brought down the rate ofsuicide, but have failed to completely mitigate

Department of Criminology and Forensic Science,Karnataka University, Dharwad.

494


the suffering of the farmers and commissionof suicide by farmers still is continued.

3. There is community intervention in solving certainagriculture related problems especially in thepurchase of agriculture implements and also insharing of the water for agriculture purpose.

Suggestions

1. Water and electricity are the basic necessitiesof agriculture work; measures should be takenfor the proper supply of water and electricitywithout interruption.

2. The Union and State Government should devisea proper methodology for working out theMinimum Support Price for all the farmproducts, so that no farm products go waste.In the absence of proper MSP the farmersthrow their farm products especiallyvegetables on the roads instead of directlyselling to the commission agents.

3. Price Stabilization – An appropriate mechanismshould be devised to control the pricefluctuation that will help in risk mitigation.

4. Reduce Social Expenditure – Expenses onmarriages and other social functions shouldbe minimized. The civil society should activelyinvolve itself to bring about the changes tothis effect.

5. Criteria for Compensation-The criteria forcompensation should be clear, unambiguousand minimize scope for subjectiveinterpretation.

6. Loan from moneylenders and other informalsources should be included while evaluatingindebtedness status.

7. Crop loss by an individual farmer due to theft,fire or other reasons should also be considered

for crop compensation.8. The lessons pertaining to agriculture,

importance of village life should be introducedat 6th standard in schools.

9. Agriculture related lessons in the form ofextension lecture should be organized in eachof the villages at least twice a month to educatethe farmers.

10. Efforts should be made to create awarenessof the laws relating to the welfare of thefarmers. Awareness also may be created amongfarmers about their land records and otherrevenue documents.

11. For the effective management of water lands,it should be scientifically classified.

12. The support price on all agricultural productsshould be announced and they should berevised regularly.

13. Measures should be initiated to attract educatedyoung persons for farming work.

14. Stringent measures should be initiated againstthe traders who sell spurious seeds andfertilizers.

15. More number of cold storages should be builtat every panchayat level for proper protectionof vegetables, fruits and other commodities.

16. Measures should be initiated for properdistribution of subsidized seeds especially toMarginal, Small and Medium- Scale farmersat each Gram Panchayat.

17. Women in the villages are to be properly trainedin tailoring, preparation of home products andmarketing the home products.

18. Calamity relief mechanism should be properlyorganized. The relief measures announced tofarmers should reach them at the earliestpossible time so that they can plan for rest of

495


the months in the year.19. Crop insurance procedure should be made

simplified.20. Organic farming should be encouraged and

the farmers of organic farming should berewarded.

21. Wide publicity about farmers’ helpline both atthe Union and State level should be given.

22. Farmers should be educated not to fall to thedebt trap of private money lenders. Thestringent action should be taken againstunlicensed private money lender.

23. Compulsory adult education should be givenand awareness should be created about theland and other related documents onagriculture and property.

24. Measures should be taken to create awarenessamong the farmers about laws relating tocooperative societies and other financialinstitutions.

25. In view of increased cost of cultivation analternate cultivation method has to be adopted.It is suggested that the group farming insteadof individual farming or group facilitatingmechanism has to be devised.

26. The farmers should be motivated to grow thecrops which suit with agro-climatic conditionsand they should be properly educated andencouraged in organic farming. Farmers shouldbe properly educated about the methods ofusing manure, fertilizers, pesticides andsuitable crop pattern through the proper media.

27. The Farmers Counseling Centers (FCC) shouldbe established at the village Panchayat level.

28. The Agricultural Assistants working in thevillages should be properly trained about theadvanced agricultural techniques.

29. Mobile soil and water testing laboratoriesshould be set up by the government to makethem available to the farmers to test the soiland water.

252. Structures for Dealing with National Security in India withparticular reference to Combating Terrorism - A Study(2012)S. Sreejith

Objectives

1. To study the existing national securitystructures in dealing with the menace ofterrorism in India.

2. To inquiry in to the adequacy of thesestructures in combating terrorism.

3. To suggest measures to strengthen thesestructures in the light of the analysis ofworking of these structures in dealing withterrorism in India.

Department of Political Science and Public Administration,Annamalai University, Tamilnadu

496


Methodology

This study adopts both descriptive cumdocumentary method by utilizing all the availableliteratures pertaining to the present study. Further,interview method is also adopted in this study inorder to elicit the opinion of experts and personswho worked and are working in the securitysystems in India.

Interview was conducted among 30 respondentsof retired personnel from various LawEnforcement Agencies, Intelligence Agencies,Investigative Agencies, Home Secretaries,Journalists and Academicians. Two different typesof interview schedules were administered. Thefirst schedule aims to elicit the role of theseagencies in combating terrorism, working of thesecurity systems and identifying the problemsfaced by them in combating terrorism in India.The second interview schedule was used to collectinformation about the working of the system fromthe officers and experienced persons who aredirectly involved in the operations in these terroristincidents.

The data collected through Interview schedule formprimary data for the study. Further the officialreports such as First Information Reports,Investigation Report or Charge Sheets of terroristincidents, High Level Enquiry Committee Report on26/11 Attack, Group of Ministers Recommendationon National Security, Annual Reports ofMinistry ofHome Affairs and Ministry of Defense, Ministers’statements in Parliament, Interview given by thesecurity personnel and leaders in media also formsprimary source of the study.

Books, Journals, Fortnightly, Magazines, Dailiesand Other published and unpublished materials formsecondary data for the study.

Findings

1. The analysis reveals that the nation’s responseto the act of terrorism was inadequate to dealwith the problem effectively. Inadequacy inthe system led to poor performance of theconstituents of the counter terrorismmechanism viz. intelligence, law enforcementand investigation. Even the policing andintelligence work show unsatisfactory results,though the investigation proves to becomparatively better.

2. The State police, even though they are thebasic unit for intelligence collection, happento be the initial responder to deal with all sortof terrorist problems and the primaryinvestigating agency of the state, are exposedto be ineffective. It is inferred from the studythat the state police forces are professionallyhandicapped when dealing with terrorism.

3. The analyses on the intelligence work in theattacks indicate that the inadequacy of counterterrorism intelligence greatly affect thesecurity agencies’ efforts in preventing theterrorist incidents in the Indian soil.

4. There was a conspicuous absence of specificintelligence in all the incidents other than certaingeneral warnings about the terrorist.

5. The analysis of intelligence work of the centraland the state agencies in the intelligence alertedincidents further points that, intelligencecollection in the state level is very poor andcompletely inadequate to deter the problem.Even though there were center intelligencewarnings about the incidents, the adequateanalysis and assessment on such warnings byboth the center and the states were lacking inmany respects.

6. In case of operational intelligence, the essential

497


component during the counter terrorismoperations in the siege revealed that, theintelligence system failed to provide amplesupport to the security forces. It proves thatadequate attention was not paid to theintelligence during the counter operations inthe country.

7. The policing of terrorism explored the failureof the national and the state machinery in allthe incidents except the Parliament attack. Thestate police responses as precautions ormeasures to prevent the event are verydeplorable in India.

8. Handling/ dealing of a terrorist situation orcrisis management system in such a situationis also the greater pitfall in the system. Thecomplete failure in crisis management of thestate police forces and several setbacks in theNSG’s crisis management plan in theseincidents proved the fact.

9. The inefficient management in handling thesituation was apparent throughout theincidents. The failures in constituting aneffective or fully equipped emergencyresponse team, ensuring SOP in the counteroperation, coordinating all the forces whichengaged in the operations, managing the mediaand flow of information etc., proved the same.

10. The inadequacy of the state police is obviousthroughout the study. The success in the jointoperation of the state police and the centralforces in Parliament attack and completefailure in the independent operations both inAkshardham and Mumbai 26/11 reveal theineffective state police system to combat themenace.

11. The findings of the study reveals that theinvestigation of terrorism cases is far betterthan the counter terrorism intelligence and

policing works in all these attack yet, it needsmore improvement.

12. It further reveals that the specially constitutedagencies or teams in the state gained muchachievement in these cases, where majorityof the state investigations in the terrorismrelated cases failed to gain any clue.

13. The finding of the study reveals thatinvestigation or the post responses given toterrorist cases are not treated equally in all thecases. The study identified that the ‘sensationfactor’ determines the counter terrorisminvestigation in the country.

14. Weak inner state coordination among the Statepolice forces in investigation was also revealed.

15. The overall assessment on the incidentsrevealed that the intelligence, law enforcementand investigation of terrorism cases in thecountry are inadequate to meet the country’sgrowing need of combating terrorism.

16. The inputs that the study received from theexperts who had already worked in the securityagencies and the counter terrorism analysts inthe field pointed out that the working of thecounter terrorism mechanism in the countryis lagging behind in many respects. Thefactors such as organizational weakness, interorganizational problems and the other factorssuch as counter terrorism policy, deficiencyof strong political will severely affected thecounter terrorism efforts in the country.

17. The organizational weakness in the systemsuch as insufficiency of strength, inadequateweapon and equipment’s and improper trainingin counter terrorism in the country especiallyin the state level severely affected the systemto deter the terrorist incidents in the country.

18. It also greatly affirms the inter-organizationalproblems such as weak coordination, sharing

498


of resources etc., detriments the counterterrorism in the country.

19. Next to the organizational weakness and theinter organizational problems, the political willboth at the state and national level had alsoinfluenced significantly in the process ofcombating Terrorism.

20. At the same time, the government’s failure tomodernize the system with the adequateresources such as manpower, equipment,training, technological up-gradations and toensure inter organizational cooperation thatwas proved to be lacking of political will inthe country to equip the system to meet thescourge of terrorism effectively.

21. The delay in timely decisions, failures inimplementation and poor follow-up actions orthe proactive measures further weakened thesystem to produce better result.

22. The failure of the central and state government’scommitments to fight against terrorism isobvious in the entire field of counter terrorism,where inadequate counter terrorism law, blurred

counter terrorism strategy or approach, illequipped security forces in par with the securityneeds etc., even after the decades long terrorismsufferings in the country.

23. The continuous reshuffling of the Minister ofHome in the country had also severely affectedthe counter terrorism efforts throughdiscontinuity in policy implementations andfollow-up actions where the country is lackingwith well-established counter terrorism policy,which mostly depends on the wish and will ofthe Minister in the post.

24. Even policing alone is not a remedy to wipeout all the terrorist problems in the country, itis essentially the integral and inalienable partin combating it. The effective intelligence andinvestigation helps the country to deter theamplification of the terrorism in the land, whileexcellent policing helps to contain it in a greaterextent.

25. The inadequacies in system disclose that, thepresent system of policing of terrorism in Indiais in the line of dealing common law and orderproblem where, the efficiency is below the par.

499


253. Cyber Crime Victimization: A Situational Analysis of Victimsin Tamil Nadu (2012)M.D. Utthiranayagam

Objectives

1. To study the various forms of cybercrimevictimizations prevalent in Tamil Nadu.

2. To identify the causes of various forms ofcybercrime victimization in Tamil Nadu.

3. To explore the consequences of cybercrimevictimization in Tamil Nadu.

4. To understand the perception of the criminaljustice agencies on cybercrime victimizationand to find ways to prevent thesevictimizations.

Methodology

This study has been conducted in eight municipalcorporations in Tamil Nadu where the usage ofcomputers is likely to be high. They are Chennai,Coimbatore, Tirupur, Salem, Trichy, Madurai,Tuticorin and Tirunelveli. Additional data werecollected from the lawyers, police, judges whoare Criminal Justice Professionals in all the aboveeight corporations.

Multi stage sampling method which is among theprobability sampling has been used for this study.Usually multi stage random sampling method isused for large studies. Interview schedule is usedto collect data collected from the respondents in

this study. The interview schedule has been dividedinto two categories in this study. The data wascollected from one interview schedule forcybercrime victims and another interview schedulefor Criminal Justice Professionals such as lawyers,police and judges.

Findings

1. The age of the respondent was found to beassociated with cybercrime victimizationexperiences. In the cyber space, compared tothe old, the young were the ones who mostlyused the Internet. So they were the ones whoare frequently victimized by cybercrimes.

3. Males are more likely to become victims ofcybercrime than females, because males aremore likely to use the Internet for leisureactivities.

4. Cybercrime victimization is also stronglyrelated to educational levels and the moreeducated are more likely to be victimized.

5. Chat rooms are the highly used facility by therespondents when compared with others. Chatrooms were most people reported for theoccurrence of cybercrime victimization.

6. Cybercrime victimization is strongly related tothe time spent on Internet usage and the moretime spent on Internet usage are more likelyto be victimized. This study reveals that thelonger the time the Internet is used, the greaterthe chances to becoming a victim ofcybercrime.

Deptt of Criminology and Criminal Justice,Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, Tirunelveli

500


7. This study reveals that there is a relationshipbetween money spent for Internet usage andbecoming a victim of cybercrime. Spendingmore money performing unlawful Internetactivities also leads to becoming victims ofcybercrime.

8. Internet games are mostly used by children.There seem to be no relationship between thesetwo variables.

9. This study reveals that there is a relationshipbetween supervision and becoming a victimof cybercrime. This study discovers thatsupervision is very less while the respondentsuse the Internet, as a result they are victimized.

10. For cybercrime victimization, most of therespondents reported that they were victimizedby strangers.

11. Most of the respondents reported that theydid know the reason for victimization.

12. It is important to note that the majority (85.6%)of the respondents sought an urgent supportfrom the police.

13. The experience of cybercrime victimizationwas significantly related to anti-social behaviorand attitudes. Consequently, an increase in anti-social behavior and attitudes may result in theInternet users becoming more victimized.

14. The study illustrates that the risk factor andinfluences in the past life is positively andstatistically correlated with the frequency ofcybercrime victimization. Contribution in riskfactors and influences in the past life are morelikely to become the victim of cybercrime.

15. The risk factors and influences in the presentlife are positively and statistically correlatedwith the frequency of cybercrimevictimization. Higher level of risk factor andinfluences in the present life are more likely to

lead to victimization.16. The use of technological protective measures

is positively and statistically correlated withthe frequency of cybercrime victimization. Thefindings reveal that the increase of frequencyof cybercrime victimization is likely to increaseas the use of technological protectivemeasures.

17. The increase of frequency of cybercrimevictimization leads to the increase of lack ofinterest in computer/Internet. Whenrespondents were getting victimized in thecyber space, they avoided the usage ofcomputers/Internets.

18. Because of their victimization, they avoid usingcomputers/Internets.

19. For the perception of Information TechnologyAct and their punishment by police, 82.5%were reported that they did not know aboutInformation Technology Act 2000

20. 50% of the Lower Judiciary felt that somechange should come in Information TechnologyAct

21. 76.2% of the lawyers did not know about thelaws regarding cybercrimes. Consequently, theresults discovered that the perception of thelawyers regarding cybercrime is very less.

Recommendation:1. Regulate Browsing Centers2. Provide Computer/ Internet related Education3. Standardized Private Internet Connection4. Installation of cyber-crime protecting software5. Control on Commercial Advertisers6. Awareness on Cyber crime7. Monitoring Social Network Sites8. Effective Cyber Laws

501


254. Computer Mediated Interpersonal Crimes: A Study ofCyber Bullying among College Students in CosmopolitanCities (2013)R. Sivakumar

Objectives

1. To examine the nature and extent of variousforms of cyber bullying among collegestudents in Cosmopolitan Cities (New Delhi,Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai and Bengaluru).

2. To analyze the victimization, perpetration andbystander pattern of cyber bullying amongcollege students.

3. To find out whether there is any significantrelationship between dimensions of cyberbullying (Internet Usage, Cyber BullyingVictimization, Perpetration, Bystanders, andAttitude towards cyber bullying) and gender,age, marital status, year of college, educationalbackground and economic background.

4. To assess the level of internet usage, attitudeof college students towards cyber bullying andelicit solutions to prevent cyber bullying.

Methodology

The universe of the study comprise of collegestudents in the age group of 18-25. However, asmall sample of college students in the age groupof 25-30 and 30-35 is also taken for comparisonpurposes with 18-25 age groups of students. Atotal of 600 respondents were selected for the

present study from five major cosmopolitan cities(New Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai andBengaluru). Stratified Random Sampling was usedto select the colleges in the above said cities.Purposive sampling method was adopted to choosethe college student samples. Primary data werecollected using a Structured Interview Schedule.To fulfil the study objectives, for the present studymost of the data collected belongs to the categoryof primary data. In the present study the primarydata was collected by the researcher from thecollege students. The secondary data related tothe review of literature and other related aspectswere collected from the Libraries, Journals,Magazines and Internet Sources. After thecompletion of data collection, the data were firstentered into excel files and then exported into SPSS17.0 version. In the present study, to analyze thequantitative data, frequency analysis is used andpresented in the form of proportions orpercentages. To assess the relationship betweenthe variables (dependent and independent), ‘f’ and‘t’ tests were carried out.

Findings

1. Internet Usage: 39.8% of the respondents useinternet once in a week, 29% of the respondentsuse internet several times in a week and 31.2%use internet daily.

2. Cyber Bullying - Victimization Pattern: AmongDeptt. of Criminology & Criminal Justice MS University,Triunvelli

502


the male students, 29.8% of them have beenvictimized by cyber bullying at a low level,42.8% of them have been moderately victimizedby cyber bullying and 27.4% of them havebeen highly victimized by cyber bullying.Among the female students, 20.5% of themhave been victimized by cyber bullying at alow level, 57.5% of them have been moderatelyvictimized by cyber bullying and 22.0% ofthem have been highly victimized by cyberbullying. By this result, we can infer that bothfemale students and male students aremoderately victimized by cyber bullying.

3. Cyber Bullying - Perpetration Pattern: Around30% of the respondents are involved in bullyingothers through internet. Most of them (37.8%)spread rumors about someone online. Emailabuse is little high, 26.5% of the respondentsused Email as a mode to bully others. Notably,majority of (41.8%) the perpetrators usedsocial networking sites like Orkut or Facebookto victimize others by bullying.

4. Cyber Bullying – Bystander Pattern: 56.8% ofthe respondents have seen others being bulliedonline for at least 1-3 times in past 6 months.20.8% of the respondents tried to stop theperpetrator in further bullying someone onlineand 18.7% tried to befriend the victim andsupported and 15.7% of the respondentsreported the bullying to someone who couldhelp and 7% directly told the perpetrator whathe is doing is not right.

5. Attitude towards Cyber Bullying: 65.1% of therespondents felt that cyber bullying is moreserious issue than face-to-face bullying. 34%of the respondents opined that cyber bullyingis more acceptable than face-to-face bullying.48.7% of the respondents felt that the victimsof cyber bullying are usually victimized for no

specific reason. Only 24.2% of therespondents blamed the victim. Overall, theresults showed that the attitude of therespondents was pro victim and they wantedto prevent and protect victims of cyberbullying.

6. Relationship between Cyber BullyingDimensions and Other Variables: Exceptinternet usage and cyber bullying perpetration,other variables are not found to have significantrelationship with age. There is no relationshipbetween Cyber Bullying Dimensions andgender and year of study. Except internet usageother variables are not found to have significantrelationship with marital status. Except internetbullying victimization and bystanders patternother variables are not found to have significantrelationship with educational background(Arts, Science, Medicine and Engineering).Except internet bullying victimization andbystanders pattern other variables are not foundto have significant relationship with economicbackground.

7. Solutions to Prevent Cyber Bullying: 32% ofthe respondents’ preferred blocking messages/identities. 37.5% of the respondents favoredreporting the cyber bullying to police or otherauthorities. 30.2% of the respondents felt thatasking the bully to stop the cyber bullyingwould be a good solution. 36.8% felt thatignoring would be one of the best solutions.30.3% of the respondents felt that keeping arecord of offensive emails or texts will behelpful in future for identifying the bully orreporting to the police. 23.5% of therespondents felt that changing email addressor phone number might help in reducing cyberbullying. 19.3% of the respondents felt thatthe cyber bullying perpetrators should be

503


255. Familial and Personality Correlates of Juvenila Delinquency(2013)Tanusree Moitra

Objectives

The aim of the present study is to identify thevariables which are the causes of juveniledelinquency.

Methodology

1. Background information schedule and Bengaliadapted version of Perception ofCommunication Satisfaction Questionnaire(PCS; Hecht, 1978), Home EnvironmentInventory (HEI; Misra, 1989), ParentalBonding Instrument (PBI; Parker et al., 1979),Eysenck Personality Questionnaire (EPQ; Basu& Basu, 1996) and Self Concept Questionnaire(SCQ; Saraswat 1984) and Behavior DevianceScale (BDS) were used.

2. Data collection was divided into two stages.In the first stage, permission, consent andethical clearance was obtained from JuvenileJustice Board to visit the observation home

for the purpose of data collection. The judgeof the Juvenile Court permitted data collectionwith the condition that no aspects of thejuvenile delinquents should be audio/videotaped.

Findings

1. The objective of the study is to identify thevariables which are the causes of juveniledelinquency. T-test and multiple regressionanalysis were used to test the hypotheses.Demographic information reveals that parentsof delinquent adolescents were less educatedas compared to their counterparts. Economicstrain was greater in delinquent home due tolarge number of family members. Statisticalanalysis reveals that parenting in delinquentfamilies differ significantly from non-delinquent families. Parenting in the formerwas characterized by affectionless control,isolation, rejection, withdrawal of privilegesand punishments as opposed to that of thelatter, which was frequented by rewards,nurturance, affectionate control and

punished. A moderate 15.3% of therespondents’ preferred victim offendermediation. 17.3% of the respondents felt thatsetting up an anonymous phone line forreporting cyber bullying will be effective in

the prevention of cyber bullying and protectingvictims of cyber bullying. 23.7% of therespondents felt that developing programs toteach students about cyber bullying and itseffects will be very helpful.

Deptt of Applied Psychology, University of Calcutta,West Bengal

504


satisfactory parent-child communication.There was strong link between poor care anddelinquency in same parent-child pairs. Thiswas found in the present study as well. Pooremotional support, lower rate of verbal andphysical interaction with the father may be thereason for unable to develop a proper role-model in their lives.

2. The delinquents differed from the non-delinquent groups in terms of the personalitydimensions as well. The dimensionsPsychoticism and Extraversion are argued tobe strongly related to offending. Hence,adolescents high on both P and E traits werepredisposed to developing antisocial,aggressive behavior. The neuroticism scorewas low in the delinquent group compared tothe non – delinquent group. The delinquentswere moderate on Lie scale. It indicates theextent to which an individual is expected togive socially desirable responses. Accordingto Eysenck’s view they are liable to have lowLie scale indicative of weak socialization. Butin the present study such an out of the wayfindings might be attributed to the adolescents’

desire to be socially acceptable, after aturbulent past. The self-concept of thedelinquents was poorer than that of the non-delinquent adolescents.

3. The results of multiple regression revealed thatthe familial variables accounted for a sizablesegment of the total variance of the outcomevariable. Extreme negative parental behavior,were significant predictors of delinquency.Thus familial variables could significantly(beyond .01 level of probability) predictdelinquency. Personality variables cumulativelyaccounted for a significant proportion ofvariance in the dependent variable. While higherthe psychoticism and extraversion score, morewas the probability of delinquent behavior;lower (or poorer) the self – concept score,higher was the delinquency. Thus, overallvariance predicted by the personality factorswas also high.

4. It can be concluded that a combined effect ofboth disadvantaged family and personalitycharacteristics of the delinquents were thecontributing factors toward the developmentof delinquent behavior.

505


mn~ns';

1- iqfyl ifCyd bUVjiQsl ds fofHkUu :iksa dk fuèkkZj.kA

2- vkijkf/d ekeyksa dh foospuk ds lUnHkZ esaiqfyl&turk lEcU/ksa dk vè;;uA

3- dkuwu O;oLFkk ds dk;ks± ds lUnHkZ esa iqfyl&turklEcU/ksa dk vè;;uA

4- vkijkf/d U;k; ç'kklu ls tqM+s vU; dk;ks± dslUnHkZ eas iqfyl&turk vUr% lEcU/ksa dk vè;;uA

5- iqfyl&turk vUr% lEcU/ksa ds fofHkUu Lo:iksa dkewY;kadu ,oa fo'ys"k.kA

6- vUr% lEcU/ksa dks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdksa dkvè;;u ,oa ldkjkRed cukus gsrq lq>koA

fu"d"kZ

1- Fkkus ij fjiksVZ 27% dh ugha fy[kh tkrh] 45% dhfoyEc ls vkSj 18% dh iQsjcny djds fy[kh tkrhgSA 10% dh fjiksVZ le; ls vkSj lgh fy[kh tkrh gSA

2- dkuwuh ckè;rk ds ckotwn foospuk ds ifj.kke dhlwpuk oknh dks ugha nh tkrhA {ks=k ds FkkukizHkkjh@iqfyldehZ dk laidZ uEcj turk ds ek=k07% yksxksa ds ikl miyC/ gSA

3- foospuk ds nkSjku 72% xokgksa ds c;ku Fkkus ij ghfy[ks tkrs gSa] ek=k 02% dks fyf[kr lwpuk nsdjcqyk;k tkrk gS] ek=k 21% us Fkkus ij vPNs O;ogkjdh ckr dgh gSA ek=k 35% xokgksa us ;Fkkor c;kufy[kuk crk;k gSA

4- 54% fxjÝrkj vfHk;qDrksa dks fxjÝrkjh ds dkj.kksadh tkudkjh ugha] ek=k 04% dks fxjÝrkjh iwoZuksfVl] 65% O;fDr pkgrs gSa fd iqfyl vkSjU;k;ky; nksuksa dks vUrfje tekur nsus dh 'kfDrgksuh pkfg,A

5- 53% dks fxjÝrkjh ds 24 ?k.Vs ls T;knk le; esaU;k;ky; Hkstk tkrk gS] 72% vkjksfi;ksa dks iqfylds le{k viuk i{k izLrqr djus dk volj ughafeyrkA

6- 'kks/ {ks=k esa izfr foospd izfr o"kZ foospukvksa dkvkSlr 28 gSA iqqfyldfeZ;ksa dk vf/dre le;vU; dk;ks± esa O;; gksrk gS] vuqikr ls deiqfyldehZ miyC/ gSaA

lq>ko

1- laKs; vkSj vlaKs; ekeyksa esa ,d tSlh vkSj 'krizfr'kr izFke lwpuk fjiksVZ fy[kh tkuh pkfg,A

2- xokgksa ds c;ku dsl Mk;jh ds lkFk&lkFk iFkd&iFkd'khV ij Hkh fy[ks tkus pkfg,] xokg ds gLrk{kj

256. iqfyl ifCyd bUVjiQsl (m0iz0 esa iqfyl cy dk vè;;u & vyhx<+ds fo'ks"k lanHkZ esa) (2013)

Jherh vuhrk eqn~xy

jktfufr 'kkL=k foHkkx] ,e-,e- dkWyst] xkft;kckn

506


djkus gsrq la'kks/u gksuk pkfg,A rFkk c;ku dh izfrxokg dks nh tkuh pkfg,A c;kuksa ds fjdkfM±x dhvkfM;ks@ohfM;ks O;oLFkk izkjEHk dh tkuh pkfg,A

3- xokg ds C;kuksa dks vkfM;ks@ohfM;ks ekè;e lsfjdkMZ djus dh ijEijk fodflr dh tkuh pkfg,Aiqfyl dk;Zokfg;ksa dh lwpuk Rofjr :i ls lEcfUèkrO;fDr dks nh tkuh pkfg,A

4- ?kVuk esa ihfM+r ds fpfdRlh; ijh{k.k gsrq dkuwucuk;k tkuk pkfg,A rFkk fpfdRlh; lqfo/k miyCèkdjkus ds ckn vU; dkuwuh vkSipkfjdrk;sa iw.kZ djuhpkfg,A

5- 'keuh; vijk/ksa dks foospuk ds Lrj ij 'keu djusgsrq dkuwu] >wBh lwpuk nsdj vfHk;ksx iathÑr djkusokys ds fo#¼ dBksj dkuwu] fxjÝrkjh dh lwpuk rFkk

foospuk ds ifj.kke dh lwpuk u nsus ij foHkkxh;dk;Zokgh gsrq dkuwu cuk;k tkuk pkfg,A

6- U;k;ky;ksa esa rkehy izdks"B] xzkeh.k {ks=kksa esa vfrfjDriqfyl vkmViksLV] foospuk ,oa dkuwu O;oLFkk gsrqiFkd&iFkd iqfyl cy] izkbosV lqj{kk ,tsfUl;ksa lslg;ksx] U;k;ky;ksa esa dkjkxkj ls izLrqr fd;ss tkusokys vfHk;qDrksa ds lEcU/ esa ,d fuf'pr O;oLFkk]ohfM;ks dkUÚsUl dh O;oLFkk] lekt ds fofHkUu oxks±ds fy, gSYiykbZu ls lEcfU/r Li"V fu;e@dkuwucuk;s tkus vko';d gSaA

7- iqfyl vf/dkjh@deZpkfj;ksa dh fu;qfDr ds le;dk fu;ru] vodk'k dh ,d fuf'pr ;kstuk rFkkmuds thou ds fy, ewyHkwr vko';d vko';drkvksadh O;oLFkk Hkh vko';d gSA

257. Ekfgyk iqfyl % Hkwfedk fuoZgu vkSj dk;Z lUrqf"V (2013)

IkzfrHkk nwcs

mn~ns';

1- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh Hkwfedk D;k gS\

2- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa ds Hkwfedk fuoZgu dh D;kn'kk;sa gSa\

3- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dks viuh Hkwfedk fuoZgu esaD;k O;o/ku mRiUu gksrs gSa\

4- Ekfgyk iqfyldehZ viuh dk;Zn'kk ls fdruh lUrq"VgSa\

5- Ekfgyk iqfyl iq#"k lgdfeZ;ksa dh rqyuk esa Lo;a esaD;k deh eglwl djrh gSa\

6- Ekfgyk iqfyl O;oLkk; dk Hkkjrh; xzkeh.k lkekftdljapuk ls D;k lEcU/ gS\

vè;;u i¼fr

IkzLrqr vè;;u xksj[kiqj e.My rFkk esjB e.My ijlekt'kkL=k foHkkx] nhun;ky mikè;k; xksj[kiqj fo'ofo|ky;] xksj[kiqj]m-ç-

507


dsfUnzr gSA xksj[kiqj e.My iwohZ mÙkj izns'k dk ,dtuin gS rFkk esjB fnYyh ls lVk gqvk gSA izLrqrvè;;u esa efgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh Hkwfedk fuoZgu dhn'kk;sa rFkk larq"Vh tkuus dk iz;kl fd;k x;k gSA ;gvUos"k.kkRed vè;;u gSA vè;;u esa izkFkfed ,oa¼Sfr;d lzksrks ls rF;ksa dk ladyu fd;k x;k gSAizkFkfed rF;ksa dk ladyu lk{kkRdkj vuqlwph ds ekè;els fd;k x;kA lax.kuk i¼fr ls lHkh efgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksadks fy;k x;k gSA ¼Sfr;d rF;ksa dk ladyu lEcfU/rfofHkUu iqLrdksa] 'kks/ if=kdkvksa ls vk;q] /eZ] tkfr]'kSf{kd fLFkfr] oSokfgd Lrj] vkfFkZd fLFkfr ,oa ikfjokfjdvkdkj ls lEcfU/r rF; ,df=kr dj mudh foospukdh x;h gSA EksjB e.My esa {ks=k fujh{kd (CircleOfficer)] mifujh{kd (Sup-Inspector)] izeq[k vkj{kh(Head Constable)] vkj{kh (Constable)] lgk;diqfyl mifujh{kd (fyfid) inksa ij efgyk iqfyldehZik;h x;hA tcfd xksj[kiqj e.My esa mifujh{kd (Sub-Inspector)] izeq[k vkj{kh (Head Constable)] vkj{kh(Constable)] lgk;d iqfyl mifujh{kd (fyfid)inksa ij ik;h x;haA esjB e.My esa 108 efgyk iqfyldehZrFkk xksj[kiqj e.My esa 84 efgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa lslEidZ gks ldkA

fu"d"kZ

1- dk;Z ds izfr n`f"Vdks.k %& vf/kdka'k mRrjnkrkvius dRkZO;ksa dk fuoZgu dj jgs gSaSA cgqr gh demRrjnkrk,a ,sls gSa tks vius drZO;ksa dks nckoo'k djjgs gSaA mUgksaus Li"V fd;k fd mudh :fp ugha gSA

2- ikfjokfjd fLFkfr %& xksj[kiqj eaMy esa mRrjnkrkvksadks vius ifjokj ds lnL;ksa }kjk lg;ksx izkIr gksrkgSA tcfd esjB eaMy esa mRrjnkrkvksa dks dfBukbZdk lkeuk djuk iM+rk gSA

3- iqfyl foHkkx esa izos'k laca/h fopkj %&'kks/ esa ;gckr mHkjdj lkeus vk;h fd ,d ckj bl foHkkxesa vkus ds ckn efgyk iqfyldehZ vius vkus okyhih<+h dks bl foHkkx esa Hkstuk ugha pkgrh gSA

4- ?kj rFkk foHkkxh; ftEesnkfj;ksa ls mRiUu fopkj%&mRrjnkrkvksa us Li"V fd;k fd mu ij dk;Z dkncko T;knk gSA rFkk le; vHkko ds otg lsfj'rsnkfj;ka lEkkIr gks jgh gSA

5- dk;ZLFky ij 'kkSpky; (leL;k)%& xksj[kiqj eaMyesa efgyk iqfyldehZ ds fy, vyx 'kkSpky; ugksus ls mUgsa T;knk leL;kvksa dk lkeuk djuk iM+rkgSA efgyk rFkk iq#"k iqfyldfeZ;ksa dk ,d gh'kkSpky; ftlds njokts VwVs gSsa ,d lkFkh dks [kM+kdjds tkrs gSaA

6- vius dk;Z iwfrZ esa vU; foHkkxh; deZpkfj;ksa dklg;ksx%& esjB dh rqyuk esa xksj[kiqj eaMy esavkijkf/d xfrfof/ de gksrh gSA ftlls deZpkfj;ksaij ncko vkSj vis{kk de gksrh gSA ifj.kkeLo:IkfoHkkxh; deZpkfj;ksa esa lg;ksx dh Hkkouk esa dehrFkk leZi.k dk vHkko gksrk gSA

7- mRrjnkrkvksa ds lkFk iq#"k iqfyldfeZ;ksa dk O;ogkj%&esjB tSls 'kgj esa vk/qfudrk dk izHkko ds dkj.kiq#"k lgdfeZ;ksa dk O;ogkj iw.kZ lg;ksxkRed rFkkHksnHkko jfgr gSA iqfyldfeZ;ksa ds mis{kkiw.kZ O;ogkjdh f'kdk;r ugha dhA

8- xksj[kiqj eaMy esa O;oLFkk rFkk dk;Ziz.kkyh%& esadksbZ varj ugha gS ijarq fiQj Hkh lkekftd i`"BHkwferFkk ijaijkoknh fopkj/kjk dgha u dgha fdlh ufdlh :Ik esa fopkjksa dks izHkkfor djrh gSaA

9- mRrjnkrkvksa dh foHkkxh; inksUufr rFkk inksUufr lslarqf"V %& mPp vf/dkfj;ksa dks inksUufr ls leqfpr

508


volj çkIr gSA fupys Lrj ds iqfyldfeZ;ksa dsinksUufr ds volj lhfer ,oa viokn Lo:Ik gSA;g foHkkx ds fofHkUu Lrjksa esa vlarks"k ,oa HksnHkkodks c<+kus esa lgk;d gSA

10- xksj[kiqj ,d vYi fodflr 'kgj gksus dh otg lsogka ds mRrnkrkvksa dh egRodka{kk de gSA ogmiuh ftEesnkfj;ka rFkk dk;Z dks c<+kuk ugha pkgrsA

11- foHkkxh; lqj{kk laca/h larqf"V%& fuEu deZpkjhfoHkkxh; lqj{kk ls T;knk vlarq"V gS vko';drkiM+us ij foHkkxh; lqj{kk ugha tkrh gSA ftlls ogiqfyl foHkkx esa dk;Zjr gksus ij Hkh foHkkx ls larq"Vugha gSA

Lkq>ko

1- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dks jkstxkj esa HkrhZ rFkk Hkwfedkds leku volj gksus pkfg,A

2- 'kks/ ds ifj.kke LOk:Ik Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa us viuhbPNk O;Dr dh fd Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa ds dk;ksZdk vkdyu inksUufr muds [kqn ds esfjV ij gksukpkfg, u fd lkaf[;dh; vkadM+ks ;k dqN jktuhfrdvko'drkvksa dh lUrqf"V ds fy;sA

3- Tkula[;k vuqikr ds vuqlkj [kqyh lsok esa U;wure33 izfr'kr efgykvksa dh HkrhZ lHkh jSadksa ij gksuhpkfg, rFkk efgyk o iq#"k nksuksa ds fy, lekudSMj gksuk pkfg, ftlls efgykvksa o iq#"kksa dkizHkko'kkyh lesdu gks ldsA

4- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa ds fy, lHkh iqfyl Fkkuksa ij'kkSpky;] foJked{k gksus pkfg,A

5- Ikqfyl foHkkx esa efgykvksa dk ekr"Ro vodk'k 6eghus rd c<+k;k tkuk pkfg,A

6- ,slh efgyk;sa ftuds cPps vHkh NksVs gSa mUgsa 'kgjls ckgj M~;wVh ij ugha Hkstk tkuk pkfg,A

7- Ekfgykvksa rFkk muds cPpksa ds lg;ksx ds fy,iqfylykbu esa f'k'kqx`g gksuk pkfg,A

8- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh ;wfuiQkeZ vkjkenk;d gksuhpkfg,A rFkk xHkkZoLFkk ds nkSjku ;qfuiQkeZ lEcU/hdqN fu;e gksus pkfg,A

9- vkokxeu rFkk dk;kZy; lEcU/h dk;Z ds fy,okgu dh lqfo/k gksuh pkfg,A

10- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh la[;k rFkk ifjokj vkSjdk;kZy; lEcU/h Hkwfedkvksa dks ns[krs gq, mudsdk;Z ?k.Vs esa deh dh tkuh pkfg,A

11- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dks ekfld pØ ds nkSjku gksusokyh leL;kvksa dh otg ls eghus esa nks fnu dkvodk'k feyuk pkfg,A

12- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dk dk;Zcks> de djus dsfy;s Ik;kZIr Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh fu;qfDr dhtkuh pkfg,A

13- Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa ds cPpksa dh f'k{kk lEcU/hfo'ks"k lqfo/k gksuh pkfg,A

14- foHkkx dh vksj ls ljdkjh vkoklksa dh la[;kc<+k;h tkuh pkfg, ftlls vf/kdka'k iqfyldehZykHkkfUor gks ldsA

15- 'kks/ ds ifj.kkeLo:Ik Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa us ;gekax j[kh fd ftu efgykvksa dh mez T;knk gS mulslUrjh M~;wVh (igjk) u djk;k tk;A

16- ;fn ifr ifRu ,d gh foHkkx (iqfyl) esa dk;ZjrgSa rks mudh fu;qfDr ,d gh 'kgj esa dh tkuhpkfg,A 'kks/ ds nkSjku ;g rF; lkeus vk;k fd ,slkfu;e rks gS fdUrq bls fØ;kfUor ugha fd;k tkrk gSA

509


17- Lku~ 2008 esa ;g fu;e cuk;k x;k fd Ekfgykvkjksfi;ksa dh fxjÝrkjh jkf=k esa ugha gksuh pkfg,fdUrq bl fu;e dk ikyu ugha fd;k tkrk gS vr%bl fu;e dks ykxw fd;k tkuk pkfg,A

18- dk;Z esa xq.koÙkk ds lq/kj ds fy, ikfjrksf'kdiz.kkyh dks ljy o O;kid cuk;s tkus dh vko';drkgSA

19- Lke;≤ ij [ksy&dwn xfrfof/;k¡ o euksjatudk;ZØeksa dk vk;kstu ruko eqfDr dk ,d lkèku

gSA blls iq#"k o efgyk nksuksa ds gh dk;Z fu"iknu{kerk esa o`f¼ gksxhA

20- Lke;≤ ij foHkkxh; ijh{kkvksa dk vk;kstudjuk pkfg, ftlls Ekfgyk iqfyldehZ inksUufr}kjk mPp inksa ij tk ldsA

21- vf/d ls vf/d vk/qfud rduhdh dk iz;ksx ole;≤ ij vk;ksftr gksus okys fjÚs'kesaV dkslsZt]Ekfgyk iqfyldfeZ;ksa dh lksp o dk;Z{kerk esaxq.kkRed ifjorZu yk;sxhA

258. Impact Analysis of Prison Reforms with Special Referenceto Uttar Pradesh (2014)Ashish Chaddha

Objectives

1. To study the emerging trends in the field ofprison administration and prison reforms

2. To identify and analyze the demand and goalsof prison administration

3. To identify and analyze the type of model (pureor hybrid) presently followed by prisonadministration

4. To study the existing man and materialresources at the disposal of prisonadministration

Methodology

To carry out the analysis in a methodological manner,evaluative research design has been adopted. Theentire system of prison administration has beensegregated on the basis of Input-Process-Output. Theobjectives have been analyzed by employingformative or summative evaluations depending onthe object being evaluated and the purpose ofevaluation. A formative evaluation helps in theassessment of the organizational context, stakeholderanalysis and input-output analysis. Summativeevaluations examine the effects or outcomes of someobject by determining its overall impact. To extractrepresentative data from the universe, 11 prisonfacilities (5 District, 5 Central and model prisonLucknow) have been selected as Sample.Department of Public Administration, Lucknow

University, Lucknow

510


Suggestions

A. Departure from Colonial Era to ContemporaryEra.

1. Moving emphasis from Pre-trial detention toalternatives of Imprisonment.

2. Replacing colonial time prison manual withmodern prison manual.

3. Emphasis on community participation inprison.

B. Improving the Inputs & Support Mechanismsof Prison Administration

1. Inmate Monitoring System (IMS) to initiate &enforce basic screening of prison inmates onissues like risk assessment of inmates,constant tracking of period of detention andcourt hearing.

2. Re-Structuring of Probationary Services &setting up Voluntary Probationary Services(VPS)

3. Setting up effective mechanism for alternativeto imprisonment like bringing casual offenderswith 6 Months to 3 Years of imprisonmentunder community services- community workat religious places, old age homes, orphanages,mortuaries, cremation places which canradically affect or alter their mental state.Undergoing Vipasana meditation camp in eachquarter shall be compulsory.

4. Revival of Prison Visiting Boards:Prisonvisiting boards shall be re-constitutedcomprising members of Voluntary ProbationServices (VPS) along official member ofvisiting board.

C. Improving Prison Environment- Abolition ofConvict

D. Setting an effective mechanism for Access toLegal Aid: Warder/ Lamburdar System andintroduction of Peer Educator System. Betteruse of 436 A &436 (1).

259. Morale and Motivational Issues in Police Personnel: A Studyof Andhra Pradesh Police (2014)Chaitanya Pradeep

Objectives

1. To understand the managerial factors thatinfluence the organisational commitment

2. To examine the approach of police management

on the issues of morale and motivation of thesubordinate officers

3. To explore the managerial factors thatdetermines the levels of subordinate officers’morale and motivation.

4. To know whether over a period of time,morale and motivation response average is onthe declineDeptt of Political Science, Hyderabad University

511


5. To know the theoretical alternatives for policemanagement in building morale and motivationamong police staff.

Methodology

1. The respondents were selected for the studyusing stratified proportionate random samplingtechnique representing pro rate of all levels ofpolice personnel from two units. Greyhoundsand Cyberabad Police Commissionerate wereselected after having consultations with senior-most police officers in the department.Interactions were held and interviews wereconducted with 175 respondents (whoaccepted) of both superior and subordinateofficers. From Cyberabad PoliceCommissionerate, Inspectors (SHOs), Sub-Inspectors, ASIs Head Constables andConstables at police station level were pickedup and the same rank officers were picked upfrom Greyhounds.

2. The study relied on both primary andsecondary source of data. But coremethodology of the study lies in the fieldwork.The intention is to understand the versions ofboth supervisory (SHO) and subordinate (HCand PC) ranks towards morale and

motivation.The descriptive survey researchmethod was adopted to investigate themanagerial determinants of police morale andmotivation with work conditions.

Findings

1. Officers tend to be more satisfied with ‘non-monetary factors’ i.e. work conditions,supervisors support and the recognition thanmonetary factors like wages and othermonetary incentives.

2. According to the respondents, the MonetarySupport Programs (MSP) like adequatesalaries, strict implementation of over time(OT) rules, substantive welfare package haveto be implemented for the police community.

3. On the other hand, non-monetary supportprogrammes, like adopting democratic styleof management with subordinate-orientationneed to be adopted by the civil police managers.This will help the subordinates to participatein the affairs of station house management andvirtually sustain their interest, morale andmotivation in the workplace. Training andpersonality development programmes wouldbuild the capacity of the subordinate officersin terms of updating their skills and knowledge.

512


260. Impact of Job-related and Self-related Variables uponturnover Intention and Sense of Subjective Well-beingamong Personnel of Paramilitary Forces (2014)Mallika Dasgupta

Objectives

1. To ascertain levels of different independent &dependent variable within the psyche of PMFpersonnel posted at Kolkata.

2. To ascertain the effect of official ranks of PMFpersonnel on each of two dependent Variableof the study.

3. To ascertain the effect of age on any of thetwo dependent variables of the study.

4. To assess the relevant contributions of the job-related and self-related variables towards thescene of subjective well-being.

5. To gauze the relevant contributions of the job-related and self –related independent variabletowards turnover intention.

Methodology

The three PMF forces, viz., CRPF, CISF and BSFhave been considered for the present study.Multistage stratified Random Sampling was usedto select the PMF employees participating in thestudy. The total sample was 162 male employees,who were married for at least two years and servedthe specific organization for two or more years.

The self-related and job-related factors wereselected based on literature review and the ratingsof subject experts. Based on the expert rating, sixindependent variables were retained in the finalstudy.

Findings

1. The primary objective of the present studywas to examine whether and to what extentand in which way the job-related variables,namely, affective organizational commitment,work-family role conflict, job satisfaction, jobstress and the self-related variables, namely,trait anger and trait anxiety were contributiveor detrimental to the sense of subjectivewellbeing among Paramilitary personnel ofKolkata. It also sought to examine thecontribution of all these job-related and self-related variables to the turnover intention ofParamilitary Force personnel. It alsoexamined whether i) Official ranks, ii) Ageand ii) Experience of employees cast an effecton sense of subjective wellbeing and turnoverintentions and whether the three groups ofeach of these three variables differed fromeach other in respect of magnitudes of theDependent Variables already mentioned.

2. An extensive survey of literature suggested thatmost of the independent variables are indeedDeppt. Of Applied Psychology, Calcutta University,

Kolkata

513


related to the sense of subjective wellbeing andturnover intention in different professional andcultural context.

3. The official ranks of PMF personnel did seemto have an effect upon the employees’ senseof subjective wellbeing and turnover intention.The three groups indeed differ with respectto these two dependent variables. The highrank officials are found to have the highestlevel of sense of subjective wellbeing andlowest level of turnover intention. The middlerank lies in between the two ranks in thecontext of both the dependent variables. Thelower rank reportedly experiences lowest levelof subjective wellbeing and highest level ofturnover intention.

4. The three age groups also seem to differ interms of their turnover intention. The upperage group has lowest level of turnover intention,while the lower age-group has highest level ofturnover intention. Employees of different agegroup do not differ in terms of sense ofsubjective wellbeing.

5. Employees with differential experience alsoseem to differ in terms of subjective wellbeingand turnover intention. The experiencedemployees with higher tenure of serviceseemed to have already coped up with thechallenging nature of this job and consequentlyexperienced higher level of subjective wellbeingand lower level of turnover intention.

Employees with lesser years of experienceencounter more challenges and experienceslower level of subjective wellbeing with highintention to leave the organization.

6. The Job-related variables, i.e. Job Satisfaction,Affective Organizational Commitment,Occupational Stress and Work-Family RoleConflict significantly contribute to the senseof subjective wellbeing as well as turnoverintentions of employees. While Job satisfactionand Affective Organizational Commitmentcontribute positively towards the sense ofsubjective wellbeing, they also serve asprotective factors against turnover intention.On the other hand, Job Stress and Work-Family Role Conflict threatens the sense ofsubjective wellbeing among PMF personneland they also lead to higher level of turnoverintention among employees. These findingshave serious implication. It seems that PMFpersonnel are over-burdened and suffers fromRole conflict. This must be handled with carein order to enhance the subjective wellbeingamong employees and also to reduce theirturnover intention.

7. The self-related Variables, Trait Anger and TraitAnxiety contribute to the turnover intentionof lower rank employees. Thus, these twovariables may be assessed at the time ofselection and thereby the turnover intentionof employees may be controlled to someextent.

514


261. A Study of the Factors Leading Juveniles to be in Conflictwith the Law in Tamil Nadu: Sociological Perspective (2014)D. Murugesan

Objectives

1. To identify the insights about the personal andfamily background of the juveniles in conflictwith law in TamilNadu.

2. To explore the nature of offences and chargescommitted by juveniles such as offenceagainst person, property, etc.

3. To analyze the role of family and other agenciesfor the cause of juvenile crimes.

4. To find out the institutional life of the juvenilesand their opinion on the services provided inthe institutions for their care and rehabilitation.

Methodology

The area of study has covered the eight observationhomes and one special home located in the Stateof Tamil Nadu.All the 08 observation homes and 1special home in Tamil Nadu were selected forpresent study and all the 148 children were selectedfor interview. The study was conducted by censusmethod. The structured interview schedule wasused for collecting data which were collecteddirectly from the respondents through primary dataand secondary data.

Findings

1. It is found out from the analysis that vastmajorities (97.4 percent) of the respondentsbelongs to 16-18 years and are male children.While female children is very low (2.7 percent)among them, only one girl child belong to 11-15 age group and 3 belong to 16-18 age group.

2. When comparison of educational status withplace of residence of the respondents wasanalyzed, it was found that 6.1 percent of therespondents are illiterates, among them 55.6percent of the respondents belongs to ruralareas as their areas of residence and 44.4percent of the illiterates are from urban areas.Among the children who have attainededucation level up to primary schooling, mostly71.1 percent of them belong to urban areasfollowed by 28.3 percent in the rural areas.

3. Family structure plays a vital role in thebehavior formation of the child. The datareveals that the majority of the respondents(61.9 percent) hailed from nuclear families and37.4 percent of the children’s families have 5-7 members, in their family. On the other hand,50 percent of the respondents hailed fromfamilies of 5-7 members or above 8 members.So it may be concluded that majority of therespondents belong to nuclear families whohave below 4 members available in their family.It is clear from the study that nuclear familiesDeptt. of Sociology, Muduari Kamaraj University,

Madurai

515


are more conducive to deviant behaviorformation among the children.

4. The relationship between caste and nature ofoffences and charges committed by thechildren shows that among the children ofscheduled castes, 63.9 percent are chargesunder the offences like theft, assault cases(19.4 percent), murder/ attempt to murder (8.3percent), rape/attempt to rape cases (5.6percent) and dacoity (2.8 percent). Thechildren from backward castes are involvedin the theft cases (50 percent), murder/attempt to murder (20 percent), assault cases(12.5 percent), rape/ attempt to rape (10percent) and dacoit (5 percent).

5. The relationship of education with nature ofoffences reveals that among the illiteratechildren involved in murder are 11.1 percent,charges under theft cases are more common(77.8 percent), followed by sex offences likerape and attempt to rape (11.1 percent), amongthe children who have attained education levelup to primary schooling, normally (6.5 percent)have charges for involvement in murder (or)attempt to murder, mostly 71.7 percent areregistered under the theft cases, followed bysex offences like rape or attempt or attempt torape (4.3 percent) and 15.2 percent have allegedto commit the offences under the dacoity.

6. Analyzing the relationship between the placeof residence and drinking habits of therespondents reveals that majority of themhaving drinking habits, belong to urban areas.The relationship of family income with thedrinking habits among the respondents revealsthat majority of them having drinking habitsbelong to the high level income category. Whenanalyzing the use of drugs and alcohol nearly

one third (32.4 percent) of the respondentsare subjected to the use of drugs and alcohol.6.8 percent of respondents have mostlywatched film and pornographic literature.

7. Analyzing the respondent’s opinion aboutwhether regular food and basic amenities wereprovided by their parents/ guardian, it is foundthat most of the children, who were chargedunder the cases of theft, were driven by povertyand lack of basic amenities. So the children maybe involved in small offences like theft forfulfillment of their food and basic amenities.

8. Out of the total, 40 (27 percent) respondentsare school goers before coming to the home,among them 17 (11.5 percent) respondentsacademic performance was good, while 19(12.8 percent) children were normalperformers and only 4 (2.7 percent)respondents had poor performance in theireducation when schooling.

9. Analyzing the satisfaction of respondentstowards the vocational training provided in thehome reveals that 78 percent of therespondents were satisfied with the vocationaltraining given by the trained staff in theinstitution. It is clear from the study a vastmajority (52.7 percent) of the respondents arehappy towards all the treatments and servicesprovided by the NGOs’ visiting the home.

10. The relationship between the respondentseducational status and their future planningafter being released from the institutional carereveals that majority of them who havecompleted only primary level of education havedecided to continue their child labor work atconstruction and household sectors. Anothermajority of the respondents who have attainedsecondary, matriculation or degree level

516


262. Problems of Abuse of Women Prisoners’ Rights in Indiawith Special Reference to Punjab (2014)Renu Sharma

Objectives

1. To find out the socio-economic status ofwomen prisoners.

2. To know the nature and extent of crimescommitted by women prisoners.

3. To make an in-depth examination of conditionsin which they live in prisons.

4. To find out the major causes responsible forthe abuse of their rights.

5. To find out the problems faced by the womenprisoners due to abuse of their rights.

6. To develop suitable approach to prevent abuseof their rights through this study.

7. To find out appropriate suggestions for therehabilitation and reintegration of womenprisoners.

Hypotheses

1. Problems faced by women prisoners are mainlydue to being placed in a prison which isstructurally not suitable for them.

2. Existing prison rules and regulations are notsuitable with the administration of women’sprison.

3. The purpose of imprisonment is still custodialnot the reformation and rehabilitation of thewomen prisoners.

Methodology

At geographical level, the study was confinedto seven central jails of Punjab situated atAmritsar, Gurdaspur, Jalandhar, Bathinda,Ferozepur, Patiala and Ludhiana (special womenjail). The researcher had interviewed only 216women prisoners. Data was collected from bothprimary and secondary sources. Researcher hadadopted the schedule method and utilized thestructured interview schedule technique tocollect the primary data as required for the studyfrom the women prisoners. Interview scheduleconsisted of 78 questions and divided into 14segments. Interview schedule consist of 12open-ended questions and 66 closed-endedquestions. In order to get the reliable and validdata according to the objectives of the study,the interview schedule had been pre-tested on25 women prisoners confined in the Amritsarcentral jail. After the completion of datacollection, the whole data collected through theinterview schedule was checked for anydiscrepancies and incompleteness. Qualitativedata was converted into quantitative data byproviding the suitable numerical codes. Afterproviding the relevant codes, the wholequantitative data was filled on the code sheetprepared by the computer program.

Department of Law, Guru Nank Dev University, AmritsarPunjab

517


Findings

1. Majority of women prisoners (96.6 %)revealed that no educational programmes wereavailable for them.

2. Large number of women prisoners (44.4%)revealed that these vocational courses werenot sufficient for their rehabilitation and re-integration.

3. Large number of women prisoners (46.3%)suggested increasing the time of call.

4. Majority or women prisoners (83.3%)acknowledged that their family members cameto visit them.

5. Majority of women prisoners (83.8%) told thatthey slept on floor.

6. Majority of women prisoners (54.2%) statedthe quality of food average.

7. Majority of women prisoners (79.2%) showedtheir dissatisfaction for the food given to themin the jail.

8. Majority of women prisoners (70.8%)accepted the availability of clean drinking waterin jails.

9. Majority of women prisoners (79.2%) told thatthey were getting sufficient water for allactivities.

10. Majority of women prisoners (88%) revealedthat toilets were cleaned by the convicts only.

263. Spatial Dynamics of Murder in 6 cities of Tamil Nadu: AGeographical Information System (GIS) Approach (2014)Vijo Varghese Vincent

Objectives

1. To find out the hot spot patterns of murderincidents in the six cities of Tamil Nadu.

2. To find out the proximity of murder incidencesfrom the police stations.

3. To find out the type of area that is prone tomurder incidences.

4. To interpolate the future trend of murderincidences in the six cities of Tamil Nadu.

Methodology

1. This study was conducted in six cities of TamilNadu viz., Chennai, Coimbatore, Madurai,Trichy, Salem and Tirunelveli. Data pertainingto murder incidents were obtained from theCity Crime Records Bureau’s (CCRB) for theirrespective cities. All incidences of murder forthe period of nine years from 2004 - 2012Deptt. of Criminology, University of Madras, Chepauk,

Chennai

518


were taken into consideration. The dataobtained were cross checked with the StateCrime Records Bureau (SCRB) data for thementioned period in order to ascertain theconsistency in the number of murder incidents.

2. In order to bring out the relationship betweencrime and its environment, various analyseswere carried out using ArcGIS v9 so thatcredible results could be inferred from them.The following analyses were carried out toderive the results for the study: Point patternanalysis, hot spot analysis, buffer analysis, meancenter and standard deviation ellipse, journeyto crime and next hit probability area analysis.

Findings

1. The point pattern analysis for Chennai cityshows a dense distribution throughout the cityand a large cluster of murder incidences inthe North.

2. The cities of Coimbatore, Madurai, Trichy,Salem and Tirunelveli have shown cluster ofmurder incidences in certain parts of the city.

3. Murder patterns are found to be moving fromthe center to the periphery of the city over aperiod of time.

4. Certain areas in all the six cities are prone tomurder incidents as they are places of masstransit, commercial areas, industrial belt andresidential areas.

5. Madurai, Salem and Tirunelveli cities are foundto be more prone to gang violence that lead tomurder incidences.

6. Chennai city has hot spots that are expandingover the years and also shifting from time totime.

7. In other five cities, the hot spots are more orless stagnant and show very littlespatiotemporal changes.

8. It is found in all the cities of Tamil Nadu thatthe police stations do not act as a deterrent inthe locality as murder incidences were foundto occur frequently in close proximity.

9. The mean centers for murder are clusteredand located in the center of the city but thestandard deviation ellipses show minorvariations in their position and orientation.

10. The dispersion and distribution of murderpatterns are found to be similar for all the citiesof Tamil Nadu.

11. Offenders who are found to be travelling adistance to commit murder are more oftenrelated to local gangs and neighborhoods.

12. Offenders who are found not to be travellinga distance to commit murder are more oftenfamily members and relatives to the victim.

13. The main reason for murder in almost all thecities of Tamil Nadu was property dispute,domestic issues and also as a result of suddenprovocation.

14. Spousal murders are found to be high inMadurai and Tirunelveli cities.

15. In Madurai city, the choice of weapon forcommitting murder was found to be Aruval(Indian machete).

16. Madurai city has recorded the highest for gangrelated murders and due to previous enmity.

Suggestions

1. Data in all the CCRB needs to be updatedperiodically with regard to the alteration of

519


sections and outcome as and when a casegets disposed. This would help in weedingout discrepancies in the tally betweenindividual police stations and CRB’s. Theneed for periodically updating of crimeregisters, crime maps, etc. have also beenmentioned in the seventh report of theNational Police Commission in 1981.

2. The scene of crime addresses needs to beentered accurately at the time of registeringa murder case. A handheld Global PositioningSystem (GPS) would be handy in recordinggeographical coordinates that will be usefulin digitizing scene of crime locations.

3. A GIS cell should be operational in everyCCRB. This technology can help police toidentify and understand the trends andpatterns of criminal activity and criminalmovement. This technology helps inupdating crime in a real time basis and indispersing resultant maps to the respectivepolice stations and patrol vehicles for crimeprevention and monitoring

4. There should be frequent training for policepersonnel who operate/manage GIS cells andtechnology updating process in the CCRBso that the police can keep up with the everchanging technological advancement.

5. Vigilance committees need to be formed atthe ward level so that domestic issues can

be addressed and disposed amicably withoutburdening the institutions in the criminaljustice system. This can result in thereduction of murder incidences that arise outof property dispute within the family andintimate partner/ spouse murder incidence.

6. Crime data, irrespective of different crimesneed to be publicized so that the public areaware of crimes occurring in their locality.This data can be uploaded to a centraldatabase that can be viewed as maps of aspecific locality along with the range ofcriminal activity in a specific given timeperiod.

7. From this study, it is seen that police stationsdo not have a deterrent effect in the locality.In Chennai, especially North Chennai, thereare a few police stations having jurisdictionless than 500meters in radius which do notseem to do justice. As per the seventh reportof the National Police Commission (1981),if a police station registers more than 700crimes annually, there would be fulljustification for creation of another policestation. Since none of the police stations inChennai have recorded more than 700crimes, it would be advisable to demote afew police stations and rationally readjustthe area of all the police station in theneighborhood.

520


264. Psychological Efficacy of Training Programme in RajasthanPolice (with special reference to trainee constables (2015)Sunita Sharma

Objectives

The main aim of the present research is to measurethe efficacy of behavioral training module inRajasthan Police, especially in trainee constables.

Methodology

Purposive random sampling technique was usedfor the research. The study will be conducted on500 Constable Trainees from Rajasthan PoliceAcademy, Jaipur.

Primary data was collected through administeringthe Questionnaires mentioned below under Tools.

Findings

1. The statistical analysis reveals that stress levelof trainee constables is reduced after thetraining. Research discloses that the trainingprogrammes carried out at RPA do not lead toany mental and physical tension. Trainingprogrammes for trainee constable help themto manage their stress somehow.

2. The statistical analysis reveals that happinesslevel of trainee constables is increased afterthe training. Research unveils that the

happiness level of trainee constables enhancesafter the training. It shows that the trainingprogrammes in Rajasthan Police Academy fortrainee Constables increases the happinesslevel. There is not anything in trainingprogrammes which make trainee constablesunhappy or joyless.

3. Research discloses that many positive traitsof personality of trainee constables areboosted. They become friendlier, moreintelligent, more emotionally stable, moresensitive, more vigilant, more confident, moreself-sufficient, more perfect and more opento change after the training.

4. As the research reveals that the trainingprogrammes conducted at Rajasthan PoliceAcademy, Jaipur have some negative impacton personality characteristics of traineeconstables. The liveliness, rule consciousness,apprehensiveness is increased after the trainingprogram. While, some negative traits likedominance and tension is increased amongthem.

5. According to the interpretation of data analysis,social boldness of the trainee constablesremains unchanged.

6. As the research shows that EmotionalIntelligence of trainee constables is increasedafter the training. Research unveils that themean of Emotional Intelligence level of traineeconstables rises extremely. It shows that theDeptt of Business Administration, University of

Rajasthan

521


training programmes in Rajasthan PoliceAcademy for trainee Constables make thememotionally strong and stable.

7. The Statistical analysis shows that trainingprogrammes have many positive impacts onemotional intelligence of trainee constables.They become more extrovert, clever,emotionally stable, passionate, reliable,exploratory, accountable and confident.

8. Simultaneously training programmes havesome negative impacts also. They becomemore aggressive, shrewder, orthodox anddisorganized.

9. As the statistical analysis indicates that maletrainee constables are quite high on stress.Female trainee constables are quite better inhandling stressful events. Female traineeconstables are quite better to do job understressful situation or they react less to astressful event than male trainee constables.

10. The research makes clear that female traineeconstables are happier than male traineeconstables. Female constables become morejoyful, more contented after the training.

11. The research makes it visible that personalityof trainee constable is changed after thetraining. Some changes are beneficial, whileothers are not as much. As the research showsthat on some personality factors male traineeconstables are good, while female traineeconstables are excellent on other personalityfactors.

12. The research proves that there is no differenceon the level of tension, depression among all

trainee constables, whether they are males orfemales.

13. As the result shows, male trainee constablesare brighter, more emotionally stable, braver,more responsible, more self-confident andmore disciplined than female trainee constables.

14. On the other hand female trainee constablesare more hostile, shrewder, wiser but morereliable and more open-minded than maletrainee constables after the training.

Conclusion

Training is in an integral and important part of thepolice organization. If training is proper andeffective then it can lead to a stress free and happyprofessional life.

On the basis of above discussion it can be saidthat the training programmes conducted byRajasthan Police Academy, Jaipur for traineeconstables are effective on psychologicalparameters. Their stress level is reduced while,happiness level and emotional intelligence levelincreased after the training. This means that thetraining programmes for trainee constables do notlead to any stress and increase the happiness andraise emotional intelligence, which is a positive sign.There are many positive significant changes thattake place after the training. They become morerational, more reasonable, more vigilant, and moreconfident after the training.

Hence, it can be concluded that trainingprogrammes for trainee constables are highlyeffective.

522


265. ¶cky vijk/ esa ehfM;k dh Hkwfedk dk ,d vijk/'kkL=kh; vè;;u¸(2015)

Jherh Jqfr ;kno

mís';

1- cky vijkf/;ksa dh lkekftd&vkfFkZd] i`"BHkwfedk vè;;u_

2- cky vijkf/;ksa ds ikfjokfjd i;kZoj.k dk vè;;udjuk_

3- cky vijkf/;ksa ij muds laxh&lkfFk;ksa rFkk Ldwyds izHkko dk vè;;u djuk_

4- cky vijkf/;ksa ij muds iM+ksl rFkk euksjatu dslk/uksa ds izHkko dk vè;;u_

5- cky lq/kj x`gksa ds dk;ZØeksa vkSj lsokvksa dkvè;;u djuk_

6- cky vijkf/;ksa dk laLFkkxr thou ls lek;kstu&vlek;kstu dk vè;;u djuk_

7- cky vipkj ds mRrjnk;h dkjdksa dh tkudkjh ,oamudk fo'ys"k.k_

8- lq/kj x`gksa ds lq/kj iz.kkfy;ksa dk ewY;kadu_

9- cky lq/kj x`gksa esa cky vijkf/;ksa dk laLFkkxrthou ls lek;kstu& vlek;kstu dk vè;;u_

10- cky vijkf/k;ksa ds lq/kj ds fy;s iz;qDr uhfr;ksarFkk dk;ZØeksa dks izHkko'kkyh cukus gsrq ,oa leL;klek/ku gsrq Bksl lq>ko izLrqr djuk_

'kks/ dh çÑfr ,oa fo"k; {ks=k

1- 'kks/ dh izÑfr ds vUrxZr fuf'pr {ks=k esa ckyvijkf/;ksa ls lk{kkRdkj vuqlwph ds vk/kj ijfun'kZu i¼fr ds }kjk lwpukvksa dks ladfyr fd;kx;k gS lkFk gh ljdkjh rFkk xSj ljdkjh ekè;eksa}kjk fd;s tk jgs lq/kjkRed iz;klksa dk voyksdudjds Bksl fu"d"kZ fudkys x;s gSaA

2- cky vijkf/;ksa ds mRrjnk;h dkjdksa ,oa lqèkkjkRediz.kkyh ds fo'ys"k.k ds fy;s 'kks/ dk {ks=k mRrjizns'k ds y[kuÅ 'kgj esa cky lEizs"k.k x`gksa ,oajktdh; vuqeksfnr fo|ky;ksa o cky lq/kj x`gksa dkvè;;u {ks=k ds :i esa p;u fd;k x;k gSA bl 'ksèkesa 250 yksxksa dks vè;;u dk vk/kj cuk;k x;k gSAftuesa 100 Ldwy ds Nk=k] 50 tsy esa fu:¼ cPps]25 fo|ky; ds izèkkukpk;Z@izèkkukpk;kZ] 25 lq/kjlaLFkkvksa ds vf/dkjh o deZpkjh] 25 vfHkHkkodvkSj 25 ehfM;k dfeZ;ksa ds lk{kkRdkj lfEefyr gSA

3- 'kks/ ds rF; ladyu gsrq lk{kkRdkj vuqlwph]lgHkkxh voyksdu] vukSipkfjd lk{kkRdkj ,oaoS;fDrd vè;;u i¼fr vkfn dk iz;ksx fd;kx;kA rF;ksa ds ,d=khdj.k esa izkFkfed lzksrksa dsvykok f}rh;d lzksrksa dk Hkh iz;ksx fd;k x;k gSAbl lUnHkZ esa fofHkUu izdkj ds losZ{k.kksa rFkkle;≤ ij izdkf'kr cky vipkj ds vkadM+ksadk Hkh vè;;u fd;k x;k gSA

lekftdk;Z foHkkx] y[kuÅ fo'o fo|ky;] m-ç-

523


fu"d"kZ

1- vf/la[; (71-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds ?kj esaeuksjatu gsrq Vh-oh- dh lqfo/k miyC/ gSa rFkklcls de (9-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds ?kj esab.VjusV euksjatu ds fy, miyC/ gSA vf/la[;(52-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dks cPpksa ds fy,cus dkuwu ds fo"k; esa tkudkjh ugha gS tcfd48-00 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa dks cPpksa ds fy, cusdkuwu ds fo"k; esa tkudkjh gSA vf/la[; (78-08izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dks vipkj@vipkj djus dsfy, izsfjr ehfM;k djrk gSA rFkk lcls de (2-74izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dks vipkj@vipkj djus gsrqikfjokfjd lnL;ksa us izsfjr fd;kA cgqla[; (91-23izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dks vipkj@vipkj djus gsrqbysDVªkfud ehfM;k }kjk izsfjr fd;k tkrk gS tcfd8-77 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa dks vipkj@vipkj djusgsrq fiazV ehfM;k }kjk izsfjr fd;k tkrk gSA vfèkla[;(64-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa us crk;k fd muds}kjk vipkj@ vipkj fd;k x;k gSA lokZf/d(46-87 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa us crk;k fd ikfjokfjdyM+kbZ ds dkj.k vipkj@vipkj fd;k gS lcls de(21-87 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa us fe=k ls yM+kbZ dsdkj.k vipkj djuk crk;k gSA lokZf/d (46-00izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dk ekufld Lrj lkekU; gSrFkk lcls de (26-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dkekufld Lrj leL;kxzLr gSA vk/s (50-00 izfr'kr)mRrjnkrkvksa us crk;k fd ekjus&ihVus tSlk vipkjfd;k gS rFkk lcls de (23-30 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksaus pksjh djus tSlk vipkj djuk Lohdkj fd;k gSAlokZf/d (52-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa }kjk u'kkfd;k tkrk gSA vf/la[; (69-23 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrk'kjkc dk u'kk djrs gSa rFkk lcls de (3-85izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa }kjk Øe'k% xkatk rFkk Hkkax

dk lsou fd;k tkrk gSA vf/la[; (74-00 izfr'kr)mRrjnkrk vipkj djus ls iwoZ Ldwy tkrs FksAlokZfèkd (41-46 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa us Øe'k%nq'euksa ds Mj ls rFkk vkfFkZd detksjh ds dkj.ki<+kbZ NksM+ nsuk crk;k gS rFkk lcls de (26-83izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa us Ldwy ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa dsfp<+kus ds dkj.k viuh i<+kbZ NksM+ nsuk crk;k gSAlokZf/d (54-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkjlq/kj laLFkk esa jgus ls cqjk vuqHko izkIr gqvk gSAvf/la[; (68-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkjlq/kj laLFkk esa f'k{kk O;oLFkk dk izcU/ gSA

2- vf/la[; (76-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dh i"BHkwfe'kgjh gSA lokZf/d (60-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkfuEu oxZ ds gSa rFkk lcls de (12-00 izfr'kr)mRrjnkrk Øe'k% eè;e rFkk mPp oxZ ds gSaA vr%;g fLFkfr Li"V djrh gS fd detksj oxZ ds cPpksaesa vipkj djus dk izfr'kr vf/d gSA lokZfèkd(48-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrk ds vuqlkj ljdkj }kjkcky vipkj dh jksdFkke ds fy, Lo;alsoh laLFkkvksadh Hkwfedk dks c<+kok fn;k tkuk gS rFkk lcls de(24-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj izkFkfedf'k{kk dk mfpr izcU/ fd;k tkuk pkfg,A vfèkla[;(72-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrk ds vuqlkj iqfyl dkO;ogkj [kjkc gS rFkk lcls de 12-00 izfr'krmRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj iqfyl dk O;ogkj ckyvijkf/;ksa ds izfr lkekU; gSA vf/la[; (76-00izfr'kr) mRrjnkrk ds vuqlkj lekpkj i=kksa esa 90izfr'kr elkyk vipkj dk gksrk gS Vh-vkj-ih- dspDdj esa lekpkj pSuyksa }kjk vipkjh dsk XySejkbtfd;k tkrk gSA lokZf/d (56-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkds vuqlkj cky vipkj dks c<+kus vkSj jksdus esabysDVªkfud ehfM;k dh egRoiw.kZ Hkwfedk fuHkkrs gSaaaA

3- vf/la[; (68-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj

524


266. Crimes Among the Tea Garden Communities in Assam: ASociological Study (2016)Md Abdul Mutalib

Objectives

1. To examine roles of family, peer groupassociation and neighborhood in formingcriminalistics tendency among the tea gardencommunity.

2. To find out the socio-cultural background ofthe criminal.

3. To examine the role of socio-economiccondition and poverty in generating tendencyfor committing crime.

4. To find out the causes of crime, process ofcrime and prevention mechanism that existsamong the tea garden communities.

5. To find out why majority of people areengaged in criminal activities and what typeof remedial measures are needed to removeand control crime.

6. To examine the relevance of the existing theorywith criminal activity in a particularcommunity.

lq/kj laLFkk esa fu#¼ cPpksa ij /kjk,a yxh gSaAvfèkla[; (52-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkjlq/kj laLFkk esa fu:¼ cPps ij 325@ 405@211@147/kjk,a yxh gSaA vf/la[; (76-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksads vuqlkj lq/kj x`g esa fu:¼ cPpksa ds O;ogkj esacnyko vk;k gS tcfd 24-00 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksads vuqlkj lqèkkj x`g esa fu:¼ cPpksa esa cnyko ughavk;k gSA lokZf/d (48-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksads vuqlkj lq/kj x`g ds cPpksa ds lq/kj ds fy,Øe'k% [ksyus] uSfrd f'k{kk dh ;kstuk,a cukbZ xbZgSa rFkk lcls de (32-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dsvuqlkj lq/kj x`g ds cPpksa ds lq/kj gsrq izf'k{k.k

;kstuk,a cukbZ xbZ gSaA cgqla[; (76-00 izfr'kr)mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj lq/kj dh lHkh ;kstuk,a ykxwdh xbZ gSa tcfd 24-00 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa dsvuqlkj lalk/uksa dh deh ds dkj.k lq/kj dh lHkh;kstuk,a ykxw ugha dh xbZ gSaA vf/la[; (64-00izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj cPpksa dkss xyrhdjus ij nf.Mr ugha fd;k tkrk gS tcfd 36-00izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa ds vuqlkj nf.Mr fd;k tkrkgSA vf/la[; (76-00 izfr'kr) mRrjnkrkvksa dsvuqlkj ehfM;k }kjk cky vipkj dks c<+kok fn;ktkrk gS tcfd 24-00 izfr'kr mRrjnkrkvksa dsvuqlkj ehfM;k }kjk cky vipkj dks c<+kok ughafn;k tkrk gSA

Deptt. of Sociology, Dibrugarh University, Assam

525


Methodology

The universe of the study constitutes all theconvicted criminals who belong to tea gardencommunities lodged in the 7 jails of 7 districtsnamely Dibrugarh, Tinsukia, Sivasagar, Jorhat,Tezpur, Lakhimpur and Nagoan of Assam. Samplewas drawn from convicted offenders belongingto tea garden community. The field of study hasbeen selected i.e. Jails of 7 districts of Assam wherethe tea garden population is more. Accordingly, anexploratory type of research design is adopted forthe study. The respondents of the study consist of350 convicted prisoners including 7 femaleoffenders, those who belong to tea gardencommunities drawn through accidental randomsampling procedure from the selected prisonsmentioned above. In this study both the primaryand secondary data have been used.

To collect Primary and Secondary data thefollowing technique were applied: l. InterviewSchedule 2. Interview Guide 3. Observation 4.Case study. Editing, Classification and Tabulationhas been done with the help of appropriate

procedures and statistical measurements. Simpleand cross tabulation has been made according tothe needs and demands of analysis.Since the entirework is exploratory in nature, therefore,Descriptive, Case Study and Statistical methodshave been used to draw necessary inferences ofthe study. Besides, the hypotheses laid down forthe present study have been tested through utilizingChi-Square method.

Findings

From the analysis of data it may be concluded thatpoor economic condition, use of alcohol, peergroup pressure, family conflict, religious dogmasand superstitions, family altercation are the mostimportant factors responsible for developingcriminal behavior and anti-social activities amongthe tea garden laborers. Illiteracy, lack of properfamily control, bad environment and neighborhoodsituation etc. are the other contributing factors.From the study it can be summarized that if thesefactors coincided together, it may influence anindividual towards criminal behavior.

526


267. Women Offenders in Andhra Pradesh - A Sociological Study(2016)N. Katama Raju

Objectives

1. To examine the causative factors of crime.2. To analyze the socio-economic background

of the women prisoners.3. To understand the nature and extent of crime.4. To find out the suitable strategies for the

rehabilitation of women offenders.5. To suggest ways and means to improve their

living conditions in jails.6. To identify the various problems of the female

prisoners.7. To suggest remedial measures.

Methodology

Interview Schedule, Personal Interviews,Observation were used. The study consists ofprimary and secondary sources of data. Primarydata was collected by a Structured InterviewSchedule from women prisoners. It consists ofpersonal profile, socio – economic background,causes and nature of crime, attitudes andexpectations of the respondents and their futureplan after release.

The respondents participated very well in thediscussion and revealed information freely without

any hesitation. Personal observation, discussionwith the prison personnel and police officials andcriminal records in the prison also form the partof data collection.

Findings

1. Around 56 per cent of the respondents are inthe age group of 26 – 50 years and majorityof them are urbanites.

2. Majority of the respondents (78%) have thefamily size of 1 – 4 members and majority ofthem are urban respondents.

3. Around 48 per cent of the respondents belongto OBC community majority of them are fromrural areas.

4. Majority of the respondents (19%) belong toMadiga sub-caste of SC community.

5. About 90 per cent of the respondents including91 per cent of the rural and around 89 percent of the urban are Hindus,

6. 85 per cent of the respondents are marriedand majority of them hail from rural areas(88.30%).

7. 76 per cent of the respondents are living innuclear family and majority of them are in ruralareas.

8. 58 per cent of the respondents are illiteratesand majority of them are in rural areas

Deptt. of Sociology ,Sri Venkateswara University

527


9. 49 per cent of the respondents belong toTelangana State.

10. 82 per cent of the respondents have the incomebelow Rs. 25,000.

11. 66 per cent of the respondents including 72per cent of rural and 58 per cent of urbanrespondents are daily labor.

12. Around 43 per cent of the respondentscommitted crime due to domestic violence.

13. Around 76 per cent of the respondents mademurder and around 8 per cent crime.

14. 53 per cent of the rural respondents and 47per cent of the urban respondents committedcrime.

15. Around 52 per cent of the respondents werearrested in rural areas and 48 per cent of therespondents were arrested in urban areas.

16. All the 200 respondents (100%) felt unhappyin their presence in prison.

17. Around 84 per cent of the respondentsincluding 85 per cent of rural and 82 per centof urban intend to work on daily wages

18. 97 per cent of the respondents including 96per cent of rural and around 98 per cent ofurban respondents intend to start new life

19. 59 per cent of the respondents have thoughtof pursuing a useful role in society

20. All the respondents (100%) thought ofpursuing honest careers in the future.

21. 97 per cent of the respondents felt the needfor assistance from voluntary organizations

22. 48 per cent of the respondents appealed to thepublic not to do any mistake in life while 47per cent appealed to do hard work in life.

23. All the respondents (100%) need the supportof their relatives, friends etc.

24. Around 53 per cent of the respondents knowthat they can bring about a social change intheir place and majority of them belong tourban areas (57 %).

25. Domestic violence and need for money arethe two major reasons for committing crimeby the respondents.

26. Crime rate by women is higher in Telanganafollowed by Coastal Andhra.

27. The respondents have committed crime formoney and domestic violence.

28. Married respondents committed crime formoney and domestic violence

29. Rural respondents committed crime for moneyand domestic violence.

30. Respondents living in nuclear family committedcrime for money and domestic violence.

31. The respondents of arranged marriagecommitted crime for money and domesticviolence.

32. The illiterates committed crime for money anddomestic violence.

33. The daily laborers committed crime for moneyand domestic violence

34. The respondents having the family income ofless than Rs. 25,000/- committed crime formoney and domestic violence.

35. Majority of the respondents possessing rationcards committed crime for money anddomestic violence.

36. Statistics on female criminality reveals thatfemale criminals constitute a numericallysmaller proportion than that of male offenders.But there is upward trend in the number ofcrimes committed by women. An increasingtrend in the female criminality has been found.Majority of the women offenders belong to

528


middle age group and lower class of society.37. Most of the women prisoners were belonging

to middle age groups, lower castes of Hindureligion, rural areas and agricultural basedeconomy.

38. Most of the women prisoners are foundmarried housewives with poor educationalstatus.

39. The respondents accepted that they have tenseand stressed relations in the family whichaffect their conduct and behavior. Their

participation in decision-making process hasalso been reported to be low.

40. The women prisoners were mainly arrested forthe committing of crimes such as dowry death,murder, kidnapping and drug abuse. The crimesare mainly concentrated in lower castes.

41. The facilities for education, recreation, health,nutrition, rehabilitation etc. were found to bepoor and proper development of youngchildren in jails is always doubtful.